[Annual Report of the Department of the Interior 1937]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office, www.gpo.gov]

LIBRARY OF
WELLESLEY COLLEGE
pit N0Vq
PRESENTED BY
081*4


ANNUAL REPORT OF
THE DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR
SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR • ALASKA
HAWAII . VIRGIN ISLANDS • PUERTO RICO
1937
Order of Arrangement
Secretary of the Interior
Governor of Alaska
Governor of Hawaii
Governor of Virgin Islands
Governor of Puerto Rico

I
ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
SECRETARY
OF THE INTERIOR
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30
1937
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON • 1937
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Harold L. Ickes, Secretary
For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Price 50 cents
0oc$.
Y
■gA
AS
|Q3>"7
CONTENTS
REPORT BY DIVISIONS AND BUREAUS
Page
Frontispiece.
Bureau of Reclamation______________________ 1
Demand for new lands--------------- 1
Prospects good for 1937-------------------------------- 2
Construction program--------------------------------- 3
Grand Coulee Dam—Columbia Basin
project______________ 5
Central Valley project---------------------- 7
Boulder Canyon project--------------------- 8
Power generation------------------------------- 10
Reclamation funds_____________________ 10
Repayments_________________________ 11
Crop results: Project water users prosper-- 15
Reclamation map____________________- 20
Secondary investigations----------------------- 21
Emergency conservation work-------------- 24
Organization___________________________ 25
National Park Service___________________ 34
Scope of activities______________________ 34
United States Tourist Bureau established-- 35
Free park lecture service----------------------- 36
Venture in international cooperation---------- 37
Boulder Dam recreational area_________ 38
Recreational demonstration areas______ 38
Civilian Conservation Corps work_________ 39
Emergency Relief Act projects.--__________ 39
Park, parkway, and recreational-area study. 40
Conservation activities____________________ 41
Wildlife conservation____________________ 43
Historical and archeological conservation. 44
Advisory and trust-fund boards__________ 46
Education_________________________________ 47
Museum developments___________ -______ 47
Naturalist activities_____________________ 48
Natural history schools________________ 49
Yale fellowships_________________________ 49
Historical educational activities______ 49
Research__________ 50
Ecological studies____________________ 50
Historical studies____________________ 51
Geological-studies________________________ 52
Cooperative field studies_______________ 52
Planning and construction_________________ 54
Parkway development_______________ 55
Engineering activities diversified________ 56
Historic American buildings survey_______ 56
Services by park concessionaires________ 57
Protecting the public health_______________ 59
Changes in the national park and monument
system_________________________ 60
New national monuments_______________ 60
Acquisitions to park areas_______________ 61
Proposed extensions of existing national park
areas___________________________ 62
Status of national park projects authorized
by Congress___________________ 62
National parks__________________________ 62
National monuments_______________ 63
The National Park Service—Continued. Page
Proposed additions to the national park
system_________________________ 63
Proposed national parks_________ 63
Proposed national monuments___________ 64
Proposed national seashores_____________ 64
National Capital parks.____________________ 65
Maintenance of Federal buildings__________ 66
Space-control program___________________ 67
Federal building program________________ 67
New Interior Department Building.__ 68
Appropriations, donations, and revenues__ 68
Appropriations__________________________ 68
Emergency relief funds__________________ 68-
Public Works funds___________________ 68:
Works Progress funds_________________ 68-
Emergency conservation work 1933-37.. 69'
Cash donations__________________________ 69>
Revenues________________________________ 69'
Public Works______________________________ 69
Conclusion________________________________ 70<
General Land Office_________________________ 83:
Scope of activities_________________________ 83
Emergency conservation work_____________ 85
Present status of public lands in connection
with general withdrawals______ 85
General withdrawals____________________ 86
Classification for entry under any law
authorized_______________________ 85
Unappropriated public lands______________ 87
Lands patented with mineral reservations.. 88-
Cadastral engineering service______________ 8S
Accepted surveys and resurveys...._____ 88
Receipts and expenditures_______________ 89
Receipts under Mineral Leasing Act_____ 89
Receipts under Taylor Grazing Act______ 90
Distribution of receipts__________________ 90
Repayments_______________________________ 92
Homestead entries_________________________ 92
Public sale and timber and stone applications___________________________
92
Filing of plats of survey____________________ 92
National forest homestead lands___________ 92
Contests, other than mineral_______________ 92
Mineral leases and mining claims____ ;_____ 92
Oil and gas leases________________________ 92
Oil and gas prospecting permits__________ 93
Lease of water wells_____________________ 93
Coal_____________________________________ 93
Potash, sodium, sulphur, and phosphate. 93
Mineral applications and entries_________ 93
Mineral contests_________________________ 93
Proceedings against mining locations____ 94
Rights-of-way_____________________________ 94
Federal reclamation projects_______________ 94
Desert Land Act__________________________ 94
Carey Act_________________________________ 94
Pittman Act_______________________________ 94
Swamp and overflowed lands______________ 94
III
IV CONTENTS
General Land Office—Continued. Page
State grants and selections_________________ 94
Railroad grants and selections_____________ 95
Revested Oregon and California Railroad
and Reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon
Road Grant Lands__________________ 95
Abandoned military reservations________ 96
Alaska_____________________________________ 96
Aviation leases____________________________ 96
Color of title_______________________________ 96
Exchanges_________________________________ 96
Grazing leases under Taylor Grazing Act-.- 97
Indian lands and claims___________________ 97
Private land claims--_____________________ 97
Timber_________________________ 98
Town lots_________________________________ 98
Trespass___________________________________ 98
Miscellaneous cases considered_____________ 98
Tract book notations______________________ 98
Mineral withdrawals and classifications----- 99
Withdrawals and restorations______________ 99
Division of Grazing___________________________ 102
Scope of activities___________________________ 102
The amendment to the Taylor Grazing Act. 103
Advisory board conference__________________ 104
Second annual conference____________________ 104
licenses___________________________ _____— 105
Organization_______________________________ 106
.Range survey program and land classification___________________________
107
Range improvement_______________________ 108
Emergency conservation work-------------------- 109
Educational program____________________ 110
Safety program..-------------------------------------- 111
Cooperation_______________________________ 111
Wildlife.__________________________________ 112
Enforcement_______________________________ 113
Hearings and appeals______________________ 113
Bureau of Mines_____________________________ 114
Scope of activities__________________________ 114
Future needs----------------------------------------------- 118
Review of the year’s work--------------------------- 123
■Technologic Branch_______________________ 123
Coal Division____________________________ 123
Coal carbonization_______________________ 123
Coal analysis____________________________ 124
Miscellaneous analyses----------------------------- 124
Physical chemistry-------------------------------------- 124
Coal preparation___________________________ 124
Use of fuels________________________________ 124
Fuel-economy service______________________ 124
Coal hydrogenation------------------------------------- 125
Experimental coal mine____________________ 125
Mining division___________________________ 125
Metal-mining methods__________________ 125
Metal-mining research___________________ 126
Nonmetal mining________________________ 126
Coal mining_____________________________ 126
Mine ventilation________________________ 126
Mineral-industries survey_______________ 127
Electrical equipment____________________ 127
Metallurgical Division_____________________ 127
Metallurgical fundamentals______________ 127
Metallurgy of steel______________________ 128
Blast-furnace studies____________________ 128
Special studies___________________________ 129
'Ore dressing_____________________________ 129
Bureau of Mines—Continued. Page
Metallurgical Division—Continued.
Precious metals________________________ 129
Nonferrous metallurgy___________________ 129
Ore testing______________________________ 129
Electrometallurgy_______________________ 130
Petroleum and Natural Gas Division____________ 130
Production and recovery of petroleum and
natural gas______________________ 130
Transportation of natural gas____________ 130
Engineering field studies-------------------------- 131
Special engineering problems____________ 131
Chemistry and refining of petroleum____ 131
Crude-oil stock survey___________________ 131
Helium plant______________________ 131
Other activities__________________________ 132
Nonmetals division________________________ 132
Potential increase in supply of lithium
salts_____________________________ 132
Improving quality of talc________________ 132
Hydration of lime_______________________ 132
Concentration of kyanite________________ 132
Treatment of clays_______________________ 133
Seasoning of cement__________ 133
Studies of particle size___________________ 133
Boiler-water studies_____________________ 133
New research tools----------------------------------- 133
Explosives Division_______________________ 134
Gas explosions___________________________ 134
Inflammability of gases and vapors______ 134
Detection of elimination of mine fires____ 134
Mechanism of flame propagation_________ 134
Methods of testing explosives____________ 134
Permissible explosives and blasting devices_____________________________
134
Office of Chief Mining Engineer------------------ 135
International cooperation in mine-safety
research_________________________ 135
Mine safety board_______________________ 135
Ground movement and subsidence in mining______________________________
135
Conservation of potash salt in mining----- 135
Diesel mine locomotives--------------------------- 135
Experimental mines tests________________ 135
European mining methods_______________ 136
Economics and Statistics Branch__________ 136
Coal Economics Division------------------------- 136
Service to industry____________________ 136
Special investigations__________________ 136
International trade in fuels------------------- 136
Economies in publication---------------------- 136
Petroleum Economics Division__________ 137
Forecasts of demand___________________ 137
Survey of crude-oil stocks______________ 137
Special studies________________________ 137
Mineral Production and Economics Division______________________________
137
Metal-mine statistics------- --------------------- 138
Minerals Yearbook------------------------------- 138
Employment and accidents------------------- 138
Joint conduct of census of mines and
quarries_______________________ 138
Metal Economics Division_______________ 139
Statistical reports_____________ 139
Consumption studies of iron and steel
scrap and tin______________________ 139
CONTENTS V
Bureau of Mines—Continued. Fage
Economics and Statistics Branch—Contd.
Nonmetal Economics Division---------------- 140
Statistical reports---------------------------------- 140
Special studies-------------------------------------- 140
Mineral trade notes------------------------------ 140
Service work----------------------------------------- 140
Foreign Minerals Division----------------------- 141
Mineral raw-materials survey--------------- 141
Foreign mineral specialist--------------------- 141
Consular reporting service--------------------- 141
Health and safety branch---------------------------- 142
Safety Division---------------------------------------- 142
Training courses----------------------------------- 142
Mine fires and explosions---------------------- 142
Mine reports----------------------------------------- 143
Other activities------------------------------------- 143
Health Division------------------------------------------ 144
Dust investigations---------------------------------- 144
Analysis of mine gases------------------------------ 144
Administrative branch-------------------------------- 144
Information Division------------------------------- 145
Editorial______________________________ 145
Publications___________________________ 145
Motion-picture production-------------------- 145
Motion-picture circulation-------------------- 146
Library_______________________________ 146
Exhibits_______________________________ 146
Office Administration Division---------------- 146
Property______________________________ 146
Personnel_____________________________ 147
Finances________________________________ 147
Geological Survey------------------------------------------ 151
Scope of activities_________________________ 151
General summary of the year’s activities.- 151
Geologic branch___________________________ 155
Summary----- ------------------------------------------- 155
Work of the year by States---------------------- 156
Work in chemistry and physics--------------- 163
Alaskan branch____________________________ 165
Manuscripts and publications------------------ 165
Work of the year________________________ 166
Topographic branch------------------------------------ 167
General office work_______________ 167
Field surveys____________________________ 167
Water-resources branch------------------------------- 170
Division of surface water________________ 171
Division of ground water------------------------- 172
Division of quality of water--------------------- 172
Division of power resources---------------------- 172
Division of water utilization--------------------- 173
Conservation branch______________________ 173
Mineral Classification Division---------------- 174
Water and Power Division______________ 175
Mining and Oil and Gas Leasing Division. 176
Public lands___________________________ 176
Indian lands___________________________ 178
Naval petroleum reserves---------------- 178
Public Works projects___________________ 179
Summary of field activities by States------- 179
Work on publications_____________________ 182
Texts____________________________________ 182
Illustrations------------------- 182
Geologic map editing and drafting----------- 182
Distribution_____________________________ 182
Engraving and printing__________________ 183
Library____________________________________ 183
Appropriations and expenditures__________ 184
Page
Petroleum Conservation Division------------------ 190
Scope of activities---------------------------------------- 190
The East Texas field----------------------------------- 191
Summary of operations____________________ 194
Office of Indian Affairs______________________ 198
Scope of activities---------------------------------------- 198
Tribal government problems----------------------- 199
The land tangle__________________________ 199
Applied anthropology aids in administration_____________________________
200
Tribal organization------------------------------------- 200
Making credit available------------------------------ 201
Loans to Indian corporations------------------- 202'
Loans to Indians of Oklahoma----------------- 202’
Reimbursable funds used for Indian enterprises,
educational loans, relief---- 205
Tribe rehouses its members---------------------- 208
Land increases in area, protections are
tightened______________________ 204
Lands restored to Indians through the
Indian Reorganization Act----------------- 204
Land acquired through Reorganization
Act funds------------------------------------- 204
Resettlement purchases add to Indian
lands____________________________ 205
Special purchases add various smaller
tracts____________________________ 205
Trust periods extended---------------------------- 206
Cancelation of forced patents and recovery
of taxes---------------------------------------- 206
Indian minerals administered on conservative
basis------------- 208
Indian forest and range resources----------------- 208
Conservation policy strengthened------------ 208
Demand for Indian timber revives---------- 209
Indian sawmills make showing---------------- 210
Soil conservation practices on Indian lands. 210
Physical works improve range------------------ 211
Surveys furnish basic economic data------- 211
Extension work emphasizes livestock---------- 211
Livestock industry set back by drought.. 212
Cattle for foundation herds------------------- 212
Indians are using their own range.-------- 213
Cooperative livestock associations show
marked increase________________ — 213
Sheep and goats------------------------------------ 213
Other livestock------------------------------------- 214
Indian farmers fight drought and insects.. 214
Local extension organizations------------------- 215
Additional burden on extension staff------- 215
Irrigation work emphasized------------------------- 215
Community gardens developed---------------- 216
Irrigation construction cost small------------- 216
Use of irrigated land--------------------------------- 216
Projects approximately self-supporting----- 217
Large projects in six States----------------------- 217
Indian emergency conservation work---------- 218
Enrollment and employment------------------- 218
Health good, accidents few---------------------- 218
Varied conservation program------------------- 219
Conservation funds spent for wages--------- 219
Programs give valuable training-------------- 219
Savings accumulated by Indians------------- 220
Indians at work_________________________ 220
Improved living conditions begun--------------- 220
Varied construction projects undertaken.. 220
Need for rehabilitation work continues----- 221
VI CONTENTS
•Office of Indian Affairs—Continued, Page
Road work improves conditions___________ 222
Construction______________________________ 223
Indian arts and crafts developed___________ 224
Markets sought for Indian crafts_________ 224
Local projects initiated__________________ 225
Silver project__________________________ 225
Navajo textile project_________ 225
Textile home industry project_________ 225
Arts and crafts group project__________ 226
Experimental laboratory, Tesuque, N.
Mex_________________________________ 226
Legal protection of Indian products____ 226
Indian exhibit at Paris world’s fair____ 226
Exhibit in San Francisco, 1939_________ 226
Education of Indian children______________ 226
Implementing an educational policy_____ 227
In-service training_____________________ 227
Apprentice training____________________ 227
School attendance increases______________ 228
High schools include training for self-support_____________________________
228
Realistic textbooks sought for Indian children_____________________________
229
Special schools___________________________ 229
Educational loans_______________________ 230
Education of Alaska natives and Indians. 230
Personnel standards strengthened_____ 230
Quality of native crafts improves______ 231
Demand for secondary education grows. 231
Alaska children without school facilities. 231
School buildings need replacement_____ 232
Alaska reindeer become Indian Service
responsibility______________________ 232
Native Alaska’s greatest resource______ 232
Better health among Indians______________ 233
Program extends preventive work_______ 233
Indian Service pioneers in tuberculosis
vaccination__________ 234
Trachoma schools effective____________ 234
Hospital construction provides improved
service___________________________ 234
Hospital treatments increase___________ 235
Dental service aided by trailers________ 235
Nursing work expands___________________ 235
Specialized training improves service... 235
Hospital nursing standards evaluated.. 236
High nurse turn-over continues________ 236
Nurse-aid training continues___________ 237
Research aids in fight against disease____ 237
Alaska medical service___________________ 238
Tuberculosis death rate more than 10
times the white____________________ 238
New hospitals to be built______________ 238
Indian claims make creeping progress______ 239
Shoshone and Klamath suits set important
precedents—,_______________ 240
Personnel Administration_________________ 240
Employment of Indians_________________ 242
Steps toward improvement of Indian Office
Administration________________ 242
Decentralization of authority____________ 242
Improvement in mails and files system... 243
Accumulation of reliable statistics_______ 243
In-service training programs_____________ 244
Codification of data needed______________ 245
Probate work is expedited_______________ 245 |
Office of Indian Affairs—Continued. Page
Problems not met or incompletely met____ 247
The allotted land situation______________ • 247
Archaic appropriation system____________ 247
What to do about liquor among Indians.. 247
Adequate appropriations for Indian economic
development_____________ 248
Appendix__________________________________ 248
Indian population_______________________ 248
Office of Education__________ 262
Education’s outlook_______________________ 262
In public schools_________________________ 262
Conservation education________________ 263
Curricular and other interests_________ 264
Rural education_______________________ 265
In colleges and universities______________ 266
Federal educational activities____________ 267
Research and investigation________________ 268
In elementary- and high-school fields_____ 268
In colleges and universities_______________ 269
In special education_____________________ 270
In comparative education________________ 271
In statistics______________________________ 271
In other fields___________________________ 272
Promoting and coordinating research______ 273
Uniform records and reports_____________ 273
Cooperative research_____________________ 273
The library______________________________ 274
Significant demonstrations_________________ 274
In public forums_________________________ 274
In educational broadcasting______________ 276
Programs______________________________ 276
Script exchange________________________ 277
Educational policy forming------------------------- 278
Federal radio education committee______ 278
Service in the field_________________________ 279
Information service________________________ 280
Educational exhibits_____________________ 281
Publications prepared during the fiscal
year 1936-37______________________ 281
International relations_____________________ 282
Administration and supervisory activities.. 283
C. C. C. educational program____________ 283
Land-grant colleges and universities_____ 288
Howard University report_______________ 289
Vocational education______________________ 289
Federal board for vocational education___ 290
Technical adyisory committee___________ 291
Policies of vocational education__________ 292
Growth of vocational education and
vocational rehabilitation programs
during the year____________________ 292
Acceptance of vocational rehabilitation
acts by Kansas and Vermont______ 293
Cooperative services to the States______ 293
Cooperation with other agencies----------- 279
Contribution to education in C. C. C.
camps_____________________________ 299
Research activities_____________________ 299
New developments____________________ 300
Apprentice training____________________ 301
Publications___________________________ 301
Appropriations 1937 and 1938__________ 303
General education board___________________ 307
Division of Territories and Island Possessions. 309
Territory of Alaska________________________ 310
Territory of Hawaii__________ 311
CONTENTS VII
Division of Territories and Island Posses- Page
sions—Continued.
Hawaiian Homes Commission-------------------- 312
Puerto Rico_______________________________ 312
The Virgin Islands________________________ 313
The Virgin Islands Co------------------------------ 314
Equatorial and South Sea Islands--------------- 315
Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration.. 316
Organization and administration---------------- 319
Land utilization___________________________ 320
Camps and education--------------------------------- 325
Health activities---------------- 326
Sugar program-------------------------------------------- 327
Coconut bud-rot-eradication project------------ 330
Cooperatives______________________________ 330
Cattle-tick eradication--------------------------------- 332
Rural electrification_______________________ 332
Reforestation-------------------- 334
University buildings-------------------------- 336
Cement plant..___________________________ 337
Work relief________________________________ 338
Hurricane static research. ------------------------- 339
Housing and slum clearance---------------------- 339
The Alaska Railroad________________________ 341
Operation of ocean-going steamers_________ 346
Transportation____________________________ 347
Maintenance______________________________ 348
Mechanical________________________________ 349
Material__ _____________________________ 349
Curry Hotel_______________________________ 349
Commissary and mess houses---------------------- 350
Hospital___________________________________ 350
Tourist traffic_____________________________ 350
Agricultural development_________________ 351
Investigation and development of mineral
resources_______________________ 351
General remarks and outlook for traffic in
the future______________________ 351
Financial__________________________________ 352
Office of Solicitor____________________________ 354
Division of investigations__________________ 360
Personnel__________________________________ 362
Page
War Minerals Relief Commission------------------ 363
Act of February 13, 1929------------------------------ 363
In the District Court of the United States
for the District of Columbia_____ 363
Under the acts as amended in 1936---------- 364
Act of May 18, 1936________________________ 364
Act of June 30, 1936________________________ 365
Division of Motion Pictures--------------------------- 366
Office of Exhibits____________________________ 367
Board on Geographical Names----------------------- 368
Advisory committee_______________________ 368
Executive committee______________________ 369
Adviser on Negro Affairs____________________ 370
St. Elizabeths Hospital______________________ 373
Insulin-shock treatment___________________ 374
Movement of population__________________ 375
Needs of the hospital______________________ 379
Revision of laws for admission of patients.. 383
Publications_____________________________ 383
Howard University__________________________ 384
Students___________________________________ 387
Graduates_________________________________ 389
Teaching staff_____________________________ 390
The Graduate School______________________ 393
The College of Liberal Arts----------------------- 395
Military Science and Tactics______________ 396
The School of Engineering and Architecture. 396
The School of Music_______________________ 397
The School of Medicine____________________ 398
College of Medicine________________________ 398
College of Dentistry_____________ __________ 400
College of Pharmacy_______________________ 401
School of Law_____________________________ 401
School of Religion_________________________ 403
The library________________________________ 404
Buildings and Grounds____________________ 404
Finances___________________________________ 405
Freedmen’s Hospital---------- --------------------------- 407
Personnel needs___________________________ 407
Physical aspects___________________________ 408
Columbia Institution for the Deaf------------------ 409
ILLUSTRATIONS
Grand Coulee Dam__________________ Frontispiece
Boulder Canyon project_____ _______Facing page 9
Yakima project____________________ Facing page 15
Map of reclamation projects------- ■-------------- Page 20
Shenandoah National Park_______ Facing page 34
Scene in proposed Big Bend Park.. Facing page 34
Grazing scenes____________________ Facing page 107

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Sec re tar y of th e Int eri or ,
Washington.
My Dea r Mr . Pre side nt : The reports of all agencies of the Department
of the Interior which are herewith transmitted, demonstrate
a new and lively national interest in the conservation of our land,
water, and mineral resources which continued to be the principal
activity and objective of the Department for the fiscal year ending
June 30, 1937. It would appear that our citizens have adopted the
concept that prudently conserved national resources can be made to
produce a far higher standard of living for the country over a longer
period if government is intelligent and energetic in enlisting our
resources for such service.
Unprecedented demands made upon the Department are testimony
that there exists in the United States today a better understanding of
the conservation movement, with a wider appreciation of the longrange
purposes of projects undertaken by your administration to
protect our national heritage of wealth.
The facilities of the Department have been taxed to satisfy this
healthy conception that has come to dominate national thought on
certain phases of government. Fifteen million of our people in the
past 12 months have availed themselves of the recreational resources
administered by the National Park Service. The Bureau of Reclamation,
although it is carrying on a program of hitherto unequalled scope,
has been unable to meet the requirements of vast numbers of our
people who seek the economic stability available through wise use
of land and water. Officials of other units of the Department of the
Interior report similar situations.
Energetic and faithful endeavors have been made by the members
of the staff to follow the conservation tasks which have been assigned
to us. A review of the reports of Bureaus and Divisions will demonstrate
the progress that has been made since 1933.
SOME OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS
In a letter of transmittal, I cannot touch upon all of the many
achievements, activities, programs, and plans of an organization as
far reaching as the Department of the Interior, but I shall summarize
a few of them. For instance:
Stabilization of the livestock industry, dependent upon the public
range, is in sight. Progress beyond earlier expectations has been
made under the Taylor Grazing Act and its amendments which increased
the limitation on public grazing lands from 80,000,000 acres
to 142,000,000 acres.
The largest program of construction in its history was carried forward
during the year by the Bureau of Reclamation, with excellent
progress being made in the building of the Grand Coulee Dam, the
IX
X LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
principal engineering feature of the Columbia River Basin project.
No Federal reclamation project was without water in 1936 and the
total value of the crops produced on the 2,901,919 acres of reclamation
land in 1936 was $136,502,480, which was $29,721,186 more than in
1935 and $36,713,477 more than in 1934.
The 1936 travel year in the national parks was the best on record
with indications that the 1937 travel year will be even better. During
the fiscal year increases in the national park and monument
system brought the total number of areas from 135 to 140 and the
total acreage from 15,496,808.34 to 17,086,671.31.
At the close of the fiscal year, 65 tribes had adopted constitutions
and bylaws under the Indian Reorganization Act which were approved
by the Secretary of the Interior. There was a marked increase in
Indian initiative and management. Indians increased the use of
their own lands for grazing, with a resultant growth of their livestock
industry. The emergency conservation work was of fundamental
importance in the revitalization of Indian life.
The Office of Education pioneered in the fields of conservation education,
radio education, and public forums. Conservation is now being
taught in a number of the schools and universities.
The market for contraband oil was virtually destroyed and the production
of “hot” oil in east Texas was reduced to a fraction of 1
percent.
The Bureau of Mines continued to give valuable technical assistance
to the oil industry with a view to prolonging the life of this irreplaceable
resource. Other scientific studies were made during the
year the results of which will be of great value to the mining industry
and American business generally.
The Geological Survey continued its investigations of underground
waters, so important in the drought-stricken areas; maintained
technical supervision over more than 9,000 properties containing oil
and gas, more than 600 containing coal, and more than 100 containing
other minerals.
Improved economic conditions were reported from Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.
The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, which is now a
part of the Department of the Interior with the Secretary as Administrator,
is making satisfactory progress in the rehabilitation of Puerto
Rico.
LAND AND WATER USES
Primarily the work of the Department of the Interior is concerned
with the custodianship of a vast national estate. The administration,
protection, and prudent use of this land, our greatest natural
resource, is today the chief function of this Department.
“When the topsoil is gone, men must go; and the process does not
take long,” said Theodore Roosevelt nearly 30 years ago. For the
first time since 1908 we have in the seat of Government an administration
that is giving actual heed to that warning.
There was a time when, under existing acts of Congress, the chief
concern of the Department of the Interior was to dispose of public land
and to encourage the exploitation of the vast mineral wealth that was
to be found beneath its surface. This was the national policy and for
the development of the country it was undoubtedly thought by all to
LETTER OE TRANSMITTAL XI
be a proper policy. But we are living in a new era. The Commissioner
of the General Land Office takes cognizance of our new land
policy. He points out that the work of the General Land Office has
undergone a decided change in recent years. Conservation, rather
than disposal, is now the dominant note in the administration of the
public lands under existing laws.
While formerly the public lands were open range, subject to unrestricted
grazing use, more than 110,000,000 acres of the 142,000,000-
acre authorization have been included within grazing districts, and
grazing leases have been issued under the supervision of the General
Land Office regulating the use for grazing of approximately 5,643,000
acres outside of such grazing districts.
As of June 30, 1934, the date on which a computation was last
made, the area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands was
approximately 165,695,479 acres, excluding Alaska, and not including
small areas remaining undisposed of in several States. Of such lands
119,341,782 acres have been surveyed and 46,353,697 are unsurveyed.
The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in Alaska
was approximately 346,174,242 acres, of which only 2,044,421 acres
have been surveyed.
THE GRAZING PROGRAM
The Department’s grazing regulation program in forwarding which
we have the cooperation of the stockmen, moved forward on an
enlarged basis. Just before the beginning of the last fiscal year the
law was amended increasing the 80,000,000-acre limit of public lands
to be included within grazing districts to 142,000,000 acres. The
first 2 years of operation under the Taylor Act were largely organizational
and educational while the fiscal year ended last June was
marked by a decided enlargement of the program.
There was undertaken a definite program of wildlife conservation.
Among other accomplishments were the determination of the proper
relationship of the private and public lands involved, the study in
range carrying capacities and the cooperative agreements with local
stockmen and with the Federal and State agencies, having as their
objectives the rehabilitation and preservation of the land.
A survey of the range, which was begun in March 1936, includes
not only a determination of the carrying capacity and proper seasonal
use of the land but also an examination of the private lands and water
within these areas. It is believed that by 1940 we will have sufficient
data to put all districts on a permit basis.
Range improvement allotments have been apportioned in accordance
with the amounts of fees collected in grazing districts. These
improvements consist of fencing; posting stock driveways; extermination
of rodents, insects, and predatory animals; maintenance of water
development, and construction of stock trails.
Parts of the range used partially or not at all in past years were
made available for grazing largely through the conservation and
equitable distribution of water. Dams were built to impound the
water from mountain streams and to store the early run-off and check
dams were constructed in dry creeks to arrest soil erosion during the
wet seasons. Wherever they could be located, springs were developed,
wells were sunk, and troughs and tanks were constructed.
XII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
In conjunction with the water program we opened truck trails into
grazing regions and built stock trails to facilitate the movement of
animals. More than 2,300,000 acres were covered in an extensive
campaign against rodents and other pests.
As an important phase of the grazing administration, we instituted
a four-part program of wildlife management which consisted of
agreements with the stockmen and district advisory boards; range
improvements through emergency conservation work; cooperation
with the Bureau of Biological Survey of the Department of Agriculture
in setting aside game ranges to be used jointly by domestic livestock
and game, and State plans for wildlife such as those in New
Mexico and Oregon.
There were issued 15,067 temporary licenses for 7,434,416 head of
livestock during the year.
Enforcement of grazing regulations has been based on education
and understanding. There have been comparatively few complaints.
Only 607 applicants (about 4 percent) filed motions for review before
regional graziers. In other words, 96 percent of the applicants were
satisfied with the action taken by field officers.
Public opinion has crystallized in support of regulation of grazing
on the public lands, which not only protects a priceless natural
resource but ministers to the wellbeing of 2^ million people depending
upon the cattle and sheep industry.
A RECORD IN RECLAMATION
The record in reclamation and irrigation is one of which I am
particularly proud. The people of the West know of that record.
An increasingly larger number of our citizens in other sections of the
country now have a better understanding of the problems of the West
and a truer conception of what the Federal Government, through the
Bureau of Reclamation, is attempting to accomplish through the
erection of dams and irrigation systems for the benefit of all of the
people.
Having completed Boulder Dam, the operation of which controls
the Colorado River, the Bureau of Reclamation is now engaged in
building the Grand Coulee Dam which will make useful for power and
irrigation purposes the turbulent waters of the Columbia River.
Boulder Dam’s first generator went into action on September 11,
1936 when the President pressed a button in Washington.
Grand Coulee Dam, 550 feet in height and containing 11,250,000
cubic yards of concrete, was the outstanding project under construction
by the Bureau during the last fiscal year. Eventually it will
make possible the irrigation of 1,200,000 acres of arid but fertile lands
in the Columbia River Basin. It is estimated that the completed
dam and appurtenant works will cost $119,000,000; the power plant
$67,000,000 and the irrigation system $208,000,000. Revenues from
power and from repayments by irrigation water users are expected to
repay the cost of the project. In addition to the production of cheap
power and its irrigation features, the Grand Coulee project will serve
important functions in controlling floods and improving navigation
on the Columbia River.
The construction contract for the foundation was 54 percent completed
at the beginning of the fiscal year and 82 percent at the close
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XIII
of the fiscal year. During the year more than 2,000,000 cubic yards
of concrete were placed, a record of 13,002 cubic yards being made on
June 24. The estimated cost of the foundation section is $62,900,000
and it is scheduled to be completed about the middle of the fiscal year
1938. Progress during the year was many months ahead of schedule.
An average of 6,000 men was employed at the site of construction
during the year. Possibly two and a half times as many more were
employed indirectly in the manufacture and transportation of equipment
and materials.
Work also has proceeded satisfactorily on the Central Valley project
in California, another major undertaking, designed to regulate the
flow of both the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. The principal
construction features of this project include the Shasta Dam, built of
concrete masonry, 450 feet high, storing about 4,500,000 acre-feet of
water, and a powerhouse with an initial capacity of 280,000 kilowatts,
and an ultimate capacity of 350,000 kilowatts.
The Reclamation Bureau reports that since 1906 the grand total of
crop revenues from reclaimed land is $2,311,783,232, which is approximately
10 times the cost of the Federal irrigation works serving the
land. In 1936, the return to the farmer on these projects for each
acre was two and one-half times that received by the average farmer
the Nation over.
The Bureau carried forward the largest construction program in its
history, with new records set in construction of all the types in which it
engages. Six major dams were begun, making 18 storage dams and
3 diversion dams under construction. Pine View Dam, Odgen
River Project, Utah, was completed and placed in service.
During the fiscal year construction work was in progress on 35 projects
in 13 States. The Bureau constructed 249 miles of canals;
134 miles of drains; 14 tunnels of a total length of 49,393 feet; 222
miles of roads; 2.4 miles of railroad; 34.5 miles of transmission lines;
4,739 canal structures; 383 bridges; 851 culverts; 46 miles of pipes and
192 flumes; 2,065,006 cubic yards of concrete went into dams, together
with 3,553,870 cubic yards of earth and 536,180 cubic yards of
rock fill. Excavations consisted of 43,858,688 cubic yards of earth
and rock.
There are tables included in this report which show that the population
of farms and towns served by Federal reclamation projects
exceeded in 1936 that of any previous year. There were 210,466
persons living on farms and 653,441 persons in towns on the projects.
In the same areas were 859 schools and 996 churches. As an indication
of a returning prosperity, total bank deposits of $226,903,747
were reported.
ANTI-LAND-SPECULATION ACT
Before I leave the very excellent record of the Reclamation Service,
I wish to direct attention to the act of Congress to curb speculation in
the lands adjacent to the Grand Coulee Dam project which was
enacted on May 27, 1937. This was one of the most important pieces
of legislation bearing on Federal Reclamation during the past year.
By this measure there was written into the law dealing with the
Columbia Basin development provisions which had been covered by
departmental regulations on other projects since 1926. The purpose
of the act is to assure settlers and home seekers of the opportunity to
XIV LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
acquire land at its value before the expenditure of Federal funds on
the project. The act requires ratification by the State of Washington
and the negotiation of repayment contracts before construction can
proceed beyond the completion of the Grand Coulee Dam.
The operations of the Bureau of Reclamation over a period of 35
years have resulted in the construction of 138 storage and diversion
dams; 24 powerhouses; 2,344 buildings; 19,116 miles of canals, ditches
and drains; 72% miles of tunnels; 4,367 miles of telephone lines; 267
miles of dikes and levees; 6,041 flumes; 18,694 culverts; 13,166 bridges;
and 182,964 other irrigation structures.
PARK AREAS INCREASE; TRAVEL RECORD MADE
Another agency of the Department of the Interior that deals with
the preservation of our natural resources is the National Park Service.
At the end of the fiscal year there were 26 national parks, 2 national
historical parks, 72 national monuments, 11 national military parks,
8 national battlefield sites, 8 national miscellaneous sites, 11 national
cemeteries, and 1 national parkway under the jurisdiction of the
Department of the Interior. By Executive order there were transferred
to the Park Service 46 recreational demonstration areas from
the Resettlement Administration.
The national park system embraced 17,086,671.31 acres, a gain in
one year of 1,594,733.43 acres.
One of the outstanding achievements in national legislation affecting
the parks was the enactment of the bill which saved thousands of acres
of the dwindling supply of the rare, giant sugar pine trees bordering
the western boundary of Yosemite National Park.
The Department is availing itself to the fullest possible extent of the
powers granted under the legislation which, to our way of thinking,
represents true conservation both theoretical and applied. We are
delighted at the opportunity to serve in assisting the Congress and the
President in assuring the preservation of these trees from the destruction
which threatened them.
The authorization for acquisition covering 7,200 acres includes
6,700 acres which were owned by a private lumber company which
was preparing to turn the two- and three-century-old trees into
lumber leaving only the desolate, sheared-off stumps as a memorial to
despoiled nature. There is no opportunity anywhere else in the
world to preserve as magnificent an example of virgin sugar-pine
forest as exists in this one place.
Amicable relations with Mexico were strengthened through the
cooperation of the National Park Service in connection with studies
and investigations with respect to the proposed Big Bend National
Park in Texas. Tentative boundaries of the proposed park were
agreed upon at joint sessions of the commissions representing the
United States and the Government of Mexico. The plan is to establish
an international park linked by a bridge across the Rio Grande River
at Boquillas.
Under the Service’s recreational demonstration program 47 organized
camp grounds were under construction in 24 areas, of which 15
were completed in time to be put into use during the 1937 summer
season.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XV
There was begun a Nation-wide study of park, parkway, and recreational
area programs in the United States with a view to setting up
a comprehensive plan to serve as a guide to the States and as a basis
upon which future cooperation will be extended. Increased consideration
was given to the regional method in developing and administering
park areas.
More than 4^ millions of persons were contacted during the fiscal
year as a result of the educational program of the Park Service which
consists of campfire circles, hikes, attendance at park museums, and
lectures by ranger-naturalists and historians.
Progress was reported in archeological and historical conservation.
The number of historical and archeological sites authorized or established
under the National Park Service was increased to 100.
Travel in the national parks reached a new high level during the
1936 travel year which ended on September 30 and an all-time high of
nearly 15,000,000 visitors was attained during the past travel year.
The United States Tourist Bureau, a national clearing house of
information on recreational and travel opportunities in the United
States, territories and insular possessions, was established by the
National Park Service in New York City. This bureau cooperates
with the States, Territories, and insular possessions, and transportation
and travel agencies in assembling and disseminating tourist information.
One of its purposes is to promote abroad an interest in travel
to and within the United States.
INDIANS ADVANCE CONSERVATION
No discussion of conservation would be complete without adequate
recognition of the splendid work done by the Indian Service and of
the accomplishments of the Indians themselves.
In his annual report to me the Commissioner of Indian Affairs says
that the conservation program has been put ahead at least 20 years
by the Indian Service’s program of activities in soil erosion control,
water development, etc.
Under the Indian Reorganization Act, there has been a marked
improvement in the economic status of the Indians. They have
increased the use of their own lands for grazing with a consequent
growth of their livestock industry. Livestock cooperatives increased
from 55 in 1935 to 119 in 1936.
Indian education also is on the upgrade. There was noted an increase
in Indian day-school enrollment from 4,532 in 1928 to almost
12,000 in 1937. During the same time the number of Indian pupils
in public schools grew from 34,163 to 50,328. There were 37 new day
schools during the last 2 years. There also was a greater interest in
secondary education, with a substantial attendance increase, taxing
capacity, expected next year.
The problem of the Indian continues to be that of land. In 1887
when the General Allotment Act was passed 130,000,000 acres of land
were held in trust for Indians. In 1933, when the present administration
came into power, only 49,000,000 acres of the poorest land
remained. At the close of the last fiscal year there was a total of
52,650,000 acres of Indian lands with additional purchases pending.
Sixty-five tribes, with a population of 86,238 as of last June 30 had
adopted constitutions and bylaws under the Reorganization Act which
XVI LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
were approved by the Secretary of the Interior. Since this report was
compiled, 71 tribes have adopted constitutions.
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION
The Connally Act, which prohibits the shipment in interstate and
foreign commerce of petroleum and its products that are produced in
violation of State law, was extended on June 14,1937, to June 30,1939.
It has been necessary to establish but one tender board, that in the
East Texas field. Should the need arise, additional boards may be
established by the President. The law is effective, however, in other
fields although the tender system is not employed. The need for a
tender board in the east Texas field is evident when the magnitude
of the area is understood. This field contains more than 130,000 acres
of productive territory in which 23,000 oil wells were producing in
June 1937. This field produces about 15 percent of the national crude
oil output. When it was discovered in 1930, it contained at least
one-quarter of the oil reserves of the entire United States.
During the fiscal year the reported production of crude oil in east
Texas was 160,717,784 barrels of which 92 percent were shipped on
Federal tenders. Although only 8 percent of the crude oil is refined
in the field, the petroleum products, including casing-head gasoline
and butane, moving on Federal tenders totaled 23,233,000 barrels
during the year.
The Government and the State of Texas have worked together in
east Texas in the prevention of waste, with the result that the ultimate
productive capacity of the field has been greatly extended. It has
been estimated that the recoverable oil from this field has been
increased by 30 percent or 600 million barrels, which would be equal
to the discovery of 60 average-sized oil fields, through Federal and
State Government cooperation. The market for contraband oil has
been virtually destroyed and the production of “hot” oil in east
Texas has been reduced to the vanishing point.
BUREAU OF MINES
The Bureau of Mines has given valuable technical assistance to
the oil industry that is designed to prolong the producing life of wells
through the application of better engineering practices and by estimating
the probable life of wells by working out the relationship
between the rate of fluid production and the pressure drop in the
producing formation. The Bureau also has given advice in order
to avoid waste in transportation and storage.
The petroleum industry as well as State regulatory bodies realizes
that the difficult problem of oil- and gas-well spacing is one of major
importance. Knowledge as to how wells should be spaced in order
to assure maximum recovery through prolonged flowing is far from
perfect. A study of present-day conditions that would show the
fallacies of ruthless offset drilling would aid greatly in conserving the
country’s oil reserves.
The Bureau has continued to issue monthly forecasts of demand for
petroleum products, thus assisting State commissions in their efforts
to control production.
LETTER OE TRANSMITTAL XVII
No one knows when it will come, but most experts foresee a day
when our petroleum reserves will begin to fall and prices begin to rise.
In anticipation of this, the Bureau of Mines has been operating a
continuous hydrogenation plant at its Pittsburgh station to test the
adaptability of various domestic coals to the process. The Bureau
reports that Great Britain, Germany, France, and Japan are preparing
to supplement their inadequate petroleum stocks with gasoline
obtained by the hydrogenation of lignite, tar and bituminous coal.
The Bureau of Mines has continued its research for methods for
making America self-sufficient in strategic minerals, particularly
those of importance in warfare. Development. of an electrolytic
process for recovering pure metallic manganese gives hope that this
country may be able to produce all that may be required of that
important metal. The treatment of pegmatite tin ores is another
metallurgical enterprise which, if successful, may make it possible for
the United States to produce at least a part of its tin supplies now
obtained from abroad.
Of late the scrap metal industry has attracted considerable attention.
At one time exports attained proportions that many considered
alarming. Because of the interest in this industry the Bureau, in
addition to the seven nonferrous metals ordinarily included in the
annual surveys of secondary material, made consumption studies of
iron and steel scrap. The canvass of the use of primary and secondary
tin was resumed at the request of tin consumers.
The Bureau has developed a cheap method of concentrating lowgrade
spodumene ore, one of the principal sources of lithium salts,
that promises to help the establishment of a paying industry in the
South. Spodumene occurs in large quantities in North Carolina.
Smelting companies and city governments showed a keen interest
in a device for precipitating solids from air or other gases, which was
developed by the Bureau on a laboratory scale and which was demonstrated
successfully on a number of occasions.
The Department was called upon for technical advice following the
destruction of the airship Hindenburg and the gas explosion at the
New London, Tex., school. Experts on explosions, helium, natural
gas, and safety collaborated in studies to determine the cause of the
school explosion. Since that catastrophe, other communities have
asked the Bureau of Mines to make similar studies of schoolhouses
and other public buildings.
The Director of the Bureau of Mines points out that the number of
nonmetallic minerals is so great and the variety of things that might
be done with them by using cheap electric power is so numerous, that
a study of the problem is urgently needed.
The Director also recommends that two additional wells be drilled
in the Government-owned helium-bearing structure at Cliffside, Tex.,
and that one of the existing wells, which is in faulty mechanical condition,
be repaired. This is necessary to meet an anticipated increase
in the demand for helium for commercial and medical use.
Since the end of the fiscal year, the act authorizing the conservation,
production, and exploitation of helium *gas, a mineral resource pertaining
to the national defense, and to the development of commercial
aeronautics, was amended in many important respects by the act of
September 1, 1937.
22914—37------ 2
XVIII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Secretary of the Interior will render to Congress on or before
the first day of January of each year a report showing the status of the
helium production fund. The National Munitions Control Board
shall include in its annual report to the Congress full information concerning
licenses issued, together with such information and data
collected by the Board as may be considered of value in the determination
of questions related to the exportation of helium gas.
MINE SAFETY WORK
During the years immediately preceding the creation of the Bureau
of Mines there were on an average each year 17 mine disasters resulting
in 562 fatalities. During the past fiscal year there were only 6
major catastrophies from which 56 deaths resulted. Training courses
conducted by the Bureau teach men how to treat injuries and what to
do in emergencies. Inspections, recommendations for improvement
of practices at mines, first-aid meetings, and other means of promoting
education and safety among the 2,000,000 employees of the mine
industry have contributed to the conservation of natural resources,
to the preservation of life, and to the prevention of suffering.
FINDINGS AND STUDIES OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
The Geological Survey during the year made more than 9,000
findings of technical facts regarding the mineral resources, water
power, or storage possibilities of public lands. Surveys of underground
waters were continued. Much of this work was done in cooperation
with the States and 75 reports on this subject were released
for public use. Drought and flood studies were continued and the
measurement of stream flow was maintained at 3,379 stream-gaging
stations.
The Survey made more than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples
and in excess of 2,200 chemical analyses were completed. More
than 14,500 square miles of new areas were surveyed topographically,
which will result in 102 contour topographic maps in 36 States and
in Puerto Rico. In addition, by the aid of aerial photography,
4,780 square miles were surveyed in five States for the production of
planimetric maps without contours.
Fifty-seven books of the Survey’s regular series, dealing with
geology, mineral resources, and water supplies, were issued during
the year and about 673,000 copies of 296 topographical and other
maps were printed. A geologic map of Texas was completed. The
United States is now 47.4 percent mapped, the fiscal year’s increment
amounting to 0.3 percent.
Fifty-nine geologic parties were in the field in 33 States during the
year. Work was begun on several new projects, including studies of
areas in Idaho, Arizona, the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming, and the
Ohio River flood.
The Conservation Branch added 100,699 acres to the outstanding
water power reserves, making a total net reserve of 6,583,439 acres.
Two deposits of activable bleaching clay are now in commercial
production, largely as a result of studies and tests in the laboratories
of the Geological Survey. This investigation, according to the
Survey’s report, led to a rationalization of the operation and other
LETTER OE TRANSMITTAL XIX
deposits found may eventually result in a more economical use of the
raw materials available.
The Chief of the Conservation Branch reports a loss of revenue
because of insufficient appropriations to provide adequate supervision
of operations under the mineral leasing activities on the public domain.
It was pointed out that there were 85 operating properties under
leases on the public domain upon which production increased between
5 and 10 percent during the year, resulting in increased revenue to an
aggregate total of $6,300,000.
The Conservation Branch complains that, as in other years, as the
result of inadequate appropriations, revenue far in excess of the appropriation
asked for has been lost because of inability to make timely
inspections of field properties and to assure that operations were
conducted so as to accomplish the greatest ultimate production and
effective current beneficial use of the mineral resources involved.
MORE SCHOOLS TEACH CONSERVATION
The Office of Education organized a service in conservation during
the year in addition to its activities in public forums and radio education.
There has been considerable demand for consultative service
and for teaching materials on the subject of conservation and the
Commissioner of Education reports that conservation education is
gaining ground rapidly.
Conservation is being included with increasing frequency in the
curricula of elementary and secondary schools, especially in connection
with courses in science and social studies. Also, in the universities,
the study of natural resources is more and more pointed toward
conservation. A conference of leaders in the conservation field was
held in Washington last June.
The increase in secondary school enrollments for the first time
brought high-school graduates to more than a million for the fiscal
year.
Among the significant trends noted in rural education was the abandonment
of a large number of one-teacher schools in favor of larger
centralized schools. The number of one-teacher schools has been
reduced by 10,169 in 4 years. During the same period the number of
rural schools offering high-school work was increased by 883, or 5.3
percent, but the number of children attending high schools in rural
communities was increased 764,513 pupils, or 53.2 percent. The
increase in the number of consolidated schools was due to the construction
program of the Public Works Administration.
The salary scale of rural teachers was less encouraging. During
the 4-year period rural teachers’ salaries were cut approximately
20 percent while those of city teachers were cut about 10 percent.
The Office of Education reports a steady improvement in conditions
in higher education. Full-time enrollments were up 6.5 percent and
total enrollments increased 7.5 percent. Salaries in most colleges
and universities were restored to normal levels.
Five national educational projects, begun with emergency funds,
were continued, as follows: (1) Study of local school administrative
units; (2) surveys of vocational education and guidance.of Negroes;
(3) educational radio project; (4) cooperative university research
project; and (5) public-affairs forum project.
XX LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
More than 400,000 listeners responded by letters to the Office of
Education, showing their interest in the series of educational broadcasts
during the year.
BRIGHT OUTLOOK FOR TERRITORIES AND ISLANDS
Economic conditions in the territories and island possessions showed
marked improvement. With the aid of Federal eYnergency funds,
construction programs not only aided employment but created necessary
and useful public facilities in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and
the Virgin Islands.
An important development in Puerto Rico was the purchase by the
Government of the Ponce Electric Co. at a total cost of $1,082,431.41.
This will permit the distribution of additional power at a fair price.
In the Virgin Islands the improvement and extension of the Blue
Beard Castle Hotel, a continuation of the homestead program, and
the construction of roads were among the major developments of the
year.
The Alaska Legislature appropriated $400,000 for roads and airfields,
passed acts creating a Territorial planning council and aeronautics
and communications commission. Social security legislation
and new tax schedules for mines and mining were adopted.
The Alaska Railroad deficit, $172,065, included expenditures of
$174,588 for the operation of vessels from Seattle to Alaskan ports
during the maritime strike and $7,449 for investigations of the mineral
resources of the Territory. Based on normal operations expenses,
the road would have shown a profit of $9,971.
Alaska’s budget was in balance for the biennium of 1937-39. The
deficit in the general fund beginning the 1933-35 biennium was
$1,527,944.49. At the close of 1937 there was a surplus of
$1,315,133.51.
The commerce of Hawaii showed a substantial increase, the total
value of exports and imports, $219,639,784, was an increase of more
than $35,000,000 over 1935.
The population of Hawaii during the fiscal year increased 3,458,
making the total population 396,715, of whom 310,956 are American
citizens.
A "LITTLE NEW DEAL” FOR PUERTO RICO
As a result of the widespread and varied activities of the Puerto Rico
Reconstruction Administration, this island possession is making rapid
economic recovery. The reconstruction program is checking certain
economic tendencies among which are the concentration of land in
fewer hands, the concentration of population in urban areas, absentee
ownership of important property, one-crop farming, and poor health
conditions.
To meet these problems the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
is pushing forward a comprehensive recovery program including
rural rehabilitation; land purchase and resettlement; crop diversification
; reforestation and soil erosion control; development of hydroelectric
power; rural electrification and irrigation; extension of agricultural
and vocational education; expansion of the university; and
establishment of health centers and housing, including low-cost and
slum-clearance projects.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL XXI
The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration has been reorganized
since the close of the last fiscal year. The President, by
executive order, placed it within the Department of the Interior and
designated the Secretary of the Interior as Administrator.
COOPERATION OF CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CORPS
I wish to record my appreciation of the splendid work that has been
done by the Civilian Conservation Corps. With the cooperation of
this fine organization the Department’s conservation program has
been put forward many years.
During the fiscal year, the National Park Service supervised the
work programs of 91 C. C. C. camps in national parks and monuments
and 353 camps in Federal, State, county, and municipal areas. The
Park Service also was responsible for camp management and work
supervision over 800 enrollees in Hawaii and 400 in the Virgin Islands.
There were 45 C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division of Grazing
during the fiscal year. The work projects of these camps in nine
States were recommended by the advisory boards of the grazing
districts in which the camps were located.
There was an average of 34 C. C. C. camps in operation on reclamation
projects engaged in the reconstruction of distribution systems,
rodent control work, weed eradication, and forest-fire- and flood-control
work.
There were also 6,387 Indian enrollees engaged in conservation work
on 69 Indian reservations.
The Civilian Conservation Corps educational program of the
Office of Education was considered an essential part of the entire
Civilian Conservation Corps program. During the year this program
was extended to include 90 percent of all of the enrollees, and there
were improvements in the educational activities and the instruction
offered.
NEW INTERIOR DEPARTMENT BUILDING
The Bureaus and Divisions of the Department began to move into
the new Interior Department Building last January and the flag of the
United States was flown from its masthead for the first time on January
20, 1937. The new office facilities have greatly increased the
morale and efficiency of the staff and employees.
A DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION
I again renew my recommendation that the name of the Department
be changed to that of the Department of Conservation.
Under the present administrative set-up the public domain, in
general, is administered by the Department of the Interior which, for
many years, has been preeminent in conservaton. If that policy is
to be followed seriously, as self-preservation demands, this Department
furnishes the natural agency within which to concentrate conservational
activities.
The President’s Committee on the Reorganization of the Executive
Departments has stated that conservation represents a major purpose
of our Government. It also recommended the creation of a Department
of Conservation to replace the Department of the Interior.
XXII LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
Legislation to carry this recommendation into effect is pending before
the Congress.
The personnel of the Department, trained in conservation work
and guided by the conservation ideals which have been so clearly set
forth by the President, joins me in urging the early enactment of this
important legislation—important to a proper reorganization of the
Government and economically important to the people of the United
States.
Very respectfully,
The Pre sid en t ,
The White House.
Har ol d L. Ick es ,
Secretary oj the Interior
'Q
k
is
L0-
d
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION
John C. Page, Commissioner
SEVERE drought over the Great Plains area and part of the West
during the summer of 1936 again made the Federal reclamation
projects oases within vast fields of desolation, serving anew to emphasize
the value of well planned water conservation undertakings in the
arid and semiarid regions.
Areas protected by adequate water storage reservoirs and canal
systems suffered little. In many counties dependent upon dry farming
95 percent of the taxes were in default. Adjacent counties which
included irrigated lands had tax delinquencies amounting to 5 percent
or less of the total. This striking illustration of the manner in which
Federal reclamation developments serve to strengthen and stabilize
local governments demonstrates also one of their major services to the
Nation.
No Federal reclamation project was without water in 1936, and none
suffered major crop losses. It was a year of prosperity in all of these
HTCSLS
DEMAND FOR NEW LANDS
The heavy demand for new irrigable lands was sustained throughout
the year. More than 100,000 farm families have been dislodged by
drought from their homes in the Great Plains alone. The greater
number of these families have moved on west, looking for new opportunities
on irrigated lands where stored water and canals will protect
them in the future from the disaster which had befallen them.
In addition to these, many others sought new lands. Some of these
were recruited from those with farm backgrounds who were participating
in the “back to the land” movement. They were leaving cities
in search of more promising opportunities. Others were among those
who had exhausted their resources on poor lands in various sections of
the country. Still another group of home seekers was made up of
young men and women who have come to maturity in homes founded
on the irrigated lands of the West.
1
2 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
In the semiarid and arid West where irrigation is essential to safe
agriculture, all of these hopeful homeless people look toward the
irrigated districts to provide them with the opportunities they seek.
Except for the new lands for which the Bureau of Reclamation was
prepared to supply water for the first time, there were few farm sites
available. During this year the Bureau had only a few thousand
acres ready. These were rapidly settled.
It is estimated that the young men and women from other irrigated
areas of the West who are now looking for places to make homes for
themselves are more numerous than the offerings of new farm units
which the Bureau of Reclamation can make for several years.
This situation recommends as a wise policy the early completion of
several projects and divisions of projects which are now in construction
and which will provide water for the irrigation of new lands.
Throughout the year construction went forward as rapidly as
possible with the funds available on 10 projects which will increase the
productive area as follows:
The Gila project in Arizona, which will make available on completion
150,000 acres of new land, nearly all of which is public land.
The All-American Canal in California, including the Coachella
Branch, when completed will provide water for 525,307 acres, mostly
public lands.
The Payette division of the Boise project in Idaho, 51,442 acres.
The Greenfields division of the Sun River project in Montana,
20,000 acres.
The Tule Lake division of the Klamath project on the Oregon-
California border, 12,809 acres.
The Owyhee project in Oregon, which is partially complete, but
where the irrigation facilities for 47,800 acres remained to be constructed.
The Roza division of the Yakima project in Washington, 72,000
acres.
The Kendrick project in Wyoming, which will serve 39,793 acres.
The Heart Mountain division of the Shoshone project in Wyoming,
41,000 acres.
PROSPECTS GOOD FOR 1937
At the end of the fiscal year, going into the 1937 irrigation season,
drought conditions still prevailed in parts of the West. Generally,
however, storage reservoirs were well-filled and the lands of Federal
projects amply protected. Prospects were bright for a good year on
the projects.
Lake Mead, the reservoir created by Boulder Dam, continued to
fill. At the close of the fiscal year, it contained 15,000,000 acre-feet
and was filled nearly to half of its capacity. Sufficient water was on
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 3
hand and in reserve to serve the irrigators of the Yuma Federal
reclamation project and the Imperial Valley and other downstream
irrigation projects for 3 years.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM
The largest program of construction in its history was carried forward
during the year by the Bureau of Reclamation, with new records
set in construction of all types in which the Bureau engages.
During the year 6 major dams were begun, bringing to 18 the number
of storage dams and to 3 the number of diversion dams now
under construction. In addition, the Pine View Dam on the Ogden
River project in Utah, was completed and placed in service.
This brought to a grand total of 138 the number of storage and diversion
dams which have been begun and completed by the Bureau of
Reclamation since its origin in 1902. Of these, Shoshone, Arrowrock,
Owyhee, and Boulder Dams each were, at the time of their completion,
the highest in the world, and Boulder Dam with a height of 726.4 feet
holds the record at this time.
The Bureau’s construction program has been accelerated by emergency
fund allotments and by appropriations. Since 1933, in 4 fiscal
years, a total of $226,786,000 has been made available for construction
by the Bureau of Reclamation. Of this amount, $96,254,000 was
allotted from Public Works Administration funds; $61,922,000 was
allotted from emergency relief funds of 1935, and $68,610,000 has been
appropriated directly by the Congress.
The following table shows the source of funds and the amounts made
available for the individual projects during this time:
Appropriations and Allotments for Construction and Investigations, 1934-37
State and project
Public
Works allotment
Emergency
Relief allotment
Appropriation,
1937 Total
Arizona:
Gila____________ _______________________ 68, 000
25, 000
200, 000
80, 000
127, 500
9,000, 000
1,800,000 1, 250, 000 3,118, 000
Colorado River-Indian 25, 000
Salt River___ ____________ _______________ 3, 500, 000 1, 500,000 5,200, 000
Yuma 80, 000
Verde—Investigations _________ ___ 127, 500
California:
All-American Canal___ ______________ - 10, 000, 000
4, 500, 000
135, COO
> 6, 500, 000 25, 500,000
Central Valley —____ - ____________ 6, 900, 000 11,400, 000
Klamath-Tule Lake - - - -_____ 25, 000
175, 000
150, 000
20, 000
150,000
160, 000
Colorado:
Blue River-South Platte 175, GOO
Western slope surveys ___ _ ___ 150,000
Denver office quarters 20, 000
Colorado-Big Thompason ___ 150, 000
Pine River 2___ 2______ _______________ 1, 000, 000 1, 000,000
San Luis Valley.. ____ 2,000
2, 725,000
2,000
Uncompahgre -_ 2, 725, 000
Grand Valley _ _ _________ 200, 000 200, 000
Eastern slope surveys - ___ 100, 000
9, 000
100, 000
Idaho:
Boise-Drainage _ _ ______________ 160,000 169, 000
Boise-Arrowroek ___________ 600, 000
700,000
600, 000
Boise-Payette ___________________ _ __ — 1,000, 000 1, 700, 000
Minidoka-Gooding 26, 000
2,250, 000
26, 000
Upper Snake River_______________________ 2,250, 000
1 General Treasury.
4 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Appropriations and Allotments for Construction and Investigations, 1934-37—Continued
1 General Treasury.
State and project
Public
Works allotment
Emergency
Relief allotment
Appropriation,
1937 Total
Montana:
Bitter Root_______________________________ 100, 000 200, 000 — 300, 000
Buffalo Rapids____________________________ 22, 500
60,000
22,500
Frenchtown_______________________________ 200,000 ------------------- 260, 000
Chain Lakes Storage______________________ 1, 750, 000 1, 750, 000
Milk River_______________________________ zb, OoO
215, 000
75, 000
Sun River_________________________________ 950, 000 1,165, 000
Nebraska: North Platte Valley________________
Nevada:
25, 000 — 25, 000
Humboldt________________________________ 1, 200, 000 _ __ 1, 200, 000
Truckee River storage_____________________
New Mexico:
1, 000, OCO — 1, 000, 000
Rio Grande____________________ *__________ 200, 000
1, 000, 000 900, 000
200,000
Carlsbad__________________________________
625, 000
1, 900, 000
Caballo Dam—Interior____________________ 625, 000
Transfer from State___________________ 1, 500, 000 1, 500. 000
Conchas Dam surveys____________________
New Mexico, Texas, and Colorado:
30, 000 — 30, 000
Water resources, Rio Grande Basin—Interior_____________________________________
80, 000 80, 000
Transfer from national resources_______ 60, 000 60,000
Oklahoma: Altus project surveys______________
Oregon:
30, 000 — 30. 000
Burnt River______________________________
56, 000
600, 000
450, 000
600. 000
Deschutes_________________________________ 506,000
Grande Ronde____________________________ 10, 000 10,000
Klamath-Drainage________________________ 36, 000
100, 000 200, 000
36, 000
Owyhee_____________________________ _____ 5,200, 000 5, 500, 000
Stanfield__________________________________ 100, 000 100, 000
Umatilla River Surveys___________________ . 8, 000
340, 000
8, 000
Vale_______________________________________ 1, 000, 000 1,340,000
Birch Creek Canal________________________ 25, 000
5, COO, 000
25,000
Texas: Colorado River________________________
Utah:
— 5,000,000
Hyrum___________________________________ 930, 000
140, 000
930, 000
Moon Lake_______________________________ 1, ICO 000 — 1, 240,000
Ogden River______________________________
Provo River_______________________________
3,490, 000 500, 000
500,000
3,990, 000
800, 000 — 1, 300, 000
Sanpete___________________________________
Washington:
375, 000 — 375, 000
Columbia Basin surveys__________________
15, 000, 000
250, 000
1 20, 750,000
250, 000
Grand Coulee Dam_______________________ 19,800, 000 55, 550, 000
Yakima-Kittitas__________________________ 39, 000
2,500, 000 1, 000, 000
39, 000
Yakima-Roza_____________________________ 3, 500, 000
Y akima-Storage___________________________
Wyoming:
180, 000 — 180, 000
Casper-Alcova_______________ ____________ 6, 980, 000 5, 227, 000 1, 000, 000 13,207, 000
Riverton__________________________________
50, OCO
1,000, 000 250, 000 1, 250, 000
Shoshone-Willwood_______________________
1, 300, 000 700, 000
50, 000
Shoshone-Heart Mountain________________
Colorado River Basin States:
2, COO, 000
Boulder Canyon____________________ ______ 38,000, 000
250,000
1 23, 600, 000 61,600, 000
Surveys sec. 15____________________________
25, 000
250, 000
Industrial surveys_________________________
Hawaii:
— 25, 000
Water supply survey______________________ , 50,000
250,000
50, 000
Secondary project investigations_______________•
750, 000
250, 000
Administrative expenses______________________ 1, 775, 000 2, 525, 000
Total___________________________________ 96,254, 000 61,922, 000 68,610, 000 226,786, 000
During 1937 construction work was in progress on 35 projects in
13 States. The new dams begun were Bartlett Dam on the Salt
River project, Fresno Dam on the Milk River project, Grassy Lake
and Crosscut Dams on the Upper Snake River project, Boca Dam on
the Truckee River storage project, and Marshall Ford Dam on the
Colorado River of Texas project. Two dams—the Mid view Dam
on the Moon Lake project and the Anita Dam on the Huntley project
were being built by C. C. C. forces.
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 5
During the year the Bureau constructed 249 miles of canals, 134
miles of drains, 14 tunnels with a total length of 49,393 feet, 222 miles
of roads, 2.4 miles of railroad, 34.5 miles of transmission lines, 4,739
canal structures, 383 bridges, 851 culverts, 46 miles of pipe, and 192
flumes. It placed in dams 2,065,006 cubic yards of concrete, 3,553,870
cubic yards of earth, and 536,180 cubic yards of rock fill, and it excavated
43,858,688 cubic yards of earth and rock.
GRAND COULEE DAM—COLUMBIA BASIN PROJECT
The outstanding project under construction by the Bureau was the
Grand Coulee Dam, principal engineering feature of the Columbia
Basin project. This dam on completion will be the most massive
masonry structure in the world. It will be 550 feet high and will
contain 11,250,000 cubic yards of concrete.
The dam will have twin power houses on either side of the river
with a total of 18 generating units capable of producing at capacity
2,520,000 horsepower.
The project contemplates eventual irrigation of 1,200,000 acres of
arid but fertile lands in the Columbia Basin area. In addition to
Grand Coulee Dam, other features will be necessary to irrigate these
lands, including a pumping plant with a normal capacity of 16,000
cubic feet of water per second, and a balancing reservoir in the Grand
Coulee, itself, with a capacity of 1,050,000 acre-feet of water. This
reservoir will be formed by earthen dams at each end of the Coulee.
An elaborate canal system to carry the water from the reservoir to the
lands also is planned. It is estimated that the dam and appurtenant
works will cost $119,000,000, the power plant $67,000,000, and the
irrigation system $208,000,000. Revenues from power and from repayments
by irrigation-water users are expected to repay the cost of
the project.
In addition to the irrigation of a rich area, and the generation of a
huge block of power which will be available cheaply to the public,
Grand Coulee Dam will serve important functions in controlling the
floods and improving navigation of the Columbia River, the Nation’s
second largest stream.
Grand Coulee Dam is the key structure in the long-range plan for
development of the Columbia River, the uppermost and largest of
10 dams proposed in series on the stream. It will materially increase
the output of firm power at all downstream sites on the Columbia
River.
During the year, work on the project included continuation of construction
of the foundation of Grand Coulee Dam and investigations
and surveys of the Columbia Basin lands.
The construction contract for the foundation stage of the dam was
awarded to the Mason-Walsh-Atkinson-Kier Co., July 16, 1934, on
6 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
their bid of $29,339,300. This contract was 54 percent completed at
the beginning and 82 percent completed at the close of the fiscal year.
During the year more than 2,000,000 cubic yards of concrete were
placed with a record daily pour of 13,002 cubic yards on June 24.
Excavation for the year totaled 2,500,000 cubic yards, and the total
excavation for the structure was 16,809,204 cubic yards.
The parallel cofferdams by which the contractor confined the river
to a narrow channel through the central section of the dam, thus permitting
work on either side, were completed before the 1936 flood
season. A second major diversion was achieved before the 1937
flood season, when two cross-river cofferdams forced the river to flow
through slots left in the west section of the dam, thus unwatering the
central section. These cofferdams withstood a maximum flow on
June 25, 1937, of 273,500 cubic feet of water per second.
An interesting construction feature of the year was the freezing of
an arch across the toe of a slide in the east forebay area to restrain
200,000 cubic yards of slipping clay long enough to complete the excavation
and place concrete in the dam to a height sufficient to be out
of danger. This arch, resting on a timber crib foundation, was 100
feet long, 20 feet thick, and 40 feet high, and contained about 3,000
cubic yards of frozen earth. It was constructed at a cost of $30,000,.
and, through halting the slide, prevented an increase in the cost of
excavation which might have amounted to $200,000. An ammoniabrine
refrigerating system was used with 3-inch pipes placed 30 inches
apart. Not only did this operation successfully stop the slide, but
it saved several weeks of construction time.
An average of about 6,000 men were employed at Grand Coulee
Dam. The estimated cost of the foundation section of the dam is
$62,900,000, and it will be completed about the middle of the 1938
fiscal year. A total of about 4,250,000 cubic yards of concrete will
be placed under the present contract, leaving about 7,000,000 cubic
yards to complete the structure. Progress during the year was very
good, and the work was many months ahead of schedule.
Considerable progress was made during the fiscal year in surveys
of the lands to be irrigated under the project. The work consisted
of topographic mapping, section line retracement, monumenting and
necessary lev el work, all in the Quincy Flats area. Work accomplished
to date comprised 594,099 acres of retracement, 510,962 acres of monumenting,
475,925 acres of control leveling, and 347,173 acres of topography.
In field mapping 192 topographic sheets were completed.
About 100 men were employed on this work.
Other survey work was in progress in the reservoir site, including
right-of-way surveys, and highway and railroad relocation. Studies
were made of migratory fish control in cooperation with State and
Government agencies.
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 7
CENTRAL VALLEY PROJECT
The Central Valley project in California, another of the major
undertakings of the Bureau, is designed to regulate the flow of both
the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, and to redistribute, geographically,
the waters of the great interior valley of the State extending
from Redding to Bakersfield, a distance of 400 miles.
Through the storage and conservation of the flood waters of the
two streams and their tributaries, the regulated flow of the rivers
will be available for irrigation, improvement of navigation, generation
of hydroelectric power, and protection in the delta region from salt
water intrusion.
In the southern San Joaquin Valley, about 1,000,000 acres require
supplemental water supplies for irrigation. More than 400,000 acres
of highly developed agricultural lands in that area are dangerously
short of water at this time, having about exhausted the underground
irrigation supply. Some 40,000 or more acres have been abandoned
to the encroaching desert. In the delta area where the Sacramento
and San Joaquin rivers join to flow westward to San Francisco Bay
there are 500,000 acres of rich lands threatened by an invasion of salt
water. Regulation of the Sacramento River, a major water producer,
will provide surplus water for diversion into San Joaquin Valley and
a sustained flow which will prevent salt water intrusion into the
delta area.
The estimated cost of the project is $170,000,000. The principal
construction features include Shasta Dam, reservoir and power plant
on the Sacramento River near Redding; 200 miles of transmission
lines from the Shasta power plant to a load center near Antioch; the
delta cross-cut canal with a capacity of 4,000 second-feet to carry
Sacramento River water to the San Joaquin River near Stockton; the
Contra Costa Canal, 40 miles in length with a capacity of 350 secondfeet,
which will extend from Antioch to Martinez and serve with
supplemental waters the cities and farms on the south side of Suisun
Bay; the San Joaquin pumping system which will raise 3,000 secondfeet
of water from the San Joaquin delta upstream to Mendota Dam;
Friant Dam and reservoir of 450,000 acre-feet capacity on the San
Joaquin River, east of Fresno; the Madera Canal extending north from
Friant Dam and serving lands in the vicinity of Madera, and the
Friant-Kern Canal, which will serve lands south of Friant Dam.
Shasta Dam will be built of concrete masonry. It will be 560 feet
in height and will store about 4,500,000 acre-feet of water. Plans
for the powerhouse call for an initial capacity of 280,000 kilowatts and
an ultimate capacity of 350,000 kilowatts.
During the year preliminary engineering work on several of the major
features was brought to completion. Shasta dam site was selected
after detailed investigation of several alternate sites including one
8 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
known as the Baird site on the Pit River and another known as the
Table Mountain site on the Sacramento River.
Investigation of the Friant dam site was completed in September.
During the year six contracts were awarded for work in the Government
camp at the Friant dam site and bids were received on March 3
for the first construction, a 4-mile section of the Contra Costa Canal.
This contract was awarded to Haas, Doughty & Jones, and Marshall
& Stacy of San Francisco, Calif., on their low bid of $102,646. They
were about to start work at the end of the fiscal year.
The office of the Chief Engineer was engaged in preparation of plans
and specifications for construction work to be undertaken in the fiscal
year 1938. This new work will include the following: Kennett
division—relocation of the Southern Pacific Railroad from Redding to
the Pit River, roadbed and structures; Sacramento and Pit River
bridges; Kennett camp construction; Delta division—Contra Costa
Canal, earthwork and structures; Friant division—construction of
Friant Dam; Madera and Friant-Kern canals, earthwork, and
structures.
BOULDER CANYON PROJECT
The principal work in progress at Boulder Dam of the Boulder
Canyon project on the Colorado River between Arizona and Nevada
was the installation of machinery and equipment in the power plant.
On September 11, 1936, President Franklin D. Roosevelt pressed a
button in Constitution Hall in Washington starting the first generator,
the A-0 unit in the Arizona wing of the power-house. Four of the
82,500 kilovolt-ampere generating units in the Nevada wing of the
power-house went on the line during the year. The dates of their first
operations were as follows: N-2, October 26; N-4, November 14;.
N-l, December 28; and N-3, March 22.
On the All-American Canal system of the Boulder Canyon project,
all excavation work necessary for completion of the main canal, 80
miles in length, was under contract. Part of this work had been completed,
and all earthwork, estimated to total about 65,000,000 cubic
yards, was expected to be done during the calendar year 1938. Work
was continued on the Imperial diversion dam and desilting works. The
dam is a concrete structure, 2,990 feet long, of the hollow or floating weir
type, slab and buttress nonoverflow section with a maximum height of
47 feet. The desilting works consist of six settling basins, each 269 feet
wide by 769 feet long. Silt deposited in the basins will be removed by
72 rotary-type scrapers, each 125 feet in diameter, and sluiced into theriver
below the dam.
OTHER CONSTRUCTION
On the Kendrick (Casper-Alcova) project in Wyoming, construction
of the Seminoe storage dam and power plant and the Alcova diversion
dam continued, and at the end of the year, these were 30 and 72

A V ie w o f Bo u l d e r Da m
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 9
percent complete, respectively. Government forces excavated 28.6
miles of the Casper Canal, moving 3,793,000 cubic yards of material.
In October 1936 contracts were awarded for the manufacture of two
12,000-kilovolt-amphere generating units and turbines and governors
for the Seminoe power plant.
Other important dams under construction during the year were the
following: Bartlett Dam, 270-foot concrete multiple arch, on the Salt
River project, Arizona; Parker Dam, 325-foot concrete arch, on the
Colorado River near Parker, Ariz., being built for the Metropolitan
Water District of Southern California; Taylor Park Dam, 168-foot
earth and rock fill, on the Uncompahgre project, Colorado; Island
Park Dam, 80-foot earth fill, and Grassy Lake Dam, 120-foot earth
fill, on the Upper Snake River storage project, Idaho-Wyoming;
Fresno Dam, 80-foot earth fill, on the Milk River project, Montana;
Alamogordo Dam, 142-foot rolled earth and rock fill on the Carlsbad
project, New Mexico; Caballo Dam, 85-foot earth fill, on the Rio
Grande project, New Mexico-Texas; Unity Dam, 81-foot earth fill,
on the Burnt River project, Oregon; Marshall Ford Dam, 265-foot
concrete, straight gravity, on the Colorado River project, Texas;
Utah; Bull Lake Dam, 75-foot earth fill, on the Riverton project,
Moon Lake Dam, 90-foot earth fill, on the Moon Lake project,
Wyoming.
A contract was awarded for construction of the Boca Dam, 110-foot
earth fill, on the Truckee storage project, Nevada. Plans and specifications
were in preparation for the Deer Creek Dam on the Provo
River project, Utah, the Vallecito Dam on the Pine River project
in Colorado, and the Roza diversion dam on the Roza division of
the Yakima project, Washington.
BUREAU’S CONTRUCTION RESULTS
Our operations of over 35 years have resulted in the following:
138 storage and diversion dams have been built.
24 powerhouses.
2,344 buildings.
19,116 miles of canals, ditches, and drains.
72% miles of tunnels.
4,367 miles of telephone lines.
267 miles of dikes and levees.
6,041 flumes.
18,694 culverts.
13,166 bridges.
182,964 other irrigation structures.
Reservoir capacity created by this construction totaled 44,898,910
acre-feet.
10 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
POWER GENERATION
The first of the giant generators in the Boulder Dam powerhouse
went into operation in October 1936, and by April 1937 four of
these were producing energy for the city of Los Angeles and other
communities in that vicinity.
As a result, the total output of power from hydroelectric plants on
Bureau of Reclamation projects increased tremendously. During the
fiscal year 1937, 24 power plants on 12 projects produced a grand total
of 1,056,757,865 kilowatt-hours of energy.
This places the Bureau of Reclamation in a preeminent position
among Federal agencies in the field of electric power, although generation
of hydroelectric power is a byproduct.
By the end of the year, the Boulder plant had settled into a steady
monthly output of approximately 80,000,000 kilowatt-hours. Two
new generators were being manufactured, and during the year bids
for two additional generators were called.
Projects now in construction contemplate additional power developments
in connection with dams which will control the Sacramento
River in California, the North Platte River in Wyoming, and the
Columbia River in Washington, and which will store their waters for
use in irrigation. Use of the waters released from reclamation
reservoirs to turn turbines increases the over-all efficiency of the
project. In planning all Federal reclamation projects, the feasibility
of including power development is investigated carefully, just as are
other conservation ends.
RECLAMATION FUND
As was pointed out last year, accretions to the reclamation fund
established by the act of June 17, 1902, are decreasing. From a high
point of more than $9,430,573.98 reached in 1908, accretions to the
special fund from the sale of public lands fell to an all-time low of
$127,176.17 in the fiscal year 1937.
This source of revenue cannot be revived, because of new conservation
policies and exhaustion of attractive farm sites on the public
domain.
Again the need for new sources of accretions to the fund must be
stressed. While the fund also receives repayments made by water
users on operating projects, this source and the remaining productive
statutory sources of accretions cannot be expected to provide sufficient
money year by year to finance reclamation construction programs of
the size of that now in progress.
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 11
The following table will show the accretions to the fund:
Accretions to reclamation fund, by States
Sale of public lands Proceeds from oil leasing act
States
Fiscal year
1937
To June 30,
1937
Fiscal year
1937
To June 30,
1937
Total to June
30, 1937
Alabama------- ------- ---------------
Arizona_____________________
California__________________
Colorado___________________
Idaho______________________
Kansas_____________________
Louisiana__________________
Montana.-__________________
Nebraska___________________
Nevada____________________
New Mexico________________
North Dakota______________
Oklahoma__________________
Oregon___ _________________
South Dakota______________
Utah------------------------------------
Washington________________
Wyoming__________________
Total_________________
Proceeds, Federal water
power licenses__________
Proceeds, potassium royalties
and rentals_________
$11,977. 53
15,435. 55
9,914. 46
4, 860. 47
8. 84
$2, 686, 498. 75
8,185, 636. 64
10, 273, 223. 66
7, 010, 768.12
1,033, 067. 60
14, 571. 77 15,342,828. 34
111. 76 2, 901, 308. 58
662. 91 1, 023, 080.10
24, 700. 23 6, 661, 542. 95
564.43 12, 218, 658. 77
341.51 5,929,403. 06
8, 941. 62 11,972,330. 26
1, 510. 40 7, 731, 616. 90
8, 273. 25 4, 239, 302. 59
1, 325. 66 7, 447, 065. 79
23, 975. 78 8, 644, 615. 80
127,176. 17 112, 493, 947.91
$3,113.03
.34
1, 731, 599. 79
77,081. 27
1, 941.17
$181,984. 46
160. 20
14,089,064. 30
636,005. 43
19,388. 23
30, 950. 42
50, 753. 91
73. 261. 66
1,196,121. 60
84.00
288, 602. 71
15,016. 29
5, 447. 37
984, 231. 42
152, 721. 78
10. 28
1,849. 26
533, 726. 36
33, 749. 63
34, 374, 280.19
212. 67
68.144. 95
826, 036. 02
3, 093,536. 57 52, 282,002.17
$181,984. 46
2, 686, 658.95
22, 274, 700. 94
10. 909, 229. 09
7,030,156. 35
1,033, 067. 60
73, 261. 56
15, 538,949. 94
2, 094, 308. 58
1,028, 527. 47
7.645, 774. 37
12, 371,380. 55
5, 929, 403. 06
11, 972, 340. 54
7, 733,466.16
4, 773,028.95
7, 480. 815. 42
43,018, 895.99
164,775,950. 08
i 759, 733. 37
2 328,353. 79
Grand total. . 165,864,037. 24
1 Proceeds for fiscal year, $19,400.83.
2 Proceeds for fiscal year, $67,122.13.
REPAYMENTS
Under the reclamation law, project water users are required to contract
to repay without interest over a period of years the cost of
construction of the project works which serve them. Also, in instances
where the project is operated by the Bureau, the water users pay annual
operation and maintenance and water rental charges.
In excess of 98 percent had been collected of all moneys due and
payable for repayment of construction, operation and maintenance,
and water rental charges. Construction charges of $48,268,782.16
had become due, and $47,580,012.45 had been paid. Operation and
maintenance charges of $31,622,231.32 had become due, and $31,-
392,552.88 had been paid. Water rental charges of $9,953,628.17
had become due, and $9,877,494.50 had been paid.
Another source of revenue was the sale of electric energy. Exclusive
of the Boulder Dam power development, this source has yielded
a net revenue of $8,446,806.43.
The following tables show the status of the reclamation fund and
the situation with regard to collections.
22914—37------ 3
12 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
STATUS OF RECLAMATION FUND
Accretions to the fund:
Sales of public lands------------------------- $112, 493, 947. 91
Royalties and rental under Mineral
Leasing Act______________________ 52, 282, 002. 17
Potassium royalties and rentals_______ 328, 353. 79
Federal water power licenses_________ 759, 733. 37
Total accretions__________________________________ $165, 864, 037. 24
Loan from General Treasury_____________________________ 15, 000, 000. 00
Collections—construction and operation and maintenance repayments,
water rents, power and light, etc____________ 115, 006, 306. 45
Total cash available_______________________________ 395, 870, 343. 69
Disbursements--------------------------------------------------------------- 281, 856. 228. 52
Balance in fund June 30, 1937--------------------------------- 14, 014, 115. 17
Accounts Receivable, Construction Water-Right Charges
State and project
Due Collected
Uncollected
June 30,
Fiscal year 1937
1937
To June 30,
1937
Cash
Other credits
to June
Fiscal year 30, 1937
1937
To June 30,
1937
Arizona:
S? It R iver $152,490.30 $6, 963, 725. 01 $152, 490.30 $6, 963, 725. 01
Yuma auxiliary. _ - ___ i 4, 159. 52 584, 640. 19 i 2,931. 17 582,316.87 $1, 683. 67 $639. 65
Arizona-California: Yuma... 152, 542. 48 3, 987, 325. 59 94, 442. 48 3, 364, 707.'59 595,918. 32 26, 699. 68
3, 775. 35 826, 526.19 8, 729. 90 787,925. 71 38, 600. 48
Colorado:
Grand Valiev____ _____ 27, 702. 05 197, 782. 94 10, 000. 00 90, 729. 94 107,053. 00
TTn compahgre___ _____ 53, 552. 58 543, 822. 06 8, 125. 00 435,407. 43 63, 652. 04 44, 762. 59
Idaho:
Boise -__ -____ __ 26, 203. 62 4, 037, 789.10 24, 025. 37 4, 008, 417. 56 27,193. 29 2,178. 25
Minidoka. __ _________ 142, 376.13 8, 250, 680.15 58,166. 20 7, 304,914.11 905, 700. 54 40, 065. 50
Montana:
Bitter Root ______ 36,122. 26 36, 122. 26 18, 025. 42 18, 025. 42 18, 096. 84
Hu nt,lev ___ _ 10, 906. 90 571, 746. 86 9,857. 83 477,940.14 93, 558. 38 248. 34
\jjlk River _______ - 26,090.17 97, 757. 73 9, 864. 49 12, 867. 25 84, 890. 48
Sun River. _ _________ 59,181. 79 279, 601. 34 29, 473. 49 235, 971. 31 35, 249. 27 8, 380. 76
Montana-North Dakota:
Lower Yellowstone 25, 760. 33 319, 521. 31 24, 364. 21 317,160. 51 1,311.41 1, 049. 39
Nebraska-Wyoming: North
Platte _ - ______ - 166, 546. 40 4, 270, 894.15 21, 663. 28 2, 812,192. 06 1,377,815. 39 80, 886. 70
28, 579. 04 1, 235, 090. 58 21, 685. 31 1,152, 994. 05 79, 525. 90 2, 570. 63
^7ew Mexico: Carlsbad. _ __ 1, 707. 21 887,418.10 1, 707. 21 887, 336. 85 81.25
New Mexico-Texas:
Rjo Grande ____ - 115, 425. 00 3, 207, 949. 45 96, 420. 38 2, 878, 019. 83 328, 387. 87 1, 541. 75
Baker _____ ____ 2,884. 75 2, 884. 75 2, 884. 75 2, 884. 75
2,985. 37 546,042. 54 2, 761. 37 404, 690. 85 5,190. 89 136,160. 80
Oregon-California: Klamath. 48, 244. 70 1,195, 748. 89 21, 608. 12 1,161,911.21 5,127. 85 28, 709. 83
South Dakota: Belle Fourche 57, 457. 29 684, 091.53 4, 620.19 550,818. 52 80, 921. 48 52, 351. 53
Utah:
Salt Lake Basin ______ 71, 749. 36 72, 971.86 71, 749. 36 72, 971. 86
Strawberry Valley. _ 68,803. 39 1, 385,938. 35 68,128. 39 1, 374,350.13 11, 588. 22
Washington:
Gk^nogan _ _ _ 5, 425. 94 142. 901.86 425. 94 137, 901.80 5, 000. 00
Yakima ________ 54, 212. 67 6, 932,974. 40 121,164. 76 6, 762,914. 66 36, 363. 75 133, 695. 99
Wyoming: Shoshone------------ 22, 514. 02 1,006,835. 03 22, 600.80 842,919. 56 163, 674.95 240. 52
Total _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1, 359,079. 58 48, 268, 782. 16 902, 053. 38 43, 642, 014.98 2 3,919, 997.47 706, 769. 71
Paid in advance of due dates.. i 302,943. 97 610,665.44 3 188, 585. 93
98, 926. 60 3, 212. 84
Total collections ____ 599. 109. 41 14, 3'1. 607. 02
Contributed funds applying
to construction cost not ineluded
in above table--------— 39, 265. 07 1, 816, 522.40
1 Contra.
J Other credits for fiscal year, $290,189.52.
s Decrease for fiscal year, $32,461.47.
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 13
Accounts Receivable, Operation and Maintenance Charges
[After public notice]
Due Collected
Uncollected
June 30,
1937
State and project Fiscal year
1937
To June 30,
1937
C
Fiscal year
1937
ish
To June 30,
1937
Other credits
to June
30, 1937
Arizona: Yuma auxiliary___
Arizona-California: Yuma...
California: Orland----------------
Colorado:
Grand Valley-----------------
Uncompahgre _________
$15,854. 79
114, 386.49
13,168. 90
48,872.11
$499, 260. 68
3,999,822. 73
680,929. 35
457,083. 97
1,008, 683. 69
2,201,650. 02
60, 711. 27
2,203,888. 69
2,000. 00
554, 787. 34
418,917.97
168, 718. 50
338, 562.56
1,952, 631.07
1,174,581.57
998,201. 85
4,641,556.53
2,317.41
34,042. 75
392,078.40
38.149. 67
1,373,510.50
30.818. 09
1,252, 661. 80
376,880.88
371,441.72
5,830,214.97
558,127. 84
$18, 275. 95
146, 826. 28
24, 658. 36
50,372.11
$484, 311.05
3,813,012.00
630, 786. 70
424,083.97
977,809. 79
2,149, 000.30
59,192. 22
2,062, 579. 63
$11,804.81
181,370. 56
25, 757.82
33,000.00
30,873.90
52, 649. 72
1,519.05
141,306.16
$3,144.82
5,440.17
24, 384.83
Idaho:
Boise___________________
King Hill_______________
11,483. 25 11,483.25
Minidoka_______________
Montana:
Frenchtown __ _
80, 475. 95
2,000. 00
69, 258. 65 2.90
2,000.00
Huntley.. ____________ 543,594. 31
393, 598.96
164, 366. 28
338, 557. 93
1,879, 684.22
1,135,901. 55
981,329.14
4,338,550.37
2,317. 41
34,042. 75
384,132.31
38,149. 67
1,338,873. 62
30, 818.09
1, 243, 285. 81
365,022. 21
368,788. 67
5, 657,994.36
533, 209. 69
11,193 03
Milk River_________ _
Sun River _.. . _____
47,820. 29 40,876.12 1,662.25
4,352.22
4. 63
23,656.76
Montana - North Dakota:
Lower Yellowstone. ._
Nebraska-Wyoming: North
Platte------- ------,----------------
Nevada: Newlands . ___
20,652. 38 23, 301. 78 65,198.06
38, 680.02
16,872. 71
248, 593.87
7, 748. 79
New Mexico: Carlsbad_____
New Mexico-Texas: Rio
Grande___________________
North Dakota:
Buford-Trenton _ .
24,607. 28
302,896.90
24,607. 28
280, 494.35 54,412.29
Williston ______ *
Oregon:
Umatilla.._____________ -
Vale____________________
3,190.38
15,000.00
32,541.23
30,318. 09
49,048. 37
3,478. 26
15,000.00
7,253.96 692.13
Oregon-California: Klamath.
Oregon-Idaho: Owyhee_____
South Dakota: Belle Fourche-
Utah: Strawberry Valley____
52,874.36
30,318.09
49,048.37
30,536.22
9, 375.99
11,858. 67
2,653. 05
69,338.24
23,705.43
4,100. 66
Washington:
Okanogan . __
Yakima_________________
Wyoming: Shoshone________
223,456. 98
1, 843.05
239,164.55
1,776.93
102,882. 37
1, 212. 72
Total_________________
Paid in advance of due dates-
1,037, 616. 44 31, 622,231. 82 1, 061, 814. 69
28, 548.81
8,053. 75
30,372,993. 01
150, 748.02
527, 773. 62
38, 228. 87
i 1,019. 560. 37
2 323 41
229, 678.44
Penalties and interest.-____ 20,480.00
Refunds _ _____ ______ ... 156.00
Total collections______ — 1,098,417. 25 31,089,743.52
1 Other credits for fiscal year, $31,402.48.
2 Increase for fiscal year, $65.07.
Accounts Receivable, Rental of Irrigation Water
State and project
Due Collected
Uncollected
June 30,
1937
Fiscal year
1937
To June 30,
1937
Cash
Other credits
to June
Fiscal year 30, 1937
1937
To June 30,
1937
Arizona:
Salt River______________
Yuma auxiliary_________ $439.90
$2,246,726. 01
13,836. 83 $787.38
$2,246, 726.01
13, 836. 83
—
Arizona-California: Yuma.- 9, 743. 23 566, 656.25 9, 347. 72 553, 606. 55 $12, 654.19 $395.51
California: Orland__________
Colorado:
38. 88 121, 489.73 38. 88 121,489.73
Grand Valley___________ 10,897. 60 533,725.86 10, 645.00 524,736.93 6,500. 67 2,488. 26
Uncompahgre__________
Idaho:
2,856.99 1,229,317. 36 1,905.96 1,221,300.36— 8,017. 00
Boise___________________ 8,050.00 814,088.57 8,050.00 809,368.07 4,720.50
Minidoka_______________
Montana:
57,361.56 797, 604. 60 57,336. 56 794,196. 59 3.383. 01 25.00
Huntley________ ________ 517. 23 12,957.48 517.23 12, 957. 48
Milk River...,_________ 159. 75 238, 487. 25 174. 75 228,140. 47 1.208.14 9,138. 64
Sun River..__________ _
Montana - North Dakota:
64.35 132,656.90 190. 52 130, 702.92 1, 366. 62 587.36
Lower Yellowstone_______
Nebraska-Wyoming: North
558.00 137,141.60 347. 40 136,353. 38— 788.22
Platte__________________ 2,003. 45 348, 759. 97 1,994.45 348, 740.97 10. 00 9.00
Nevada: Newlands______ . 28, 291. 16 22,114.31 6,176. 85
14 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Accounts Receivable, Rental of Irrigation Water—Continued
State and project
Due Collected
Uncollected
June 30,
1937
Fiscal year
1937
To June 30,
1937
Cash
Other credits
to June
Fiscal year 30, 1937
1937
To June 30,
1937
New Mexico:
Carlsbad________________ $242.01 $40, 741.28 $187. 26 $40,669. 28 $72. 00
Hondo__________________
New Mexico-Texas: Rio
Grande___________________
North Dakota:
Buford-Trenton_________
Williston_______________
Oregon:
Umatilla________________
12, 954.82
2,694. 00
9,129.70
1,520,413.52
31.75
2,117.28
100,143.32
5, 017.30
2, 694. 00
9,129. 70
1,498, 330.96
31.75
2,117.28
73,866.52
— 22,082.56
26, 276. 80
Vale____________________
Oregon-California: Klamath.
Oregon-Idaho: Owyhee--------
, South Dakota: Belle Fourche.
Utah: Strawberry Valley___
’Washington:
Okanogan______________
Yakima_________________
Wyoming:
Riverton________________
.Shoshone_______________
Total..................... ..............
1 373. 25
52,576.16
45,597. 71
610. 78
2,096.75
30,547.96
13,567.95
21, 544. 45
451,261.45
62, 519. 86
10,942. 68
17, 596.13
110,645. 28
180,079.32
95,209. 63
109,512.95
80.45
51,248. 70
45,108. 15
610. 78
2,856. 60
27,699. 69
13,418.66
21,291. 62
446,982.79
61,976.40
10,924. 88
17,596.13
108,061.09
179,449.42
85, 715. 63
105,612. 02
25.00
17.80
2,584.19
9,198. 50
3, 622.96
252.83
4,253. 66
543.46
629.90
295.50
277.97
253,205. 83 9, 953,628.17 240,257.44 9,826,026. 07 ’51,468.43 76,133. 67
1 Contra.
1 Other credits for fiscal year, $2,679.94.
Population of Projects
Population of the farms and towns served by the Federal projects
exceeded this year that of any previous year.
There were 210,466 living on farms and 653,441 in towns on the
projects, and serving these were 859 schools and 996 churches.
As an index to the prosperity of these people, an investigation was
made of the bank deposits in banks on the projects. Deposits totaled
$226,903,747. The following table shows the population and bank
deposits of each of the projects in operation.
Population and Bank Deposits
State and project
Irrigated farms Towns
Number
of
schools
Number
of
churches
Bank
Num- deposits
ber
Population
Number
Population
Ar’ uua: salt River. _. ________________ 7,900 60, 000 12 95. 000 86 70 $54, 343. 000
Ar. one-'''11-' . uma_________________ 829 3, 744 5 10, 000 13 26 1,357, 480
’ _ . ^nand_________________________
Colorado:
656 1,919 1 1,200 9 10 1, 051,898
Grand Valley_________________________ 463 1,389 6 14, 570 17 38 4, 414, 420
Uncompahgre_________________________
Idaho:
1,590 5,985 3 8,350 28 35 3, 332,093
Boise_________________________________ 4,010 15, 550 16 50, 000 58 88 31, 903, 747
Minidoka 1____________________________
Montana:
2,425 8,418 6 7, 775 22 50 (2)
Bitter Root___________________________ 325 1,250 5 4, 200 10 15 1, 808, 468
Frenchtown___________________________ 34 120 3 17,150 15 23 8,764, 093
Huntley______________________________ 650 2,143 5 716 7 6 163, 799
Milk River___________________________ 599 2, 267 17 11, 015 33 34 4, 903,031
Sun River_____________________________
Montana-North Dakota: Lower Yellow-
711 1,671 6 763 11 12 151,475
stone. _ _ _____________________________ 580 2, 689 7 3, 600 18 21 1,147.300
Nebraska-Wyoming: North Platte________
Nevada:
3,137 9, 706 18 21, 503 70 51 7,132,142
Humboldt_________________ ____ ______ 60 265 1 1.400 4 4 1, 006. 000
Newlands_____________________________ 802 2, 751 4 2, 020 16 12 800, 000
Truckee River Storage________________ 300 1, 650 2 25, 000 24 14 12, 000, 000
1 In addition the Gooding division reported 985 farms with a population of 2,160 but no data relative to
towns, schools, or churches.
2 Individual data not available as 3 banks are members of a chain system.
i
o,
T h e Y a k i m a Pr o j e c t in t h e s t a t e o f W a s h i n g t o n , O n c e a D r y a n d Ba r r e n a r e a , H a s Be e n T r a n s f o r m e d In t o O n e o f
t h e G a r d e n s p o t s o f t h e U n it e d s t a t e s .
1:
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 15
Population and Bank Deposits—Continued
State and project
Irrigated farms Towns
Number
of
schools
Num
ber ofchurches
Bank
Num- deposits
ber
Population
Number
Population
New Mexico* Carlsbad. _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 455 2, 049 4 7,000 9 12 1, 723, 888
New Mexico-Texas: Rio Grande__________ 5,750 26, 500 37 130,000 88 124 30, 000, 000
Oregon:
Umatilla ________________________ 434 1,379 5 1,530 8 14 380, 000
Vale __________________________ 400 1,260 3 1, 600 3 12 367, 758
Oregon-California: Klamath 882 2,835 5 17,425 29 35 6,923, 569
Oregon-Idaho* Owvhee 1, 210 5, 380 5 5, 450 23 20
Son th Dakota* Belle Fourche ____________ 900 2, 735 5 3, 550 28 17 2, 320, 000
Utah:
Ilvrum . 370 1,480 3 3 3, 500 5 6
Moon Lake ___________ __ __________ 600 2,500 10 < 300 17 15 308, 000'
Ogden River _______________________ 1,195 4, 800 4 53,962 25 56 14, 000, 00O
Strawberry Valley_____________ ____ 2, 200 5, 550 12 25, 000 27 26 1,163, 300
Weber River_ _____________________ 2,100 10,000 10 48, 000 46 50 20, 500, 000'
Washington: •«
Okanogan ________________________ 391 965 3 4, 500 10 8 1, 248, 781
Yakima _____________________________ 5,502 17,488 23 50, 252 78 62 6, 059, 582'
Wyoming:
Kendrick (Casper Alcova)____________ 4 20, 000 17 18 7,713, 582
Riverton __ _ ___ _ ______________ 338 1, 228 2 110 2 2
Shoshone______________________________ 975 2', 800 5 3,000 3 10 543, 288-
Total, 1937._____ ___________________ 48, 773 210, 466 257 653,441 859 996 226, 903, 747
a Estimated.
CROP RESULTS: PROJECT WATER USERS PROSPER
The estimated gross value of crops produced on Federal reclamation
projects during the calendar year of 1936 was $136,502,480, or
$29,721,186 more than in 1935 and $36,713,477 more than in 1934.
With an average of $47.10 for each of the 2,901,919 acres for which the
Bureau of Reclamation furnished water in 1936, the figure represents
a higher total than at any time since 1929.
During only 3 previous years, 1919, 1928, and 1929, has the gross
crop returns been greater for Federal reclamation farmers. Since 1906,
when the first Federal project went into operation, the grand total
value of crops produced on these projects has been $2,311,983,242,
approximately 10 times the cost of the Federal irrigation works serving
the lands.
The average per acre return represents an increase of $9.80 an acre
over that received in 1935, and was among the highest returns per
acre in the history of the Bureau of Reclamation. The return obtained
by the farmer on Federal reclamation projects for each acre he worked
during 1936 was two and one-half times that received by the average
farmer the Nation over.
Although the 1936 production from our projects represents only
1.1 percent of the value of all the crops harvested from farms in the
United States, approximately 864,000 people on 48,773 farms and in
257 towns and cities which have sprung up in these areas were supported
by the projects. With the exception of some fruits and vegetables,
these crops do not reach eastern markets and more than one-half
of the area is used in the production of hay and forage which is consumed
on the farm and is an important factor in the support of the
livestock industry of the Western States.
16 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Irrigation and Crop Results on Government Projects, 1936
$78.80
166.89
i !
O O 05
O O
gs s
i i :
5
i
$4, 670,000
26, 286
i i I S§ S
s"'!- i :
26,364,691
:
§ §
8 i i
i ;
§8 a
i i i :
658,506
i
i ; i
73, 658
165
i i i i
§-§- g§* ! i
685,514
i
I
ii :;
93, 967
165
: ! §3§- §1
742, 703
i i :
$84. 93
68.60
88^|
33. 93
44.99
32.19
31.36
S3SSS8 3
238
o »o »o
838^
$19,487, 951
3, 364,003
8™
iW
S §8 S
S Mt 0 £¥§¥”¥
5,449,770
gS§
g(s SE'J
8 S
a' £cW
s II §
*?" s*s S'
88288^
158,485
888
S<8
888
SSf3
8S8
s s
s'
S8§3
13, 781
17,285
60,495
148, 758
S88§8§
164,649
B
8^8 2S3S
838
£
8 §
r—<
179,354 I
888
8^8
Ǥs
ssg SSR§
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 17
S?
*2Q
8
8
§ s : s
! s
ss
ss
2§
fe
8
£8
§§
-3
3
9
§8
33
3
8
3
§
§
§
8
g?
§§
§§
I 8
: ■ s
• : £
: ■ 8
: ■ §
■ i 3
3833
£s£s
®S3 9
88 3 33
8883
§§§8
3SSS
8
8
3
g
§
8
2 23
' §
i I
: 3 i 5
■ 3
i 3
I 9
: 8
S3 3
S§ £
I
88 3
92 S
S3
88
§
§
3§
§£
§ §
8 §
2 §
88
S2
38
B'
ss
S3
§
8
<
s
S39
SSS
383
388
S
8
§
3
s
s
s s°^S
83
-¥
§S §
E8 3
§3
83
§§
38
38
° 3
d 8
83
S3'
8§£°
S'8‘^2
E
“8
3SS
-8
8 §
3 d
32
88
S§
83
i§
z zzz
a
S
9
S9
§g §
§
§
s'
3
s'
§
s
§
3
1
3-
§ g
8 8
18 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
C3 a
si
a
a
s
I
s
fXt 
I
§«§
608,516
9,678,845
3§S
px
i-g
Ml
£g
fg
§§
29,721,186 1 iss
i-'s
i
SS00" "s “3 553°°’
1, 629,174
1, 272, 745
2, 901,919
2,861,136
40,783 1
:°°‘g
Eg
"g
Big
sss Sg
ss
RSg
S3- s
102,571
!°*S
§§§
88$2'
5,101
202,097
§3 ssg
582
Is
3,693,417
3,614,095
79,322
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 19
Irrigated and Cropped Acreages and Accumulated Crop Values by Years, 1906-36
1 R evised and corrected Ju n e 1937. D oes n o t include acreages of lands cropped w ith o u t irrigation and crop values therefrom .
a E stim ated .
20 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
BUREAU OE RECLAMATION 21
SECONDARY INVESTIGATIONS
Because of inadequate precipitation for a number of years in many
localities in the West where some irrigation or other farming was being
practiced and because of the urgency that homes and new opportunities
be provided for people from drought areas, the scope of the investigational
work by the Bureau this year was greater than at any time
previously.
Funds for investigation and studies of prospective projects were
available from specific appropriations by the Congress, by allotments
from the Public Works and Emergency Relief appropriations, and from
contributions by States and other agencies for expenditure by the
Bureau. Services of personnel and results of previous independent
surveys and other information were furnished to the Bureau through
cooperative arrangements by various States and agencies. Expenditures
during the year amounted to $588,717, of which $11,060 were
funds contributed to the Bureau.
Secondary investigations carried on during the year included the
following principal features:
Preliminary reconnaissance surveys to determine the character
and extent of the problems;
Horizontal and vertical control surveys over areas to be covered
by succeeding detailed investigations;
Topographical surveys of reservoir and dam sites, canal and
tunnel locations, and of lands susceptible of irrigation;
Geological examinations of dam and reservoir sites and of proposed
tunnel and canal structure locations by test pits, diamond
drilling, and other explorations;
Location or alinement surveys of canals and laterals;
Land classification, economic and irrigable area surveys to determine
the extent and quality of the lands and their repayment
ability;
Drainage investigations by test wells and other means to determine
present and probable future ground water elevations;
Silt surveys of rivers and existing reservoirs to determine the
probable rate of silting of the proposed reservoirs;
Stream measurements and establishment of gaging stations to
determine run-off;
Assembly of information regarding existing water rights, past use
of water, and crop production;
Study of the water supply available for irrigation, power, and
other uses and for determination of reservoir, tunnel, pumping
plant, and canal capacities, and power development and flood
control possibilities;
Preliminary designs of dams and structures;
22 REPORT OF The se cre ta ry of the in te rio r
Preparation of general maps showing irrigated (if any) and irrigable
lands and also showing features proposed for construction
;
Preliminary estimates of quantities of earthwork and materials,
and costs;
General report covering investigations.
All secondary investigations were conducted under the direction of
the Chief Engineer. Projects examined are located in 11 States.
Four of the investigations, namely the Rio Grande Basin, the Madison
River diversion, the Green River-Bear River diversion, and the
Colorado River Basin, involved the interests of several States. Several
investigations involved proposed transmountain diversions within the
same State.
In Colorado, four principal projects or groups of projects were
investigated. These included:
The Blue River-South Platte transmountain diversion proposal
upon which work was still in progress.
The eastern slope surveys, involving 11 more or less separate projects,
contemplating irrigation, flood control, and power developments.
These investigations still were in progress.
The western slope surveys, where work was continued on investigations
of six projects; work was begun on investigation of four proposals,
and a report was completed and issued on the Mancos project.
The Colorado-Big Thompson transmountain diversion project, upon
which the final report was prepared. This project contemplates
construction of the following works:
Replacement reservoir of 152,000 acre-feet capacity at the Green
Mountain site on the Blue River near Kremmling; power plant of
26,000-kilowatt capacity at the Green Mountain Dam; storage reservoir
of 482,000 acre-feet capacity on the Colorado River near Granby,
with feeder ditches to bring the waters of Willow, Meadow, and
Strawberry Creeks and Walden Hollow into the Granby Reservoir;
a* diversion dam on the Colorado River below the outlet of Grand
Lake; pumping plant and canal along the Colorado River between the
Granby Reservoir and the diversion dam; tunnel 13 miles long beneath
the Continental Divide between Grand Lake and the Big Thompson
River near Estes Park village; a power plant of 30,000 kilowatt capacity
at Estes Park to utilize a net head of 705 feet available between
the tunnel portal and power plant; 128 miles of transmission lines to
connect the power plants with the Granby pumping plant; regulating
reservoirs on the eastern slope at Carter Lake (110,000 acre-feet),
.near Lyons, Colo., Arkins (50,000 acre-feet) near Loveland, Colo., and
Horsetooth (96,000 acre-feet) near Fort Collins, Colo.; diversion
canals from the Big Thompson River to the regulatory reservoirs and
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 23
supply canals from the reservoirs to Cache la Poudre and Big Thompson
Rivers and St. Vrain Creek.
The initial work is estimated to cost $33,500,000, of which $8,700,000
represents the investment in the initial power system, and will be
repaid with income obtained from the sale of power produced at the
power plants in excess of that required for operation of the Granby
pumping plant. Water supply studies show a net annual yield of
irrigation water of 310,000 acre-feet. On the basis of a 40-year repayment
period, the cost per acre-foot of new water would be $2. The
ultimate project will include four additional power plants, costing
approximately $10,500,000.
A progress report on Rio Grande Basin investigations, of interest
to Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas, was made to the National
Resources Committee in February 1937, and at the end of the year a
final report was in course of preparation. Investigations of storage
possibilities in the Rio Grande Basin and for supplementing the water
supply in that basin by transmountain diversion from other watersheds
were continued.
In Idaho, investigations looking toward plans for the comprehensive
development of the water resources of the Boise, Payette, Salmon, and
Weiser Rivers were continued.
Most of the field surveys for the proposed Madison River diversion
to serve lands in Montana and Idaho were completed.
In Montana, a preliminary report on Gallatin Valley investigations
was issued, and final report was being prepared. A previous report
on Buffalo Rapids investigations was supplemented by additional
surveys and a further report was issued. A third investigation in
Montana covered the Saco Divide unit of the Milk River project on
which a report was prepared.
In New Mexico, a report on a plan to provide irrigation works to
utilize flood waters conserved by the Conchas Dam, now being
constructed by the War Department on the South Canadian River,
was being prepared.
In Oklahoma, an investigation of the Altus project on the north
fork of the Red River was in progress.
In Oregon, four projects or groups of projects were under investigation.
Previous studies of the Canby project in the Willamette Valley,
made by the War Department and Oregon, were reviewed and
extended under a cooperative contract with Oregon. Investigations
of the Grande Ronde project were in progress under a contract with
the State, and examinations of the Butter Creek project were started.
Investigations started in 1934 of the Deschutes project were completed,
and reports on storage facilities, the Crooked River, and north unit,
and on the Plain view project investigations were completed, while a,
24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
report on the south unit was in preparation, and investigations of the
Waldo Lake was begun.
In South Dakota, the Black Hills investigations inchided surveys
for the Angostura and Rapid City projects and completion of reconnaissance
of the Belle Fourche River.
In Utah, cooperative work on Salt Lake Basin investigations, under
a contract with the State, was continued on the Blue Bench, Dixie,
Gooseberry, and Ouray projects, and a report on the Salt Lake
aqueduct was issued. Investigations, using funds contributed by
the Strawberry Water Users’ Association, were continued on the proposed
Currant Creek Canal diversion to increase the flow into Strawberry
reservoir.
Preliminary investigations of the main features of possible plans
for the utilization of the available waters of the Green and Bear River
watersheds were commenced under a cooperative contract with the
States of Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho.
Investigation of irrigation possibilities within the Colorado River
basin were continued. The work this year consisted principally of
surveys and mapping of irrigated and arable lands in Colorado and
Utah.
Minor expenditures were made for investigations in the North Platte
Valley, Nebraska, and southern Nevada.
EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK
An average of 34 Civilian Conservation Corps camps were in operation
on Federal Reclamation projects, engaged in a program of reconstruction
of the distribution systems by lining canals with concrete,
replacing wooden water control structures with concrete structures,
and realignment and restoration of canals to the original sections.
Rodent control work was continued on nearly all projects. Demonstrational
projects to educate project farmers to the best methods for
eradication of weeds were started.
Civilian Conservation Corps construction work on the Midview
Dam, on the Moon Lake project, and the Anita Dam, on the Huntley
project, progressed rapidly, indicating their probable completion by
the fall of 1937. The Apache Dam for erosion control on the Rio
Grande project was completed and the nearby Box Canyon Dam
placed under construction. Recreational developments at Elephant
Butte, Guernsey, Minatare, and Lake Walcott Reservoirs had progressed
sufficiently to permit partial use by the public. Cooperative
work with the Bureau of Biological Survey for the development of
wildlife refuges was inaugurated at the Lake Walcott Reservoir on
the Minidoka project and at Tule Lake on the Klamath project.
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 25
Plans are under way for similar work at the Deer Flat Reservoir on
the Boise project, and at Pishkun Reservoir on the Sun River project.
Enrollees from the camp on the Sun River project aided in combating
a serious forest fire in central Montana in July and August
1936. In February, the most severe winter on record in western
Nevada required C. C. C. assistance from the Humboldt project to
open roads to isolated towns, ranches, and mines. In June 1937
three floods in rapid succession occurred on three widely separated
projects. C. C. C. aid prevented the collapse of the McMillan Dam
above Carlsbad, N. Mex., during the greatest recorded flood on the
Pecos River. At Billings, Mont., C. C. C. men from the Huntley
project aided in restoration of canals following floods resulting from
heavy rains in the valley. At Austin, Colo., enrollees from the
Uncompahgre project assisted in restoration of facilities destroyed
when the nearby fruit growers dam failed.
ORGANIZATION
The Bureau of Reclamation , in administrative charge of a Commissioner
appointed by the President, is under the supervision of the
Secretary of the Interior. The administrative office in Washington
has 100 officers and employees. Engineering and construction activities
in the States are under the general supervision of the Chief
Engineer at Denver, Colo., who is assisted by a staff in Denver of 800.
In addition, each major project is in the charge of a construction
engineer, who reports to the chief engineer. Of these there are 24.
When a project or division of a project is completed it is placed in
charge of a superintendent. These operation and maintenance projects
report to the General Supervisor of Operation and Maintenance
at Washington.
The combined field offices, numbering 66, have a personnel of 4,750.
26 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
RECLAMATION TABLE 1.—Consolidated Financial Statement, June 30,1937
DEBIT SIDE
Construction account:
Primary projects:
Cost of irrigation works:
Original construction__________________________$285,048,641.41
Supplemental construction___________________ 12,669,115.03
Value of works taken over___________________ 2,056,939.90
Total construction cost. $299,774, 696.34
Operation and maintenance prior to public notice,
net__________________________________________ $2,808,755.61
Operation and maintenance deficits and arrearages
funded with construction_____________________ 5,512,653.07
Penalties on water right charges funded with construction_____________________________________
2,250,456.17
--------------------------- 10,571,864.85
Less income items:
Construction revenues_________________________ 7,145,860.14
Contributed funds___________________________ 1,831, 522.40
Nonreimbursable appropriation, Rio Grande
Lam____________________________________ 1,000,000.00
Less abandoned works, nonreimbursable cost and charge-oils-------
310,346, 561.19
9,977,382.54
300,369,178.65
17,118,714. 60
Balance payable______________________________________________ ____________
Palo Verde flood protection, cost of reconstruction and repairs-------------------------------------
Tennessee Valley Authority:
$283, 250,464.05
48, 806. 46
Cost of designs----------------------------- ------------------------------------------------ $484,994.94
Less contributed funds__________________________ ____ ___________ 484,994.94
Secondary projects and general investigations:
Cost of surveys and investigations------------------------------------------------ 4,218,215.85
Less contributed funds__________________ ____ __________________ - 654,013.38
General offices’ expense undistributed.
Plant and equipment________________
Materials and supplies_______________
Accounts receivable:
Current accounts......... ............... ........
Deferred accounts________________
$2,118,367. 42
211,626,725.56
3, 564, 202.47
450, 227.42
1, 600,193.06
2,341,997.38
213, 745,092.98
Undistributed clearing cost accounts---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 104,148.36
Unadjusted debits, disbursement vouchers in transit.......... ................................................................ 14,575.71
Cash:
Balance on hand:
Reclamation fund________________________________ $14,014,115.17
Special funds_____________________ ____ __________ 38,422.65
National Industrial Recovery allotments-------------- 11,029,533.19
Emergency Relief allotments__________ ____ _____ 13, 264,934. 55
Funds transferred from other departments_______ 929,102.16
Contributed funds_______________________________ 37,040.19
Central Valley project.................................. ................ 6,770,281.55
Grand Coulee Dam______________________________ 13,342,237.11
------------------------ 59,425,666.57
In special deposit and in transit........... ................. ............................................. 75,653.26
—--------------------- 59, 501, 319.83
Total debits. 564,621. 027.72
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 27
RECLAMATION TABLE 1.—Consolidated Financial Statement, June 30,1937—Con.
CREDIT SIDE
Security for repayment of cost of irrigation works:
Contracted construction repayments.—-------- ------- ----------------------------------------------- $257,611,754.27
Current accounts payable________________________________________________________________ 7,820,974.61
Deferred and contingent obligations--------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- 1,255,375.36
Reserves and undistributed profits------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9,029,628.86
Operation and maintenance results, surplus----------------------------------------------------------------------- 594,358.48
Unadjusted credits, collection vouchers in transit--------------------------------- ------- --------------------- 8,884.93
Government aid for reclamation of arid lands:
Reclamation fund_________________________________ ___________________$165, 864,037. 24
Advances to reclamation fund:
Treasury loan (act of June 25, 1910)______________ $20,000,000.00
Less amount repaid______________________________ 10,000,000.00
10,000, 000.00
Treasury loan (act of Mar. 4, 1931)_______________ 5,000,000.00
------------------------ 15; ooo, 000. 00
National Industrial Recovery allotments-------------------------------------------- 47,601,000.00
Emergency Relief allotments--------------------------------------------------------------- 46,922,000.00
Funds transferred from other departments------------------------------------------ 1,560,000.00
General fund—Central Valley project-------------------------------------------------- 6,900,000.00
General fund—Grand Coulee Dam___________________________ ________ 20,750,000.00
Special funds:
Increase of compensation--------------------- ------- --------------------------------- 2,797,960.33
Rio Grand Dam_________________________________________________ 1, 000, 000.00
Wind River Indian, Riverton------------------------------------------------------- 359,176.04
Judgments, United States courts--------------------------------------------------- 602,814.38
Drainage and cut-over lands_____________________________________ 99,815.08
General investigations, 1923 to Dec. 31, 1924---------------------------------- 266,352.66
Arid, semi-arid, swamp, and cut-over timber lands.............................. 35,923.75
Columbia Basin irrigation project------------------------------------------------- 11,634.28
Colorado River levee system----------------------- --------------------------------- 495,110.59
Palo Verde flood protection______________________________________ 48,806.46
Claims for damages (act of Dec. 28, 1922)--------------------------------------- 293.23
310,314,870.04
Less nonreimbursable appropriation, Rio Grande Dam------------------------ 1,000,000.00
309,314,870. 04
Less impairment of funds:
Abandoned works_______________________________ $2,832,134.62
Nonreimbursable construction cost----------------------- 840,136.48
Operation and maintenance cost uncollectible------ 453,272.39
Charge-offs (act of May 25, 1926)_________________ 14,681,872.14
Washington office cost since Dec. 5, 1924_________ 1, 930,256.96
Attendance at meetings------ - ---------- --------------------- 1,815.90
Giving information to settlers, cost_______________ 11,390.22
Prepaid civil service retirement fund_____________ 2,340.33
Returned to Treasury, miscellaneous receipts------- 47.74
------------------------ 20,753,266.78
Less impounded funds, economy acts
288, 561,603.26
261, 552.05
288, 300,051.21
Total credits. 564,621,027.72
22914—37------ 4
28 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
3323 £3 382 32
§ c o '
s s
I s
3 s
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 29
Sts 8g ssgggsag SSSKSSS SSfSS S8oo §
1 SSSSSSSg S£8£SSg SSSS S°S $
g§ i ssssssgg B§§ IM§ § g
if 1 gWsW ggWaf sWf s¥§ § 3
5 1 co' of co' ;o uo-r wf^'oo g
SS i isssssss fe5ggg55S SSSS £££ s s
8? 1 Igsggigg a§gsJgs gas§ gsg g s
of co
5 i is^s^ -S2S s 8 SS gS8 S g
i i -22 - «
is gs i i is is is i i i i i i i iss i i is i s
ig §§ i I ig is i§ 1111111 iss i i la I Tfi3
S3 i i is i‘' is i i i i i i i is" i i is i • III I 1 ............................ 1 1 11^1
: i i i i i i i i i i i i : i i i- :
5
is S£ s i isssss s ig isga sss i sss i
lg as § i !§?§§§ i Ig issg sis i ggg I §
18 -g *° i ISOTg°°55 05 1 IS S 2‘'g 1 «5g 1 s
1 r-T i i i i’ i i s
ig 8 i i issggg SSS ig£ i § is i SS3 i _J
Ig S 1 1 Igggss ??g Is® 1 8 Is 1 sgg 1 is §
i
- i i i°’ °°" i I 55 1- 1 fe 1 2CO
is i i i is^sss i i i ig is iss i iss i
l§ 1 11 Ig§i8s 111 Ig Ig Igg 1 Isa 1 §
is . 1 11 ig"«-s 1111” I® l«s 1 las 1
: : : : : : i : : : : : : !'
! ! i i i i i icoS i i i i ig is iss i iss i
i i
ii.’s
630.
176.’
’44.’
"12.’
449.
191.’
§
। ; 1 1 1 1 1 ;- l«o' >
1 1 1 1 1 1 U- 1 till t 1 c^i । । ।
I till 1 I I I 1 I 1 CO 1 I 1 I 00 1
IS £8 III ISS Ig 1 1 1 1 1 1® IS5§ III®:
i§ ” s : ■ 1 Igg Ig ! 1 • • !!« ;k U ■ :s . ■ i?
ig
9£ __
‘19 1
111
0T_
_‘I i_
‘68
*6£
I
8 . —■ ; ; ; ; : : : : : ; cf :; ;: i i i i issg i i i i i i i i i i i i i is i s
i i i i i i isss i i i i i i i i i i i i i is i ; ! ! ! ! t -Tiq - 1 !}!!!!! 5 ! 1 ! ! !
8
I 1 1 Illi - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illi II- 1
3
I
§
§¥ *£OO£ sgg g
« >oV®©V co of co' ■o'U'co'w' IOt K'o
30 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
RECLAMATION TABLE 3.—Financial Statement, Boulder Canyon Project,
June 30, 1937
ASSETS AND OTHER DEBITS
I. Inv es tm en ts
102. Fixed capital under construction____________________________________ $105, 436, 620. 33
103. Other physical properties--------------------------------- ------------- ---------------— 1,355,574.04
104. Investigations—Colorado River Basin_______________________________ 229,961.57
104. Investigations—Parker-Gila project_________________________________ 61,913.14
105. Other capital expenditures—Interest during construction____ _________ 14,928,721.09
Total investments (schedule 2) $122,012, 790.17
II. Cue r en t and Ac c r ue d Asse ts
121. Treasury cash:
For advances to Colorado River Dam fund_________________ ____ $4,475, 265.49
Colorado River Dam fund_______________________________________ 764, 562. 99
N. I. R. A—Parker-Gila project_________________________________ 5,168.92
Collections in transit_____________________________________________ 60,421.63
Total Treasury cash (schedule 1)........................................... .................. 5,305,419.03
122. Disbursing officers’cash (schedule 1)_________________ ____ __________ 753,294.90
124. Accounts receivable________________________________ _________________ 17,911.42
Total current and accrued assets............. .............. —............ 6,076,625. 35
IV. Def er r ed an d Unadjus te d Deb its
141. Clearing and apportionment accounts_______________________________ 1 $5,620.21
143. Field cost adjustments______________________________________________ 32,611.04
145. Jobbing accounts_______ __________________.____ ..___________________ 8,337.63
146. Prepayments------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------- .... 794.31
171. Unadjusted debits________.__________________________________________ 989.83
Total deferred and unadjusted debits---------------------------------------------------------------- 37,112. 60
Total assets and other debits. 128,126,528.12
LIABILITIES AND OTHER CREDITS
X. Capi tal and Lon g -Ter m Liab il it y
205. Long-term liability—U. S. Treasury authorized appropriation.................$126, 500,000. 00
161. Less: Authorized but not appropriated.........—.............................. 15,240,000.00
Total long-term liability:
205.2 Appropriated but not advanced______ ,__________________________ 4,475, 265.49
205.3 Appropriated and advanced----------------------- ------- ------------,---------- - 106, 784,734. 51
205.4 Less: Impounded, legislative economy act_______________________ 1 137,653.66
206. N. I. R. A. allotment—Parker-Gila project—-- ----------------------------- 93,000.00
$111, 215,346. 34
XI. Cur r ent an d Ac c r ue d Liab ili ti es
211. Audited accounts payable:
211.1 Contractors earnings, current_______________ 9,956.72
211.11 Contractors earnings, holdback..______ ______________ ...---------------- ------------------
211.2 Labor_____ ______________________________________________________ $41,515.42
211.3 Purchases............................... - 14,116.02
211.4 Freight and express_____________ _____________ ______________104,279.92
211.5 Passenger fares__________________________________________________ 675.31
211.9 Miscellaneous____________________________________________________ 7,564.53
Total audited accounts payable--------------------- --------------------------- 178,107.92
214. Matured interest_________ _____________ —----------------------------------------- 14,903,089.51
219. Accrued interest ----------- --------------------------------- - ------------------ - ---------- ---------——
* Contra.
Total current and accrued liabilities.............. ........................................................................ 15,081,197.43
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 31
RECLAMATION TABLE 3.—Financial Statement, Boulder Canyon Project,
June 30, 1937—Continued
XII. Other Cre di ts
220. Consumers’ meter deposits---------------------- - ------------------------------------ ------------------- --------- $15.00
XIII. Def er re d and Una dju st ed Cre di ts
231. Unadjusted credits__________________________________________________________________ 1,257,777.17
XV. App r opr iat ed Sur pl us
251. Appropriated surplus not specifically invested.............................................................................. 572,192.18
Total liabilities and other credits.._________ ___________________________________ 128,126,528.12
RECLAMATION TABLE 4,—Appropriations and Cash Statement, Boulder Canyon
Project, June 30, 1937
TREASURY CASH
Regular appropriation
N. I. R. A.
allotment Total
N. I. R. A.
Parker-Gila
project
Appropriations and allotments ____________ $73,260,000.00
68, 785,000. 00
$38,000,000.00
37,999, 734.51
$111,260,000.00
106, 784, 734. 51
$93,000.00
Advanced to Colorado River Dam fund_____
Balance not advanced _______ _ __ __ 4,475,000.00
68, 785,000.00
1,305,172. 93
265. 49
37,999, 734. 51
21,508.13
4, 475, 265.49
106, 784,734. 51
1,326,681.06
Colorado River Dam fund:
Advanced from appropriation to fund___
Collections deposited in fund__________ - 5,168.92
Total advances and collections_______ 70,090,172.93
4,979, 642. 87
64, 346,427.98
38,021,242. 64
54,723.63
37,966,058.10
108,111,415. 57
5,034,366.50
102,312,486. 08
98,168.92
Disbursements by General Accounting
Office _ _ __ ____ _______
Advances to disbursing officers__________ 93,000.00
Total withdrawals___________________ 69,326,070. 85 38,020, 781.73 107,346,852. 58 93,000.00
Balance_______ __ .. _________________ 764,102. 08
36.96
60,384. 67
460. 91 764, 562. 99
36. 96
60,384.67
5,168. 92
Repay collections in transit ___ _ _____
Miscellaneous collections in transit
Total Treasury cash (G. L. 121)____ . 5,299, 523. 71 726. 40 5,300,250.11 5,168. 92
DISBURSING OFFICERS’ CASH
1 Contra.
Advances and appropriation transfer adjustments
__ . _ _________ __ $64,356,661.87
64,038, 626.09
$37,972,687.98
37, 963, 381. 55
$102,329,349.85
102,002,007. 64
$93, 000.00
Disbursing officers’ disbursements___________ 67,079. 06
Disbursing officers’ cheeking balance___
Collections by disbursing officers____________
Collections deposited and appropriation
transfer adjustment______________________
318,035. 78 9,306.43 327,342. 21 25,920.94
1,767, 672. 37
1,367,635.17
28,107. 26
28,112. 71
1, 795, 779.63
1,395,747.88
5,168. 92
5,168. 92
Collections not deposited______________
Total disbursing officers’ cash (G. L.
122)_________________________________
400,037. 20 1 5.45 400,031.75 —
718,072.98 9,300.98 727,373.96 25,920.94
32 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
RECLAMATION TABLE 5.—Financial Statement, All-American Canal, June 30,1937
ASSETS AND OTHER DEBITS
I. Inve stm ent s
102. Fixed capital under construction_____________________________________________________ $15,942, 269.17
II. Cur re nt an d Acc rue d Asse ts
121. Treasury cash:
For advances to Colorado River Dam fund_________________________ $4,975,000.00
Colorado River Dam fund_________________________________________ 113,301. 74
N. I. R. A. and E. R. A. allotments________________________________ 2, 352,057.07
Contributions—Imperial irrigation district_____ ____________________ 22, 704.46
Collections in transit_______________________________________________ 814.13
Total Treasury cash_______________________________ ______ ________ 7, 463, 877.40
122. Disbursing officers’ cash___________________________________ ____ _______ 2, 877, 739. 29
124. Accounts receivable____________________________________________________ 3,928.64
Total current and accrued assets_______________________________________________ 10,345, 545.33
IV. Def er re d and Unadjust ed Deb it s
141. Clearing and apportiomhents___________________________________________ $14,968.74
143. Field cost adjustments_________________________________________________ 401, 281. 53
171. Unadjusted debits______________________________________________________ 25, 723.83
Total deferred and unadjusted debits.
Total assets and other debits.
441,974.10
26, 729, 788.60
LIABILITIES AND OTHER CREDITS
X. Capi tal an d Long -Ter m Liab ili ty
205. Long-term liability: U. S. Treasury authorized appropriation_______ $38, 500, 000.00
161. Less: Authorized but not appropriated________________________________ 13,000,000.00
Total long-term liability:
205. 2 Appropriated but not advanced________________________________ 4,975,000. 00
205. 3 Appropriated and advanced____________________________________ 20,525, 000.00
---------------------- $25,500,000.00
XI. Curr ent an d Ac c r ue d Liab il it ie s
211. Audited accounts payable:
211.1 Contractors’earnings, current___ ________________________________ $364,863.85
211.11 Contractors’ earnings, holdback__________________________________ 589,599.20
211.2 Labor___________________________________________________________ 18,019.11
211.3 Purchases_______________________________________________________ 44,072.07
211.4 Freight and express_____________________________________________ 166,632.14
211.5 Passenger fares__________________________________________________ 216.41
211.6 Rights of way___________________________________________________ _____________
211.9 Miscellaneous___________________________________________________ 616.21
211.91 Refunds_____________________________________________ ____________ 358.47
Total current and accrued liabilities.
XII. Oth er Cre di ts
226. Contributed funds—Imperial irrigation district.
1,184, 377.46
40, 000. 00
XIII. Defe rr ed an d Una dju st ed Cre di ts
231 . Unadjusted credits________________________________________________ $3,932.36
231 .3 Unadjusted credits—Yuma project________________________________ 50.50
Total deferred and unadjusted credits_____ ____ ______________________________ 3,982.86
XV. App r opr iat ed Sur pl us
261. Appropriated surplus not specifically invested. 1, 428. 28
Total liabilities and other credits. 26,729, 788. 60
BUREAU OF RECLAMATION 33
RECLAMATION TABLE 6.—Appropriation and Cash Statement, All-American
Canal, June 30, 1937
TREASURY CASH
N. I. R. A.
allotment
P. W. A.
allotment
Emergency
Relief allotment
Total Regular appropriation
Contributed
funds,
Imperial
irrigation
district
Appropriations and allotments____________
Advances to Colorado
River Dam fund______
$6,000,000. 00 $3,000, 000.00 $10, 000,000.00 $19,000,000.00 $6, 500, 000.00
1, 525,000. 00
$40,000.00
Balance not advanced________
4, 975,000. 00—
Advanced to Colorado
River Dam fund______
Collectons deposited
___________ 10, 584. 25 3,090. 60 17,139. 94 30,814. 79
1, 525,000.00
13,418. 66
Total advances, allotments,
etc__ 6,010,584. 25 3,003, 090. 60 10,017,139.94 19,030,814. 79 1, 538, 418. 66 40,000. 00'
Disbursements by General
Accounting Office..
Advances to disbursing
officers______________
61,164.24
5,498, 703. 36
16.17
2,618, 321. 98
551.97
8,500,000. 00
61, 732. 38
16, 617,025. 34
3,116. 92
1,422,000.00 40,000.00
Total withdrawals. 5, 559,867. 60 2,618,338.15 8, 500, 551. 97 16, 678,757. 72 1,425,116. 92 40,000. 00
Balance_________________
Repay collections in
transit________________
450, 716. 65 384, 752. 45 1, 516,587. 97
814.13
2, 352,057.07
814.13
113,301. 74—
Total Treasury
cash (G. L. 121).. 450, 716. 65 384,752. 45 1, 517, 402.10 2, 352, 871.20 5,088, 301.74—
DISBURSING OFFICERS’ CASH
Advances and appropriation
transfer adjustments___________
Disbursements by disbursing
officers______
$5, 498,878. 34
4,965, 241.19
$2, 618,321.98
2,424, 568. 55
$8, 500,000. 00
7,021,481.12
$16,617, 200. 32
14.411, 290. 86
$1,422,000.00
750,170.17
$40,000.00
17,295. 54
Disbursing officers’
checking balance- 533,637.15 193, 753. 43 1,478,518. 88 2, 205,909. 46 671,829.83 22,704.46
Collections by disbursing
officers__________
Collections deposited
and appropriation
transfer_____________
10,688. 48
10, 688. 48
3,090. 60
3,090. 60
17,954.07
17.954.07
31, 733.15
31, 733.15
13, 418. 66
13,418. 66
40,000. 00
40, 000. 00
Collections not deposited
Disbursing officers’
cash balance__ 533, 637. 15 193, 753. 43 1,478, 518. 88 2, 205,909.46 671,829.83 22, 704. 46
>o
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE
Arno B. Cammerer, Director
THE scope of the conservation activities of the National Park
Service, and their effect upon the well-being of our citizens, are vast
and diversified.
The Service endeavors to meet all requests for advice and assistance
that will increase and conserve park lands everywhere; and its highest
ambition is to make each area under its supervision fulfill to the
utmost its destiny as a unit in the conservation plan of the United
States.
Popular appreciation of this fact is demonstrated in the use made
of the national park system. During the 1936 travel year, which
ended September 30, travel to the various units of the national park
system reached the unprecedented high of 9,929,432. The increase
during the following fall, winter, and spring months, together with
the heavy travel at the opening of the 1937 summer season, indicates
that, when the 1937 travel season ends on September 30, a new
record will have been made.
From throughout the system came reports of increased registration
of the visitors from foreign countries. The scenic areas of world-wide
fame and the military areas took precedence in the preference of these
foreign visitors.
The 1936 increase was along all lines of travel and among users of
all types of accommodations. Not only were hotel and lodge quarters
generally filled to capacity during the summer season, but the increasing
number of park visitors traveling in trailers, as determined by a
survey made during August of that year, showed a demand for
many new facilities in the public campgrounds, such as electric connections
and piped running water. A study as to the advisability
of providing more up-to-date trailer camps is now under way. Meanwhile,
special sites for trailers are being provided in most of the new
campground plans.
Public interest in the national parks was stimulated by the personal
interest displayed by President Roosevelt, who on July 3, 1936,
A d r ive wa y in th e She na nd oah Nat iona l Par k , Virg inia .
A Sce ne in th e Prop ose d big Ben d na tiona l Park .
This photograph shows the mouth of Santa Helena Canyon where the Rio Grande breaks through the
Mesa Angula. The bluff on the left is in Mexico and that on the right in the United States.

THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 35
dedicated the Shenandoah National Park in Virginia, and who participated
in the ceremonies commemorating the fiftieth anniversary of
the dedication of the Statute of Liberty (a national monument) on
Bedloe Island, in New York Harbor, on October 28, and dedicated the
Jusserand Memorial in Rock Creek Park, Washington, on November 7.
The President also visited the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park, in North Carolina and Tennessee, on September 9 and motored
150 miles through the park.
Increases in the park and monument system brought the total
number of areas from 135 to 140 and the total acreage from 15,496,-
808.34 to 17,049,505.80 acres. As in the past, the National Capital
Parks of the District of Columbia, consisting of 695 separate areas,
were counted as one unit of the main park system.
In addition to its administration of park areas, the Service continued
supervision of the 108 Federally owned or operated buildings
and 7 memorials in Washington and of 13 buildings outside the District
of Columbia; supervised plans foi the Jefferson Memorial in St. Louis;
supervised estimates and expenditures for the Mount Rushmore
Memorial in Custer State Park, the George Rogers Clark Memorial
in Indiana, and the Fine Arts Commission; supervised plans and
construction of the Blue Ridge and Natchez Trace Parkways; and
cooperated in the Public Works, Civilian Conservation Corps, Works
Progress, and other emergency programs. The Thomas Jefferson
Memorial Commission designated the National Park Service as its
executive agency in the execution of the Thomas Jefferson Memorial,
planned for erection in Washington, D. C., and the Director of the
Service its executive officer to carry out the plans of the commission.
By Executive order, 46 recreational demonstration areas were transferred
from the Resettlement Administration to the National Park
Service.
To facilitate administration of the national park and monument
system, which in the past 4 years expanded enormously in number of
areas and functions, a plan of administration under four regions was
devised. Put into effect early in the year as regards emergency activities,
replacing the earlier C. C. C. seven-region plan of administration,
late in the 1937 fiscal year extension of the regionalization to the
National Park Service as a whole was approved by the Secretary of
the Interior. Application and operation of the wider regionalization
was deferred, however, until after the close of the fiscal year.
UNITED STATES TOURIST BUREAU ESTABLISHED
To fill a long-indicated need for a national clearing house of information
on recreational and travel opportunities in the United States,
and to stimulate interest therein both at home and abroad, the National
Park Service early last winter established the United States Tourist
36 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Bureau. This new agency began functioning in the Federal Building
in New York City, but later was moved to ground floor offices at 45
Broadway, a more convenient location.
The Tourist Bureau is expected to receive the cooperation of the
48 States, the territorial and insular possessions, the District of Columbia,
and various transportation and travel agencies in assembling,
compiling, and disseminating tourist information. One of its purposes
is to promote abroad an interest in travel to and within the
United States.
A survey to determine the airport nearest to the various national
and State parks was completed during the year. The purpose of the
study was to keep the Service abreast of the rapid developments in
transportation and to make available information on the location of
existing airports for the benefit of air-minded travelers.
Radio played an important part in park operations during the past
year. It was widely used for fire protection, and two rotary snow
plows at Mount Rainier were equipped with sending and receiving
sets so that the drivers might call for help if their machines were caught
in snow slides.
Radio communication was established at Isle Royale National Park
project in Lake Superior and in nine remotely located work relief
camps on the North Carolina coast, where no other means of communication
are available. With the cooperation of the United States
Coast Guard, a radio communication system is being installed at
Fort Jefferson National Monument on the Dry Tortugas Islands in
the Gulf of Mexico.
Radio is regularly used for control of the annual national ski races
on the slopes of Mount Rainier. Experiments are being conducted
on use of ultra high radio frequencies at Grand Canyon and Death
Valley, both areas particularly adapted to use of these frequencies.
FREE PARK LECTURE SERVICE
Popular acclaim of the Service’s free illustrated lectures on the
national parks and monuments and on specialized activities in connection
therewith led to an expanding of the lecture service during
the past year. Eighteen talks were given in the auditoriums of various
Federal buildings, the majority in the departmental auditorium
and the last three in the newly completed Interior Department Building.
These lectures were attended by 11,017 persons, or an average
of 612 per lecture. Plans are under way for a still further expansion
of this lecture service during the 1937-38 season.
The Director of the National Park Service in his official capacity
also served as a member of the National Capital Park and Planning
Commission (of which he is vice chairman and ex-officio executive
secretary), the District of Columbia Zoning Commission, the Alley
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 37
Dwelling Authority, National Park Trust Fund Board, Advisory
Council for Emergency Conservation Work, Fredericksburg and
Spotsylvania County Battlefields Memorial Commission, Petersburg
National Military Park Commission, Washington-Lincoln Memorial-
Gettysburg Memorial Boulevard Commission, and representative of
the United States on the International Commission on Historic
Monuments.
With a deep sense of sadness, and an acknowledgment of great loss,
the Service reports the death on March 23, 1937, of Col. Charles
Goff Thomson, superintendent of Yosemite National Park, Calif. In
addition to his exacting duties as park superintendent, Colonel Thomson
in his zeal for the good of the Service and in accordance with his
tenets of service to humanity took on numerous other duties involving
conservation of irreplaceable scenic assets which were threatened with
destruction from one cause or another if not soon given the protection
of the Department of the Interior.
Colonel Thomson had served as superintendent of Crater Lake
National Park, Oreg., before his promotion to Yosemite, and before
that had a record of excellent service for the Federal Government in
the Philippines and in the World War.
The Service also suffered a serious loss in the death of Dr. Frank
R. Oastler, member of the Advisory Board of National Parks, Historic
Sites, Buildings, and Monuments. An ardent conservationist, Dr.
Oastler for many years was keenly interested in national-park activities,
especially wildlife problems, and his advice to the Service was
invaluable.
VENTURE IN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION
Amicable relations with Mexico, in the field of both conservation
and international amity, were strengthened during the past 2 years
through cooperation between the two countries on national-park
matters.
This cooperation was the outgrowth of the suggestion of the
Secretary of the Interior that the Government of Mexico be invited
to consider the establishment of international parks along the frontier
between Mexico and the United States. Meetings in both countries
and studies of areas along the boundary have resulted in a broader
understanding of the respective ideals and policies of these two
North American republics.
Investigations of the Mexican portion of the proposed Big Bend
National Park in Texas were made by Mexican and United States
authorities, and during November tentative boundaries of the proposed
park were agreed upon at joint sessions of commissions of the
two countries. The plan is to link the two sections of the park,
when established, by a bridge across the Rio Grande at Boquillas.
38 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Especially interesting is the proposal, originating with Chief
Forester John D. Coffman of this Service, that Mexican forestry
students be detailed to forestry schools in the United States, and that
fellowship awards be granted for that purpose. The matter was
taken up with the Guggenheim Foundation, and that organization
expressed its interest and offered its assistance, requesting that
applications be obtained from promising candidates through the higher
officials of the Mexican Forest Service. Applications furnished by
the Foundation were transmitted through the National Park Service.
It is sincerely hoped that this suggestion will lead to the establishment
of Latin-American fellowships in forestry and other conservation
subjects.
BOULDER DAM RECREATIONAL AREA
The value and national importance of the Boulder Dam recreational
area was proved by the public use of the area during the past year and
by the vast scientific interest in it displayed by specialists in many
fields.
To permit development of these recreational values to the fullest
extent, a cooperative agreement was entered into between the Bureau
of Reclamation and the National Park Service. The agreement
provides that while the Bureau of Reclamation retains complete
jurisdiction and authority over and responsibility for Boulder Dam
and all the engineering works connected therewith, also for the
territory immediately adjacent thereto and for Boulder City and all
activities located therein, the National Park Service has jurisdiction
over the remainder of the Boulder Dam recreational area, including
the airport on the outskirts of Boulder City and authority over and
responsibility for all activities in such areas.
RECREATIONAL DEMONSTRATION AREAS
Recreational demonstration areas constitute a unique form of land
use increasingly valuable to the American people, affording outlets for
out-of-door recreation accessible to congested populations, and retiring
from agricultural use unarable lands of no economic worth. They
provide facilities for organized camping, picnics, hiking, bathing, swimming,
and boating, by means of such projects as trail systems, campgrounds,
beach clean-up, construction of swimming pools and dams
for impounding streams, and making artificial lakes.
The National Park Service, by Executive order of November 14,
1936, was given sole responsibility for the acquisition and development
of these recreational demonstration areas and is now completing acquisition
of lands in the 46 areas being developed in 24 States. Funds
allocated from the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 enabled
the acquisition of these areas under the Federal land program.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 39
Forty-seven organized campgrounds are under construction in
24 recreational demonstration areas, of which 15 were completed in
time to be put into use during the 1937 summer season.
Smaller areas known as waysides, contiguous to main highways,
also are being developed in Virginia and South Carolina for the accommodation
of those seeking 1-day outings.
Twelve thousand relief workers assigned to National Park Service
projects and 4,500 C. C. C. enrollees are carrying on these developments.
While the majority of these areas will be turned over to the States
for administration after development, it is planned to retain several
under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service for demonstration
purposes. A total of 99,513 acres of land for this purpose has been
acquired; 3,607 acres during 1937.
CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CORPS WORK
The National Park Service completed 4 years and 3 months of participation
in Civilian Conservation Corps work. During that period
conservation projects of long-continuing benefit to the people of America
have been carried on in several hundred camps located in national
parks and monuments, State, county, and municipal park areas in the
continental United States, the Territory of Hawaii, and the Virgin
Islands.
The National Park Service supervised work programs of 91 Civilian
Conservation Corps camps in national parks and monuments and 353
such camps in Federal, State, county, and municipal areas; and was
responsible for camp management and work supervision over 800
Civilian Conservation Corps enrollees in Hawaii, including Hawaii
National Park, and over the 400 enrollees in the Virgin Islands.
Improvement both in quality and quantity of these conservation
projects has been marked throughout the year. A summary of these
accomplishments is shown in table 10.
EMERGENCY RELIEF ACT PROJECTS
The National Park Service derived funds both from the Emergency
Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 and the Emergency Relief Appropriation
Act of 1936 for land acquisition and development projects,
operated on 46 recreational demonstration areas, 2 national monuments,
1 proposed national monument, 2 parkways, 2 State, 4 county,
10 municipal park areas, and 1 beach erosion control area.
These appropriations and projects gave employment to 19,000 relief
workers of which 12,000 were local workers and 7,000 workers quartered
in subsistence camps operated by the Service. In addition there
were relief workers employed by contractors on some of the Service
40 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
projects. Three major projects included in this program are the
Jefferson Memorial at St. Louis, the Natchez Trace Parkway project
in Mississippi, and the North Carolina beach erosion control project.
PARK, PARKWAY, AND RECREATIONAL-AREA STUDY
A Nation-wide study of the park, parkway, and recreational-area
programs in the United States was initiated. All Governors were
advised to cooperate in the study. Provisions are being made for
enlisting the aid and cooperation of other Federal departments and
agencies.
The study is expected to result in the preparation and adoption of
a comprehensive plan to serve as a guide to the States and be the basis
upon which future cooperation will be extended to the States by this
Department in the planning, acquisition, and development of park,
parkway, and recreational areas. Similar studies also will be made
on a regional basis—chiefly in areas near large population centers and
frequently covering sections of two or more States—and on a national
basis.
Increased consideration was given by States to the regional method
of facilitating joint action in administering and developing park areas,
where mutual interests and benefits are involved. During the year,
by action of New York and New Jersey, the Palisades Interstate
Park commission was created. At the request of Missouri and
Illinois, the National Park Service is lending professional and technical
aid in the formulation of plans for the creation of an interstate
compact between those States for the administration and development
of Alton Lake and adjacent lands, and the proposed interstate
parkway leading to the lake. The Appalachian Trail conference
referred to the Service its proposal for an interstate compact for the
protection, extension, and development of the Appalachian Trailway
from Maine to Georgia.
A three-volume digest of all laws relating to State parks was prepared
and made available to park and conservation authorities. As a
result of the study of these laws, principles were evolved which are
now being incorporated in all new State legislation relating to parks
and recreation. A compilation of all State laws relating to archeological
matters also was prepared.
A municipal park study was conducted by the National Park
Service in cooperation with the National Recreation Association.
Material was received from 1,216 cities and 77 counties located in
every State. Comparison with similar data secured in 1925 and 1930
shows the extent to which local park systems have expanded in recent
years.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 41
CONSERVATION ACTIVITIES
The National Park Service’s conservation program for the protection
of nature and the historic and prehistoric works of man made
notable advances during the year.
As in the 2 preceding fiscal years, all forest-protection improvements,
insect and tree disease control, type-mapping, and tree-preservation
activities were financed from emergency appropriations. The meager
allotment for forest protection and fire prevention for the fiscal year
1937 under the regular appropriation provided funds for only the
most essential needs for forest protection personnel and equipment
which could not be financed under the Civilian Conservation Corps
program. The forest protection accomplishments of the past year
are, therefore, largely represented in the report of the C. C. C. program.
The summer of 1936 was an outstandingly serious fire season with
several disastrous fires within national park areas.
Extensive use of radio communication was made for protection
against forest fires. Many fire lookouts have been equipped with
radio sending and receiving sets, lightweight portable field sets provided
for fire-fighting crews, and a few automobiles equipped with
radio transmitters.
In the far West, the fire season was of unusual length, extending
from early May to December in some of the parks. However,
despite the high-danger weather conditions and a very material
increase in the public use of the parks, the number of man-caused
fires in the western parks declined and for the first time in the past
10 years was less than the number of lightning fires. Unfortunately
for the National Park System as a whole, both the number of lightning
fires and the number of man-caused fires showed a very material
increase during the fire season of 1936 with an all-time high record
total of 733.
The most disastrous of the season was the Heaven’s Peak fire, in
the most visited and one of the most scenic portions of Glacier National
Park. Set by lightning on August 18, in spite of all reasonable
precautions it was carried by a high wind across the Continental
Divide, burning a total area of 7,642 acres.
Severe drought in the Lake States region, together with high winds,
facilitated the spread of three fires on Isle Royale, resulting in a total
burn of approximately 33,000 acres in the center of the island. As
Isle Royale is as yet only a national park project, no regular protection
organization was available and suppression of these fires was
handled entirely by C. C. C. enrollees from national park, State
park, and national forest camps, together with forestry personnel
from regions I and II and the Washington office. Because of the
42 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
status of Isle Royale these fires do not appear in the annual fire
statistics for the National Park System for the calendar year 1936.
During the spring of 1937 a very intensive fire protection training
program was carried out in all C. C. C. camps under the jurisdiction
of the National Park Service.
The taking of panoramic photographs from fire lookout stations
and observation points within the National Park System was continued
in an effort to improve forest fire detection and fire dispatching.
Such photographs have been prepared to date for a total of 208
existing, proposed, and emergency lookout and observation points in
23 national parks and monuments.
Regular annual extensive surveys of forest insect conditions were
continued during the year and a system of permanent sample plots
was established in several parks to facilitate this study. The general
situation in national parks within the Pacific Coast States appears
fairly satisfactory as a result of the control program which has been
carried on for a number of years.
The needle miner in the lodgepole stands of Yosemite still constitutes
a serious menace, nevertheless, and the infestation by the
mountain pine beetle in Yellowstone and Grand Teton National
Parks continues to spread. The general program of control of the
mountain pine beetle was abandoned several years ago because it
was so widespread, affecting a number of national forests as well as
parks. Some minor control is exercised in the neighboihood of
developed areas.
A serious infestation by the Black Hills beetle was fought this past
spring by control operations in Bryce Canyon National Park, and the
Forest Service cooperated by extending operations to the adjacent
national forest. There are indications that the infestation by this
beetle is growing over a considerable territory and may seriously
threaten the magnificent ponderosa pine forest on the north rim of
Grand Canyon. Infestation in Douglas fir by the Douglas fir beetle
was also combated in Bryce Canyon.
Insect conditions in the eastern parks have in general been of
endemic character and where serious outbreaks of defoliators have
occurred a satisfactory degree of control has been maintained through
spraying. The Japanese beetle was found this spring in considerable
numbers in George Washington Birthplace National Monument.
The experimental autogiro spraying program for cankerworm at
Morristown National Historical Park was continued with marked
success. Blister rust control operations were continued in Mount
Rainier, Acadia, and Shenandoah National Parks.
During the past year the C. C. C. itinerant tree-preservation crew
provided the care necessary for the preservation and repair of important
trees in 9 national cemeteries, 1 national park, 13 national
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 43
military and historical parks, 2 national monuments, and 3 national
battlefield sites, pruning, fertilizing, installing lightning protection,
removing girdling roots, bracing with rod and cables to strengthen
structural weaknesses, treating wounds, and diagnosing disease and
insect conditions. One additional tree-preservation bulletin was
added to the series already published. Several research projects
were initiated or continued in connection with callus splitting experiments,
cavity filling materials, and lightning-struck trees.
The type mapping program, which provides a detailed inventory
and map of the vegetative cover of the parks for use in planning protection,
development, and use of the areas, was continued under
C. C. C. Approximately 6,832,829 acres have been mapped to date,
of which 1,236,829 acres were mapped during the past fiscal year. The
data obtained in this work have provided much additional information
relative to the flora of the parks and monuments covered, permitting
the identification of new plants and their addition to the
previous lists of known species within those areas.
Forest nurseries were operated in Sequoia, Yellowstone, Great
Smoky Mountains, and Platt National Parks, raising planting stock
for reforestation on burns where natural reproduction is lacking, for
erosion control, and for landscape planting and replacements of dying
trees in and adjacent to public campgrounds and other developed
areas. In addition to the parks named, forest planting was conducted
during the past year on a recent burn in Mesa Verde National Park,
and on deforested areas in Scotts Bluff National Monument.
WILDLIFE CONSERVATION
As a part of the 1936 reduction program to relieve the congested
northern range in Yellowstone National Park, 2 new plants of bison
were made in the park, 71 animals being released in Hayden Valley
and Fountain Flats as nuclei for new herds easily seen by visitors.
Ten bison were shipped to zoos and seven slaughtered for use by the
Crow Indian Agency.
The reduction of elk was carried on in Yellowstone National Park
and vicinity in the winter of 1936-37, as in the past 2 years. Reduction
of the herd by 4,000 animals was deemed necessary after exhaustive
studies by park personnel and wildlife technicians indicated that,
due to the extraordinary drought, the carrying capacity of the range
was about one-third less than it was the previous winter.
This reduction program was undertaken by the park staff with the
cooperation of the Montana Fish and Game Commission, with the
understanding that as many elk as possible would be removed by live
shipments and in open hunting areas outside the park. The reduction
goal was not approached, since only 846 elk were removed. Mild
weather in early winter and subnormal snowfall allowed range areas,
22914—37------ 5
44 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
usually closed to grazing, to be used by elk. Movements of herds
were slow and few elk migrated into open hunting territory. In Park
County, Mont., where hunting was allowed, 256 animals were killed.
Some deaths occurred from miscellaneous causes, 169 were live-shipped
for restocking purposes and to zoos, and the remainder were slaughtered—
the carcasses given to Indian and relief agencies. After the
reduction, a census of the northern Yellowstone herd showed that
9,673 animals still remained on the range.
The past year has been one of important accomplishments in fish
cultural activities within the national parks, based on the policy
adopted in April 1936. There has been no further encroachment of
exotic species of fish into national park waters. Lakes or streams
where only native fish occur, as well as waters that do not contain
any fish, received careful study with a view to protecting such waters
against any artificial development.
Closer cooperation exists between the Service, the Bureau of Fisheries,
and State game departments than ever before. Some 27,000,000
black-spotted trout eggs were taken in Yellowstone National Park by
the Bureau of Fisheries last year, the Park Service receiving 70 percent.
Smaller amounts of eggs were taken in a number of other
national parks, all being returned to the waters of the park where
taken. The .State of Montana collected approximately 20,000,000
rainbow and Loch Leven trout eggs at the park boundary near West
Yellowstone, hatched them, and returned more than 20 percent to
park waters. Egg exchanges were effected by the Service with Utah,
Oregon, and Idaho, whereby park waters have been stocked by these
States with no cost to the Service. More than 30,000,000 of fish were
planted in the national parks during the past year and there is evidence
of improved fishing conditions in many waters.
HISTORICAL AND ARCHEOLOGICAL CONSERVATION
The National Park Service program for the conservation of historic
sites and buildings was greatly expanded. The historic sites survey
is now under way, the field of cooperation with State and local agencies
has been extended, and an agreement with the Works Progress Administration
requires National Park Service approval of all restoration
projects financed by relief funds. Also, the total number of historic
and archeologic sites authorized or established under custody of the
National Park Service has been increased to 100 with the addition of
Perry’s Victory International Peace Memorial and the Ocmulgee
National Monument, the latter, one of the most important areas in
southeastern archeology.
Considerable progress was made in the past year in putting into
effect the important and far-reaching national policy for historic preservation
adopted by Congress in the act of August 21, 1935.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 45
The most significant single step was the development, with the aid
of the Advisory Board on National Parks, Historic Sites, Buildings,
and Monuments, of a comprehensive plan for systematic inventory,
investigation, and classification of the great number of historic sites
eligible for consideration under that act. Outstanding historic and
archeologic sites will be selected for public protection through ultimate
inclusion within the national park system. Sites of lesser
importance will be recommended for State and local protection. A
policy governing restorations was also worked out with the assistance
of the advisory board.
Preliminary negotiations were made toward designating certain sites
as national historic sites and assuring their permanent preservation for
public benefit. Among these are the following five important areas:
Derby Wharf national historic site project.—Interesting maritime
project in Salem, Mass., to commemorate the importance of New
England shipping in the early history of our Nation. The National
Park Service took formal possession last year of the customhouse,
center of the project.
Hopewell furnace and village.—Revolutionary foundry included
within the French Creek recreational demonstration project in Pennsylvania.
A boundary study was completed last year and the area
will probably be designated a national historic site.
Harpers Ferry site.—Harpers Ferry, W. Va., had great historic significance
during colonial times and during the War between the
States. The project as planned will include the Jefferson Rock, the
stone steps, hewn by hand from solid rock up the face of the cliff under
Robert Harper’s direction; the arsenal site, associated with the story
of John Brown; and certain Civil War remains on the heights surrounding
the town. A detailed study of recommended boundaries,
comprising an area totaling 1,300 acres, has been completed recently.
Old main building, Knox College.—The only building still standing
associated with the Lincoln and Douglas debates. A cooperative
agreement was entered into with Knox College, Galesburg, Ill., for
establishment as a national historic site.
Manassas Battlefield site.—Site of Virginia battle important in War
between the States. Land acquisition was nearly completed (1,476.19
acres) and detailed research studies made preparatory to its development.
Two cooperative agreements of the type authorized by the act of
August 21, 1935, permitting the Federal Government to exercise
a measure of control over the historic values of structures or sites at
small cost and without disturbing ownership, -were drafted with
State and local agencies.
The Service, through its general program of State cooperation
discussed elsewhere, has contributed in an important way to the
46 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
preservation of many historic sites and structures. Thirty-two
projects on areas of primary historical or archeological interest widely
distributed throughout the country were in progress during the
past year.
Physical improvements to established areas were made throughout
the year. Stabilization of the battlefield areas through erosion control
has contributed further to their permanent preservation. Interesting
among the developments are the restoration of such historic
structures as the Wick and Guerin Houses in Morristown National
Historical Park; the Lightfoot House, Yorktown, in Colonial National
Historical Park; Fort Pulaski, Ga.; the customhouse at Salem,
Mass.; and the Peach Orchard, Shiloh; and the opening of bridle
and foot trails to important points in battlefields of the War between
the States. Fifteen visitor-contact stations were constructed in
battlefield areas this past year.
ADVISORY AND TRUST FUND BOARDS
Col. Richard Lieber, of Indianapolis, Ind., was appointed by the
Secretary of the Interior to fill the vacancy on the Advisory Board on
National Parks, Historic Sites, Buildings, and Monuments, created
by the death of Dr. Frank R. Oastler. Colonel Lieber, who is president
of the National Conference on State Parks, is an outstanding conservationist
and authority on park matters.
The advisory board as constituted at the close of the fiscal year was
as follows: Mr. Edmund H. Abrahams, Savannah, Ga.; Prof. Herbert
E. Bolton, Berkeley, Calif.; Dr. Hermon C. Bumpus (chairman),
Duxbury, Mass.; Mrs. Reau Folk, Nashville, Tenn.; Hon. George de
Benneville Keim, Edgewater Park, N. J.; Dr. Alfred V. Kidder,
Cambridge, Mass.; Dr. Fiske Kimball, Philadelphia, Pa.; Dr. Waldo
G. Leland, Washington, D. C.; Mr. Archibald M. McCrea, Williamsburg,
Va.; Dr. Clark Wissler, New York, N. Y.; and Col. Richard
Lieber, Indianapolis, Ind.
The National Park Trust Fund Board accepted a donation of
$3,000 from the Universal Pictures Corporation for the privilege of
taking motion pictures in Yellowstone and Grand Teton National
Parks. That contribution, the only one received during the fiscal
year, brought the donations credited to the national park trust fund
account to a total of $8,000. No expenditures were made from the
fund during the year. The membership of the National Park Trust
Fund Board includes the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary
of the Interior, the Director of the National Park Service, Mr. J.
Horace McFarland, of Harrisburg, Pa., and Mr. Louis Hertle, of
Gunston Hall, Va.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 47
EDUCATION
Many new enthusiasts were enlisted in the cause of conservation
last year through participation in the activities and use of the facilities
provided in national parks and monuments by the National Park
Service’s educational program. The Service itself was able to
expand this program through the availability of emergency funds and
the cooperation of educational and scientific organizations.
A total of 4,550,516 educational contacts were made in the parks
during the year July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937. Visitors who listened
to talks by ranger-naturalists and ranger-historians, visited museums,
and participated in hikes and campfire circles gained far more than a
quick-tripper’s idea of the national parks.
Students under the sponsorship of various colleges and universities
made tours of the different parks as part of their educational programs.
Carlsbad Caverns’ records of special school parties give some
idea of the extent to which park areas are visited by school groups.
Total Number
school of stuclasses
dents
February 1937___________________________________________ 6 148
March 1937______________________________________________ 16 397
April 1937_______________________________________________ 63 1, 150
National Park Service information desks were extremely busy, as
visitors have come to depend upon these centrally located offices
for information of every kind. A growing number of parks are giving
early season training to company bus drivers so that the information
which they give to the public will be accurate and in accord with
scientific knowledge.
Although there have been some additions to the list of publications
useful to the visitor, much remains to be done to furnish adequate
printed material. Yellowstone has issued another number of Trailside
Notes, providing the motorist and hiker with a guide from Fishing
Bridge Museum to Mammoth Hot Springs. Yosemite has issued a
self-guiding manual describing the auto tour on the floor of the valley,
and a revised edition of High Waterfalls of the World. In press is a
publication entitled “Birds and Mammals of Mount McKinley
National Park” by Joseph S. Dixon. This has been issued by the
Service designated as no. 3 in the fauna series.
MUSEUM DEVELOPMENTS
Probably the greatest progress of the year in the educational program
was in museum development throughout the Service.
National Park Service museums do not present case after case of
loosely organized, uncoordinated displays of documents, scientific
specimens, isolated heaps of dry bones, or technical equipment.
48 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Planned to illustrate ideas rather than exhibit collections of specimens,
they tell a running story of the parks through pictures, charts,
maps, models, and dioramas arranged in narrative sequence.
During the past year better housing and more effective presentation
of exhibits were provided. Eleven administration buildings
containing museum wings were built with P. W. A. funds. The new
museum in the Interior Building is completed and exhibits depicting
the aims and achievements of the Department’s bureaus are in an
advanced state of preparation.
Fireproof housing for the priceless exhibits already accumulated in
field museums is the next important objective in museum development.
Two laboratories have prepared exhibits for displays in 31 different
units of the park system, including many relief maps and models of
the areas helpful to visitors in orienting themselves. Exhibits were
furnished for 12 expositions and conferences during the year.
NATURALIST ACTIVITIES
Increased travel to the parks and the necessity for establishing
several centers within a park to avoid overconcentration of visitors
resulted in a perceptible increase in naturalist activities last year and
revealed the necessity for an enlarged staff.
Campfire circles and amphitheaters suitable for evening gatherings
were developed until every major park now has one or more to care for
visitors who like to sit around a campfire and hear ranger-naturalists
tell the story of the park and explain its major features. The smaller
campfire circles encourage free and open discussion through questions
and answers and entice volunteer entertainment talent, while the
larger bring park wonders to life for hundreds of visitors, making them
see the area with new eyes the next day. An inventory shows a total
of 5 community buildings, 16 well-equipped amphitheaters, and 28
simple log circles in the parks. Lectures, as a whole, have been better
planned and executed.
A gratifying number of all-day trips have been developed in practically
every park and more knapsackers and pack-train parties were
reported as using the trails into the back country. One of the most
popular all-day guided trips was that to the top of Mount Lassen.
Campfire programs and nature hikes were inaugurated on an experimental
basis in Shenandoah last year and the response by the public
exceeded all expectations. The naturalist program in the National
Capital Parks attracted wide attention and the attendance of 11,128
persons on field trips, 4,219 persons at campfire lectures, and evergrowing
numbers on the nature trail proved the necessity for an
augmented staff and additional campfire facilities.
New appointments and promotions have given added impetus to
the naturalist staff. Naturalist positions have been newly established
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 49
at Boulder Dam recreational area, Death Valley National Monument,
and Mesa Verde National Park, while new ranger-naturalist positions
were established in Acadia, Rocky Mountain, General Grant, and at
Devils Tower. More mature and better-trained men are to be found
throughout the Service.
NATURAL HISTORY SCHOOLS
Excellent training for prospective national park personnel is given
by the Yosemite School of Field Natural History, and its graduates
are in demand for both seasonal and permanent naturalist positions.
The Secretary of the Interior has designated the field school and
the Yosemite Junior Nature School as nonprofit scientific organizations
engaged in a training enterprise helpful to the Service.
The field school is a full-fledged graduate school, with a college
degree a prerequisite.
The instructional staff is strengthened by highly qualified professors
from the University of California. The final field trip has been extended
from 1 week to an expedition of 2 weeks’ duration. Much
flora and fauna specimen collecting is done, benefiting the Yosemite
Museum through new discoveries and added scientific data. The
1937 session, constituting the thirteenth class, began its courses on
June 21 with the selection of its 20 candidates (14 men and 6 women)
from more than 100 applicants.
Eight graduates of the school are now employed in the Service
permanently, and at least 25 more have been employed seasonally.
YALE FELLOWSHIPS
Yale University continued its cooperation with the National Park
Service, furthering incentive for scholarship and training through its
award of fellowships to Service employees. During each of the
scholastic years of 1935-36 and 1936-37 one such fellowship was
granted; and as this report is being written word has been received
that two National Park Service fellowships will be awarded during
the coming year.
The fellowships are open to employees of the National Park Service
interested in pursuing advanced studies bearing upon the educational
program of the Service or upon some special feature of interpretation
activity such as field studies of wildlife, forestry, history, archeology,
or museum display. A forester and an archeologist were the recipients
of the previous fellowships; a historian and a geologist were selected
to attend Yale next year.
HISTORICAL EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Constant efforts are being made to improve all types of educational
facilities afforded the general public in the historical areas. Perhaps
the most important progress last year was made in the development
50 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of field exhibits of all kinds, including sample restorations, outdoor
relief maps, orientation maps, trailside museums, and markers.
Outstanding in this class was the reconstruction of the Continental
Army hospital hut at Morristown in accordance with contemporary
authentic records. This structure, together with reproductions of a
soldier’s hut and officer’s hut, now presents an interesting group of
sample restorations of the Morristown encampment.
As part of the educational program, public lectures sponsored by
outside groups have been given by park historians and there are
continued requests for this kind of service. Numerous radio broadcasts
were given by the staff and opportunities offered for a series of
park historical sketches.
The National Park Service cooperated with various civic organizations
in conducting numerous commemorative celebrations during
the year, among them being the fiftieth anniversary celebration at the
Statue of Liberty, at which President Roosevelt and Secretary Ickes
spoke, and reenactment of the Battle of the Crater at Petersburg, Va., «
attended by 50,000 people.
RESEARCH
ECOLOGICAL STUDIES
Perhaps the most notable observation to be made at the close of
this third year of C. C. C. support of the wildlife division is the fact
that recognition of the importance of a wildlife program in National
Park Service activity has continued to grow. Maintenance of a
staff of wildlife technicians through appropriations made by C. C. C.
is assured for another 3-year period. During this time it is expected
that provision for some permanent staff of ecologists can be made.
The work of the past year has kept the division fairly abreast of
current administrative demands put upon it, but it has not been
possible to enter upon the long-time program of research in wildlife
needs so necessary to full understanding and adequate handling of
biological assets in all areas now under the jurisdiction of the National
Park Service. A satisfactory approach to the problem could be made
if additional wildlife technicians were employed for the purpose of
making appraisal of all biological values for which the Service is
responsible.
Thirty papers covering the distribution, food habits, behavior, and
taxonomy of mammals, birds, and amphibians, and management of
mammals and fish in National and State parks were published.
An extended field trip was made by the supervisor of fish resources
and two wildlife technicians and the most recent developments in
warm water fish culture in the central United States was studied.
This particular phase of the Service’s fish cultural activities will be
exceedingly important in the development of State park areas.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 51
f
t
,1
a
1
fn
e
>f
d
e
)f
is
,d
in
1.
)e
Following the spraying of woodland at Morristown National
Historical Park with lead arsenate, a census of bird life was made to
check possible detrimental effects. Observations indicated no
material decrease of bird life but this may not yet be regarded as
conclusive.
Range studies were continued at Grand Canyon, Rocky Mountain,
and Yellowstone National Parks.
Studies of the nesting trumpeter swans at Yellowstone were continued.
A census showed a total of 38 adults and 12 cygnets in the
park in the summer of 1936, almost double the number recorded in
1935.
The survey of plants of the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park was continued and about 20 species of the higher plants were
added to the approximately 1,000 species represented by 4,000
specimens in the park collection.
At Glacier National Park an investigation was made otdiseases and
other causes of a decline in the park’s bighorn population. Several
bighorn have died of a disease described as hemorrhagic septicemia
which has also caused serious losses in the Yellowstone bison herd.
Extensive wildlife studies were made in the proposed Big Bena
National Park to provide data for proper management when the park
is established.
Surveys were made at Oregon Caves and Fort Pulaski National
Monuments with recommendations for extension of boundaries to
protect native fauna and flora and historical sites, respectively.
A study of the economic food habits of the coyote at Lava Beds
National Monument was started in an effort to determine the effect
of that animal on the nearby Tule Lake Migratory Waterfowl Refuge.
HISTORICAL STUDIES
Research is a continuous major outy of historians in every national
historical park and monument and consumes much of their time.
Closer coordination of the general historical research program is being
developed to assure the best possible professional standards. A
master index of research subjects is being prepared and the Washington
office made the clearing house for all reports. To assist the research
staff, microcopying and projection equipment has been purchased for
each regional office, permitting photographing of valuable documents
and materials.
Among the major studies started during the past year and in progress
are:
1. Fort Raleigh, Roanoke Island, Va.
2. Battle of Manassas, Virginia.
3. Battle of the Wilderness, Virginia.
4. Castle Pinckney, S. C.
52 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
5. Wakefield, George Washington Birthplace National Monument, Va.
6. Kenesaw Mountain, Ga.
7. The Second Battle of Fredericksburg, Virginia.
8. Catalog and index of Brady Civil War photographs.
9. Construction history of Fort Pulaski, Ga.
10. Brompton, Fredericksburg, Va.
11. Study of early Texas and Mexican manuscripts on Goliad Mission, Texas.
12. A study of medical practices in the Revolutionary War made in connection
with the installation of exhibits at Morristown Continental
Army hospital hut.
GEOLOGICAL STUDIES
The C. C. C. program made possible the continuance of geological
work undertaken in previous years. The staff was kept busy supply- *
ing technical information for development of accommodations in the
parks. Activities included research and advice regarding development
of master and period plans; location of water supplies; appraisal
of natural foundations for dams, reservoirs, bridges, and tunnels;
quarrying operations for road metal, structural stone, gravel, and
sand; location of roads and trails; and erosion control. Ninety-five
formal reports on special projects of this type were prepared.
The geological map of the proposed Big Bend National Park was
approximately 80 percent completed. The surveys show notable
deposits of vertebrate fossils, including dinosaurs and a specimen
believed to be the rare, toothed bird, Hesperornis. Invertebrate
fossils, including a phenomenal 48-inch Inoceramus Grandis—a form
of clam—were found in great profusion.
An exhaustive study was made of the stratigraphy in portions of
the Boulder Dam recreational area and related territory, in an attempt
to reconstruct the ecological conditions of the area in remote Permian
time. In the course of this study, a den of the prehistoric ground
sloth, Northrotherium, containing much excellent fossil material in an
exceptionally fine state of preservation, was discovered in Rampart
Cave.
Investigations of Meteor Crater led to the decision that the evidence
favors the theory that the crater was formed by the impact of a great
meteor, and hence should be included within the category of unusual
and spectacular phenomena.
COOPERATIVE FIELD STUDIES
The Oberlander trust of the Carl Schurz Memorial awarded a
fellowship to the Chief of the Wildlife Division enabling him to visit
Germany from September to December 1936 to make special studies
of administrative methods and field procedure in the central offices of
the Bureau for Nature Protection and in four of the “national parks”
of the Third German Reich.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 53
Cooperation was extended to the Direccion de Parques Nacionales
of the Argentine Republic and the Department of Forests, Game, and
Fish of the Republic of Mexico. Conferences with the Mexican officials
have continued coordinated planning of international parks,
monuments, and game refuges.
By special arrangement with the United States Geological Survey,
the assignment of three of its personnel to work in the national parks
was continued. As a result of these assignments, material obtained in
field studies in Sequoia and Yosemite National Parks was converted
into museum exhibits, and portfolios are being made of park photographs
descriptive of outstanding geologic features; a report describing
the geology of certain routes of travel and areas of visitation in
Glacier National Park was prepared; and field work in the Colorado
Plateau is being transcribed into a report covering the parks of that
area.
A number of additional field studies through the cooperation of
interested agencies were conducted within the parks last year. The
following is a partial list of some of the more noteworthy:
In Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Dr. W. H. Camp,
assistant curator, New York Botanical Gardens, made extensive
studies of the heath family of shrubs, trees, and herbs, preparatory to
submitting a monograph on this group; Dr. W. M. Barrows, one of the
leading spider authorities in the United States, made a study of the
spiders of this park and estimated that there are between 700 and 800
species in the area, of which 100 to 200 are new species; Dr. L. R.
Hesler, head of the botany department, University of Tennessee,
collected more fungi to add to the list he has already prepared for this
park; and Mr. Edwin V. Komarek of the Cooperative Quail Study
Association of Thomasville, Ga., will soon publish a paper on his
studies of the mammalian fauna of the Great Smokies.
In Yellowstone National Park: Dr. Leonard P. Schultz, in cooperation
with the Bureau of Fisheries, investigated fish food conditions
in Yellowstone Lake and other waters of the park and studied exotic
fish to determine the possibility and advisability of their reduction
as a menace to trout waters of the Madison River and to lakes on
this river outside the park; Ranger-Naturalist James R. Simon conducted
a study of fishes with cooperation of the University of Wyoming
and plans to incorporate his findings in a paper on all game and
forage fish of Yellowstone region; Dr. Harvey Schlundt continued his
study of thermal waters and rock formations in the park; Miss Edan
Lind of England devoted special attention to the plant life of Yellowstone,
which she will describe to her students in botanical classes at
the University of Sheffield.
Arrangements were made with Miss Elizabeth Morse of the University
of California to study the fungi of Zion National Park.
54 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Permission was given the Carnegie Institution of Washington,
Department of Research in Terrestrial Magnetism, to carry on earthcurrent
measurements in Shenandoah National Park. This institution
also inaugurated a volcanological study of Crater Lake to be
conducted by H. Williams of the University of California, and continued
studies of the Archean rocks of Grand Canyon.
George Munro, Hawaiian ornithologist, working under the joint
auspices of the Bishop Museum, Territorial Board of Agriculture and
Forestry, Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association, Hui Manu, and others,
conducted a survey of Hawaii National Park to compare the present
status of native birds with the finds of 40 years ago.
An airplane reconnaissance of Mount McKinley was made by
Bradford Washburn, Jr., in conjunction with the National Geographic
Society.
Excavations in Dinosaur National Monument were continued and
more of the fossil stratum uncovered to enable the American Museum
of Natural History under the leadership of Dr. Barnum Brown to
expose and develop a large dinosaur skeleton as an exhibit in place.
C. C. Presnall, park naturalist of Zion National Park, and Dr. E.
Raymond Hall, mammalogist, University of California Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology, made studies of the small animals and others
indigenous to the southwestern national park region, over a 3-year
period, followed by comparative studies at the Museum of Vertebrate
Zoology, Berkeley, Calif., with the discovery of new facts indicating
that the red bat and kangaroo bat are comparatively abundant in that
area. Their findings have been published through the Utah Academy
of Sciences under the title of “Ranges and Relationships of Certain
Mammals in Southwestern Utah.”
Recognition has been given 11 nonprofit scientific and historical
organizations, engaged in cooperative park educational work through
official designation by the Secretary of the Interior, in accordance
with the Interior Department Appropriation Act for the fiscal year
1937, approved June 22, 1936, Public Law No. 741.
PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION
Behind the successful handling of millions of visitors to national
park areas lies a record of exact and careful planning and of construction
activities that appear only incidentally, if at all, in the finished
picture. The retention of primitive conditions, where use intrudes
upon nature, would be impossible without the skill of the landscape
planner and the engineer, who find means to install the necessary
facilities and make the needed adjustments with the least possible
disturbance of natural conditions.
Planning and construction activities continued under four major
programs during the past year—the regular Interior Department
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 55
Appropriation Act’s provision for road and trail construction, Public
Works, the C. C. C., and Works Progress.
Under the Public Works program all general development, engineering,
architectural, and landscape architectural plans for $2,150,000
worth of general physical improvements were prepared. Under the
roads and trails appropriation of $6,500,000 carried in the 1937
Interior Department Appropriation Act, plans for and inspections of
major road projects were made, and minor roads and trails were
constructed.
Similar service was rendered by the engineering and landscape
personnel under the Works Progress program, which included physical
improvements, recreational developments, road and parkway construction,
and land utilization work to the extent of $1,500,000, on a
wide variety of areas—Federal, State, and local, including recreational
demonstration areas.
In the contract plans for nearly all road projects were included
plans and drawings for bridges, parking areas, guardrails, headwalls,
special grading, and other essential items.
In addition to roads and trails, buildings, electric elevators, dam
and intake structures, sea walls, reservoirs, pumping plants, water
supply and distribution plants, drainage systems, sewerage systems
and sewage disposal plants, telephone and power lines, cribbing, and
retaining walls were constructed or improved. In Washington, construction
projects included such diversified duties as altering the south
front of the Civil Service Building to permit street widening, and
elimination of fire hazards at the White House.
Considerable surveying and mapping of both old and new areas of
the national park and monument system were accomplished.
PARKWAY DEVELOPMENT
The parkway projects, which are perhaps the most spectacular new
phase of national park planning and development during recent years,
continued to hold popular attention.
Two new sections of the Blue Ridge Parkway project, totaling 15
miles, were placed under contract, bringing the total mileage under
contract in both Virginia and North Carolina to 135 miles. Development
of two recreational areas along this parkway was also continued,
as were location work and right-of-way developments for bridge and
overpass structures. Additional studies were made of the parkway
route in the vicinity of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
Contracts for the construction of 34 miles in three Mississippi sections
of the Natchez Trace Parkway were awarded. Survey and location
work was continued in collaboration with the Bureau of Public
Roads.
56 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ENGINEERING ACTIVITIES DIVERSIFIED
Data on soil mechanics for use in the field resulted from research
carried on in the engineering laboratory. Most of the material so
obtained was incorporated in the Manual for the Design of Low Dams
prepared for the water resources committee. This work attracted such
favorable attention that the laboratory was visited by the chief
engineers of almost every Federal agency. It also received marked
attention and interest at a recent meeting in New York City of the
American Society for Testing Materials.
The value of soils investigations, particularly in the construction of
earth dams, is rapidly becoming recognized, and the increasing number
of samples submitted by the field for analysis is taxing the available
laboratory personnel and space to the limit.
Routine engineering work included periodic inspections of Government-
owned and rented buildings with a view to insuring the preservation
of the buildings and the safety of the occupants, particular attention
being paid to elevators and to floor loads imposed by safes, files,
and storage.
Technical service on a broad range of problems was rendered other
governmental and semigovernmental agencies by the engineering staff
of the National Park Service, such work being done on a reimbursable
basis. Typical examples of this cooperation were the construction of
the Petroleum Experimental Station of the Bureau of Mines at Bartlesville,
Okla., and the investigation of air-conditioning contracts effected
under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Agricultural Engineering of the
Department of Agriculture.
All major road construction, both under the regular roads and trails
appropriations and under Public Works allotments, was handled for
the National Park Service by the Bureau of Public Roads of the
Department of Agriculture, continuing the excellent cooperation
initiated under the interbureau agreement established in 1926. Landscape
planners and engineers of the National Park Service, in cooperation
with Bureau engineers, checked and approved all preliminary locations,
surveys, and plans for road construction.
HISTORIC AMERICAN BUILDINGS SURVEY
The survey of historic American buildings, for the purpose of
measuring and recording all important examples of the builders’ art
erected in the United States and its possessions before the last quarter
of the nineteenth century, went into its fourth year of cataloging,
measuring, and recording such structures. The total product of the
Historic American Buildings Survey to June 30,1937, included approximately
14,000 measured drawings of 2,100 buildings and 16,000 photographs
of 3,500 buildings, in addition to the data sheets and reference
cards for these and additional structures. Most of the records have
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 57
been deposited in the Library of Congress, where they are available
for public use and reprodution. In conducting the work of the
Historic American Buildings Survey, the structures in each locality in
greatest danger of destruction are measured first.
The result of a national plan sponsored by the Department of the
Interior through the National Park Service, in conjunction with the
Library of Congress and the American Institute of Architects, the
Historic American Buildings Survey during the past year was conducted
largely through the facilities of the Works Progress Administration.
The Works Progress phase of the program necessarily was
discontinued at the end of the fiscal year because of a sharp reduction
in Federal projects of that nature, due to curtailment of funds,
although in some of the States additional Works Progress Administration
projects were set up.
SERVICES BY PARK CONCESSIONERS
Operations of accommodations for the public on the concession basis
were continued and extended during the year. Two new major contracts
were awarded. After advertising three times for bids for the
construction and operation of tourist facilities in the Shenandoah
National Park, a 20-year contract was awarded the Virginia Skyline
Co., Inc., of Richmond, Va.
A 20-year contract also was awarded the Grand Canyon-Boulder
Dam Tours, Inc., for the installation and operation of facilities for the
accommodation of visitors to the Bolder Dam recreational area.
The number of contracts and permits for the furnishing of tourist
accommodations in the national parks on June 30 totaled 139. These
various operations are under the supervision and control of the Department
of the Interior, to which are submitted annually, for review and
approval, schedules of rates for accommodations or services rendered
and annual reports showing the financial status, details of income and
expense, and resulting profit or loss.
The contract of the Mesa Verde Park Co. was taken over by the
Mesa Verde Co., with the approval of the Department. Ansel F.
Hall, former Chief of the Field Division of Education, is a director in
the new company and in active management of its affairs. It is believed
that Mr. Hall’s enthusiasm, and his experience based on 20
years’ connection with the National Park Service, will result in the
building up of an operation on a high standard.
Although operating expenses of the concessioners steadily increased
during the past two seasons, substantially no increases in rates have
been authorized by the Department. Nevertheless, the park operators
were able, by reason of increased volume and lessons in economy
learned in the depression days, to maintain generally standard rates
for the various accommodations and services furnished.
58 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
As a check in the avoidance of excessive rates, orders were issued
that no increases be made in salaries or other compensation of corporate
officers, managers, or other employees of park operators working
under profit-sharing contracts who receive compensation at a rate of
more than $5,000 until approved by the Director of the National Park
Service.
Field studies of rates for public-utility services in several of the
parks resulted in establishing certain new rates and altering some old
rates. At Yellowstone National Park charges that will reimburse the
Government $11,000 annually are being set up for telephone, water,
and garbage disposal service furnished to the park concessioners. A
similar review of services and rates in Mount Rainier National Park,
when its findings are put into effect, will return an additional $1,200
annually to the Government. The charges are based on depreciation,
maintenance, and operating costs.
With the heaviest travel season in the history of the National Park
Service in prospect during 1937, additions and improvements in facilities
were made in all of the national parks and monuments. Since the
improvements made in Yellowstone National Park, which were particularly
noticeable and needed, were typical of those generally shown
throughout the system, a resume of betterments in that park will
indicate progress generally.
In the Yellowstone, after a partial shut-down of several years, the
old hotel at Mammoth Hot Springs was almost completely dismantled
and rebuilt. A new dining room and grill combination commenced
operation of the regular park season on June 20. During the coming
year construction will begin on the new cabins and new recreation
center, to be built between the hotel and dining room. This layout
represents a new idea in the planning of facilities for the public in the
Yellowstone, bringing all types of services into one center instead of
having them scattered in more or less widely separated units, as in
the past. Consolidation of the larger park operators into the present
Yellowstone Park Co., effective at the beginning of the 1936 season,
made possible this new line of development. The Lake Hotel, closed
for several years, was again opened to the public.
The purchase of 41 new busses, representing the latest ideas in
sightseeing equipment, marks the second step in the rehabilitation
and modernization of the Yellowstone fleet of approximately 400
busses, probably the largest sightseeing fleet in any resort area in the
world.
Authorization was given for remodeling the Government-owned
Painted Desert Inn at the Petrified Forest National Monument, and
work was continued on the concession buildings being erected at
Bandelier National Monument by the Service. Operation of these
facilities under the concession system is expected within another year.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 59
The National Park Service undertook and is continuing supervision
of the construction of a hotel at McKinley Park Station, at the
entrance to Mount McKinley National Park, Alaska, under an allotment
of funds by the Public Works Administration to the Alaska Railroad.
In addition to the hotel structure itself, a complete utility
plant must be constructed to provide heat, light, water, and sewage
disposal facilities. This hotel, located along the line of the Alaska
Railroad, will be operated by that organization, but will furnish much
needed accommodations to McKinley Park visitors.
Cooperation and active participation was continued in the management
of the concession operations of the Welfare and Recreational
Association of Public Buildings and Grounds, Inc., in Washington,
D. C., and in the Mammoth Cave operating committee at Mammoth
Cave, Ky., both nonprofit distributing agencies furnishing accommodations
for the public. Charles L. Gable, chief of the park operators
division of the branch of operations, continued to represent the
Director of the National Park Service in these organizations. The
entire profits from the Mammoth Cave operations are donated to
the United States for the purpose of purchasing additional land to
complete the Mammoth Cave National Park. The Welfare and
Recreational Association pays one-half of its profits to the United
States as revenue, using the remaining half for welfare and recreational
purposes within the District of Columbia.
Constant vigilance was maintained, through inspections of fire hazards,
to prevent fires in buildings throughout the national parks. An
automatic sprinkler system was installed in El Tovar Hotel at the
Grand Canyon and improvements made in the Mammoth Cave Hotel
in the Mammoth Cave National Park.
A safety committee was established within the National Park Service
for the purpose of establishing standards for fire protection and
accident prevention.
A comprehensive study of the accident problem was made by the
Secretary’s committee on health and safety, and a report with recommendations
submitted. T*he chief of the Service’s safety division was
chairman of the interbureau committee on health and safety.
PROTECTING THE PUBLIC HEALTH
Permanent all-year administrative and protective personnel in the
major units of the national park system and a visiting list approaching
12,000,000 annually entail serious responsibilities toward the safeguarding
of health. With the continued cooperation of the Public
Health Service this phase of Park Service work was handled successfully.
Broadly speaking, the work was divided into two main channels,
studies of water-supply problems, including examination of the sources
22914—37------ 6
60 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of drinking water and bacteriological tests of water used, and the
development or continuation of adequate sewage-disposal facilities.
Special attention was paid to sanitary facilities in automobile campgrounds
and swimming pools were inspected regularly.
Among the more outstanding developments of the year in the field
of sanitation were the design of sewage-disposal facilities for the areas
of concentration in the Shenandoah National Park, the near completion
of a sewage disposal plant for the Smokemont area of the Great
Smoky Mountains National Park, and the preparation of plans for a
temporary sewage-disposal plant at Upper Basin in Yellowstone
National Park, and for improvements of sewage disposal facilities at
the South Rim of the Grand Canyon, in Yosemite Valley, and at
Carlsbad Caverns.
CHANGES IN THE NATIONAL PARK AND MONUMENT SYSTEM
The national park and monument system on June 30, 1937, consisted
of 26 national parks, 2 national historical parks, 72 national monuments,
11 national military parks, 8 national battlefield sites, 8 miscellaneous
national memorials, 11 national cemeteries, 1 national
parkway, and the National Capital Parks unit. The total represented
by the above areas is 17,086,671.31 acres, a gain of 1,594,733.31 acres
during the past year. New national monuments account for
1,218,019.73 acres of this increase.
Five new national monuments were established during the fiscal
year, and four memorial areas administered in connection with public
buildings maintained were given the status of miscellaneous national
memorials. These four are the Washington Monument, the Lincoln
Memorial, the Ford Theater, and the house where Lincoln died,
now the Lincoln Museum.
NEW NATIONAL MONUMENTS
The five new monuments are: Ocmulgee National Monument, Ga.,
established December 23, 1936, by Presidential proclamation under
authority of the act of June 14, 1934 (Public, 350, 73d Cong.); Zion
National Monument, Utah, established January 22, 1937, by Presidential
proclamation; Joshua Tree National Monument, Calif.,
established August 10, 1936, by Presidential proclamation; Organ Pipe
Cactus National Monument, Ariz., established April 13, 1937, by
Presidential proclamation; and Perry’s Victory and International
Peace Memorial, Ohio, established July 6, 1936, by Presidential
proclamation, in accordance with the act of Congress of June 2, 1936
(Public, 631, 74th Cong.).
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 61
ACQUISITIONS TO PARK AREAS
Net increase to the national park and monument system through
adjustment of boundaries of existing areas, and lands acquired for
authorized areas amounted to 378,867.77 acres, as follows:
Acadia.-—Donation of 18.30 acres and the accurate compilation of the areas
heretofore acquired resulted in increase of total acreage of the park to 15,940.09
acres.
Blue Ridge Parkway.—Donations of 1,781.52 acres of land, all in the State of
North Carolina, bring to 4,147.36 the total acreage now deeded to the United
States for the Blue Ridge Parkway.
Chickamauga and Chattanooga.-—A conveyance by the United States of 44.62
acres to the county of Catoosa, Tenn., for a road reduced the total area of the
military park to 8,584.48 acres.
Colonial.-—Acquisition of 222.16 acres through donation and purchase and an
accurate compilation of the area heretofore acquired resulted in a total area of
6,301.50 acres for this historical park.
Death Valley.—By proclamation of March 26, 1937, 305,920 acres were added
to the monument, making a total of 1,907,720 acres.
Fort Pulaski.—Donation of 277.39 acres and transfer of 130 acres from the
War Department increased the total area of the monument to 427.39.
Fredericksburg and Spotsylvania.-—Donation of 9.29 acres of land increased the
total area of the battlefield park to 2,285.28 acres.
Great Smoky Mountains.—Donation of 16,805.50 acres brought the total area
of this park to 411,688.50 acres.
Guilford Courthouse.—Donation of 11.50 acres resulted in a total area of 136.84
acres for this military park.
Hot Springs.—Donation of 1.50 acres increased the total park area to 983.99
acres.
Isle Royale Project.—Acquisition of 28,810.20 acres and the transfer of 10,266.35
acres from the public domain bring the total to 39,076.55 acres available for this
park project.
Kennesaw Mountain.—Acquisition of 110.10 acres through donation and
purchase resulted in a total area of 170.10 acres for the battlefield park.
Mammoth Cave.—Acquisition of 5,488.24 acres through donation and purchase
resulted in a total park area of 34,620.31 acres.
Montezuma Castle.—By proclamation of February 23, 1937, 320 acres were
added to the monument, making a total of 521.41 acres.
Natchez Trace Parkway.—Donations of 3,788.14 acres of land, all in Mississippi,
were made for this proposed parkway.
Ocmulgee.—Donation of 173.60 acres increased the total area of the monument
to 688.48 acres.
Petersburg.—Acquisition of 151.64 acres through donation and purchase
brought the total area of this military park to 1,850.10 acres.
Shenandoah.—Acquisition of 4,141.94 acres through donation and purchase
resulted in a total park area of 180,571.38 acres.
Tonto. — By proclamation of April 1, 1937, 480 acres were added to this monument,
making its total area 1,120 acres.
62 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
PROPOSED EXTENSIONS OF EXISTING NATIONAL PARK AREAS
The National Park Service is actively interested in the proposal to
extend the boundaries of the Grand Teton National Park, Wyo., to
include the Jackson Hole country and an area now lying within the
Teton National Forest which surrounds Jackson Lake. This area
includes Emma Mathilda and Two Ocean Lakes. Satisfactory adjustments
have been made with reference to the administration of the
proposed extension as it relates to the adjacent national forest, and
efforts are now being made to adjust the remaining difficulties in the
way of park extension.
An exceptionally beautiful forest of sugar pines adjacent to Yosemite
National Park, and traversed by one of the main entrance roads, has
been threatened with devastation by logging. Public protest resulted
in the passage of legislation, June 1937, authorizing use of Federal
funds for the purchase of approximately 7,000 acres of the finest
section of this forest.
Not e .—The Third Deficiency Act, approved August 25, 1937, appropriated
$2,005,000 for the purchase of these sugar pines.
This extension would abolish the Grand Canyon National Monument,
adding approximately 57 percent of its area to the Grand Canyon
National Park, Ariz., returning the remaining area, comprising some
118,000 acres of private and public land, to the public domain, principally
for grazing purposes. A bill (H. R. 7264) containing such
provisions, was introduced in the first session of the Seventy-fifth
Congress.
To bring into the Kilauea-Mauna Loa section of Hawaii National
Park an area to the southeast containing a shoreline and one of the
few remaining unspoiled native villages on the archipelago was the
purpose of a bill (H. R. 1995) passed on April 19, 1937, by the House
of Representatives.
STATUS OF NATIONAL PARK PROJECTS AUTHORIZED
BY CONGRESS
A brief statement is given below regarding the progress made during
the past year on some of the national park projects authorized by
Congress:
NATIONAL PARKS
Early in 1937 a bill was introduced in the Texas Legislature providing
for an expenditure of $750,000 for the purchase of lands for
park purposes. The bill was not enacted.
The Everglades National Park Commission, appointed by the Governor
of Florida, recently recommended that Florida Bay, Key Largo,
and the Turner River section be eliminated from the proposed park.
The Service has expressed its disapproval of the proposal and has
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 63
conferred extensively with the Everglades Park Commission. The
Department is now studying the commission’s recommendations.
Through an allocation of $705,000 from an emergency appropriation,
and an appropriation of $100,000 by the State of Michigan,
28,810 acres have been purchased and the work by C. C. C. camps at
this location has gone forward. The remaining funds make possible
the acquisition of 76,210.83 acres now under contract or option, and
15,000 acres now in the course of condemnation.
NATIONAL MONUMENTS
The Badlands National Monument, South Dakota, was authorized
by the act of March 4, 1929 (Public No. 1021). The State of South
Dakota is now negotiating with the General Land Office of this Department
for the exchange of the State lands within the project for Federal
lands outside the area. The act of Congress of June 26, 1936 (Public
No. 827), authorized an addition to include certain lands contiguous to
the proposed Badlands National Monument, provided the entire
monument area when established does not exceed 250,000 acres.
The act of March 19, 1936 (Public No. 480), provided for the establishment
of the Homestead National Monument, Nebraska, and authorized
the appropriation of $24,000 for the purchase of lands. That
item was included in the 1937 Interior Department appropriation bill
presented to Congress.
The act of June 29, 1936 (Public No. 840), authorized the establishment
of the Whitman National Monument, Washington, as soon
as the necessary lands are donated to the Federal Government. The
National Park Service has been informed that the Whitman Centennial,
Inc., and the Walla Walla Trust Foundation are now in a position
to donate certain of the lands and to obtain scenic easements for the
remainder.
PROPOSED ADDITIONS TO THE NATIONAL PARK SYSTEM
During the fiscal years 1935 and 1936 preliminary investigations of
potential national park and monument areas reduced the number of
proposed additions on the active list from 224 to 156.
Major areas now under consideration are summarized below:
PROPOSED NATIONAL PARKS
Rare examples of landscape beauty, unusual forest conditions, and
vanishing species of wildlife will be preserved in the proposed Mount
Olympus National Park in Washington. The forest of the Olympic
Peninsula is the highest expression of the wilderness, once typical of
the Pacific Northwest, but now shrinking so rapidly under the axe
that protection should be extended to it at the earliest opportunity.
The Wallgren bill (H. R. 4724) to establish the park, provides for
64 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
elimination of certain costly private lands included in the former bill,
and of certain other areas of commercially available forest. It proposes
adding some areas of scenic timber line country.
The Kings River region has been urged for many years as a national
park. The chief opposition to park establishment was based upon
the hydro-electric power potentialities of the canyon. Careful reexamination
of the proposed park area in 1936 by the National Park
Service in cooperation with other Federal agencies resulted in elimination
of two important power dam sites. Thus the principal objections
to the establishment of the park have been removed, without sacrificing
any of the outstanding scenic features, auguring more favorable
action on the proposal in the future.
Following investigation of the Green Mountains, Vermont, area in
the autumn of 1936, the Department of the Interior has approved the
submission to Congress of legislation authorizing its establishment as
a national park.
At the request of the Governor of Maine, a preliminary investigation
of the Mount Katahdin area was made in the spring of 1936.
Representative Brewster, of Maine, introduced a bill (H. R. 5864) in
Congress, authorizing the establishment of the Mount Katahdin
National Park.
PROPOSED NATIONAL MONUMENTS
Following investigation of the Capitol Reef area in Utah a proclamation
establishing it as a national monument was prepared for submission
to the President.
Escalante, Green River, and the Kofa Mountains areas along the
Colorado River watershed are being considered for establishment as
national monuments, pending further study of power and grazing
rights.
In the spring of 1937 the Wyoming State Legislature appropriated
funds for the purchase of Fort Laramie, Wyo., on the Oregon Trail.
Transfer of the fort to the Federal Government for establishment as
a national monument is now under consideration.
The Tuzigoot ruins in Arizona, excavated and restored under the
supervision of archeologists, indicate that three major southwestern
cultures were present simultaneously in the prehistoric past. The
owners of the property desire to donate it to the Federal Government
for national monument preservation.
PROPOSED NATIONAL SEASHORES
Surveys were made in 1935 of 20 areas along the Atlantic, Gulf,
Pacific, and Great Lakes shores to locate desirable areas for public
recreation. At the end of the fiscal year a bill (H. R. 7022) was
pending in Congress to authorize establishment of the Cape Hatteras
National Seashore in North Carolina.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 65
NATIONAL CAPITAL PARKS
During the fiscal year 1937 many of the major projects started in
previous years under the authority of the Public Works Administration,
the Works Progress Administration, and the Civilian Conservation
Corps Administration were completed. These included several
approved projects of many years standing, and as a result numerous
major features of the ultimate plan for the development of the National
Capital Parks system have become established. Chief among these
projects were the Mall and Union Square, rehabilitation of small
parks and triangles within the boundaries of the old city and of
Meridian Hill Park, Fort Bunker Hill and Fort Dupont Parks, the
Palisades Field House and Playground, and Pierce Mill. In addition
to the foregoing, important progress was made toward the development
of Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Island, the Fort Drive project
and the Arlington Memorial Bridge approach. Work on the George
Washington Memorial Parkway completed during the year included
rough grading and drainage for the parkway extension between
Arlington Memorial Bridge and Key Bridge and the preliminary
development of the Leiter estate, which was acquired during the
year. This property is located on the Virginia shore of the Potomac
approximately 2 miles upstream of Chain Bridge.
Landscaping operations were continued in section 1, Rock Creek
and Potomac Parkway, located between Constitution Avenue and
K Street. A new bridle path paralleling the roadway was also constructed
in this section and the height of the sea wall was raised 3 feet
as a protection against minor floods. In section 2 of Rock Creek and
Potomac Parkway, between K and P Streets, a program for the
landscaping of side slopes was continued during the year.
The development of additional recreational facilities in accordance
with the approved plan for the establishment of a recreation system
for the National Capital was also an important accomplishment.
The Potomac River reached flood stages on April 27, threatening
section 1, Rock Creek and Potomac Parkway, East and West Potomac
Parks. Serious damage by the flood was averted through the erection
of a sand bag dike. Four companies of Civilian Conservation Corps
enrollees, 600 Works Progress Administration workers, and 300 regular
employees of the office were utilized in the construction of the dike.
The White House greenhouses and propagating gardens for the
National Capital Parks were maintained and operated. The total
number of plants propagated was 298,731. Approximately 10,000
deciduous and evergreen shrubs, 20,000 deciduous and evergreen
vines, 3,000 trees, 3,000 rose bushes, and 36,000 bulbs were planted.
Included among the trees planted were 1,105 single-flowering Japanese
cherry trees in East and West Potomac Parks.
66 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The total attendance in the National Capital Parks during the fiscal
year was estimated at 48,000,000. Permits totalling 23,809 were
issued for the use of 445 recreational facilities established at 50
locations throughout the capital parks system. The facilities were
used by 3,887,895 persons, of whom 2,381,644 were active participants
and 1,406,250 were spectators. The naturalist activities, mentioned
elsewhere in this report, drew a total attendance of 42,660 persons at
205 educational events.
MAINTENANCE OF FEDERAL BUILDINGS
Continuing the building-maintenance operations entrusted to it
when the operations of the former Office of Public Buildings and
Public Parks of the National Capital were consolidated with Federal
park administration, the National Park Service at the close of the
fiscal year was entrusted with the maintenance, operation, and protection
of approximately 19,800,000 square feet of floor space, 17,500,-
000 of which were located in 45 Government-owned buildings and
2,300,000 in 63 rented buildings in the District of Columbia, and also
of seven memorials; and similar service was provided in 13 Government-
owned buildings outside the District with a total floor area of
over 1,298,000 square feet. The old Custom House at Salem, Mass.,
comprising approximately 11,520 square feet, and the new Museum
Building at Morristown, N. J., which has a floor area of about 19,000
square feet, are the latest acquisitions of out-of-town buildings.
Employees required and funds expended incident to providing this
service were as follows:
i Includes 343 temporary and 32 intermittent.
2 Includes three temporary.
’ Does not include amount expended for physical improvements.
Expenditures Personnel
Buildings in the District of Columbia______________________________________ $6,407,215
531,000
•4,778
Buildings outside the District of Columbia_________________________________ 2 252
Total______»_ 6, 938_,2_1_5__________5_,0_3_0____________________________________
With an appropriation of $1,150,000 granted in the Deficiency Act
approved June 22, 1936, a program of physical improvement, repair,
and installation in the Federal buildings of the District of Columbia
was undertaken in an effort to eliminate hazards to fife and property.
The service of the Central Heating Plant was extended during the
year to include additional sections of the Agriculture Building,
South, the South Interior Building, Interior Garage, Agriculture
Annex, Federal Home Loan Bank Board, Federal Reserve, and the
building at 2115 C Street NW., occupied by the Headquarters Company,
United States Army. The heating load was increased by
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 67
408,000 square feet equivalent radiation, or 102,000 pounds of steam
per hour, as a result of these extensions. The Central Heating Plant
now furnishes an uninterrupted supply of steam to most of the Federal
buildings in the District of Columbia and to a few nongovernmental
buildings such as the Corcoran Art Gallery, American Red Cross,
and the Panama Canal Office. The connected load at the close of
the year equalled the full capacity of the plant with five of the six
boilers in operation. Actual output of steam for effective heating of
all buildings connected to the mains of the plant is 840,000 pounds of
steam per hour.
A total of 94,000 short tons of coal was consumed during the year,
the total steam generated being over 2,000,000,000 pounds.
Although the heating load was increased, the milder winter of 1936-37
resulted in the consumption of less fuel than during the previous
season.
Operation of the guard school was continued. Two additional
subjects were introduced—pistol practice and use of other firearms
and first aid. The course of instruction was increased from 6 to 44
hours per week.
Another of the wartime structures, that known as Temporary
Building No. 7, at 1800 C Street NW., was demolished. Headquarters
Company, United States Army, formerly housed in the building,
was transferred to the former Mayfair Apartment, at 2115 C Street
NW. The Research Building, formerly located on the northeast
corner of Nineteenth Street and Constitution Avenue, also was razed.
SPACE-CONTROL PROGRAM
Responsibility for the allotment of space to various Federal agencies
in the District of Columbia continued to rest in the National Park
Service. During the fiscal year 93 leases and 33 renewals of leases
were authorized,, and the amount of space leased by the Government
in the District at the close of the year was 2,889,448 square feet in 128
buildings housing 21,837 employees, at an annual rental of approximately
$2,720,786. Seventy-seven space allotments were made
other than leases and 275 moves were accomplished. Less than half
the buildings in which quarters were leased were maintained and
operated by the National Park Service.
FEDERAL BUILDING PROGRAM
Under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, who was
appointed by the President as chairman of a committee to draft a
5- and 10-year Federal building program in the District of Columbia,
a subcommittee collected data on present housing needs for Federal
activities and estimated needs 10 years hence.
68 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
New Interior Department Building
At midnight on January 23, the Procurement Division of the
Treasury Department which constructed the new Interior Department
building, transferred that building to the National Park Service
for maintenance, operation, and protection.
APPROPRIATIONS, DONATIONS, AND REVENUES
APPROPRIATIONS
Appropriations for the National Park Service for the fiscal year
1937 amounted to $18,962,903. Of that amount, the sum of $16,122,-
080 was included in the Interior Department Appropriation Act,
1937; $908,410 in the District of Columbia Appropriation Act, 1937;
$143,098 in the Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1937, for the
maintenance of the Executive Mansion and grounds; a deficiency sum
of $130,000 for emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires; a
deficiency sum of $421,315 for public buildings and grounds in the
District of Columbia; a supplement of $10,000 for the improvement of
the water system in Mesa Verde National Park; a supplement of
$78,000 for improvements to the Executive Mansion and grounds;
and a supplement of $1,150,000 for improvements to public buildings
in the District of Columbia.
EMERGENCY RELIEF FUNDS
In addition to the regular appropriations, financing of activities
under Public Works Administration, Works Progress Administration,
and Emergency Conservation Work allotments was continued, the
funds so available from the close of the 1937 fiscal year being as
follows:
PublicWorks, 1933-37
Construction of roads and trails___________________________ $26, 762, 558. 20
Construction of physical improvements_____________________ 12, 030, 475. 97
Land acquisition for recreational demonstration projects______ 1, 449, 657. 80
Total____________________________________________ 40, 242, 691. 97
Works Progress, 1935-37
Administrative expenses__________________________________ 720, 800. 00
Administrative expenses of transient camps_________________ 601, 451. 00
Acquisition of land for recreational demonstration projects____ 894, 166. 28
Development of Federal recreational park projects___________ 1, 562, 481. 61
Beach erosion control project, North Carolina (Federal)______ 679, 925. 00
Development of non-Federal recreatonal park projects_______ 4, 144, 327. 00
Development of Federal recreational park projects___________ 7, 418, 515. 00
Survey and construction of Natchez Trace Parkway_________ 1, 425, 185. 00
Acquisition of site and development of Jefferson National Expansion
Memorial____________________________________ 6, 750, 000. 00
Repair of 1936 flood damage, District of Columbia___________ 77, 240. 00
Total____________________________________________ 24, 274, 090. 89
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 69
Emergency Conservation Work, 1933-37
National parks__________________________________________ $18, 850, 620. 75
State parks_____________________________________________ 57, 404, 588. 00
Territory of Hawaii______________________________________ 2, 386, 167. 33
California-Pacific National Exposition exhibit_______________ 5, 153. 79
Acquisition of lands on Isle Royale for E. C. W_____________ 705, 000. 00
Virgin Islands___________________________________________ 356, 187. 79
Acquisition of land, colonial_______________________________ 188, 000. 00
Acquisition of Crater property at Petersburg National Military
Park for E. C. W______________________________________ 29, 750. 00
Purchase of lands for E. C. W_____________________________ 2, 325, 000. 00
Total____________________________________________ 82, 250, 467. 66
CASH DONATIONS
Cash donations to the National Park Service for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1937, amounting to $265,543.91, were deposited in the
United States Treasury and were expended under the same fiscal
regulations that govern in the expenditure of Federal appropriations.
Donations for the 1936 fiscal year totaled $315,281.80.
REVENUES
The revenues received during the fiscal year 1937 amounted to
$1,398,691.66, as compared with revenue receipts of $1,136,533.68 in
the 1936 fiscal year.
PUBLIC WORKS
The allocation of Public Works funds allowed for the continuation
during the fiscal year 1937 of road and trail construction work and
various other types of physical improvements necessary in the administration,
protection, and improvement of the park and monument
areas under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. Because of
exercised care in the selection of projects together with their geographical
distribution, there resulted the greatest possible financial spread
and maximum of relief to the unemployed in the vicinity of the farflung
areas administered by the National Park Service in the United
States, Hawaii, and Alaska.
The total allocation of Public Works funds to the end of the 1937
fiscal year, as compared with allocations for the fiscal year 1936, was
as follows:
Fiscal year 1936 Fiscal year 1937
Hoads and trails_______________________________ ________________________ $26,839,415.44
11,716,414.83
38,555,830.27
$26,762,558.20
12,030,475. 97
1,449,657.80
40,242,691.97
Physical improvements________________ _______________________________
Land acquisition for recreational demonstration projects.................................
Total_______________________________________ ._____ .____ .........
70 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The increase of Public Works allotments for the fiscal year 1937
over the fiscal year 1936 is $1,686,861.70. The greatest portion of
this increase is an allotment of $1,449,657.80 for the purchase of land
for recreational demonstration projects.
CONCLUSION
The foregoing report is primarily a statement of what the National
Park Service is doing to make the various units of the national park
and monument system accessible to and comfortable for the visiting
public, and to promote understanding of their priceless exhibits. Conservation
of the areas without use could be obtained by a strict guardianship
of the areas without development; but use combined with
conservation requires a technique unique to national park work.
Through the availability of emergency relief funds and workers,
great advances have been made in all lines of park conservation and
development with the single exception of furnishing adequate informational
service to visitors and prospective visitors through the printing
and distribution of sufficient supplies of booklets and leaflets to
meet the public demand.
Establishment of new Federal areas, and even more the consolidation
of all Federal park areas under the National Park Service, would
seem to presuppose the giving of service based upon that already
proved so successful in the older western national parks. An integral
part of that service is the furnishing of general information circulars.
Yet with a greatly augmented system from the standpoint of areas,
with phenomenally increasing interest in and visitation to the national
parks, with more cooperating agencies desiring printed information
upon the national park areas and upon National Park Service policies,
and with the establishment of a new travel bureau destined to spread
the gospel of national parks abroad and at home, the funds available
for printing informational material are steadily decreasing. During
the 1938 fiscal year actually less printing funds will be available for the
National Park Service than were available in 1932, despite the fact
that there were only 58 areas under the jurisdiction of the Service in
that year as against 139 at the close of the 1937 fiscal year; and that
during the 1932 travel year 3,754,596 persons visited the national park
and monument system as against 9,929,432 for the 1936 travel year.
An estimated increase of 25 percent is looked for during the present
travel year, based upon attendance during its first 9 months.
Even the above does not give the whole picture, for, of the exceedingly
limited printing funds, a much larger proportion must be diverted
to administrative printing than in 1932, because of the expansion of
the system both in number of areas administered and in new duties
occasioned by increased size and use.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 71
A degree of relief in this situation was obtained by the issuance of
informal, exceedingly inexpensive leaflets primarily on the historic and
archeological areas of the system through the Department’s multilithing
service. The ban placed on multilithing such leaflets through
the Comptroller General’s decision of August 3, 1936, has worked a
serious hardship upon the Service in its furnishing of information, since
printing of such leaflets is impossible with existing funds.
Too great emphasis cannot be given to the desirability of securing
additional printing funds to enable the Service to meet the public
demand for literature not only on the western scenic national parks,
for most of which a very inadequate supply of booklets is available,
but also for the newer eastern scenic parks and the many historical
parks and monuments throughout the country for which there is
practically no printed material for distribution.
72 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
N A T IO N A L PARK TABLE 1.—Holdings Acquired for National Park and Monument Purposes
’Includes 10,729.50 acres outside of the m in im u m area required for th e establishm ent of the park.
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 73
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 2.—Automobile and Motorcycle Licenses Issued and
Revenues Received, Fiscal Years 1936-37
Name of park
1936 1937
Automobiles
Motorcycles
Revenue Automobiles
Motorcycles
Revenue
30,718
3,100
23,896
55,721
8,947
5,008
39,187
38, 289
86,313
84,936
28,495
$30,718
3,100
23,946
55,721
8,952
5,008
39,187
38,289
259, 596
170,064
28,495
42,754
10,002
30,662
65,601
14,051
6,093
53,693
33,908
110,429
99,732
37,620
$42,754
10,002
30,748
65,601
14,062
6,093
53,693
33,908
331, 635
199,670
37,620
General Grant _________________
Glacier __ ______________________________ 50 86
Grand Canyon _ ______________________
Lassen Vol can io_________________ ________ 10 11
Alount Rain i p.r ______________________
Sequoia ________ -____ -_____________
Yellowstone ___________________________ 272
192
348
Vnsiernite _______________________________ 206
Total --- ------------------------4-0--4--,6--1--0------- 524 663,076 504,545 651 825,786
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 3.—Appropriations, Expenditures, and Revenues, Fiscal
Year 1937
Name of park Appropriated
Expenditures
and obligations
Revenues
received
Acadia---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bryce Canyon----------------------------------------------------------------------
Carlsbad Caverns..—1---------------------------------------------------------
Crater Lake—------------------ --------------------------------------------------
General Grant----------------------------------------------------------------------
Glacier---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grand Canyon---------------------------------------------------------------------
Grand Teton______________________________ -______________
Great Smoky Mountains__________________________________
Hawaii____________________________________________________
Hot Springs_______________________________________________
Lassen Volcanic-------------------------------------------------------------------
Mammoth Cave___________________________________________
Mesa Verde--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mesa Verde deficiency------------------------- ---------- ---------------------
Mount McKinley__________________________________________
Mount Rainier____________________________________________
National Capital Parks, United States---------------------------------
National Capital Parks, District of Columbia---------------------
Platt______________________________________________________
Rocky Mountain__________________________________________
Sequoia____________________________________________________
Shenandoah_______________________________________________
Wind Cave___________________ ____________________________
Yellowstone_______________________________________________
Yosemite____________________ _____________________________
Zion_______________________________________________________
National Historical Parks and Monuments________________
National Monuments______________________________________
National Military Parks and Monuments__________________
Blue Ridge Parkway___________ ___________________________
Boulder Dam recreation area_______________________________
National Park Service__ __________________________________
Public Buildings and Grounds_________ _______ ____ _______
Public Buildings and Grounds, deficiency_________________
Do____________________________________________________
General expenses, N. P. S_________________________________
Forest protection and fire prevention______________________
Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires__________
Emergency reconstruction and fighting forest fires, deficiency
Construction of roads and trails____________________________
Executive mansion and grounds___________________________
Executive mansion and grounds, deficiency________________
Appomattox Court House, N. H. M______ _______________„
Historic sites and buildings survey_________________________
Investigation and purchase of water rights_______ ____ ____
Commission of Fine Arts__________________________________
Mount Rushmore_________________________________________
Perry’s Victory Memorial_________________________________
P. W. projects, roads and trails, 1933-37____________________
P. W. projects, physical improvements, 1933-37____________
£• W\ End acquired for recreation demonstration projects____
E. C. W. (1933-37) (allotments program)____________ 1_____
W. P. A., 1935-37__________________________________________
$46,000.00
12,000. 00
64,000.00
62,600.00
15,000. 00
175,000.00
113,500. 00
19,900.00
59,900.00
45,600. 00
71, 200. 00
28, 400. 00
47,250.00
10,000.00
25,000.00
121,800. 00
166,000.00
908,410.00
20, 600. 00
82,000.00
99,500. 00
39,800. 00
15,900.00
391, 250.00
284,000.00
39,800. 00
109,400.00
167,000. 00
257,900. 00
10,000.00
189,880.00
6,535,900.00
1,150,000.00
421,315.00
27,000.00
90,000. 00
40,000.00
130,000. 00
6,500,000.00
143.098. 00
78,000.00
2 100,000. 00
24,000.00
25,000.00
9,700. 00
100,000.00
4,000.00
26,762,558. 20
12,030,475.97
1,449, 657. 80
82,250,467. 66
24,274,090. 89
$44,653. 26
11,908.88
62, 634. 06
66,595. 62
14,728. 62
172,339. 68
114, 228. 52
20,070.74
56,924.94
44,687.84
68,803.97
32, 238.66
48,016.48
105. 92
24,487.54
126, 502.85
163,654. 44
891,469. 01
20,251.17
80,152. 50
106,090.11
38, 615.55
15,858. 65
407,067.69
292,301. 57
45, 668. 60
105, 251. 75
158, 294. 20
243,348. 22
9, 674.79
170,680. 40
7, 264,395. 71
26,842.13
77,063. 66
74,207.19
11,886,550. 55
141, 256. 43
77,981.00
9,759. 25
21,848.07
9,476.17
88,557. 50
2,744. 25
23,717,959.69
11,520,664. 42
972,163. 60
13,638,312.00
$405. 50
238,705.81
45,384.72
10,039. 40
39, 621.91
82,055.89
232. 67
8,097.44
1,725.62
36, 662.00
14,083. 78
117. 50
6,903.11
227. 60
57,478. 51
11,182.54
2.00
1,617. 25
55,412. 57
1, 437.98
9,941. 20
412,983. 27
309,085. 20
37,841.67
689. 55
2, 228. 06
5,075. 48
52. 50
5.44
408. 04
5, 748. 45
3, 239.00
Total. 165,843,853. 52 63,187,087. 85 1, 398, 691. 66
1 Represents expenditures only. 2 Available until expended.
74 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 4.—Summary of Appropriations for the Administration,
Protection, and Improvement of the National Parks and National Monuments, together
With the Revenues Received, for the Fiscal Years 1917 1 to 1937, Inclusive
Year Department
1917 Interior Department__________________________________
War Department ______________________________ ______
1918 Interior Department__________________________________
War Department_____________________________________
1919 Interior Department_________________________________
War Department.. __________________________________
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1933-35
1934
1935
1936
1937
Appropriation Revenues
$537,366. 67
247,200.00
------------------$784,566.67 $180,652.30
530,680.00
217,500.00
2 217,330.55
963,105.00
50,000.00
50,000.00
------------------ 1,013,105.00 196,678.03
907,070.76 316,877.96
1,058,969.16 396,928.27
1,433,220.00 432,964.89
1,446,520.00 513,706.36
1,892,601.00
3,027,657. 00
663,886.32
670,920.98
3,258,409.00 826,454.17
3,698,920.00 703,849.60
4,889,685.00 808, 255.81
4,754,015.00 849,272.95
7,813,817.18 1,015, 740.56
12,113,435.00 940,364.79
12,831,250.00 820,654.19
10,640,620.00 628,182.06
53,402,249.00
10,983,089.00 731,331.80
12,461,513. 00 907,189.96
16, 686,090.00 1,136,533.68
18,190,490.00 1,398,691.66
1 For summary of appropriations and revenues prior to 1917 see 1920 Annual Report, p. 359.
5 The revenues from the various national parks were expendable during the years 1904 to 1918, inclusive,
with the exception of those received from Crater Lake, Mesa Verde, and Rocky Mountain National Parks,
he revenues from which were turned into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 5.—Statement of Appropriations and Authorizations for
Road and Trail Work in the National Parks and National Monuments 1 2
Appropriation acts Fiscal
year
Cash appropriation
Authority
to enter
into contractual
obligations
Total program
by
fiscal year
Act Dee. 5,1924; 43 Stat. 686_______________________________ 1925 > $1,000,000
1, 500,000
$1,000,000
2,500,000
2,500,000
Act Mar. 3, 1925; 43 Stat. 1179_____________________________ 1926 2$1,000,000
2 1,500, 000
2 2,500,000
Act May 16, 1926; 44 Stat. 491 ____________________________ 1927 2,000,000
Act Jam 12,1927; 44 Stat. 966______________________________ 1928 2,000,000
1,000,000
2,500,000
First Deficiency Act, Dec. 22, 1927; 45 Stat. 19_____________ 3,000,000
5,000,000
3,500,000
Act Mar. 7, 1928; 45 Stat. 237______________________________ 1929 2 4,000,000
Act Mar. 4, 1929; 45 Stat. 1601_____________________________ 1930 5,000,000 2 2,500,000
Act May 14,1930; 46 Stat. 319 ____________________________ ( 5,000.000
{ 1,500,000
578,800
Act Dec. 20,1930; emergency construction__ ___-___ ______
| 1931
2 2,500,000
Emergency construction funds transferred by the President.
Act Feb. 14, 1931; 46 Stat. 1115 ___________________________
7,078,800
1932 5,000,000
2,500,000
4, 500,000
2 2,850,000
Second Deficiency Act 1931; Mar. 4,1931__________________ 7, 850,000
Act Apr. 22, 1932;”47 Stat. 126, 127 _________________________ 1933 ’ 2,500,000 7,150,000
Emergency construction and relief _______________________ 3,000,000
Act Feb. 17, 1933; 47 Stat. 852, 853 ________________________ 1934 2,435,700 —64,300
5,000,000
7,500,000
6,500,000
Emergency construction ______ _ ________ ____ ____ 1935 5.000,000
7,500,000
6,500,000
Act May 9. 1935; Public, No. 53, 74th Cong _____________ 1936
Act June 22, 1936; Public, No. 741, 74th Cong.. __________ 1937
Total appropriated-________________________________ 58,514,500
Total program to date ____________________________ 58,514,500
1 Of this amount $4,290.39 was reappropriated Dec. 22, 1927 <45 Stat. 46), and $510 on May 29, 1928 (45
Stat. 933).
2 Funds appropriated in next year.
1 $64,300 of this amount was not appropriated in 1934.

76 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
N A T IO N A L PARKS TABLE 6.—Forest-fire Statistics, Calendar Year, 1936—Continued
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 77
1 Class C. 2 Class B ; class C.
78 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 7.—Buildings in the District of Columbia Maintained,
Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service
in their entirety.
2 Gross area.
* Protection service only is provided.
Building Location
Governmentowned
gross
floor area
Rented net
floor area
Agriculture, Administration-----
Agriculture, Annex (Economics).
Agriculture, Mechanical Shops.
Agriculture (South)
The Mall at 13th St________________________
Square feet
307, 692
86,000
32,058
2,056,430
Square feet
12th and C Sts. SW_ _ ________ _ ______ •
13th St. and Constitution Ave. NW_______
12th, 14th and C Sts. and Independence Ave.
SW.
A rchivps Constitution Ave. between 7th and 9th Sts. 496,200
A rlin ^ton
NW.
Vermont Ave. and H St. NW____ ______ 575,000
Army JMe-dical "Musp,um 7th St. and Independence Ave. SW___ ____ 83,938
Atlantic 928-30 F St. NW'.__________________________ 38,337
Barber Ar "Ross i 11th and G Sts. NW_______________________ 2 30,750
■Rnrr 1 910 17th St. NW____________________________ 26,262
"Rurp.au of Fisheries 6th St. and Independence Ave. SW________ 39,131
C St NW 2115 35,000
Capitol Courts SW , 43—49 2 2,500
Carry 3 927 15th St. NW___________________________ 8,872
12th, 13th, C and D Sts. SW_______________
City Club i 1320 G St.' NW_____________________________ 48,610
Civil Service 7th, 9th, F and G Sts. NW____________ ... 246, 244
COTTUTIP.rCP, Constitution Ave. between 14th and 15th— 1, 605,066
Connecticut Avp , NW , 815 2 100,000
Connecting wing Between new I. C. C. and Labor Bldgs____ 234,100
"Daily Np,ws 1322 New York Ave. NW _________________ 22,000
"Dp. Moll 3 12th and G Sts. NW _____________________ 15,243
■R Ruilding 6th St. and Main Ave. SW_________________ 231,771
R St NW 1300 274,323
E St NW ’ 1345 1 7,544
Executive Office West Executive Ave____ ___________________ 40,000
F Ruilding 7th St. and Constitution Ave. NW_________ 266,560
F St NW 918 20 1 1,230
F St NW ’ 1723 25 20,369
F St NW ’ 1724 2 46,946
Fed. Home Loan Bank Board..
Florida A ve NE 60
101 Indiana Ave. NW______________________ 278, 700
27,200
G St NW 1328 3 4,000
G St NW 1712 (annex') 8,166
G St" NW \ 1712 2 84,981
Garage (Veterans’ Administration.)
Ga.ra ge
Kansas Ave. and Upshur St. NW__________ 43,723
3d and Canal Sts. SW______________________ 48,000
1126 21st St. NW___________________________ 2 90,788
Gara°e (Interior) 21st St. and Virginia Ave. NW____________ 36,000
Garage 24th and M Sts. NW_______________ _______ 2 48,800
General Accounting____________
IT St. NW 1510
Judiciary Square------------------------------------------ 196, 554
8,738
P St NW 1712 1 8,090
H St NW ’ 1825 2 199,344
Hurley-W right_________________ 18th St and Pe.nnsvlvania Ave. NW_______ 2 95,091
T St NW 1004 489
T St. NW ' 1624 2 13,000
4,239
17, 408
Interior __ _________________ C F 18th and 19th Sts. NW. _ 1,308,300
E, F, 18th and 19th Sts. NW_______________ 726,535
Internal Revenue______________ Constitution Ave. between 10th and 12th 1,281,000
Interstate Commerce__________
Sts. NW.
456,700
In vestment3 15th and K Sts. NW_____________ ________ 18,620
Justice ______________________ Constitution Ave. between 9th and 10th Sts. 1,237,000
K" St NW 1415 i
NW.
5,374
K St NW ’ 1435 15,000
R" St NW ’ 1437 ! 20,000
K St NW ’ 1518 10,632
Kalorama Rd N"W 1700 28,000
Tvahor 14th St. and Constitution Ave. NW------------ 447,000
1028 Connecticut Ave. NW________________ 49.416
1729 New York Ave. NW__________________ 25,975
1523 L St. NW_____________________________ 22.000
514 10th St. NW___________________________ 13,938
M St NW 2214 16 9,317
824-26 7th St. NW. _______________________ 10,683
i Either maintenance, operation, or protection or all three classes of service provided only
of the building. All other buildings except 1001 Vermont Ave., NW., maintained, operated,
for a portion
or protected
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 79
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 7.—Buildings in the District of Columbia Maintained,
Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service—Continued
Building Location
Governmentowned
gross
floor area
Rented net
floor area
Square feet Svuare feet
McKinley Park buildings___ 65,633
Massachusetts Ave. NW., 2000 2 24,309
Massachusetts Ave. NW., 2020__ 19, 242
Mather3 _ _____________ 916 G at. NW______________________________ 12,323
11th and F Sts. NW_______________________ 97,378
Munitions_____________________ Constitution Ave. between 19th and 21st 851,940
Sts. NW.
National Theater3_____________ 1325 E St. NW_____________________________ 16,000
Constitution Ave. between 17th and 19th 949,182
Sts. NW.
Ouray1 - -___ ___ - - 801 G St. NW______________________________ 17, 557
Pp.nnsvlvania Ave. NW., 1778. s 207,550
Post Office (new)_______ _______ Pennsylvania Ave. between 12th and 13th 840,000
Sts. NW.
Post Office (old)__ _ __ 12th St. and Pennsylvania Ave. NW._____ 377,951
Potomac Park Apartment__ __ 306 21st St. NW... .. ___ ____ _ _____ 108,000
Procurement Division Sth, 9th, C and D Sts. SW.... __________ 886, 750
Public Health_________________ Constitution Ave. between 19th and 20th 79,931
Sts. NW.
Kizik3__ _ _______________ 1737 L St. NW_____________________________ 15,983
South Capitol St., 401__________ 55.080
Standard Oil 3_ _ __________ 261 Constitution Ave. NW. .. ____________ 36,762
State Department.. . ______ 17th and Pennsylvania Ave. NW__________ 440,250
Storage Building & Vault______ Missouri Ave. between 4’2 and 6th Sts. NW. 5; 949
Tariff Commission__ _ . 7th, 8th, E and F Sts. NW___________ ______ 140,118
Tempo No. 2____ .. ________ 19th and D Sts. NW_______________________ 78, 240
IT Street NW., 1331-41 .. 2 85,725
Vermont Ave. NW., 10013_____ «119,000
Vermont Ave. NW.J 10203_____ 3,693-
Vermont Ave. NW., 1025______ 54, 696
Vermont Court NW., 1126.__ 13; 631
Walker-Johnson_______________ 1734 New York Ave. NW__________________ »110, 312
Wilkins____ .. ___________ 1514 H St. NW_____________________________ 54,000
Willard________ ________ _ 513-15 14th St. NW _______________________ 26, 543
Winder. .. _____ ___ 17th and F Sts. NW________________________ 63, 880
7th St. NW., 425.. . _______ 7,000
8th St. SW., 215______________ 5,970
10th St. NW., 1918___________ 48,799
12th St. SW., 224_________ 13,204
14th St. NW., 509 i ___________ 6, 540
14th St. NW., 1840 ________ .. 30, 500
15th St. NW., 821__________ 10,446
18th St. NW., 718______________ > 41,330
19th St. NW., 1220______ ______ 2 44, 100
21st St. NW., 1503 _____ 2 5,' 500
26th St. NW., 501-13 3 ... .. 22, 200
Total_____ _ _________
•
17,570,899 2, 399,325
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 8.—Buildings Outside the District of Columbia Maintained,
Operated, and Protected by the National Park Service
Building Location
Governmentowned
gross
floor area
Broadway, 45_______________________________
Courthouse_______ .. ________ .. _____
Do___________ _______________
Do___________
Do_____________ ______________"_______
Federal Office—
Do___________ " ..
Immigration Station.____ ___________________
Museum___________________________________
Old Customhouse...—____ Z.———
Do_____________________________________
Old Post Office... .. _____
Sub-Treasury_______________________________
New York City, N. Y------------------------------
Aiken, S. C______________________________
New York City, N. Y------------------------------
Parkersburg, W. Va______________________
Santa Fe, N. Mex________________________
Des Moines, Iowa________________________
Galveston, Tex___________________________
Baltimore, Md___________________________
Morristown, N. J________________________
Denver, Colo_____________________________
Salem, Mass_____________________________
Sacramento, Calif________________________
New York City, N. Y------------------------------
Square feet
142, 500
17,474
655, 787
34,900
47, 600
64,200
15,000
98,000
1 19,000
72,500
> 11, 520
47, 600
72,000
Total. 1, 298,081
1 Approximate gross floor areas.
80 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 9.—Memorials Maintained, Operated, and Protected by
the National Park Service
Memorial Location Gross floor
area
Columbus Fountain__________________________
District of Columbia War Memorial__________
Lee Mansion_________________________________
Lincoln House________________________________
Lincoln Memorial____________________ ,_______
Lincoln Museum_____________________________
Washington Monument______________________
Union Station Plaza___________ ____________
West Potomac Park________________________
Arlington, Va______________________________
516 10th St. NW____________________________
West Potomac Park________________________
511 10th St., NW___________________________
The Mall between 14th and 17th Sts_______
Square feet
7,252
4,234
30,516
Total___________________________________ -------------------------------------------------------------- 41,996 NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10.—Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian
Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1,
1936 to June 30, 1937
Item
Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30, 1937
New construction Maintenance
Unit
National
parks and
monuments
State
parks
Combined
total
national
parks and
State
parks
National
parks and
monuments
Foot bridges____________________________ Number______ 23 122 145 22
Horse bridges_______________________ ... Number______ 18 9 27 8
Vehicle bridges_________________________ Number______ 11 103 114 28
.Buildings, barns__________________ ______ Number_____ 2 5 7 8
Buildings, bath houses__ _______________ Number______ 3 20 23
Buildings, cabins, overnight___ _______- Number______ 10 286 296
Combination buildings__ _______________ Number______ 51 51
Buildings, contact station______________ Number_____ 11 14 25 4
Dwellings______________ ______________ Number______ 55 50 105 343
Equipment and supply storage houses— Number__ ___ 32 117 149 20
Garages______ ___________________ Number______ 22 143 165 5
Latrines and toilets______ _____________ Number______ 99 216 315 86
Lodges_____ .. ________________________ Number_____ 20 20 7
Lookout houses ______________________ Number______ 14 14 5
Lookout towers_________________________ Number______ 10 4 14 4
Museums____ _ _________________ ______ Number______ 3 1 4 8
Shelters, trailside - .. _______________ Number______ 3 98 101
Shelters, other._______ _________________ Number______ 94 94 6
Other buildings _________________ Number_____ 34 205 239 65
Cribbing, including filling______________ Cubic yard__ 2,875 19,087 21,962 5,081
Dams, impounding and large diversion.. Number_____ 5 32 37 3
Dams, concrete for ___________ ______ Cubic yard. .. 220 32, 718 32.938
Dams, earth fill for______ _______________ Cubic yard___ 13,690 598, 794 612,484 150
Dams, rock fill for Cubic yard__ 4,662 4,662
Dams, earth excavation for_____ _______ Cubic yard... 325,144 325, 144 1,404
Dams, rock excavation for______ Cubic yard___ 30 20, 215 20,245
Dams, masonry for_____________________ Cubic yard___ 130 IL 286 11, 416
Dams, riprap for____________________ ... Square yard—. 48 38,062 38; 110 30
Dams, steel for . .. __________________ Pound_______ 576, 258 576,258
Fences__________________________________ Rod__________ 26,900. 4 65, 317 92,217.4 76,175
Guard rails____ ________________ Rod_________ 2, 647 23,423. 3 2, 607.03 1,573
Levees, dykes, and jetties ____ Cubic yard.__ 8,000 185, 923 193, 923
Power lines ___ " . _______________ Mile________ 6.3 50. 7 57.0 20.9
Sewage and waste disposal Square yard__ 55,148 55,148
Sewage and waste disposal tanks and Number_____ 21 ' 171 ' 192 2
pools.
Incinerators . _ Number______ 9 42 51
Sewer lines________ _____________________ Linear foot___ 37,060 106,554 143,614 6,531
Other sewage disposal. ..__ ___________ Man-days.. — 5,429 4,590 10,019 596
Telephone lines ________ ____________ Mile...'._____ 124.5 ' 109 233.5 1,973.1
Drinking fountains Number ____ 18 162 180
Water supply, open ditches Linear foot._ 1, 200 4, 739 5,930
Water supply, pipe or tile lines______ .. Linear foot___ 105,055 345,267 450,322 18,734
Springs, water holes Number______ 30 105 135
Water storage facilities (omit last 900) Gallon 632. 3 632. 3
Wells___________________________________ Number______ 13 110 123 2
THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE 81
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10.—Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian
Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1,
1936 to June 30,1937—Continued
Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30, 1937
Item
New construction Maintenance
Unit
National
parks and
monuments
State
parks
Combined
total
national
parks and
State
parks
National
parks and
monuments
Other water supply _________________ Man-days____ 2, 718 7,335 10,053 2.745
Camp stoves, etc______________________ Number______ '429 2,268 2,697 72
Cattle guards _ - _____________________ Number______ 31 31 1
Corrals__ ______________________________ Number______ 9 6 15 2
Portals_______ _________________________ Numb er______ 6 34 40
Seats ___ ____________________________ Number______ 280 5,993 6,273 77
Signs_ ______ _________________________ Number______ 6, 670 4,521 11,191 2,418
Stone walls_____ _______________________ Rod__________ 1,578. 5 3,986. 8 5, 565.3 70
Table and bench combinations_________ Number______ 684 ' 4,394 5,078 22
Tool boxes _ _ ______________ Number_____ 5 ' 105 ' 110
Miscellaneous structural improvements— Number______ 203 4,357 4,560 3
Radio stations ____ __________________ Number____ 3 3 43
Airplane landing fields ________________ Number_____ 1 1
Truck trails______ _____________________ Mile_________ 98.8 210.7 309.5 955.4
Minor roads___________________________ Mile_________ 99.3 99.3 1,274. 3
Highway maintenance________ _________ Mile__________ 1,731.4
Park roads________ _____________________ Mile_________ 344.3 344.3
Foot trails_ - - -_______________ Mile____ __ 93.8 301 394. 8 305.3
Horse trails —. .. _____________________ Mile_________ 119 3 153.6 272.9 1,926.8
Stream and lake bank protection Square yard__ 23,194 235, 797 258, 991
Erosion treatment of gullies; area treated . Acre__________ 3, 758. 7 2,259. 2 6, 017. 9 307.2
Gullies, bank sloping___________________ Square yard— 409,680 236, 589 646, 269 192, 248
Gullies, permanent check dams____ ____ Number______ 345 2, 514 2,859
Gullies, temporary cheek dams_ _______ Number______ 791 L946 2,737 1, 526
Gullies, seeding and sodding____________ Square yard— 193, 542 49< 116 687, 658 170i 793
Gullies, tree planting _________________ Square yard... 220,972 83, 500 304, 472
Gullies, diversion ditches_______________ Linear feet.__ 108,209 22, 582 130, 791 4,680
Terracing ______ _______ Mile_________ 1 5.1 6.1
Sheet erosion planting_____ _____________ Acre______ _ 1,005 1,005
Limestone quarrying_____ _____________ Ton_________ ' 700 ' 700
Miscellaneous erosion control _ _______ Man-days.._ 65, 491 65,491
Clearing and cleaning, channels ______ Square yard. 86,820 86,820
Clearing and cleaning, reservoir sites__ Acre . __ __ 60 284.7 344.7
Excavation, canals, channels, ditches, Cubic yard 24,242 1,082,105 1,106, 347
earth.
Excavation, canals, channels, ditches, Cubic yard___ 370 45,773 46,143
rock.
Pipe lines and conduits - Linear feet___ 6,104 500 6, 604
Riprap or paving, rock or concrete______ Square yard... 5,281 42,188 47, 469
Riprap or paving, brush or willows_____ Square yard__ 1,388 1, 388
Water control structures, concrete or Cubic yard___ 725 3,681 4,406
or masonry for.
W ater control structures, wood for______ Ft. b. m. ___ 5, 504 42, 450 47,954 3,831
Water control structures, other than Number______ 62 ' 185 247 11
dams, number.
Field planting or seeding (trees)________ Acre__________ 4, 259. 7 6, 713. 6 10,973. 3 5,366. 7
Forest stand improvement__ __________ Acre. _______ 64 1,203 1, 267
Nurseries___ Man-day____ 16, 694 39,477 56, 171 2,583
Tree seed collection., conifers-_____ ____ Bushel..__ _ ' 177 102 279
Tree seed collection, hardwoods_________ Pound_______ 4, 269 14,510 18, 779
Fighting forest fires!___________________ Man-day__ 34, 281 127, 749 162,030
Fire breaks_____ Mile_________ 12.8 331. 2 344.0 37.9
Fire hazard reduction, roadside_________ Mile_________ 146.9 153.7 300.6
■Fire hazard reduction, trail-side____ Mile.. . 51.5 162. 5 214.0
Other fire hazard reduction_____________ Acre_________ 7,146. 2 19, 601.3 26, 747. 5
Fire prosuppression_____________________ Man-day_____ 39,814 51,190 91,004
Fire prevention _ Man-day_____ 1,355 2,758 4, 113
Tree and plant disease control__________ Acre_________ 5, 269 33, 338. 6 38, 607. 6
Tree insect pest control_________________ Acre__ _______ 16, 530. 9 61,497 78,027. 9 4,314
Beach improvement- Acre_________ 56 230.1 286.1 1.3
Fine grading, road slopes_______ _______ Souare yard... 1,194. 093 3, 260,906 4, 454,999 2, 521
Lake or pond site clearing..__ _ ______ Acre____ ____ 1,021 2,144. 2 3,165. 2
Landscaping, undifferentiated-. _______ Acre__ _______ 11,151. 6 3, 883 15,034. 6 486.6
Moving and planting trees and shrubs.— Number______ 522, 716 1,995,402 2,518,118 488, 548
Obliteration, roads Mile_________ 44. 1 72.5 116.6
Obliteration, trails. . Mile 3 11. 7 14. 7
Obliteration, borrow pits. __________ Man-day_____ 15, 206 65,428 80, 634
Parking areas and overlooks______ Square yard— 86,370 774, 578 860,948 2.000
82 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
NATIONAL PARKS TABLE 10.—Statement Showing Work Accomplished at Civilian
Conservation Corps Camps Under the Jurisdiction of the National Park Service July 1,
1936 to June 30, 1937—Continued
Total work accomplished July 1, 1936-June 30,1937
Maintenance
New construction
Item
Unit
National
parks and
monuments
State
parks
Combined
total
national
parks and
State
parks
National
parks and
monuments
Public camp ground development______ Acre______ 158. 7 204. 5 363.2 460 2
Public picnic ground development- __ Acre________ 63.9 364.3 428. 2 406 7
Razing undesirable structures_________. Number ___ 776 2,606 2,782
Seed collection, flowers, grasses, shrubs-- Pound_______ 2,599 4, 367 6,966
Seeding or sodding- ___________________ Acre_________ 519. 1 1,993. 5 2,512. 6 5,126.7
Soil preparation (fertilizing, etc.)__ Acre__ __ ___ 393 1,109 1, 502 2
Vista or other selective cutting ________ Acre__ _______ 230.7 2,086. 6 2, 317. 3
Walks; concrete, gravel, cinder, etc_____ Linear foot. _. 21,342 52,468 73,810 7,306
Fish rearing ponds . __________ _ .. Number____ 9 29 38 25
Food and cover planting. ____ _________ Acre__ _______ 15 7,414.6 7,429. 6 1,725
Lake and pond development___________ Man-day_____ 81 28, 345 28,426
Stocking fish____________________ _______ Number. ___ 1,196,820 ' 156,237 1,353, 057
Stream development __________________ Mile_________ 11. 1 12.8 23.9
Other wildlife activity_____ _________ Man-day____ 8,548 6, 666 15, 214
Emergencv wildlife feeding______ _ Man-day_____ ' 116 116
Education, guide and contact station Man-day___ _ 51,700 38,610 90,310
work.
Searching for or rescuing persons- _____ Man-day_____ 1,608 4, 395 6,003
Other emergency work______________ .. Man-day... .. 9, 271 132,024 141, 295
Eradication of poisonous weeds or exotic Acre________ 5,009 1, 633. 4 6, 642. 4
plants.
Experimental plots.. __________________ Number____ 12 8 20 1
Insect pest control.___ _________________ Acre__ _______ 600 600
Type and topographic maps___ _________ Man-day_____ 3,160 5,444 8, 604
Relief maps and models________________ Man-day... . 2,193 540 2,733
Marking boundaries.._____________ ___ Mile_________ 136.5 134.1 270.6
Mosquito control Acre. 40 5.391. 2 5,431.2
Preparation and transportation of ma- Man-day... .. 83,964 562,396 646,360
terials.
Archaeological, reconnaissance and in- Man-day_____ 13,854 20, 525 34, 379
vestigation.
Reconnaissance and investigation, other. Man-day.___ 2,417 21, 620 24,037
Restoration of historic structures Number. 934 58 992
Rodent control______ Acre________ 2,050 2,050
Grade line surveys _____ ______________ Mile_________ 120. 1 488. 7 608.8
Ground water surveys__________________ Acre_______ _ 410 410
Lineal surveys____ Mile_________ 701.5 1, 683. 9 2, 385.4
Topographic surveys__ _______________ . Acre_______ _ 5,208. 4 265,341. 6 270, 550
Type surveys___ Acre____ 715 50,710.4 51, 425.4
Other surveys__________________________ Man-day____ 4,734 9, 092 13,826
Tree preservation. ___________________ Man-day_____ 21,140 27, 605 48, 745
Unclassifiable Man-day..._ 5,898 1,092 6,990
GENERAL LAND OFFICE
Fred W. Johnson, Commissioner
SINCE the passage of the act of June 28, 1934 (48 Stat. 1269), known
as the Taylor Grazing Act, as amended by the act of June 26, 1936
(49 Stat. 1976), and the withdrawal of the public lands from entry by
Executive orders of November 26, 1934, and February 5, 1935, nos.
6910 and 6964, respectively, the work of the General Land Office has
undergone a very decided change. Conservation rather than disposals
is the dominant note in the administration of the public lands
under existing laws. With some exceptions, which hereinafter will
be noted under the heading “Present Status of Public Lands in Connection
With General Withdrawals”, the public lands may now be
disposed of only after appropriate classifications.
While formerly the public lands were open range, subject to unrestricted
grazing use, more than 110,000,000 acres of such lands have
been included within grazing districts established under the abovementioned
acts, and grazing leases have been issued under the supervision
of this Office regulating the grazing use of approximately
5,643,000 acres outside of such grazing districts. Such regulation
will tend to prevent overgrazing of the lands and consequent soil
deterioration.
In order to secure the more economical administration of the remaining
lands both within and outside of grazing districts, the Taylor
Grazing Act provides for exchanges of lands with the States and with
individuals. The States and individuals making the exchanges will
also benefit through the consolidation of their respective holdings.
Applications for such exchanges were pending at the close of the year
involving more than 2,375,000 acres of public land. The present
status of such applications will be given under appropriate titles.
In connection with the oil and gas resources, it may be noted that
on June 30, 1937, there were pending 4,237 applications for oil and
gas leases under the act of ^ugust 21, 1935 (49 Stat. 674), amending
the mineral leasing act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), in the
83
84 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
interest of conservation. Further reference to these and other applications
under the mineral leasing acts will be made under the title
“Mineral Leases and Mining Claims.”
The area included in original entries, selections, and filings made
during the year was 124,530 acres, as against 425,834 acres for the
preceding year. For the most part, such entries, selections, and
filings were based on applications filed or rights initiated prior to the
withdrawal of the public lands from entry by Executive orders of
November 26, 1934, no. 6910, and February 5, 1935, no. 6964. However,
155 reclamation homestead entries were made for 17,463 acres
of public lands and 24 forest homestead entries were made for 1,655
acres, the said Executive orders having been construed by the Department
not to prohibit the allowance of such entries. In addition, 26
reclamation homestead entries were made for 3,561 acres of ceded
Indian land, which was subject to such disposition.
The area embraced in final entries, selections, and filings made during
the year was 2,026,203 acres, an increase of 88,677 acres over the
area included in such entries during the preceding year.
Altogether, 6,279 patents were issued for 2,114,142 acres, while
during the preceding year 8,238 patents were issued for 2,216,684
acres. Minerals in some form were reserved in 69 percent of all land
patented. Under State grants, 74,420 acres were certified to States
as indemnity school selections and as quantity selections under
grants for specific purposes.
The area which, on June 30, 1937, was embraced in unperfected
entries upon which final proof of compliance with the law was not
due or had not been presented, was 9,555,102 acres.
There were furnished during the year 41,364 certified and uncertified
copies of entry papers, plats, field notes, patents, etc., for which
there were received amounts aggregating $11,961.70. In addition,
there were furnished for official use by this and other departments
and agencies, 53,900 copies of such items. The total number of
copies furnished shows a decrease of 1,650, or about 1% percent under
the preceding year; the receipts from such copies show an increase of
$1,134.95, or more than 10 percent over the preceding year.
Reports were submitted on 128 Senate and House bills, and necessary
orders and instructions have been prepared or are in course of
preparation in connection with 24 bills, public and private, affecting
the public lands, which are enacted into law. Reports were made on
five enrolled bills.
Twelve cases have been found in which, through inadvertence,
patents have been issued without mineral reservations required by
law and more than 6 years have elapsed since the patents were issued.
In all of such cases field investigations have been requested by this
Office with a view either to obtaining appropriate reconveyances from
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 85
the patentees or, if not obtainable, for the purpose of securing data
needed as a basis for civil proceedings in the courts, looking to the
recovery of the erroneously patented mineral deposits.
Three hundred and eleven letters were written in connection with
pending and proposed suits, application of agents or attorneys for
admission to practice before the Department, and charges preferred
against United States Commissioners, registers, attorneys, and others.
Twenty civil suits were recommended to cancel leases for oil and
gas, coal, potash, borax, and sodium; to cancel patents issued through
fraud; and in connection with timber trespass. Eighteen cases were
reported won and six lost. As a result of such suits, judgments and
compromises have been reported amounting to $11,629.11, of which
$11,353.45 was paid, and 240.63 acres were recovered.
Seventy-one applications of agents and attorneys for admission to
practice before the Department were considered, of which 69 were
approved and 2 rejected.
The number of letters and reports received for consideration or
answer from all sources during the year was 135,106, and 68,432 letters
and decisions were written. The latter figure does not include letters
prepared for signature in the Department.
There were decided on principles of equity and referred to the Board
of Equitable Adjudication and confirmed 1,652 homestead entries of
public lands, 35 homestead entries of ceded Indian lands, 25 reclamation
homesteads, and 37 desert-land entries.
Descriptions of lands were furnished for orders establishing grazing
districts, and diagrams to accompany the orders, showing the exterior
boundaries of each district and other pertinent data, were prepared.
Estimates were submitted giving the area of the unappropriated, unreserved
public lands in each established grazing district.
In land exchanges made for the benefit of other bureaus, this Office
examined abstracts of title covering about 150,000 acres.
On June 30, 1937, there were 252 employees of the General Land
Office in Washington, 72 in the district land offices, 136 in the field
surveying service, and 3 in the Chippewa logging service.
EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK
The work of controlling the coal fires that for years have been destroying
the irreplaceable federally owned coal beds in the vicinity of
Little Thunder Basin, Wyo., was resumed on May 9 and continued to
October 15, 1936, from two C. C. C. camps located at Gillette, Wyo.,
and operated under the jurisdiction of the General Land Office.
The report for the year again shows that not a single lost-time accident
has resulted to any enrollee notwithstanding the fact that the
work is perhaps the most hazardous carried on by any C. C. C. camp.
86 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
During the season work was conducted on 14 different projects,
involving 11 separate and distinct underground coal fires, 1 emergency
forest fire, 1 emergency prairie fire, and a miscellaneous undertaking.
PRESENT STATUS OF PUBLIC LANDS IN CONNECTION WITH
GENERAL WITHDRAWALS
General withdrawals.—By Executive order of November 26, 1934,
no. 6910, issued under authority of the act of June 25, 1910 (36 Stat.
847), as amended by the act of August 24, 1912 (37 Stat. 497), the
vacant, unreserved, and unappropriated public lands in the States of
Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming were
temporarily withdrawn from settlement, location, sale, or entry, subject
to existing valid rights. This order was amended by Executive order
of May 20, 1935, no. 7048, so as to make it applicable to all lands within
the States mentioned upon the cancelation or release of prior entries,
selections, or claims, or upon the revocation of prior withdrawals, unless
expressly otherwise provided in the order of revocation, and so as
to authorize the Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, to accept
title to land offered in exchange under the provisions of section 8 of the
Taylor Grazing Act. The order of November 26, 1934, was further
amended by Executive order of November 26, 1935, no. 7235, so as to
permit sales under section 14 and the issuance of leases under section
15 of the Taylor Grazing Act, and so as not to debar the recognition
or allowance of bona fide nonmetalliferous mining claims. The order
of November 26, 1934, was further amended by Executive order of
January 14, 1936, no. 7274, so as to exclude from the operation thereof
all lands which were then or might thereafter be included within grazing
districts established pursuant to the provisions of the Taylor Grazing
Act, so long as such lands remain a part of any such grazing
district.
By Executive Order No. 6964, of February 5, 1935, issued under
authority of the said act of June 25, 1910, as amended, all public
lands in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana,
Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, Oklahoma, Washington,
and Wisconsin were temporarily withdrawn from settlement, location,
sale, or entry subject to valid existing rights. This order was amended
by Executive order of May 6, 1936, no. 7363, so as to permit exchanges
under section 8, sales under section 14, and the issuance of leases under
section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act.
Classification jor entry under any law authorized.—Section 7 of the
Taylor Grazing Act of June 28, 1934 (48 Stat. 1269), as amended by
section 2 of the act of June 26, 1936 (49 Stat. 1976), authorizes the
Secretary of the Interior, in his discretion, to examine, classify, and
open to appropriate entry any lands withdrawn by the Executive
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 87
order of November 26, 1934, as amended, or the Executive order of
February 5,1935, or any lands within a grazing district, which are more
valuable or suitable for the production of agricultural crops than for
the production of native grasses and forage crops, or more valuable
or suitable for any other use than for the use provided for under said
act, or proper for acquisition in satisfaction of any outstanding lien,
exchange, or scrip rights or land grant, except that homestead entries
may not be allowed for tracts exceeding 320 acres in area. Revised
instructions governing the filing of applications for entry, selection, or
location under said section 7 were approved June 29, 1937, Circular
No. 1353.
The said section 7, as amended, further provides that locations and
entries under the mining laws, including the act of February 25, 1920
(41 Stat. 437), as amended, may be made upon such withdrawn and
reserved areas without regard to classification and without restrictions
or limitation by any provision of the act.
UNAPPROPRIATED PUBLIC LANDS
The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands as of
June 30, 1934, the date on which a computation was last made, was
approximately 165,695,479 acres, not including Alaska, and not
including small areas remaining undisposed of in the States of Alabama,
Arkansas, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Wisconsin. Of such areas 119,341,782
acres were surveyed, and 46,353,697 acres were unsurveyed. The
area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in Alaska was
approximately 346,174,242 acres, of which 2,044,421 acres were
surveyed.
In computing the areas which were vacant and unreserved on the
date mentioned, lands in pending, unallowed applications were
considered as appropriated; but lands in applications for oil and gas
prospecting permits, or in permits granted, or in applications for coal,
phosphate, sodium, and/or sulphur, oil shale, or potash permits or
leases, or in permits or leases granted, were considered as unappropriated.
In view of the fact that the lands affected by the oil-shale
order of withdrawal of April 15, 1930, or in designated geological
structures of producing oil or gas fields, or in approved oil and gas
leases, were then subject to disposition under the stock-raising homestead
act, such lands were treated as unappropriated.
The areas which were included in original entries, selections, filings,
etc., during the fiscal years 1935, 1936, and 1937, were 2,281,253 acres
in the public-land States, and 28,189 acres in Alaska, a total of
2,309,442 acres. No computation has been made showing the areas
restored to the public domain during said years through the rejection
of applications or the cancelation of entries.
88 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The area of the unappropriated and unreserved public lands in
grazing districts established under the provisions of the Taylor Grazing
Act was about 110,152,000 acres as of June 30, 1937.
LANDS PATENTED WITH MINERAL RESERVATIONS
The following table shows the areas patented during the year and
the total areas heretofore so patented in which minerals in some
form have been reserved to the United States:
CADASTRAL ENGINEERING SERVICE
Fiscal
year
Total
reserved
Stockraising act, all minerals reserved___________ ____________________________
Acres
1,419, 778
3,782
9,941
26,035
Acres
29,113,272
444,192
10,785,468
1,758,386
Other acts:
All mineral reserved____________________ ____________________________________
Coal only reserved - ___ __
.Some named mineral reserved _______________________ ____________________
Total___________________________________________________________________ - 1,459, 536 42,101,318
The Cadastral Engineering Service of the General Land Office is
charged with the execution of cadastral surveys and resurveys of the
public lands of the United States proper and Alaska, the supervision
of mineral surveys for patent, and the preparation of the technical
and legal records of the work performed.
During the year field projects were executed in 22 States and the
Territory of Alaska under 227 separate groups, 69 of which in 14
States were of resurveys. In these areas, 37,662 linear miles, embracing
6,756,225 acres, were surveyed and resurveyed, exclusive of
engineering investigations and many types of miscellaneous and
special projects not measurable on a quantity basis.
Office work in all branches was maintained on a current basis.
Two hundred and eighty-nine township base plats, 154 color overlay
sheets, 27 supplemental diagrams, 45 amended and segregation plats,
and 101 special plats of miscellaneous surveys were constructed, the
field notes in connection therewith being prepared in final form for
the permanent record. In addition, 132 mineral surveys, embracing
543 locations, were examined, platted, and approved.
Requests by other Federal agencies for surveys and resurveys to
meet the requirements of administration, conservation, and rehabilitation
of the National estate, continued in increasing number and
geographic scope. Such applicants included the Forest Service,
Division of Grazing Control, Bureau of Reclamation, National Park
Service, Geological Survey, Office of Indian Affairs, and the Soil
Conservation Service.
Accepted surveys and resurveys.—There were accepted and placed
on file plats representing 966,057 acres of original surveys of public
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 89
lands, and in addition 720,777 acres of lands resurveyed, comprising
an aggregate area of 1,686,834 acres.
Maps, plats, and diagrams.—The wall map of the United States
has been revised to show changes since the publication of the 1934
edition. The 1936 edition has been printed and delivered.
A new map of New Mexico has been issued, and a new map of
Utah is in the hands of the contractor for printing.
A revised copy of the large United States map, showing the railroad
grants, is being prepared for exhibit purposes in the new Interior
museum.
Three hundred and thirty-nine miscellaneous maps, plats, diagrams,
and tracings have been prepared.
Photolithographic copies, etc.—There were sold 7,595 photolithographic
copies of township plats, for which $3,824.50 was received;
and 10,749 copies were furnished other Bureaus for official use.
There were 595 maps mounted and distributed for official use, and
appropriate distribution was made of 3,143 map publications and
95,453 circulars.
RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES
The total cash receipts from sales, leases, and other disposals of
public lands (including receipts from copies of records, sales of Government
property, etc.) were $7,333,915.89 and from sales of Indian
lands $65,924.05, an aggregate of $7,399,839.94, all of which was
deposited in the Treasury. The total expenditure from appropriations
made for the conduct of the Office was $1,503,010.23. The
excess of receipts over expenditures was $5,896,829.71. The receipts
were the largest in any year since 1927, exceeding last year’s receipts
by $2,205,540.32.
Peceipts under mineral leasing acts.—Receipts from bonuses, royalties,
and rentals under laws providing for the leasing rights on the
public domain (including royalties and rentals on potash deposits
and royalties on coal leases in Alaska) aggregated $5,773,681.89, of
which $5,622,366.18 was received under the act of February 25, 1920
(41 Stat. 437). The largest receipts under this act were from lands
in California, the amount being $3,107,987.77. Wyoming was
second, $1,503,743.29. Receipts from other States follow: New
Mexico, $521,311.34; Colorado, $144,813.94; Utah, $139,350.05; Montana,
$106,317.25; Louisiana, $64,667.53; North Dakota, $22,823.42;
Alabama, $7,586.40; Idaho, $3,137.25; South Dakota, $427.31;
Nevada, $160; Kansas, $40; and Arizona, 63 cents. Under the provisions
of the Mineral Leasing Act cited, each State receives 37}£
percent of the receipts thereunder from the public lands within its
borders, the reclamation fund receives 52percent, and the other
10 percent remains in the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous
receipts.
90 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Receipts under the Taylor Grazing Act.—The amounts received as
fees on grazing licenses, by grazing districts, and by States, and the
receipts for fees and rentals under section 15 of the act, are as follows:
Fees on licenses from
grazing districts Fees and rentals
under
sec. 15
State
totals
District Amount
Arizona_________________________________________________ 1 $15,317.95
2 4,511.34
4 6,462.75 —
— 26,292. 04 $12,637. 44 $38,929.48
California-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------- 1 4,437. 04 —
2 13,101.21
_____1_7,538. 25 2, 637.09 20,175.34
Colorado.----------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------ 1 17, 854.65 —
2 3,002. 85
3 13,056.83
4 7,741. 83
6 8,157.70
49,813.86 1, 748. 36 51,562.22
Idaho___________________________________________________ 1 20, 871. 70 2,600.27 23,471.97
Montana—--------------------------------------------------------- ------------- 4 764. 31 —
5 11.00
775. 31 10,846. 51 11,621.82
Nevada------------------- - ---------------- -------------------------------------- 1 30,375.75 _ ----------------
2 21,140.75
3 35. 00
5 141.90
— 51,693. 40 — 51,693.40
New Mexico____________________________________________ 3 12,215.93 — --------------
4 12,044.99
5 4,101. 06
6 19,780.56
— 48,142.54 3,801.70 51,944.24
Oregon________________________________ _________________ 1 2,325. 80 —
2 15,842.73
3 16,646.14
4 13,902. 66
5 5,163.96
6 5,495.90
South Dakota--------------------------------------------------------- ---------
_____59,377.19 5,053.13 64,430.32
113.01 113.01
Utah____________________ _______________________________ 1 7,307.34 _ -----------
2 22,345.53
3 32,877.97
4 13,517 • 82
5 15, 960. 66
6 18, 308. 89
7 16,536.12
8 14,618.25—141,472.58
Washington-------------------------- -------------------------------------------
— 141,472.58
1,849.41 1,849.41
Wyoming_______________________________________________ 1 19,548.91 ____
2 470.90
3 3,760.19
23, 780. 00 48,242. 65 72,022.65
Grand total_______________________________________ 439, 756. 87 89,529. 57 529,286.44
Distribution oj receipts.—Receipts from all sources, aggregating
$7,399,839.94, as shown above, are distributed under the law approximately
as follows: Reclamation fund, $2,947,045.09; for range
improvements in grazing districts, $110,359.92; to public-land States
and certain counties within such States, $2,919,241.05; general fund,
$1,357,269.83; and to various Indian tribes, $65,924.05.
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 91
Under the provisions of the Taylor Grazing Act the States within
which the lands are situated receive 50 percent of the receipts, and 25
percent thereof when appropriated by Congress may be expended for
construction, purchase, and maintenance of range improvements
within the grazing districts from which the receipts came.
Five percent of the net proceeds from cash sales of public lands is
paid to the public-land States within which such sales were made, and
the balance of such receipts from States named in the Reclamation
Act are credited to the reclamation fund; the reclamation fund and the
States involved receive (on the percentages shown above) 90 percent
of the receipts under the Mineral Leasing Act and of receipts from
potash deposits leased under the act of February 7, 1927; receipts from
sales of reclamation town sites and camp sites and from royalties and
rentals from potash deposits leased under the act of October 2, 1917,
are credited to the reclamation fund; all of the receipts from proceeds of
land and timber in the forfeited Oregon and California railroad grant
will be paid to certain counties in Oregon in lieu of taxes; 25 percent
of the proceeds of land and timber in the forfeited Coos Bay wagon
road grant will be paid to Coos County; the receipts from Indian lands
(except 37/£ percent of royalties from Red River oil lands, payable to
the State of Oklahoma in lieu of taxes) are deposited in the Treasury
to the credit of the various Indian tribes. All other moneys are
deposited in the Treasury to the credit of the general fund.
The following table shows in detail the distribution of the receipts,
insofar as is possible before final settlement of all accounts by the
General Accounting Office.
Distribution in the Treasury
Source of receipt
General fund
Reclamation
and range
improvement
State and
county fund Total
Sale of public lands____________________________
Fees and commissions_________________________
Receipts from mineral leases___________________
Revested Oregon and California railroad lands
and timber________________________________
Revested Coos Bay wagon road lands and timber________________________________________
Receipts under Taylor Grazing Act___________
Potash deposits, royalties, and rentals_________
Copying fees_______________ __________________
Power permits________________________________
Reclamation town sites________________________
Miscellaneous (including proceeds of standing
timber, coal leases, and town lots in Alaska,
rent of land, etc.)__________________________
$20, 258. 63
26,701.30
981,935. 69
113,783.86
154,283. 30
9, 603. 20
17,812. 20
13,016.00
19,875. 65
$50,983.15
94, 271.90
2,722,466.53
4 110,359.92
72,301. 26
7,022. 25
$2,968.40
1,944,618.95
634,075. 25
36,923. 24
264, 643. 22
36, Oil. 99
$74,210.18
120,973. 20
1 5,649,021.17
2 634,075. 25
3 150,707.10
4 529,286.44
5 117,916.45
17,812. 20
13,016. 00
7,022.25
19,875. 65
Total___________________________________
Sales and leases of Indian lands________________
1,357, 269.83 3, 057,405. 01 2,919, 241.05 7,333,915.89
« 65,924.05
Aggregate------------------------------------------------ _____ 7, 399,839. 94
1 First and fourth columns contain $26,654.99 royalties received in Wyoming under act of June 26,1926.
2 This amount will be paid to certain counties in Oregon in lieu of taxes.
3 25 percent, exclusive of commissions, is payable to Coos County.
. 4 50 percent is payable to the several States and 25 percent of receipts from licenses within grazing districts
is available for range improvements. All other items in the second column go to the reclamation fund.
6 All of the $21,884.48 received under the act of Oct. 2,1917, and 52¥2 percent of the $96,031.97 received under
the act of Feb. 7, 1927, go to the reclamation fund. 37J4 percent of that amount is payable to the State and
10 percent remains in the general fund.
6 Included in receipts from Indian lands is $21,362.85, royalties on oil and gas from Kiowa, Comanche, and
Apache lands, south half of Red River, Okla., of which the State receives 37J4 percent in lieu of all taxes on
tribal funds.
22914—37----- 8
92 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
REPAYMENTS
Under the repayment laws there were stated 89 accounts, allowing
repayment of $6,956.72, and 28 claims were denied. The claims
allowed include three accounts granting repayment of $935 received in
connection with sales of Indian reservation lands and repaid from
Indian trust funds.
HOMESTEAD ENTRIES
Actions.—Actions were taken in homestead cases as follows: On
final homesteads, 7,086; on second-entry applications, 187; on applications
to amend, 97; on applications for leaves of absence and for
extensions of time to establish residence, 1,066; on original entries,
6,118; and on appeals from actions of district land officers and this
Office, 9,260.
PUBLIC SALE AND TIMBER AND STONE APPLICATIONS
Actions.—Five hundred actions were taken on public sale applications,
15 of which were approved for patenting; and 23 actions were
taken on timber and stone applications, 9 of which were approved for
patenting.
FILING OF PLATS OF SURVEY
Letters of instruction were issued for the filing of 306 plats of survey
for lands in States in which there are district land offices. Thirty
plats were directly filed by this Office in connection with which 13
public notices were prepared, for lands in States in which there are no
district land offices.
NATIONAL FOREST HOMESTEAD LANDS
Nine thousand one hundred and eighty-three acres in national forests
which had been listed for homestead entry under the act of June 11,
1936 (34 Stat. 233), were returned to national forests by revocation of
the listing orders and 235 acres were restored to homestead entry under
said act.
CONTESTS, OTHER THAN MINERAL CONTESTS
Nine hundred and twenty-one contests, including both Government
and private, were considered. Approximately 123 hearings were held
in Government cases. At the close of the year about 40 contest cases
were pending.
MINERAL LEASES AND MINING CLAIMS
Oil and gas leases.—One thousand and twenty-eight cases were acted
upon in connection with the issuance of leases pursuant to section 14
of the act of February 25, 1920 (41 Stat. 437), as a reward for the
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 93
discovery of oil or gas on permit areas. Sixty-three leases, embracing
43,329.90 acres, were delivered to the lessees. In addition, 7 leases
were sold under section 17 of the act, embracing 1,302.48 acres, on
which the total amount of bonus received was $85,668.10. One lease
was canceled.
On July 1, 1936, there were pending 2,389 applications for oil and
gas leases under the act of August 21, 1935 (41 Stat. 674). Two
thousand and eighty-three additional applications were received,
making a total of 4,472. Of these, 176 were finally rejected in their
entirety and 29 in part. Fifty-nine leases were issued, embracing
57,831.04 acres, 1 lease was canceled, 9 appeals were transmitted to
the Department, and 554 other actions were taken. Altogether,
235 applications were disposed of, leaving 4,237 applications pending
on June 30, 1937.
Oil and gas prospecting permits.—Eight hundred and ninety-eight
oil and gas permits were granted, embracing approximately 564,849.43
acres. Four permits were reinstated. There were 567 assignments
acted upon and 1,986 actions were taken on applications for extension
of time. Eight hundred and forty-one permits were held for cancellation
and 224 were canceled; 709 applications were rejected in entirety
and 475 in part. There were 5,172 other actions taken.
Lease oj water wells.—Four applications to lease water wells were
received under section 40 of the mineral leasing act, which section
was added by the act of June 16, 1934 (48 Stat. 977). The issuance
of two leases has been approved by the Department.
Coal.—There were issued 32 coal prospecting permits covering
31,071.22 acres; 31 leases involving 4,877.38 acres; and 11 licenses for
440 acres. The total number of cases disposed of was 1,982.
Potash, sodium, sulphur, and phosphate.—Pursuant to departmental
orders nos. 799, 817, 854, and 914, there were no potash permits or
leases issued during the year under the act of February 7, 1927 (44
Stat. 1057.) One hundred and forty-four potash permits were canceled.
There were issued 24 sodium prospecting permits, involving
29,763.82 acres. Nineteen sodium permits expired by limitation and
one lease was canceled. Eighteen sulphur permits, involving 11,525.80
acres were granted and 26 permits expired by limitation. Altogether,
there were 807 cases disposed of.
There were issued a total of 118 leases, licenses, and permits for coal,
sodium, and other minerals, involving 78,438.22 acres.
Mineral applications and entries.—There were 99 mineral applications
disposed of and 23 mineral entries were approved for patent.
Mineral contests.—Exclusive of oil-shale, Boulder Dam and Reservoir
project and the San Gabriel Canyon claims, there were 235
mineral contests disposed of.
94 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Proceedings against mining locations.—Final action has been taken
on all the reports submitted-on mining claims in conflict with the rightof-
way for reservoir purposes in the San Gabriel Canyon. All cases,
except one contest, have been disposed of in the Boulder Dam and
Reservoir project. In the MetropolitanWater District appropriate
action was taken on 44 field reports. Action was taken on 250 field
reports on mining claims in the All-American Canal project.
RIGHTS-OF-WAY
Nine railroad right-of-way applications were approved and 31 stock
watering reservoir applications were disposed of. In addition, in
other cases, 306 right-of-way applications were approved and 39
rejected. Eight hundred and ninety-five other actions were taken.
FEDERAL RECLAMATION PROJECTS
There are 46 Federal reclamation projects in 14 western States,
22 of which are operated in whole or in part by irrigation districts
and water users’ associations. There are in addition five Indian
reclamation projects, the irrigation features of which are under the
supervision of the Office of Indian Affairs.
During the year 420 original reclamation homestead entries and
225 assignments of such entries were received; and 235 reclamation
entries were approved for patenting.
DESERT-LAND ACT
One hundred and fourteen entries were approved for patenting under
the desert-land act.
CAREY ACT
Carey Act segregations amounting to 51,340.23 acres were considered,
on which either final or interlocutory action was taken.
PITTMAN ACT
Twenty-eight cases were received under the Pittman acts of October
22, 1919 (41 Stat. 293), and September 22, 1922 (42 Stat. 1012).
Action has been taken in all but 16 cases.
SWAMP AND OVERFLOWED LANDS
Under the swampland acts, there were approved and patented to
the States 1,846.51 acres and claims for 2,464 acres were finally rejected.
New claims were asserted during the year for 738.54 acres.
STATE GRANTS AND SELECTIONS
New indemnity school-land selections, embracing 1,937.37 acres
were received during the year and selections amounting to 43,729.81
acres were approved and title conveyed to the States. Such selections
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 95
involving 14,984.99 acres were canceled. Pending selections under
quantity grants to States, for specific purposes, embracing 30,690.17
acres, were approved and title conveyed to the States.
Selections under the exchange provisions of the act of May 23,
1930 (46 Stat. 378), as amended by the act of February 21, 1931 (46
Stat. 1204), were approved and title conveyed to the State of Arizona,
embracing 2,809.61 acres, and selections under the exchange
provisions of section 2 of the Arizona Navajo Boundary Act of June
14, 1934 (48 Stat. 960), were approved and certified to said State,
amounting to 19,196.24 acres.
Applications for patents for granted school sections under the
provisions of the act of June 21, 1934 (48 Stat. 1185), were approved
for patent, amounting to 1,000,678.62 acres. Such applications
pending at the end of the year embrace 1,806,822.47 acres.
New applications under the Taylor Grazing Act by the various
States for exchanges of lands were received, numbering 193 and
embracing a total area of approximately 800,000 acres. The area
in pending applications at the close of the year was 2,180,212 acres.
In 71 cases field examinations were requested. Publication was
ordered in the case of 20 applications, involving approximately 94,800
acres. The rejected and relinquished applications embraced 220,500
acres. Patented selections included 6,230.28 acres.
RAILROAD GRANTS AND SELECTIONS
Railroad and wagon-road listings and selections were received
embracing 2,084.14 acres; 727.14 acres were certified or patented in
satisfaction of such grants; and 221.19 acres of selections were rejected.
REVESTED OREGON AND CALIFORNIA RAILROAD AND RECONVEYED
COOS BAY WAGON ROAD GRANT LANDS
Transactions concerning revested Oregon and California Railroad
and Coos Bay Wagon Road grant lands for the fiscal year follow:
Restored to entry, etc.—No revested Oregon and California railroad
grant land was restored to homestead entry and 944.96 acres were
reclassified as timber land.
Timber sales.—Ninety-eight sales of timber on the revested Oregon
and California railroad grant lands were made during the past year,
involving 9,939.10 acres of land, containing 363,459,000 feet, board
measure, of timber, for which the sum of $598,548.65 was received.
Total sales to June 30, 1937, 1,138, involving 134,634.73 acres, containing
3,331,087,980 feet, board measure, of timber, for which a
total of $7,469,481.14 has been received.
Eleven sales of timber on the reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon Road
grant lands were made during the past year, involving 1,440 acres
96 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of land, containing 67,265,000 feet, board measure, of timber, for
which the sum of $144,303.05 was received. Total sales to June 30,
1937, 122, involving 19,740.78 acres, containing 798,377,000 feet,
board measure, of timber, for which a total of $1,835,664.67 has been
received.
Timber rights terminated.—Rights under timber patents were
terminated in 120 cases.
ABANDONED MILITARY RESERVATIONS
The sum of $2,897.19 was received from entries and sales of lands
in abandoned military reservations. Eight homestead entries and
10 cash sales were approved for patenting.
ALASKA
Leases of public lands in Alaska for fur-farming required 42 actions.
Four leases were canceled, 2 were issued, and 2 expired and were not
renewed.
Leases of public lands in Alaska for grazing required 14 actions.
One lease application was rejected.
Seventy-nine actions were taken in connection with the sale of
small tracts in Alaska for homesites or headquarters, and 1 patent
was issued. Thirteen actions were taken in connection with trade and
manufacturing site applications and 1 patent was issued.
AVIATION LEASES
Two applications for lease of public lands for aviation fields were
rejected, 1 lease was reinstated, 10 leases were canceled, and 41 other
actions were taken.
COLOR OF TITLE
Sixteen applications for the sale of improved or cultivated public
lands held under color of title for more than 20 years were approved
for patenting. One hundred and eighty-three actions were taken
in such cases, from which the sum of $1,085.22 was received.
Twenty applications for lands formerly involved in the boundary
dispute between the States of Texas and New Mexico were approved
for patenting.
EXCHANGES
Various acts of Congress provide for exchanges in order to effect
consolidations of Federally or privately owned lands or for other
specified purposes. Eighteen patents were issued in such cases and
title was accepted to about 150,000 acres of land for inclusion in
national forest and other reservations.
The Secretary of Agriculture was notified in 64 cases that a timber
permit might issue to the exchange applicant.
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 97
Ninety-four applications have been received under section 8 of
the Taylor Grazing Act, involving 299,196 acres of public land.
Of such number, 75 were received during the year. Twenty-three
await reports from the Division of Investigations, 39 await reports
from the Division of Grazing, 11 await additional evidence to be
supplied by the applicants, 3 are under consideration by this Office,
and 15 have been finally rejected and closed. The pending applications
involve 197,238 acres of public land.
GRAZING LEASES UNDER TAYLOR GRAZING ACT
Five thousand nine hundred and twenty-four applications for
grazing lease were filed; 2,736 were rejected and closed and 2,871
original and 661 supplemental grazing leases were issued, embracing
approximately 5,642,915.98 acres.
INDIAN LANDS AND CLAIMS
Sales of pine timber on ceded Chippewa Indian lands in Minnesota
resulted in the logging of 13,409,220 feet of white and Norway
pine, spruce, cedar, and aspen timber and of 15,618.2 cords of spruce
and balsam pulpwood. These operations resulted in the collection
of $137,681, which was deposited to the credit of the Chippewa
logging fund.
Entries and sales of ceded Indian lands required 3,574 actions and
resulted in the issuance of 154 patents. The sum of $44,139.76 was
received from such transactions.
The matter of the issuance or reissuance of fee and trust patents
on Indian allotments was considered in 385 instances. One hundred
and sixty-one cases were approved for patenting.
Claims by non-Indians within confirmed Indian pueblos in New
Mexico were considered in 979 cases, all of which were approved for
patenting.
Extensive reports were submitted with reference to the claims of
the Choctaw and Chickasaw Indians v. United States and the Northwestern
Band oj Shoshone Indians v. United States, which claims are
now pending in the United States Court of Claims.
One thousand three hundred and seven and forty-eight hundredths
acres of land were added to the Western Navajo Indian Reservation
through the medium of exchanges which required 52 actions. Five
patents were issued in such cases.
PRIVATE LAND CLAIMS
Private land claims which were recognized or confirmed by many
acts of Congress in the early history of the Government required
198 actions. Twenty-two patents were issued for such claims.
98 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TIMBER
Sales of dead, down, or damaged timber were considered in 101
instances. The sum of $3,746.95 was received from such timber
sales.
Permits for the free use of timber required special consideration
by this Office in 14 cases.
TOWN LOTS
Town lot matters required 244 actions. One hundred and nine
town lot patents were issued and payments aggregating $18,689.50
were received from town lot sales.
TRESPASS
Coal trespass was considered in 76 cases, in which $942.80 was
accepted in settlement; and timber trespass in 391 cases, in which
$8,997.05 was accepted in settlement. Other trespass cases considered
were as follows: Gravel, 8; fire, 3; rock and turpentine, 1 each;
and grazing, 1.
MISCELLANEOUS CASES CONSIDERED
Other actions were taken and patents issued as follows: Arkansas
drainage, 111, with 3 patents issuing; cash and credit entries, 30,
with 9 patents issuing; cemetery sites, 4, with 1 patent issuing; park
applications, 8; preemptions, 3, with 3 patents issuing; quitclaims, 10;
scrip 27, with 3 patents issuing; small holding claims, 40, with 5 patents
issuing; and soldiers’ additional, 639, with 4 patents issuing. Mud
Lake, Minn., claims for relief were approved in 3 cases.
TRACT. BOOK NOTATIONS
More than 100,000 notations were made on the tract books. This
includes 13,650 appeals and other miscellaneous cases, 2,383 grazing
applications, 6,042 final and cash certificates, 2,295 oil and gas applications,
.174 coal applications, 542 original entries, and 407 plats.
Withdrawals and classifications.—Five hundred and forty-two Executive
and other orders were noted. These include withdrawals for
stock driveways, national forests, restored lists, power site reserves
and classifications, grazing districts, and mineral and other classifications
and revocations thereof.
Relinquishments.—Entries numbering 1,099 were relinquished and
noted.
Supplemental patents.—Supplemental patents numbering 160 under
the act of April 14, 1914 (38 Stat. 335), eliminating coal reservation
because land was classified as noncoal, were directed to be issued.
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 99
Status cases.—Status was furnished in 18,036 cases for adjudicating
clerks.
Township diagrams.—Diagrams showing disposals and status, in 864
townships and fractional townships, were made for this and other
Bureaus.
MINERAL WITHDRAWALS AND CLASSIFICATIONS
A summary of the outstanding mineral withdrawals and classifications
as of June 30, 1937, is as follows:
Withdrawn Classified
Coal - - ____________________________________________ - - ----------------- 26,971,813
5,168, 593
5,989,949
1,889, 601
9,411,906
33,276,103
71,884
4,081,208
302, 219
Oil______________________________________________________________________
Oil shale - ___ _ _ _ __ _ ___________ _____________
Phosphate - ________________________ ____ -_________
Potash ____ ____________ _____ ____________________________ -
Total _____________________________________________________ 49,431,862 37,731,414
The area of the withdrawn oil land, shown above, includes 13,578
acres withdrawn as a helium reserve. The figures given include
much land which has been patented with or without a reservation of
minerals. The areas so patented have not been computed. However,
some or all minerals have been reserved in patents aggregating
42,101,318 acres issued under the stock-raising and other laws, for
lands not withdrawn or classified as valuable for minerals, as well as
for lands so withdrawn or classified.
WITHDRAWALS AND RESTORATIONS
Three new national monuments were established and 3 enlarged,
involving the reservation of 1,511,937 acres. The area of the national
forests was increased by 14,077,784 acres, largely through the creation
of 12 new forests. Eleven new wildlife refuges were established
and 6 were enlarged, and a new cooperative game range within a
grazing district was created, while small areas were released from
existing refuges, resulting in a net increase of 566,909 acres.
Withdrawals amounting to 65 acres were made for air navigation
sites for the Department of Commerce, while 3,037 acres were released
from former withdrawals for such use. A tract of 160 acres was sold
to the State of Florida under the recreation law, 3 recreational petitions
were denied and 160 acres released from recreational withdrawal.
Three new stock driveways were established and 5 enlarged and 16
reduced, resulting in a net decrease of 520,438 acres.
A withdrawal of 110,764 acres of public land was made for use by
the Resettlement Administration; 49 acres were withdrawn as lookout
sites in Federal and State cooperative fire-protection work; 40
100 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
acres were withdrawn as an experiment station, and a small tract in
Arizona was withdrawn for town-site purposes. Withdrawals for
lighthouse purposes, amounting to 1,208 acres, were revoked and
public water reserves were reduced by 240 acres.
TABLES
The following tables show the facts as to entries made, patents
issued, etc., during the fiscal year.
Original Entries
Public land Indian land
Number Acres Number Acres
Homesteads:
Stock raising__________________________________________ 156
14
155
24
212
67,956
3,118
17,463
1,655
20, 729
18 6,953
Enlarged-. ___________________________________________
Reclamation__________________________________________ 26 3,561
Forest___ ___________________________________________
Section 2289, et al_____________________________________ 4 342
Total homesteads___________________________________ 561
8
22
176
21
110,921
1,242
966
107
48 10,856
Deserts__________________________________________ _________
State selections-. _________________________________________
Ra'lroad selections_______________________________________
Applications and filings___________________________________
Miscellaneous_____________________________________________ 376 10 62
Total___ ___________________________________________ 770
58
113, 612
10,918
58 10,918
Indian land as above. ____________________________________
Grand total_________________________________________ 828 124,530
Final Entries
Public land Indian land
Number Acres Number Acres
Homesteads:
Stock raising__________________________________________ 3,623
433
183
48
23
1,131
1,668,119
110,302
17,835
5,286
2,017
113,264
111
80
45
47,338
12,649
4,036
Enlarged....__________________________________________
Reclamation__________________________________________
Forest_________________________________________________
Commuted____________________________________________ 19
70
1,531
Section 2289, et al_____________________________________ 6,327
Total homesteads___________________________________ 5,441
129
17
5
112
1,696
1,916,823
16,927
2,077
169
4,906
12,362
325 71,881
Deserts____________________________________________________
Public auciion____________________________________________
Timber and stone___________________ ___________________
Mineral________________ _________________________________ 1
66
41
Miscellaneous__________________________________ j_________ 1,017
Total________________________________________________ 7,400
392
1,953, 264
72,939
392 72,939
Indian land as above______________________________________
Grand total_________________________________________ 7,792 2,026,203
GENERAL LAND OFFICE 101
Patents and Certificates
Number Acres
Homesteads:
Stock raising.________ _____________ ____ .________________________ _____
Enlarged.------------------------------ ------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Reclamation________________________________________________________________
Forest___________ _________—------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
Section 2289, et al-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total homesteads....________ ______________________ _______________ _____
Deserts_________________________________________________________________________
Public auction------ ------------- ----------------------------------------------- ---------- -----------------------
Timber and stone______________________________________ ________________________
Mineral________________________________________________________________________
Railroad---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous............................. ............... ...................................................................................
Total patents______________ ____ ________________________ _________________
Certified to States______________________________________________________________
Grand total___________•___________________________________________________
2,887 1,419, 778
430 105, 765
219 18, 850
37 3, 679
1,075 117, 346
4,648 1,665, 418
131 17, 347
15 1, 638
7 359
29 1,307
6 851
1,443 427, 222
6,279 2,114,142
96,426
6,279 2,210,568
State Grants—Areas Patented or Certified
1 Includes quantity grants, exchange selections, and patented school lands in plape.
State Swampland
patents
School section
indemnity
certifications
Other grants
confirmed i
Arizona______________________________________________________
Acres Acres
43,690
Acres
28,236
California___ _________________________________________________ 38
Florida______________________________________________________ 47
Iowa_________________________________________________________ 1,000,679
Louisiana..__________________ ____________ _______ _________ 1,703
Michigan____________________________________________________ 40
New Mexico_________________________________________________ 30, 690
Oregon________________________________________________ ______ 40
Wisconsin____ _______________________________________ _______ 18
Total___________________________________1_,8_4_6_________43,730 1,059, 605
Railroad Grants—Land Approved for Patent or Certification
State Acres
To Corporations:
Central Pacific_____________________ ______________________________________
Central Pacific (California & Oregon)___________________________ _________
Total______ ____________________________ _______ ______________ _______ _
To States.
St. Paul, Minneapolis and Manitoba (Great Northern).____ ______________
Grand total______________________ ___________________ ________ ________
California______
____ do__________
Washington____
428
299
727
91
818
DIVISION OF GRAZING
F. R. Carpenter, Director
THE Division of Grazing was entering its third year of operation under
the Taylor Grazing Act at the beginning of the fiscal year 1936-37.
Whereas the first 2 years of the administration were principally occupied
in acquainting the people of the West with the provisions of the
law, building and perfecting an organization, and establishing rules
and regulations governing the issuance of grazing privileges, the third
year has been occupied mainly in enlarging that program and stressing
activities which would lead to a solution of the many problems
attendant upon the issuance of term permits.
In the preamble of the act, “To stop injury to the public grazing
lands by preventing overgrazing and soil deteriorization, to provide
for their orderly use, improvement, and development, to stabilize the
livestock industry dependent upon the public range, and for other
purposes”, the mission of the Division of Grazing is aptly defined.
In the beginning of the administration, there was a very limited
amount of specific information available, and it was, therefore, necessary
to operate under a plan that would afford the least injury to the
livestock industry which the act was designed to help and at the same
time, “to preserve the land and its resources.” This was accomplished
through the authority of section 2 of the act which provides that the
Secretary of the Interior shall “do any and all things necessary to
accomplish the purposes of this act and to insure the objects of such
grazing districts, namely, to regulate their occupancy and use, to
preserve the land and its resources from destruction or unnecessary
injury, to provide for the orderly use, improvement, and development
of the range.” To regulate the use of the range, revocable licenses for
grazing privileges were issued pending the time when sufficient data
would be available upon which to issue term permits. The livestock
in each grazing district were licensed to use public lands in conformance
with general rules of the range approved March 2, 1936, as later
amended, and local rules of fair range practice which provide for the
recognition of local customs and administrative details.
102
DIVISION OF GRAZING 103
The third year of administration developed in the Division a definite
program of wildlife conservation and constructive means of
bringing about through cooperative agreements the proper utilization
of public ranges and a harmony of purpose involving this great natural
resource. The range survey program was expanded in all grazing
districts. In one grazing district, field work was completed and data
compiled. Through cooperation with other Federal agencies, an
enormous amount of information on this subject and conservation
activities resulted.
Section 3 of the act prescribes that “Preference shall be given in
the issuance of grazing permits to those within or near a district who
are landowners engaged in the livestock business, bona fide occupants
or settlers, or owners of water or water rights, as may be necessary to
permit the proper use of lands, water, or water rights owned, occupied,
or leased by them.” Inasmuch as there is insufficient range available
to grant privileges to everyone, the range survey program must of
necessity assist in the determination of the preference properties upon
which grazing permits can be based.
Of the outstanding accomplishments during the year, noteworthy
are the determination of the proper relationship of the private and
public lands involved, the study in range-carrying capacities, and the
far-reaching cooperative agreements with local associations of stockmen
and with Federal and State agencies, having as their objectives
the preservation and rehabilitation of the land.
THE AMENDMENT TO THE TAYLOR GRAZING ACT
The Taylor Grazing Act was amended June 26, 1936, providing a
number of changes and additions to the original act of June 28, 1934,
which was the first law ever passed by the Congress to regulate
grazing on the public domain. One of the important changes in the
law is the provision increasing the 80,000,000-acre limit to 142,000,000
acres, permitting an additional 62,000,000 acres of public land to be
included within grazing districts.
A new section, 17, was added to the law, providing that the President
shall have power, with the advice and consent of the Senate, to
select a Director of Grazing. Other personnel are appointed by the
Secretary of the Interior from the civil service rolls. Practical range
experience is taken into consideration by the Civil Service Commission
in passing upon eligibles. The Director of Grazing, Assistant Director,
and all graziers at the time of appointment must be bona fide
citizens or residents, for 1 year immediately preceding their appointment,
of the State or of one of the States in wffiich they are to serve.
The amendment modifies sections 7, 8, 10, and 15 of the original
act. The administration of these sections dealing with the sale, lease,
and exchange of lands rests largely with the General Land Office.
104 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ADVISORY BOARD CONFERENCE
At the invitation of Secretary of the Interior, Harold L. Ickes, the
general chairmen of the advisory boards of the 37 grazing districts
then established and administered by the Division of Grazing met in
Washington on July 8 and 9, 1936, to confer with the Secretary, officials
of the Division of Grazing, and the heads of bureaus whose work is
connected with that of the Division. The purpose of the meeting was
to discuss matters of general policy concerning the regulation of the
present grazing districts and to decide whether the same methods of
administration should be used to control the new grazing districts.
These new districts were to be created from the 62,000,000 additional
acres of public domain placed under the jurisdiction of the Division
by the Taylor Grazing Act as amended June 26, 1936. In general,
the stockmen endorsed the administration of the provisions of the
Taylor Grazing Act and approved the continuance of the present
policies. At a conference with Robert Fechner, Director of Emergency
Conservation Work, the livestock leaders appealed for additional
Civilian Conservation Corps camps to carry out necessary range rehabilitation.
Mr. Fechner expressed his desire to give all assistance
possible to this work but indicated that it would be practically impossible
to allocate more camps for it before April 1, 1937.
The advisors were received by President Roosevelt, who complimented
them on the work being done to conserve the public domain,
and showed not only a great interest in, but also a keen understanding
of their problems.
Immediately following the conference with the advisory board
chairmen, the Director conducted State-wide meetings in the West
to consider the placing of additional lands within grazing districts.
As a result, 12 new districts were established.
In accordance with the Rules for Administration of Grazing Districts
which provides that an election of district advisors shall be held
in each grazing district within 90 days after the promulgation of the
order establishing said district, elections for choosing advisory board
members were held in each of the new districts. As rapidly as possible
thereafter, the districts were brought under administration.
SECOND ANNUAL CONFERENCE
The second annual conference of members of the Taylor Grazing
Act advisory boards was held in Salt Lake City from December 9 to
• December 11 with nearly 1,000 interested stockmen in attendance.
In an open forum, there were discussed at length each of the topics
to be taken up later by State committees and whipped into shape by
national committees for presentation to the Secretary of the Interior.
The delegates met by States and considered each of the topics.
Two representatives from each State were selected to serve on six
DIVISION OF GRAZING 105
major national committees, which drafted resolutions to be presented
to the assembly. The representatives were instructed by stockmen
from their respective States as to the State sentiment.
The six national committees drew up resolutions covering the following-
named general topics: Licenses, permits, fees and finances, improvements,
legislation, and range surveys. At the final session, the
resolutions were presented to the assembly and acted upon as recommendations
to assist the Secretary of the Interior in the administration
of the act during 1937.
Among other resolutions, one called for an increase in the number of
C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division of Grazing. It was pointed
out by the committee that the Division now has only 45 camps carrying
on improvements in the vast public domain of 140,000,000 acres.
The resolution urged that every grazing district be given at least one
camp and as many more as are necessary.
The delegates recommended that the personnel engaged in range
surveys be enlarged and went on record as approving the standards
of work and the methods established by the range surveys branch of
the Division of Grazing.
LICENSES
Fifteen thousand sixty-seven temporary licenses were issued during
the year for 7,434,416 head of livestock, a detailed summary of which
is shown in the following table. These licenses were issued on a
temporary basis, pending the completion of land-classification studies
and a determination of the commensurate ratings of properties dependent
on the public ranges, and are revocable for violation of the
terms thereof.
Grazing Licenses Issued by the Division of Grazing, 1936
State Dist.
No. Cattle Horses Sheep Goats
Number
of licenses
Number
of stock
Arizona_______ .. 1 30,752 146 147,962 10,235 258 189, 095
2 7, 827 19 12,360 1,115 83 21,321
4 18,445 164 348 15,119 183 34,076
57,024 329 160. 670 26,469 524 244,492
California____ _ 1 16,831 433 141,445 210 174 158,919
2 41,274 2,215 114,940 102 478 158, 531
58,105 2,648 256, 385 312 652 317,450
Colorado_____ 1 53,173 3,419 154, 362 79 478 211, 033
2 31, 049 629 42, 762 218 74,440
3 66, 735 2,656 188,814 349 663 258, 554
4 20,541 715 142, 653 423 338 164,332
6 7, 023 983 94. 690 30 164 102, 726
178,458 8,402 623,236 881 1,861 811,085
Idaho. 1 65,141 6, 824 439, 347 26 1,093 511,338
Montana * 2 19,944 11,868 167, 257 14 387 199,083
3 25, 798 3,183 133, 783 249 318 163,013
4 4,449 516 27, 379 — 80 32,344
50, 191 15, 567 328,419 263 785 394,440
1 No license issued in Montana district no. 1 in 1936.
106 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Grazing Licenses Issued by the Division of Grazing, 1936—Continued
State Dist.
No. Cattle Horses Sheep Goats
Number
of licenses
Number
of stock
Nevada_______________ . ___ 1 139, 294 8,438 389,796 3 377 537,531
2 63, 538 4, 966 283,870 70 332 352,444
202,832 13,404 673,666 73 709 889,975
New Mexico 2____________________ 3 130,450 5,324 16, 020 40,702 896 192,496
4 40, 516 3, 272 75, 770 36, 772 52C 156,330
5 14,855 1,872 27,131 8, 626 126 52,484
6 153, 293 8, 865 359,283 14,104 1,013 535,545
339,114 19, 333 478,204 100, 204 2,555 936,855
Oregon.__ ________ ..____ _. __ 1 4, 401 144 11,429 37 15,974
2 57, 572 5, 292 264, 270 387 327,134
3 38, 564 4,783 189,464 376 232,812
4 20,191 2,739 90,760 138 113,690
5 15,295 1,494 45, 095 158 61,884
6 22, 098 1,399 52; 845 — 291 76,351
158,121 15, 851 653, 873 — 1,387 827,845
Utah..____ ________________________ 1 25,346 3,123 218, 272 368 246,741
2 15,924 1,320 395,896 235 635 413,375
3 32, 869 1,620 506, 996 2, 629 1,407 544,114
4 26,934 1,518 224, 313 25, 085 905 277,850
5 21, 669 2, 061 103, 004 240 541 126,974
6 26, 096 1,842 192,932 290 220,870
7 23, 762 2, 529 143,857 2, 530 617 172,678
8 15,407 1,120 182,902 — 298 199,429
188, 007 15,133 1,968,172 30, 719 5, C61 2,202,031
Wyoming____________ . __________ 1 36, 929 3,289 258, 687 440 298,905
Total________________37__1_,_ 3_3_3,985 100. 780 5,840, 704 158,947 15, 067 7,434,416
2 No license issued in New Mexico district no. 2 in 1936.
ORGANIZATION
Following the principle of decentralizing administration as far as
consistent, an administrative office was established in Washington,
D. C.; a regional field headquarters office in Salt Lake City, Utah;
and 10 regional offices located in Salt Lake City, Utah; Reno, Nev.;
Burns, Oreg.; Boise, Idaho; Billings, Mont.; Grand Junction, Colo.;
Albuquerque, N. Mex.; Phoenix, Ariz.; and Rawlins, Wyo.
Each regional office is in charge of a regional grazier, who is assisted
by one or more graziers and office personnel. At the close of the
year, the Division had in its employ a total of 91 permanent employees,
16 in the Washington office and 75 in field offices.
Each of the 49 districts now functioning has a board of district
advisors whose duties as provided in the Rules for Administration of
Grazing Districts are as follows:
District advisors shall make recommendations on the following-named matters:
1. The carrying capacity of the public range of the district.
2. The issuance of grazing licenses. (District advisors shall not make any
recommendations upon their own applications, but such applications shall be
acted upon by the Director of Grazing.)
3. Proper rules for fair range practice.
4. Temporary range allotments by classes of livestock or for community or
individual use.

She ep Grazin g on th e Publ ic Ran ge .
A Now Familia r sc en e in One of th e Gra zing Distr ict s Whi ch Hav e Bee n
Set Up To pr ote c t th e Range .
DIVISION OF GRAZING 107
5. Seasonal use of the public-domain range, or any part thereof.
6. Approval or rejection in whole or in part of recommendations of local
associations of livestock men in the district.
7. Other matters upon which their opinion may be requested by the Secretary
of the Interior.
The advisory boards, whose members total 678, have worked
diligently, and their recommendations and the almost limitless fund
of information as to local conditions and requirements have contributed
greatly to the principles of conservation and prudent usage
adopted by the Division. In carrying out the duties assigned to
them, the advisory boards have materially assisted in the details of
administration.
RANGE SURVEY PROGRAM AND LAND CLASSIFICATION
The range survey program of the Division of Grazing, which was
inaugurated in March 1936, has geared its activities to the needs of
the administration in harmony with section 3 of the act. The scope
of this survey includes not only the determination of the carrying
capacity and proper seasonal use of the public range but also the
examination of the private lands and water within these districts and
the ascertainment of the right relationship of each to the other.
Base maps must be prepared and ownership status assembled. The
essential facts of private control of private lands are also ascertained.
In New Mexico Grazing District No. 5, field work is completed and
data assembled for the determination of preferences for permits, and
it is expected that this district will be on a permit basis by January 1,
1938. Likewise, in Colorado Grazing District No. 6, the field work is
practically completed, and it is anticipated that.permits will be issued
also in that district beginning with the 1938 grazing season. The
intensive studies in these two widely divergent districts will serve as
a basis for the determination of preferences for grazing permits where
such preferences are based primarily on (1) water, as in the Southwestern
States, and (2) land, as in the Northwestern States. In all
other districts, the work is progressing at a remarkable pace considering
the magnitude of the task.
Plans are under way to step up the range survey program by means
of additional personnel qualified in that field. By coordinating the
range survey program with that of the many agencies with which the
Division has worked out cooperative agreements, it is anticipated that
sufficient data to have all districts on a permit basis will be made
available by 1940.
The classification of lands with respect to their value for agricultural
purposes as required by the various land laws is a duty of the
Division of Grazing. This classification involves all lands located
within or without the boundaries of grazing districts which are applied
22914—37------ 9
108 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
for as homestead entries under section 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act as
amended June 26, 1936.
It is also the duty of the Division to make determinations as to the
propriety of approving applications under section 7 for other purposes
than agriculture and applications under sections 8, 14, and 15 of the
Taylor Grazing Act from the standpoint of public benefit where the
lands involved are located within grazing districts.
The recommendations for designations of lands applied for under
the enlarged and stock-raising homestead acts and determination of
the value of watering places for public purposes, together with the
preparation of appropriate orders, are other functions of the Division
of Grazing. The designations under the enlarged and stock-raising
homestead acts are made principally for the purpose of permitting the [
adjudication of homestead entries having valid claims established
prior to the Executive orders of November 26, 1934, and February 5,
1935, withdrawing public lands for classification.
The work of classification is performed on the basis of information
and records available to the Division and in cooperation with the
Division of Investigations and General Land Office.
At the beginning of the present fiscal year, there were 1,080 cases
pending under sections 7, 8, 14, and 15. During the year, 2,130 cases
were received, making a total of 3,210 cases to be acted upon. Of this
number, 2,598 were acted upon, leaving 612 cases pending at the end
of the year. One hundred fifty-six cases under the enlarged and
stock-raising homestead acts were acted upon, and, on June 30, there
were 80 cases pending action by the Division; 1,360 acres were designated
under the enlarged homestead act in nine States, increasing the
total acreage so designated to 268,470,225 acres; 3,520 acres of land
were designated under the stock-raising homestead act in eight States,
increasing the outstanding area to 102,440,062 acres. During the
fiscal year, 1,775 acres in 7 States were included in water reserves, and
280 acres in 1 State were excluded from such reserves, increasing the
gross public water reserve areas in 12 States to 511,523.
RANGE IMPROVEMENT
Authority is granted the Secretary to rehabilitate overgrazed and
eroded areas. Construction, purchase, and maintenance of range
improvements are authorized under section 10 of the act from the 25
percent of all moneys received when appropriated by Congress. Up
to July 1, 1937, $53,281.56 had been allotted for expenditure under
the provisions of this section.
This money was apportioned according to the amount of grazing
fees collected in each district, and the resulting improvements consisted
mainly of fencing; posting stock driveways; extermination of
rodents, insects, and predatory animals; purchase of poison mix and
DIVISION OF GRAZING 109
fence material; maintenance of water development; and construction
of stock trails.
The Department, on October 20, 1936, formally accepted 183
watering facilities developed on the public domain of Utah under the
Utah Emergency Relief Administration range-improvement program.
These improvements consisted of spring developments, reservoirs,
and wells, the latter equipped with engines, pumps, windmills, storage
tanks, and troughs. Local stockmen, through properly selected
representatives, took an active part in this range-improvement
program. Had there been no regulation or control of grazing in the
areas served by these waters, their inestimable value to the range and
to the public would indeed have been short lived. Under this program,
a skeleton distribution of stock water was developed on
25,000,000 acres of public domain. This has since been augmented by
auxiliary and primary improvements under Emergency Conservation
Work projects in the Division of Grazing. All of these facilities
contribute to beneficial and orderly use of the range. To operate
properly and administer many of the wells, it is necessary to maintain
well operators during the season of use, not only for the protection of
the well equipment but also in order that sufficient water may be
available when needed. This is particularly true of wells located on
stock driveways. Various associations of stockmen have offered
to enter into agreements to operate wells of this character. On
June 30, 1937, a form of agreement was approved by the Department
which is of sufficient scope to afford ample protection to the public
and to the Government property involved. It will open the way for
maximum enjoyment of these facilities and at the same time relieve
the Division of the expense that its otherwise necessary direct supervision
would entail.
EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK
The purpose of the Emergency Conservation Work activities of the
Division of Grazing is to rehabilitate the public domain and to convert
thousands of acres of formerly unused range into good grazing land
for livestock. During the fiscal year 1937, there were a total of 45
C. C. C. camps assigned to the Division. The enrollees of these
camps are supervised by the Army when in the camp and by the
Division of Grazing, E. C. W., when engaged in the construction of
improvements on the public land.
The work projects of the 45 C. C. C. camps being operated under
the jurisdiction of the Division in the 9 Western States of Arizona,
California, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, Idaho, Oregon, Utah, and
Wyoming are those recommended by the advisory boards of the grazing
districts in which the camps operate and in each case are planned to
relieve the most acute need of the area whether it be water develop110
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ment, fence construction, definition of stock boundaries, rodent
control, or some other work of vital importance to proper range
management. While the work accomplished has in each case proved of
immediate benefit, construction was planned for future benefits as well
and with the object not only of relieving present range conditions but
also of providing future means of conservation and protection of the
more than 110,000,000 acres of range land administered by the Division.
Water is the prime requisite of the public domain. Sections of
the national range used partially or not at all in past years are being
made available for grazing purposes largely through conservation
and distribution of water. Dams have been built to impound the
water from mountain streams and to preserve the early run-off, and
water check-dams have been built in dry creeks for the purpose of
arresting soil erosion in the wet seasons. The development of springs
wherever they could be located has been accomplished, and, in many
cases, wells have been sunk in an endeavor to provide watering
places within close proximity of each other in order that the range
may be more properly serviced and thus bring about a better distribution
of stock. In connection with this water development, storage facilities
such as troughs and tanks have been constructed. This not only
conserves the water but also provides much better watering facilities.
Closely allied with the water program is the work of opening truck
trails into the grazing regions and the building of stock trails for the
movement of animals from winter to summer range or to market.
This trail construction opens up large areas of grazing lands formerly
inaccessible and not only furnishes much needed new pasture but
also aids in the elimination of overgrazing in other areas. The holding
corrals constructed along these trails allow stock to be held overnight
on the way to market and are of great advantage to stockmen. A
sufficient water supply is included in the construction of each corral.
Bridge and cattle-guard construction are an important part of these
trails and are of great assistance in expediting the movement of cattle
and reducing losses of livestock.
An extensive rodent control program has proved of great benefit to
stockmen in conserving forage. More than 2,000,000 acres have been
treated for control of ground squirrels, gophers, prairie dogs, kangaroo
rats, and jack rabbits. Eradication of poisonous weeds has proved
very important in saving livestock, and 119,514 acres have been
treated for infestations of poisonous larkspur, death camas, and other
weeds which cause the death of hundreds of head of livestock.
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
The chief objectives of the educational program are vocational,
character, and citizenship development with specific consideration
given to job training. The enrollees are given every opportunity to
DIVISION OF GRAZING 111
learn to operate the machinery used on the work projects, and, through
the daily work in connection with classroom instruction, many skilled
workers have been developed from completely untrained men.
Systematic instruction on the job includes practice on the job in the
the field and at least 2 hours per week of systematic basic instruction
underlying the work off the job. This basic instruction includes a
general course in conservation. The effectiveness of the education
and training on the job program of these C. C. C. camps and the
interest of the enrollees in it may be judged from the fact that much
of the difficult construction has been done under the supervision of
foremen who were formerly enrollees. Their work has been approved
by those competent to judge, and the value of this instruction to
the enrollees themselves is immeasurable.
SAFETY PROGRAM
The safety program outlined by the Director of Emergency Conservation
Work is being followed, and, through its application, the
Division of Grazing, E. C. W., has maintained one of the best safety
records in Emergency Conservation Work. One camp, DG-35,
Milford, Utah, which has been operating since October 22, 1935, has
not from its inception up to the present time had one lost-time
accident.
The following table shows the accomplishments of the work projects
of the Division’s Emergency Conservation Work program:
Bridges_____________________________________________________ 54
Fences (miles)________________________________________________ 588
Reservoirs_______________________________ 68
Springs______________________________________________________ 57
Wells—fully equipped_________________________ 1---------------------- 44
Cattle guards________________________________________________ 37
Corrals______________________________________________________ 49
Truck trails (miles)___________________________________________ 1, 208
Stock trails (miles)____________________________________________ 106
Check dams_________________________________________________ 13, 319
Other flood-control structures__________________________________ 139
Acres treated for poisonous plant eradication______________________ 119, 514
Acres treated for insect pest eradication_________________________ 31, 599
Acres treated for rodent eradication_____________________________ 2, 376, 417
Diversion dams_______________________________________________ 194
COOPERATION
1. Local Associations of Stockmen
To remedy the situation of interspersed land ownership, where
State, county, tax-default, and privately owned lands are checkerboarded
and intermingled with public domain lands, the Department
early realized the necessity for some coordinated plan of management
with a system of unified control for all these lands if economic and
112 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
sane use were to be established. To make possible this form of
administration, the Secretary on March 17, 1936, approved a general
form of cooperative agreement to be used in entering into agreements
with local associations of stockmen. During the fiscal year ending
June 30, 1937, the number of these cooperative agreements was
increased by eight, and six more are pending. The total number of
these agreements approved to date is 17.
Economic and sane use require orderly regulation and occupancy of
the range and provide for proper utilization of the forage, all of which
results in the rehabilitation and conservation of the natural forage
resources which is the primary purpose of the Taylor Grazing Act and
the chief objective of the Department. Administration under a
cooperative agreement is designed to accomplish these purposes and
permits a coordinated use of Federal, State, county, railroad, and taxdefault
lands which are so intermingled that the proper use of one
cannot be had without use of the other. Under the terms of such
an agreement, the Secretary of the Interior determines the proper
season of use of all lands and fixes the fee to be charged for grazing
public domain lands included in the agreement, and the association is
required to acquire by lease or otherwise all State, county, tax-default
and other privately owned grazing lands obtainable within the area
covered by the agreement. The actual administration of the lands
included in the agreement is vested in the board of directors of the
association under general supervision of the Secretary. Through an
agreement of this sort, thus, there is brought about a harmony of
purpose and a constructive means of again placing these otherwise
burdensome non-Federal lands on a self-supporting basis and effecting
a plan for the conservation of all lands involved.
The Division of Grazing has no doubt reached an all-time high
among agencies of the Federal Government in the matter of cooperation.
Regulation of grazing on the public domain put into effect less
than 3 years ago to “preserve the land and its resources” has crystallized
opinion and effort as to the position this great resource occupies
nationally and locally. The result has been amicable relations with
all agencies in the interest of the natural resources and the welfare of
2% million agricultural and industrial people who pioneered and built
a civilization in its midst.
WILDLIFE
A program of wildlife management has been instituted by the
Division as an important part of the administration of all grazing
districts. The program may be divided into four parts: Cooperation
with the stockmen and district advisory boards; range improvements
through the Emergency Conservation Work of the Division; cooperation
with the Bureau of Biological Survey in setting aside game
DIVISION OF GRAZING 113
ranges to be used jointly by domestic livestock and game; and State
plans for wildlife such as the New Mexico and Oregon plans.
The New Mexico plan as approved by the Secretary of the Interior
has met with the approval of the varied interests in New Mexico
where stockmen have always been very active in conserving wildlife.
Under State supervision and control with the very effective cooperation
of local stockmen, New Mexico has built up one of the finest
mountain sheep herds in the United States.
The advisory board of Oregon Grazing District No. 3 adopted and
recommended a wildlife program which has now been adopted by the
advisory board of each of the six grazing districts in Oregon. It
involves the cooperation of the Bureau of Biological Survey, the Fish
and Game Commission, and the Forest Service in the formulation
and enforcement of a practical, scientific wildlife program.
ENFORCEMENT
Enforcement under the Rules for Administration of Grazing Districts
of March 2, 1936, and amendments thereto, has been maintained
with satisfactory results. A large number of alleged trespasses
have been investigated, trespass notices served, and trespasses abated.
Administrative officers of the Division, assisted by temporary range
riders during concentrated seasonal livestock movement on the range,
have been successful in promoting orderly migration of stock over
designated routes. The accomplishment has been mainly one of
education and understanding. Considering the magnitude of the
area and great number of migratory operators together with the
fact that many of the operators were unfamiliar with the trails, allotments,
and district lines, and the regulations, the result of enforcement
activities is regarded as an exceptional achievement. The
principal accomplishment is the prevention of a violation rather than
the arresting of a violation after it has occurred.
HEARINGS AND APPEALS
Of the total number of applications for grazing licenses received
and acted upon, comparatively few of the applicants were dissatisfied
with the decisions of the regional graziers. Only 607 applicants, or
4 percent, filed motions for review before the regional graziers. In
284 cases of this number, it was necessary to hold a formal hearing;
130 cases were withdrawn or adjusted without the necessity of a
formal hearing; and 193 cases are pending on appeal from the decision
of the regional graziers. It may be seen that 96 percent or the vast
majority was satisfied with the action taken by the field officers.
BUREAU OF MINES
John W. Finch, Director
FEW Government establishments are authorized as explicitly as the
Bureau of Mines to undertake conservational activities. Section 2
of the organic act under which it operates (37 Stat. 681) states, in
part:
That it shall be the province and duty of the Bureau of Mines,
subject to the approval of the Secretary of the Interior, to conduct
inquiries and scientific and technologic investigations concerning
mining, and the preparation, treatment, and utilization
of mineral substances with a view to improving health conditions
and increasing safety, efficiency, and economic development, and
conserving resources through the prevention of waste in the mining,
quarrying, metallurgical, and other mineral industries.
In accordance with the duties delegated to the Bureau by the
enabling act, many of its technologic and economic investigations are
designed to conserve mineral wealth, and all of its work in health
and safety is devoted to the conservation of human life.
The early history of our petroleum and natural-gas industry is a
classic example of wasteful mineral exploitation. Incident to the development
of one Texas field alone, billions of cubic feet of natural
gas were lost in the atmosphere, and the old-time practice of letting new
wells blow wild undoubtedly advanced the day when our oil reserves
will be exhausted. Formerly only a small portion of the oil and
natural gas underground was recovered, and although today perhaps
half is recovered in best practice it is still the object of modern
petroleum engineering to raise the percentage as much as possible.
The Bureau has given technical assistance toward the realization
of that ambition by work on the following important phases of oil
conservation: (1) Prolonging the producing life of wells through
application of better engineering practice; (2) estimating the probable
life of wells by working out relations between rate of fluid production
and pressure drop in the producing formation; and (3) avoiding
wastes in transportation and storage.
114
BUREAU OF MINES 115
The results of these studies as applied in actual practice have been
of value not only to oil companies but to State commissions charged
with regulation of production. A further service, particularly to the
latter group, has been the Bureau’s monthly forecast of the demand
for petroleum products, which serves as a guide in controlling production.
America’s supplies of solid fuels are estimated to be tremendous;
nevertheless, depletion of high-grade coals in certain parts of the
country, accompanied by such factors as high freight rates and more
exacting standards of domestic consumers built up by intense competition
from oil and gas, have led to studies by the Bureau that will
not only result in more economical use of this fuel but in larger sales
of the lower grades when offered in cleaner, more attractive condition
than in the past.
The Bureau’s service work as consulting fuel engineer to the
Government has saved thousands of dollars in Washington alone
and exemplifies the type of fuel economy possible not only in large
heating installations but in small domestic boilers as well.
Great Britain, Germany, France, and Japan are preparing to
supplement their inadequate petroleum stocks with gasoline obtained
by the hydrogenation of lignite, tar, and bituminous coal. Germany
can produce 800,000 tons of gasoline annually by this process and
France 50,000 tons; Great Britain has produced 100,000 tons a year,
and Japan soon will be able to manufacture 105,000 tons. Anticipating
the time when America’s petroleum reserves begin to fail
and prices rise, the Bureau of Mines is operating a continuous hydrogenation
plant at its Pittsburgh station to test the adaptability of
various domestic coals to the process.
A continuing study of the Bureau has been research on methods
for making America self-sufficient in strategic minerals, particularly
those of importance in warfare. Many of our known deposits of
chromite, manganese, nickel, and antimony ores have hitherto been
considered of too low grade to justify development. The Bureau
for some years has been attempting to devise low-cost methods of
extracting a product of commercial grade from these minerals, in
order to build up a potential source of supply and eventually to
preclude the necessity of importation. Already the development
of an electrolytic method of recovering pure metallic manganese
indicates that this country may be able to produce all of its requirements
of that important metal. Satisfactory methods have also
been developed for concentrating western chromite ores and for
producing pure chromium chloride cheaply.
The treatment of pegmatite tin ores is another metallurgic project
that, if successful, may make it possible for this country to produce
at least a part of its tin supplies now obtained from foreign countries.
116 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Beneficiation of Southwest potash ores is progressing successfully,
and tests in the Experimental mine on the bearing strength of potash
ores are proving helpful, as the American potash mines become
more extensive.
During the past few years there has been an insistent demand for
larger supplies of lithium salts. Spodumene, one of the principal
sources, occurs in large quantity in North Carolina. The Bureau has
developed a cheap method of concentrating low-grade spodumene ore
that promises to help establish a paying industry in the South.
More than 6,000,000 dozen pieces of ceramic wares are imported
annually. It seems to have been a tradition that American clays were
unsuitable for whiteware; but the Bureau has been proving that clays
of the South and the Pacific Northwest can be fabricated into finequality
ceramics, and is testing the firing of minerals locally available
at the new experiment station at Boulder City.
A report of especial value in any study of strategic minerals was
prepared. It discusses the occurrence, production, and international
flow of 32 important mineral commodities and covers the mineral
resources and demands of 12 major industrial countries, with recent
legislation affecting control of the mining industries in them.
The industrial dislocations that accompanied the depression
evicted many people permanently from their former occupations.
Faced with the necessity of earning a living, numbers of persons tried
mining, especially gold mining, which promised the most lucrative
returns. The methods employed frequently were ingenious, but
more often impractical and wasteful. Engineers of the Bureau
covering mining districts often have been of practical assistance to
these mining tenderfeet, showing them how to avoid wasteful practices,
pointing out simpler methods, and indicating hazards. The
revival of the small prospector has been an interesting feature of the
present-day mining industry. Some of the publications prepared by
the Bureau are written especially for these small operators, to give
them information on mining and milling methods. Results of a
special investigation of gold placer mining, undertaken in cooperation
with the Works Progress Administration, were published during the
year,
A number of years ago the Bureau established—and is continuing—
a series of circulars, usually written by mine operators, describing
methods of mining and milling at some of the country’s most important
mines. These are distributed on request, and comprise an
abundant reservoir of data on the successful handling of mining and
milling problems. In numberless instances application of the procedures
described has permitted profitable exploitation of a mining
property that otherwise might have failed. The flow sheets and
BUREAU OE MINES 117
working drawings of specialized equipment that accompany these
papers are no small factor in their usefulness.
The metallurgical industry has long struggled with the problem of
smelter-smoke disposal; not only has smelter smoke polluted the
atmosphere, with consequent injury to health and damage to vegetation,
but escape of volatiles has wasted valuable constituents of
ores. Moreover, in many cities coal smoke is an undesirable feature
during the winter. Smelting companies and city governments alike
are evincing keen interest in a device for precipitating solids from air
or other gases, developed by the Bureau on a laboratory scale during
the year and demonstrated successfully on a number of occasions.
Much attention has been focused on the scrap-metal industry.
At one time exports to countries that are increasing their armaments
attained proportions that many considered alarming, and stocks of
this important source of metals were being rapidly depleted. So
intense was the interest of the industry that, in addition to the seven
nonferrous metals ordinarily included in the annual surveys of secondary
material, the Bureau was encouraged to make consumption studies
of iron and steel scrap. The canvass of the use of both primary and
secondary tin was resumed at the request of tin consumers, anxious
to note the effect on the industry of the Faddis-B arbour bill providing
for licensing exports of scrap tin.
The Bureau makes annual studies of 109 minerals of commercial
importance for its yearly publication, Minerals Yearbook. This
volume, containing about 70 chapters reviewing trends in production
and consumption of individual minerals or logical groups of minerals,
is the outgrowth of more than 50 years of similar compilations, first
delegated to the Geological Survey and later to the Bureau of Mines.
A single book this year replaces the two-volume combination of
the Yearbook and its complementary supplement, the Statistical
Appendix.
During the year the Bureau received and made available to the
public about 3,100 consular reports; many of these were collated for
use in monthly compendiums: Mineral Trade Notes, International
Coal Trade, and International Petroleum Trade. The Bureau’s
foreign-mineral specialist acted as advisor to many American consular
officers stationed in Europe, and supplied information to the
Bureau on the status of the mineral industries in a number of countries,
relaying information obtained in personal visits.
Catastrophes, as the destruction of the Hindenburg and the New
London (Tex.) schoolhouse disaster were followed by calls for technical
advice; Bureau experts on explosions, helium, natural gas, and
safety collaborated in making exhaustive studies and determining the
cause of the New London explosion. In consequence, other localities
118 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
have asked the Bureau to examine schoolhouses and other public
buildings to judge whether explosion hazards existed and to suggest
remedies.
Explosions in the coal-mining industry have grown so infrequent
that during the year it was necessary to stage "artificial” explosions
in the Bureau’s Experimental mine so that safety engineers could be
given some experience in coping with conditions accompanying actual
disasters. When this is contrasted with the years immediately preceding
the creation of the Bureau of Mines, when there were 17 disasters,
on an average, each year, causing 562 fatalities, the past fiscal
year’s record of 6 major disasters causing 56 deaths in all represents a
tremendous and encouraging improvement.
Training courses conducted by the Bureau of Mines that not only
teach men how to treat injuries but what to do in emergencies, inspections
and recommendations for improvement of practices at mines,
first-aid meets, and other means of promoting education in safety
among the 2,000,000 employees of the mining industry have contributed
largely to the conservation of our national resources, not only
in the sense of preventing economic waste and loss in consequence of
destructive fires and explosions but also in the preservation of life
and prevention of human suffering.
FUTURE NEEDS
A more detailed review of the past year’s work will be found on succeeding
pages. However, due to limitations of available funds, the
Bureau of necessity was forced to restrict the scope of some of the
studies there described and has been unable even to initiate many
other important and highly commendable investigations designed to
improve health conditions, increase safety, promote efficiency, foster
economic development, or conserve resources in the mineral industries.
The Bureau believes that it can render worth-while service if funds are
provided for conducting the w'ork outlined in the following brief summary
of principal needs.
The Bureau’s data on the properties of coal have been of great use
to the National Bituminous Coal Commission in the proper classification
of coals as a basis for price fixing, and to other Government
agencies as a guide in the economical purchase of coal for their own
use. Because the analyses now on file unfortunately do not cover
most of the various coal fields adequately, complete surveys similar
to those conducted recently in Alabama and Washington should be
made in all of the other fields.
Accidents caused by falls of roof and coal are responsible for approximately
one-half of the deaths and a large proportion of the injuries
now occurring in coal mines. Moreover, the behavior of the mine roof,
as influenced by the nature of the strata and method of mining, affects
BUREAU OF MINES 119
appreciably the percentage of coal recovery. Investigation of this
problem of roof behavior would produce advantageous results in
increased safety and prevention of waste.
The amount of harmful sulphurous gases emitted into the atmosphere
varies considerably with different types of coal-burning powerplant
equipment and different operating conditions. A field survey
should be made to determine the variations, and a laboratory investigation
should be conducted to determine the allowable limitations.
There is an increasing demand which the Bureau is unable to meet
for research in fundamental mining problems, such as seismic investigations
of rock vibrations caused by blasting and the vibration rate
of rocks under stress; mine ventilation; and elimination or control of
dust produced during mining operations.
The mechanization of coal mines has proceeded so rapidly during
the past few years that additional personnel is needed to determine
the safety and “permissibility” of the electrical and mechanical
equipment being used.
Additional personnel is also needed to meet the widespread demand
for reports on mining and milling methods and costs, to keep abreast
of improvements in mining technology, and to aid small-scale operators
and prospectors through technical reports, mineral-industries surveys,
and personal visits by Bureau field engineers.
The number of nonmetallic minerals is so great, and the variety of
things that might be done with them by using cheap electric power is
so numerous, that a study of the processes using hydroelectric power
in preparing them for market is urgently needed, especially in view of
the Government’s interest in a number of projects where such power
is available.
There is also need for facilities with which to develop laboratory
metallurgical processes devised by the Bureau to the pilot-plant scale
of operations. This would make it possible to demonstrate commercial
applicability of the processes and thus provide an incentive for
their adoption by industry. The laboratory process using sound
waves to precipitate solids from smelter fumes or smoke from chimneys
is a case in point.
The petroleum industry and regulatory bodies realize that the
difficult problem of oil and gas well spacing is one of major importance.
Information as to how wells should be spaced to assure maximum
recovery through prolonged flowing life is far from complete. A
thorough, unbiased study of present-day conditions would aid greatly
in conserving and prolonging the life of the Nation’s oil supply by
showing the fallacies of ruthless offset drilling.
As new oil reserves are sought in deeper reservoir rocks the cost of
removing the oil becomes excessive unless full use is made of the energy
of the high-pressure gas associated with the oil. As an aid in the solu120
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
tion of this increasingly serious problem, factual data as to quantities
of oil now left in the ground, better utilization of available gas energy,
recycling of gas, and storage of gas in partly depleted fields should be
collected and widely published.
Results of the survey of crude oil storage made during the past year
show that further technical studies are needed on the physical and
chemical properties of various types of crude petroleum if data obtained
in the survey are to be used advantageously to obtain optimum
refinery yields of required products. Equally important is the collection
of statistical information regarding underground reserves so
that relationships may be established between desirable volume of oil
in storage above ground and the rate at which oil can be produced
from underground reserves when a sudden demand arises.
To meet an increase in the demand for helium that will ensue
when legislation is enacted permitting the sale of helium to commercial
aviation companies and for medical use, two additional wells should
be drilled in the Government-owned helium-bearing structure at
Cliffside, and one of the existing wells, which is in faulty mechanical
condition, should be repaired.
To find nonmetallic minerals that will be acceptable to the trade it
frequently is the practice to seek desposits of satisfactory minerals
at a great distance, or even abroad, when material near at hand might
be available if purified or properly treated. Tests by the Bureau in a
number of instances have developed such purification or treatment
processes, but the field is so large that additional personnel and equipment,
particularly in the new experiment station at College Park, Md.,
are urgently needed if the growing demand for this work is to be
met.
Recent disasters have resulted in many requests to the Bureau for
information and aid in overcoming hazards due to accumulations of
explosive gas and vapor, which cannot be complied with by the
present staff.
State regulations that demand a limitation on the amount of fumes
emitted by explosives used in mining have created a need for additional
research on the production of poisonous gases by all the classes, grades,
and sizes of industrial explosives used underground.
The present highly competitive situation in the coal industry makes
production of the maximum amount of lump coal imperative. The
“cushioned blasting” method has been proposed as a means for attaining
this end. The Bureau has been asked for an opinion as to the
safety of this method but is not in a position to render one because
funds are not available for the necessary investigation.
The use of Diesel engines on mine locomotives offers a means of
avoiding recognized hazards that result from the use of trolley locomotives
in coal mines, but the possibility of introducing other hazards,
BUREAU OF MINES 121
from carbon monoxide in the exhaust gas or from flame or sparks
emitted by Diesel engines, has not been determined. The Bureau
has been requested to investigate this matter, but has been unable to
do so for lack of personnel.
In the transfer from the Bureau of Mines to the National Bituminous
Coal Commission of funds and personnel formerly employed by
the Bureau in work on bituminous coal, the fact was apparently overlooked
that the Bureau also dealt with anthracite, coke, fuel briquets,
lignite, peat, and international trade in coal. All of these still remain
as Bureau functions but cannot be kept current by the force that can
be maintained with the reduced funds. Much of the value of the
economic information supplied to industry on these subjects lies in
the promptness with which it is made available. Unless additional personnel
is provided, important features will have to be postponed
indefinitely or dropped entirely, and the completeness and continuity
of statistical and other economic data to which the anthracite, coke,
and other fuel industries are accustomed and entitled will be destroyed,
to the material prejudice of their interests and those of the public as
well.
Additional funds are needed to permit collection of data on interstate
movements and distribution of gasoline and other finished
petroleum products, which are essential to the studies and forecasts
of market demand. These forecasts are invaluable to the petroleum
industry, the several State regulatory bodies, and the Federal Government
itself in the development of a sound program for oil conservation.
Outstanding achievements in mineral technology during the past
30 years have greatly changed the quantity of minerals that can ultimately
be made available, have had a sharp effect upon competitive
positions of different mining areas, and have reduced mining costs.
In consequence, the Bureau of Mines is called upon constantly to
advise mineral producers as to the amount of a specific mineral that
can be produced economically or consumed at a specific price, and as
to the effect of price fluctuation upon the stability of various branches
of mining. In order to answer these questions, and to provide mineral
producers with authentic price data for their guidance, new research
must be undertaken to develop information on mineral prices comparable
to that available in the fields of commerce, manufacturing,
and agriculture.
The Bureau has been asked to continue on an annual basis the
survey of iron and steel scrap consumption, which was originally
made possible by funds provided by the Works Progress Administration
and other cooperating agencies. Statistical and economic data
on scrap is essential to the public interest, for it is gradually being
realized that the stock of metals in use and the scrap returning to
industry constitute a great national resource and that a thorough
122 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
understanding of the secondary-metal problem is vital to the formulation
of any sound national policy with respect to raw-material supply.
There is a fast-growing recognition of the importance of nonmetallic
minerals, but in perhaps no other field of mineral production is market
research so necessary, because the value of the minerals is created by
effective market demand; and in probably no other field has such
research been so completely neglected by the Government, and by
private agencies. Provision for additional personnel would enable
the Bureau to undertake fundamental studies of consumption trends,
marketing problems, and reviews of industries that would permit
intelligent analysis of industrial needs and thus promote better utilization
of the Nation’s vast reserves of nonmetallic minerals.
Additional personnel is also needed to review and prepare for publication
the constantly increasing volume of information and data on
mineral commodities received from abroad, and to conduct regional
studies of the mineral industries in the more important foreign
countries.
The Mine Inspectors’ Institute of America in a formal resolution
has asked the Bureau of Mines to maintain facilities at the Experimental
mine for creating controllable mine fires and other disaster
conditions in order that theoretically trained key men may obtain
actual experience in mine rescue and recovery work and thus be
equipped to serve as leaders when real emergencies arise. Additional
funds are needed for personnel and expenses of such work.
The demand for first-aid training is greater than at any other time
in the history of the Bureau because of the demonstrated value of this
work as an effective method of preventing accidents. There is good
reason to believe that if the funds available for this work were doubled
the accident occurrence in American mines would be reduced at least
50 percent within the next 5 years. Additional personnel is also
needed to meet the demand for accident-prevention education for
mine officials and safety workers, which represents the best defense
of the operating companies against the mounting costs of accident
compensation.
The increasing pollution of streams, due to mineral substances that
are injurious or a menace to health, creates the need for a study of
these pollutions to determine a means of controlling or removing them.
There is also a need for resuming the study, in cooperation with the
United States Public Health Service, of health and sanitary conditions
in mining communities, which was recessed several years ago.
The seriousness of the dust-health problem in mining has created
an urgent demand for field studies in coal, metal, and nonmetallic
mineral mines to determine what can be done to protect the mine
worker from the menace of this occupational disease, to help the employer
protect himself from the heavy expense it causes, and to save
BUREAU OF MINES 123
the general public from the costs of charity or relief that are often
consequent.
A study of air conditioning in mines should be made to determine
means for preventing hot, humid, and frequently dust-laden air which
is the cause of much ill health, inefficiency, and accident occurrence,
particularly in deep metal mines.
REVIEW OF THE YEAR’S WORK
During the fiscal year 1937, the work of the Bureau of Mines was
administered under the Technologic, Economics and Statistics, Health
and Safety, and Administrative Branches from offices in Washington,
but most of the activities were conducted m mining districts throughout
the entire country. Fourteen experiment stations (at Bartlesville,
Okla.; Berkeley, Calif.; Boulder City, Nev.; College Park, Md.;
Laramie, Wyo.; Minneapolis, Minn.; New Brunswick, N. J.; Pittsburgh,
Pa.; Reno, Nev.; Rolla, Mo.; Salt Lake City, Utah; Seattle,
Wash.; Tucson, Ariz.; and Tuscaloosa, Ala.) studied problems connected
with mining, utilization, and conservation of the Nation’s
mineral resources in their localities, a number of field offices were
assigned special duties, and the safety instructors moved on a flexible
schedule, visiting mining establishments on request.
TECHNOLOGIC BRANCH
The Technologic Branch, which conducted research and technologic
investigations covering all phases of the mining industry, included
the Coal, Mining, Metallurgical, Petroleum and Natural Gas,
Nonmetals, and Explosives Division.
COAL DIVISION
The Coal Division, formerly called the Mechanical Division,
studied the properties, preparation, and utilization of coal, acted as
consultant in the purchase and use of fuel by the Government, and
operated the Bureau’s coal-hydrogenation plant and Experimental
mine.
Coal carbonization.—Carbonization tests to determine gas and
coke-making properties have been completed on 50 typical American
coals, including one noncoking subbituminous coal from Colorado.
The results to date have been correlated with the proximate analyses,
and relationships have been found that permit reasonably good
estimation of the yield of coke, gas, and byproducts for a given coal
from its proximate analysis.
Laboratory equipment designed for studying the expanding properties
of coking coals was used to determine the expanding or contracting
properties of various coals and blends of coals. This infor-
22914—37------ 10
124 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
mation is of great value to coke-oven operators in helping to avoid
destruction of ovens by expanding mixtures of coal.
A comprehensive study of the properties of coking coal indicated
that the structure of the coke from very plastic coals is improved by
mild oxidation.
Coal analysis.—During the year, 7,712 coal analyses were added
to the Bureau’s already voluminous records, which are available to
Federal agencies as well as to the public to aid in purchasing solid
fuels. Two especially equipped coal-sampling trucks collected 701
samples at 147 mines in 4 States; a special survey was made of 47
mines in Alabama.
Miscellaneous analyses.—Laboratory distillation tests to determine
yields of gas, coke, and byproducts were made on 46 typical
coals from various States, including a special survey of 28 samples
from Alabama
Carborundum has been found to be a suitable inert material for
mixing with coal in the Bureau of Mines agglutinating-value test for
determining the caking properties of coals. This material is readily
available on the market, and different lots have uniform surface
characteristics and give similar results with the same coal.
Physical chemistry.—Completion of another series of experiments
on the rate and mechanism of the thermal decomposition of ethane
has provided more fundamental data for further development of the
new gas-polymerization theory, which is reducing greatly the quantity
of natural and refinery gases heretofore lost.
Coal preparation.—Gradual improvement is taking place in the
coal fields where washing has been adopted. Bureau experts kept
in touch with the operators and unobtrusively pointed out various
inefficient and wasteful practices until they were corrected. Studies
were made on decreasing the cost of drying washed coal. In the past
year the Bureau made an intensive study of the coagulation of silt
from washery waste waters so that the latter will cease to be obnoxious
in streams. Better and cheaper coagulants are in prospect.
Use of fuels.—The investigation of the effect on combustion of
treating coal with small amounts of chemicals has been completed,
and the results have been prepared for publication as a bulletin, now
in press. Data assembled during studies on the relation of ash
composition to the formation of clinker and slag have been found of
value in connection with the operation both of industrial furnaces and
small domestic stokers.
Fuel economy service.—The fuel costs at Government power and
heating plants have been decreased in consequence of recommendations
made after efficiency tests to determine fuels and equipment.
Feed-water conditioning service was continued, with marked improvement
in economy and safety of boiler operation. A handbook for
BUREAU OF MINES 125
operators of fuel-burning equipment was published, and advice on
smoke abatement was given to the public and to the officials of certain
cities.
Coal hydrogenation.—1The new continuous hydrogenation plant at
the Pittsburgh Experiment Station was completed recently and has
been operated six times in tests lasting 10 to 24 hours. Pittsburghbed
coal was liquefied at 420° C. and 3,000 pounds hydrogen pressure.
The hydrogen was produced from natural gas and steam by a
process developed by the Bureau. New methods have been developed
for determining the composition of tar and oil from the hydrogenated
coal, and analyses of neutral oils have been improved by
successive extractions with increasing concentrations of sulphuric acid.
With the completion of the plant, the Bureau is prepared to conduct
comprehensive studies on the composition and properties of the
various kinds of American coals, as they affect the utilization of these
coals for combustion, carbonization, gasification, and liquefaction.
Experimental coal mine.—Studies of the bearing strength of potash
salt from the mines near Carlsbad, N. Mex., conducted in the Bureau’s
Experimental mine at Bruceton, Pa., indicated that if proper mining
methods are pursued under careful control there is little danger of
sudden shearing breaks of the roof that might admit water and cause
loss of the mines.
After mine explosions in Colorado and Pennsylvania the explosibility
of coal dusts from the districts concerned was determined by
tests in the Experimental mine, and the rock-dusting requirements for
mines working these coals are now accurately known.
MINING DIVISION
The Mining Division continued its investigation of metal-, nonmetal-,
and coal-mining methods and mine ventilation, extended the
mineral-industries survey, and tested and inspected electrical equipment
for “permissibility” in mines.
Metal-mining methods.—The investigation of metal-mining methods
comprised a detailed field study of mining and milling methods and
costs, with reports thereon; a part of the mineral-industries survey;
and technical assistance to small operators and prospectors. Field
work was continued throughout the year in nine Western States. Ten
information circulars were published, including four contributions to
the mineral-industries survey; in addition, manuscripts for a comprehensive
bulletin Copper Mining in North America, and 15 information
circulars were completed and are ready for publication. Field
engineers gave technical assistance to numerous prospectors and smallscale
mine operators who obviously were unable to employ competent
consultants.
126 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Metal-mining research.—Facilities for independent research on the
fundamentals of mining practice were established during the year when
a testing adit was driven 300 feet on the Government reservation at
Mount Weather, Va., and completely equipped for the purpose,
Previously the work was limited to investigations of improved metalmining
practices developed at individual mines by operators. A
research program was set up, comprising rock-drilling tests with
various kinds of steel and steel alloys and with different types of bits;
ventilation studies; explosives investigations, including production of
noxious gases in blasting; research on the formation, means of elimination,
or control of dust production in mining; development of apparatus
and technique for determining the strength and predicting the failure
of mine roofs and pillars; and related problems.
During an investigation of rock-drilling practices a national survey
of metal mines was made, from which an empirical index for the use of
detachable bits was derived. A comprehensive technical survey was
made of the use of mechanical loaders in metal mines, and an analytical
report thereon was partly completed. Four information circulars
were published.
Nonmetal mining .—Studies of mining and preparation methods and
costs were conducted at 28 mineral-wool plants, 5 clay mines, 2 gypsum
mines, and 1 silica-sand plant. Screen tests were made at four rock
quarries to determine the relation between size gradation of primary
crusher feed and size gradation and shape of the products. A new
technique was developed for measuring vibrations caused by blasting
in quarries and their effect on artificial structures; to determine the
characteristics of ground vibration from quarry blasts and the effect
of various charges and kinds of explosives, and tamped and untamped
charges, 125 field tests were made in 19 quarries and 1 mine.
Seven information circulars and one report of investigations were
published. Three papers were completed for publication in the
technical press or by technical societies, and five manuscripts were completed
and are ready for publication as information circulars.
Coal mining.—Studies were begun on multiple-shaft mechanized
mining in coal mines to develop data designed to increase efficiency
and promote safety and conservation in coal mining. An information
circular, Mining Methods Used in the Grundy Coal Field of Buchanan
County, Va., was published. Field studies were completed and manuscripts
prepared on Shaft-Bottom Lay-Outs in Coal Mines, and
Some Aspects on Strip-Mining of Bituminous Coal in the Central and
South Central States; both await publication.
Mine ventilation.—An investigation of causes, behavior, and control
of anthracite mine fires was continued throughout the year; a preliminary
report was prepared and discussed with the cooperating mine
officials. The results developed by laboratory research were applied
BUREAU OF MINES 127
to a particular fire, for which a complete history is being obtained.
Material was assembled as a basis for a report on the present status
of mechanical cooling in mines and the limits of its economical application
to the mines in the United States.
Mineral-industries survey.—A field examination of the noted Mojave
gold-mining district, Kern County, Calif., was completed, and an
information circular, The Golden Queen and Other Mines of the
Mojave District, California, was published. A study of the mineral
industry in the southern Mother Lode counties of California was
undertaken. The survey of Calaveras County was 60 percent complete,
and a report thereon is in preparation. Tuolumne and Mariposa
Counties, also in California, have also been studied in part and will
be coverd in separate reports.
Electrical equipment.—Inspection and tests for permissibility under
Bureau of Mines schedules, conducted in the electrical laboratories
at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station, resulted in formal approval of
9 coal-cutting machines, 13 coal loaders and conveyors, 1 drill, 3
storage-battery locomotives, and 2 electric cap lamps. Four motors,
three starters, and one headlight were found suitable for use in permissible
outfits, and over 600 changes in design of permissible compartments
were reviewed and approved. Nearly 700 persons witnessed
demonstrations of electrical ignition of gas-and-air mixtures by the
staff of the section in a campaign to impress on the mining public the
hazards of faulty electrical equipment and improper installation.
Problems relating to the voltage of mine circuits, installation of transformers
underground, and cables in roadways, shafts, and slopes were
studied. Six reports of investigations, three information circulars,
and two schedules were published during the year.
METALLURGICAL DIVISION
The Metallurgical Division conducted investigations on the treatment
of mineral raw materials from the condition as mined to the
finished product, starting with highly theoretical implications, working
logically through laboratory development of new methods, and concluding
with, plant testing to the point of demonstrative practical
application. This procedure provides incentive for the establishment
of new industries; examples of recent new commercal operations based
on results obtained by the Division are the installation of a flotation
unit to treat scheelite and slimes and the construction of a mill to
separate talc and magnesite by flotation.
Metallurgical jundamentals.—Selenium glass, selenium crystals,
tellurium, and one form of calcium hemihydrate were investigated by
low-temperature specific-heat measurements for the first time in history.
When further thermodynamic data on the calcium sulphate
hydrates have been obtained, they will permit an understanding of the
128 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
present unsatisfactory behavior of some lots of carefully prepared
plaster and will provide information that should insure a uniform and
superior product.
A study was made and a manuscript prepared on the thermodynamic
properties of metallic carbides and nitrides. Consideration of
the data offers a satisfactory insight regarding the theoretical basis
for the use of calcium carbide in debismuthizing lead bullion, the
gaseous case-hardening of ferrous materials, the direct synthesis of
ammonia from methane and air, the behavior of manganese in mild
steels, and the synthetic production of cyanide from ammonia and
carbon monoxide.
Preliminary experiments indicated that a cyclic process for removing
hydrogen chloride from the hydrogen used in the reduction of chromium
chlorides by active carbon—a step in the production of chromium
from ores by the new process developed in the Division—will operate
effectively. The possibility of producing chemically pure chromium
for somewhat less than 20 cents per pound appears to be good.
A small experimental demonstration unit was evolved which operated
with an efficiency of 85 to 95 percent of the theoretically maximum
possible concentration for the separation of gases of different
density or molecular weight by diffusion. More than 400 tests have
confirmed the belief that this device, which provides a mechanical
means for separating gases in a manner just as simple as the conventional
separation of mineral particles by gravitational methods, may
be converted into a new tool for the metallurgist or chemist applicable
to a wide variety of technical processes.
Papers were published during the year as follows: A Revision of
the Entropies of Inorganic Substances; Heats of Fusion of Inorganic
Substances; Sponge-Iron Experiments at Mococo; Reduction of Zinc
Ores by Natural Gas; Chemistry of Anhydrous Chromium Chlorides;
The Thermodynamic Properties of Sulphur and Its Inorganic Compounds;
and The Thermodynamic Properties of Metal Carbides and
Nitrides.
Metallurgy of steel.—Special equipment for determining magnetic
susceptibility at elevated temperatures and a vacuum furnace capable
of operating at 1,300° C. were developed, constructed, and operated
in the course of a study of the constituents of open-hearth slags of
various types.
Blast-furnace studies— As a step in assisting steel manufacturers to
meet the very rigid requirements demanded by consumers, investigations
were made on removal of the maximum amount of sulphur and
other impurities in the blast furnace. It has been found that the oxides
in basic pig iron bear no direct relation to those in the basic openhearth
steel produced from it, but that there is a definite relation beBUREAU
OF MINES 129
tween the silicon and sulphur content and the temperature of iron in
the runner.
Special studies.—The most spectacular achievement of the division
during the year was the devising of apparatus for applying high-frequency
standing sound waves to the flocculation and removal of dust
and smoke from gaseous suspensions. This process appears to have
good possibilities for the solution of these problems and only awaits
a practical method for the production of suitable standing waves.
The various factors that control the flocculation and removal of dust,
smoke, and fume from gaseous suspensions by high-frequency sound
waves were studied with three types of laboratory machines, constructed
and operated on various aerosols. This method has aroused the
interest of a wide variety of industries that desire to recover valuable
products that now are wasted up the stack and of communities that
must handle the problem of preventing air pollution. A description
of these machines and their operation has been published.
Ore-dressing.—Grinding studies were continued, and the results
described in the following publications: Ball-Mill Grinding; Relation
of Ball Wear to Power in Ball Milling; Observations from Some Crushing
and Grinding Tests; Analogy Between Size-Analysis of Droplets
in Emulsions and Particles in Crushed Ore; and Use of the Coercimeter
in the Study of Grinding.
Some success was achieved in magnetic-roasting studies, in investigations
on the chemistry of flotation, and in tests of new flotation
reagents. Data obtained on the flotation of nonsulphides were published
in three papers—Flotation of Complex Molybdenum-Vanadium
Ores, Flotation of Vermont Talc-Magnesite Ores, and Flotation
of Langbeinite.
Precious metals.—Results of an investigation of the recovery of
tungsten from slimes previously wasted has resulted in the commercial
installation of a 75-ton flotation plant, which is recovering more than
91 percent of the tungsten.
A paper was published giving the findings of a preliminary investigation
on the loss of gold in dredging and its prevention.
. Nonjerrous metallurgy.—A method was devised for recovering lead
and silver from oxidized siliceous ores that resisted attack by usual
’ ore-dressing routines. By grinding with iron balls, the lead becomes
metalized and can be removed by gravity treatment or flotation, and
( the silver becomes associated with finely divided abraded iron and
can be separated magnetically or floated with the lead. Two papers,
[ entitled “Smelting in the Lead Blast Furnace” and “Treating Drosses
m Lead Smelters”, were prepared for publication.
Ore-testing.—Work was actively continued on the standardization
of testing methods, the development of new methods of analysis, and
the determination of recommended processes for the treatment of
130 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
representative ores from various mining districts. Results of the
work are published yearly as a progress report of the division.
Electrometallurgy.—Plant-scale furnaces and testing equipment
were installed in the Boulder City Experiment Station, and active
work was done on the development of methods to use surplus power
for treating ores that should promote the establishment of new industries,
in the vicinity of large western dams.
Methods of purifying solutions used in a cyclic process in which
manganese is recovered by electrolysis from the treatment of lowgrade
ores were perfected, and production of metallic manganese
progressed on a moderate scale.
PETROLEUM AND NATURAL-GAS DIVISION
The Petroleum and Natural Gas Division studied technical and
engineering problems relating to the production, recovery, and transportation
of oil and natural gas and the refining and storage of crude
oils. It also operated a helium-production plant at Amarillo, Tex.
Production and recovery oj petroleum and natural gas.—The spacing
of wells so that oil is drained from a producing formation with greatest
efficiency and economy is one of the most important, complex problems
of the petroleum industry. As a contribution to the solution of this
problem, engineers of the Division have established an empirical
relation between the mass rate of fluid production (gas, oil, and
water) and the drop in pressure in the producing formation.
That the Division’s research activities are yielding practical benefits
is shown by the special reports on producing oil and gas fields that
have been made by the Bureau upon request of operators desiring to
conserve and utilize efficiently the energy in naturally producing
structures and of Government organizations concerned with regulation
of oil and gas production in various States. During the current
year, data reports were made by Bureau engineers on the Fitts pool
(Oklahoma), the Tepetate oil field (Louisiana), and the Laredo and
Otis fields (Kansas), which aided the oil companies in controlling and
the authorities in regulating oil and gas production in these fields by
supplying needed information from a competent, unbiased source on
conditions in the producing formations that affect efficient and
economical rates of withdrawal from the natural underground reservoirs.
Transportation of natural gas.—Another example of cooperative
work is the study of freezing in natural-gas pipe lines. This study,
which is being conducted in cooperation with the natural-gas department
of the American Gas Association, relates to the conditions under
which hydrocarbon hydrates are formed in pipe lines containing
natural gas under high pressure, with a view of devising means of
preventing them. During the year an apparatus for determining the
BUREAU OF MINES 131
dew point of gases under pressure was constructed, and it is believed
that better understanding of dew-point determinations—an essential
consideration—will be obtained.
Engineering field studies—Engineering reports on the Big Spring
and other West Texas fields and on the Oklahoma City oil field were
compiled. Results of studies of gas reserves in the Oklahoma City
oil field and in the Michigan “stray” sands were published.
Special engineering problems.—Three reports on brine disposal in
oil fields, one on results of oxidation of oil in place due to repressuring
oil-producing formations with air and air-gas mixtures, and one discussing
causes and prevention of blow-outs during drilling were
issued. An information circular prepared jointly by this division
and the Health and Safety Branch covered some problems of respiratory
protection in the petroleum industry, with suggestions for their
solution. An ingenious method for determining compressibility of
natural gas was described in a paper published in a technical journal.
Chemistry and refining oj petroleum.—The second and third gasolinesurvey
reports in cooperation with the Cooperative Fuel Research
Committee were published. This series is to continue during the
coming year. A report giving analyses of crude oils from some Michigan
fields attracted unusual attention. Two papers were printed in
a technical journal reporting results of experiments on determination
of so-called molecular weights of petroleum fractions of relatively
large molecular weight. An apparatus and method for continuous
isothermal separation of the major fractions of petroleum were
developed, and the application of the principle to a routine method
of analysis of crude petroleum was studied.
Crude-oil stock survey.—At the request of the Interstate Oil Compact
Commission and pursuant to a special Congressional appropriation
a quantitative and qualitative survey of all crude petroleum in
storage in the United States was made. The need and purpose of this
survey were based upon the possibility that crude oil held in storage
for many years had lost much of its gasoline content. The physical
condition of the crude oil in storage was considered by the Commission
an essential factor in forecasting demand for petroleum from the
standpoint of equitable balance between demand and quantity of oil
in storage. A preliminary report of results and conclusions was made
at a meeting of the Commission at Santa Fe, N. Mex., July 10, 1937.
Helium plant.—The helium production of the Amarillo plant was
increased to 4,800,000 cubic feet; it was taken by the Army and Navy
for use as a lifting agent for nonrigid airships. The Bureau also
supplied about 8,000 cubic feet of helium to the United States Public
Health Service, which is cooperating with hospitals in the use of
helium mixed with oxygen in treating asthma and other respiratory
diseases.
132 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Other activities.—Two engineers from the petroleum field office,
Dallas, Tex., cooperated with two engineers of the Bureau’s Safety
Division in investigating the causes of an explosion of natural gas
used to heat the consolidated school buildings at New London, Tex.
Conclusions and recommendations to prevent future occurrence of
such catastrophes were embodied in a report for publication.
As a result of the burning of the German airship Hindenburg, the
division was called upon for advice and technical data regarding the
use of helium in dirigibles.
A comprehensive report on petroleum and natural-gas conservation
was prepared for the Third World Power Conference.
NONMETALS DIVISION
The work of the Nonmetals Division was concerned with the
beneficiation, processing, and utilization of nonmetallic mineral substances,
and with fundamental studies, such as embrittlement of
boiler steel and the application of new research tools.
Potential increase in supply of lithium salts.—Demands for larger
supplies of cheaper lithium salts are now answerable; the division’s
study of concentration methods for low-grade spodumene ores and
its chloride-volatilization process for extracting the lithium from
spodumene in the form of lithium chloride point the way to increase
production at low cost. Research on application of beta spodumene
concentrate in pottery and glassmaking has been accelerated in
consequence.
Improving quality of talc.—Froth flotation for the treatment of
talcs is also being applied commercially. Last year magnesite was
removed from a Vermont talc and this year tremolite was separated
from a New York talc by flotation methods. In this latter instance
it is desirable merely to control the ratio of talc to tremolite in talcs
intended for use in ceramics. Pure talc is needed for the highergrade
uses, such as in cosmetics and special porcelains.
Hydration of lime.—Studies of the hydration of limes show the
importance of controlling hydrating temperature, as reflected in the
behavior of hydrated lime. Sufficient plasticity to class many limes
as finishing lime is obtained if enough care is taken to hydrate completely
most of the magnesia present.
Concentration of kyanite.—Samples of kyanite from large, lowgrade
deposits in all parts of the Nation were under investigation,
and more are to be collected. Froth-flotation and agglomeratetabling
methods, using the more modern cationic and anionic reagents
as collectors, have proved most successful so far; however,
the impurities in kyanite deposits vary in character and dispersion,
and not all the concentration problems have been solved.
BUREAU OF MINES 133
Treatment of clays.—Tests on fractionation of clay by froth flotation
were made at the Tuscaloosa laboratory. It would appear that
the process can be used with advantage to remove the colloidal fraction
of the clay first of all. This is done without any mineral selection,
which is obtainable only on the more granular fractions of clays.
Removal of mica, feldspar, and quartz from clay seems to be in
sight. There are thousands of clays, no two alike, and the field of
research is far larger than the force available to investigate it.
Studies of the olivine obtainable in dunities of the Pacific Northwest
have shown that they are of unusual refractory grade; therefore,
their adaptability to various uses was investigated. Similar
encouraging results were obtained with the chromites of the same
region. The soapstone of the Northwest has been tested for several
years and is now actively developed commercially. Studies of the
effect of structure of the soapstone shapes on firing behavior were
made during the year.
Seasoning of cement.—The work of the division on the possibility
of substituting anhydrite for gypsum as a retarder for portland cement
was finished. The amount of anhydrite that can be substituted is a
function of the condition of the cement clinker, especially the water
vapor that has been absorbed from gases at the proper temperature.
Studies of particle size.—A mathematical law of size distribution
in crushed materials was derived and tested on numerous minerals;
from it can be deduced such important constants as total area per
unit weight, number of particles, and uniformity of coefficient.
Boiler-water studies.—One of the outstanding results attained by the
division during the year concerned treatment of boiler feed-water in
connection with research on causes and mitigation of “embrittlement”
cracking of boiler steel. Last year, silica dissolved in the caustic
boiler water was found to be an important factor in the cracking of the
steel. Since then, the presence of dissolved lead, titanium, antimony,
and a few rare metals in the alkaline water has also been found very
important, lead being particularly harmful. The addition of proper
amounts of lignin or tannins, or their derivatives, affords the best protection
against embrittlement. Studies of the mechanism of this
cracking and its prevention are being continued.
New research tools.—Very successful application has been made of
the newer cationic flotation reagents in separating feldspar and quartz,
both by flotation methods and by table agglomeration. The coming
year should see important adoption of these methods.
The quartz spectrograph as an instrument for quantitative chemical
determinations has been diligently adapted to the analysis of silicate
and carbonate rocks. These are fields of analytical chemistry where
existing methods are long and tedious.
134 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
EXPLOSIVES DIVISION
The Explosives Division conducted research on the explosibility and
inflammability of gases and vapors and tested explosives and blasting
devices.
Gas explosions.—An important continuing problem is the development
of information relating to the causes and elimination of gas explosions
from accumulations in confined spaces. A member of the Division
assisted in the investigation of the terrible school disaster at New
London, Tex., and drew up recommendations for practice that should
prevent other similar disasters. Since 1929, work done in cooperation
with public utility companies in and near Boston, Mass., has reduced
the explosibility of manhole atmospheres to about one-ninth that shown
when the study was begun.
Inflammability of gases and vapors.—Fundamental studies of chemical
compositions and related conditions governing the burning or
explosion of gas were extended to certain organic compounds upon
which data have not hitherto been available. A bulletin containing
information available on the subject, for which the supply has been
exhausted, is being revised to meet the continuing demand.
Detection and elimination of mine fires.—A chemical method was
developed for locating incipient anthracite mine fires and for following
the progress of those in inaccessible workings, together with much
information on the behavior of anthracite and associated combustible
material when subjected to heat. This study has proved useful in
diagnosing the cause of such hazards and determining appropriate
measures for minimizing them.
Mechanism of flame propagation.—Cooperative studies have developed
many important kinetic considerations involved in the propagation
of flames and explosions.
Methods of testing explosives.—Many striking phenomena were noted
in the study of variables governing the ignition of gassy atmospheres
by explosives. The danger zones in the spaces near boreholes were
mapped. Evidence was accumulated to show that unusual concentrations
of energy in the products of detonation may cause dangerous
ignitions.
Permissible explosives and blasting devices.—To simulate severe
service under dangerous gas or gas-plus-dust conditions, 1,254 tests
were made within the Bureau’s testing gallery; 1,280 other important
control tests of a physical or performance character were conducted,
and 195 explosives were analyzed chemically. The active permissible
list of explosives at the end of the fiscal year comprised 195 brand
names, and the list of blasting devices included 8 models.
BUREAU OF MINES 135
OFFICE OF CHIEF MINING ENGINEER
The Chief Mining Engineer acted as liaison officer in international
cooperation in mine-safety research, served as chairman of the
Bureau’s Mine Safety Board, and investigated special problems relating
to mining.
International cooperation in mine-safety research.—Interchange of
quarterly progress reports and data with the research stations of Great
Britain, Belgium, France, and Germany was continued. A conference
at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station with representatives of the
British Safety in Mines Research Board who had attended the Third
World Power Conference was devoted to discussion of problems concerning
gases, harmful dusts, and dust explosions. Demonstration
coal-dust explosions were made at the Experimental mine.
Mine Safety Board.—The Mine Safety Board continued regular
meetings and reviewed reports on mine accidents. Although no
new recommendatory safety decisions were made during the year, a
number were under consideration. Schedules of explosives were
studied, with especial reference to emission of fumes. Data were
obtained on a liquid-oxygen explosive disaster in France and a serious
explosion in an open-cut mine in Chile. A revision of the circular
citing all Safety Board decisions, with explanatory text, was prepared
and submitted for publication.
Ground Movement and subsidence in mining.—Studies on ground
movement and subsidence were continued by the American Institute
of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers committee which cooperates
with the Bureau. The chief mining engineer, as chairman of the
committee, prepared a review of the studies of the committee since
it was formed in 1923. Studies on prevention of coal-mine bumps,
such as occur in eastern Kentucky, were continued, and recommendations
by the chief mining engineer were followed with success.
Conservation of potash salt in mining.—Investigations were made in
June 1936 in mines on Government lands at Carlsbad, N. Mex.,
with a view to reducing the loss of potash salt by changing the mining
method. Blocks of potash salt from these mines were tested later in a
compression machine at the experimental mine.
Diesel mine locomotives.—Diesel locomotives have not yet been
used in American mines, but it is believed that they are safer for coal
mines than trolley locomotives. The study of their use in Germany,
France, and England was continued, additional data were obtained
by correspondence, and a report was published as Information Circular
3320.
Experimental mine tests.—A report on coal-dust tests in the experimental
mine since 1932 was in preparation, to be published as
one of a series of bulletins on the subject. A review of a quarter
136 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
century of successful tests in the experimental mine, which have
shown that major mine explosions are preventable by rock dusting,
was completed.
European mining methods.—A bulletin covering data on European
mining methods obtained on trips abroad was being prepared for
publication.
ECONOMIC AND STATISTICS BRANCH
The Economics and Statistics Branch assembled and published
data on the production and consumption of mineral commodities and
prepared reports of special economic studies; it also was responsible
for the annual publication entitled “Minerals Yearbook.” The Branch
comprised the Coal Economics, Petroleum Economics, Mineral Production
and Economics, Metal Economics, Nonmetal Economics, and
Foreign Minerals Divisions.
COAL ECONOMICS DIVISION
The work of the Coal Economics Division concerned itself with
statistical and economic problems relating to the solid-fuel industries.
Service to industry.—The division procured statistics and studied
economic trends with respect to anthracite, bituminous coal, lignite,
peat, coke, and fuel briquets. As a service to producers, distributors,
and consumers the division issued weekly and monthly reports that
reviewed short-time movements of supply and demand; many of
these data were summarized in annual reports for Minerals Yearbook
that provide a background for current service and trace basis changes
in the coal and related industries.
Special investigations.—A detailed and historical study of unemployment
in coal mines, undertaken in cooperation with the Works
Progress Administration, was practically completed during the year.
Data regarding expenditures for supplies and materials, colliery fuel,
purchased electric power, and salaries and wages in bituminous-coal
and anthracite mines in 1935, collected in cooperation with the Bureau
of the Census as a feature of the Census of Business, were prepared
for publication. Special reports were also completed on the mechanical
mining and cleaning of bituminous coal and anthracite, the conservation
of coal resources, technology and the mineral industries,
and mechanical loading in metal and nonmetal mines.
International trade in fuels.—The monthly report on international
coal trade included special studies of coal-market control abroad and
trends of the American coal market in Canada. A separate publication
on competitive conditions in the international coal trade was
released.
Economies in publication.—The collection of statistical reports
through trade agencies, inaugurated several years ago to reduce
costs, was continued in the fiscal year 1937.
BUREAU OF MINES 137
PETROLEUM ECONOMICS DIVISION
The Petroleum Economics Division collected statistics on petroleum
and natural gas, prepared monthly forecasts of demand for petroleum
products, made special studies of crude-oil stocks and of factors
affecting productivity in the oil and gas industry.
Forecasts of demand.—The monthly forecasts of demand for motor
fuel and crude oil were a major feature of the work of the division
during the year. These forecasts have been issued regularly by the
Bureau since June 1935, and they represent an impartial projection
of the trends of current demand. They constitute a useful service,
essential to the information of the petroleum industry, of the several
State agencies, and of the Federal Government itself in developing a
sound oil-conservation program. Enlargement of the staff engaged
in collecting the necessary basic statistical data has resulted in
progressive improvement in the scope and accuracy of the forecasts
during the past year.
Survey of crude-oil stocks.'—One of the most important objectives of
oil conservation is to avoid the waste resulting from the unnecessary
storage of oil above ground. At the request of the Interstate Oil
Compact Commission, the Petroleum Economics Division in cooperation
with the Petroleum and Natural-Gas Division of the Bureau
undertook a survey of crude-oil stocks as of June 30, 1936. The main
objectives of this survey were to determine the age and origin of crude
held in storage, the extent of deterioration from the standpoint of
straight-run gasoline production, and the relations between necessary
working stocks and surplus reserves.
The economic results of the survey indicate the necessity for a
continuous check of the liquidation of older stock accumulations in
contrast to the changes in current or working stocks. The amount
of older stocks desirable is directly related to the extent of underground
reserves from which current production can be increased
quickly. This segregation of older stocks will make possible an
adequate check of the fluctuations of current stocks and their proper
relation to market demand.
Special studies.'—A survey in cooperation with the Bureau of the
Census resulted in completion of a census of oil and gas production
that had not been undertaken since 1919. A special study of factors
affecting productivity in the oil and gas industry was undertaken by
the division in cooperation with the Works Progress Administration,
and the results indicate the great technical advances that have been
made in the discovery, production, and refining of oil.
MINERAL PRODUCTION AND ECONOMICS DIVISION
The Mineral Production and Economics Division procured and
published production statistics for metal mining, supervised the
compilation of the Minerals Yearbook, continued statistical studies of
138 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
employment, accidents, and explosives, and assisted in a census of
mines and quarries and in a study of technologic changes in the
mineral industry.
Metal-mine statistics.—-Following the Bureau of Mines policy of
publishing production statistics as soon as possible after the close of
the calendar year, the first of the preliminary reviews covering metal
mining in the western States was released early in January, and by
the end of the month summary reports covering the 13 States that
produced nonferrous metals had been issued. By the end of June,
statistics for metal mining were virtually completed, and the State
mine-review chapters (except those for Arizona, Montana, and Nevada)
in Minerals Yearbook 1937 contain final figures for 1936 as well as
details for 1935 that were incomplete in the previous volume.
Minerals Yearbook.—Minerals Yearbook 1936 was issued in August
1936. The volume included 69 mineral-commodity chapters and
comprised 1,136 pages, including a comprehensive index. The
demand for this annual official review of the mining industry has
grown rapidly in recent years, and nearly 10,000 copies of the 1936
volume were distributed. As with others of the series, orders for
Minerals Yearbook 1936 had virtually exhausted the edition shortly
after delivery by the printer.
The entire manuscript for Minerals Yearbook 1937 was submitted
for transmittal to the Public Printer on June 22, 1937. This volume
is substantially larger than its predecessors, for it includes detailed
statistics on coal, petroleum, and certain other commodities previously
published in the Statistical Appendix. Thus, for the first time in
more than 30 years, a single volume contains complete data on the
entire mining industry.
Employment and accidents.-—The division conducted its usual
statistical investigations of employment and accidents in the mining,
quarrying, smelting, milling, and coking industries of the United
States. Bulletins showed the progress made in promoting safety in
the mineral industries. Four safety contests, based upon reports of
accidents and man-hours of employment, were conducted during the
year. The division also prepared and published reports covering the
quantity of explosives produced in the United States and the amounts
of nitrogen and other materials used in their manufacture.
Joint conduct of census of mines and quarries.—During the fiscal
year 1936 a canvass of the mining industry for 1935 was conducted by
the Bureau of Mines in cooperation with the Bureau of the Census.
This work was undertaken with the advice of the Central Statistical
Board, and questionnaires of the two Bureaus were consolidated into
a single schedule. Returns have been received that are believed to
be accurate enough to indicate the volume of employment as well as
expenditures for supplies, salaries, and wages paid by the mineral
BUREAU OF MINES 139
industries, but in no instance do they justify computation of unit
costs. Detailed preliminary data for 1935 for most of the mineral
fuels, metals, and nonmetals have been compiled and made public
through the office of the Census of Business.
Changes in mineral technology and output per man.—In cooperation
with the Works Progress Administration the division studied technological
changes and output per man in selected mineral industries
in the United States. Two reports were published, “Technology and
the Mineral Industries” and “Small-Scale Placer Mines as a Source of
Gold, Employment, and Livelihood in 1935.” These initiate a series
intended to show technological changes in the extractive industries
and their effect on production and employment.
METAL ECONOMICS DIVISION
The Metal Economics Division was created July 1, 1936, to effect a
more logical organization of the economic and statistical work in metals.
The division also conducted special studies of the consumption of
iron and steel scrap and tin.
Statistical reports.—Forty-five marketing and production canvasses
of the metal industries were completed; the results were made available
to the public promptly in 30 mineral market reports. Fifteen chapters
were prepared for Minerals Yearbook 1937 by division specialists.
Two information circulars were published, 3 articles were written for
techincal journals, and 32 large-scale charts depicting the international
flow of minerals were prepared for printing. The division also compiled
the metals section of Mineral Trade Notes. Over 2,000 requests
for information from the public and from various Government agencies
were answered during the year.
Consumption studies of iron and steel scrap and tin.—An outstanding
accomplishment of the division during the year was the completion of
the first comprehensive survey of the consumption of iron and steel
scrap. The usefulness of this new service was attested by the wide
publicity given to the Bureau’s publications in trade journals, and the
following statement from a spokesman of the scrap iron and steel
industry.
For the first time in the history of the industry, an authoritative
and reliable contribution to the literature of the scrap industry
was made by the Bureau of Mines. * * * I would strongly
urge the continuation of this survey as a necessary function of
the Bureau of Mines, which, because of the respect earned by it
from industry because of impartiality and thoroughness in its
work, has been able to secure the complete cooperation of both
the scrap industry and the steel industry.
The canvass of the uses of tin, discontinued in 1931, was resumed
upon request from tin consumers. The new survey included secondary
tin and complete data on plant inventories and the flow of scrap and
other byproducts.
22914—37------ 11
140 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
NONMETAL ECONOMICS DIVISION
The Nonmetal Economics Division is essentially a service organiza- »
tion supplying economic and statistical data on nonmetallic mineral
commodities to a group of industries having a total annual production
valued at more than $600,000,000.
Statistical reports.—The statistical canvass and compilation of chapters
for Minerals Yearbook is an important function of the division,
which prepared 19 chapters for the 1937 volume, covering more than •
80 commodities. These chapters reviewed the outstanding activities
in each industry, and the statistical data were supplemented by a
wealth of current information. Supplementing the yearbook chapters,
monthly reports were issued on cement and quarterly reports on
gypsum—compilations much appreciated and in active demand. Current
statistical data were issued as mineral market reports giving preliminary
estimates or advance final figures. Data were prepared for
joint reports of the Census of Business, as well as for those on employment
and productivity issued in cooperation with the Works Progress
Administration.
Special studies.—Special reports covering significant economic features
of the nonmetallic mineral industries included papers on trends
in the use of various building materials, economic significance of highgrade
concentrates, and economies resulting from the use of wire saws
in working slate and building-stone. Other reports included an annotated
bibliography of 450 references covering all work of the Bureau of
Mines on building materials of mineral origin and a comprehensive
bulletin describing all phases of the asbestos industry, with particular
emphasis on foreign supplies and international trade. The division
prepared a review of technical progress in the entire field of industrial
(nonmetallic) minerals during 1936 for publication in an outside mining
journal. Chapters on refractories, minor industrial minerals, and
dimension stone were written for inclusion in a forthcoming volume
on industrial minerals and rocks. Reports on the salt and gypsum
industries were nearly completed.
Mineral trade notes.—The division continued the monthly publication
of Mineral Trade Notes, the chief function of which is to present
abstracts of consular reports. The circulation has increased steadily
and has been supplemented by a loan service of consular reports and
by the issuance of five special supplements. Intimate acquaintance
with mineral developments in foreign countries is thus made possible.
Service work.—Hundreds of inquiries on mineral subjects were answered
monthly; during the year these included requests from over 30
Government agencies. The marketing of minerals was promoted by
furnishing inquirers with lists of buyers. Extensive data files, which
are constantly augmented, furnished a reservoir of detailed informaBUREAU
OF MINES 141
tion. The series of information circulars built up during recent years
was of great assistance, but many of them are out of print, and only
loan copies could be supplied. The welfare of the nonmetallic mineral
industries was promoted also by close cooperation of staff members
with the activities of the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers, particularly in establishing its Industrial Minerals
Division, and in serving on the editorial board responsible for publication
of a 700-page volume on industrial minerals.
FOREIGN MINERALS DIVISION
The Foreign Minerals Division completed the survey of the international
flow of mineral raw materials, collaborated with American
consular officers abroad in conducting mineral-economics surveys, and
developed arrangements to make consular economic and commodity
reports available to American industries.
Mineral raw-materials survey.—The survey of mineral production,,
distribution, and consumption of 32 minerals, preparation of which
was begun in the fall of 1935, was completed in June 1937. This
study covers in detail world occurrences of the 32 major industrial
minerals and reviews the position as producer and consumer of these
minerals held by the 12 major industrial countries. The finished
volume comprises 342 pages of text, tables, and international flow
charts and has been published by the McGraw-Hill Book Co., due to’
lack of adequate printing funds in the Bureau.
Foreign mineral specialist.—During the past fiscal year the Bureau’s
foreign mineral specialist, detailed as vice consul to European posts,
has made comprehensive mineral-economics surveys of 10 European
countries (Italy, Germany, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Bulgaria, Rumania,
Austria, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and Greece). These studies
were prepared in collaboration with American consular officers.
Only 4 of the 14 major reports prepared by this specialist have been
published, because of lack of funds. The material not as yet released
is being prepared as a regional survey covering southeastern Europe^
and it is anticipated that a report can be published during the coming
fiscal year.
Consular reporting service —During the year the division developed
to a very satisfactory degree cooperative arrangements with the
American consular service whereby the latter now furnishes the
Bureau regularly with economic and commodity reports essential
in the preparation of the three monthly bulletins covering international
trade in minerals, petroleum, and coal and very helpful in the preparation
of the various commodity chapters for Minerals Yearbook.
During the past year the Bureau received approximately 3,100 consular
reports all of which were used for current publications or made
available for loan.
142 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
HEALTH AND SAFETY BRANCH
The Health and Safety Branch, which consisted of the Safety and
Health Divisions, was responsible for safety training, answered
emergency calls for aid after disasters at mines or mineral plants,
and studied conditions relating to the health of workers.
SAFETY DIVISION
The Safety Division supervised first-aid and mine rescue training,
investigated mine fires and explosions, studied safety conditions at
mines, and carried on various other safety activities. During the
past year the division personnel included 25 engineers, 26 safety
instructors, 15 clerks, and 10 other employees, a total of 76. Members
of the division were scattered fairly evenly through the various
mining States, being headquartered at 17 different cities.
Training courses.—In the past year the Safety Division gave the
full Bureau of Mines course in first-aid or in mine-rescue training to
69,662 persons in the mining and allied industries in 616 communities
in 39 States. Much of this work was done at smaller mines, as may
be seen from the fact that it was given in 616 communities—many
more than the 489 of the previous year, when 72,038 persons completed
the courses of instruction. Since the inception of the Bureau in 1910,
full Bureau first-aid or mine-rescue courses have been given to the
following numbers of persons in the mining industries: Coal mining,
756,776; metal mining, 114,551; petroleum industry, 77,067; metallurgical
plants, 29,320; nonmetallic mining, 13,202; cement plants,
13,290; tunnel work, 4,750; and miscellaneous mining activities,
23*903; a total of 1,032,859. It is now conceded that this phase
of the Safety Division’s work alone enables at least 200 lives to be
saved annually.
Those engaged in actual field work of the Safety Division (about 50
in all) ordinarily come in contact with more than 300,000 persons m
the mining and allied industries annually, conveying to them the
Bureau’s safety knowledge and teachings; it is estimated that during
the past year, however, the work of the field personnel reached 500,000
persons. Only 2 of the 10 all-steel mine safety cars were in active
use, but 36 passenger automobiles and 14 automotive trucks were
employed, and traveled 622,283 miles.
Mine fires and explosions.—In the course of the year 22 mine explosions
in 10 States and 21 mine fires in 13 States were investigated,
and the Bureau’s personnel aided in rescue or recovery work at practically
all of them where life was involved. There were 6 major fire
or explosion disasters (a major disaster being one in which 5 or more
lives are lost); in these, 56 were killed, a tremendous improvement
compared to the average of 17 major disasters and 562 fatalities annually
in the 4 years preceding the establishment of the Bureau.
However, the past year’s record as to disasters was by no means as
BUREAU OF MINES 143
good as that in the previous fiscal year, when only 2 major disasters
occurred and the total loss of life was only 17. Without doubt, much
of the relative immunity from mine fires and explosions in the United
States is due to various phases of safety work promoted by the Bureau,
especially its advocacy of rock dusting. This practice prevents the
occurrence of many widespread explosions every year; it is estimated
that for the past 8 or 10 years rock dusting alone has prevented several
hundred fatalities annually.
Sixty-two miscellaneous accidents in 21 States (including those
from roof falls, explosives, electricity, and other causes) were investigated;
the Bureau was called upon to investigate numerous surface
explosions of black powder, dynamite, pulverized fuel, and gas. A
Safety Division engineer was one of the experts dispatched to investigate
the New London (Tex.) school disaster.
Mine reports.—One hundred and eighty-two reports on safety conditions
at individual mines or plants in the mineral industries in 30
States were made during the year; some of these were transmitted
confidentially to the operating company, with constructive criticism
of existing conditions and definite recommendations for improvement.
These reports, with verbal suggestions by Bureau men during or after
the inspections on which the reports were based, resulted in hundreds
of important alterations in operating conditions (equipment, methods,
and practices), with a resultant definitely favorable influence on the
prevention of accidents. Large numbers of these changes have been
reported by field men, and several hundred letters were received during
the year from mining officials voicing appreciation of the service.
Other activities.—During the past year, 1,009 persons in 32 States
were qualified to teach first-aid courses and given provisional first-aid
instructors’ certificates, bringing the total number to 7,552 issued
since 1930. Certificates of 100-percent first-aid training were issued
to 135 mines or plants (representing 22 States), wherein every person
had taken the Bureau of Mines first-aid course; to June 30, 1937,
these certificates had been issued to 1,654 plants.
In the course of the year, 269 expert mine rescue men took the
Bureau advanced course in mine rescue and recovery operations and
earned certificates, bringing the total to 3,029. The Bureau accidentprevention
course for higher officials in bituminous-coal mining was
given in 8 States to 1,288 officials, of whom 608 took the complete
course, lasting several weeks, and received certificates. In all, 6,632
certificates have been issued in 16 States since 1930. Twelve new
safety clubs (Holmes Safety Association chapters) were organized in
four States, bringing the total to 462 clubs in 28 States. Numerous
special studies were made of rock dusting, ventilation, electricity,
haulage, air conditioning, wetting methods, detecting gases, testing
roof, and reducing air dustiness.
144 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
HEALTH DIVISION
The activities of the Health Division were concerned largely with
means of controlling occupational-disease hazards from dust or gas,
and consisted of studies of factors governing the formation of atmospheric
contaminants and development of simple devices and procedures
for determining and preventing them.
Dust investigations.—A midget impinger dust-sampling apparatus
has been developed that is light, compact, and hand-operated and
yields essentially the same results as the standard instrument. The
small size and self-contained feature of this device are very desirable,
especially for use in mines. The microprojection apparatus developed
for particle-size determinations had been modified to permit counting
impinger samples, thus increasing the ease and speed of counting dust
particles. Instructions were given to 57 persons in the technique of
dust sampling and counting.
Petrographic examination was made of 236 samples collected in the
mineral industries, to ascertain their composition, particularly with
regard to free-silica content. The spectrograph and X-ray apparatus
were used to ascertain the composition of material collected in dust
investigations.
Studies were made in metal mines to obtain information on the
determination, generation, and control of atmospheric dust. It was
found that drilling vertical holes produced more dust than drilling
horizontal holes; the amount of dust generated in drilling decreased
with the depth of the hole; and wet drilling with sharp bits caused
higher dust concentrations than with dull bits. The following procedures
were found to be beneficial in reducing the dissemination of
dust into the air: Increased flow of water through the drill; reduction
of air leakage through drill steel; use of compressed air-water blasts
during and after blasting; generalized sprinkling of active workings;
use of water curtains; and increased ventilation. Several brief papers
describing these investigations are being prepared for publication in
the fiscal year 1938.
Analysis oj mine gases.—In connection with studies on the cause
of mine explosions, the control and extinguishing of mine fires, and the
promotion of safe and hygienic working conditions, 1,243 samples of
gases taken in mines and tunnels were analyzed.
ADMINISTRATIVE BRANCH
The administrative branch contained the Information and the
Office Administration Divisions.
BUREAU OF MINES 145
INFORMATION DIVISION
The work of the Information Division included the editing and
distribution of publications, supervision of motion-picture production
and circulation, maintenance of the Bureau library, and preparation
of exhibits.
Editorial.—During the fiscal year 13 bulletins, 8 technical papers,
3 miners’ circulars, 72 separate chapters comprising Minerals Yearbook,
1937, 1 economic paper, and 4 miscellaneous reports were edited
and sent to the printer—a total of 101 printed publications. Moreover,
during the year 48 chapters from Minerals Yearbook, 1936, were
prepared for publication as reprints, and 9 other publications were
reprinted. Owing to lack of printing funds, however, only a part of
the Bureau’s output could be printed at Government expense; consequently,
222 papers were submitted for publication in the technical
and trade press.
The division also edited 37 reports of investigations and 63 information
circulars—papers that supply promptly to the mining industry
and general public results of Bureau investigations that are usually
described in detail in later printed reports or that give salient facts on
the mineral industries in concise form suitable for use in reply to queries.
In addition, 17 periodical reports were edited.
These publications—497 in all—involved the editing of 28,709 pages
of manuscript.
Publications.—During the past fiscal year 124,000 copies of the free
editions of printed Bureau publications and approximately 280,000
reports of investigations, information circulars, and monographs were
distributed by the division. These were sent, however, only as the
result of a direct request either for a specific publication or for all
publications on a particular subject. In addition, the Superintendent
of Documents sold about 100,000 copies of the Bureau’s printed
reports.
Numerous brief statements announcing the issuance of new publications
or describing current investigations were supplied to the daily
and technical press. These short items were printed widely, and they
effectively acquainted the public with the results of the Bureau’s
work.
More than 66,000 letters requesting publications or information
on the Bureau’s activities and general mining subjects were answered.
Motion-picture production.—As a means of disseminating information
on safety and efficiency in the mineral industries, the Bureau
maintains what is perhaps the largest library of educational motionpicture
films in the world. These films are prepared under the supervision
of the division, through the cooperation of industrial concerns
that bear the entire cost of production and that of providing copies
for distribution.
146 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
During the year 3 new film subjects were added, 7 revised, and 594
additional reels obtained for circulation. Through a cooperative
arrangement between the National Park Service and the Bureau of
Mines, the division obtained the assistance of one of the country’s
largest industrial organizations in the sponsorship of films depicting
the Bryce Canyon and Zion National Parks.
Motion-picture circulation.—Circulation of the Bureau’s motionpicture
films, and other graphic services, such as drafting and photography,
are centralized at the Pittsburgh Experiment Station, but there
are 16 subdistributing centers for films throughout the country,
selected with regard to accessibility. The films are loaned to schools,
churches, clubs, civic and business organizations, miners’ local unions,
etc. No charge is made for use, but exhibitors are asked to pay
transportation charges. On June 30, 1397, the Bureau had 1,981 sets
of films, including 3,775 reels, aggregating 2,098,000 feet. During the
year the films were shown on 100,342 occasions, before an estimated
audience of 8,809,000. The attendance was 31 percent higher than
in the last fiscal year.
Library.—The year’s accessions to the library comprised 3,782
books and pamphlets, 326 periodicals were received currently, and
3,135 books were loaned for use outside the library.
Exhibits.—The division prepared, installed, and supervised nine
exhibits illustrating Bureau activities at expositions and conventions.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION
The Office Administration Division is charged with handling personnel
matters, property records, accounting, multigraphing and mimeographing,
and general administrative routine.
Property.—Records as of June 30, 1937, show the following valuation
of Bureau property:
Automobiles and trucks____________________________________ $85, 353. 51
Canvas and leather goods----------------------------------------------------- 3, 876. 74
Drafting and engineering instruments------------------------------------- 11, 192. 83
Electrical equipment------------------------------------------------------------ 68, 197. 00
Hardware and tools------------------------------------------------------------- 35, 288. 36
Household equipment----------------------------------------------------------- 20, 800. 78
Laboratory apparatus______________________________________ 515, 770. 00
Medical equipment________________________________________ 9, 551. 99
Office furniture and equipment---------------------------------------------- 356, 512. 99
Photographic apparatus------------------------------------------------------- 31, 792. 54
Machinery and power-plant equipment----------------------------------- 1, 034, 214. 44
Land, buildings, and improvements---------------------------------------- 2, 464, 880. 92
Rescue cars and specialized apparatus------------------------------------- 406, 470. 00
5, 043, 902. 10
This property is located in Washington and at various field stations
and offices of the Bureau.
BUREAU OE MINES 147
Personnel.—On June 30, 1937, there were 698 full-time employees
on duty in the Bureau, distributed as shown in the following table:
Classification and number of appointees
Professional
Subprofessional
1 C. A. F. Custodial
2 Total
Washington ___ ~~ __ _ -- - ______ ___ 3 40
4 93
5 142
3
52
46
149
56
47
6
46
18
198
247
253
Pittsburgh _____ _ ____ _ _____ _ _ _
Field ___ ___ _______ ____ -- __
Total___________________ __ -- -- ____ 275 101 252 70 698
i Includes instrument makers, safety instructors, laboratory aids, assistants, etc.
2 Includes laborers, mechanics, messengers, etc.
3 Engineers, 17; chemists, 1; miscellaneous, 22; total, 40.
4 Engineers, 44; chemists, 33; miscellaneous, 16; total, 93.
‘ Engineers, 68; chemists, 29; miscellaneous, 45; total, 142.
In addition to the foregoing full-time employees, the following employees
held appointments on a when-actually-employed basis: 54
Consultants; 94 excepted; 12 classified; 17 unclassified; and 39 employed
on field agreements.
FINANCES
The total funds available to the Bureau of Mines for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1937, including direct appropriations, departmental
allotments, reappropriated balances, and sums transferred from other
departments for service work, were $2,229,261.15. Of this amount
$2,223,022.17 was spent, leaving an unexpended balance of $6,239.28.
On the regular work of the Bureau, $2,162,714.37 was expended.
This figure is subject to slight corrections due to unpaid obligations.
Table 1 presents classified and complete information regarding
the financial history of the Bureau since its establishment in 1910.
Table 2 gives a statement of the distribution of Congressional
appropriations to the branches and divisions and the expenditure of
these funds in 1937, by Bureau divisions.
148 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TABLE 1.—Bureau of Mines Appropriations and Expenditures, Fiscal Years Ended
June 30, 1911-37
Fiscal year
Appropriated
to
Bureau of
Mines
Departmental
allotments1
Funds
transferred
from other
departments
8
Total funds
available
for expenditure
Unexpended
balances
Total expenditures
Expenditures
exclusive
of
service
items8
1911 $502,200. 00
475, 500. 00
583,100. 00
$34,200.00
45,640. 00
$536,400.00 $22,818. 27 $513,581.73 $513,581.73
1912 521,140. 00 6, 239. 77 514.900. 23 514,900.23
1913 47,850.00 630,950.00 4,087.20 626.862.86 626,862.80
1914 664,000. 00
730,500.00
757,300.00
981,060. 00
1, 467. 070. 00
57,307. 79 721, 307. 79 4, 678. 29 716, 629. 50 716,629.60
1915 55, 424. 60
48, 710. 87
785,924. 60 4,178. 11 781, 746. 49 781, 746.40
1916 806,010. 87 9,058. 63 796,952.24 796,952.24
1917 52,400.00
51,901.98
1,033, 460.00 48,588. 10 984,871. 90 984,871 90
1918_______ <$3,062,000.00 4, 580,971. 98 395, 745.10 4,185, 226. 88 1,172,939.64
1919_______ 6 3, 245,285.00 49,542.86 8 8, 600,000. 00 11,894,827. 86 2,452,236. 78 9,442, 591. 08 1, 137,471.37
1920 1,216,897.00
1,362,642. 00
52,800.00
62, 618. 72
1,269, 697.00 9,592.18 1, 260, 140.82 1, -45,891.36
1921_______ 666, 720. 00 2,091,980.72 13, 985. 89 2, 077, 994.83 1,412,923.15
1922_______ 1, 474,300. 00 59,800. 00 182, 200. 00 1, 716, 300. 00 52,120. 45 1, 664,179. 55 1,483,038.47
1923_______ 1. 580,900.00 70,814. 30 97,100. 00 1, 748,814. 30 10,959. 08 1,737,855.22 1,640,840.57
1924_______ 1, 784, 959.00 50,710. 00 347,820. 00 2,183, 489.00 38,085. 43 2,145,403.57 1.804.800.41
1925_______ 2,028,268.00 57,500. 06 236,465.86 2,322.233.86 107. 743. 20 2, 214, 490. 66 1,998, 669.20
1926_______ 1,875,010. 00 81, 220.00 510,501.15 2, 466.731. 15 28.891. 78 2,437,839. 37 1,841, 150.80
1927_______ 1,914,400. 00 94, 443. 39 325,000. 00 2,333,843. 39 44,871. 29 2,288,972. 10 1,926,910.12
1928_______ 3.025.150.00 113, 266.45 328,000. 00 3, 466, 416. 45 ’ 736, 235. 62 2, 730, 180. 83 1,997,270.66
1929_______ 2, 725.118. 00 103.000. 00 205, 500. 00 ’ 3, 753.094. 67 8 152, 701. 34 3,600, 393. 33 2.280,960.68
1930_______ 2,274, 670. 00 123,300. 00 166, 200. 00 8 2, 684, 386.38 8 135, 714. 93 2,548, 671. 45 2,216,995.72
1931_______ 2, 745, 060. 06 120, 680. 91 166, 500. 00 8 3,134. 595. 10 i» 195, 534.37 2,939.060. 73 2,304,121.45
1932_______ 2, 278, 765. 00 137,866. 48 194. 500. 00 w 2, 770.712. 18 n 344, 689. 43 2, 426,022. 75 2,186,799.92
1933_______ 1, 860, 325.00 75,100. 00 184. 000. 00 u 2,361,138. 96 '2 475,895. 41 1,885.243. 55 1,710,949.42
1934_______ 1, 574, 300. 00 50, 230. 00 17, 000. 00 '8 1,872,586.04 13 397,131. 28 1, 475.454. 76 1. 254.846.72
1935_______ 1, 293,959.07 50,000. 00 126,513.10 ■3 1, 520.472.17 H 34.154. 47 1,486,317.70 1,349,490.11
1936............. 1,970,311.00 69, 500. 00 47, 570. 00 i< 2. 114,966.51 » 12,817. 54 2,102,148.97 2.058, 175.91
1937_______
1938
2, 093,200. 00
2,222, 450. 00
69, 000. 00
83, GOO. 00
65, GOO. 00
60,000.00
u 2. 229,261. 45
1® 2,368,868. 32
18 6,239.28 2,223,022.17 2,162,714.37
1’ 2,305,450.00
> Includes printing and binding, stationery, and contingent funds.
1 Includes proceeds from sales of residue gas.
’ Service items include Government fuel yards, helium, and other investigations and services for other
departments.
< Includes gas investigations for War Department.
5 Includes $1,586,388 for Government fuel yards.
6 Includes War Minerals Relief Commission, $8,500,000.
i1ncludes $719,476.67 unexpended balance reappropriated.
8 Includes $120,216.38 unexpended balance reappropriated.
8 Includes $102,354.19 unexpended balance reappropriated.
18 Includes $159,580.70 unexpended balance reappropriated.
ii Includes $241,713.96 unexpended balance reappropriated.
i: Includes $231,056.04 unexpended balance reappropriated.
i’ Includes $50,000 unexpended balance reappropriated.
u Includes $27,585.51 unexpended balance reappropriated.
i’ Includes $2,612.45 unexpended balance reappropriated.
» Includes $3,418.32 unexpended balance reappropriated.
ii Estimate.
BUREAU OF MINES 149
’A B L E 2 .— Bureau of M in e s Expenditures, Fiscal Y e a r 1 9 3 7
g
169,689
■ sSSsSsI
7, 698
1,325,032
3
353,357
ss
1 341,018

§g 3
P rin ting
and
55 8 i s !.gssg iB i w
S g§3 ■§
* r
g
a
6 :
2 i1
g §§
S3
G as
produc-
!
: I I
i 1
i i i is
i i i IS
: ! : : IS i II 1 1
1 1
i
I
i ss §
B uildings
and
grounds, P ittsburgh,
P a.
1 §’■
: £ !
!- : sHH: 1i »!■: !■ :■ i ■i
is
i £
i
H
H
1
i i §5
5555
3
H elium nr nd up ,-
■
i § i
1 I
8 11 Is iHs i 5 i s i
i
1 I
1 1
i
i
i • •
ss
8 lU £ t |
Econom
ics
of m ineral
in -
dustries
i
”S
5o
s
u ! !: i
iiiii
! : ! : !
H
S SsSSfSfSf
320,152
I
I
II
sass 2
E xpenses,
m ining
experim
ent
stations
SS
cioo-
!•
r—1 1
265,654,
I i i
H
i
i
i
I i
i
§ggg s
psa II ■ aS
i S3
!
'251'164
|5 i
i IS S
II
in v estigations
I
§5
1
i i
113,413
111, 775
2,461
7,698
235,347
i
1 i
!
! i
§
T esting
1
1
g 1: 1- Hi!
H i 1
174,059
i
!i
1 1
11
i
i
8”
O perating
rescue cars
and stations
and investigation
of accidents
gf
s Ss iS i : ° !i-‘ : i
i i
i i i
233,218
i
1 1
i i
i
i
1
327,9411
•s
8s
§ ’4
!•1 2
£
i i i ; : : !
: : ! ! :
: : : : :
................
1 1
i i
!
!i
I
:
: J i
i
I
! §§
ss
2 1
ecT
i
Office of th e D irecto r__________________________
Offlce of A ssistant to th e D irector--------------------
A dm inistrative B ranch:
A dm in ietrof inn THvisinn
1
li
1
• 1
3
i
hi
!3S fal-’
!1°
i i
:i iis
B
Bill
I
hs
Econom ics B ranch:
Cnnl F.n.nnnrnips D iv isin n __ _______ ______
I
i
I1N
onm etal Econom ics D ivision-------------------
Foreign M inerals D ivision-------------------------
M etal Econom ics D ivision-------------------------
P etroleum Econom ics D ivision ___________
>
f
H ealth D iv isio n” " ^ ” ” ” — --------
1
T o tal a p p ro p ria tio n s.................... ..............................
T o tal e x p e n d itu re s....---------------------- ----------
I
150 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The following table covers expenditures by the Bureau of Mines
to June 30, 1937, from allotments from National Industrial Recovery
and Public Works appropriations:
Project
no.
Description
1234
56
789
10
11
12
13
14
15
Repair mine rescue station, McAlester, Okla-------------- ----------
Plans for building for experiment station, College Park, Md.
Buildings and grounds, Pittsburgh and Bruceton, Pa-----------
Roads, Pittsburgh and Bruceton-------------------------------------------
Repairs to experimental mine_______________________________
Repairs to building and equipment, Bartlesville Experiment
Station--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paving around Bartlesville Experiment Station--------------------
Building and equipment, experiment station, Tuscaloosa------
Locating underground water resources in Nevada------------------
Extension of Petroleum Experiment Station, Bartlesville------
Fence, electric circuits put underground, roads, etc., at experimental
mine, Bruceton--------------------------------------------------
Building for mining experiment station, College Park, Md.._
5-car garage, Vincennes-----------------------------------------------------------
Construction of bombproofs, protective partitions, and testing
floors, for study of hydrogenation of coal, etc-----------------
Enlarging hydrogenation laboratory--------------------------------------
Total__________________________________________________
Allotment
Balance Expenditure
$1,000 $1,000.00
16, 800 16’ 800.00
172,000 $4. 48 171,995.52
13,000 1. 16 12,998.84
15,000 . 17 14,999.83
45,000 .52 44,999.48
10,000 3. 75 9.996.25
200,000 6. 50 199,993.50
4, 950 41.59 4,908.41
269, 500 5.31 269,494.69
43,450 2.99 43,447.01
350, 000 (')
7, 500 (2)
17,000 17,000.00
30,000 1.92 29,998.08
1,195, 200 68.39 83 7,631.61
i Transferred to Procurement Division, Treasury Department, for supervision of construction.
2 Transferred to Post Office Department for construction in connection with new post-office building.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
W. C. Mendenhall, Director
DURING the fiscal year 1937 the Geological Survey continued its
systematic work in investigating, mapping, and reporting on the
geology, the mineral and water resources, and the physical features
of the United States. The results of this work are basic in all conservational
activities, as those who plan and direct the conservation
policies toward the wise development and use of the Nation’s resources
must first have the facts about the quantity, quality, distribution,
and availability of those resources and adequate maps with which to
pursue and record further studies. Through its technical supervision
of prospecting, mining, and producing operations on public and Indian
lands under permits, leases, and licenses, the Survey was directly
engaged in the practical application of conservation policies.
During the year the aggregate expenditures for which the Geological
Survey was responsible amounted to about $4,222,000, as compared
with about $4,620,000 during the preceding year. These aggregates
were made up of the regularly appropriated funds, the cooperative
funds from States, counties, and municipalities, the funds transferred
from other departments of the Government for types of work falling
within the Survey’s field, and the emergency funds derived chiefly
from the Public Works Administration and devoted largely to mapping
of various types, to river-utilization surveys of power and storage
resources, to conservation work on public lands, and in a lesser degree
to the study of mineral resources.
Although there was a decline from the preceding year in aggregate
funds available, the fiscal situation has nevertheless improved, because
the Congress, in view of the decreasing availability of emergency
funds, had increased the regular appropriation to $2,807,000, from
the $2,285,000 of the preceding year.
As a part of our informal service to the public, more than 4,500 tests
of mineral and rock samples were made and more than 2,200 chemical
analyses were completed.
151
152 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
More than 14,500 square miles of new area was surveyed in the field
topographically. This work will yield 102 contoured topographic
maps of areas in 36 States and in Puerto Rico. In addition, by the
aid of aerial photography, 4,780 square miles was surveyed in 5
States for the production of planimetric maps without contours.
Fifty-seven book publications of the Survey’s regular series, aggregating
nearly 6,000 pages of printed matter, dealing with geology,
mineral resources, and water supplies were issued during the year,
and about 673,000 copies of 296 topographic and other maps were
^printed. The geologic map of Texas was completed.
There were 59 geologic parties in the field in 33 States. The field
Investigations on several continuing projects were completed, and work
was begun on new projects including geologic studies of areas in Idaho,
Arizona, and in the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming and the geologic
.aspects of the Ohio River flood.
Measurements of stream flow were maintained at 3,3/9 streamgaging
stations. All the States, the District of Columbia, and
Hawaii are affected by this work. Drought and flood studies were
continued during the year.
The work on underground waters, so important in the droughtstricken
areas, was continued, much of it in cooperation with the
States, and 75 reports on this topic were released for public use.
In the land-classification and mineral-leasing activities of the Survey
more than 9,000 formal findings of technical fact were made regarding
the mineral resources, water power, or storage possibilities of public
land, and the Government’s ownership of great reserves of coal, oil
and gas, potash, phosphate, and other minerals was safeguarded.
Technical supervision was given to more than 9,000 properties containing
oil and gas and more than 600 containing coal, and 100 containing
other minerals. On Indian lands more than 5,300 oil and gas
leases were supervised, as well as more than 100 properties containing
coal, asphalt, and lead and zinc.
GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE YEAR’S ACTIVITIES
Geologic work.—Fifty-nine field parties were active during the year, and work
was done in 33 States. Work was continued throughout the year in metalmining
districts of Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico and in the oil fields of
Kansas and Michigan. Cooperative work was also done in Arizona, Florida,
Mississippi, and Virginia. The geologic map of Texas was completed. Physiographic
and geologic studies were continued in the Yosemite and Sequoia National
Parks, Calif., Zion National Park, Utah, and Glacier National Park, Mont., in
cooperation with the National Park Service. Geologic examinations of areas in
the Carolinas, Georgia, and Alabama were made for the Forest Service, an o
dam and reservoir sites for the Office of Indian Affairs and the War Department.
Work on many projects was completed in 1937, and work was begun on ne
projects including studies of the areal and economic geology of the Irwin qua '
rangle, Idaho, the Pearce quadrangle, Ariz., and the Big Horn Basin, Wy
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 153
and of the geologic aspects of the Ohio River flood. The determination and compilation
of the physical properties of rocks, as part of the “borderland” field
between geology and chemistry and physics, received increasing attention. More
than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples were made, including 1,587 chemical
analyses in connection with the Geological Survey’s projects and 1,570 tests for
persons not officially connected with the Survey. Many tests were made of
activable bleaching clays, two deposits of which are now in commercial production,
largely as a result of study and tests made in the Survey’s laboratory. Temperature
measurements of wells were made in two States. The section of geophysical
prospecting continued work on projects in hand and made new field
studies related to ores and ground water in Nevada and oil and gas in Michigan.
It also continued laboratory studies of the construction and operation of geophysical
apparatus.
Explorations in Alaska.—In the field season of 1936 seven field projects were
carried on in Alaska. Of these projects, four were principally concerned with
geologic investigations relating to the mineral resources of the Territory, two
were primarily topographic, and one was a general survey of recent mining
developments in the more important camps. In addition, an assay laboratory
was maintained at College, Alaska. The general collection of statistics regarding
the production of mineral commodities was continued. For the field season of
1937, three field projects had been started before the end of the fiscal year, and
two additional field projects were to be undertaken as soon as practicable. All
these field projects will be continued throughout the open season as late as conditions
permit.
Topographic mapping.—The area covered by new topographic surveys, resurveys,
and revision amounted to 14,502 square miles, representing 102 topographic
maps with contours. The topographic mapping was done in 36 States and in
Puerto Rico. The area covered by planimetric maps without contours, resulting
from aerial photography, covered 4,780 square miles in five States. In addition,
aerial photographs were used as bases for topographic mapping in 26 quadrangles.
Stereoscopic plotting apparatus, utilizing single-lens aerial photographs,
as a practical demonstration of the use of such equipment in connection with topographic
mapping, is being extensively applied in the mapping of the Tennessee
River Basin in cooperation with the Tennessee Valley Authority and in special
areas in Virginia, in cooperation with the Conservation and Development Commission
of Virginia, Geological Survey. The transportation map of the United
States, in sections, which is being made for the Bureau of Public Roads was
continued with increased output. The maps of Delaware, in two sections;
Washington, in nine sections; Rhode Island, in one section; Connecticut, in one
section; and South Carolina, in five sections, were published. The maps of Massachusetts
, in three sections; New York, in seven sections; and Maryland, in three
sections, are in course of publication.
Investigations of water resources.—The water-resources branch collected and
made available for publication stream-flow records at 3,379 river-measurement
stations on rivers in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and the Territory of
Hawaii, thus obtaining authentic information on the behavior of streams in drought
in flood, and under normal conditions—information that is invaluable for planning
of projects for use or control of the surface water supply. It investigated
underground water supplies in 22 States and in Guam and Hawaii and obtained
basic information on the occurrence, quantity, and quality of underground water
supplies, which is essential for the development, conservation, and use of ground
water upon which a large part of the population of the country must depend.
Drought studies have been continued. Investigations of stream-flow and silt
movement of streams in eight projects of the Soil Conservation Service and similar
154 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
studies on the Colorado River have also been continued. The annual report on
the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants of 100 horsepower or more
in the United States on January 1, 1937, was released in April 1937. Engineers
of the branch had general supervision of operation under permits and licenses of
the Federal Power Commission in connection with 150 projects. Investigations
of the wrater problems along the international boundary between the United
States and Canada were continued for the State Department. The collection
of information on recent outstanding floods was continued. Partial or complete
analyses were made of 1,754 samples of water from surface and underground sources
with reference to the suitability of the waters for industrial and agricultural use
and for domestic use (not related to questions of health).
Classifying and leasing public land.—The Conservation Branch made 9,036
formal findings of technical fact involving the mineral resources, water power, or
storage possibilities of public lands; added 100,699 acres to outstanding waterpower
reserves and eliminated 17,507 acres therefrom; defined the “known
geologic structure” of 2 producing oil and gas fields amounting to 9,354 acres;
completed 1,261 miles of river-utilization surveys and 155 square miles of reservoir
surveys in public-land States, and made geologic and geophysical studies of
formation materials and conditions at 61 dam sites; supervised activities and
operations under 166 power projects licensed by the Federal Power Commission
and 172 permits and grants from the Interior Department; supervised on public
lands 9,052 oil and gas holdings involving 4,112 productive wells and 657 coal
properties, 39 potash properties, 44 sodium properties, 18 sulphur properties, 11
phosphate properties and 1 oil-shale property; supervised on naval petroleum
reserves 22 leaseholds involving 538 productive oil and gas wells; and on Indian
lands 5,342 leaseholds involving 4,397 oil and gas wells, 40 lead and zinc properties,
108 coal properties and 1 asphalt property; assisted hundreds of oil and gas permittees
and operators in preparation of unit plans of development and operation;
formulated the revised Oil and Gas Operating Regulations, effective November 1,
1936.
Publications.—The publications of the year consisted of 57 reports in the
regular series, making a total of 5,760 pages; 96 new or revised topographic and
other maps; 199 reprinted topographic and other maps; and several pamphlets
for administrative use. Among the book publications were reports on the
mineral resources of the region around Boulder Dam, the Bayard area, New
Mexico, and the Butler and Zelienople quadrangles, Pennsylvania; fuel resources
of Pike County, Ky., the San Juan Basin, N. Mex., and areas in Alaska, Arkansas,
Montana, and Oklahoma; spirit leveling in Connecticut and Massachusetts;
records of water levels and artesian pressure in observation wells in the United
States in 1935; records of wells on the Snake River Plain, Idaho; ground-water
resources of the Florida Peninsula, the Elizabeth City area, North Carolina, and
of the San Antonio, area and Duval, Kleberg, Medina, and Uvalde Counties, Tex.;
and several stratigraphic and paleontologic papers, notably a comprehensive
report on the Tertiary floras of Alaska by the outstanding authority on the
subject. Besides these printed reports 30 brief papers were issued in mimeographed
form as memoranda for the press.
The engraving and printing division printed more than 673,000 copies of maps
and did repay work amounting to about $220,000 for 68 other units of the Federal
and State Governments.
Not e .—Detailed tabular statements are given at the end of the report.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 155
GEOLOGIC BRANCH
SUMMARY
Fifty-nine parties were active in the field during the year and work
was done in 33 States. Work was continued throughout the year on
metal-mining districts in Colorado, Idaho, and New Mexico, and in
the oil fields of Kansas and Michigan. Cooperative projects were
also conducted in Arizona, Florida, Mississippi, and Virginia. The
geologic map of Texas, embodying the results of many years of work
by the Federal and State surveys and by oil companies and private
geologists, was completed and was available for distribution early in
July 1937. The section of geologic map editing also aided the State
surveys in the preparation and proofreading of geologic maps of
California, Washington, and Iowa. Physiographic and geologic
studies were continued in the Yosemite and Sequoia National Parks,
Calif., Zion National Park, Utah, and Glacier National Park, Mont.,
in cooperation with the National Park Service, and geologic examinations
of selected areas in the Carolinas, Georgia, and Alabama were
made for the Forest Service. Dam and reservoir sites were examined
for the Office of Indian Affairs and the War Department, and information
was furnished on request to several other Federal organizations.
New projects begun in 1937 included studies of the areal and
economic geology of the Irwin quadrangle, Idaho, the Pearce quadrangle,
Arizona, and the Big Horn Basin, Wyo., and of the geologic
aspects of the Ohio River flood.
More attention given to the determination and compilation of
the physical properties of rocks, as part of the ‘‘borderland” field
between geology, chemistry, and physics, and correlations between
the physical properties of minerals and their chemical composition,
many of which were completed during the year, will make the future
identification of these minerals more rapid and more exact. More
than 4,500 tests of mineral and rock samples were made, including
1,587 chemical analyses in connection with the Geological Survey’s
projects and 1,570 tests for persons not officially connected with the
Survey. Many tests were made of activable bleaching clays, two
deposits of which are now’ in commercial production, largely as a
result of study and tests made in the Survey’s laboratory. Temperature
measurements of wells wmre made in two States.
The section of geophysical prospecting, transferred from the
Bureau of Mines to the Geological Survey on July 1, 1936, continued
work on projects in hand and made new' field studies related to ores
and ground wrater in Nevada and oil and gas in Michigan. It also
continued laboratory studies that may lead to reduced cost in the
construction and operation of geophysical apparatus.
22914—37------ 12
156 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
WORK OF THE YEAR BY STATES
Alabama.—Geologic mapping was continued in the Russellville iron-ore district
in Franklin, Colbert, and Lauderdale Counties, and geologic examinations were
made of some other deposits of brown iron ore in the eastern part of the State
and of some manganese deposits in Blount and Etowah Counties. Reports on
the brown iron ore in the Russellville district and on iron ore in the Red Mountain
formation in northeastern Alabama were in progress. A paper on Foraminifera of
Choctaw Bluff was completed for Survey publication. Work on gold in Alabama
is mentioned under “Southern Appalachians.” Examinations were made for the
Forest Service of proposed additions to the Black Warrior National Forest and
Akmulgee division and the Talladega unit of the Talladega National Forest, and
a report was prepared for the Forest Service on proposed additions to the Chattahoochee
National Forest in Georgia and Alabama.
Arizona.—A field study of the geology and ore deposits of portions of the Benson
and Pearce quadrangles, including the Gleeson, Courtland, Black Diamond,
and Pearce mining districts, was begun. The report on the geology and ore
deposits of the Ajo quadrangle was completed for Survey publication, and a paper
on the physiography of the Ajo region was submitted for publication by the Geological
Society of America. Progress was made on a report on the geology and
mineral resources of the Tucson quadrangle and on a report on detailed mapping
of the ore deposits of the Tombstone district, in cooperation with the Arizona
Bureau of Mines.
Arkansas.—The report on the geology and ore deposits of the southwestern
Arkansas quicksilver district was transmitted for Survey publication. The
report of the western portion of the Arkansas coal field was issued as Bulletin 847-E.
Reports on the fauna ard stratigraphy of the Morrow group of Arkansas and
Oklahoma and on recent developments in the carbonate ores of the Batesville
manganese district are in preparation for official publication. Papers on the
mineral taeniolite from Magnet Cove and on Pennsylvanian sedimentation in the
Arkansas coal basin are in preparation for publication in some scientific magazine,
and one on the lead and zinc ore-bearing formations of northern Arkansas
was submitted for inclusion in the volume on the ore deposits of the Mississippi
Valley to be published by the National Research Council.
California.—A comprehensive report on the general geology, oil resources,
physiography, paleontology, stratigraphy, and economic phases of the Kettleman
Hills and a report on the geology and ore deposits of the Grass Valley region were
nearing completion for Survey publication. Field studies were made of the diatom-
bearing deposits of the Temblor formation in Kern County, and a paper on
comparison of diatom floras of the Temblor formation of California and the
Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia was in preparation. Investigations
of the geology of the San Andreas rift; of the Death Valley region; and of the
structure, stratigraphy, and oil resources of the lower Tertiary strata in Reef
Ridge, in the Kettleman Plains and Dudley no. 2 quadrangle in the Coalinga
region, were continued. Oil centers in California were visited to obtain data in
connection with a study of source of beds of petroleum carried on in cooperation
with the American Petroleum Institute. Studies of the geomorphology of the
Sequoia National Park and adjoining areas in Inyo National Forest and of the
northern portion of Yosemite Valley were made in cooperation with the National
Park Service, and a report giving an outline of the geology of the Sequoia National
Park was in preparation. Reports on Pliocene diatoms from the Kettleman
Hills and on lower Pliocene mollusks and echinoids from the Los Angeles Basin
and their inferred environment have been completed. Reports are in preparation
on the siliceous rocks of the Monterey formation, the geology of the Palos Verdes
GEOLOGICAL, SURVEY 157
Hills, and the geomorphology of the San Joaquin Basin. A paper on the geologic
history of Mount Whitney was submitted for outside publication. Papers in
preparation for outside publication cover vein filling at Nevada City; calcium
carbonate content of California Cretaceous and Tertiary sediments; significance of
wet, lean, and dry gas to absence or presence of petroleum; and Nevada City-
North San Juan granodiorite.
Colorado.—In continuation of the cooperative program carried on with the
State of Colorado and the Colorado metal mining fund in investigations of the
mining regions of the State, studies were continued of the Ouray, Red Mountain,
and Sneffels-Camp Bird districts in the San Juan region and of districts in the
La Plata Mountain region; in the mineral belt of the Front Range, including
mapping in the vicinity of Boulder, Nederland, Central City, Ward, Idaho
Springs, Jamestown, Gold Hill, and in the Cripple Creek district; in the Mosquito
Range, the Sugar Loaf-St. Kevin district, and the Butte mine and other mines
in the vicinity of the London fault. Studies of the geology and ore deposits of
the Chattanooga district and of the Kokomo-Robinson area were begun. The
report on the Snowmass region is now in press as Bulletin 884. A report on the
ore deposits in the vicinity of the London fault was transmitted for Survey
publication. A geologic map of the Leadville district and a geologic map of the
Front Range mineral belt, both with brief explanatory text, have been prepared
and will be published in advance of the comprehensive reports on these districts.
A paper on the Laramide igneous sequence and differentiation in the Front
Range will be published by the Geological Society of America, and one on the
geology of the Neglected mine, La Plata district, by the American Institute of
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers. A preliminary report entitled “Resurvey
of the La Plata District” was published in volume 13, no. 9, of the Proceedings
of the Colorado Scientific Society, and one on the mode of igneous
intrusion in the La Plata Mountains was prepared for the section of volcanology
of the American Geophysical Union. A paper on the petrologic results of a
study of the minerals from the Tertiary volcanic rocks of the San Juan region
was also completed for outside publication. A report on the geology of the
Pine River dam site was prepared for the Reclamation Service. Geologic mapping
was done in a portion of the Yampa coal field, in the Elkhead Creek, Pilot
Knob, Daton Peak, and Mount Harris quadrangles.
Delaware.—See Maryland (Chesapeake & Delaware Canal).
District of Columbia.—A geologic map of the District of Columbia, with descriptive
text, is in preparation for Survey publication.
Florida.—An investigation of the physical geography of Florida was made in
cooperation with the Florida Geological Survey. A report on the fauna of the
Alum Bluff group of Florida was completed for publication and the report on
phosphate investigations in Florida, is nearing completion for official publication.
A paper on mollusks of the Tampa and Suwannee limestones of Florida was
transmitted to the Florida Geological Survey, and a description of seven new
species and one new subspecies of mollusks from the Choctawhatchee formation
of Florida was prepared for publication in some outside journal. A paper
on Government prospecting for phosphate in Florida will be published by the
American Institute of Minng and Metallurgical Engineers.
Georgia.—A detailed geologic study of the geology and mineral resources of
the Pine Log quadrangle, including manganese ores, ocher, limonite, and barite,
was begun. A report on the Coastal Plain of Georgia is being prepared in
cooperation with the Georgia Division of Mines, Mining, and Geology, Department
of Natural Resources. A paper on some gold deposits of Georgia was
prepared for the committee on processes of ore deposition, National Research
Council.
158 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Idaho.—In cooperation with the Idaho Bureau of Mines, investigations of the
geology and ore deposits were made in the Atlanta-Rocky Bar mining district,
the Florence mining district, the Coeur d’Alene dry belt, and Kootenai County,
and a study of the placer deposits of central Idaho was continued. The paleontology
and stratigraphy of the Carboniferous formations of south-central Idaho
were studied. The report on the Edwardsburg-Thunder Mountain district was
sent to the Idaho Bureau of Mines and Geology for publication. Reports on the
Atlanta, Warren, Florence, and Murray mining districts and on the Boise Basin
were nearing completion at the end of the year, and one on the geology and
mineral resources of an area around Freedom was begun. Papers on the significance
of amygdules in Columbia River lava, “Modern Forty-Niners”, the
influence of structure on deposition in the Boise Basin, the Clark Fork-Sandpoint
porphyry belt, and the genetic features of the Idaho batholith were prepared for
publication outside of the Survey, and one on bedding veins near Murray was
prepared for the volume on ore deposition to be published by the National
Research Council. Studies of the glacial geology and physiography of portions
of eastern Idaho and of the geology and ore deposits of the Borah Peak quadrangle
were continued. Mapping in the Irwin quadrangle was begun, and
progress was made on reports on the geology and ore deposits of south-central
Idaho, on Idaho mining districts, and on the geology and mineral resources of
the Paradise and Ammon quadrangles, in southeastern Idaho.
Illinois.—A geologic investigation was made in the southern part of Illinois
and Indiana included in the flood area in the Ohio Valley. A report on geologic
factors in the interpretation of fluorspar reserves in the Illinois-Kentucky field,
was published by the Geological Survey as Bulletin 886-B. One of the Cave
in Rock fluorspar district, prepared in cooperation with the Illinois Geological
Survey Division, was transmitted to that organization for publication. A
paper on the origin of bedding replacement deposits of the Illinois fluorspar field
was published in Economic Geology.
Work on the late David White’s report on the Pottsville flora of the Eastern
Interior Basin, mainly in Illinois, was continued. Preparation of a paper on
the Fusulinidae of the Pennsylvanian formations of Illinois, for publication by
the State, was continued.
Indiana.—A report to be known as part 3 of the flora of the New Albany shale
of Indiana and Kentucky and one on new crinoid genera from the Mississippian
of Indiana were in preparation. The Ohio Valley investigation and the report
on the Pottsville flora of the Eastern Interior Basin are mentioned under Illinois.
Kansas.-—In cooperation with the Geological Survey of Kansas, an investigation
of the rocks generally designated the “Mississippi lime” that are found in deep
wells in the oil and gas fields in southeastern Kansas was continued. A report on
the geology and coal resources of the southeastern Kansas coal field in Crawford,
Cherokee, and Labette Counties and one on Pennsylvanian invertebrate faunas
were transmitted to the Kansas Geological Survey. Some oil centers in Kansas,
Oklahoma, and Texas were visited to collect data in connection with a comprehensive
report on source beds of petroleum. Studies of the lead and zinc deposits
of southeastern Kansas included in the Tri-State district are mentioned under
Oklahoma.
Kentucky.—See Indiana (New Albany shale) and Illinois (Ohio Valley investigation
and report on the Pottsville flora).
Maine.—A paper on Graftonite from Greenwood, Maine, was published in the
American Mineralogist.
Maryland— A report on the Upper Cretaceous deposits of the Chesapeake &
Delaware Canal of Maryland and Delaware was completed for publication by
the Maryland Geological Survey. Examinations of the geology of the Savage
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 159
River dam sites were made for the district engineer of the War Department. In
informal cooperation with the Maryland Geological Survey, geologic examinations
were made in portions of Frederick County, and the geology of the Westminster
quadrangle was reviewed. A paper on Cr as satellites from the St. Marys formation
was submitted for outside publication.
Massachusetts.—In connection with a general study of the granites of New
England, investigations were made of areas around Chelmsford, Westford, and
Graniteville.
Michigan.—A resistivity survey in some of the oil districts near Lansing was
made by members of the geophysical section in cooperation with the State geologist,
division of geology, Department of Conservation of the State of Michigan.
Studies of Devonian fossils and stratigraphy of Michigan were continued.
Mississippi— Studies of the Upper Cretaceous deposits of northern Mississippi
in connection with a revision of the geologic map and a report on the stratigraphy
of the State were in progress. A report on the geology of the Jackson area was in
preparation for Survey publication. Examinations were made in connection with
the drilling of a deep test well (State of Mississippi fee no. 2 well) for oil and gas
by the State on State-owned land near Jackson, and a report on cores and cuttings
from the well was prepared for the Mississippi Mineral Lease Commission, Jackson.
A report on the well was also prepared for the Mississippi Geological Survey.
A report on the gas reserves and probable life of the Jackson gas field was made
to the Public Works Administration. A paper on the Prairie Bluff chalk and Owl
Creek formation was prepared for publication by the American Association of
Petroleum Geologists.
Missouri.—Progress was made on an official report on the stratigraphy and
fauna of the Louisiana limestone and on a paper for outside publication on the
Warsaw fauna (Mississippian) of the Joplin district.
Montana.—Geologic mapping of the geology and mineral resources of the Little
Rocky Mountains and adjoining regions in Phillips and Blaine Counties was
continued, and an investigation made of the geology of the Fort Belknap Indian
Reservation. General reconnaissance studies of the physiography and glacial
geology of portions of western Montana, northwestern Wyoming, and eastern
Idaho were continued, and in cooperation with the National Park Service an
investigation of the geologic features of Glacier National Park was made and a
report prepared for the Park Service. The study of the Fort Union and associated
formations of North Dakota, Montana, and Wyoming was continued.
A study of scarps and other evidences of Pleistocene and Recent faults in southwestern
Montana was in progress. The report on the geology and ore deposits
of the Libby quadrangle was nearly completed, and one on the structure and
stratigraphy of the Black Hills rim, Montana and Wyoming, was in progress.
The report on the geology and mineral resources of north-central Chouteau,
western Hill, and eastern Liberty Counties was issued as Bulletin 847-F. Work
on a paper on suggested correlations of the Lance and Fort Union formations in
Montana, North Dakota, and South Dakota was continued. Papers on the
following subjects were submitted for outside publication: Quartz monzonite and
related rocks of the Libby quadrangle; a new locality for Middle Cambrian fossils
near Noxon; helvite from the Butte district; amphibolization of sills and dikes
in the Libby quadrangle; asymmetric distribution of stream terraces in southeastern
Montana; add fossil plants from the Colgate sandstone and adjacent
strata.
Nevada.—Geologic field mapping was completed and reports were in progress
on the Comstock lode at Virginia City and on the general geology and ore deposits
of the Hawthorne and Tonapah quadrangles. Geophysical studies were made at
Mineral Hill, Spring Valley, Caliente, Delamar, Hawthorne, and Comstock.
160 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Preparation of a report on the Basin Ranges was continued. An abstract of a
paper on the Slumbering Hills was published in Economic Geology, and a paper
on the geology of the Searchlight district, Clark County, was transmitted to the
Nevada State Bureau of Mines for publication. Other papers were prepared on
early Jurassic orogeny in west-central Nevada; Triassic and Jurassic rocks of the
Hawthorne and Tonopah quadrangles; and recent fault scarps in the western
part of the Great Basin, Nevada and California, for the Geological Society of
America; and on the Pennsylvanian-Permian boundary in southern Nevada, for
the American Association of Petroleum Geologists.
New Hampshire.—In connection with a study of the granites of the New England
States, investigations were conducted at Concord.
New Jersey.—Papers on bentonite in the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey and
on the stratigraphic significance of Kummelia, a new Eocene bivalve genus from
New Jersey, were submitted for publication in outside periodicals.
New Mexico.—Study of the geology and ore deposits of the Little Hatchet
Mountains, in cooperation with the New Mexico Bureau of Mines, was continued.
An area in Rio Arriba County not previously mapped, on the east side of the San
Juan structural basin, including land-grant and Indian lands, was studied with
particular reference to coal and oil resources, including the coal-bearing Cretaceous
rocks of the Lumberton-Monero area. Official reports covering these recent
investigations, together with earlier investigations in this basin and on the geology
and potash resources of the Potash Mines area, were in progress. A report on
the geology of the Zuni Dam was made for the Office of Indian Affairs. A paper
on the geologic significance of a geothermal gradient curve for the Dooley No. 7
well will be published by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists.
New York.—Reports on the structure and gas possibilities of the Oriskany sandstone
in Steuben, Yates, and parts of adjacent counties, and on Pleistocene
diatoms from Long Island were completed for Survey publication. Progress was
made on a report on talc in the Gouverneur district, field work for which was done
under Public Works allotment in 1934. Other papers were in preparation on
the geology of the Clove and Millbrook quadrangles for Survey publication, on
the structural petrology of these quadrangles for outside publication, and a paper
on fossil plants inclosed in pyrite nodules from the Tully (Devonian) limestone,
also for outside publication.
North Carolina.—A report for Survey publication on Mollusca from the Miocene
and lower Pliocene of Virginia and North Carolina, with notes on the stratigraphy,
was advanced; and one on Foraminifera, diatoms, and mollusks from test wells
near Elizabeth City was completed. Papers were submitted for outside publication
on a new subspecies of Pecten from the upper Miocene of North Carolina;
sphalerite from a pegmatite near Spruce Pine; and the molluscan fauna of the
Pliocene Croatan sand of North Carolina. Others were in preparation on Pleistocene
fossils from a well at Hatteras and Miocene diatoms from Hamilton Wharf.
North Dakota.—For work on the Fort Union and associated formations, see
Montana. Progress was made in the compilation of material for a geologic and
topographic map of the State. The report on the geology and coal resources of
the Minot area was in preparation.
Ohio.—Several places along the Ohio River were visited in connection with a
geologic investigation of the flood area in the Ohio Valley. A paper on Devono-
Carboniferous stratigraphy and faunas from Ohio and Pennsylvania was in
preparation. Deep-well drilling is reported under Pennsylvania.
Oklahoma.—An investigation was begun of the geologic structure, stratigraphy,,
and petroleum possibilities of an area adjoining Black Knob Ridge in and near
the west end of the Ouachita Mountains. Field and office work on an investigation
of the subsurface geology and oil and gas resources of Osage County was
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 161
continued, and a report covering Tps. 22 and 23 N., Rs. 10 and 11 E., was completed
for Survey publication. The report on the geology and mineral resources
of the Howe-Wilburton district was completed for publication as Bulletin 874-D.
A report on the geology and fuel resources of the McAlester district was issued as
Bulletin 874-A, and one on the Quinton-Scipio district is in press as Bulletin
874-C. Reports were in progress on the stratigraphy and fauna of the Morrow
formation, the stratigraphy and Mississippian faunas of the Wyandotte quadrangle,
the fauna of the Moorefield formation, and the flora of the coal beds of
eastern Oklahoma. Work in the Missouri, Kansas, and Oklahoma lead and zinc
areas, including detailed areal mapping, studies of mines and stratigraphy, and
structure contour mapping, was continued. Papers on the Black Knob Ridge
and on the Verden sandstone, an exposed shoestring sand of Permian age, were
prepared for the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. An abstract of
a paper on the stratigraphy of the pre-Carboniferous rocks of Black Knob
Ridge was published in the Digest of the Tulsa Geological Society. Papers on the
origin and distribution of the Bartlesville and Burbank shoestring oil sands in
parts of Oklahoma and Kansas and on new shoestring oil fields expected in Osage
County, Okla., and Cowley and Butler Counties, Kans., were submitted to the
American Association of Petroleum Geologists for publication, and one on physical
characteristics of the Bartlesville and Burbank sands in northeastern Oklahoma
and southeastern Kansas was published in the bulletin of the American Association
of Petroleum Geologists. Work on source beds of petroleum is mentioned under
Kansas.
Pennsylvania.—Reports are in preparation on the geology and mineral resources
of the Honeybrook and Phoenixville quadrangles and, in cooperation with the
Pennsylvania Geological Survey, on the York and Hanover quadrangles. Studies
of the regional metamorphism in the lower Kittanning coal beds of western
Pennsylvania were continued. Studies were also made of the stratigraphy and
flora of the Pocono formation of West Virginia and Pennsylvania; the structure
of the northern anthracite coal basin; and deep-well drilling in the Appalachian
region. A paper on the structure of the Honeybrook uplift will be published by the
Geological Society of America.
South Carolina.—A paper on massive low-fhiorine topaz at the Brewer mine was
submitted to the American Mineralogist, and one on an extraordinary topaz
replacement body in the Brewer mine was submitted to the American Geophysical
Union for publication. A paper on Pliocene and Pleistocene mollusks from the
Intracoastal Waterway in South Carolina was prepared for publication, and one
on the Pleistocene Horry clay and Pamlico formation near Myrtle Beach was
submitted to the Washington Academy of Sciences. (See also Southern Appalachians.)
Southern Appalachians.—The report on gold deposits of the southern Appalachians,
including areas in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia,
and Alabama, was completed for Survey publication.
Tennessee.—A report on limestone for concrete aggregate for a dam near Chattanooga
was prepared for the Tennessee Valley Authority.
Texas.—Studies of the structure, stratigraphy, and fossils of the Navarro
group; the faunas of the Rio Grande embayment of Texas and adjacent regions
in Mexico; the geology of the Sierra Diablo region, west Texas; and the stratigraphy,
geomorphology, and structure of the southern Guadelupe Mountains
were continued. A geologic map of Texas was issued. The report on the brown
iron ores of east Texas was transmitted for Survey publication, and reports on
the geology and ore deposits of the region around Terlingua and of the Shafter
silver district were completed. Reports on new fusulinids from the Cisco group
(Pennsylvanian) of the Brazos River region, on Guadalupe faunas, a revision of
162 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Professional Paper 58, and on water possibilities in the El Paso district as determined
by geophysical methods were in preparation. A correlation chart of the
Cretaceous formations of the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain and west Texas was
completed for the National Research Council. Papers were prepared for outside
publication on structural features of the quicksilver lodes of the Terlingua region,
for the committee on processes of ore deposition of the National Research Council;
braunite from Mason County, for the American Mineralogist; a sphenolith in the
Terlingua district, for the American Geophysical Union; a microscopic study of
geothite and hematite in the brown iron ores of east Texas, for the American
Mineralogist; and an abstract on Permian rocks of the southern Guadalupe
Mountains, for the Digest of the Tulsa Geological Society. Work on source beds
of petroleum is reported under Kansas.
Utah.—Geologic mapping of the greater part of the Strawberry Valley quadrangle
for the purpose of classifying land as to oil shale, coal, oil, gas, and phosphate,
and a study of the stratigraphy was begun. Investigations of the coal
resources and oil and gas possibilities of the Hanksville-Caineville district and
detailed studies of the structure, igneous rocks, mineral resources, and physiography
of the Henry Mountains were continued. Geologic studies of the Marysvale
district were continued, and a preliminary report on the alunite deposits of
the region was submitted for Survey publication. A general geologic reconnaissance
of the plateau country of southern Utah, including Zion Canyon, was in
progress. A report on the geology of the area between the Green and Colorado
Rivers in Grand and San Juan Counties was completed for Survey publication.
The report on the geology and mineral resources of the Randolph quadrangle,
Utah and Wyoming, is nearing completion. Reports on the geology of the Green
River Desert-Cataract Canyon region; the structure of southeastern Utah; the
Cretaceous-Eocene boundary in cental Utah; and iron ores of Bull Valley were
in preparation.
Vermont.—Progress was made on the study of the metamorphic rocks in eastcentral
Vermont, in cooperation with the Geological Society of America. Granites
of Vermont were studied in connection with the general investigation of granites
of the New England States.
Virginia.—The report on the titanium deposits in Nelson and Amherst Counties
was nearly completed. Geologic work was done in the Galax and Independence
quadrangles and adjoining portions of the Max Meadows and Speedwell quadrangles
in connection with the cooperative report on the geology of the Gossan
Lead, to be published by the Virginia Geological Survey. For work on gold
deposits, see Southern Appalachians.
Washington.—Investigation of the areal geology, mineral resources, and mines
of the Metaline quadrangle, Pend Oreille County, was continued. A paper on inesite
from Quinault was submitted for outside publication.
West Virginia— Studies of the flora of the Pocono formation of West Virginia
and of the Pottsville floras along the New River were in progress. Deep-well
drilling is mentioned under Pennsylvania.
Wyoming.—Areal and structural geologic mapping of portions of Park and Hot
Springs Counties on the west side of the Big Horn Basin, with particular reference
to coal and petroleum resources, and a study of the coal, oil, and gas resources
of portions of the northeast side of the Big Horn Basin in Big Horn County, Wyo.,
and Carbon County, Mont., were in progress. Further investigations of the Tertiary
rocks of the Green River and Bridger Basins and Fossil syncline and of the
geology and mineral resources of the Afton quadrangle were begun. Reports on
the geology and oil and coal resources of the Cody-Pitchfork area, the geology
of the northeastern part of Big Horn Basin, and the geology of the Shoshone area,
Park County, were in preparation. Work on the Randolph quadrangle is menGEOLOGICAL
SURVEY 163
tioned under Utah; on the Black Hills rim, on the Fort Union and associated formations,
and on the physiography and glacial geology, under Montana.
General studies.—General investigations included studies of types and ranks of
coal; source beds of petroleum; salt-dome cap rock; Foraminifera of the Cretaceous
formations of the Gulf coastal region; Globigerinidae; the genus Ceratopea;
fossils from the Eocene of the Gulf Province; borderland problems of geology,
physics, and chemistry; clay minerals; deep-sea cores collected in 1936 across the
North Atlantic Ocean; and a core sample from the deep-sea bottom southeast of
New York City.
WORK IN CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
Work in chemistry and physics applied to geology is designated
geochemistry and geophysics. Much of the chemical work in the
Survey consists necessarily of analyses to determine the composition
of the rocks, ores, and minerals involved in projects under study by
geologists, and the remainder deals with the particular problems of
geochemistry. These problems are to determine the abundance and
distribution of different chemical elements in the crust of the earth,
to explain the origin of natural products, including gases and ores, to
classify rocks and minerals, and to describe the decomposition of
rocks under weathering agencies. The physical work deals with the
physical properties of minerals or of strata in place, such as their
thermal or electrical conductivity, their temperature, their porosity,
grain size, radioactivity, and compressibility.
The discovery of isotopes—that is, elements of similar chemical
properties but of different physical properties—has considerably
enlarged the field for chemical and physical study, particularly as
related to geology. The results may affect the estimation of geologic
time based on the transformation of one element into another, as such
estimates require that the particular isotopes undergoing change be
determined rather than the total quantities of the elements involved.
This field is being developed as rapidly as possible. The use of X-rays,
likewise, is now required to explain the real atomic structure of minerals,
and hence their physical properties and chemical behavior.
Among materials analyzed in the laboratory during the year were
clays from California and other States, alunite from Utah, oil from
New Mexico, mercury ore from Kansas, silver ore from Idaho, phosphate
rock from California, ocean-bottom samples from the North
Atlantic, garnet from North Carolina, alkali brine from Wyoming,
and silicate rocks and limestone from many different States. Complete
analyses were also made of the minerals actinolite, allanite,
biotite, feldspar, graftonite, halloysite, prehnite, rhodochrosite,
samarskite, and sodalite. Several drill cores were examined and
well cuttings logged. Spectrographic tests were made on different
minerals and ores. Crystallographic measurements were made of a
number of unusual minerals.
164 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Altogether 4,576 examinations or tests of minerals and rock samples
were made. These included tests and identifications of 1,570 specimens
for persons not officially connected with the Survey; 1,587
chemical analyses made for geologists and 615 similar analyses made
in connection with studies of methods of analysis and geochemical
investigations; and 804 tests relating to core samples, well cuttings,
and similar materials.
Special mineralogic work included the analysis of several varieties
of zinc carbonate (smithsonite). “Fairy stones” from Virginia were
investigated; only the altered crystals are usable commercially, as
ornaments. The investigation of the stability relations of sodium and
ammonium borates was continued with reference to their geologic
occurrence. Many samples of garnet, lepidolite, and spinel were
purified and prepared for analysis, 16 rocks and minerals from Guam
were identified, and 20 crystals of quartz from Arkansas were measured
and rare faces and unusual combinations determined.
Among the more important items of work in physics were the testing
of activable bleaching clays in several States and geothermal surveys
of wells in Oregon and southeastern Illinois. The investigation of
bleaching clays has led to a rationalization of that industry. At least
two deposits previously extensively surveyed by numerous tests are
now in commercial production, and other deposits have been found
which will eventually effect a more economical use of the raw materials
available.
Dam sites in Oregon were surveyed by electrical conductivity
methods.
The geothermal surveys in the lava beds of Oregon revealed the
possibility of water-bearing beds of unusual thickness. From the
data of existing geothermal surveys, it was estimated roughly that a
temperature of 1,000° C. (1,832° F.) would be found at a depth of
about 30 miles (48 kilometers) in the crust of the earth.
Many correlations of the physical properties of minerals with their
chemical composition were completed during the year, which will
make future determinations more rapid and more exact.
The work in chemistry and physics is mainly confined to laboratory
investigations. However, field trips were made in New York, Pennsylvania,
Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee,
Ohio, Illinois, Utah, Wyoming, and Oregon, and papers were presented
at regular meetings of the American Chemical Society, the
Society of Economic Geologists, the American Geophysical Union,
Geological and Mineralogical Societies in Ohio, the American Institute
of Mining Engineers, the Virginia Academy of Sciences, and the
American Association of Petroleum Geologists.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 165
The following papers were completed during the year:
Fahey, J. J. Determination of mercurous chloride and mercury in mercury
■ores: Ind. Eng. Chemistry, analytical ed.
Fahey, J. J., with J. J. Glass. Graftonite from Greenwood, Maine: Am. Mineralogist.
Milton, Charles. Contributions to the petrology of the Franklin Furnace
quadrangle, New Jersey: Jour. Geology.
Milton, Charles. Open hearth slags (preliminary paper): Am. Inst. Min.
Met. Eng. 19th Open Hearth Proc.
Murata, K. J. Hydrogen ion concentration and the formation of copper complexes:
Washington Acad. Sci. Jour.
Nutting, P. G. Study of bleach-clay solubility: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists
Bull.
Schaller, Wr. T. Lithium: Industrial Minerals, vol. 2, Am. Inst. Min. Met.
Eng.
Schaller, W. T. Borates: Idem.
Schaller, W. T. Crystallography of valentinite and andorite from Oregon:
Am. Mineralogist.
Stevens, R. E. Bibliography of reagents for potassium, rubidium, and cesium:
Am. Chem. Soc. Jour.
Stevens, R. E., with F. L. Hess, Rare alkali biotite from Kings Mountain,
N. C.: Am. Mineralogist.
Stevens, R. E., with J. T. Pardee and J. J. Glass, Low-fluorine topaz from Brewer
mine, N. C.: Am. Mineralogist.
Van Orstrand, C. E. Temperatures in the lava beds of east-central and southcentral
Oregon: Am. Jour. Sci.; abstract: Washington Acad. Sci. Jour.
Van Orstrand, C. E. On the estimation of temperatures at moderate depths
in the crust of the earth: Am. Geophys. Union Trans.; abstract, with additional
notes: Science Service.
Wells, R. C., with R. E. Stevens. The analysis of pollucite: Ind. and Eng.
Chemistry (read at spring meeting of Am. Chem. Soc., Chapel Hill, N. C.).
ALASKAN BRANCH
The work of the Geological Survey in Alaska is directed primarily
toward aiding in the development of the mineral resources of the Territory
and involves field examinations of the various factors that pertain
to these resources, and laboratory and office studies by which the field
observations are analyzed and the results made available to the public
through reports, maps, and other media. The product of this work
is used extensively by Government organizations engaged in other
special fields of investigation within Alaska, such as the Forest Service,
the Alaska Road Commission, and the Biological Survey. The Survey’s
maps of Alaska are indispensable in any enterprise concerned
with the development of the Territory.
Manuscripts and publications.—During the year seven reports and five maps,
including two new editions and two reprints, and four memoranda for the press
have been published. Nine reports including maps, one separate map, and reprints
of four maps are in course of publication. In addition three manuscript
166 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
reports, including maps, are in various stages of preparation for publication. At
f hp. pnd of the year one manuscript report and three maps were partly completed.
Work of the year.—In addition to the routine duties of serving as a central station,
seven projects involving new field investigations were carried on during
the season of 1936. These field projects included four that were directed primarily
to the geologic phases of the investigation of the Territory’s mineral resources, two
that were primarily topographic, and one that was a general study of recent mining
developments in the principal producing camps of the Territory. The areas in
which the principal new geologic projects were undertaken were the Glacier Bay
district, in the northwestern part of southeastern Alaska; the Alaska Range
region, including especially portions of the valleys of the Slana, Tok, and
Robertson Rivers; the region adjacent to the Alaska Railroad, including some
of the mining camps as remote from that general tract as the Nuka Bay district,
in the extreme southern part of Kenai Peninsula, or the quicksilver showings in
the Kuskokwim River Valley near Sleitmut; and the mining developments in the
Eagle, Fortymile, and Circle districts, in the Yukon region not far from the international
boundary. The general study included visits to many of the more important
mining centers from southeastern Alaska to western Seward Peninsula,
where such diverse deposits as gold placers, tungsten lodes, and tin placers were
examined. The topographic projects included semidetailed mapping of extensive
areas on Admiralty Island, in southeastern Alaska, and reconnaissance and
exploratory mapping in the Alaska Range region at the head of the Copper River,
including portions of the valleys of the Robertson and Gerstle Rivers and areas
adjacent to the Richardson Highway in the valley of the Delta River and Donnelly
Dome.
Two projects not directly involving new field work were the maintenance of a
testing laboratory at College, Alaska, where mineral specimens sent in by prospectors
can be identified or can be assayed and the results made available for the
information of the general public, and the annual statistical canvass of the production
of mineral commodities.
In the field season of 1936 the late passage of the Interior Department Appropriation
Act for 1937 prevented full utilization of the open season, so that several
of the parties were forced to delay beginning effective work until nearly the first
of July. Similar conditions existed in 1937. As a consequence, for the field
season of 1937 only three parties had been started prior to June 30, though others
were organized as soon as practicable after funds became available. Two of the
projects are concerned primarily with topographic mapping and one with geologic
investigations. One of the topographic projects is in the Copper River region
north of the highway between Slana and Nabesna and is planned to cover the
tract east of Batzulnetas and north of the Nabesna River, in continuation of the
mapping that has been in progress for the last 3 years in this general region. The
other topographic project includes detailed mapping of the more productive
portions of the known platinum-bearing areas in the vicinity of Goodnews Bay,
near the mouth of the Kuskokwim River, followed by reconnaissance mapping of
more remote parts of the district continguous to those areas. The geologic project
involves study of the known platinum-bearing areas adjacent to Goodnews Bay,
with the view of determining the geologic facts as to the origin and character of
the mineralization by which the valuable metals were introduced into the country
rock, the processes that have subsequently acted on these deposits so as to produce
workable placers, the character of the platinum minerals, and the distribution and
extent of the deposits that may warrant commercial exploitation.
Among the additional field projects authorized to be undertaken are a geologic
examination of the northern and western part of Admiralty Island, in southeastern
Alaska, an area that is now yielding gold from its lodes and that may contain
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 167
significant deposits of nickel-bearing ores, and a general study of recent mineral
developments in the larger, more accessible, mining camps throughout the Territory.
TOPOGRAPHIC BRANCH
GENERAL OFFICE WORK
Necessary office work incidental to the field work of the topographic
branch consisted in the inking, inspection, and editing of the completed
topograhic field sheets prior to their submission for reproduction and
the computation and adjustment of the results of control field work.
In addition to the routine adjustment of primary control, there has
been in progress a general adjustment of both horizontal and vertical
control to agree with the standard datums of the United States.
During the year 157 new topographic maps were edited and transmitted
for engraving. Editing was also completed on 753 miscellaneous
maps, making a total of 910, and 1,848 proofs of maps in course
of publication were read.
On June 30, 322 new maps were in preparation for reproduction and
239 were in process of engraving and printing.
In addition to the work incidental to the field work of the branch
the compilation of planimetric maps from aerial photographs amounted
to 2,765 square miles.
For the conservation branch of the Survey the work of inking,
assembling, and preparing for publication was done on 78 maps of
river surveys. Twelve such maps were completed and transmitted
for lithography during the yea'r.
For the Tennessee Valley Authority the work of inspection and
preparing for lithography was done on 450 maps and 561 proofs were
read.
For the Bureau of Public Roads the work of preparing the Transportation
Map of the United States was continued. Compilation
and inking were in progress on 48 sheets, 10 of which were completed.
Proofreading and checking was done on 31 sheets. Maps of 5 States,
comprising 18 sheets, were published.
FIELD SURVEYS
Abbreviations for projects used below: Federal Emergency Administration
of Public Works, “P. W.”; Tennessee Valley Authority,
“T. V. A.” Cooperation with States was continued in about the
same amount as in recent years. Topographic surveys were accomplished
in 36 States and m Puerto Rico. The mapping of Los Angeles
County, Calif., on a large scale was completed.
The status of topographic surveys shows that the United States is
now 47.4 percent mapped, the year’s increment amounting to 0.3
percent.
168 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Alabama.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Greasy Cove project completed.
Arizona.—At the request of the Office of Indian Affairs, Silver Bell No. 3 15'
quadrangle completed. Payson No. 4 15' quadrangle continued at the request
of the Forest Service. In preparation for geologic mapping, Aravaipa No. 2 15'
quadrangle begun.
Arkansas.—In cooperation with the Geological Survey of Arkansas, Blakemore
15' quadrangle begun. Poteau Mountain No. 1 15' quadrangle begun at
the request of the Forest Service. Benton No. 4 15' quadrangle (P. W.) begun,
California.—In cooperation with the State engineer of California, Tobias Peak
30' quadrangle and Avenal 15' quadrangle completed. In cooperation with
the county surveyor of Los Angeles County, Crystal Lake, Mount Baden-Powell,
Swarthout, and Mount Waterman 6' quadrangles completed. Kramer No. 1,
Kramer No. 2, and Kramer No. 4 15' quadrangles (P. W.) completed. In preparation
for geologic mapping, Downieville No. 1 15' quadrangle begun.
Colorado.—East Denver 2c and East Denver 3b 7%' quadrangles completed.
Mapping without contours from aerial photographs completed for West Denver
4a 7%' quadrangle and continued for West Denver Id 7)4' quadrangle in cooperation
with the city of Denver. In cooperation with the Colorado Metal Mining
Fund, Ward-Sunset mining area begun. In preparation for geologic mapping,
Platoro mining area and Summitville mining area completed and Gold Hill area
begun. Chattanooga mining area (east), Chattanooga mining area (west),
Chattanooga mining area (Ophir and vicinity), Chattanooga mining area (Alta
Basin and vicinity) and Chattanooga mining area (Hanson Peak and vicinity)
completed (P. W.). At the request of the Forest Service, Bardine No. 2 15'
quadrangle begun. Great Sand Dunes National Monument begun for the
National Park Service.
Florida.—St. Augustine 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed.
Georgia.—For the Forest Service, Spring Place 15' quadrangle begun. East
Ridge IVY quadrangle continued, and Fort Oglethorpe and Coosa Bald Iff
quadrangles (T. V. A.) begun.
Idaho.—For the Forest Service, Boehls Butte 15' quadrangle and Newport
30' qu adrangle completed. At the request of the Office of Indian Affairs, Pocatello
No. 2 15' quadrangle continued. Logan No. 3 and Yellow Pine No. 2 15' quadrangles
(P. W.) continued. In preparation for geologic mapping, Wallace special
area begun.
Illinois.—Ashmore 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Lena and New Douglas
15' quadrangles continued, and Oilfield, Alto Pass, and Monticello 15' quadrangles
begun in cooperation with the Department of Registration and Education
of Illinois, Geological Survey.
Louisiana.—The Louisiana Board of State Engineers cooperating, mapping
without contours from aerial photographs completed for 7)4' quadrangles within
De Ridder, Juanita, Lees Mill, Starks, and Mystic 15' quadrangles.
Maine.—For the Forest Service, Gorham 15' quadrangle completed.
Massachusetts.—In cooperation with the Department of Public Works, Division
of Waterways, Blue Hills, Norwood, Mansfield, Brockton, Onset, Woods Hole,
7)4' Falmouth, Marion, 7)4' New Bedford, Apponagansett, Sconticut Point,
Northfield, Millers Falls, and 7)4' Middleboro 7)4' quadrangles completed and
Warwick No. 1, Warwick No. 4, Middleboro No. 1, and Middleboro No. 3_7$'
quadrangles begun.
Michigan.—In cooperation with the State Highway Department of Michigan,
Smiths Creek and Goodells 7)4' quadrangles begun and mapping without contours
from aerial photographs completed for Marine City, Algonac No. 2, Algonac
No. 3, Algonac No. 4, Lake Orion, Romeo, Ray Center, Richmond, Dundee
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 169
No. 1, Dundee No. 4, Grosse Pointe No. 2, Grosse Pointe No. 3, Smiths Creek,
Goodells, Adair, Rattle Run, Davisburg, Milford No. 1, Wixom, Monroe No. 1,
Monroe No. 2, Monroe No. 3, Monroe No. 4, New Haven, Waldenburg, Mount
Clemens No. 3, Selfridge Field, Pontiac No. 1, Pontiac No. 2, Pontiac No. 3,
Pontiac No. 4, Port Huron, St. Clair, Romulus No. 1, Romulus No. 2, Romulus
No. 3, Romulus No. 4, Washington, 7J4' Rochester, Rochester No. 3, Rochester
No. 4, Ortonville, Oxford, South Lyon No. 1, South Lyon No. 2, Redford, Wayne
No. 2, Wayne No. 3, Wayne No. 4, Wyandotte No. 2, Wyandotte No. 3, Ypsilanti
No. 1, Ypsilanti No. 4, and Estral Beach 7%' quadrangles and begun for Detroit
No. 1, Detroit No. 2, Detroit No. 3, and Detroit No. 4 7^' quadrangles.
Mississippi.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Terry 15' quadrangle
completed.
Missouri.—In cooperation with the Geological Survey and Water Resources of
Missouri, Bradleyville, Elmer, Edgar Springs, Fielden, Franks, Hannibal, Springfield
3 S. 15' quadrangles and Tiffin, Springfield 3b, and Warsaw 2c 7%' quadrangles
completed; Big Piney, Bolivar No. 2, Fordland, Gatewood, Long Lane,
Middlebrook, Protem, Richland, Springfield No. 4, Topaz, Vienna, Warsaw No.
3, and Warsaw No. 4 15' quadrangles continued; Bolivar No. 1, Cabool, Cedar
Gap, Doniphan, Exeter, Knoblick, Louisiana No. 4, Macomb, Mountain, Noel,
and Raymondville 15' quadrangles and De Soto SW. %, Manchester NW. % and
Springfield 4b 7%' quadrangles begun. Warsaw 3b 7J4' quadrangle (P. W.)
completed.
Montana.—Silvertip 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed.
Nebraska.—For the National Park Service, Scotts Bluff National Monument
completed.
Nevada.—For the Forest Service, Mountain City 15' quadrangle completed.
In preparation for geologic mapping, Mineral Hill No. 4 15' quadrangle begun.
New Hampshire.—For the Forest Service, Gorham 15' quadrangle completed.
New Mexico.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Taos 30' quadrangle completed.
At the request of the National Park Service, Bandelier National Monument
completed. Jemez No. 1 15' quadrangle begun for the Forest Service.
New York.—Poughkeepsie and West Point 15' quadrangles and Tarrytown
No. 1 7^' quadrangle completed in cooperation with the Department of Public
Works of New York. Binghamton No. 4 and Saratoga No. 2 7%' quadrangles
(P. W.) completed.
North Carolina.—Blowing Rock 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed. Hayesville
7^' quadrangle (T. V. A.) completed and Peachtree and Andrews 7%' quadrangles
(T. V. A.) begun.
North Dakota.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Lake Upsilon 15' quadrangle
completed. McVille 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed.
Oklahoma.—At the request of the Forest Service, Cache 15' quadrangle and
Cache No. 2 7J4' quadrangle completed.
Oregon.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Troutdale 15' quadrangle completed.
For the Forest Service, Mapleton 15' quadrangle continued.
Pennsylvania.—In cooperation with the Department of Internal Affairs of
Pennsylvania, Topographic and Geologic Survey, Mattawana, Marienville, and
Delaware Water Gap 15' quadrangles completed and Slatington and Coburn 15'
quadrangles begun.
Puerto Rico.—In cooperation with the Commissioner of the Department of the
Interior of Puerto Rico, San German, Puerto Real, and Sabana Grande 7%''
quadrangles completed, Moca and Aguadilla 7^' quadrangles begun.
South Carolina.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Nixonville and Myrtle
Beach 15' quadrangles completed.
170 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Tennessee.—Oswald Dome 7^' quadrangle (T. V. A.) completed and East
Ridge, Charleston, AVauhatchie, Calhoun, East Chattanooga, Fort Oglethorpe,
Hooker, 7%' Chattanooga, Goodfield, Riceville, Parksville, Caney Creek, and
Benton’7/2' quadrangles (T. V. A.) begun. For the Forest Service, Spring Place
15' quadrangle begun. Mapping without contours from aerial photographs completed
for Lyles, Texas Hollow, Nunnelly, and Littlelot 7%' quadrangles (T. V. A.)
completed.
Texas.—In preparation for geologic mapping, Tyler No. 4 15' quadrangle completed.
Tyler No. 1 15' quadrangle (P. W.) begun.
Utah.—in preparation for geologic mapping, the revision and extension of
Cottonwood quadrangle completed. At the request of the National Park
Service, Cedar Breaks National Monument completed. For the Forest Service,
Delano Peak No. 2 15' quadrangle begun.
Vermont— In cooperation with the State geologist of Vermont, Barnet 15'
quadrangle continued.
Virginia— Gerrardstown and Capon Bridge 15' quadrangles completed and
Middletown and Stephens City 15' quadrangles begun in cooperation with the
Conservation and Development Commission of Virginia, Geological Survey.
Washington.—In cooperation with the Director of the Department of Conservation
and Development, Union Gap and Hog Ranch Buttes 15' quadrangles
completed. For the Forest Service, Newport 30' quadrangle completed and
Pomeroy 30' quadrangle begun. Marcus 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed.
West Virginia.—Culture revision begun for Wellsville 15' quadrangle (P. W.).
Wisconsin.—Arkansaw 15' quadrangle (P. W.) completed.
Wyoming.—Cokeville 30' quadrangle (P. W.) completed and La Barge 30'
quadrangle (P. W.) continued. For the Forest Service, Leckie No. 1 15' quadrangle
begun.
WATER-RESOURCES BRANCH
The importance of water and of systematic records related to the
quantity, chemical quality, and availability of both surface and
ground waters becomes greater each year. The growth of the country
in population and industry, with consequent increases in demands
for water, and especially the continued series of dry years that included
the disastrous and widespread droughts of 1934 and 1936,
and the recent disastrous floods in different parts of the country, have
impressed on the people the controlling importance of water in our
surface streams and in underground basins in relation to many of
man’s activities. The information collected by the Geological Survey
is used extensively by many Federal, State, and private agencies.
The Public Works Administration, the National Resources Committee,
and related activities have found the Survey records and
information with respect to water to be invaluable in studies of
projects of all classes and in all sections of the country.
Reliable information with respect to supplies of water, both on the
surface and in the ground, and to their fluctuations with variations
in rainfall is essential to orderly, sound, and economic development
along many lines, as in domestic water supplies, irrigation, flood protection,
control of pollution, recreational uses, and water-powei
development.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 171
The investigations by the branch are conducted largely in cooperation
with Federal bureaus; State, county, municipal, and other
governmental agencies; and permittees and licensees of the Federal
Power Commission. A major part of this cooperation is set forth
below.
Federal bureaus.—Investigations of ground and surface water and
of the quality of water were conducted for the following Federal
bureaus:
Department of Agriculture:
Bureau of Biological Survey.
Bureau of Plant Industry.
Soil Conservation Service.
Weather Bureau.
Department of the Interior:
Office of Indian Affairs.
Bureau of Mines.
Bureau of Reclamation.
Division of Grazing.
National Park Service.
Division of Territories and Island Possessions.
Department of Justice; Bureau of Prisons.
Department of State.
Federal Power Commission.
National Resources Committee.
Resettlement Administration.
Tennessee Valley Authority.
War Department:
Office of Chief of Engineers.
Mississippi River Commission.
Schofield Barracks.
States.—Amounts aggregating approximately $630,000 were made
available by States and municipalities for cooperative investigations
of surface water, ground water, and quality of water. In addition
to the data obtained as a result of this cooperation, other data having
an estimated value of over $140,000 were furnished by individuals
and other organizations.
Permittees and licensees of the Federal Power Commission.—At the
request of the Federal Power Commission, 30 engineers of the branch
have been designated as representatives of the Commission to perform
such field work as may be assigned to them by the Commission.
The operation of about 290 gaging stations was conducted by the
branch or was performed by permittees and licensees under the
supervision of the branch in connection with 115 projects of the Federal
Power Commission. Engineers of the branch have had general supervision
of operation under permits and licenses of the Federal Power
Commission in connection with 150 projects.
Division of Surface Water.—The division of surface water conducts
investigations of surface water, which consist of the measurement of
22914—37------ 13
172 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
the flow of rivers in the 48 States, the District of Columbia, and
Hawaii at selected gaging stations where the volume of water is measured
and records of stage and other data are collected. In this work
45 States, the Territory of Hawaii, several Federal bureaus and
several individuals cooperated in the maintenance of the 3,379 regular
gaging stations that were in operation at the end of the year. Records
for about 108 additional gaging stations were received from Federal
bureaus .and from individuals. There were 47,398 regular and
miscellaneous discharge measurements made during the year.
Division of Ground Water .—The division of ground water investigates
the waters that lie below the surface of the zone of saturation
(from which wells and springs are supplied); the source, occurrence,
quantity, and head of these waters; their conservation; their availability
and adequacy for domestic, industrial, irrigation, and public
supplies and as watering places for livestock and desert travelers; and
the methods of constructing wells and recovering water from them
and of improving springs. Each year surveys are made of selected
areas where problems of water supply are urgent, and the results are
prepared and released to the public. Each year a water-supply paper
is published that gives the current records of water levels or artesian
pressure in observation wells in different sections of the country.
During the fiscal year 75 technical reports or papers relating to ground
water or reservoir sites were released to the public. Work was done
in 30 States and in Guam and in Hawaii. Nearly all the work was
done in cooperation with Federal, State, Territorial, or local governmental
agencies.
Division of Quality of Water —The division of quality of water
analyzes water from surface and underground sources with reference
to the suitability of the waters for industrial and agricultural uses and
for domestic use (not related to questions of health), so far as use is
affected by the dissolved mineral matter. The partial or complete
analysis of 1,754 samples of water was completed during the year.
Close cooperation was continued with the division of ground water in
the study of problems relating to quality of ground water and the
preparation of the parts of ground-water reports that involve consideration
of the chemical character of the waters.
Division of Power Resources.—The work of the division of power
resources comprised the compilation and publication of the annual
report on the capacity of water wheels in water-power plants in the
United States of 100 horsepower or more on January 1, 1937. The
report was released in April. The report on the capacity of water
wheels January 1, 1938, will be prepared and published by the Federal
Power Commission. The compilation and publication of the monthly
and annual reports of the production of electricity for public use and
the consumption of fuel in generating the electricity reported, which
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 173
had been done by the power-resources division from 1919 to 1936,
were transferred to the Federal Power Commission on July 1, 1936.
A study is being made of the records of power production from 1920
to 1935. These studies are based on the records compiled by the
Geological Survey and published by the Federal Power Commission
as Power Series No. 6 of the National Power Survey.
Division of Water Utilization.—The division of water utilization
investigates problems affecting the utilization and control of the
waters of streams, makes studies for the interpretation of records of
stream flow, and performs administrative work relating to supervision
and investigation of these problems and to activities conducted
by the field organization of this branch pertaining to power projectsof
the Federal Power Commission and of the Interior Department..
The division supervised and coordinated the collection by the district
offices of the division of surface water of special stage and discharge;
information relative to the outstanding floods of March 1936 in the
Northeastern States and to notable floods in Texas. The division
assembled these flood data, together with data for other recent notable
floods, and prepared reports thereon for publication as water-supply
papers. The reports that were completed during the year are listed
below:
Water-Supply Paper 796-B. Flood on the Republican and Kansas Rivers in
May and June 1935, by Robert Follansbee and J. B. Spiegel.
Water-Supply Paper 796-C. The New Year’s flood of 1934 in La Canada
Valley, California, by H. C. Troxell and J. Q. Peterson.
Water-Supply Paper 798. Floods of March 1936, Part 1, New England rivers.
Water-Supply Paper 799. Floods of March 1936, Part 2, Hudson River to
Susquehanna River region.
Water-Supply Paper 800. Floods of March 1936, Part 3, Potomac, James, and
upper Ohio Rivers.
Water-Supply Paper 816. Major floods in Texas in 1936, by Tate Dalrymple
and others.
The Division has been active during the year in investigations of
water problems along the international boundary between the United
States and Canada for the State Department and also in the collection
of information on recent outstanding floods in the Ohio and Mississippi
Valleys.
CONSERVATION BRANCH
The work of the Conservation Branch involves surveys and investigations
precedent to an inventory of the water and mineral
resources of the public domain, supervision of private operations for
development of power and production of minerals from public and
Indian lands, and supplying information and advice to numerous
land-administrative agencies of the Government.
The first of these activities remained nearly at a standstill for lack
of funds for field explorations, but a small increase of appropriation
174 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
permitted better and quicker service to be given to land-administrative
agencies, there being a decrease of 33 percent in cases pending at the
end of the year, though the annual volume of work had increased 23
percent.
An increase in appropriations for mineral-lease supervision permitted
reasonably prompt action to be taken on proposed plans for
cooperative or unit development of oil fields and somewhat better
supervision of production operations. At the end of the year 1,343
plans of development and operation had been received and only 42
of these were awaiting original technical consideration in the branch.
The volume of work under field supervision, which has regularly shown
an annual increment, again advanced materially. On public land
alone 85 operating properties were added to the total number under
supervision, production increased between 5 and 10 percent, and
revenue increased to about $6,300,000. The funds available have
never been adequate for supervision of these vast operations, and
during this year, as in other years, revenue far in excess of the appropriation
has been lost because of inability to make timely inspection
of field properties and make sure that operations are so conducted as
to accomplish the greatest ultimate production and effective current
beneficial use of the mineral resources involved.
In addition to their regular activities members of the Branch were
engaged on related projects under the auspices of the Public Works
Administration. Useful conservation work was thus accomplished,
employees who otherwise must have been furloughed for lack of funds
were continued in service, and emergency employment was given to
many engineers, clerks, and laborers.
MINERAL CLASSIFICATION DIVISION
The work of the Mineral Classification Division, restricted largely
to office procedure, although less than in previous years, was delayed
in part by lack of geologic information due to scanty field investigations.
The activities of the Division were directed in considerable
part to determining the areas subject to inclusion in plans for unit
or cooperative development submitted by holders of Government oil
and gas prospecting permits and leases.
In the aid of mineral classification pertinent information relating
to the occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in California, New Mexico,
and Utah; of coal in Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming;
of oil and gas in Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Florida, Kansas,
Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming; and of phosphate in Wyoming was
obtained either by the personnel of the Mineral Classification Division
or through the geologic branch.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 175
In the routine work of the Division, 8,937 cases requiring technical
consideration were disposed of during the fiscal year.
In addition to the preceding work, revisions of the definitions of the
known geologic structure of two producing oil and gas fields were
prepared and promulgated as follows:
Definitions of Known Geologic Structure, Fiscal Year 1937
State Field Date promulgated Acres
New Mexico-------------------- --------- ---------------
Wyoming-------------------------------------------------
Eaves______________________
Rex Lake__________________
Apr. 10, 1937_________
Apr. 5, 1937__________
8,074
1,280
The aggregate area of the outstanding definitions of the known
geologic structure of oil and gas fields on June 30, 1937, amounted to
1,155,253 acres in California, Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,
North Dakota, Oklahoma, Utah, and Wyoming.
WATER AND POWER DIVISION
The work of obtaining basic information as to the water-power
resources and storage possibilities of public lands and of making it
available for use in the administration of public-land laws and by
Federal and other agencies engaged in planning, constructing, and
operating water-power projects was continued in the field, being made
possible by the extended availability of Public Works funds. Riverutilization
surveys covering 1,261 miles of important streams and
tributaries were made in 11 public-land States. Surveys of reservoir
and dam sites embracing an area of 155 square miles were also completed.
Supplemental geologic and geophysical studies of foundation
materials and conditions were made at 61 dam sites.
Office activities included action resulting in the addition of 100,699
acres to outstanding water-power reserves in 12 public-land States
and the elimination of 17,507 acres from such reserves in 7 States, with
a net increase of the total reserved area in 22 States to 6,583,439 acres.
The elimination of 260 acres from reservoir-site reserves left a net
total of 133,444 acres withdrawn. One restoration of lands withdrawn
under the act of October 2, 1888, was also made. Field supervision
of power projects for the Federal Power Commission involved investigations
and reports on 9 projects, supervision of construction and
operation on 148 projects, and studies of cost accounting on 9 projects.
Field supervision of power projects holding permits and grants from
the Interior Department involved 172 projects, making a total of
320 projects for the Interior Department and the Federal Power
Commission.
Statistics compiled by the division show that the holders and users
of rights of way granted by the Secretary of the Interior for power
176 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
purposes had, for the calendar year 1936, an aggregate installed capacity
of 4,852,841 horsepower, including 3,300,704 horsepower at hydraulic
plants and 1,552,137 horsepower at fuel plants, and an aggregate
energy generation of 11,468,380,623 kilowatt-hours, which is an
increase of 44 percent over the production in the next preceding year.
The energy generated by water power increased 3,118,916,918 kilowatthours,
or about 45 percent, and that generated by fuel increased
388,074,113 kilowatt-hours, or about 38 percent. Revenues accrued
to the Government from these grants aggregated $236,211 from 1912
to 1936, and $12,814 additional has been assessed for the calendar
year 1937. Payments for unauthorized occupancy of public lands by
power projects prior to the issuance of license therefor by the Federal
Power Commission amount to $101,633 additional.
MINING AND OIL- AND GAS-LEASING DIVISIONS
The work of the mining and oil- and gas-leasing divisions consists
of inspectional and regulatory supervision of mineral prospecting and
development on public lands, Indian lands, and naval petroleum
reserves.
The mining division is charged with supervision of all operations for
the discovery and development on public lands of deposits of coal,
phosphate, sodium, potassium, and oil shale; in New Mexico and
Louisiana of sulphur; on certain land grants of gold, silver, and
mercury; and on restricted allotted and tribal Indian lands of all
minerals except oil and gas. This supervisory and regulatory work
during the fis< al year was accomplished through six field offices in
Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Utah, and through
a cooperative agreement approved May 4, 1935, with the Department
of Mines, Territory of Alaska.
The work of the Oil and Gas Leasing Division includes inspectional
and regulatory supervision of all operations for the discovery and
development of petroleum and natural gas on public lands of the
United States, on naval petroleum reserves, and on all Indian lands
subject to departmental jurisdiction, both tribal and allotted, except
the Osage Reservation, Okla. The work was accomplished in the
fiscal year 1937 through the agency of 13 field offices and suboffices
at Taft, Calif.; Roswell and Farmington, N. Mex.; Tulsa and
Oklahoma City, Okla.; Wichita Falls, Tex.; Denver, Colo.; Casper,
Midwest, and Thermopolis, Wyo.; Billings and Shelby, Mont.; and
Salt Lake City, Utah.
Public lands.—The number of public-land properties under supervision
of the Oil and Gas Leasing Division increased 8.6 percent, to a
total of 9,052, involving 12,485,167.59 acres in 17 States and Alaska.
With the aid of funds allotted by the Public Works Administration
the Division was enabled to continue important conservational and
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 177
remedial measures through the proper plugging and conditioning of
many old abandoned wells. The results of this work are outlined
more fully under the heading “Public Works projects.”
A substantial part of the time of the personnel of the Division was
devoted to assisting oil and gas permittees in fulfilling departmental
requirements for the submission of unit or cooperative plans of operation
and development involving permit acreage, and to reviewing and
revising the engineering and royalty features of such plans after their
submission. At the end of the fiscal year 1937 a total of 1,343 plans
of unit or cooperative development for oil or gas pools, fields, or areas
involving public land had been filed with the Geological Survey, of
which 47 had been given final approval by the Secretary of the
Interior, 1,145 had been rejected, withdrawn, or suspended, 201 had
been reviewed and returned to their proponents for revision and consummation,
and 161 were pending final action, including 42 which
were awaiting technical consideration in the Conservation Branch.
The Oil and Gas Leasing Division formulated the revised oil and gas
operating regulations, effective November 1, 1936, which established
a uniform basis of regulation for the development and production of
the oil and gas resources on reserved and unreserved public lands of
the United States, including naval petroleum reserves, and on all
restricted Indian lands, tribal and allotted, except those of the Osage
Indian Reservation.
Drilling activity on public lands during the fiscal year 1937 included
the commencement of 333 new wells and the completion of 344 wells,
of which 257 were rated as productive of oil and gas and 87 as barren.
The total number of wells under supervision on June 30, 1937, was
7,934 in 17 States and Alaska, including 4,112 capable of oil or gas
production. The production of petroleum, natural gas, and natural
gasoline from public lands in 1937 was substantially greater than in
other recent years, and the revenues accrued therefrom were materially
increased.
Coal properties under supervision in 14 States and Alaska decreased
37, to 657; potash properties in 8 States decreased 56, to 39 in 3 States;
sodium properties in 9 States increased 4, to 44; sulphur properties in
1 State decreased 8, to 18; phosphate properties increased 2, to 11;
and the oil-shale lease remained at 1 in 1 State. The total number of
properties under supervision was 770, a decrease of 95, substantially
all of which were inactive. The reduction in coal properties resulted
indirectly from the Secretary’s instructions of January 24, 1934, and
that in potash properties from the Secretary’s orders 799, 817, 854,
and 914, all of which tended to slow down the issuance of new permits
and leases. In prospecting for the above-named minerals 16 bore
holes were drilled during the year. •
178 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Accidents to employees working in mines under departmental
leases are generally fewer than in competitive mines not on Government
lands, and it is gratifying to note that of the 33 awards made to
coal mines or to operators by the Joseph A. Holmes Safety Association
for the calendar year 1936 two were made to departmental lessees.
The use of safety appliances and safety clothing is increasing generally
throughout mines on Government lands.
Indian lands.—The Secretary’s order 1112, approved September 4,
1936, which relates to oil and gas operations and which constitutes a
new cooperative agreement between the Geological Survey and the
Office of Indian Affairs, extended the cooperative technical supervision
and the royalty-accounting duties of the Geological Survey to embrace
all tribal and restricted allotted lands within the limits of all Indian
reservations except the Osage Nation. Oil and gas supervision involved
5,342 leaseholds, 4,463 wells, and aggregate bonus, royalty,
and rental accruals estimated at $2,665,000 for Indian beneficiaries in
10 States and 30 different tribes. The cooperative duties involved
royalty accounting, appraisals of bonuses, royalty offers, and pollution
damages, assistance to lessees of Indian land on operating problems
and in the preparation of unit plans of development, and assistance
to agency officials and tribal councils on technical phases of leasehold
development and administration.
Mining supervision involved 40 lead and zinc leaseholds in the
Quapaw Reservation, Okla., with aggregate royalty accruals of
$568,299.94, an increase of 57.54 percent from the preceding year; 57
coal leaseholds involving Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Five Tribes lands
in Oklahoma, with an aggregate production decreased from 568,725.92
tons in 1936 to 527,579.75 tons in 1937; and revenue accruals from
royalties, bonuses, and sale of coal lands amounting to $89,308.31;
one asphalt lease involving segregated Choctaw and Chickasaw lands
in Oklahoma; and 51 properties in other States, 18 of which are agency
mines. It included also special investigations of 18 properties for
minerals other than fuels.
Naval petroleum reserves.—On behalf of the Navy Department
supervision was continued during the fiscal year over operations for
the production of oil and gas within Naval Petroleum Reserves Nos.
1 and 2, in California, and for the conservation of shut-in production
within Naval Petroleum Reserve No. 3, in Wyoming. Production
from 538 wells on the reserves aggregated 3,567,213.54 barrels of
petroleum, 2,816,073,000 cubic feet of natural gas, and 11,076,165,000
gallons of natural gasoline and had an aggregate royalty value of
$787,906.64.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 179
I
[
r
3
2
i
s
r
r
t
r
5.
n
n
>0
)f
PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS
Under the supervision of the conservation-branch personnel, aggregate
expenditures of $165,286.47 were made during the fiscal year 1937
from funds allotted by the Administrator of Public Works for field
investigation in conservation work pertinent to branch functions. On
11 projects $109,423.36 was expended for river-utilization surveys of
power and storage resources of important streams in 11 States. On
12 projects $55,863.11 was expended in 9 States in the plugging and
abandonment or conditioning for use as a source of water of numerous
wells drilled for oil and gas on public lands and theretofore improperly
abandoned or merely deserted; in extinguishing or controlling coaloutcrop
fires and in filling, bulkheading, or otherwise safeguarding
abandoned mines or prospective openings on public and Indian lands ;
and in surface studies of coal occurrence and subsurface studies of oil
and gas occurrence in Indian lands in Oklahoma.
SUMMARY OF FIELD ACTIVITIES, BY STATES
Alabama.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the State
in aid of mineral classification. Examined 1 tract in Franklin County for purposes
of mineral classification. Supervised 1 coal lease.
Alaska.—Supervised 1 power project, 144 prospecting permits for oil and gas,
and 2 leases, 2 licenses, and 9 prospecting permits for coal.
Arizona.—Completed 162 miles of river-utilization surveys on Black Creek, the
Little Colorado River, and the Rio Puerco, and surveyed in detail 44 square
miles in the Cottonwood Wash, Leroux Wash, Lyman, and Zuni reservoir and
dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 6
dam sites. Supervised 25 power projects, 72 prospecting permits for oil and gas,
and 3 for coal, 6 for sodium, and 5 for potash on public land, and 4 coal mines on
Indian land.
Arkansas.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations in northeastern
and northwestern Arkansas in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 1 power
project and 9 prospecting permits for oil and gas.
California.—Investigated occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in Brawley area,
Imperial County. Completed 140 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Carson
(including East and West Forks). Trinity, and Yuba (including Middle
North and South Forks) Rivers and tributaries, and surveyed in detail 24 square
miles in the Beno, Steiner Flat, Trinity Center, Fairview, and Bullards Bar
reservoir and dam sites and the Silver Queen, Washington, Governor Stevens,
and Spaulding dam sites. Supervised 89 power projects, 223 leases and 1232
prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 22 leases on Naval Petroleum
reserves, 4 prospecting permits for coal and 23 for sodium, and 1 sodium
lease and 2 potash leases.
Colorado.—Completed structural and stratigraphic investigations in the South
Park area, Park County. In cooperation with the geologic branch made a
reconnaissance investigation of land in southeastern Archuleta County. Completed
111 miles of river-utilization surveys on Buzzard Creek, the Gunnison
River, the Little Snake River, Troublesome Creek, and the Yampa River and
tributaries; and surveyed in detail 5 square miles in the Buzzard Creek, Columbus
180 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Mountain, and East Fork reservoir sites and the Black Mountain, Middle Fork,
North Fork, Stonewall, Three Forks, Walker, and Yampa Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4
dam sites. Made geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 11
dam sites. Supervised 12 power projects, 32 leases, and 691 prospecting permits
for oil and gas on public land and 5 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 90 leases, 13
licenses, 38 permits, and 9 awarded lease applications for coal, and 1 sodium lease
on public land; and 2 Indian agency coal mines. Dug out and re-covered 2 coalmine
and outcrop fires in Rio Blanco County, under Public Works allotments.
Florida.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the
State, including inspection of two drilling operations in Hillsborough County and
one each in Lake and Nassau Counties.
Idaho.—Completed 90 miles of river utilization surveys on the North Fork of
the Coeur d’Alene and Weiser Rivers and tributaries; and surveyed in detail the
Leland Glen reservoir and dam site and the Bumble Bee, Evanville, Hultman
Creek, Spion Kap, Teddy Creek, Brown, Lost Valley, and Squaw Flats dam sites.
Supervised 32 power projects, 74 prospecting permits for oil and gas, 1 lease and
17 permits for coal, and 2 phosphate leases.
Kansas.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations in western Kansas
in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 3 leases and 18 prospecting permits
for oil and gas.
Louisiana.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the
State in aid of mineral classification. Supervised 17 leases and 2 prospecting
permits for oil and gas.
Mississippi.—Investigated oil and gas prospecting operations throughout the
State in aid of mineral classification and examined 1 tract each in Attala, Choctaw,
Leake, Montgomery, and Webster Counties.
Montana.—Examined land in the Rattlesnake Butte area, Petroleum County,
for mineral classification. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated
structural and stratigraphic investigations in the Little Rocky Mountains area,
Phillips and Fergus Counties. Completed 173 miles of river-utilization surveys
on the Middle, North, and South Forks of the Flathead River and tributaries
and surveyed in detail 14 square miles in the Glacier View and Big Prairie reservoir
and dam sites. Supervised 38 power projects; 117 leases and 859 prospecting
permits for oil and gas on public land; and 99 leases, 32 permits, and 45 licenses
for coal; 7 phosphate leases; 47 oil and gas leases, 2 Indian agency coal mines,
and 26 coal and 3 silver-lead-gold leases on Indian land; continued important
conservation measures through the plugging and conditioning of abandoned oil
wells under Public Works allotments.
Nevada— Completed 17 miles of river surveys on the Carson River (including
East Fork) and Marys River and made detailed surveys of the Heenan Lake,
Silver King Nos. 1 and 2, Silver Queen, Soda Springs, Chalk Basin, and Hanks
Creek dam sites. Supervised 24 power projects, 81 prospecting permits for oil
and gas, 4 coal permits, 1 phosphate lease, 6 sodium permits, and 7 potash permits.
New Mexico.—Continued an areal, stratigraphic, and subsurface structural
investigation in Lea County. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated
an investigation of coal and oil resources of the Lumbarton and Monero districts
Rio Arriba County. Completed 158 miles of river utilization surveys on the
Pecos River, Rio Chama, and San Juan River; surveyed Dead Man’s Wash in
connection with erosion studies; surveyed 16 square miles in Los Osteros, Canon
de Chama, El Vado, and Lower Abiquiu reservoir and dam sites; and made detailed
surveys of the Tecolote and Los Osteros No. 2 dam sites. Made geologic studies
of foundation materials and conditions at 5 dam sites and of Dead Man’s Wash
erosion area; continued operations in connection w’ith plugging oil wells and
reconditioning water wells under Public Works allotment. Supervised 3 power
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 181
projects; 193 leases and 1,862 prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land;
5 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 24 leases and 23 prospecting permits for coal;
9 prospecting permits for sodium; 9 leases and 70 prospecting permits for potash;
and 44 sulphur permits. Supervised on Indian land 73 agency coal mines.
North Dakota.-—Supervised 1 lease and 25 prospecting permits for oil and gas;
67 leases, 1 permit, and 18 licenses for coal; and 1 permit for sodium.
Oklahoma.—Investigated oil and gas operations in western Oklahoma for purposes
of mineral classification. Supervised 3 power projects, 15 leases, and 93
prospecting permits for oil and gas on public land and 5,252 oil and gas leases on
Indian land. Supervised on segregated tribal and restricted allotted Indian
lands 33 leases, 21 permits, and 1 temporary mining permit for coal; 1 asphalt
lease and 2 right-of-way leases; supervised on Quapaw Indian lands 40 zinc-lead
leases.
Oregon.—Completed 131 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Applegate
River, Chewaucan River, Deep Creek, Grave Creek, Hood River and tributaries,
Nehalem River, and South Umpqua River; and surveyed in detail 5 square miles
in the Lower Applegate and Paisley reservoir sites and the Alternate, Cranberry,
State, Grave Creek, Elsie, Days Creeks, Shovely and Tiller dam sites. Made
geologic and geophysical studies of foundation materials and conditions at 14
dam sites. Supervised 43 power projects, 134 prospecting permits for oil and
gas, 1 lease and 4 prospecting permits for coal, 2 sodium permits, 3 potash permits,
and 1 oil-shale lease.
South Dakota.—Initiated an areal and structural investigation in Butte and
Harding Counties for purposes of mineral classification. Supervised 50 prospecting
permits for oil and gas and 6 oil and gas leases on Indian land; 5 leases, 3
permits, and 1 license for coal on public land.
Utah.—Examined land in the Diamond Fork area, Utah County, for purposes
of mineral classification. Investigated occurrence of carbon dioxide gas in the
Farnham area, Carbon County. Continued stratigraphic and structural investigations
in Washington County. In cooperation with the geologic branch initiated
a structural and stratigraphic investigation of the Henry Mountains area, Emery,
Garfield, and Wayne Counties, and of the Strawberry Valley quadrangle, Utah
and Wasatch Counties. Completed 109 miles of river-utilization surveys on the
Bear River, Sevier River, and Willard Creek and surveyed in detail 27 square
miles in the Otter Creek and Piute reservoir and dam sites. Made geologic
studies of foundation materials and conditions at one dam site; continued operations
in connection with plugging oil wells and reconditioning water wells under
Public Works allotment. Supervised 17 power projects; 25 leases and 884 prospecting
permits for oil and gas on public land and 1 oil and gas lease on Indian
land; 48 leases, 57 permits, and 2 licenses for coal; 11 sodium permits, 31 potash
permits, and 1 phosphate lease.
Washington.—Completed 98 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Cispus,
Cowlitz, Sauk, and Toutle Rivers and surveyed in detail 11 square miles in the
Mossy Rock and Sauk reservoir sites and the Green River dam site. Made
geologic and geophysical studies of foundation materials and conditions at 21
dam sites. Supervised 21 power projects, 12 prospecting permits for oil and gas;
1 lease and 14 permits for coal, 1 sodium permit; 3 silver-gold leases and 4 tungsten
leases on Indian lands.
Wisconsin.—Supervised 1 power project.
Wyoming.—Examined land in the West Dewey area, Weston County, and the
Smith Creek area, Carbon County, for purposes of mineral classification. In
cooperation with the geologic branch continued phosphate investigations in
northern Lincoln County; and structural and stratigraphic investigations in the
Cody, Pitchfork, and Shoshone districts, Park County, and the east side of the
182 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Big Horn Basin, Big Horn County. Through the geologic branch examined land
in the Cottonwood Creek area, Park County, for purposes of mineral classification.
Completed 72 miles of river-utilization surveys on the Bear River and
Savery Creek and surveyed in detail 9 square miles in the Yellow Creek reservoir
site and the Needles and Lower and Upper Savery Greek dam sites. Made
geologic studies of foundation materials and conditions at 2 dam sites. Supervised
10 power projects, 477 leases and 1,707 prospecting permits for oil and gas on
public land, 24 oil and gas leases on Indian lands, 56 leases, 60 permits, and 22
licenses for coal, 2 prospecting permits for sodium, and 1 permit for potash.
Performed technical supervision at Emergency Conservation Gamp 858, established
for conserving coal deposits.
WORK ON PUBLICATIONS
Texts.—The book publications of the year numbered 57 and contained
5,760 pages. Besides these publications 30 brief papers in
mimeographed form were issued as memoranda for the press. During
the year 38,785 pages of manuscript were edited and prepared for
printing, 1,397 galley proofs were read, and 6,385 page proofs were
revised. Indexes were prepared for 39 publications, covering 6,310 pages.
Copy and proof or stencils for 580 pages of multigraph or mimeograph
matter were read. During the year 22 foreign letters, in German,
French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese were translated.
Illustrations.—The section of illustrations prepared 2,213 drawings
and photographs, transmitted 1,154 illustrations to accompany 44
reports, received and examined 569 proofs, and examined 82 edition
prints.
Geologic map editing and drafting.-—The geologic map of Texas, scale
1: 500,000 was completed and published. This map is in four parts,
each 50 by 40 inches, and is printed in 23 colors, with 108 map units
represented by patterns. This map was prepared and drafted, the
proof read, and the color printing directed in this section. A total of
213 illustrations, comprising geologic maps, sections, and diagrams,
were drawn in the section, and illustrations for 27 papers were edited.
Proofs of 18 geologic maps and sections were read.
Distribution.—A total of 353 publications, comprising 57 new books
and pamphlets, 96 new or revised topographic and other maps, 199
reprinted topographic and other maps, and 1 geologic map, were
received during the year. Several special pamphlets and forms for
administrative use were also delivered and distributed. The total
units of all publications received numbered 140,802 books and pamphlets
and 673,590 topographic and other maps, a grand total of
814,392. The division distributed 101,827 books and pamphlets,
3,413 geologic folios, and 746,820 maps, a grand total of 852,060, of
which 3,051 folios and 645,123 maps were sold. The net proceeds
(gross collections less copying fees and amounts refunded) from the
sales of publications were $37,963.17, including $37,136.32 for topoGEOLOGICAL
SURVEY 183
graphic and geologic maps and $826.85 for geologic folios. In addition
to this $10,308.74 was repaid by other establishments of the Federal
Government at whose request maps or folios were furnished. The
total receipts, therefore, were $48,271.91.
Engraving and printing.—During the year 70 newly engraved topographic
maps including 4 revised maps, were printed, and 26 special
maps, making a total of 96 new maps printed and delivered. Of
the newly engraved maps 45 were completed under the Public Works
allotment. Corrections were engraved on the plates of 413 maps.
Reprint editions of 184 engraved topographic maps and 15 photolithographed
State and other maps were printed and delivered. Inaddition,
81 new topographic maps had been engraved and were in
press June 30, including 56 under Public Works allotment, and the
engraving of 161 other new topographic maps was in hand, including.
93 under Public Works allotment. One new geologic map was printed,,
the edition amounting to 4,550 copies. Of new and reprinted maps,
296 different editions, amounting to 673,590 copies, were delivered.
A large amount of work was done for 68 other units of the Government
and State governments, and the charges for it amounted to
about $220,000, for which the appropriation for engraving and printing
geologic and topographic maps was reimbursed.
Transfer impressions numbering 386 were made during the year
and the amount turned over to miscellaneous receipts was $179.90.
Of topographic maps, geologic maps, and contract and miscellaneous
work of all kinds, a grand total of 3,441,687 copies were printed and
delivered.
The photographic laboratory made 16,111 negatives (including
5,408 wet plates for photolithographs, 585 wet plates for photographic
prints, 35 paper negatives, 3,010 dry plates, 471 lantern slides, 406
half-tone negatives, and 6,196 field negatives), 23,518 prints (including
2,093 maps and diagrams, 21,010 photographs for illustrations and
records, and 415 bromide enlargements), 4,674 zinc plates, 400
intaglio etchings, and 11 celluloid prints and mounted 5,165 prints.
LIBRARY
The library served nearly 10,000 readers during the year, about half
of them not members of the Geological Survey. The total number of
books, pamphlets, and serial parts circulated amounted to more than
46,000 items. Books borrowed from other libraries for the use of the
Geological Survey numbered 1,249, and 1,310 books were loaned to
other libraries. Loans to members of the Survey and to other individuals
privileged to borrow books increased from 7,299 to 8,537.
Nearly 19,000 new books, pamphlets, and serial parts and more than
1,500 maps and charts were received during the year, and more than
10,000 new cards were filed in the catalog.
184 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The most satisfactory feature of the year was the authorization for
binding of 1,784 volumes at a cost of approximately $7,000, but the
library’s urgent needs for binding remain at 17,000 volumes, as of the
accessions during the last 2 years many paper-covered volumes are in
immediate need of binding.
The bibliography of North American geology for 1935-36 was
delivered to the editor in April and is in press as Bulletin 892. The
volume contains 4,716 entries, as compared to 3,836 entries in the
volume for 1933-34.
During the year some 1,600 Geological Survey reports were transferred
from the library to the division of distribution.
APPROPRIATIONS AND EXPENDITURES
The appropriation made directly for the work of the Geological
Survey for the fiscal year 1937 included 10 items, amounting to
$2,807,817, of which $76,804.88 remained unobligated on June 30,
1937. In addition, $5,000 was allotted from appropriations for the
Interior Department for miscellaneous supplies.
Classifications of Obligations Incurred by the United States Geological Survey During
the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937
Salaries
Topographic
surveys
Geologic
surveys
Alaskan
mineral
resources
Gaging
streams
Salaries of permanent employees.......................
Wages of temporary employees................ ——
Supplies and materials--------------------------------
Dead storage of passenger-carrying vehicles..
Other storage and pasturage of animals--------
Communication services------------------------------
Travel expenses------------------------------------------
Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of
passenger-carrying vehicles-------------------
Transportation of things-------------------- ---------
Hire, maintenance, repair, and operation of
freight-carrying vehicles ---- ------- ------------
Printing and binding---------------------- ------------
Furnishing of heat, light, power, water, and
electricity_____________________ _______
Rents------------------------------------------ ---------------
Repairs and alterations-------------------------------
Special and miscellaneous current expenses..
Purchase of passenger-carrying vehicles--------
Purchase of freight-carrying vehicles-----------
Purchase of scientific instruments and parts.
Other equipment----------------------------------------
Structures and parts------------------------------------
Miscellaneous refunds, adjustments and
transfers---------------------------------------------------
$140,385.69 $591,058.35
561,957.06
13,258.64
21.31
966.15
1,275.29
114,400.23
1,182.98
5,025.27
53,337.07
136,352. 61
39.41
7,073.36
78. 95
1,065.93
1,135.02
70,109.38
14,600.34
104, 796. 54
$421,393.25
25,796.99
6,515.84
322. 78
339.20
29,460.78
2,045.67
2,042.60
6,840. 50
4,451.81
221.13
3,962.12
72.70
2,407.80
4,842.03
5,006. 75
3,985. 34
463.99
$41,405.87
3,800.91
629.91
5.56
10,660.38
357.80
85.99
600.00
156.96
1,993.48
25.00
$848,714.56
212,918.69
36,107.14
19.59
175.94
5,143.60
112,945.93
10,521.96
8,903.35
33,080.11
4,897.80
174.90
3,037.16
35,488.48
30.00
11,784.77
13,905.55
40,604,72
34,523.22
21,221.93
156,544.29
Total............. -.......... — 140,385. 69 1,677,733.89 520,171.28 59, 721.86 1, 590,743.69
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 185
Classifications of Obligations Incurred by the United States Geological Survey During
the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937—Continued
Classification
of
lands
Printing
and binding
Preparation
of
illustrations
Geologic
and topographic
maps
Mineral
leasing Total
Salaries of permanent employees.
Wages of temporary employees. .
Supplies and materials----------------
Dead storage of passenger-carryin0-
vehicles _________________
$83,284.20
2, 379.95
1,070.42
—$21,105.10
256. 24
$240,780.92
68. 53
59,808.30
$332, 646. 52
55, 533.38
3,491. 24
55.00
22.00
2. 708.72
22,839. 65
12,147.29
2,825.25
1, 750.56
743.51
3,972.35
1,173. 65
20,049.89
89.31
11, 730.56
$2,720,774.46
862, 455. 51
121,137.73
95.90
1, 619.67
9, 609. 71
296,814.80
27,056.84
19,822. 31
95,879.73
264,317.03
4,147.25
5,071.35
77,077.13
270.96
27, 599.09
19,882.60
116,949. 77
90,605.23
21,221.93
263,453. 89
Other storage and pasturage of
132.80
122.03
6,402. 61
1,158.94
187.25
871.49
657.32
Communicatiou services------------- — 15.31
105.22
Hire, maintenance, repair, and
operation of passenger-carrying
Transportation of things-------------
Hire, maintenance, repair, and
operation of freight-carrying
vehicles_ __ -_________
480.79
Printing and binding------------------
Furnishing of heat, light, power,
water, an d electricitv. . _
$117,000.00 127. 99 —
Rents.--________________________
Repairs and alterations_____ '___
Special and miscellaneous current
expenses_ - ____________
193.43 10,152. 89
Purchase of passenger-carrying
vehicles -__ ___ 610.03
Purchase of freight-carrying vehicles
. _ ____ _____ -__
Purchase of scientific instruments
and parts _ ___________ 695.15
1,688. 91
16.88
13,774.52
516. 89
Other equipment - - _______ 20,039.42
Structures and parts__ _______
Miscellaneous refunds, adjustments
and transfers.________
Total_______________ ______
150.94
♦
918.13 555.00
99, 605.47 117,000.00 21,489.33 326,121.49 492,890.19 5,045,862.89
In addition to the above amounts, there was expended directly by cooperating agencies $64,151.82 for
topographic surveys and $403,570.02 for stream gaging.
186 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
APPENDIX
Topographic and planimetric mapping by the Geological Survey in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii, to June 30, 1937
!
I
I
i i i i is Illi I I i o :
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 187
22914—37----- 14
188 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Summary of Outstanding Mineral Withdrawals and Classifications
June 30, 1937, in acres
State
Coal Oil Oil shale Phosphate Potash
Withdrawn
Classified
as coal
land
Withdrawn
Classfled
as
oil land
Withdrawn
Classified
as
oil-shale
land
Withdrawn
Classified
as
phosphate
land
Withdrawn
Alaska__________ 56,993
Arizona_________ 139,415
Arkansas______ 61,160
8, 720
3, 082, 272
California_______ 17, 603
4,142, 233
1,178, 392
215,370
90,324
Colorado________ 1,172, 778 952, 239
Florida_________ 66,796
276, 239
120
Idaho_________ . 11, 520 4,603 270,036
Louisiana_______ 466,990
1,336, 697
4, 233
Montana_______ 67,651
Nevada_________
6, 259,193
83,673
4,119, 616
5, 954,364
4,361
>9, 373,884 — 280,089 3,833
39,422
New Mexico___ 984, 829 9,282,160
11,178,286
18,887
250, 093
1, 267, 697
141,444
3 6,847,235
North Dakota...
Oregon . _______
84,894
South Dakota__
Utah____________
Washington_____
Wyoming_______
Total_____
3, 404, 043
691,801
2,143,991
21,344,473— 2, 737,274 2, 703, 755 277,344 2,937
541, 777— 2,079,897 425, 214 989,133 25, 293—
26, 971,813 33, 276,103 5,168, 593 71,884 5,989,949 4,081, 208 1,889, 601 302, 219 9,411,906
> Includes 3,151 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 1).
2 Includes 13,578 acres withdrawn as helium reserve.
3 Includes 2,078 acres of coal land reserved for use of the United States (coal reserve no. 2).
General Summary of Cases Involving Land Classification
Class of cases
Mineral leasing laws:
Permit applications_____________
Lease applications______________
Committee cases_____________...
Concurrence____________________
Interference (surface rights)_____
Unit operation plans____________
Cases involved in unit plans____
Development (drilling operations,
etc.)____________________
Mineral classification:
Oil and gas (including "349”)....
Water and power:
Federal Power Commission:
Preliminary permits________
Determinations under sec. 24.
Classification___________________
Rights-of-way__________________
Irrigation project reports________
General information:
General Land Office (coops.,
etc.)_ _______________________
Indian Office___________________
Total_________________________
Record since
receipt of
first case
Record for fiscal year 1936-37
Pending
prior to
July],
1936
Received
during
fiscal
year
Total
Acted
on
during
fiscal
year
Pending
June
30,1937
Gain
or loss
during
fiscal
year
Received
Acted
on
9 302 311 294 17 -8 62,353 62,336
209 1,837 2,046 1,635 411 -202 4,318 3,907
13 289 302 290 12 +1 13,157 13,145
21
10
1,537
90
1,558
100
1,494
90
64
10
-43
595 547 1,142 981 161 +434 1,343 1,182
2,528 783 3,311 2,345 966 +1, 562 4,042 3,076
5 56 61 59 2 +3 17,579 17,577
130 1,402 1, 532 1,268 264 -134 29,943 29,679
5 48 53 41 12 -7 446 434
19 36 55 52 3 +16 628 625
1 6 7 4 3 — 2 557 554
15 138 153 123 30 -15 7,326 7,296
2 — 2 2 — +2 944 944
9 376 385 358 27 -18
9,549 9,549
3,571 7,447 111,018 9,036 1,982 +1,589 —
1 Includes all cases pending at beginning of fiscal year.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 189
Mineral Production from Public Lands and Revenues accrued therefrom, Fiscal Year 1937
State
Petroleum
(barrels)
Natural
gas (M
cubic
feet)
Gasoline
(gallons)
Coal
(short
tons)
Potassium
(short
tons)
Sodium
(short
tons)
Phosphate
(short
tons)
Accrued
revenues
AJa^a __________ 134,115
70, 326
73
$7,181.55
7, 032. 64
3,468,274. 98
162,905.43
2, 557. 95
64, 950, 70
105,657. 39
160. 00
Alabama ________
California__________ 18,773,946
1,156,234
39,758,420
2, 679, 558
68,320,426
88,858
68,439
Colorado___________ 597, 299 1/499
Idaho __________ 1,136 23,359
Louisiana__________ 204,630
473,719
1,457, 774
2,391,952
17,706
Montana__________ 359, 698 2,745
Nevada___________
New Mexico________ 5,632, 723 16, 397,193 1,059,270 46,012
477,472
449,584 5,932 652, 676.03
29,656.85
20, 516. 90
206. 75
North Dakota—___
Oklahoma__________ 121, 769 262,395
Oregon. _______ 27
South Dakota______ 2,832
1,329,040
27, 788
1,175, 385
508. 84
Utah__________ 611 107,794 11,856 133,999.44
2, 778.86
1, 601, 671.80
Washington.______
Wyoming__________ 10,488, 279 15, 652,570 27,961, 659
Total______3_6_,_877,412 78, 445, 261 97, 722,170
95. 291, 995
4,221, 203
4,062,189
449, 584 75,870
57, 610
26,104
50, 732
6, 260, 277. 27
Total 1936__________ 34, 371,038 75,016,349 378, 601 5,172, 768.84
Figures for oil, gas, and gasoline from Louisiana, New Mexico, and Oklahoma are for 11 months ended
May 31,1937.
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION
DIVISION
George W. Holland, Director
THE act approved by the President on February 22, 1935 (49 Stat.
30), regulating interstate and foreign commerce in petroleum and its
products by prohibiting the shipment in such commerce of petroleum
and its products produced in violation of State law, generally known
as the Connally Act, was to have expired June 16, 1937, but by the
act of Congress approved by the President, June 14, 1937 (Public
No. 145, 75th Cong., 1st sess.), the act was extended to June 30, 1939.
By Executive Order No. 6979, dated February 28, 1935, the Secretary
of the Interior was designated by the President to execute certain
powers and functions vested in the President by the law, and subsequently
Executive Orders Nos. 6980--B, 6980-C of March 1, 1935,
Executive Order No. 7024-B of April 25, 1935, and Executive Order
No. 7129-A of August 6, 1935, were issued for the enforcement of the
law.
The Secretary of the Interior by Orders Nos. 1054 and 1057, dated
March 14 and March 31, 1936, established the Petroleum Conservation
Division to advise and assist him in the enforcement of the act and
in the administration of Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal
Petroleum Agency No. 1, both located at Kilgore, Tex. The Division
is also authorized to discuss the work of any agency dealing with oil
and gas, recommend action on any case brought to its attention, coordinate
information, and, through appropriate channels, act as the
contact agency with the Interstate Oil Compact Commission (see
H. J. Res. 407, approved Aug. 27, 1935, Public Res. No. 64, 74th
Cong., and S. J. Res. 183, approved Aug. 10, 1937, Public Res. No. 57,
75th Cong.), present required data to the Congress, attend oil and gas
conferences in which the Department is interested, cooperate with the
oil-producing States in the study of physical waste and the enactment
of uniform oil and gas conservation laws, and contact other departments
of the Government whose work deals in any measure with oil
and gas.
190
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 191
Federal Tender Board No. 1 was established by Executive Order
No. 6980-C on March 1,1935, to operate in a designated area known as
the East Texas Field, which includes the counties of Gregg, Upshur,
Smith, Rusk, and a part of Cherokee. The Board is required to issue
certificates of clearance, or tenders, permitting the shipment in interstate
commerce of petroleum and its products whenever it determines
that the petroleum or petroleum products does not constitute contraband
oil. Contraband oil is defined as petroleum which, or any
■constituent part of which, was produced, transported, or withdrawn
from storage in excess of the amounts permitted to be produced, transported,
or withdrawn from storage under the laws of a State or any
regulation or order prescribed thereunder by any board, commission,
officer, or other duly authorized agency of such State, or any of the
products of such petroleum.
Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1 was established by Executive
Order No. 7024-B, dated April 25, 1935, to exercise all duties and
functions pertaining or incidental to investigations necessary to the
enforcement of the Connally Act and to investigate and report on all
applications for tenders.
The administration of the act is essentially a field activity. Of
the 72 persons employed at the close of the fiscal year, 58 were in the
field and 14 in Washington.
It has been necessary to establish but one tender board, that in east
Texas. Should the need arise, additional boards can be established
by the President. The law is effective, however, in other fields,
although the tender system is not employed.
The Rodessa Field in Louisiana, Texas, and Arkansas, was under
constant observation, and examinations were made in other areas,
such as Corpus Christi, Conroe, and Talco. Reports covering operations
in Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Kansas were received and
checked periodically.
THE EAST TEXAS FIELD
The need for a tender board in the East Texas Field is evident when
the magnitude of the area is understood. This field is about 50 miles
long and 3.5 to 10 miles wide. It contains more than 130,000 acres
of productive territory in which 23,000 oil wells were producing in
June 1937. Two-thirds of the flowing oil wells in the State of Texas
are in this area. The field produces about 15 percent of the national
crude oil output or nearly as much as the aggregate production from
all of the wells in Louisiana, Kansas, and New Mexico, the three States
which rank fourth, fifth, and sixth in national output. At the time
the field was discovered in 1930, it contained at least one-fourth of
the oil reserves of the entire United States. During the fiscal year, the
reported production of crude oil in east Texas was 160,717,784 barrels,
192 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of which 148,167,000 barrels, or 92 percent was shipped from the field
on Federal tenders. Although only 8 percent of the crude oil is refined
in the field, the petroleum products, including casinghead gasoline
and butane, moving on Federal tenders totaled 23,230,000 barrels
during the year. For summary of refineries operating in the East
Texas field, see tables A and A-l and for summary of casinghead
operations see table B.
The Federal Government and the State of Texas have worked
together in east Texas in the prevention of waste with the result that
the ultimate productive capacity of the field has been greatly extended.
It has been estimated that the recoverable oil from the field has been
increased about 30 percent or 600,000,000 barrels, which would be
equal to the discovery of 60 average size oil fields.
With the Federal Government prohibiting the shipment of contraband
oil in interstate commerce and the State government disapproving
its movement intrastate, the market for contraband oil is practically
destroyed and the production of such oil in east Texas has been
reduced to a fraction of 1 percent.
During the fiscal year, the Federal Tender Board and the Federal
Petroleum Agency received and considered a total of 6,420 applications
for tenders, of which 4,120 were for 227,104,844 barrels of crude
petroleum, and 2,300 for 23,187,091 barrels refined products. All of
the applications were approved by the Board except 65 for crude
petroleum and 28 for refined products.
Tenders were issued for 223,742,735 barrels of crude petroleum.
Applications not approved totaled 2,670,463 barrels and applications
pending totaled 974,964 barrels. For refined products, tenders were
issued for 23,230,065 barrels. Applications for refined products not
approved totaled 33,650 barrels and applications pending totaled
176,474 barrels.
Of the total production allowable of 163,245,068 barrels for the East
Texas Field during the fiscal year, 99.15 percent was represented by
wells reported to the Tender Board.
Almost all of the crude oil shipped from the East Texas Field on Federal
tenders moved through 12 trunk pipe lines and various gathering
systems. For details of this operation see tables C and C-l.
The principal activities of Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1 have
been in the east Texas area.
Throughout the fiscal year continuous efforts were made by the
Agency to detect violations and to prepare and present cases to the
Department of Justice. As of June 30, 1936, 84 investigations were
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 193
pending and during the fiscal year, 124 new investigative cases were
set up by the Agency and assigned to members of the staff. At the
close of the year, 66 cases were pending. A total of 31 cases were
referred to the Department of Justice.
The marine unit at Houston, Tex., was discontinued during the
fiscal year. During the fiscal year examiners were assigned to the
Rodessa, Corpus Christi, and Houston areas, and investigations were
made and reports prepared under the Connally Act in certain fields of
southern Louisiana and west Texas. In the East Texas Field a check
was made of a large number of leases to determine whether such leases
could make their full allowable in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the Railroad Commission of Texas.
The following table shows the expenditures made of available funds:
Personal Services
Agency Appropriation
Petroleum Conservation Division_________________________________ $50, 900
Federal Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency No. 1____ 151, 875
Total___________________________________________________ 202,775
Miscellaneous
Class Appropriation
Materials and supplies__________________________________________ $13, 866
Communications________________________________________________ 2, 123
Travel________________________________________________________ 6, 695
Transportation of things_________________________________________ 351
Printing and binding____________________________________________ 1, 192
Rent of buildings_______________________________________________ 11,017
Equipment____________________________________________________ 1, 675
t1
tr
T5
e
e
e
e
Total___________________________________________________ 36, 919
Total obligated_________________________________________________ 239, 694
Unobligated___________________________________________________ 60, 306
Total funds available_____________________________________ 300, 000
Personnel as of June 30, 1936: Washington Field Total
Petroleum Conservation Division (including Federal
Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency
No. 1)_________________________________________ 19 78 97
Personnel as of June 30, 1937:
Petroleum Conservation Division (including Federal
Tender Board No. 1 and Federal Petroleum Agency
No. 1)_________ _______________________________ 14 58 72
194 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Refineries Operating in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board
No. 1, Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937
CRUDE PETROLEUM
Barrelt
Stocks 7 a. m., beginning of period............... .............. 303,676
Receipts:
East Texas crude via pipe line.._____ ______________________ _____________________________ 11,460,648
East Texas crude via trucks_______________________________________________________________ 10,940
East Texas crude from casinghead plants______________ __________________________________ 333
Rodessa crude via pipe line_______________ _________________________________ ______________ 688,639
Talco crude via pipe line..______ __________________________________________________________ 16,020
Talco crude via tank car.______ ____________ _________________________ ___________________ 147,221
Southwest Texas crude via tank car_____________________________________ ________________ 162,159
Total crude to be accounted for__________ ______________________________________________ 12,789,686
Disposition: Percent
East Texas crude charged to stills_______ _________________________________________ 92.01.. 11,395,634
Rodessa crude charged to stills__________________ ____ __________ _________________ 5.34.. 660,989
Talco crude charged to stills_____________________________________________________. 1.37.. 169,516
Southwest Texas crude charged to stills___ _______ _______________________________ 1.28.. 158,202
Total crude distilled____ ________________________________ ____________________ 100.00.. 12,384,341
East Texas crude burned at refineries___ _____________________________________________ _ 183
East Texas crude transferred to fuel oil_______________________________________________ ____ 132
East Texas crude delivered to pipe lines_________________________________ __________________ 37,274
Adjustments in crude stocks_________________________________________ ____________________ 1,138
Crude sold or otherwise disposed of______ _____________________________________ ___________ 2,207
Stocks 7 a. m., close of period_____ ________________________________________________________ 280,874
12,706,149
Net difference in stocks during period..._________ ____________________________________________ 83,537
Total crude accounted for__ ____________________________________________________________ 12,789,686
TABLE A-1
Refineries Operating in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board
No. 1, Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1937
REFINED PRODUCTS—STOCKS, DELIVERIES, AND YIELDS»
Product
Stocks
7 a. m.,
end of
period
Deliveries
Stocks
7 a. m.,
beginning
of period
Casinghead
gasoline
blended
and other
products
received
Add’ Manufactured
Percent
yield
Fuel oil_________________
Gasoline and naphtha....
Kerosene________________
Gas oil distillate—.............
Unfinished oils__________
Loss in refining__________
50,107
116,414
20,986
6,095
39,833
2, 529, 552
7,632,683
615, 285
675, 745
641,487
48,004
119, 768
22. 233
24, 985
119, 375
132
232, 227
958
13, 271
24,931
8,752
3,031
4, 665
14, 399
2, 556,454
7,405,854
616, 111
661. 520
563, 073
581, 329
20.643
59.800
4.975
5.341
4.547
4.694
Total__________233_,435 12, 094, 752 334, 365 246, 588 55, 778 12, 384, 341 100.000
1 All figures in barrels.
8 Stocks of refineries discontinuing operations or reports during fiscal year.
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 195
Summary of Casinghead Plant Operations in the East Texas Field, Fiscal Year Ending
June 30, 1937
Monthly
average
Number of plants operating in the field_______________________ ___________________________ ____ 19
Number of plants reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1______________ ______________ .. 17
Number of wells feeding 16 plants____________________________ _____________ __________________ 18,921
Allowable oil for above wells (barrels)________ _______________________ ________________________ 11,853,166
Fiscal year
totals
(million
cubic feet)
Gas received from leases________ ________________ _______ _____________________________________ 47,202,161
Still gases received from refineries------------------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------- 425,652
Total gas processed_____________ _______________________________ _________________ .____ 47,627,813
Stocks beginning of period: Barrels Barrels
Casinghead gasoline___ _____________________________________ ____________________ 29,975
Straight run gasoline...____ ______________________________________________________ 1,324
Naphtha.................. ......... ..................... ............................................................................................... 1,654
Total stocks beginning of period________________ ______________________________ __________ 32,953
Casinghead gasoline, butane, and propane manufactured from lease gas______________ 1 4,387,209
Gasoline manufactured from still gases_____________ _______ _________________________ 56,692
Total manufactured______________________________________________________________________ 4,443,901
Casinghead gasoline received at plants..______ ________ ________________________________________ 6,696
Naphtha and straight run gasoline received for further processing...................................................... 154,255
Total supply____ ____________________________ _____ ______________________________________ 4,637,805
Shipments of casinghead gasoline intrastate____ ______________________________________ 2,770,311
Shipments of casinghead gasoline interstate__________________________________________ 1,765,026
Total shipments............. .............................. 2 4,535,337
Evaporation and handling loss____________ ______________________ ______________________________ 42,151
Casinghead and butanes vented and flared_______________________ ______________________________ 34,734
Stocks 7 a. m. end of period:
Casinghead gasoline..... ..................................................................................... .......................... 23,386
Straight run gasoline.......... ......... ..................... ............................................................... ................ 1,192
Naphtha........................... 1,005
Total stocks end of period—................................................ ................................................................................ 25,583
Total disposition______ _____________________________________________________________________ 4,637,805
Average monthly allowable oil per well (barrels)..................................................................................................... 626.46
Average monthly gas production per well (million cubic feet)________ _____________________________ 207.88
Average gas-oil ratio of wells (cubic feet per barrel)___________ _____________________________________331.85
Average gallons casinghead gasoline, butane, and propane per million cubic feet well gas__________ 3.90
Average gallons gasoline per million cubic feet still gas______ _______ _____________ _________________ 5.59
1 Includes 316,868 barrels butanes and 11,839 barrels propanes.
1 Includes butanes and propanes.
196 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Summary of Operations, 1 2 Trunk Pipe Lines and Various Gatherins Systems Operating
in the East Texas Field and Reporting to the Federal Tender Board No. 1, Fiscal Year
Ending June 30, 1937
ACCOUNTABLE CRUDE PETROLEUM AND PRODUCTS
Stocks 7 a. m. beginning of period: Barrels Barrels
East Texas crude____________________________________________________________ 3, 688, 479
Rodessa crude_______________________________________________________________ 177,114
Van crude_______________________________________________________________________________
Topped crude____________________________________________________________________________
Gasoline_________________________________________________________________________________
Casinghead gasoline__________________________________________________________ 1,760
Total opening stocks___________________________________________________________________ 3,867,353
Receipts:
East Texas crude run from leases of reporting producers___ ____ ______________ 160,861,929
East Texas crude run from leases of delinquent producers____________________ 111, 879
Total east Texas crude run from leases_____________________________________ 160,973,808
East Texas crude from gasoline and reclamation plants_______________________ 94,753
East Texas crude from nonreporting pipe lines in field________________________ 37,522
East Texas weathered crude from broker_____________________________________ 9,870
East Texas crude from refineries_____________________________________________ 45,818
Rodessa crude from Rodessa field____________________________________________ 4,292,736
Talco crude from Talco field_________________________________________________ 19,008
Van crude from Van field____________________________________________________ 223,502
Total crude receipts____________________________________________________________________ 165,697,017
Topped crude received from refineries________________________________________ 470,973
Kerosene received from refineries_____________________________________________ 12,412
Recycle stock received from refineries________________________________________ 2,594
Gasoline received from refineries_____________________________________________ 69,713
Casinghead gasoline from gasoline plants_____________________________________ 3,168,824
Total petroleum products received into lines___________________________________________ 3, 724,516
Net overage reported:
East Texas crude___________________________________________________________ 48,008
Van crude___________________________________________________________________ 3,028
Gasoline_____________________________________________________________________ 17
Total net overage reported_____________________________________________________________ 51,053
Total receipts and opening stocks______________________________________________________ 173,339,939
Less net corrections in various monthly opening stocks_______________________________________ 19,105
Net crude and products to be accounted for____________________________________________ 173,320,834
Interline receipts_____________________________________________________________________________ 70,911,345
Total of all oils handled______________________________ _________________________________ 244,232,179
PETROLEUM CONSERVATION DIVISION 197
TABLE C-1
CRUDE PETROLEUM AND PRODUCTS ACCOUNTED FOR
Deliveries: Barrels Barrels
East Texas crude direct from field____________________________________________ 148,167,139
Rodessa crude direct from field______________________.._______________________ 3,074,828
Van crude direct from field___________________________________________________ 226,272
Talco crude direct from field_________________________________________________ 2,988
Topped crude direct from field_______________________________________________ 407,407
Kerosene direct from field____________________________________________________ 13,736
Gasoline direct from field____________________________________________________ 58,705
Casinghead gasoline direct from field_________________________________________ 3,149,140
Total deliveries direct from field_______________________________________________________ 155,100,215
East Texas crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board
No. 1______________________________________________________________________ 11,458,157
Rodessa crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1. 688,639
Talco crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1— 16,020
Total crude to east Texas refineries reporting to Federal Tender Board No. 1. 12,162,816
East Texas crude to east Texas refineries not reporting to Federal Tender
Board No. 1________________________________________________________________ 916,973
Topped crude to East Texas refineries not reporting to Federal Tender Board
No. 1______________________________________________________________________ 116,163
Total crude delivered to refineries____________________________________________________ 13,195,952
East Texas crude delivered to reclamation plants_________________________________________ 627
East Texas crude delivered to pipe lines not reporting to Federal Tender
Board No. 1____________________________________________________________________________ 20,173
East Texas crude delivered to broker not reporting to Federal Tender Board
No. 1______________ 1___________________________________________________________________ 956
East Texas crude consumed in Field________________________________________ _____________ 31,513
Recycle stock delivered to east Texas refineries_______________ ___________________________ 2,594
Net shortage reported:
East Texas crude____________________________________________________________ 9, 545
Rodessa crude_____________________________________ _________________________ 10,943
Van crude______________________________________________ 258
Topped crude___________ 1
Casinghead gasoline__________________________________________________________ 18,396
Total net shortage____________________________ ________________________________________ 39,143
Stocks 7 a. m. close of period:
East Texas crude_____________________________________________________________ 4,384, 662
Rodessa crude________________________________________________________________ 523,764
Van crude_______________________________________________________________________________
Topped crude_______________________________ 839
Gasoline__________________________ 11,025
Casinghead gasoline________________________________________________-.......... 9,371
Total closing stocks____________________________________________________________________ 4, 929, 661
Total crude and products accounted for_________________________________________________ 173,320,834
Interline deliveries___________________________________________________________________________ 70,911,345
Total of all oils handled...__________ ___________________________________ _______________ 244,232,179
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS
John Collier, Commissioner
THE Federal Government, working through the Office of Indian
Affairs, has had the traditional role of guardian of Indian property
and protector of Indians. As conservator, the Indian Office has
been at times faithless, and through most of later times ineffective.
In recent years, protections for Indian property have been tightened,
but it has not been until the past 3 years that the tide has been turned
and that Indian property has begun to increase in amount and value.
Of the 130,000,000 acres held in trust for Indians by the Government
in 1887, when the General Allotment Act was passed, some 49,000,000
of the poorest acres remained in 1933. At the close of the fiscal year
1937, this amount had been increased to approximately 52,650,000
acres, with additional purchases pending.
Land has not only been acquired for Indians, been safeguarded
from slipping away: Indian land, through allocations of emergency
funds, is being rebuilt. Only a beginning has been made, but already
the healing of damaged Indian ranges, the protection of Indian timber
and the blessing of new water supplies have helped to revitalize
Indian land.
More important, even, than economic benefits from augmented
resources have been the reorganization of Indian enterprise and the
kindling of confidence among Indian groups in their undertakings of
tribal enterprise.
This report, which tells something of the work of the past year,
deals first with this progress in Indian reorganization, then with
efforts to conserve and administer Indians’ physical resources and to
provide Indians with a source of livelihood, then with education of
Indian children and the Indian health program. It concludes with
a discussion of the steps being taken to improve the mechanics of the
Indian Service, and with a brief mention of problems yet unsolved.
198
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 199
TRIBAL GOVERNMENT PROBLEMS
The problems which immediately confront newly organized tribes
are several, but perhaps the most immediate and most pressing is
that of getting funds on which to operate. Tribal funds, which are
derived from a cash conversion of tribal capital assets or from income
on tribal property, are deposited in the Treasury and cannot be
appropriated to tribal use except by Congress or, in some instances,
with the approval of the Secretary of the Interior. Therefore, even
though tribes may have funds to their credit, under still-existing law
they are in the position of incompetent wards with inheritances
lying securely in the hands of a guardian. These tribes must find
their own sources of revenue. If they are fortunate enough still to
own unallotted tribal land, they may cause the rental on the land to
be paid into their tribal treasury instead of into the Federal Treasury,
as previous law required. Several tribes have already taken steps
to bring about this change of procedure, and others will follow.
This advantage, as has been pointed out, is accessible only to tribes
owning undivided communal land.
As tribes become incorporated and borrow money from the act’s
revolving credit fund to establish and develop business or agricultural
enterprises, other revenue will come in. Such revenue will also be
under tribal rather than governmental control. Another means of
securing revenue, the possibilities of which have scarcely been explored
as yet, would be a system of fees for services which the tribal government
renders its members and for privileges which it extends to
nonmembers. This task of obtaining revenue to cover the costs of
tribal government operations is critical, and in its solution will lie
the future of successful group activity for many tribes.
The land tangle.—A problem scarcely less important is that of land
utilization and management. It is most graphically illustrated in
the case of heirship lands which have become so entangled in a welter
of fractionate ownership that Indians and agency officials alike get
to the point of throwing up their hands in despair. Meantime, the
land lies idle or is leased, usually to non-Indians. Through the
machinery for exchange of lands, which the Reorganization Act
authorizes, an indication is given of how the problem might be solved.
It could be solved far more quickly if money were available to purchase
lands in such dolorous standing. It can be appreciated, however,
how much money would be required when it is considered that
approximately 7,000,000 acres are involved. At one reservation,
Flathead in Montana, the Indians have taken the initiative in this
matter by having a bill introduced in Congress which would permit
them to use their own tribal funds for the purchase of lands within
the reservation borders. This would allow them to purchase not
only heirship lands but lands which have gone into white ownership.
200 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Applied anthropology aids in administration.—The Indian Service
continues to make use of applied anthropology in formulating its
policies and in dealing with Indian groups. The small anthropological
staff has continued to devote its efforts primarily to the gathering of
social and economic facts regarding tribes or groups which are organizing
either under the Indian Reorganization Act, the Oklahoma Indian
Welfare Act, or the Alaska Act. The main concern has been to see
that the constitutions are really based on the contemporary social and
economic life of the people concerned. Unfortunately, the staff has
been too small to gather basic facts for all tribes which are organizing.
During the current year the applied anthropology staff was reorganized
from dollar-a-year positions to regular civil service status.
TRIBAL ORGANIZATION
At the end of the fiscal year, 65 tribes, representing an Indian
population of 86,238, had adopted constitutions and by laws, to which
formal approval had been given by the Secretary of the Interior. Of
these tribes, 32 had ratified charters of incorporation, the population
of this latter group being 34,492. Constitutions and charters for
additional groups were in process of being drafted and considered,
and will be voted upon in the course of the fiscal year 1938.
Oklahoma groups begin to organize.—The figures above are exclusive
of the Oklahoma tribes, where organization work did not begin until a
few months before the close of the fiscal year. There are approximately
38 tribal groups eligible for organization in Oklahoma. Some
will probably not undertake formal reorganization. At present, two
constitutions have been voted upon, in elections in which not a dissenting
vote was cast. One charter has been ratified, in an election
likewise unanimous.
What reorganization work in Oklahoma thus far has disclosed is
the fact that interest in tribal survival has endured in spite of the
almost complete destruction of tribal reservations and tribal governments.
Particularly in eastern Oklahoma among the Five Civilized
Tribes, the idea has been prevalent that tribal feeling had largely
disappeared. Actually, among the Creeks and to lesser extent among
the Cherokees, native patterns of community organization and group
action have persisted.
Organization of Alaskan villages.—The problem of organizing the
Alaska natives is complicated by several factors. First, by the great
distances between villages, to which the lack of transportation and
the enduring winter add immeasurably. Transportation is limited to
boats for coast travel and to dog teams for interior travel—both of
which are slow; and to airplane travel, which, while rapid, is expensive.
Actually, the cost of transportation by boat or dog team, considering
the amount of time, is about as expensive as air travel.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 201
Organization work also is complicated in that the Alaska natives,
with some exceptions, do not fall into well-defined tribal groups
occupying definite geographical areas and having a tradition of tribal
organization and a background of governmental recognition. Tribes
in the United States, while they have been scattered and tribal
governments have been broken down, at least have behind them a
history of a common life upon Indian reservations. There is no such
history in Alaska, and even the status of land ownership is an ambiguous
one which in some cases may have to be clarified before organization
work can proceed.
At the close of the year, nine constitutions had been submitted to
Washington by village groups in Alaska, and these were being reviewed.
The Hopi organize.—Few anthropologists or students of Hopi life
were ready to believe that the Hopi Indians in Arizona would ever
agree to come together. There are nine independent villages at Hopi,
speaking two unrelated languages (Hopi and Tewa), besides various
dialects. There was practically no tradition of concerted tribal
action. Added to this were important social differences, unlike interests,
even rivalries, and extreme divergencies in the acceptance of
white culture. These were the elements which had to be welded
together into a working agreement of representative government.
Also, the Hopi were inclined to suspect any suggestion of self-improvement
emanating from Washington.
What seemed to be the impossible was accomplished. Approximately
50 percent of the eligible voters came to the polls in October
1936, and of the ballots cast 80 percent were in favor of the constitution.
The preamble of the rather remarkable Hopi document speaks
of it as “a way of working together for peace and agreement between
the villages, and of preserving the good things of Hopi life, and to
provide a way of organizing to deal with modern problems, with the
United States Government and with the outside world generally.”
MAKING CREDIT AVAILABLE
Credit has been an urgent Indian need. Until passage of the
Reorganization Act, credit was obtainable only in meager amount
from reimbursable funds, which reverted to the Treasury when
repaid; and in some cases from tribal funds. The Reorganization Act
authorized a revolving fund of $10,000,000, of which $2,500,000 was
appropriated in 1936 and $980,000 in 1937. Of the appropriated
amounts, $50,000 was authorized for administrative expenses in 1936
and $65,000 in 1937.
202 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
LOANS TO INDIAN CORPORATIONS
Due to the fact that loans from the Reorganization Act fund may
be made only to Indian chartered corporations, loans have had to be
deferred until tribes organized and obtained charters of incorporation
from the Secretary. Meantime, studies of credit needs were made,
regulations formulated and the credit system explained. As tribes
organized and formed plans, loans were made.
The following commitments were made during the 1937 fiscal year
(of the total amount of $2,719,931, the sum of $410,908 had been
advanced by June 30, 1937):
1 $2,060,931 is for a series of loans covering a period of 18 years.
Reservation or Agency Corporation
Blackfeet, Mont__________
Crow Creek, S. Dak...........
Carson, Nev_____________
Flathead, Mont____ ____ _
Great Lakes, Wis_________
Mescalero, N. Mex_______
Rocky Boy’s, Mont______
Rosebud, S. Dak--------------
Salem School, Oreg_______
Tulalip, Wash____________
Tongue River, Mont_____
Winnebago, Nebr________
The Blackfeet Tribe of the Blaekfeet Reservation_____________ _
The Lower Brule Sioux Tribe__________________________________
The Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe_______________________________
The Fort McDermitt Paiute and Shoshone Tribe----------------------
The Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes__________________
The Red Cliff Band of Lake Superior Chippewa Indians_______
The Apache Tribe of the Mescalero Reservation_______________
The Chippewa Cree Indians of the Rocky Boy’s Reservation------
The Rosebud Sioux Tribe______________________________________
The Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde Community_____
The Tulalip Tribes of the Tulalip Reservation_________________
The Muckleshoot Tribe of the Muckleshoot Reservation_______
The Northern Cheyenne Tribe of the Tongue River Agency___
The Winnebago Tribe of Nebraska_____________________________
The Ponca Tribe of Native Americans of Nebraska_____________
Total commitments-
The Santee Sioux Tribe of Nebraska___________________________
The Omaha Tribe of Nebraska__________ ______ _______________
Amount
$100,000
40,000
15,000
20,000
65,000
16,000
163,000
55,000
■ 35,000
3,000
15,000
10,000
• 2,090,931
35,000
7,000
20,000
30,000
$2,719,931
The loans are largely for industrial purposes. Each borrower from
the corporation is required to work out a definite plan showing how he
expects to use the funds, and the source from which repayment will be
made. The time of the loans is determined by the type of enterprise
in which the funds are invested. The maximum time for which a
corporation may receive a loan is 20 years. The interest rate which
corporations may charge has been set at 3 percent. The Government
requires a 1 percent charge.
LOANS TO INDIANS OF OKLAHOMA
The Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act authorized the appropriation of
$2,000,000 for loans to Oklahoma Indians, associations, and corporate
groups. In addition, it made available for loans to Oklahoma Indians
a just share of funds appropriated pursuant to the Indian Reorganization
Act. No appropriation was made under the Oklahoma
Indian Welfare Act; consequently it has been necessary to conduct
credit activities in Oklahoma from the funds and with the staff
provided under the Indian Reorganization Act.
During the year a number of individual loans have been made,
totaling $19,521 under the Oklahoma credit system. Charters for
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 203
1 district and for 22 county credit associations in Oklahoma were
approved. These organizations will borrow money from the Government,
and will loan to Indians in the respective districts. One
cooperative livestock association charter was approved on the Cheyenne
and Arapaho jurisdiction.
REIMBURSABLE FUNDS USED FOR INDIAN ENTERPRISES; EDUCATIONAL
LOANS; RELIEF
The act providing appropriations for the fiscal year 1937 carried
$165,000 for encouraging industry and self-support among Indians.
All but $404.51 of this sum was allotted to 33 jurisdictions. This was
supplemented with allotments totaling $363,387.62 from tribal loan
funds.
Fifteen thousand dollars of the general appropriation was set aside
for educational loans; $14,187.31 was allotted to 17 jurisdictions for
loans to 82 students. Sixteen students from nine tribes received loans
totaling $3,246 from their respective tribal loan funds.
Several sources of relief have been available during the year; consequently,
it has not been necessary to use a large amount of reimbursable
funds for subsistence. Only $3,773 was used for support
loans as against $12,355 last year, all made from the general
appropriation.
TRIBE REHOUSES ITS MEMBERS
The Mescalero Apaches have been living during the past 15 or 20
years around the central agency, in shacks and wickiups in appalling
disrepair. The Indians leaned heavily for guidance and economic
help upon the agency personnel. There is ample land (tribally owned
and assigned to individuals) at Mescalero, but apathy has prevailed
and assignments have never been put to their full use.
The tribe organized under the Indian Reorganization Act and ratified
its charter on August 1,1936. Subsequently, on its own initiative,
the tribe has worked out, with Indian Service staff members, a plan
to change its entire economic life—to rehouse its members on or near
their land assignments, and to equip them to work their land. The
tribe has borrowed $163,000 from the revolving fund. Of this amount
$144,000 is being used to build 108 homes in 5 communities (there are
about 750 Indians on the reservation). Work on the houses is being
done under the supervision of the tribal business committee and the
agency. If individuals do not make good use of the houses and lands
assigned to them, the business committee has the power to remove
them and reassign the houses and lands. Repayment to the loan
fund will be made from proceeds from tribal timber sales.
Of the loan of $163,000, approximately $18,000 has been reloaned
to individuals for purchase of farm equipment and teams. Fifty-four
loans, averaging $310 each, were made this spring. More than $1,000
22914—37------ 15
204 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
has been repaid already. Every family which obtained a loan planted
a garden this year; they are now making arrangements to can the
surplus produce.
LAND INCREASES IN AREA; PROTECTIONS ARE TIGHTENED
Indian landholdings have increased during the year. Sources of
increase have been several: Through restoration (by authority of sec.
3 of the Indian Reorganization Act) of lands to reservation status
which had been formerly opened to homestead entry; through the
land purchase fund of the Indian Reorganization Act; through land
purchase funds provided by the Resettlement Administration; and
by various special acts.
LANDS RESTORED TO INDIANS THROUGH THE INDIAN REORGANIZATION
ACT
Under section 3 of the Indian Reorganization Act, 349,207.73 acres,
formerly opened to sale or entry, have been restored to tribal ownership
and reservation status. The total restorations made to date are as
follows:
Reservation: Acreage
Utes (Ute Mountain Band), Colo__________________________ 30,000
Grand Portage, Minn------------------------------------------------------- 9, 277. 50
Flathead, Mont_________________________________________ 192, 425. 63
Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache, Okla______________________ 1 600
Pine Ridge, S. Dak---------------------------------------------------------- 9, 504. 51
Standing Rock, N. and S. Dak____________________________ 107, 400
Total________________________________________________ 349,207.73
1 Approximate.
Under the provisions of section 2 of the amendment of May 1, 1936
(49 Stat. 1250), to the Indian Reorganization Act, relating to the 1
Territory of Alaska, 300,000 acres were withdrawn for the benefit of
natives of Eklutna. Additional withdrawals involving approximately
6,000,000 acres are in various stages of progress.
LAND ACQUIRED THROUGH REORGANIZATION ACT FUNDS
By authority of the Reorganization Act, Congress appropriated
$1,000,000 for the acquisition of land during the fiscal year 1936.
For the fiscal year $1,000,000 was again appropriated, and in addition
the Secretary of the Interior was authorized to enter into contracts
for the acquisition of additional land, not to exceed a total of $1,000,- «
000. With these funds and authority to contract, 236,783 acres were
optioned and 105,965 were purchased.
Furthering the land acquisition program under the Reorganization
Act, $950,000 has been appropriated to meet the contracts entered
into by the Secretary of the Interior under the 1937 contractual
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 205
authority referred to above; in addition $500,000 has been approbated
with which to make new acquisitions during the fiscal year 1938.
The lands being acquired for Indians under the provisions of the
Reorganization Act are classified as irrigable, agricultural, grazing or
forest in character. They are being utilized to establish or complete
tribal agricultural, grazing and forestry units and for use by individuals
as small farms, subsistence gardening tracts and home sites;
also as fishing sites and wild rice camps. Some timber and grazing
lands are being acquired; however, where it is known that lands are to
be acquired for farming or subsistence gardening purposes for individuals,
only desirable agricultural lands are selected, since one of the
outstanding objectives of the purchase program is to buy lands upon
which Indians can make a living.
In those cases where purchases are being made for tribal and community
purposes the lands will remain in large compact areas, to be
administered by the Indians themselves for the benefit of the tribe.
Where purchases are being made for individual family use the lands
will be available for their use through assignments issued by the tribal
council.
When purchases are completed, other units of the Service, particularly
the extension, credit, and organization groups, step into line
to advise and help on problems of home building and acquisition of
stock and equipment.
RESETTLEMENT PURCHASES ADD TO INDIAN LANDS
The Resettlement Administration, which took over the submarginal
land program of the Federal Emergency Relief Administration,
has accepted options constituting legal commitments covering
1,218,395 acres of land within or adjacent to existing Indian reservations
or communities, at a total option price of $3,585,165. Of this
area the purchase of 993,673 acres, at a cost of $2,655,145, has actually
been completed.
SPECIAL PURCHASES ADD VARIOUS SMALLER TRACTS
The purchase of lands under the Arizona Navajo Boundary Extension
Act of June 14, 1934 (48 Stat. L., 960), was brought nearer to
completion by the purchase of 13,757.62 acres, together with improvements,
at a cost of $41,478.82. This brings the total purchases under
this act to 323,903.99 acres.
Under acts of Congress 12.19 acres have been added to the Barona
Ranch, Calif. (Capitan Grande Indians); 240 acres have been added
to the Kanosh Reservation, Utah; 320 acres have been added to the
Koosharem Reservation, Utah; 1,280 acres have been added to the
Shivwitz Reservation, Utah; and authority has been granted for the
purchase of 640 acres for the Santa Rosa band of Mission Indians,
California.
206 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Legislation has also been enacted authorizing the exchange of
Indian lands in Owens Valley, Calif., for lands and water rights now
owned by the city of Los Angeles. This legislation enables the city
of Los Angeles to acquire lands needed for watershed purposes and
provides lands for the Indians better than those they now own.
The progress reported last year in the purchase of land within the
various Pueblos in New Mexico with funds awarded pursuant to the
Pueblo Lands Board Act as amended continued during the fiscal year
1937. Purchases of 64 tracts totaling 3,201.43 acres were completed,
involving an expenditure of $77,368.97. Negotiations are now under
way for the purchase of many more tracts.
Lands have been acquired through purchase and donation for
school, hospital, and other administrative purposes, involving six
tracts covering 295.44 acres. The total cost of the lands was $1,962.
NEW MEXICO NAVAJO BOUNDARY BILL STILL PENDING; LAND LEASED
FOR NAVAJOS
During the year an aggregate of 497,722.75 acres of white-owned
land was leased for the Navajo Indians at an annual rental of
$16,275.01. The lands were leased pending acquisition by purchase
or exchange in Arizona under the provisions of the act of June 14
(48 Stat. L., 960), and the enactment of similar legislation applicable
to New Mexico.
TRUST PERIODS EXTENDED
Trust periods were extended automatically, by authority of the
Indian Reorganization Act, for all tribes which accepted the act. As a
protection to those tribes which did not accept the act, by order of the
President dated September 30, 1936, the period of trust on allotments
made to Indians and on lands patented to tribes or bands of Indians
which otherwise would have expired during the calendar year 1937 was
extended for a further period of 25 years.
CANCELLATION OF FORCED PATENTS AND RECOVERY OF TAXES
During the past fiscal year 2,454.72 acres of land were restored to
their original trust status through cancellation of 15 patents in fee
issued to various Indian allottees during the trust period without their
application or consent. Cancellation of the patents was effected under
the authority of the act of February 26, 1927 (44 Stats., 1247), as
amended and supplemented by the act of February 21,1931 (46 Stats.,
1205). The total number of such cancellations of which the Indian
Office has record is 469.
Judgments in suits instituted by the Department of Justice at the
request of the Indian Office were rendered by various Federal courts
for the recovery of taxes illegally collected or to cancel tax assessments
involving approximately 75 allotments for which patents in fee were
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 207
issued without application and heretofore canceled by the Department
under the authority ot the acts above cited. Recommendations were
made to the Department of Justice for the institution of similar suits
involving approximately 30 additional allotments and the cases are
now pending.
A FEW SALES AND PATENTS IN FEE MADE TO AVOID HARDSHIP IN
INDIVIDUAL CASES
A few tracts have been sold to meet emergency situations on reservations
not affected by the provisions of the Indian Reorganization Act
and these mostly have been tracts located in areas not predominately
Indian-owned. A number of Indians have conveyed their lands, or
portions of them, to the United States in trust for other Indians and
many inherited allotments have been partitioned so as to give each
heir a separate tract of land for his individual use and occupancy.
Adjustments of this nature are constantly being made.
Permits and leases for business purposes have increased since sales
of trust allotments have been precluded; these bring additional income
to the Indians. Tribal councils and business committees have the
authority to determine, subject to departmental approval, the tribal
lands to be used for mission and church purposes.
Restricted lands of individual members of the Five Civilized Tribes,
totaling 2,711 acres, were sold. Of this, 980 acres were to be used for
State and Federal projects and the majority of the remaining sales
were restricted to emergency situations or where the lands were taxable
and were about to be lost through tax sales.
Only eight patents in fee for trust allotments were issued to Indians
upon application. In all of these instances it was shown that such
action was necessary in order to relieve conditions of financial distress,
and that the sale of such lands would not interfere with the program of
consolidating lands in Indian ownership. The restrictions were
removed from four tracts of purchased land under similar circumstances,
and for the most part involved town property.
To protect the lands of Five Civilized Tribes Indians in Oklahoma
approximately 48 suits have been instituted upon the recommendation
of this office to remove clouds from the title and recover possession of
allotted or purchased lands. Such of these cases as have been brought
to a conclusion have been almost invariably decided in favor of the
Indians.
The act of June 20, 1936 (49 Stats., 1542), which declared that all
lands theretofore purchased out of trust or restricted funds of an
Indian and conveyed by a deed restricting alienation or encumbrance
of the land without the consent of the Secretary, should be exempt from
taxation until otherwise directed by Congress was amended by the act
of May 19, 1937 (Public, No. 96, 75th Cong. 1st sess.), so as to limit
its effect to homesteads to be selected by the Indian owner of the land.
208 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
INDIAN MINERALS ADMINISTERED ON CONSERVATIVE BASIS
On September 4, 1936, the Department transferred full supervision
of field operations, including royalty accounting, of oil and gas leases
under the jurisdiction of the Five Civilized Tribes Agency to the district
engineer, Geological Survey, Tulsa, Okla. This work has been
done by the Survey engineers for some time prior to September 4 at
other agencies in Oklahoma outside of the Osage Reservation. New
oil and gas operating regulations were approved, following the transfer,
on October 30, 1936.
There has been considerable increase in interest in oil and gas lease
sales in Oklahoma, particularly in the area of the Choctaw and Chickasaw
Tribes and on the Kiowa Reservation. There was a slight
increase in the production of oil on the Osage Reservation during the
year. Developments continued on the Blackfeet Reservation in
Montana. There was practically no activity in oil and gas leases on
the Crow Reservation, although there are a few producing wells on that
reservation. Two placer gold mining leases have been approved in
the Big Horn Canyon of the Crow Reservation. Developments so far
have indicated fair prospects of the recovery of some royalty from
these leases, but sufficient work has not been accomplished to show
definite value of the leases.
There has been considerable increase in activity on leases of restricted
Quapaw Indian lands for lead and zinc mining purposes due to the
increased price for concentrates during the year.
INDIAN FOREST AND RANGE RESOURCES
A large share of the remaining Indian estate is in the form of range,
timber, and wildlife. These assets are administered through the superintendents
by the Division of Forestry and Grazing, which, during
recent years, has shaped its policies to insure enjoyment and return
from these resources for all time.
To put into effect these principles of conservation, the General
Grazing Regulations of December 28, 1935, the General Forest Regulations
of April 23, 1936, and the Navajo and Hopi Grazing Regulations
of June 2, 1937, were approved and promulgated by the Department,
and major forward steps have been taken in giving them practical
expression.
CONSERVATION POLICY STRENGTHENED
The year past has been one of action in the promotion of the principles
of conservation on Indian lands. Range studies have been
conducted to establish carrying capacities which will maintain the
productivity of the land in perpetuity. Timber surveys have been
carried out which when completed will make possible the compilation
of careful working plans for the major forested reservations and insure
the practice of sustained yield forest management. A policy of ecoOFFICE
OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 209
nomic selective logging, governed by sound silviculture, is resulting in
a balancing of age classes and a reduction of timber losses from pine
beetles. Pine beetle infestation on the Yakima and Warm Springs
Reservations has been diminished through the application of artificial
control, prosecuted in cooperation with the Civilian Conservation
Corps—Indian division. Finally, a handbook of fire control has been
formulated and approved which will help to reduce losses from fires.
All of these accomplishments have been effected without a material
reduction in the revenues flowing from Indian lands, without any
increase in the appropriations of the organization principally responsible
for the practice of conservation thereon, and with the cooperation
of the Indians. Opposition to essential stock reduction programs and
to conservative selective cutting of Indian timber has made itself manifest,
but conservative opinion has in general prevailed among Indian
groups.
DEMAND FOR INDIAN TIMBER REVIVES
Owing to an upward trend in the production of lumber during the
year 1936 a demand for Indian timber has again developed and many
applications to purchase timber have been received and considered.
Only a limited number of small sales was consummated, however, and
these were authorized principally as salvage operations to reduce
losses being sustained through the activities of the western pine bark
beetle. Several comparatively large sales were under consideration
for advertisement by the Indian Office and the Department at the
close of the fiscal year; it is expected that some of these units will be
placed on the market in order to meet the needs of the Indians and
salvage timber which is being destroyed by the beetles.
TIMBER CUT BRINGS $1,413,004.97 TO INDIANS
Approved existing contracts continued in full operation during the
year, producing a total volume cut of 414,591,243 feet, board measure,
and a gross return of $1,413,004.97 to the Indians. Returns on the
reservations of major importance from a forestry standpoint for the
fiscal period were, in order of volume, as follows:
Reservation
Klamath Agency, Oreg_____________________________________________
Quinaielt (Taholah Agency) Wash______________________________________
Menominee Agency, Wis_______________________________________________
Spokane (Colville Agency), Wash______________________________________
*°rt Apache Agency, Ariz______________________________ ;_______________
Colville Agency, Wash_________________________________________________
Consolidated Chippewa, Minn________ _____________________ ___________
Kalispel (Northern Idaho Agency) Idaho__________ _____________________
Mescalero Agency, Ariz_________________________________________________
(Taholah Agency) Wash...______ ______________________________
Mathead Agency, Mont________________________________________________
ged Lake Agency, Minn____ ____________________________________ ______
Hoopa Valley Agency, Calif______________________ ______________________
Jicarilla Agency, N. Mex_______ ______________________________________
Crow Agency, Mont........................................................................................................
tulalip Agency, Wash........................................................... ........................................
Volume cut,
board feet
Value of timber
cut
181,635, 540 $663,158.94
75, 030, 600 195, 197.35
29, 843, 660 105, 800.07
27, 491, 620 75, 231. 65
24, 079, 360 71, 564. 53
22, 264, 770 64, 299. 21
17, 564, 546 125, 607. 77
9, 825, 590 37, 370. 26
8, 600, 480 25, 236. 53
7,138, 190 9, 930.18
3, 913, 680 11,997. 92
3,112,840 16, 282. 49
2,823,967 7, 282.19
690, 310 2,416. 09
288,400 891. 03
287, 690 738. 76
414, 591, 243 1,413, 004.97
210 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
INDIAN SAWMILLS MAKE SHOWING
The Menominee Indian Mills of Wisconsin and the Red Lake
Indian Sawmill of Minnesota again closed their books on a successful
operating year. They were successful not merely from the standpoint
of profit-taking—although the results in that connection were not
insignificant—but also from the standpoint of Indian industrialization,
Indian wages earned, and Indian progress realized. They were successful,
moreover, in that the natural resources under development have
been so exploited that their use today has in no way made less likely <
continued enjoyment tomorrow.
SOIL CONSERVATION PRACTICES ON INDIAN LANDS
In the Navajo and Pueblo regions, under Indian Service leadership,
the Government’s work has become a compound of the work of the
Departments of Agriculture and of the Interior. The union of serv- ’
ices was commenced in both areas while the Soil Conservation Service
was under the Department of the Interior. It was continued after the
transfer of the Soil Conservation Service to the Department of Agriculture.
The administrative control in each of these areas rests with
the Indian Service superintendent. Land-use planning is the primary
function of the Soil Conservation Service in the set-up, but in addition,
demonstrations and operations are carried forward by it. In the
Navajo area, the Bureau of Animal Industry plays a vital role, while
in the Pueblo area, through Indian Service initiative, there has been
built up a committee on problems of the Rio Grande watershed, with a
representative of the Indian Service as chairman, which draws together
in diverse relationships the contributions of the grazing district,
the General Land Office, the Indian Service, the Resettlement Admin- I
istration, the Soil Conservation Service, and the Forest Service. The
committee’s assignment is to find out how the dense rural and village
population of Indians and Spanish-Americans can be enabled permanently
to subsist itself through utilization of the land and water of a
gravely depleted watershed—that of the Rio Grande in central and
northern New Mexico.
Practically, the work in the Pueblo country amounts to a total
enterprise of regional planning, and it points toward a more integrated
regional administration in times immediately to come.
A most interesting circumstance in the Navajo and the Pueblo
areas, of course, is the consciousness of and sustained cooperation by
the Indians themselves in the tasks of planning and execution. Prob- |
ably no white groups have made, voluntarily and swiftly, economic
readjustments so drastic as have been made in the last 2 years by the
Pueblos of Acoma and Laguna and by the Navajo Tribe.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 211
PHYSICAL WORKS IMPROVE RANGE
On the Navajo Reservation and in the Pueblo jurisdiction, the Soil
Conservation Service has made detailed plans for range management,
erosion control, and the consequent economic adjustments. In both
areas, the Soil Conservation Service has constructed extensive works
for the control of run-off, spreading of flood waters, the extension
of flood irrigation, and for various types of range improvement. On
the Navajo Reservation, the Soil Conservation Service has established
a demonstration and experimental area covering almost 100,000 acres.
Cooperative range improvement and erosion control work was
undertaken by the Soil Conservation Service on the Shoshone Reservation
in Wyoming and on the Warm Springs Reservation in Oregon.
SURVEYS FURNISH BASIC ECONOMIC DATA
Tn December 1935 the Soil Conservation Service organized, in cooperation
with the Indian Service, a unit of technicians for making
physical and human surveys of various reservations for the purpose of
producing plans and programs in the execution of which the Indian
Service would bring about a better and more complete use of reservation
resources. The basis of these programs was the introduction and
application of land-use practices which would check erosion and bring
about not only the full development but also the conservative management
of Indian resources.
At the end of the fiscal year 1937, surveys had been completed and
land-use plans made for Havasupai, Papago, Pima, and Walapai
Reservations in Arizona, the Mescalero Reservation of New Mexico,
the Shoshone Reservation in Wyoming, and the Uintah and Ouray
Reservations in Utah; range management plans for seven of the
Pueblos had been completed by this cooperative unit and surveys
had been started on eight additional reservations.
EXTENSION WORK EMPHASIZES LIVESTOCK
Severe drought again prevailed on eastern Montana, Dakota, Nebraska,
and Oklahoma reservations. In these areas, a good many
cattle and other livestock which ordinarily would have been retained
for breeding stock, were sold for lack of forage. The cumulative effect
of drought in these States has been disastrous.
The emphasis during the past year on conservation, economic
rehabilitation, and the organization of Indians for the extension of
credit has thrown extra burdens on the Extension Division.
212 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
INDIAN LIVESTOCK INDUSTRY SET BACK BY DROUGHT; GAINS ARE EVIDENT
SINCE 1933
Extension workers have put special emphasis on helping Indians to
build up their livestock industry.
The 12 States of Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and
Wyoming, contain some 46,568,000 acres of Indian land, or about
90 percent of all Indian-owned land. Approximately 80 percent of
this area is range land.
The tables below 1 show that the number of Indians owning dairy
cattle and the number of such cattle decreased slightly in 1936; and
that the number of Indians owning beef cattle decreased slightly
although the number of cattle increased by 3,628 head over 1936.
The figures, comparing 1935 and 1936, should be considered in conjunction
with the fact that 70,664 head were sold or slaughtered, as
compared with 54,827 in 1935.
Dairy Cattle
1933 1934 1935 1936
Number of Indians owning____________________________ 6,336 9,133 8, 556 8,476
Total number owned__________________________________ 16,406 25,711 20,966 20,624
Average value per head_______________________________ $23. 07 $37.85 $38.30
Total value____________________________________________ $593,127 $793, 526 $789,892
Number live animals sold_____________________________ 252 2,171 1,001 1,415
Amount received______________________________________ $3,603 $36,008 $22,229 $29,529
Pounds dressed meat sold_____________________________ 3,500 10,151 5,400
Amount received----------------------- ------- -----------------------— $245 $1,235 $530
Beef Cattle
Number of Indians owning____________________________ 8,627 13,787 13,812 13.159
Total number owned__________________________________ 167,313 229,343 233,974 237,602
Average value per head ______________________________ $18.95 $31.10 $29.53
Total value. .4_____ _________________________________ $4,346,307 $7,276,265 $7,015,443
Number live animals sold___________ ________________ 12,284 36,046 44,766 46,718
Amount received____ __________________________________ $210, 609 $578^ 070 $1,305,875 $1, 158,524
Pounds dressed meat sold______________________ '______ 793,063 547,179 880,947 610,688
Amount received_______________ _______________________ $52,486 $44,820 $86,114 $62,788
Total income received from cattle: 1933, $266,698; 1934, $659,143; 1935, $1,415,453; 1936, $1,251,371.
The beef cattle table shows a greater number of cattle sold in 1936
than in 1935, and the income from those sold in 1936 less than that
received in 1935. This was due largely to the number of Indian
cattle forced onto the market in poor flesh, bringing only prices paid
for common and canner cattle.
Cattle for foundation herds.—The greatest impetus in the livestock
industry was gained during the winter of 1934-35 and fall of 1935,
when a total of 42,100 head of cattle was obtained from various
sources for issue to Indians as foundation herds in order to give
them a start in the livestock business. These cattle were issued
1 AU figures in this section are for calendar years.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 213
under contracts providing for the return of a yearling heifer of like
quality within a certain number of years. The repayments will, in
turn, be issued to other Indians under similar contracts. A revolving
pool of cattle has thus been established, and to date, over 7,000
additional cattle have been supplied to Indians from this pool. In
time, it should be possible for all Indians who want to undertake
cattle raising to obtain an economic unit from this pool.
Indians are using their own range.—The Indians have been leasing
the bulk of their grazing lands to whites because they have had no
sources of credit or other means of getting a start in using their own
land. As the livestock industry is built up, and the Indians have
use for their own lands, lands are being withdrawn from further
leasing and are being held exclusively for Indian use. The following
table will show the increase in Indian use of grazing lands in a 2-year
period, 1934-36, on a number of reservations:
Acreage Grazed by Indians
Blackfeet, Montana.....................
Crow, Montana______________
Fort Belknap, Montana______
Fort Berthold, North Dakota.
Fort Hall, Idaho______________
Fort Peck, Montana..............
Klamath, Oregon_____________
San Carlos, Arizona__________
Shoshone, Wyoming__________
Standing Rock, North Dakota.
Yakima, Washington_________
1934 1936
44,926 324,531
62,343 142,334
177,788 285, 250
173,102 285, 325
80.000 171,900
80,550 102.510
502,411 544,306
1,088,330 1,422, 519
244,138 536,531
75,231 110,568
190,050 310, 269
Cooperative livestock associations show marked increase.—The most
important development in the Indian livestock field, perhaps, has
been the marked increase in Indian initiative and management.
Indians, through cooperative livestock associations, are managing
controlled grazing, round-ups, sales, and other business affecting
their livestock enterprises. Cooperative livestock associations have
increased from a comparatively small number in 1933 to 53 in 1935
and to 119 in 1936. These 119 associations, at the end of 1936, had
a total membership of 4,476 and owned 123,061 head of cattle.
Sheep and goats.—The reduction program was continued on the
overstocked and overgrazed Navajo Reservation. The dipping
records of the Bureau of Animal Industry show the following comparative
figures in the number of sheep units: 1 1933, 1,013,606; 1934,
942,059; 1935, 801,406; 1936, 724,336.
In spite of the decrease in the number of sheep in the Southwest,
mcreases were recorded in the totals for all other reservations.
1 The term “sheep unit” here includes grown sheep, Iambs, rams, goats, and kids. Lambs and kids are
gured on the basis of 2 for 1 grown animal. The term does not here include cattle and horses. When these
are added, the Navajo range is found still to be carrying an overload of several hundred thousand sheep
units.
214 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The Southwestern Range and Sheep-Breeding Laboratory, Wingate, N.
Mex.—The object of the laboratory-research program is to develop a
strain of sheep with a type of wool suitable for Navajo handicraft and
having a ready commercial market, but which also will produce more
mutton than existing Navajo sheep while retaining their hardiness
and ecologically adaptable characteristics.
The research program is now under way. There are 1,342 sheep
at the laboratory, of which 629 are ewes. These are divided into five
groups varying in size from 116 to 155 head. The groups are again
divided into some 16 pens, according to fleece qualities and body
conformation, each pen being bred to rams which have been selected
for making improvements in wool and mutton in keeping with the
purposes of the laboratory.
A Navajo Indian weaver has been employed to weave blankets
from the various grades of wool as a test of their suitability for the
production of Navajo rugs.
Other livestock.—A total of 78 purebred stallions and 1,484 mares
were purchased. A total of 5,895 horses, mules, and burros were
sold, most of which were wild or of little value. At the close of
1936, 29,550 Indians owned 115,006 horses, mules, and burros.
In 1936 poultry owned by Indians totaled 355,461. This figure is
an increase over that of 1935, in spite of severe drought on more than
20 reservations. The number of birds consumed and the number
marketed also increased; the number of Indians owning poultry,
however, decreased.
Approximately 53 percent of the swine owned by Indians are on
Oklahoma reservations where drought conditions continued. The
number of Indians owning swine decreased from 5,153 in 1935 to
4,799 in 1936 and the number owned decreased from 23,573 in 1935
to 19,981 in 1936.
INDIAN FARMERS FIGHT DROUGHT AND INSECTS
Continued crop failures have forced many Indians to turn to
Government-financed relief projects for a livelihood. The acreage
farmed by Indians has decreased since 1933, and further decreased
by 11.8 percent in 1936. In spite of the fact that many Indians have
had to abandon farming for wage work, it has been heartening to
notice the voluntary drop on many reservations in E. C. W. employment
every spring, due to the Indians’ wishes to try once more to get
something out of their farms.
A total of 514,529 acres was cultivated by Indians during 1936.
The irrigated acreage cultivated by Indians increased from 149,043
acres in 1935 to 192,997 acres in 1936, or 29.4 percent. The acreage
planted to cereal crops was 244,135 acres, a slight increase over 1935,
but the severe drought that prevailed in large areas decreased yields
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 215
by 32 percent. Cotton yields decreased 25 percent and sugar beets
28 percent from 1935. Because of emphasis placed on the necessity
of growing forage crops for livestock feed the acreage planted increased
53 percent over 1935; however, drought greatly reduced yields.
Insects and drought completely wiped out gardens in many sections
of Oklahoma and the Great Plains.
lo cal ex te nsi on org aniza tions spr ead know led ge of mode rn
PRACTICES
Increased membership in 4-H clubs, farm chapters, and women’s
clubs has meant a spread of ideas of self-help and agricultural progress.
Self-help centers are being established, where Indian women are
taught to can and preserve food, to make clothes, and to learn sound
practices in nutrition and home management. Last year’s totals
in food preservation are impressive: 393,843 quarts of fruit; 55,183
of meat; 264,964 of vegetables and 51,062 quarts of fish. In addition
124,636 pounds of fruit were dried; 122,992 pounds of meat; 617,763
pounds of vegetables; and 135,980 of fish. Indian women made
142,710 pieces of clothing under auspices of home-extension groups.
Indian leadership is developed at these centers, and through them
it is possible to reach a large number of homes with a small number of
trained workers.
INCREASES IN INDIAN OPPORTUNITY THROW ADDITIONAL BURDEN ON
EXTENSION STAFF
The attainment of the goal of self-support by the Indians is, to a
very large degree, dependent upon a successful extension program.
The fewness of the extension staff, however, makes it impossible for
the Indians to receive the amount of help they seek and need. The
developments which are taking place on most of the Indian reservations—
soil conservation work, Emergency Conservation Work, new
irrigation developments, rehabilitation enterprises, the organization
of Indians under the Indian Reorganization Act, credit and other
benefits derived from that act, land purchases, and the setting up of
a cattle pool of some 35,000 head of cattle for the restocking of Indian
ranges—have created a situation on many reservations which makes
it essential that additional extension personnel be provided if the
Indians are to receive the full benefits of the expenditures which have
already been made and are to be made.
IRRIGATION WORK EMPHASIZES SMALL SUBSISTENCE PROJECTS
The Indian Service’s Irrigation Division seeks to fit irrigation and
water development into the general reservation programs of resources
utilization and of increased self-help by Indians. Activities
of the Division include development of water supplies for stock and
216 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
domestic use and the design, construction, and operation of irrigation
systems.
The development of water supply for stock and domestic use
during the past year has been confined to the Navajo, Hopi, Pueblo,
and Papago areas in Arizona and New Mexico, together with some
small developments in California and the Great Plains area.
SEVENTY-FIVE COMMUNITY GARDENS DEVELOPED
A program of subsistence garden development around which the
Indians could build up their cattle and stock industry was inaugurated
in 1935 with funds provided by the Public Works Administration.
This work is being continued with congressional appropriations
augmented by E. C. W. labor.
These small subsistence developments are confined exclusively to
Indian-owned land. (The larger irrigation projects include both
Indian and privately owned land.) At the end of 1936 a total of
75 gardens had been developed, totaling 813 acres. During the
growing season of 1936, 31 of these gardens produced approximately
350,000 pounds of vegetables with a market value of $8,000.
CONSTRUCTION COSTS TO AVERAGE LESS THAN $100 PER ACRE
Recent studies indicate that there are approximately 1,200,000
acres of irrigable land within the present Indian irrigation projects,
of which about 500,000 acres have been provided with irrigation
facilities and have an adequate water supply. The total construction
cost to date is approximately $50,000,000 and the estimated cost of
completing all work now planned for the ultimate irrigable area of
1,200,000 acres is $50,000,000. The work now planned includes not
only supplemental storage and the extension of irrigation facilities,
but also the expenditure of approximately $5,000,000 for assisting
the Indians in the subjugation of their lands. The completion of
this program will result in an average construction cost of less than
$100 per acre, including the subjugation work.
INDIANS’ AND LESSEES’ USE OF INDIAN OWNED IRRIGATED LAND
Out of the 500,000 acres now supplied with irrigation facilities and
for which there is an adequate water supply, some 470,000 acres
were irrigated last year, of which 150,000 acres were irrigated by
7,600 Indian families; 120,000 acres of Indian lands were farmed
under lease; and 200,000 acres were in white ownership. Actual use
of the land by Indians is increasing. The following tabulation shows
the actual use of irrigated land in Indian irrigation projects during the
calendar years 1934, 1935, and 1936:
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 217
PROJECTS APPROXIMATELY SIXTY PERCENT SELF-SUPPORTING
Year Acres Indian
operated
Acres Indian
leased
Acres
privately
owned
Total
1934 __________________________________________ 139,868 102,094 193,523 435,485
1935 ________________________________________ 140,788 108,435 198,088 447,311
1936--------------------------------------------------------------- — 147, 264 117,178 197,995 462,437
Funds available for irrigation and water development activities
during the fiscal year 1937 totaled $3,324,164 of which $1,156,664
was from appropriations for regular operation and maintenance,
$780,900 from appropriations for construction and $1,386,600 from
allotments made by the Public Works Administration. All appropriations
for irrigation development are reimbursable by the lands
benefited. Under the Leavitt Act of July 1, 1932 (47 Stat. 564),
however, no construction assessments are made against Indian lands
as long as the lands remain in Indian ownership. Annual irrigation
operation and maintenance charges are collected from all Indians who
are considered financially able to make payment. Most of the smaller
projects are operated by the Indians themselves with some assistance
in the way of supervision and the furnishing of materials and supplies,
and on the larger projects the Indians are permitted to work out the
annual charges which amount to from 50 cents to $2 per acre. All
privately owned lands within these projects pay their proportionate
share of both operation and maintenance charges and construction
charges and Indian lands leased pay their proportionate share of the
operation and maintenance assessments.
LARGE PROJECTS CARRIED FORWARD IN SIX STATES
The principal construction activities during the year, carried on
with allotments made by the Public Works Administration, consisted
of the construction of a storage reservoir in the Owyhee River, Duck
Valley project (Nevada), the construction of an equalizing reservoir
on the Fort Hall project (Idaho); the completion of the distribution
system to Indian lands on the San Carlos project (Arizona); the beginning
of construction of a pumping plant to serve 13,000 acres on
the Fort Peck project (Montana); the construction of a storage reservoir
on the Flathead project (Montana); continuation of drainage
work on the Wapato project (Washington); and miscellaneous construction
work in the Navajo and Pueblo areas (Arizona and New
Mexico).
218 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
INDIAN EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK GIVES WAGE
WORK AND BUILDS UP INDIAN RESOURCES
Of fundamental importance in the revitalization of Indian life has
been the Indian Emergency Conservation Work. It has given wage
work where relief was desperately needed. But its importance has
not only been its relief aspects. Rather, it has made possible the
systematic conservation and building up of reservation resources.
The work has gone on long enough for Indians themselves to see
results and to sense the economic potentialities of their holdings. The
rise in morale achieved through the consistent policy of encouraging
participation of tribal councils in planning the work, and of advancing
capable Indians into responsible positions, has been as important a
result as the actual physical improvements.
I. E. C. W. ended its fourth and final year on June 30, 1937. Henceforth
this activity will be known as the Civilian Conservation Corps,
Indian Division.
The sum of $8,914,000 allotted for the work in 1937 was a slight
decrease from that received during the fiscal year 1936.
ENROLLMENT AND EMPLOYMENT
More than 50,000 Indians have participated in Indian emergencywork
since the beginning of the work in June 1933. The total daily
number of men on the pay roll during the past 4 years has been approximately
8,500, and more than 11,500,000 calendar days have been
worked. At some of the agencies it was necessary to stagger employment.
Indians have been given preference in supervisory and facilitating
positions, when qualified. There are not many Indians technically ;
trained. However, a large number of group foremen, mechanics,
machine operators, camp assistants, and assistant foremen are Indians.
The employment record for skilled, facilitating, and supervising positions
shows 540 Indians as against 436 whites, for the 4-year period.
Wages for Indian enrollees have been, as in camps for whites, $30
per month, plus board, lodging, and clothing, or a commutation of $15
per month when the worker lives at home and provides his own meals.
The family camp continues to be popular. Reservation staffs have
helped these groups in their social, sanitation, and health problems.
HEALTH GOOD,- ACCIDENTS FEW
E. C. W. staffs have worked hard on safety and health programs.
There were very few deaths during the past year; there was some
illness and a few accidents. Red Cross aid continues to be given;
first-aid schools have been encouraged and life-saving courses have
been held.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 219
PRODUCTION ACCOMPLISHMENTS SHOW VARIED CONSERVATION
PROGRAM
According to an announcement made a few months ago by the
office of the director, Mr. Robert Fechner, the conservation program
of the United States has been advanced at least 20 years by the work
of the Conservation Corps. This is also true of the Indian program.
The record of work done is impressive. Conservation has been emphasized:
Water development, prevention of soil erosion, and similar
projects have improved reservation lands. Major activities undertaken
during the past 4 years follow:
Telephone lines________________________________________ miles-. 5, 636. 7
Firebreaks_____________________________________________ do------ 2, 282. 8
Truck trails___________________________________________ do------ 6, 420. 6
Horse trails____________________________________________do------ 2, 019
Fences, 2,576,431 rods or-------------------------------------------------do------ 7, 863. 5
Springs, small reservoirs, and well development____________ units. _ 6, 909
Impounding and large diversion dams----------------------------------------- 922
Insect and tree pest control______________________________acres. _ 911, 394
Erosion control, check dams:
Permanent________________________________________ units. _ 16, 402
Temporary________________________________________ do------ 50, 474
Bridges:
Vehicle____________________________________________do------ 659
Stock___________________________________________________ 226
Corrals_______________________________________________ units __ 141
Elimination useless range stock-------------------------------------------------- 269, 836
Reservation values have been substantially increased; the work has
been urgently needed and well done.
APPROXIMATELY 70 PERCENT OF FUNDS SPENT FOR WAGES
Pay-roll items (actual wages and emoluments) total 69.7 percent of
the funds spent during the 4-year period. Emoluments include shelter
and subsistence, commutation thereof, feed and hire of teams. Purchases
of heavy equipment total 7.7 percent. Supplies and materials
accounted for 15 percent. Heavy equipment definitely increased the
amount of work accomplished, and had little, if any, unfavorable
effect on the employment of Indians.
LEISURE-TIME PROGRAMS GIVE INDIAN ENROLLEES VALUABLE TRAINING
After working hours, programs of recreation and education for
Indian enrollees have been maintained. Training on the job has been
emphasized. Most of the educational enterprises has been vocational
rather than academic. The regular employees of the Indian Service
have generously volunteered their services to assist in the program.
22914—37------ 16
220 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
SAVINGS ACCUMULATED BY INDIANS
More than $1,800,000 has been deposited in individual Indian
money accounts during the past 4 years. Household equipment, livestock,
farm equipment, and clothing have been purchased from these
savings; homes have been repaired and new ones constructed. A
substantial balance remains for later use.
"INDIANS AT WORK"
The pamphlet “Indians At Work” has become increasingly popular.
It is liked by the Indians, and is read with regularity by them.
RELIEF AND REHABILITATION PROGRAM MAKES A BEGINNING
IN IMPROVING LIVING CONDITIONS
The Indian relief situation had been crucial even before the depression.
Early in the present administration a partial survey of the
housing and economic condition of Indians emphasized the fact that
a large number were in desperate straits—landless, miserably housed,
and without means of support. While direct relief was being provided,
and, after 1933, work relief, there were no funds for attacking this
fundamental problem of housing and economic rehabilitation until the
passage of the Emergency Relief Act of 1935 and the subsequent
allocation to the Indian Office by the President, in January 1936, of
$2,000,000 of emergency funds.
Later reduced by retransfers to the Treasury to a total of $1,767,027,
these funds were used as follows: For direct relief, $336,323; for rehabilitation,
$1,360,500; for administration, $70,204. In March 1937,
additional funds were made available to the Indian Office as follows:
$498,000 for field projects, and $39,000 for administration.
By the terms of the Presidential allocation, the rehabilitation funds
were to be used for the following purposes:
To finance the rehabilitation of Indians in stricken rural agricultural areas by
means of loans or grants, or both, to enable them to construct or repair houses,
barns, outbuildings, and root cellars; to develop wells and springs for domestic
water; to clear and improve land for gardens and small farms and to purchase
land for such purposes when necessary; to make furniture and other handicraft
products; and to establish, maintain, and operate other small self-help projects.
VARIED CONSTRUCTION AND COMMUNITY PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN
As of June 30, 1937, the rehabilitation program had accomplished
the following:
Building Construction Projects
Houses, new_________________ 874
Houses, repairs_______________ 1, 711
Barns_______________________ 148
Poultry houses_______________ 160
Combination cow shed and poultry
houses_______________ 37
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 221
Building Construction Projects—Continued
Woodsheds---------------------------- 10
■Combination garage and woodsheds---------------------------------
58
Toilets---------------------------------- 999
Hog houses---------------------------- 61
Cattle sheds--------------------------- 5
Root cellars--------------------------- 79
Combination root cellar and
smoke house----------------------- 2
Flour and grist mills---------------- 8
■Granaries------------------------------ 5
Canneries------------------------------ 3
Sorghum mills------------------------ 3
Machine sheds----------------------- 5
Smithies and woodworking shops. 7
Combination self-help project
buildings, new____________ 82
Combination self-help project
buildings, repairs_________ 25
Combination carpenter shop and
canning kitchen__________ 1
Combination corral and shearing
shed____________________ 1
Corrals______________________ 10
Shearing sheds_______________ 2
Blacksmith shops_____________ 12
Provision and supply depot
(sheep industry)__________ 1
Water and Land Development Projects
Gardens____________________ 15,066 Miscellaneous_ land improveirrigation__________________
11 ments 13
Water development__________ 587
Self-Help and Miscellaneous Projects
Canning and sewing_________ 26
Canning and sewing equipment. 67
Hay press__________________ 1
Portable caldrons____________ 3
Sawmills and logging_________ 6
Dipping vats________________ 73
Furniture and handicrafts____ 7
Fencing____________________ 66
Hide tanning_______________ 1
Weaving___________________ 1
Equipment and tools for arts
and crafts______________ 1
Agricultural machinery_______ 3
Shearing machines___________ 2
Projects were conducted at 68 agencies, situated in 23 States.
On April 30, 1937, the Indian rehabilitation program had furnished
1,421,384 man-hours of employment at an estimated man-year cost
of $963. As of June 17, 1,352 needy Indians requiring employment
were being given work.
NEED FOR REHABILITATION WORK CONTINUES
The rehabilitation program has been of the utmost importance in
caring for cases of desperate need, in restoring initiative and morale,
and improving opportunities for community and family self-support.
Concerned as it is with permanent improvements in the way of
housing, farm buildings, self-help buildings, self-help enterprises,
and the development of land and water resources, the rehabilitation
program is particularly designed to help Indians toward a level of
economic self-sufficiency and decent living. By improving the
Indians’ economic status, rehabilitation work should ultimately be
reflected in lessened gratuity appropriations for relief and support.
222 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ROAD WORK IMPROVES RESERVATION CONDITIONS; AFFORDS
RELIEF
In its road program the Indian Service has sought to develop
adequate reservation road systems, and, as was contemplated by
Congress, to provide employment for Indians and to train Indians
gradually for technical positions in road building.
COSTS OF RESERVATION ROADS HAVE BEEN LOW
Reservation road programs are headed by qualified, experienced
road engineers. All Indian Service projects are examined and approved
as to location, type, and design by the Bureau of Public Roads,
whose requirements have sharply increased Indian Service road
engineering costs.
Accomplishments during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937, with
the $3,500,000 provided by Congress for Indian road work follow:
Roads:
Improved________________________________________________ 879. 07
Surfaced_________________________________________________ 597. 34
Total (miles)___________________________________________ 1, 476. 41
Bridges:
Constructed_____________________________ ___________ 193
Repaired________________________________________________ 207
Total_________________________________________________ 409
Culverts:
Constructed--------------------------------------------------------------------- 2, 272
Repaired________________________________________________ 263
Total_________________________________________________ 2,535
Maximum number of people employed on road work during the year. _ 11, 655
Total man-hours of work furnished during the year----------------------- 4, 039, 505
Average earnings per hour--------------------------------------------------------- $0. 457
A result which cannot be measured statistically is the increased
proficiency of Indian employees in surveying, drafting, and other
technical work. Indians in increasing numbers are qualifying for
responsible road jobs. Approximately 70 percent of road expenditures
go for wages.
NEED FOR ROAD WORK CONTINUES
The need for road-improvement work on Indian reservations is of
continuing urgency. Congress recognized in two acts (acts of June
19, 1934, and June 16, 1936) that $4,000,000 are annually required for
road work on nearly 200 Indian reservations in 24 States, for this
purpose; but the full amount authorized has not been appropriated
in every year. Little or no help from the States or counties or townships
can be expected for roads built for Indian use; consequently
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 223
this task will remain a permanent obligation of the Federal Government.
Following past practice, part of the road appropriation was used
to purchase machinery, so that now the Indian Service has a modest
amount of modern and efficient road-construction machinery.
Garages and storage sheds have also been constructed at most jurisdictions
for the repair and preservation of valuable equipment and
machinery. This Service is organized to carry on road construction
and improvements at low costs; and in cooperation with the Bureau
of Public Roads, it has made surveys and plans for a 5-year future
road-construction program.
ROADS ARE FOR RESERVATION USE—NOT DESIGNED FOR TOURISTS
The Indian Service has refused to construct or authorize the construction
on reservations of tourist roads which would mean the
exploitation of Indian life and culture. Moreover, the Service does
not approve of road construction into wilderness areas which will
better serve the Indians and the public if left unmolested. But the
Service does seek to build reasonably good roads for reservation use.
The day-school program, especially, hinges upon roads adequate for
daily bus service; and the health program, in attempting to reach out
into Indian communities, depends on passable roads. We are resisting
the pressure to build roads of more costly and elaborate type
than present or prospective use can justify.
CONSTRUCTION
With the exception of appropriations continued available for the
construction of public-school buildings, and for the Sioux sanatorium
in South Dakota, all building and utility construction work during
the fiscal year 1937 was carried on as a part of the Public Works
program. Ten public-school buildings were completed in the Northwest
district and three more are nearing completion.
A number of large and important projects were completed during
the year. Among these are the hospitals at Sisseton and Yankton,
S. Dak., Cass Lake, Minn, and Crow Agency, Mont. Contracts were
let during the year for the combined general hospital and tuberculosis
sanatorium at Talihina, Okla., and for the hospital and laboratory
building at Fort Defiance, Ariz. Completion dates for these two
projects are March 18, 1938, and November 8, 1937, respectively.
The Sioux Sanatorium at Rapid City, S. Dak., also being constructed
by contract, will be ready for occupancy on January 1, 1938.
Except for buildings being erected under contract, the Public Works
construction program was completed as of June 30, 1937. The construction
program for the fiscal year 1938 will be financed from an
224 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
appropriation of $2,047,500 contained in the regular Interior Department
appropriation act. This change from emergency to regular funds
necessitates the replacing of all Public Works employees with persons
selected from the civil service registers. The personnel in the three
field construction offices (located at Albuquerque, N. Mex.; Billings,
Mont.; and Muskogee, Okla.) will be reduced to the minimum number
necessary to take care of the program for 1938. It is hoped that the
shift from emergency to regular employees can be completed by Sep*
tember 30, 1937, and that the new program can be well under way
before the cold winter weather sets in.
INDIAN ARTS AND CRAFTS DEVELOPED AS PART OF INDIAN
LIFE AND ECONOMY
One of the characteristics of the American Indian is his outstanding
ability as a craftsman. Unfortunately, however, most Indian arts
and crafts products have been marketed in a haphazard fashion, and
returns to the Indian producers have been low. The wide variations
in quality and the uncertainties of production have made large-scale
marketing difficult.
With the objective of building up this potential resource and
increasing revenues from it while maintaining its integrity, this
administration sought the passage of an arts and crafts bill which
would provide funds and personnel for working out better production
and marketing methods. Such an act was passed August 27, 1935
(49 Stat. 891), and the Indian Arts and Crafts Board was appointed
during the following year. Broad powers are given the Board in the
execution of its functions, but it may not itself act as a dealer.
"QUALITY" MARKET SOUGHT FOR INDIAN CRAFTS
After 6 months of extensive study in the field covering both production
and marketing conditions, the Board found itself prepared last
January (1937) to define its general policies and to initiate its first
concrete projects.
In its work with the producer, it is the Board’s policy to make raw
materials available; to stimulate quality production and to help in
the organization of craftsmen groups; to supply craftsmen of tribes
having traditional handicrafts with all available information on techniques
formerly used by their tribes and to acquaint them with the
exigencies of the current market; to those groups having no traditional
handicrafts, an opportunity to learn industries is to be given.
In its work with the local dealers, it is the Board’s policy to encourage
emphasis on quality work and to help in establishing business relations
with a quality market. Stimulation and actual cooperation in the
organization of exhibits of Indian arts and crafts, stimulation of
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 225
publications on Indian arts and crafts and establishment of an educational
service for sales forces of stores carrying Indian crafts goods are
included among the Board’s plans for promotion work in the ultimate
market.
LOCAL PROJECTS ARE INITIATED
The following specific projects have been initiated by the Board.
Silver project {Navajo, Pueblo, and Hopi Reservations, N. Mex. and
Ariz.).—Standards of genuineness and quality for the silver work of
the Navajo, Pueblo, and Hopi Indians have been established and
published. A Government stamp, to be applied only to pieces that
meet these standards, has been devised.
The loan of expert Navajo teachers of silversmithing from the
Division of Education of the Indian Service has been arranged.
These men are serving as advisers to reservation silversmiths who
wish to produce the highest type of jewelry. Private groups are
supplying the workmen with raw materials and adequate wages.
Even after visits to all local dealers, no work of a quality equaling
the products of the teachers and their students (with the exception of
old pieces) has been found to be on sale. The Board believes that
this project will not only produce a better source of income for the
best silversmiths, but will also create a demand for better jewelry
and thus stimulate the production and trade for more profitable
merchandise all over this region.
Navajo textile project.—A certificate of genuineness for Navajo
textiles has been devised, to be attached to such fabrics as are made
only of wool and woven in the traditional Navajo manner.
Textile home-industry project {eastern Oklahoma').—To extend the
Board’s activities into regions where the traditional crafts work has
but little sales appeal or has been completely lost, staff members of
the Board made a special survey of this region. As a result, plans
have been made to introduce home industries that will give the
workman a chance to profit from his manual skill and, at the same
time, give him an opportunity to develop a characteristic style of his
own.
The first home industry to be developed in the Oklahoma region
is the making of hand-spun yarn. Inquiries on the market have
shown that most of the homespun yarn used in the United States
today is imported from foreign countries and is available only at a
very high price. The Board has asked the Education Division of the
Indian Service for the loan of an expert spinning teacher as instructor,
and hopes later on to help in the organization of an Indian cooperative
or credit association to carry on the work on a commercial basis.
The Board also will cooperate in the development of sales outlets for
this commodity. It is expected that this project will be widened in
the future to include rug making and weaving.
226 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Arts and crafts group project (Western Oklahoma').—In recognition of
the strength of the old traditional arts and crafts societies in this
region, the Board has initiated projects based on group work. A
staff member of the Board has encouraged the formation of fairly
large groups of Indians interested in improving the quality of the
traditional arts of their tribes. In Shawnee and in Anadarko, production
has already started in cooperation with the local Indian
Service agencies and organized groups of local businessmen who
have recognized the value of a development of finer Indian products
as of definite value to the whole region. Beadwork and leatherwork
are the principal products to be made under these projects.
Experimental laboratory, Tesuque, N. Mex.—A small laboratory
was in operation last spring at Tesuque to experiment with the
production methods of weavers, tanners, and silversmiths from
various reservations. It was the purpose of this laboratory to help
the craftsmen to find out what specific types of raw material are best
fitted for their purposes and what production methods bring the best
results.
Legal protection of Indian products against unfair and fraudulent
advertising methods.—With the aid of the United States district
attorney of the territory involved, the use of misleading labels on one
type of imitation Indian jewelry has been stopped; another case of
the same kind is in the hands of the attorney now. Two cases of ,
false newspaper advertising have been referred to the Federal Bureau
of Investigation for appropriate action.
Indian exhibit at Paris World’s Fair.—An Indian exhibit at the
World’s Fair in Paris this summer was arranged through the cooperation
of the Board with the American Federation of Arts, which was
in charge of the exhibition of American handicrafts.
Plans begun for Indian exhibit at World’s Fair in San Francisco in
1939.—Representatives of the Indian Arts and Crafts Board have
conferred with the world’s fair authorities and interested private
groups in San Francisco on an Indian exhibit at the Golden Gate
International Exposition in 1939. A staff member of the Board
helped to outline a plan for an exhibit that for the first time will show
the whole scope of the Indian’s artisic ability in a dignified, dramatic
manner. This display will be more comprehensive than any ever
held.
EDUCATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN
BUILT AROUND FLEXIBLE PROGRAMS, SUITED TO VARYING
CONDITIONS
The policy of the present administration has been to give consideration
to the human factors which govern relationships between racial
groups.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 227
IMPLEMENTING AN EDUCATIONAL POLICY
The new pattern of education for the Indians attempts to adjust
the school program to the needs of the Indian community, recognizing
and preserving significant factors in Indian life and aiding in adjustment
to white culture at points where such adjustment appears
inevitable. However, it is not enough to declare that a new policy is
in order. It must somehow or other be incorporated into the living
of a staff which for many years may have been practicing quite the
reverse. Therefore, in order to give positive effect to the new policies,
it has been necessary to develop agencies for in-service training.
In-service training through summer schools.—During the summer of
1936 the Education Division of the Indian Office operated two inservice
training institutes: One at Pine Ridge, S. Dak.; the other at
Wingate, N. Mex. Courses in anthropology, philosophy of Indian
education, rural sociology, Indian arts and crafts, and in the vocational,
agricultural, and home-making needs of the several areas studied were
offered. Demonstration schools were operated in which the very
difficult subject of teaching English to non-English speaking native
children was made a prime concern. Opportunity was given for
teachers in the Service to learn something of the Sioux or the Navajo
language. Each institute operated for 6 weeks, and 404 teachers in
all were reached. Through arrangements with a number of first-rank
American colleges, teachers were enabled to secure college credit
toward an undergraduate or graduate degree. In response to requests
from the field, this summer training program was extended for the
summer of 1937, and four schools were operated. The program was
repeated at Pine Ridge and Wingate, and two new centers at Sequoyah
and Chilocco in Oklahoma were added. Demonstration schools were
organized at each of the four centers, and a total of 972 educational
personnel was served. In addition 27 teachers were registered from public
schools outside of the Indian Service which enroll Indian children.
Apprentice training aids young Indian teachers.—In carrying out
the policy of enlarging the number of Indians employed in the Service,
a program of apprentice training for Indian college graduates trained
in education was inaugurated in the fall of 1936. A dozen young
Indians showing better than average potentialities for teaching were
placed with a selected group of superior Service teachers to increase
their probabilities for success when actually given full-time responsibilities
as teachers. This plan has proved most successful and is
being extended for the school year 1937-38 with a small appropriation
approved by Congress covering apprentice salaries.
228 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
DAY-SCHOOL AND PUBLIC-SCHOOL ATTENDANCE INCREASES
Hitherto Unschooled Children Enrolled
The growing emphasis upon day-school attendance of Indian pupils
has resulted in an increase of Indian day-school enrollment in Federal
schools from 4,532 pupils in 1928 to almost 12,000 during the school
year 1936-37. More than half of this increase represents children not
previously enrolled in any school. During the same period of time
Indian pupils in public schools have increased from 34,163 to 50,328,
The most spectacular development of the new day-school policy
has been on the Navajo Reservation. Here there has been an increase
of 37 new day schools during the last 2 years, with a resultant increase
from 822 pupils in attendance at day schools to an enrollment of 2,147.
Because of the tremendous number of Navajo children estimated not
in any school at all, there has been no decrease in boarding-school
enrollment during this period of time. There are still more than 7,000
Navajos of school age who are not enrolled in any kind of school.
INDIAN SERVICE HIGH SCHOOLS INCLUDE TRAINING FOR SELF-SUPPORT
There has been a continuing increase of Indian pupils enrolled in
federally operated high schools. Many of these, because of the sparsity
of population on some of the larger reservations, are and must
continue to be boarding schools. On some of the smaller reservations ।
or in areas where the population is more compact, these high schools
are operated on a day basis.
The new Indian Service high schools are developing a program the
major objective of which is to produce economically self-sustaining
citizens. Recognizing that for many Indians their remaining lands
constitute a major asset, these high schools are bending every effort
to produce groups of young people who are not only interested in
farming or stock raising, but who, through the course of their highschool
careers, have engaged in farming under the supervision of the
school on a practical self-supporting scale. This type of program has
undergone gratifying development at the Chilocco School in Oklahoma
on whose 8,000-acre campus the children are operating individual
farms of 40 to 80 acres, caring for a substantial beef herd, raising
chickens on a commercial scale, and otherwise experiencing the problems
involved in making a living on a farm typical of that area.
The Fort Sill, Riverside, and Cheyenne and Arapaho Schools, also
in Oklahoma, are being extended from elementary and junior high
school into senior high schools and are offering a similar program of
agriculutral training. The Oglala Community High School at Pine
Ridge in South Dakota is placing a great deal of emphasis on livestock
training. It is operating a beef herd of over 600 head, engaging
in the poultry business on a commercial scale, and operating a
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 229
hatchery for the furnishing of young stock to the local Indians. A
similar program is being developed at the Rosebud Boarding School
and plans of a similar nature are being developed for the Crow
Creek, Cheyenne River, and Standing Rock Reservations. The principles
underlying this type of development are being applied in varying
degrees throughout the Indian schools.
REALISTIC TEXTBOOKS SOUGHT FOR INDIAN CHILDREN
One of the most serious problems of the Indian Service lies in dealing
with races of people, large numbers of whom still speak their
native languages and for whom English is a little-used foreign tongue.
In many of these groups, as for instance the Navajo, the Pima and
the Papago, written records are entirely foreign to the racial experience,
and reading, therefore, lacks the functional reality which it
occupies in the thinking of the average white child. Furthermore,
on the more isolated reservations, Indian young people have no opportunity
for contact with ferryboats and steamers, firemen, policemen,
postmen, railroad trains and streetcars, and many other objects and
people whose activities form the familiar basis of elementary school
reading. The problem of teaching these young people to read, to
make intelligent use of numbers, and in other ways to accept the
basis of American education would be greatly simplified if textbook
material existed which was phrased in terms of the Indian child’s
experiences. During the last year the Education Division has, therefore,
accepted as one of its responsibilities the encouragement of the
preparation of materials to be used in Indian schools. Some of this
material will probably be published by the Government because of
its exclusive application to limited areas in the Indian Service. In
other cases, the Indian Service will encourage its commercial publication
because it would appear to be valuable for use in white schools
as well as Indian schools.
SPECIAL SCHOOLS
Recognizing the importance of health for a population which has
suffered seriously from the inroads of disease introduced by the
whites, the Education and Health Divisions are cooperating in the
operation of several special schools. At Fort Apache in Arizona, at
Chemawa, in Oregon, and at three of the boarding schools on the
Navajo Reservation special trachoma programs are being operated,
and the schools are devoted almost exclusively to children suffering
from this disease. In several of the day-school areas on the Navajo
Reservation, cooperation with the Health Division is making available
the service of special physicians and nurses to operate trachoma
clinics for children and parents.
230 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
At Fort Totten in North Dakota an old boarding school closed several
years ago has been reopened as a tuberculosis preventorium, and
a special regimen is in force calculated to strengthen these children
against the greatest scourge of Indian life.
At the Eklutna Vocational School and at "Wrangell Institute in
Alaska where a Territorial tuberculosis survey indicates that almost
25 percent of the population is suffering from active tuberculosis,
school children revealed to be suffering from the disease are being
given segregated treatment in dormitory units of the two school
plants, in the absence of adequate provision for hospitalization or for
home treatment.
EDUCATIONAL LOANS
While much of the educational emphasis in Indian schools is on
practical learning, leading toward economic self-sufficiency, the Government
has been earnestly seeking competent Indian young people
for advanced vocational and collegiate training. Under the Indian
Reorganization Act several hundred thousand dollars have been appropriated
for loans to Indians for higher education and at the present
time 372 students are receiving Government aid, 146 of whom engaged
in advanced vocational work. To meet the needs within the Indian
Service for competent operators of tractors, graders and other road
machinery and Diesel power plants, a special school for adults was
opened at Phoenix Indian School last year. Its students were limited
to men of promise, and all of its graduates were placed. Because
of increased opportunities for practical experience on the Navajo
Reservation, the school is this year being moved to Wingate. Haskell
Institute also offers a program of advanced training for commercial
students.
EDUCATION OF ALASKA NATIVES AND INDIANS
During the last year several significant changes have taken place in
the organization of the native schools in Alaska, which are also under
the jurisdiction of the Indian Service’s Education Division.
Civil service standards strengthen personnel.—Until recently the civil
service regulations have not applied to these schools. For the last
year or two new appointments have been drawn from civil service
registers and during the current year an attempt has been made to
qualify through noncompetitive examination as many of the incumbent
Alaska teachers as possible and to replace with civil service
appointees members of the Alaska staff who fall far short of minimum
civil service requirements. These steps should materially strengthen
the Alaska personnel. New salary classifications recognizing the extremely
isolated nature of many of the Alaska posts should make these
positions somewhat more attractive than they have been in the past.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 231
Quality of native crafts improves.—The interest aroused in the preservation
and development of native arts and crafts has resulted in the
initiation of several projects of adult craft activity which should ultimately
be of great value to many of the natives of Alaska. The
School at Nome has cooperated in adapting and restyling several of the
native skin garments, with the result that 50 native women have been
kept busy producing parkas and mukluks which have been absorbed
by commercial traders as rapidly as produced. The success of this
endeavor at Nome will be followed up in other northern areas and it is
hoped that a material contribution to the cash economy of the Eskimos
may result.
Efforts are being made to improve the quality of wood carving
among the southeastern natives and ivory carving among the Eskimos
of the north coast, both of which have deteriorated in the face of
Japanese competition.
Demand for secondary education grows.—The same increased interest
in secondary education that has been remarked on in connection with
the Indians of the continental area is also becoming manifest in Alaska.
Only two Federal centers of secondary education are now operated—
Wrangell Institute and Eklutna Vocational School. The maximum
enrollment at both of these institutions was reached during the current
year and enrollments for the new year indicate a substantial
increase which will tax present facilities. This increased interest is
apparent among the Eskimos as well as the Alaska Indians, which
indicates that consideration must be given shortly toward the establishment
of a secondary school for Eskimos, keyed to their economic
needs and located in the northern part of Alaska where climatic conditions
and vocational opportunities will resemble those in their natural
homes.
The Eklutna School, to which Eskimo secondary students are now
sent, is located on Cook Inlet only a short distance from Matanuska
Colony, in an area where climatic conditions are milder and considerably
different than those encountered in their homes. There has
been some evidence that this factor has not contributed to the most
healthy conditions for many students from the northern areas.
The preliminary reports of the territorial tuberculosis survey indicate
the presence of active tuberculosis upon the part of about 25
percent of the village populations. A ^lightly lower percentage was
discovered in the boarding schools. Due to the totally inadequate
provision for sanitarium care within the territory, the Education
Division has been cooperating with the Health Division in providing
rest care in segregated portions of the school dormitories for students
in need of medical attention.
Two thousand native children without school facilities.—There are
still approximately 2,000 natives not in any school. Some of these
232 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
are in areas remote from white contact into which no attempt has
yet been made to penetrate. In several of these locations the Eskimos
are requesting schools, and at Chandalar, just north of Fort Yukon,
the natives themselves have furnished a primitive structure and paid
a small salary to a teacher in order to inaugurate the educational work.
The Service has furnished some equipment and supplies and hopes in
the near future to be able to add this to its active schools. In other
areas served only by territorial schools, full-bloods are excluded, and
in some of these areas where the white population has disappeared, the
Indian Service is taking over the operation of the school and admitting
full-bloods as well as mixed-bloods.
School buildings need replacement.—Many of the original Alaska
school buildings were built hastily and without a view to permanence.
Some have long outlived their usefulness and others have been outgrown.
The Government is, therefore, faced with a problem of
replacing many of these structures with better insulated and more
permanent buildings which provide more adequately for communityneeds.
Alaska reindeer become Indian Service responsibility.—With the
close of the current year the supervision of the Alaska reindeer service
has been transferred from the territorial government to the Office of
Indian Affairs. In view of the fact that the direct supervision of
herds and the business of the native cooperative stores has been
handled by Federal teachers, the full responsibility for the reindeer
service has been placed under the Education Division of the Indian
Office.
The Alaska native—Alaska’s greatest resource.—The exploitation of
the mineral and animal resources of Alaska has not been without
effect on the native people. The nicely balanced, though primitive,
economy which enabled the Eskimo and the Alaska Indian to wrest a
living from a country of climatic extremes, has been upset—upset not
only physically, but, what is more tragic, psychologically. People,
who before the coming of the white man were self-dependent, adjusting
their activities to the seasonal rhythm of life, have been taught to
depend on a cash economy. Instead of hunting and fishing for their
own needs and growing gardens in areas where such effort is rewarded
abundantly, the native has been encouraged to disregard these activities
and work instead for wages, or trap for the white man and buy
his food and clothing from the store. More and more a people which
once was self-sufficient has become dependent upon external forces
which are totally disregardful of their human needs. Alaska is
coming to be thought of as an area capable of permanent and desirable
economic development. This new permanency of Alaska will necessitate
a redefinition of the native’s position in Alaska life.
Although the fact has not always been recognized, the native
Alaskan is one of the most important resources of the Territory.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 233
The whites of Alaska cannot continue to profit at the expense of the
natives. Constitutionally suited to life in the Arctic, the Eskimo and
the Alaska Indian must form the foundation to any long-range planning
for the development as contrasted to the exploitation of the
Territory.
The Education Division of the Indian Office is being guided by
these facts in undertaking to develop an educational program which
will capitalize the native virtues and at the same time adapt the
natives for necessary contacts with their white associates.
FOR BETTER HEALTH AMONG INDIANS
THROUGH ENLARGED PUBLIC HEALTH WORK, IMPROVEMENT OF
HOSPITAL FACILITIES, RESEARCH
That Indian health has improved in recent years is borne out by
the figures below showing the decline in the death rate between 1933
and 1936. The Indian death rate in 1936 was 13.7 per thousand, or
2.2 more per thousand than among whites (including Negroes).
Only as recently as the 1920’s the Indian death rate was double that
of the general population. The Indian death rate is still too high.
Tuberculosis and the infant death rate are the principal factors.
1933
Per 1,000
decrease as
compared
with 1933
Indian birth rate per 1,000 population______________________________________
Indian death rate per 1,000 population.------- -------------------------------------------------
22.3
13.7
-1.5
-1.8
The Indian Service maintained a health staff of 1,625 workers1
during the fiscal year 1937, and 4,139 hospital beds, in its effort to
improve health among Indians. The increase in the health appropriation
from $4,011,620 to $4,502,630 made possible much-needed
improvements in equipment and personnel.
PUBLIC HEALTH PROGRAM SEEKS COOPERATION OF STATES,- EXTENDS
PREVENTIVE WORK
State cooperation increases scope of work.—The Health Division is
expending its cooperative relationships with State and local health
authorities. One notable example is the five-county full-time health
district in Oklahoma. This was made possible through the cooperation
of the State Board of Health, the Public Health Service, the Children’s
1 Health personnel at the close of the fiscal year included 10 administrative and supervisory physicians,
a supervising dentist, 7 supervisory nurses, 150 whole-time and 87 part-time physicians, a special expert in
tuberculosis, 3 special physicians for tuberculosis, 12 special physicians for trachoma, 19 consultants, 14
whole-time and 11 part-time dentists, 115 field nurses, 418 hospital nurses, 12 nurses at large working with
special physicians, 6 assistant medical technicians, and 759 other employees, a total of 1,625. This represents
an increase of about 150 over 1936, due in large part to the opening of new hospitals, with some additional
employees to provide better service at existing plants.
234 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Bureau, and the Indian Office. The Indian Office is supplying the
services of three nurses. The population in this five-county area is
25 percent Indian.
The cooperative health work in North Carolina on the Cherokee
Reservation has continued and the area has increased from a threecounty
to a five-county unit.
Contractual relationships have been established with the State of
Minnesota for the further development of public health service for
the benefit of Indians in the Arrowhead district of that State (the
northeast tip of the State).
There has been a continuous increase in the number of senior
physicians appointed deputy State health officers by State health
departments, made possible by Executive order of May 1935. There
has been a notable increase in this procedure in the Northwestern
States.
Indian Service pioneers in tuberculosis vaccination.—The work of
vaccination against tuberculosis under Dr. Joseph D. Aronson, special
expert, was notable. During the fiscal year there were vaccinated
against tuberculosis a total of 97 children at the Pima Agency, 232 at
the Shoshone Agency, and 177 at the Turtle Mountain Agency. An
equal number of controls are under observation. Plans were made
during the year to extend this work on the Rosebud Agency and in
the southeastern section of Alaska. The public health nursing program
and the follow-up of these vaccinated children and the keeping
of records has been strengthened.
The prevention of disease through immunizations and inoculations
is evidenced by:
Vaccinations against smallpox___________ _________________________ 36, 625
Inoculations against diphtheria____________________________________ 8, 847
Immunizations against typhoid fever_______________________________ 10, 489
A few Indians were immunized against spotted fever.
11 Trachoma schools” prove effective.—The continued operation of the
Roosevelt Trachoma School on the Fort Apache Reservation, Ariz.,
brought significant results. The concentrated program of treatment
of children in this school is demonstrating that it is possible actually
to eliminate trachoma from the school child by this means. It has
been predicted that after one more year of intensive treatments
trachoma will be practically arrested among the school children on
the Fort Apache Reservation.
HOSPITAL CONSTRUCTION MAKES IMPROVED SERVICE POSSIBLE
The hospitals which were reported under construction at the end
of 1936 were completed during 1937 and are now available for use,
making a total of 93 hospitals and sanatoria, exclusive of infirmaries
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 235
of less than 10 beds, with a total capacity of 4,139 beds, 131 cribs,
and 280 bassinets. Included in this group are 15 sanatoria with a
capacity of 1,300 beds, some of which are also available for general
medical and surgical cases. The increase in number of beds available
over 1936 was nearly 400.
The following hospital and sanatoria projects are under construction
and will add approximately the number of beds indicated when
completed:
Beds
Fort Defiance Hospital and laboratory, Arizona---------------------------------- 140
Wishiah Sanatorium, California, unit for Indians--------------------------------- 30
Choctaw-Chickasaw Sanatorium, Talihina, Okla, (replacement and enlargement)------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
150
Tahlequah Hospital, Oklahoma-------------------------------------------------------- 75
Sioux Sanatorium, Rapid City, S. Dak------------------------------------------------- 150
Hospital treatments increase.—In hospitals there were treated 52,222
patients for general conditions other than tuberculosis and in the
various sanatoria 2,334 patients were treated for tuberculosis. Outpatient
treatments numbering 428,207, and 1,311,291 hospital treatments
were given. The number of maternity cases treated in hospitals
was 3,857, in contrast with 3,301 last year. The yearly increase of
obstetrical service in Indian hospitals is significant of the attitude of
Indians toward modern medicine. There were 13,445 Indians treated
for trachoma.
Pneumothorax operations for tuberculosis.—In the tuberculosis field,
emphasis has been placed on the treatment of selected cases by
collapse therapy or pneumothorax. One doctor has been operating
on the Blackfeet Reservation and another in the vicinity of San Xavier
and on the Sells Agency. Two additional physicians on educational
leave went to the Phipps Institute in Philadelphia for this type of
training. One was sent to the Pine Ridge Reservation and the other
detailed to Dr. Aronson in connection with the tuberculosis vaccination
campaign.
Dental service aided by use of trailers.—Dental treatment was given
to 30,886 Indians and 64,630 treatments were given. This service
consisted mostly of work among the school children in an effort to
preserve teeth in that age-group; however, dental treatments were
furnished adults in emergencies and to relieve pain. The three dental
trailers in operation have been of immense help in the covering of
large territories.
NURSING WORK EXPANDS; TURNOVER, DUE TO HEAVY DEMANDS ON
NURSES, HANDICAPS WORK
The nursing work of the Indian Service has increased in amount
and in scope during the year 1937.
Specialized training for nurses improves service.—In the field of
public health nursing the research work in tuberculosis control has
22914—37------ 17
236 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
opened several positions demanding nurses trained to collect epidemiological
data and carry on educational activities of an intensive nature.
The nurses detailed to this work were willing to take special instructions
at their own expense (nurses do not have educational leave) at
Phipps Institute.
In the field of trachoma control, nurses have been given special
instruction at the Fort Apache Trachoma School. A public health
nurse has been established at the Navajo Agency to do an intensive
follow-up of day-school and community trachoma patients. Several
nurses have taken leave without pay to get instruction at Dr. Gradle’s
trachoma clinic in southern Illinois.
Hospital nursing standards evaluated.—-A study was made by the
National Organization of Nursing Education in cooperation with the
nursing section looking toward an evaluation of the nursing service
being rendered at one or two hospitals in the Oklahoma district.
Certain of these techniques of study are now being used in our supervisory
work throughout the service.
The building of new hospitals has been the occasion for certain
standards of organization to be laid down. One chief nurse has been
responsible for opening hospitals, so that a similarity of organization
is being brought about.
High turn-over continues—Superwomen needed.—The nursing service
still suffers from inadequate numbers. The overhead costs in personnel
are extremely difficult to absorb in units of 50 beds and below. The
nurse in charge is responsible for nursing, for food preparation and
purchase, for typing the records, for giving anesthetics, for supervising
the cleaning, for issuing drugs, and delivering babies in the
absence of the physician. These superwomen are difficult to find, and,
when found and employed, their tempers get worn down. Changes
of scene, matrimony, and physical breakdowns are the most frequent
reasons for labor turn-over.
More than 50 percent of the nurses have been in the service less
than 2 years. This undesirable rate of turn-over will continue until
better hours of work and better quality of performance are made
possible. Nurses of the best caliber do not find either professional
or personal satisfaction in trying to nurse 20 to 40 patients for a
12-hour stretch.
There are 52 Indian girls taking training in schools of nursing with
the help of educational loan funds. There will be places for all of them
in the Indian Service on the successful completion of their training.
Civil service has been unable to furnish adequate lists of eligibles
for either public health or hospital vacancies. The plan has been
to try to fill the vacancies in isolated places either by transfer or by
probationary appointment, rather than offering appointment in the
centers where temporary nurses are usually available.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 237
Nurse-aid training continues.—The training of Indian nurse aids
has continued this year. Members of the first class have made successful
adjustments in their work. Twenty-three were admitted, 20
graduated, and 17 were placed in the various hospitals of the service.
There is a problem in continuing to absorb the supply of trained nurse
aids without displacing older personnel who have not had training.
Supervisory nurse jor each district needed.-—-The year 1938 promises
further opportunity for improvement in the quality of work being
done if each medical district is furnished with a supervisory nurse.
This should give better data on the causes of turn-over and prevent
many of the misunderstandings and breakdowns.
RESEARCH AIDS IN FIGHT AGAINST TRACHOMA AND OTHER DISEASES
PREVALENT IN INDIAN COUNTRY
Dr. Phillips Thygeson, of Columbia University, continued his
research work in the pathology and prevention of trachoma at the
Roosevelt School, Fort Apache, Ariz. The first year of this study
seemed to indicate that trachoma was due to a filterable virus. This,
the second year, was devoted to the growing of live epithelial tissue
in the laboratory according to the Rockefeller technique. The project
succeeded. Next year the work will continue in an endeavor to grow
the trachoma virus on the growing epithelial tissue in an effort to
develop an antitoxin.
Columbia University also continued its research work, made
possible through the support of the Indian Office, in the study of
dental caries and nutrition among the tribes on the Lower Kuskokwim
River in Alaska. The dietaries of native groups were carefully studied
by weight and variety per individual and samples sent to the laboratory
at Columbia University, New York, for analysis, as well as the
examination of body excretions from groups showing dental caries
and those with no dental caries.
Yale University, through Dr. John R. Paul, has made a study of
cardiac rheumatism among various tribes in the western section of
the United States. It was found that among 688 children in the
northern tribes, the rate of rheumatic heart disease was 45 per
thousand. Among 1,106 in the middle-western section the rate was
19 per thousand, while among 1,019 children in the southwestern
section the rate was only 5 per thousand.
In connection with the Public Health Service, studies were continued
among the Pueblos in New Mexico to determine the incidence
of amebic dysentery. It was shown that among 1,024 Indians examined
in seven localities in New Mexico the rate of amebic dysentery
ranged from 40.2 percent to 14.1 percent. The general rate
was about 20 percent. This is high. In connection with these studies,
238 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
the cause and the source of this infection and its ultimate prevention
are being and will be investigated.
Negotiations were consummated with Harvard University for a
study of venereal disease among the Cherokee Indians in North
'Carolina. This study, without expense to the Indian Office, proposes
to obtain a clearer concept of the ratio of venereal disease in racial
groups.
ALASKA MEDICAL SERVICE
Toward the end of the fiscal year, Dr. J. G. Townsend, Director of
Health, in company with Mr. D. E. Thomas, Chief of the Alaska
Section of the Indian Office, Dr. J. F. van Ackeren, Director of the
Alaska Medical Service, and Mr. Claude M. Hirst, Director of Education
in Alaska, made an intensive trip through the Territory, visiting
all of the hospitals with the exception of that at Unalaska. The
trip was of great value in making an evaluation of the Alaska health
^problem and afforded an opportunity for conferences between the
health and educational representatives toward the furtherance of
better service.
For the nearly 30,000 Indians, Eskimos and Aleuts of Alaska,
scattered over an area one-fifth the size of the United States, the
following medical workers are provided: 1 director, 1 dental supervisor,
1 supervisor of nurses, 7 full-time physicians, 6 part-time
physicians, 27 field nurses, 18 hospital nurses, and in addition, a
considerable number of minor employees, most of whom are natives.
Dental service is furnished by local dentists under contract on a fee
basis.
Tuberculosis death rate is more than ten times the white.—The great
and overpowering problem among Alaskan natives is tuberculosis,
the death rate from which ranges from 600 to 800 per hundred thousand,
according to locality. (This is in comparison with only 50 per
hundred thousand among the white population.) Little can be done
to correct this tragic situation until more hospitals can be built.
New hospitals to be built.—In July 1936 the Office of Indian Affairs
took over the operation of the hospital at Point Barrow, which had
been previously operated by the Presbyterian Mission Board. In
February 1937 fire broke out in the hospital and it was burned to the
ground, together with a considerable portion of the supplies. Since
then the medical work has been carried on under a severe handicap.
However, an appropriation of $100,000 was included by Congress in
the Second Deficiency Act for the construction of a hospital at Point
Barrow, and plans are now under way.
Representatives of the Construction Division of the Office o
Indian Affairs visited Alaska during the spring to make a study of
locations for the new schools and hospitals for which an appropriation
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 239
was made, and one member of the group went to Point Barrow. It
is hoped that this hospital will be completed within the next 2 years.
The Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1938 carries funds
for the construction of a modern hospital at Bethel, on the Kuskokwim
River. This hospital has been urgently needed for many years. A
full-time physician for this area is being added to the staff, and the
position of part-time physician is being discontinued.
Cooperation with Territorial officials sought.—The medical director
of Alaska is working in very close liasion with the Territorial health
authorities, and a closer alliance between the Indian Office and the
Alaska Health Department is developing.
Serving an area hitherto without help.—The first health service to natives
living to the eastward of Point Barrow was inaugurated this year,
A public health nurse of considerable Alaskan experience packed two
sleds with a 30-day food supply and made the trek to Demarcation
Point. The story of her experience brings fresh realization of the
desperate need for medical service, the eagerness of the Eskimo for
reliable help and the tremendous difficulty of rendering even the
most simple type of medical service in that vast area of cold.
INDIAN CLAIMS MAKE CREEPING PROGRESS
Across two administrations, Congress has been informed that
Indian tribal claims will not be settled for another hundred years by
present methods, and that in the majority of cases, after jurisdictional
acts have been passed, no settlement whatever is secured—no justice
done. In 15 years, with suits pending which have set forth claims in
excess of a billion dollars, the actual moneys collected by Indian
tribes have been in the neighborhood of $6,000,000, while as stated,
the majority of the suits brought have been wholly abortive, due to
defects in the jurisdictional acts authorizing them.
The costs to the Government are extravagant, and the political
and moral reactions upon the Indians are demoralizing.
The Indian Claims Commission Bill proposes a conservative forward
step. It passed the Senate in 1937, but was lost in the House
during the past session of Congress.
There follows a summary of the work of the Indian Office during
1937 in the laborious task of settling Indian claims.
Reports were made during the year to the Department of Justice
and the United States Court of Claims on 16 tribal claims suits.
Approximately 80 tribal claims suits are now pending in the United
States Court of Claims and the Supreme Court of the United States.
Six cases were dismissed with decisions adverse to the Indians. The
Seminole Nation of Oklahoma recovered a judgment of $10,099.25 in
the Court of Claims.
240 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Reports have been prepared and sent to the committees of Congress
on over 30 bills relating to Indian tribal claims against the
United States; 1 report on a depredation claim; 3 reports on attorney
fee claims; and 6 reports on enrollment and individual Indian claims.
SHOSHONE AND KLAMATH SUITS SET IMPORTANT PRECEDENTS
In the suits of the Shoshone Indians of the Wind River Reservation
in Wyoming and the Klamath Tribe of Oregon, decisions of more
than ordinary importance to Indians were handed down by the Court
of Claims, dealing with the fundamental question of the nature and
extent of the tribal title to treaty reservations. Counsel for the
United States, relying upon the decision of the Supreme Court in
the case of the United States v. Cook (19 Wall. 591), had contended
that the Indian tribal title is analogous to that of a life tenant, embracing
only the right of the members of a tribe to live on the reservation,
and to use such materials as might be necessary for building
and farming purposes; and that the Indians are not entitled to
compensation for the value of the land, as such, or for the timber
and mineral content of the land. In rejecting this contention, the
Court of Claims held that the title of the Indian tribe includes, as
beneficial incidents, the net value of the land, including the net
value of any timber and minerals within the boundaries of the reservation.
The court further held that the power of the Government
to hold and manage the property and affairs of the Indians in good
faith for their betterment and welfare does not extend so far as to
enable the Government to give their lands to others and to appropriate
them to its own purposes. The Shoshone Indians were awarded
a net judgment of $4,408,444.23, and the Klamath Tribe of Oregon
was awarded a judgment of $5,313,347.42. In view of the important
question and the large amounts involved, these cases probably will be
carried to the Supreme Court of the United States.
PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
Personnel administration in the Indian Service is, as is undoubtedly
true of all other agencies, one of the most important functions. Due
to the extreme diversity of problems and activities handled by this
Service, its requirements for adequately trained persons are representative
of nearly every activity that is being carried on under the
Federal Government.
In every phase of the work, persons with the ability to handle
human-relation problems in addition to their specialties are needed.
For example, an Indian Service forester must not only be skilled in
timber work, he must be able to work with, direct, and train Indians
of differing individual temperaments and cultural backgrounds. Likewise,
doctors, nurses, extension agents, and other workers in speOFFICE
OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 241
cialized fields must be skilled not only in their particular professions,
but must be experts in dealing with problems of human relations.
One of the most acute problems of personnel administration facing
the Indian Service is that of recruiting adequately trained administrators.
In another section of this report reference is made to a
plan looking toward the selection and training of persons for eventual
employment in administrative positions.
Ultimately the successful recruitment and training of persons for
administrative positions will require modification of present civilservice
methods of selection. At the present time, civil-service examinations
make no provision for the elimination of candidates who are
not suited to Indian Service work because of prejudices, or inability
to work in isolated communities and under conditions as they exist
on many of the reservations. Likewise, present civil-service examinations
do not differentiate between successful and merely acceptable
performance. In situations where the success or failure of an employee
hinges so much on his or her ability to handle tactfully and
judiciously all kinds of practical situations, depending almost exclusively
on a gift in the field of human relations, it is essential that
these important factors be given considerable weight. Some progress
has been made along this line. The Civil Service Commission has to
some extent recognized the specialized problems that exist in the
Indian Service and has announced certain examinations for the sole
purpose of filling positions in the Indian Service, such as those for
teachers and nurses. More thought and effort is needed, however,
before these examinations will result in securing persons with the
desired training and experience.
There is an all but universal demand by the various field units for
additional personnel. Very little increase has been provided during
the last several years in the regular personnel available for carrying
on of the work of the Indian Service. The large emergency programs
that have been carried on, many of which have been completed, have
created additional problems for the regular agency staffs, and have
demanded that a careful analysis be made of methods of procedure so
as to insure the maximum of work with a minimum of effort. Even
where such studies have been completed, and where all possible duplication
of effort has been eliminated, the regular personnel hardly are
able to handle adequately the volume of business required of them.
In carrying out the announced policy of the administration to place
Indians, wherever available and qualified, in regular positions in the
Indian Service, notable increases in Indian employment have been
effected. Some of the offices at the present time have 100 percent
Indian staffs. The number of Indians employed in the Washington
office has increased during the past 3 years from 10 percent of the
total staff to about 35 percent. Indians have been placed in many
242 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of the important posts, including those of regional coordinator,
superintendent, education field agent, and chief clerk.
EMPLOYMENT OF INDIANS
An employment service is maintained for the placement of Indians
in positions both within and without the Service. During the fiscal
year, employment was obtained for some 6,570 Indians, 2,654 of whom
were placed within the Indian Service, and 3,916 with private employers.
Two-thirds of those placed outside of the Indian Service
went into permanent positions. The type of situations in which
Indians have been placed has varied from highly technical assignments
to household work. Many Indians have been placed in industrial
positions, and satisfactory employment opportunities have presented
themselves to Indians who have graduated from Indian Service
trade schools. The follow-up work with Indians wTho have been
placed outside the Service indicates that for the most part they have
been able to adapt themselves satisfactorily to urban industrial life.
As far as possible, Indians are encouraged to remain on their homelands
and to use their training in working out their individual economic
problems and the economic rehabilitation of their tribes. But
whenever an Indian indicates a desire to secure employment off the
reservation, all possible aid is extended to him in securing work for
which he or she is fitted by training and experience.
STEPS TOWARD IMPROVEMENT OF INDIAN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
The Indian Service is one of the largest bureaus in the Federal
Government, with peculiarly complex duties, and jurisdiction over
many different kinds of property in many States. Indian self-government
eventually should simplify the problem of Indian administration.
For the present, however, the processes of education and the extension
of powers to tribal groups are throwing additional tasks upon
Indian Service workers. To simplify and to improve the coordination
of this complicated and scattered organization is no easy task;
however, gradual improvements are being made.
DECENTRALIZATION OF AUTHORITY
Responsibility has been shifting to field units of the Service and to
Indian groups, in the attempt to lessen the number of decisions that
must be made in Washington. In Oklahoma and Kansas, a regional
coordinator acts as a unifying force over the supervisory personnel
in the entire area. He also, although without administrative authority
over the superintendents, acts as a clearing agent for jurisdictional
matters, and serves to bind together the various jurisdictional
activities in these relatively homogeneous areas. A similar plan is
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 243
being tried out in the Lake States. An area coordinator, stationed
at Minneapolis, has advisory status with regard to all Indian Service
activities in the States of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan.
A different plan is being tried out in the Southwest. There, in
the large Navajo and Pueblo areas, no coordinator has been set up,
but the superintendents in the two jurisdictions have been so provided
with technical personnel that their jurisdictions are virtually
self-contained.
A recent step forward in the direction of efficient organization has
been the creation of uniform supervisory districts. Each technical
division of the Indian Service is interested in its own particular field
of activity; some of the divisions are more particularly interested in a
definition of territory broken down along economic lines; others, more
concerned with a definition along State lines. And with each technical
division provided with a different number of employees on its
field staff, no two divisional field districts coincided. There were
numerous headquarters, and coordination was extremely difficult.
After considerable study, a system of 10 districts was worked out:
District one’s headquarters, with supervision over agencies east of the
Mississippi, is the Washington Office; the area west of the Mississippi
including also Wisconsin and Michigan, has been divided into eight
districts; and Alaska has been designated as the tenth district. Under
this system, a supervisor of health activities, for example, will be
brought into the same headquarters with the supervisor of education
or forestry or extension. All supervisors in the same headquarters
will be interested in approximately the same Indian jurisdictions, and
a coordination of effort and an exchange of experience will be promoted.
IMPROVEMENT IN MAIL AND FILES SYSTEM
The complexity of Indian Office administration is reflected nowhere
so clearly as in the office’s mail and file system. There are stored
records dating back to pre-Revolutionary days. The files had not
been reclassified since 1907. Many of the old records were still in
letter-book or folder form.
Approximately a year and a half ago a revision of the mail and files
system was undertaken, and the mail and files system is already
showing the results of the overhauling. The registration of incoming
mail had dwindled down to about 20 percent. Today, 80 percent
of the incoming mail is being briefed or carded.
accu mul atio n of rel iab le stat ist ics as ba sis for sou nd pla nning
Progress in Indian Service administration is not possible without
systematic planning and program-making.
A prerequisite to sound planning is the accumulation of basic
facts—facts about Indians and their resources must be ascertained.
244 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Cooperative studies go beyond enumeration of acreage and population,
classification of soil types, and irrigable areas. They go into the
psychological background of the people themselves, so that any plans
now made will be based upon not only physical facts but upon a
sound anthropological basis.
An office planning group has been established, which has begun to
collect and correlate all available information about certain reservations.
The planning group in particular has undertaken a study of
the agencies in the Lakes States area. The outcome of all these
efforts, it is believed, will be plans and programs which will serve as
a stable background for consistent developments in Indian administration.
The central personnel unit has been reorganized to the end that
certain groups of the personnel shall be responsible for the handling
of all the personnel matters for certain groups of reservations.
Further development along these lines is contemplated and will, if
possible, be accomplished during the coming year.
IN-SERVICE TRAINING PROGRAMS
In-service training, which seeks to improve the usefulness and opportunities
of those already in the Service, is being given in various
forms. The summer school institutes for teachers have already been
described (see p. 227), as have also, briefly, the courses being offered
to Indian enrollees in E. C. W. camps during their leisure time.
In the Navajo-Pueblo area, the foundations have been laid for an
experiment in recruitment and in-service training for administrative
positions. The “internes”, selected by personal interview from the
graduating or graduate groups in universities, will be placed in
varied situations of increasing responsibility. A director of training
will oversee their educational experiences and maintain records of
their achievement; but administratively they will be held fully responsible
to the agency giving them their experience. Indian Service
and Soil Conservation Service will supply the most important of the
experiences and testing assignments. To advise in the conduct of
this experiment and others which may follow, the Secretaries of Agriculture
and Interior have appointed an interdepartmental committee
of Washington office representatives, and the Civil Service Commission
has designated a representative to sit upon this committee.
In the interest of smoother administration, groups of Chief Clerks
have been called into Washington to take part in a series of explanations
and discussion of regulations, business procedure, and common
reservation problems.
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 245
CODIFICATION OF DATA NEEDED
In the field of organization and administration are two problems
which are pressing lor attention. Approximately 3 years ago a codification
of Indian Service regulations was undertaken. Due to a
shortage of personnel, the work of codification has had to be set aside
for the time being, and the Office has not yet been able to take up the
task and carry it to completion. This should be done; the sooner
the better.
PROBATE WORK IS EXPEDITED
Procedure for the determination of heirs of Indians and for probate
of Indian wills has been simplified and made uniform by the probate
division.
The master docket, instituted in 1934, is proving invaluable. A
complete record of each case is kept, immediately available, and
up-to-date.
The work of the probate division in conducting courses of instruction
on the proper execution of wills among all Federal employees
doing this type of work is now beginning to bear fruit; also the
present practice of examining all wills during the lifetime of the testator
and correcting errors in description and ambiguous or prohibited
devises is eliminating contests and applications for rehearing.
The present practice of notifying all interested parties of decisions
made by the Secretary of the Interior, and the provision of opportunity
for hearings in the event of dissatisfaction, is apparently most
satisfactory to Indians. Misunderstandings both as to the law and
the facts are immediately explained, with the result that nearly all
cases are closed satisfactorily after the first hearing. The docket
shows that during the current year the applications for rehearing had
dwindled to 2.8 percent, and that after explanations and review, the
rehearings were less than 1 percent.
Records show that during the fiscal year 1937 the probate division
disposed of cases as indicated:
General probate of wills and determination of heirs___________________ 1, 712
Five Civilized Tribes cases_________________________________________ 297
Osage cases, wills, fees, etc_________________________________________ 70
Total______________________________________________________ 2,079
A study is now being made of the law and the practice relating to
inherited interests in estates that, through division among numerous
heirs, have become practically valueless and yet entail enormous expense
in management. Some progress has been made, and it is hoped
that plans may be worked out whereby such lands can be made
useful to their Indian owners.
246 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
INDIAN SERVICE APPROPRIATIONS
Treasury Appropriations
Sc
o
s Ph
o
Ph
Ph
S-I
Pi
co
W
Pi
E<
H
H
h P
P-i
Ph
tC>O
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 247
PROBLEMS NOT MET OR INCOMPLETELY MET
The Indian Service has failed to deal, so far, with several urgent
problems. Some of these unmet problems are set forth below.
THE ALLOTTED LAND SITUATION
This situation necessarily gets worse each year, with the passage
of more and more allotted land into the heirship status and into the
more complicated phases of heirship. There are cases of expenditure
by the Federal Government on heirship lands totaling seventy times
the value of the lands in question, and still, under existing law, destined
to go on running. There are cases of allotments which have more
than a hundred heirs entitled to various shares, and whose total annual'
rental of, say, $40, is divided into the heirs’ respective varying shares,
of cents and fractions of cents, and credited to the heirs on the agency
books.
The original draft of the Wheeler-Howard bill would have supplied
the corrective for this disastrous Indian land situation. As Congress
did not grant that power to the Department, the Indian Service can
only proceed by a creeping operation of remedies which scarcely will
keep pace with the advance of the disease.
THE ARCHAIC APPROPRIATION SYSTEM FOR INDIANS
The Indian Service appropriation is perhaps the most voluminous
and heterogeneous known in the Government. The dead hand of the
past rests upon hundreds of frozen appropriations. The Service falls
short of practicable economies and it uses moneys in places of lesser
need, while places of intenser need go without, as a result of the frozen
appropriation system.
WHAT TO DO ABOUT LIQUOR AMONG INDIANS
Technically, the Indian Service adheres to an all-embracing plan
of universal prohibition among Indians. Practically, with the funds
allowed by Congress, prohibition is being enforced only in limited
areas. Shall the Service abandon prohibition entirely? Shall it work
toward a break-down of Indian country into areas where enforcement
is still imperative, and other areas where costs and frictions probably
must continue to exceed the results? Can local tribal option be established
unconditionally, under a statute authorizing the introduction
solely of light wines and beers under a system of government monopoly
and with a permit system?
In Alaska there prevails the opposite condition from that of the
United States. There, no local prohibition exists, and there the conditions
are even worse than they are known to be in any of the areas
within the United States where enforcement of prohibition is imperfect .
248 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ADEQUATE APPROPRIATIONS FOR INDIAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
The evaporation of Indian economic resources went forward at
unchecked or accelerated speed for more than a lifetime; then, beginning
in 1934, a reversal of the process has been secured—on paper.
'Whether, quantitatively speaking, the downward economic trend can
be really reversed depends partly upon getting a solution of the
allotted lands problem mentioned above; partly upon the help of the
Budget and of congressional appropriations committees in permitting
the shift of frozen appropriations out of unproductive into economically
productive uses; but partly also upon getting a more generous
allowance for land purchases and for agricultural credit than has yet
been secured.
Connected with the immediately above-mentioned problems is
another which should cause the Indian Service more concern than it
does. This reference has to do with the practice established long ago
of rendering Indians either no service or universally free services;
not only free schools but universally free medicine; not only free
medicine but free real-estate administration; and so on.
The problem of putting some part of Indian Service work upon at
least a partially self-supporting basis is one that must be faced.
APPENDIX
INDIAN POPULATION
Indian population as reported by Indian agencies has been increasing
about 1.2 percent per annum during the last 7 years. Although the
data upon which this figure is based comprise only about two-thirds
of all Indians in the United States according to the United States
Bureau of the Census, and contain certain discrepancies which are
explained below, it is believed that they are sufficiently accurate and
representative to serve as a basis for measuring the currently normal
growth of Indian population.
The statistics which follow on Indian population are contained in
tables 1 and 2. The data in table 1 (a and b) which give a total of
332,397 Indians in the United States were obtained from the 1930
decennial enumeration of the United States Bureau of the Census.
The data in table 2 (a and b) which are taken from the records kept
at the Indian agencies and reservations of enrolled Indians on January
1, 1937, show a total of 241,499 Indians. To this last figure should be
added 95,867 persons of Indian blood who have certain rights under
the Indian Reorganization Act of June 18, 1934, or by various other
acts or treaties have come under the supervision of the Office of Indian
Affairs; thus making a total of 337,366.
Several reasons may be assigned for the lack of agreement between
the two sets of figures for total number of Indians in the United States.
The first concerns the definition of an Indian. One of the major
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 249
•difficulties in seeking data on Indians in the United States is the lack
of a statutory definition as to what constitutes an Indian. When the
fifteenth decennial census was taken in 1930 by the Bureau of the
Census, enumerators were instructed to record as Indians those of
mixed blood “except where the percentage of Indian blood is very
small”, or where he was “regarded as a white person in the community
where he lives.” The degree of blood was reported as either full or
mixed. An Indian, as defined by the Office of Indian Affairs on the
other hand, is any person of Indian blood, regardless of degree, who
through wardship, treaty or inheritance has acquired certain rights.
A second reason for the discrepancy lies in the fact that the data in
table 2-b, which were obtained by the Office of Indian Affairs from
the superintendents of Indian agencies, include only those persons of
Indian blood whose names appear on their rolls. Among this number
about 84.5 percent live on the jurisdiction where enrolled and 2%
percent on other Indian jurisdictions. The 13 percent residing elsewhere
in the United States, and the 2% percent now living at reservations
other than where enrolled, are recorded in this table as in the
States in which their respective jurisdictions are located, because it has
been found impracticable to allocate them to the States in which they
may be residing, especially as the addresses of many of them are
unknown.
Further inaccuracies in these census rolls of Indian agencies are due
to the inability of some superintendents to obtain immediate, or
indeed any, notification of births and deaths occurring in their respective
jurisdictions. Absentee Indians also frequently fail to report
births and deaths to their jurisdiction headquarters. In order to
bring up to date and otherwise correct these census rolls, superintendents
have attempted at various times to make house-to-house
canvasses, but as lack of funds prohibits such enumerations except at
very infrequent intervals, the census rolls at the Indian agencies are
altered from year to year primarily upon the basis of reported births
and deaths.
Table 2-a contains a summary for the last 8 years of Indian population
enrolled at Indian agencies by place of residence. The last
column of this table may be particularly interesting for it reveals the
percent of total enrolled Indians living elsewhere than on reservations.
In 1930, it will be noted, 14.6 percent so resided, while in 1934 it had
dropped to 12.4 percent. By January 1, 1937, a slight increase to 12.9
percent is revealed. This may perhaps be attributed to better times,
just as the reverse movement from 1930 to 1934 may be due to the
depression. Although the data do not cover a sufficiently long period
to serve as a basis for definite conclusions there is reason to believe
that there is a tendency for Indians to return to their reservations
during hard times, and to leave, seeking other opportunities, when
economic conditions improve.
250 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
According to the United States Bureau of the Census, Oklahoma in
1930 contained 92,725, or 27.9 percent of all Indians in the United
States, and more than any other State. Arizona followed Oklahoma
with 43,726 or 13.2 percent of the total, and New Mexico was third
with 28,941 or 8.7 percent. In 1930 these three States contained
practically half of the entire Indian population of the United States.
On January 1, 1937, over 60 percent of the total Indian population
enrolled at Indian agencies was full-blood. In Arizona, Florida,
Iowa, Mississippi, and New Mexico practically the entire enrolled
Indian population is full-blood, while in Colorado, Nevada, and Utah
over 80 percent is full-blood. The full-blood population ranged
between 40 and 50 percent of the total number in 7 of the 22 States
which contain Indian agencies. Of these 22 States, Minnesota has
the smallest percentage of enrolled full-blood Indians. Arizona has
more full-blood enrolled Indians than any other State, followed by
New Mexico. These two States together contain 54 percent of all the
enrolled full-blood Indians in the entire United States. Only 7
percent of the total enrolled population at all Indian agencies is less
than one-fourth degree Indian blood.
The most important tribes numerically enrolled at Indian agencies
are the Navajo, numbering 44,304, Sioux, including the Assiniboin,
35,857, and the Chippewa, 26,457; while in 1930 the same tribes
numbered 40,863, 33,168 and 23,647, respectively. The increase
from April 1, 1930, to January 1, 1937, for the Navajo tribe was
3,441 or 8.4 percent, for the Chippewa tribe 2,810 or 11.9 percent, and
the Sioux, including the Assiniboin, 2,689 or 8.1 percent.
The Indians under the supervision of the Office of Indian Affairs
Whose names do not appear on the census rolls at Indian agencies
and who are estimated to total 95,867, are listed below as follows:
California (special roll made pursuant to the Court of Claims act of May
18, 1928, less those enrolled at Indian agencies reported in table 2)-----14, 835
Michigan, under the Reorganization Act of June 18, 1934------------------- 2, 262
New York, 1932 estimate_________________________________________ 4, 523
Oklahoma (Five Civilized Tribes, Bureau of the Census, 1930)------------- 72,626
Cherokee____________________________________________ 40, 904
Chickasaw___________________________________________ 4, 685
Choctaw_____________________________________________ 16, 641
Creek_______________________________________________ 8, 607
Seminole____________________________________________ 1, 789
Texas, under the Reorganization Act of June 18, 1934----------------------- 300
Washington (Taholah Agency), unattached Indians largely of Cowlitz
tribe, 1936 estimate__________________________________________ 500
Wisconsin:
Rice Lake Bands of Chippewa, special census, July 1930--------------- 221
Stockbridge tribe, under Reorganization Act of June 18, 1934-------- 600
The supervision of the education and medical relief of the natives of
Alaska was transferred to the Office of Indian Affairs on March 16,
1931. Of Alaska’s total population of 59,278, according to the last
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 251
census enumeration of the United States Bureau of the Census taken
as of October 1, 1929, 29,983 or 50.6 percent were recorded as Indians.
Of the latter, 19,028 were Eskimauan, leaving 10,955 of other linguistic
stocks.
TABLE 1-A.—Indian Population by Age, 1930
Source: Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce.
Age Total Male Female Age Total Male Female
All Ages--------------
Under 5 years..................
Under 1 year------------------
5 to 9 years------------- -------
10 to 14 years-----------------
15 to 19 years------------------
20 to 24 years-----------------
332,397 170,350 162, 047
23,233
4,615
23,302
19.428
18,065
14,146
25 to 29 years____________
30 to 34 years_____ ____ _
35 to 44 years____________ _
45 to 54 years____________
55 to 64 years____________
65 to 74 years____________
75 and over______________
Unknown_______________
23, 491
19,309
33,031
25,039
16, 787
10,030
6,327
449
12,127
10,032
17, 285
13,403
9,178
5, 257
3,079
229
11,364
9,277
15, 746
11,636
7, 609
4,773
3,248
220
46, 680
9,296
46, 736
39,456
36. 219
28,843
23,447
4, 681
23,434
20,028
18,154
14,697
TABLE 1-B.—Indian Population by State and Sex, 1930
State
Population
State
Population
Total Malo Female Total Male Female
Total - _______ 332,397 170,350 162,047 Montana_______________ 14,798
3,256
4,871
64
213
28,941
6,973
16,579
8,387
435
92, 725
4, 776
523
318
959
21,833
161
1,001
2,869
36
779
11, 253
18
11, 548
1, 845
7,664
1.674
2,456
33
123
14,864
3,584
8, 353
4,293
252
46,744
2,442
305
154
474
11,172
85
516
1,516
20
436
5,778
15
5,951
982
7,134
1,582
2,415
31
90
14,077
3,389
8, 226
4,094
183
45,981
2,334
218
164
485
10, 661
76
485
1,353
16
343
5,475
3
5, 597
863
Alaba ma 465
43, 726
408
19,212
1,395
162
5
40
587
43
3,638
469
285
660
2,454
22
1, 536
1,012
50
874
7,080
11,077
1,458
578
228
22,471
. 210
10,018
748
90
3
17
299
26
1,833
250
158
349
1,333
16
800
518
34
458
3,835
5,691
743
336
237
21,255
198
9,194
647
72
2
23
288
17
1,805
219
127
311
1,121
6
736
494
16
416
3,245
5,386
715
242
Nevada_________________
Arizona _ ______ New Hampshire________
Arkansas__ ________ New Jersey_____________
California _ __ __ New Mexico____________
Colorado - _______ New York______________
Connecticut . North Carolina_________
Delaware - - _____ North Dakota__________
District of Columbia _ Ohio____________________
Florida___ _ ___ Oklahoma______________
Georgia Oregon__________________
Idaho Pennsylvania___________
Illinois............ Rhode Island___________
Indiana. ________ South Carolina_________
Iowa South Dakota___________
Kansas__ .. _ _ Tennessee_______________
Kentucky _ _ ________ Texas___________________
Louisiana.. _ _ ___ Utah____________________
Maine. Vermont________________
Maryland Virginia_________________
Massachusetts Washington_____________
Michigan.. West Virginia___________
Minnesota Wisconsin_______________
Mississippi . ... .. Wyoming____ ___________
Missouri.'____ __________
Source: Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce.
TABLE 2-A.—Indian Population Enrolled at Federal Agencies by Place of Residence
1930 to 1937, inclusive
Year 1
Total
population
Residing on reservations
Residing
elsewhere
Percent
Total
At jurisdiction
where enrolled
At another
jurisdiction
Residing
on reservations
Residing
elsewhere
1930....... 221, 808 189,361 185,377 3,984 32,447 85.4 14.6
1931 225, 544 193,213 189,162 4,051 32,331 85.7 14 3
1932. .. 228,381 199'140 194, 391 4,749 29,241 87.2 12 8
1933 231, 754 202,' 865 197,852 5,013 28,889 87.5 12 5
1934.. 234,792 205, 759 200, 744 5,015 29, 033 87.6 12 4
1935 235,270 205^ 920 200' 767 5,153 29, 350 87.5 12 5
1936.. 238 283 208j794 203, 554 5,240 29.489 87.6 12 4
1937 241,499 210,338 204' 943 5', 395 31,161 87.1 12.9
1 From 1930 to 1934, inclusive, as of Apr. 1; from 1935 to 1937, inclusive, as of Jan. 1.
22914—37-18
252 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TABLE 2-b.—Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies, According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, Jan. 1, 1937
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 253
{SSg!O-S'SSertSeo3r,^g3t'g8SS§gS“’p
gg§§g§^
! ~ ':
2|^S^”S”£!5S ggg§K225!
Kg??SMS58”2 jS’S ggSggSS^gSI^SSSS^S^^ggSgSj^SS^S
g^g-§g§-rS2S i|§Kgfeg?S^Sai*-2S§”«l°«”“SgS|^5SS^»S
«W
at end of table.
254 REPORT OF THE SEC&TARY OF THE INTERIOR
■1
Fem ale
gS2H’S00'oc’RSS“lrtNNC’ i ;|33S°°£?s;S8 :
1 1 i ii!
: i
:: ::

2
: 1 ! 1 lococo 1 1 : l^r^b- 1 Iggo
H : H Hi: i F i
i i i i : : ■ i i i ■ :
°°~ :■$
'cS
o
i : i ; i ! sssss^ i||?5
i i : : i ! i : :w
• ! ; ! Hi: i i
ssss is
Fem ale
:
r" : ;
:; :: ::
r-i
i
■°a
W*N*
ggoo iooocc.
I
;
■' iiiS"3S-
: ;
s i£2" i i
j n
w2 is1'
!1
§3 — ° «O
M*.O*
i
Oh : co
:
b
!
i i :
; i i
WWMCW l«
J
--I =-’ r- f
i : :
i i' H H
H HH i
: rt<
:
•
i ; :N
i; i: :;
«© ® cn r~< co MW«W ^Nw
i
i6
99
21
3
36
19
20
II* H H
■: ill:
! :
; HI
-|S«- c 5 ssg gwwwccocw ;N0Cg^gS8
BggggSS 8 ggg SS^Sg^gSSSSggg
w *m* w*oo* w'eocf w*w* w*
=SgS3SS|Sg§|§2^ ~ gi| O^ggg^fgSSg^
w w* w*eo* w*oo* w*M*cf w*w* w*w*
2^3^§§§§g8Sggg £is§Mgg - eS§ Bgg^gsggzg^gg
h ef cf e«r-*w weorj «?»■** efefw e»e«
^S2SgSgS^SS3§ 8S|S^S 8 gsa 5^§g£g^§gg|§8gE2
W* W*W* «*W* W*M*Cf W*w* W*W*
5;Sss?ssssRa§g3ggs SsslSSs •■ ISs sggsgsgg^sgssgss
W W* W*W* MW* W*M*N* W*W* W*W*
®sS8S|s§§ggggag HSSssS s g§s il§S§^sgSglig=gS8
H ci Cl m* h wT m w ci ci" h eo eo
258 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TABLE 2-b.—Indian Population in Continental United States Enumerated at Federal Agencies, According to Tribe, Sex, and Residence, Jan. 1,1937-
1
Fem ale
a
R esiding elsew
'aS
s
gSiSSSSSSS 2
T otal
CD 3" i’B-es? ;s«^s”s- 1 is*-’ U"”; ■ H I;  iggsassgas^Basi
S3 *® V-? f
T otal
I
a
.2
Fem ale
3
ft  • J। fit i'*< —^4 G• • ?। ।i T' । 5• i• ii> ii• i•i i• ii। ii• i«i i•i i• i.'rdi 1| irC?Cji O' d • • 1' 1 1 rt ।
J?? ig i : : i : : i : : : : : i : : : i®§ i^p. : : : ;
-as I:s®! 1 1 : U: g■ uis i§ 1 I : : 1 i 1 ....:. .....:. ....:. .....:. ....:. .....i.s.... .. 1 :^saSii i। l: ls®::::
e4£®>:S 152&J. i’i 1 1 1 1 1 : l•sg“a|H iii^::
-b 4-s -M CT ' ■art 1 1 _hd 1 r5 1 1 1 1 * 1 1 1 * fl 1 z *">> *** 1 ! 1 1 '
s ® ■ ** ' ' —■ S, ' 45 2 S । I । । । । । । 1-2 । E q § P । c-U 1 j ; I
S.S^gfi 1.9 1 IOS |S^;8 1 1 1 1 1 Ig 1 Ig ;
i^« ig5°£§ : : 1 : 1 is i'X^>§-Bs I'sgg*:-1
“lihs if : i : i-sji U?
■5?^ o'3© S S S c i*
•d b A>2^® 'e P s'S Ss 2 = W-Ecd E § 0
2 1 ® g ® q .-2a §q q q m ;«
«S S.&-§ 22^ IS
O tfg ©?Ot» So^zoo' ra |f®** | 1 1 £0
5 c« > 5 z
OFFICE OF INDIAN AFFAIRS 261
H
5
S
2
«
ii
>s
>«
OFFICE OF EDUCATION
J. W. Studebaker, Commissioner
TO “promote the cause of education”, as charged in the organic act
the Office of Education during the year ending June 30, 1937, carried
on its usual services, and in addition continued to pioneer in some of
the newer fields including conservation education, radio, and public
forums. These have been further explored with a view to their
increasing importance in educational programs of the Nation’s
schools.
The year has been a significant milestone in the history of landgrant
colleges. It was their diamond anniversary. Seventy-five
years ago the Morrill Act was passed by Congress and signed by
Abraham Lincoln. This act established our national system of landgrant
colleges, which today includes many of the country’s leading
educational institutions. The act granted public land to each State [
to be sold or used for the establishment of colleges of agriculture and
mechanic arts. Some of the States, instead of establishing new institutions,
designated existing ones to provide instruction in these fields.
Today—after 75 years—there are 69 land-grant institutions with
properties and plants valued at nearly half a billion dollars; staffs of
faculty members totaling over 28,000; and students, including those
in residence and in summer sessions, and those taking extension and
correspondence courses, reaching almost a half million.
The rapid rise in secondary school enrollments throughout the
country for the past few years has for the first time in the Nation’s
history brought the number of high-school graduates to a total beyond
the million mark in 1937.
EDUCATION'S OUTLOOK
IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS
Outstandingly, the horizons of activity of the schools are continually
being expanded to include the out-of-school group. At the
elementary-school level this tendency is showing itself in increasing
262
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 263
emphasis on nursery schools and kindergartens and the related subject
of parent education. At the high-school level increasing attention
is being given to the needs of young people who have dropped
out of school, whether at the end of the compulsory school age, before
completion of the high-school course, or after being graduated from
high school. The facilities for their future education most often
involve some plan for part-time education, such as night school,
part-time day school, cooperative classes, correspondence instruction,
and programs combining work and study. In the past, these parttime
programs have emphasized chiefly the vocational motive.
There seems, however, no reason why part-time programs cannot be
more fully developed to serve other important objectives, such as
good citizenship, improved home membership, and worthy use of
leisure time.
Conservation Education
A service in conservation education was organized during the year
in the Office of Education in response to growing demands from
schools throughout the country for consultative service and for teaching
materials in this field. The plans for immediate service include:
(1) A brief survey of work underway in conservation in schools and
school systems; (2) preparation of bibliographical material for use in
secondary schools; (3) an exploratory conference on conservation
education; (4) preparation of suggestive curricular material and
teaching guides. Of these the first-named project has been completed
and the report printed. Several bibliographies are being prepared.
A conference was held in June, which brought together some
of the Nation’s leaders in this movement. A bulletin of suggestive
curricular material is in press. It is hoped that on this foundation
an increasingly constructive service in conservation education can be
developed.
In schools throughout the country conservation education is gaining
ground, as indicated by the following facts: (1) It is included
with increasing frequency in the instructional programs of elementary
and secondary schools, especially in courses of study in science and
the social studies. The subject matter is organized in activity units
around important science concepts and themes, and as topics and
problems in units of the social studies groups, particularly geography
and history. Conservation problems furnish topics suitable for activity
units at all school levels in both material and human resources.
(2) In universities, instruction in subjects related to the use of
natural resources and other background studies is increasingly being
pointed toward conservation. Teacher-training institutions are realizing
the need for teachers prepared to teach the subject and are
offering special courses, both during the regular year and as short
264 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
sessions in summer terms. (3) State departments of education in a
number of States issue bulletins devoted directly to general instruction
in conservation, or prepared to promote special phases of conservation
education, such as studies in forestry, wildlife studies, and
observance of Arbor Day, bird day, or conservation week.
Curricular and Other Interests
Interest in the curriculum continues to be a strong motive in both
elementary and secondary education. This interest was for a time
somewhat submerged by the necessity for retrenchment in school
expenditures. That it was not submerged is indicated by the speed
and the vigor with which it has returned, under the stimulus of State
and local school agencies.
In the field of adult education the past year has shown trends to
regard educational provisions for adults as part of a regular continuing
program for the preparation of the individual for full participation in
the society in which he lives. There are evidences of a developing
philosophy of adult education that will be effective in defining and
establishing its place in American education and in making it an
integral part of a publicly supported program.
There is a growing realization that education for effective adjustment
to society must give more attention to the individual pupil than
has been done under our “mass” system of education. There is thus
an increasing tendency in the public schools to provide services for
the individual pupil that will aid: In adjustment to school conditions,
in orderly progress through school, in the discovery of attitudes !
and interests that give promise of desirable development, in the early
discovery of antisocial attitudes and forms of behavior, in the selection
of educational courses, in making a vocational choice, and in placement
and adjustment in employment.
The contribution that the industrial arts can make toward the
realization of generally accepted educational objectives occupied an
important place in the discussion of curriculum problems.
The high death and injury rate from automobile accidents has
stimulated the development of systematic instruction in safety in all
its aspects. Numerous courses of study on the subject are being used
throughout the country.
Efforts are being made by those engaged in the medical work of
schools to see that such work is improved and that public funds spent
for this work be more effectively administered. There has been a
growing interest in the introduction and improvement of instruction in
hygiene in the high-school grades.
Increased interest in character education has resulted in measures
to correct and prevent behavior difficulties. Such measures include
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 265
classes for adults in family relationships, character education curricula,
and personal guidance.
Significant among educational developments for handicapped children
is the growing conviction that they are a responsibility of the
secondary school as well as of the elementary school. Special provision
for mentally or physically handicapped pupils of high-school
age has in the past been made only in connection with the special
classes organized in elementary schools or through segregated schools.
A study made during the past year, however, reveals that the high
schools are caring for an increasing number of these adolescents
through an adjustment of curriculum and equipment to meet their
needs. Such a development is but a reflection of the educational
principle that the high school exists for all adolescents who can attend
day school, regardless of their academic or physical limitations, and
that it should plan its program accordingly.
During the year, 44 State legislatures met in regular session and
enacted important legislation touching upon many phases of education.
The most significant of these acts pertained to school financing.
A number of States are assuring a much greater share of the cost of a
foundation education program than heretofore; others have strengthened
plans which previously had been made for State participation
in school support but which lacked effectiveness in the production of
adequate revenue. Provisions made during recent legislative sessions
for special State taxes to be levied in whole or in part for the benefit
of the public schools will undoubtedly raise education standards in
financially weak areas of several States and consequently the average
standards for such States.
More than the usual amount of legislation concerning teacher
welfare has been enacted during the past year. This falls into two
general types; (1) provisions for the retirement of aged teachers and
(2) teacher tenure designed to give permanency and stability to the
teaching profession.
Rural Education
In considering the present outlook in rural education the following
trends are significant: (1) The abandonment of one-teacher schools
and their replacement by larger centralized schools; (2) the disproportionate
increase of the number of rural children attending high
schools; (3) the growing disparities in the economic welfare of urban
and rural teachers; and (4) marked improvements in the training
status of the latter.
During the past 4 years the number of 1-room schools has been
reduced by 10,169, or about 7 schools per day. During the same
period the number of rural schools offering high-school work has been
increased by 883, or 5.3 percent, but the number of children attending
266 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
high school in rural communities has been increased by 764,513 pupils,
or 53.2 percent. The salary situation is less encouraging. In the
past 4 years rural teachers’ salaries were cut approximately 20 percent
while those of city teachers were cut only about 10 percent. Over a
15-year period statistics show wider and wider disparities between
the salaries of these two classes of teachers. Despite this fact great
progress has been made in the improvement of scholastic qualifications.
Even in the 1-room schools nearly half of the teachers now
report 2 years or more of college work, a proportion which nearly
doubled during the past 5 years. State certification standards are
rising and teacher tenure is improving. If, with these improvements,
teachers’ salaries and the financial support of rural schools generally
can be improved, conditions will be promising for the development of
a richer program of education for rural children.
IN COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
Conditions in higher education have shown steady improvement
during the past year. The latest reports show a slight reduction in
the number of higher educational institutions in this country, notwithstanding
an addition to the list of seven new liberal arts colleges
and four teachers colleges. The total number of higher institutions
of learning as of June 30, 1937, is given at 1,688 as against 1,704 for
the year preceding.
College enrollments have increased in nearly 600 accredited institutions
for which reports are available. This increase appears to be
general throughout the country. In the institutions reporting, fulltime
enrollments increased in 1936-37 over the year preceding 6.5 percent;
and total enrollments have increased 7.5 percent.
According to partial reports, the number of staff members employed
in colleges and universities is now nearly back to normal and salaries
in a large proportion of institutions, have been restored to former levels.
Many universities and colleges continue to study curriculum
problems that are partly the result of the depression. There is a
tendency to weed out the less necessary courses of study, to integrate
departmental activities, and to stress the importance of the more
general studies.
Professional education seems to have held its own during the past
year. Enrollment gains were indicated in medicine and law, and
only slight losses were shown for theology, dentistry, pharmacy, and
teacher education. Demands for well-educated elementary teachers
increased materially.
A new approach to the accrediting of colleges recently exemplified
by the methods of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools is shown also in the procedures of the Engineers
Council for Professional Development. The council began during
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 267
the past year a survey of curricula in engineering schools. The
survey considers particular curricula rather than the school as a
whole, keeping in mind the State laws governing the licensing of
engineers for professional practice.
The National Youth Administration has continued the college
student-aid program initiated by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration.
This has not only helped many students, but has also
served to stabilize the incomes of colleges that were largely dependent
upon tuition fees.
FEDERAL EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES
The scope of Federal activities with respect to education manifested
itself along many different lines of action during the year. In addition
to the accrued normal functions of the Office of Education, it has
continued the five national education projects which were inaugurated
by a grant of emergency funds the previous year, namely, the study
of local school-administrative units; surveys of vocational education
and guidance of Negroes; educational radio project; cooperative
university research project; and public-affairs forum project.
Federal education activities were carried on also by a number of
new or supplementary Government agencies. The W. P. A. has continued
to allot funds to support educational programs for adults
through day and evening schools and Americanization classes, and
also for young children through nursery schools. These programs,
initiated in 1933 and directed or sponsored by public school authorities,
have continued to serve age levels for which public schools have not
hitherto assumed full responsibility.
The National Youth Administration provides assistance for boys
and girls 16-25 years of age in continuing their education in high
schools and colleges. The Federal Emergency Administration of
Public Works continued to make grants and loans to public school
districts for school buildings.
During the year the President created an Advisory Committee on
Education, the original purpose of which was to consider the problem
of vocational education. Later this committee was enlarged and
assigned the function of studying the whole relationship of the Federal
Government to the problem of education in general and to make a
report and recommendations on the subject.
Recent congressional action concerning education in the several
States consisted principally in the inclusion in the Interior Department
appropriation bill of approximately $14,500,000 for the further
development of vocational education as provided under the Smith-
Hughes Act and acts supplementary thereto, including the George-
Deen Act of June 8, 1936.
22914—37----- 19
268 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
RESEARCH AND INVESTIGATION
IN ELEMENTARY AND HIGH-SCHOOL FIELDS
The Office of Education has continued the study of local schooladministrative
units in 10 States, begun in the previous fiscal year.
The purpose of the project is to explore the possibilities for the organization
of more satisfactory schools, attendance areas, and local
school-administrative units. The work of the 10 State projects has
been guided and coordinated by the Office of Education project staff.
By this activity a considerable body of information on attendance
areas and administrative units, not previously available, has been
gathered. This, in itself, is one of the significant contributions of
the study.
Each State project staff has prepared either a summary or an
extended report for every county studied. These reports summarize
the basic data collected for school units within the county and present
proposals for changes in the organization of those units. In addition,
each State project has prepared and is printing a State report describing,
on a State-wide basis, the status of existing attendance areas
and administrative units, evaluating the existing situation and proposing
a State-wide program for the organization of more satisfactory
school units. Significant and practical results are already apparent
from this study. In most instances, recommendations growing out
of the work of the projects have been made an integral part
of the program of the State department of education. In some
States, such recommendations have been enacted into law and in all
States, the proposed changes in the organization of attendance areas
and administrative units have stimulated a healthy discussion of
local school units and their problems.
On the basis of data submitted by the State projects, the Office of
Education is preparing publications describing the work of the project, ;
analyzing the status of existing school units in the 10 States, and
evaluating the procedures followed in conducting the project.
The Office of Education has continued its program of studying current
acts of Congress and the various State legislatures affecting
education. Two circulars were issued on current school legislation
during the year. These circulars summarized the most important
legislation enacted by Congress and the State legislatures in 1936
relating to education. Also, during the year there has been prepared
a biennial review of educational legislation in 1935 and 1936.
A study is in progress to discover to what extent colleges, universities,
and teacher-training institutions are offering opportunities for
the orientation of teachers in parent education; what subjects are
being offered for this purpose; where prospective teachers might
expect to find such courses. M
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 269
Another study in parent education is concerned with parent education
programs in city school systems. Information has been assembled
through questionnaires and field consultations with directors of parent
education and superintendents of schools in a selected number of
large cities.
A study has been made of features constituting the various State
plans for financing the public schools. It aims to set forth the basic
principles of government upon which the States outline their legislative
programs for financing the schools, the essential features of such
programs, and certain relative data.
In the field of secondary education the following studies were completed:
Needed Research in Secondary Education, which is based
upon the findings of the national survey of secondary education; Trends
in Secondary Education, dealing with recent developments; the
textual material to accompany the statistics in public high schools;:
subject registrations in private high schools and academies, and subject
registrations in public high schools. A study was made of the
special subject and general supervisory personnel for elementary and
secondary grades in 2,000 cities having a population of 2,500 or more;
of the preparation offered by colleges and universities for general and
special subject supervisors. Recently constructed report cards of
pupil progress in elementary grades were analyzed and trends in the
development of such cards were noted.
An analysis of 1,664 courses of study was made to show present
trends in organization, methods of construction, objectives, pupil
activities, and teacher helps and guides.
During the period when the economic depression was having the
most serious effects upon the schools, the Office of Education presented
relevant data in a number of different publications. In order to
have a permanent record of some of these important findings, a bulletin
which reviews and brings these findings together has now been prepared.
The lack of similar information concerning the effect of
previous depressions made it evident that such a record is desirable.
IN COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
Among the studies conducted during the year in the field of higher
education are the following: Student Mortality in Colleges—approximately
15,000 freshmen who entered the several schools and colleges
of higher education institutions were followed through their college
years since 1931-32. Analyses were made of the extent to which
these students remained in college, the causes of withdrawal, and
related facts.
Another cooperative effort included returns from 642 colleges and
universities. Insurance and annuity plans suitable for colleges and
270 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
universities were discussed, the extent of their use indicated, and important
features presented. Other studies in process during the year
included an analysis of the methods of control exercised by the executive
branch over State institutions of higher education; Unit Costs of
Higher Education; and Continuity of College Attendance. Data
were secured from replies to a questionnaire sent to all colleges of arts
and sciences (including those that are divisions of universities) listed
in the Educational Directory for 1936.
A study of financial aid to college students through employment
opportunities and means offered for reducing student expenses was
also conducted by means of a questionnaire sent to all institutions of
higher learning, by correspondence, and through visits to a few institutions
known to afford unusual opportunities for self-help.
An analysis of faculty salaries paid by colleges and universities in
1936 to faculty members was made, including land-grant colleges,
State universities, privately controlled institutions, and denominational
colleges.
The Office of Education has continued its investigations in the
problems of graduate study and research.
IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
The Survey of Vocational Education and Guidance of Negroes
continued through the year. Its purpose was to supply a body of
facts upon which an effective program of curriculum reorganization in
the field of vocational education and guidance may be developed.
Data were collected from approximately 200 communities in 34 States.
Some of the values of the survey are: (1) Information on facilities
and opportunities for vocational education will serve in determining
the present status of this important phase of the education of Negroes.
(2) Studies of 2,000 evening-school students and of 20,000 graduates
and nongraduates of high schools will give some indication of the
relation between schooling and subsequent experience. (3) Trends in
enrollment in certain vocational courses and the extent to which
States utilize Federal funds in providing vocational education for
Negroes are shown in a special study on this subject. (4) Personnel
information on 27,000 Negro high-school students should have important
implications for vocational education and guidance programs.
Research activities in rural education have included: (1) Report
of a survey of education in the southern mountains, appraising the
economic and social conditions of the more mountainous counties of
six Southern States and comparing the educational conditions in these
counties with those of the nonmountain counties of the same States;
with those of the States as wholes; and with those of the United States.
(2) A report of the present status and trends in rural-school personnel,
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 271
including data from more than 200,000 teachers and principals employed
in the rural schools and showing their salary, training, experience,
and maturity status. (3) A brief survey of the present
status and trends of the movement to provide professional supervision
for rural schools. (4) Preparation (with the cooperation of several
leaders in the field working outside the Office of Education) of material
for a chapter of the biennial survey on “Review of conditions and
developments in education in rural and other sparsely settled areas.”
IN COMPARATIVE EDUCATION
As a major investigation for the year, a staff member visited
Yugoslavia to study the school system in all its aspects, gather official
and other publications relating to education in that country, and collect
such data as would be valuable for a bulletin on the subject.
The project included a brief visit to Albania and a cursory survey of
education there.
Preparation of the bulletin on institutions of higher education in
Germany was continued throughout the year.
A decennial survey of education in countries other than the United
States, to be a part of the biennial survey, was made for Europe, Asiay
Africa, and Australia. The western continents are still to be reported
on. A brief special study was made of education in the island of
Rhodes.
IN STATISTICS
With education in the United States administered as a State and
local function, the Office of Education carries on, as one of its major
responsibilities, the collection and presentation of information on a
national basis for this locally administered educational system.
Material was collected by mail and field service for the school year
ending in June 1936 and tabulations made as shown in the following
table, in which the capital letter “C” stands for data collected and
“T” tabulated and “C-T” collected and tabulated within the year.
Subject of study, 1936-37
Type of study
Biennial Periodic Special
State school systems:
Personnel and finances _ . _______________________________________ C
Preliminary statistics _ . . __ _____ ._______________________ C-T
county school systems: Personnel and finances. _______________________ T
City school systems:
Personnel and finances . . _____________________ ____ _____________ C-T
Per capita costs___ ........ . ... ________________________ C-T
School janitor service________________________________________________ T
Higher education:
Personnel and finances_______________________________________________ C
band-grant colleges ___________ _ ___________________________________ C-T
Receipts and expenditures (preliminary). __ ____________________ C-T
Student health TT
instruction in hygiene_______________________________________________
College salaries (1936) _______________________________________________ C-T
continuity of college attendance ___________________________________ C-T
C-T
C-T
C
Economic status of college alumni____________________________________
student mortality in universities ___________________________________
Unit costs in higher education________ ______ ..____ ________________
272 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Type of study
Biennial Periodic Special
Subject of study, 1936-37
Secondary schools:
Personnel . .. ________________________________________________ T
Subject registrations _____ ._____ -________-_____________________ T
Elementary schools: General and special supervision of instruction..:____
Teaching staff: Rural salaries, tenure, and experience____________________ T
T
^Libraries:
Public elementary and secondary school_____________________________ T
Public library trends _______ ____________________________________ T
College library trends. . ..__ __________________________ T
Residential schools for exceptional children: Personnel and finances______
Visual aids in education____________________________________________ -___
C-T
T
Public school building needs_____________________________________________ C-T
IN OTHER FIELDS
The investigation concerning instruction in hygiene in colleges and
universities was completed and published during the year under the
title, “Instruction in Hygiene in Institutions of Higher Education.”
A review of data concerning health instruction in both high schools
and colleges, from the point of view of the student, was collected from
100 colleges and will be published under the title, “Student Needs
and Interests in Hygiene.”
The medical and nursing services of colleges and universities for
the preservation of the health of these students and the care of the
sick were investigated and will appear shortly as Health Services in
Institutions of Higher Education. A study which has long been in
progress concerning the influence of school life on the growth and
longevity and general physical condition of children was completed
and published as The Physique of the School Child.
A study was completed in cooperation with a few outstanding persons
in the field of industrial arts education of the place and function
of industrial arts in the public-school programs. In cooperation with
13 institutions of higher education, a study was made of the relation
between high school and college. Information on the status of
guidance in cities having a population of 100,000 or more was collected
and compiled. Information on guidance programs in the various
States was collected from State departments of education and compiled.
A study was made of recent developments in adult education
and a report was prepared that deals with the purposes, philosophy,
and trends in this phase of education.
In the field of measurements and testing, studies along the following
lines were conducted: Factors in the adjustment of college students;
cumulative record cards and statistical forms for studying pupil
progress.
The new division of library service in the Office of Education has
been in process of development during the year. Six library specialists
have been brought in to work on the following definite problems:
Professional library education; school library administration; library
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 273
standards; housing and equipment of school libraries; library statistics;
library service to C. C. C. camps.
PROMOTING AND COORDINATING RESEARCH
Requests to the Office of Education for assistance in making studies
of education in other countries totaled 204 during the year. This
shows an increase of 26 percent over the number of similar requests
the previous year. For nearly every one of the 204 studies, one or
more bibliographies, long or short depending on the nature of the
subject, were furnished. In addition, a special bibliography on education
in Japan was compiled; a list of references on the history of education
in Russia was arranged; and an article was written for the Journal
of Educational Research. The regular annual list of references on
comparative education was furnished the Journal of Elementary
Education.
UNIFORM RECORDS AND REPORTS
The Office has continued its cooperative efforts in the interest of
more uniform records and reports in the field of State school systems
and libraries. A new set of definitions of terms used in State school
statistics was formulated. From the results of various conferences
the reporting form to be used in 1937-38 has been completed and
sent to the States, with instructions to guide them in setting up the
materials they will collect for 1937-38. A committee from organizations
interested in public library statistics cooperated with this Office
through the American Library Association in preparing a form to be
used by State library agencies, the American Library Association,
and this Office in collecting statistics.
COOPERATIVE RESEARCH
The university research project closed officially on June 30, 1937,
after operating about 1% years. Sixty universities located in 32
States, the District of Columbia, and Hawaii joined the Office of
Education in this activity. More than 165 separate study reports
for 40 studies were made by the universities, and the major findings
were assembled and coordinated by the Office. Findings are being
made available in 11 bulletins and 4 pamphlets. Many of the universities
are also publishing material growing out of this research.
More than 60,000 individuals and hundreds of institutions of
higher education assisted in providing data for the several studies.
A number of the institutions continued work on the former project
studies on their own funds after the project closed. It is believed
that the success of this undertaking will encourage future research
Programs involving cooperative activities of the Office of Education
and of the higher education institutions.
274 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
THE LIBRARY
The library of the Office of Education, together with libraries of
three other bureaus of the Department of the Interior, is now established
in the new Interior Building. Here a more extensive library
service will be developed than has been possible heretofore.
A revised list of publications of the Office has been prepared and
this list, which covers the publications issued from 1910 to 1936, will
help librarians and students of education in obtaining material and
completing files.
The work of the library has increased as new projects have been
undertaken in the Office. Many calls for books outside the scope of
this collection necessitated an increased number of interlibrary loans
from other libraries. On the other hand, many books and theses
have been loaned from this library to other libraries in various parts
of this country and Canada.
During the year a series of articles by members of the library staff
appeared in School Life, describing various activities and collections
of the library. Following the publication of these articles several
gifts of college catalogs and valuable old textbooks were received
from institutions and individuals throughout the country.
The State and city boards of education were circularized for courses
of study and many were received, bringing the already extensive
collection fairly up to date.
During the year an unusual amount of binding has been done,
taking care of files of reports, both foreign and domestic, which had
never been completed and bound and which were in danger of being
lost or remaining incomplete.
It is the hope of the library personnel that the enlarged quarters
and better equipment may be reflected in greatly improved service
for the future.
SIGNIFICANT DEMONSTRATIONS
IN PUBLIC FORUMS
The public forum project during the year established and sponsored
in cooperation with local boards of education, 19 public forum demonstration
centers in rural and urban communities in all sections of the
country. The purpose of these projects was to demonstrate a community-
wide program of public discussion of public affairs for youth
and adults under local educational management and in different
types of communities. The 19 centers selected represented a total
gross population of approximately 4,000,000 people.
The development of the program may be divided into three .phases:
(1) Preparation and planning for 10 projects, July 1, 1936, to September
1, 1936; (2) operation of community-wide forums in 10 centers,
September 1, 1936, to February 1, 1937; (3) operation of 18 centers
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 275
for all or most of the period between February 1, 1937, and June 30,
1937.
Between September 1, 1936, and February 1, 1937, 10 projects conducted
3,895 meetings attended by 350,810 people. Between February
1, 1937, and June 30, 1937, 18 projects scheduled 6,119 meetings
attended by 634,473 people. It should be noted that some of
the projects during the latter period terminated their schedules in
March, still others in April, a few in May, and practically all by June
15. The project organized a total of 10,014 forum discussions with
an attendance of 985,283 people. In addition to these meetings the
various projects organized 1,187 radio forums, sold or distributed
over 60,000 pamphlets on public affairs to augment the discussions
by follow-up reading, and prepared thousands of charts, graphs, and
other visual aids for use in connection with the discussions.
About 237 different leaders of discussion served the projects varying
lengths of time, conducting on the average six or seven forum
meetings per week. These leaders were chosen by the local educational
managements.
About 100,000 days of work were performed by professional and
skilled workers certified to the projects by the Works Progress Administration
in such capacities as artists, writers, promotion assistants,
discussion leaders for small groups, research assistants, assistant
librarians, accountants, bookkeepers, typists, stenographers, and
clerks.
The administrative staff in the Office of Education included an
assistant administrator, field counselor, research assistants, clerks,
and stenographers. This Office carried on all the correspondence
necessary to establish the demonstration centers and served these
centers as a clearing house during the period of operation. In addition,
this staff prepared for publication and distribution seven publications
and a monthly digest of project developments. These
publications reached approximately 150,000 people and served the
adult civic education movement in many ways. A careful plan of
research was developed by the administrative staff and each project
carried forward a plan of reporting its activities and program development.
In addition to the direct responsibilities for a service to
the projects sponsored by the Office of Education, the administrative
staff completed a survey of 431 forums under various auspices, and
provided a counseling service which assisted the leaders and directors
of more than 150 forums under different auspices.
The administrative staff also prepared numerous articles and
reports for newspapers, magazines, and various publications, thus
spreading a knowledge of the program as a whole.
One of the activities of the administrative staff was the organization
of plans to encourage increased reading of public affairs informa276
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
tion. Pursuant to this objective, the administrative staff published
two indexes of Public Affairs Pamphlets, the first containing about
300 titles, the second together with mimeographed supplements,
listing over 900 titles. These carefully cross-indexed and annotated
bibliographies of pamphlet material were distributed widely and used
not only by forums but by librarians, college and high-school teachers,
and leaders of civic and educational organizations throughout the
country. In connection with this index and in cooperation with the
American Library Association and the public affairs committee, the
administrative staff of the public forum project organized 30 pamphlet
display centers. These displays, usually attractively laid out
in libraries, brought hundreds of current pamphlets on current affairs
to the attention of the civic and educational leaders.
Also in cooperation with the American Library Association the
administrative staff organized a bulletin which will be ready for
printing in the near future dealing with practical methods of library
service to forums and discussion groups.
The thousands of letters received by the Office of Education from
educators and civic-minded people in all parts of the country indicate
a Nation-wide interest in the work of this division and the widespread
influence of the demonstration program.
IN EDUCATIONAL BROADCASTING
The broadcasting and radio activities of the Office of Education
embrace three phases: (1) Demonstration programs over coast-tocoast
networks; (2) services to local broadcasters and educators;
(3) activities to train and help educators use radio effectively.
Activities were carried on under an allotment from emergency
funds made October 1, 1936, to the educational radio project. This
allotment made possible further continuation of the project originally
initiated December 1935. The principal objectives of the project
were: (1) To provide employment for W. P. A. and C. C. C. radio
and script-writing talent; and (2) to discover ways in which radio
can be used for the promotion of education, both for organized instruction
as well as for general enlightenment. The National Broadcasting
Co. and the Columbia Broadcasting System have made generous
contributions in time, personnel, studio facilities, and counsel.
Programs
The Office of Education conducted seven series of coast-to-coast
programs during the year. These were: Have You Heard? natural
science, N. B. C.; Answer Me This! questions and answers on historical
and sociological facts, N. B. C.; Education in the News, reporting
developments in fields of education; Safety Musketeers,
safety education, C. B. S.; The World Is Yours, dramatizations of
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 277
the activities and exhibits of the Smithsonian Institution, C. B. S.;
Treasures Next Door, dramatizations of excerpts from the “best
sellers” of all times, C. B. S.; Let Freedom Ring, dramas of mankind’s
struggle for civil liberties, C. B. S.
That a vast audience exists for such programs is evidenced by the
fact that more than 400,000 listeners—young and old, from every
State in the Union—responded by letters to the Office of Education.
The first national school assembly—commencement exercises for
graduating classes—was held May 14, with Secretary of the Interior
Harold L. Ickes, and other speakers participating. Other “special
events” broadcasts held during the year included programs in honor
of Inauguration Day and American Education Week.
Script Exchange
For many years school officials and local broadcasters have been
searching for scripts which are both significant and entertaining. To
supply this need, the radio project, in cooperation with the National
Association of Broadcasters, established the Educational Radio Script
Exchange. The script exchange has filled requests for 54,000 scripts,
which have been produced in 42 States, over 114 radio stations.
In addition to serving as a depository and point of distribution for
scripts, the exchange prepared and distributed aids to school groups
wishing to go on the air. These aids include a Manual of Suggestions
for producing radio programs and a glossary of terms used in the radio
industry. Thirteen scripts, showing the functions of municipal government,
were prepared in cooperation with the Public Administration
Clearing House and the Rockefeller Foundation. This series
was broadcast over Station WTNJ, Trenton, N. J. These scripts
are now being edited for distribution to local radio stations through
the script exchange.
In order that the experience gained from the experimental radio
programs may be widely drawn upon, the Commissioner of Education
authorized a limited number of educators to observe and participate
in the production of the Office of Education’s radio programs.
Teachers and school officials from a score or more States participated
in this radio workshop operated in cooperation with the New York
University. Practice and observations were conducted in New York
City. The National Broadcasting Co. and the Columbia Broadcasting
System assisted extensively in this venture. Three sessions of
the workshop trained more than 80 persons who are now practicingand
promoting educational broadcasting in their own communities.
The problem of improving the quality of educational broadcasting—
on national as well as local air lanes—is one requiring sustained experimentation
and study. Toward the solution of this problem the
project has made distinct contributions.
278 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The project has experimented in the application of techniques of
radio-program organization and presentation which can now be passed
on to local educators. It has applied on a Nation-wide scale the use
of print to supplement radio; and the project’s supplementary printed
materials have been acclaimed by listeners as being invaluable to
better comprehension of educational radio programs. It has discovered
an extensive radio audience for educational radio programs;
and the discovery will undoubtedly lead broadcasters to set aside
more time than heretofore for programs of an educational nature.
On the other hand, the receptiveness of the audience to educational
broadcasts is leading public agencies to attempt to learn the art of
disseminating information about their activities. More than a score
of Federal agencies have turned to the radio project for help in script
writing and production. To these agencies the project has given its
full cooperation.
EDUCATIONAL POLICY FORMING
In response to demands of State departments of education for information
on education throughout the world, the Office has acted
as a clearing house for circulars and press releases of the International
Bureau of Education. It has also given information relative
to certification of foreign students and applicants for professional
licenses.
Staff members have served on policy forming committees of organizations
outside the Office, including the following: American Council
on Education; National Education Association; National Committee
on Research in Secondary Education; Cooperative Study of Secondary
School Standards; National Research Council; National Conference
of Supervised Correspondence Study; National Council of
Parent Education; American Library Association; National Congress
of Parents and Teachers; International Council for Exceptional
Children; National Negro Student Health Association; National
Tuberculosis Association; American Association of School Physicians;
and others.
Among important world conferences at which the Office was represented
were the Fifth International Conference on Public Instruction;
the International Conference on Health in Universities, and the
Seventh World Conference of New Education Fellowship.
FEDERAL RADIO EDUCATION COMMITTEE
Radio is more and more coming to take its place in the American
educational system, but the most successful use of it by educators
continues to be a challenging experiment.
Agreement as to what are the common problems of broadcasters
and educators has been reached in considerable measure in meetings.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 279
during the year, of the subcommittees of the Federal radio education
committee. Comprehensive studies of these common problems are
to be undertaken within the next few months. Briefly, the studies,
may be characterized as follows:
1. A survey of cooperative efforts—in local and State areas.
2. Development of an experiment and idea exchange—To support the Officeof
Education in conducting a clearinghouse where findings may be made available
to broadcasters and listeners.
3. Teacher training—-To prepare proposed courses for teacher training in the
use of radio.
4. Publicizing programs—A study of methods and media of publicity.
5. Listening groups—to examine the educational value of listening groups and
the organization and motivation behind them.
6. The problems and methods of broadcasting to and by schools.
7. Methods of training production managers in educationally owned stations.
8. Collection of experiences of network series—in pamphlet form.
9. Survey of public opinion—To determine what the listening public considers
of educational value in radio progams.
10. Essential value of radio to all types of listeners—To determine what educational
broadcasting is—what makes a radio broadcast “effective” before educational
broadcasting can become consistently “effective.”
It is estimated that the cost of carrying on such a study program
will amount to approximately $250,000 over a period of 2 years. At
a meeting attended by the chairman of the Broadcast Division of
Federal Communications Commission, the Commissioner of Education,
the presidents of the Rockefeller and the Carnegie Foundations
and representatives of the broadcast industry, it was agreed that if
the necessary amount were divided into approximately three equal
parts, each foundation would contribute one-third of the fund and
the radio industry, the remaining third. Certain of the studies will
be carried on in the Office of Education under the direction of the
Commissioner. Other studies will be undertaken by institutions and
organizations with research facilities where the nature of the study
seems to lend itself to attack by an agency having a particular interest
in it and an available staff which can at once begin work.
With the inauguration of certain fundamental inquiries and the
operation of controlled experimentation, the work of the Federal
radio education committee—the official agency authorized to coordinate
efforts of educators and broadcasters—should progress to the
end that broadcasting may achieve the greatest social usefulness.
SERVICE IN THE FIELD
Extensive investigation was made by the Office during the year
relative to the work being done in conservation education in various
parts of the country. Universities, State departments of education;,
and local school systems were visited in order to confer with indi280
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
viduals active in the development of conservation education in the
schools.
Consultation and advisory services on school-building problems
were given in various States where such service was requested.
At the request of the State superintendent of schools in Virginia,
and of the county superintendent of Arlington County, a study was
made during the year of certain problems connected with the education
of handicapped children in the local schools of the county, and
recommendations were submitted for adjustment of the same. At
the request of the superintendent of schools of Philadelphia, the
Office made a study of the plans for the organization of work in the
two new vocational schools of that city, and a staff member served in
an advisory and consultative capacity at a meeting of administrative
.officers called to review the proposed program for the schools.
Individual staff members have rendered consultative services in
person or by extended correspondence to a large number of school
officers, organizations, or agencies.
Participation in meetings—National, State, and local—of staff
members included practically every field of educational interest during
the year. Likewise, cooperation with professional and public
service groups was most extensive.
INFORMATION SERVICE
Increased demand for, publications of the Office of Education
resulted in an increase of approximately 62 percent in free distribution
this fiscal year over the past fiscal year. The total reached 544,347.
School Life, official organ of the Office, issued monthly from September
through June, increased its paid circulation during the year by
64.2 percent. Its total paid circulation reached 12,858. March of
Education, the news letter of the Commissioner of Education, went to
school executives to transmit quickly, from time to time, important
information reaching the Office of Education.
A total of 77 manuscripts were prepared for publication within the
year, excluding the 10 numbers of School Life. More than 300
charts, graphs, maps, and other illustrative material were constructed.
In the editorial division alone, 44,749 letters of inquiry about
publications were received. Other divisions likewise had heavy correspondence,
which together made a grand total of 692,448 pieces of
incoming mail.
Reports available relative to public addresses and articles by
members of the Office staff indicate a total of 177 addresses and 72
articles published in various periodicals outside the Office.
The Office continued its cooperation with newspapers and journals
by preparing 192 press notices dealing with Office activities, trends m
education, and general news about America’s schools.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 281
EDUCATIONAL EXHIBITS
Included among the extensive educational exhibits prepared by the
Office during the year were those for the American Vocational Association,
National Education Association, National Catholic Education
Association, Northwest Territory Celebration, National Congress of
Parents and Teachers, American Association for Adult Education,
American Library Association, and others.
Committees from the staff of the Office of Education have assisted
in plans for both the museum and the art gallery in the new Interior
Building.
PUBLICATIONS PREPARED DURING THE FISCAL YEAR, 1936-37
Bulletins
1935
No. 2. Chapter I, Statistical summary of education, 1933-34.
No. 2. Chapter III, Statistics of city school systems, 1933-34.
No. 2. Chapter IV, Statistics of higher education, 1933-34.
No. 2. Chapter V, Statistics of public high schools, 1933-34.
1936
No. 11. A guide to curriculum adjustment for mentally retarded children.
No. 12. Public education in Alaska.
No. 13. The deaf and hard-of-hearing in the occupational world.
No. 14. Poland’s institutions of higher education.
No. 15. Authority of State executives over higher education.
No. 16. A step forward for adult civic education.
No. 17. William Torrey Harris.
No. 18-VI. Youth: Community surveys.
No. 19. Functional planning of elementary-school buildings.
1937
No. 1. Part I, State and county school officers.
No. 1. Part II, City school officers.
No. 1. Part III, Colleges and universities.
No. 1. Part IV, Educational associations and directories.
No. 2. Volume I, chapter II, Trends in secondary education.
No. 2. Volume I, chapter V, Review of educational conditions and developments
in rural and other sparsely settled areas.
No. 3. Public affairs pamphlets.
No. 4. Conservation in the education program.
No. 5. Insurance and annuity plans for college staffs.
No. 6. Bibliography of research studies in education, 1935-36.
No. 7 Student health services in institutions of higher education.
No. 8. Education of Negroes—A 5-year bibliography, 1931-35.
No. 10. Economic status of college alumni.
No. 11. College student mortality.
No. 12. Some factors in the adjustment of college students.
No. 13. Economic status of rural teachers.
No. 14. Successful practices in the teaching of English to bilingual children in
Hawaii.
282 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
No. 15. Learning English incidentally: A study of bilingual children.
No. 16. Student interests and needs in regard to hygiene.
No. 17. Opportunities for the preparation of teachers of exceptional children.
No. 18. Opportunities for the preparation of elementary school supervisors.
No. 19. C. C. C. camp education: Advisers, enrollees, and program.
No. 20. Education for the public service: Study of the civil service in New York
City.
No. 21. Vocational education and guidance of Negroes.
No. 22. List of publications of the Office of Education and the Federal Board for
Vocational Education, 1910-36.
No. 23. Professional library education.
Pamphlets
No. 70. Per capita costs in city schools, 1935-36.
No. 71. An annotated bibliography on the education and psychology of exceptional
children.
No. 72. Status of rural school supervision.
No. 73. Subject registrations in private high schools and academies.
No. 74. Crucial issues in education.
No. 75. Safety and health of the school child.
No. 76. Successful methods of teaching English to bilingual children in Seattle
public schools.
No. 77. Opportunities for the preparation of teachers of native and minority
groups.
No. 78. Unit costs of higher education.
No. 79. State school taxes and school funds and their apportionment.
No. 80. Sources of visual aids and equipment for instructional use in schools.
Leaflets
No. 34. State library agencies as sources of pictorial material for social studies.
No. 35. Essentials in home and school cooperation.
No. 38 (revised). Instruction in the effects of alcohol and tobacco.
Bibliographies
No. 2 (revised). Guidance.
No. 3 (revised). Supervision of instruction in rural schools.
No. 4 (revised). The education of women.
No. 21 (revised). Secondary education: Instruction.
No. 37. Elementary education: Organization and management.
No. 43. Elementary education: Teaching methods.
No. 46. Education for family life.
No. 49. Higher education: Control, organization, and administration.
No. 50. Higher education: Curriculum and instruction.
No. 51. Student personnel work.
No. 52. Educational problems of the southern highlands.
No. 53. Changing philosophies in higher education.
No. 60. Government publications for parents and leaders in parent education.
No. 61. Government publications on health, physical education, and recreation.
No. 62. Government publications showing the work of the Government.
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Efforts toward improved international intellectual relations have
had six distinct phases during the year: Assisting the Department of
State in the selection of official delegates to represent the United
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 283
States at international conferences and congresses; nominating persons
to receive scholarships offered by other countries; meeting educators
from other countries and planning itineraries in the United States for
them; assisting members of the Office and other Americans in arranging
for travel abroad; working toward the accrediting of American schools
abroad; and helping keep foreign mailing lists up to date.
While the Office annually replies to many requests for data about
special opportunities to study abroad, until 1936-37 it did not attempt
to select recipients of scholarships or fellowships or in any way to
administer them. At the request of the Department of State and in
cooperation with the Institute of International Education, it canvassed
universities in the United States and nominated two persons
to receive scholarships awarded by the Chilean Government for
attendance at the summer school of the University of Chile in January
and February 1937.
It also took up with the University of Heidelberg, Germany, the
matter of aiding the university in its selection of young Americans to
benefit by the scholarships it offers. The present status of the arrangement
is that the Office of Education will pass upon the credentials of
all applicants.
During the year the Office has had considerable correspondence
with the National Association of Regional Standardizing Agencies,
and its four principal constituent members, on arranging accreditment
for all American schools abroad which may qualify. The
present arrangement with the president of the National Association is
that he will furnish the Office a statement of the areas of the world
assigned to each of the four agencies, and during 1937-38 the Office
will circularize these schools and aid them in understanding the
methods and purposes of accreditment.
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES
C. C. C. EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
At the beginning of the fiscal year 1936-37, the C. C. C. educational
program had been in operation for years. During that time
certain practical objectives had been developed out of the expressed
needs and interests of the enrollees; C. C. C. officials had become
acquainted with these objectives and the methods of achieving them;
the administrative organization of the program had been completed;
the educational personnel had been carefully selected and trained,
and had gained experience in camp work; and finally, the program
had been extended to include 75 percent of the enrollees who participated
in it on a purely voluntary basis.
The C. C. C. educational program, therefore, entered into its third
fiscal year with clear-cut objectives, a trained personnel, and a
record of successful experiences. It was considered no longer an
22914—37------ 20
284 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
experiment, but an essential part of the entire C. C. C. program,
This year witnessed the extension of the educational program to
include almost 90 percent of the enrollees, but much more than that,
there was improvement in the educational activities and the content
of the instruction offered. The previous years might be characterized
as a period of experimentation and extension of the program—this
year might be called a year of consolidation of the ground already
gained. At the close of the fiscal year, Congress extended the Civilian
Conservation Corps for a period of 3 years and emphasized the
importance of the educational program by establishing the corps, “for
the purpose of providing employment, as well as vocational training,
for youthful citizens of the United States who are unemployed and
in need of employment * * *” The act also provided, “That at
least 10 hours each week may be devoted to general educational and
vocational training” and finally authorized, “That in the discretion
of the director continuous service by the enrollee during his period
of enrollment shall not be required in any case where the enrollee
attends an educational institution of his choice during his leave of
absence.”
The administration and organization of the program remained
unchanged during the year. In accordance with the original Executive
order establishing the program, the War Department was responsible
for its execution with the advisory assistance of the Office of Education.
The other agencies of the Department of the Interior, Department of
Agriculture, and Department of Labor were to cooperate with the War
Department in this work. The Office of Education appointed a
national director of C. C. C. education to act as adviser to the War
Department; corps area advisers to act as advisers to the corps area
commanders; district advisers to act as advisers to the district
commanders; and camp advisers to act as advisers to the camp
commanders.
Of the 4,500 men who have been appointed as camp educational
advisers, 1,863 were still on duty in June 1937. Ninety-nine percent
of these men are college graduates, 74 percent having the bachelor’s
degree, 22 percent having the master’s degree, and 1 percent the
doctorate. Two percent have a teaching certificate only and 1 percent
have neither a degree nor a teaching certificate.
The educational reports for the past fiscal year show a remarkable
picture of the growth of the educational facilities in the camps which
can be attributed solely to the ingenuity and hard work of the officials
and enrollees. In the past, approximately $100 per company per
year has been allotted for the purchase of educational supplies and
equipment and in addition about 300 books and 30 magazines and
newspapers have been supplied to each camp.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 285
The reports show that of the 1,900 camps, 60 percent now have
schoolhouses and 77 percent have constructed and equipped vocational
training shops. These schoolhouses and shops range from 10 by 10
cubicles to large buildings with several thousand square feet of floor
space. Equipment in some camps consists only of a few hand-made
knives used for wood carving; in others there are elaborate power
tools and other facilities. Thirty-nine percent of the camps have
schoolhouses with more than a thousand square feet of floor space
and 9 percent have shops of this size. In the average school building
there are four small classrooms. Seventy percent of the camps have
a separate room for the library and 83 percent have a separate room
for reading. The total value of the shop tools and equipment is
estimated at $260,000. The library in the average camp has been
expanded from 200 to approximately 800 books. It is reported that
76 percent of the camps have adequate lighting facilities for classrooms
and shops. The following table gives these data in detail:
Physical Facilities for Education as of June 30, 1937
Total number of C. C. C. companies____________________________ 1, 900
Number camps having schoolhouses-------------------------------------------- 1, 146
Percentage camps having schoolhouses---------------------------- ■----------- 60
Number camps having 1,000 square feet of classroom space________ 746
Percentage camps having 1,000 square feet of classroom space______ 39
Total number of classrooms------------------------------------------------------- 5, 255
Number of classrooms per schoolhouse----------------------------------------- 4. 6
Number camps having shops----------------------------------------------------- 1, 460
Percentage camps having shops-------------------------------------------------- 77
Number camps having 1,000 square feet of shop space------------------- 181
Percentage camps having 1,000 square feet shop space------------------- 9
Total value of shop tools and equipment_________________________ $262, 768
Number camps having special room for library----------------------------- 1, 326
Percentage camps having special room for library-------------------------- 70
Number camps having reading rooms------------------------------------------ 1, 571
Percentage camps having rooms------------------------------------------------- 83
Number camps having projectors for educational purposes-------------- 972
Percentage camps having projectors for educational purposes---------- 51
Total number projectors owned by the camps------------------------------- 690
Number of textbooks_________________________________________ 393, 155
Number of reference books____________________________________ 221, 181
Number of library books not including text and reference books____ 941, 141
Total number of books________________________________________ 1, 555, 477
During the summer months approximately 27,000 persons acted as
instructors, and during the winter months approximately 30,000. Of
this number, only 3,800 (the educational advisers and their assistants)
devote their entire time to the educational program. The others
have been drafted from the Army officers, technical personnel, and
enrollees in the camps, from Federal relief organizations, and the
regular school systems.
286 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Throughout the development of the camp program of instruction,
guidance and individual diagnosis have served as the foundation of
all educational effort. The needs and interests of the men are so
varied that any program of instruction for them must be elastic and
adaptable. Educational activities evolved to meet enrollee needs
include the following: (1) The elimination of illiteracy; (2) removal of
deficiencies in common school subjects; (3) training on the job; (4)
general vocational training; (5) avocational training; (6) cultural and
general education; (7) health and safety education; (8) character and
citizenship training; and (9) assisting enrollees to find employment.
A cumulative record card is kept on the progress of each enrollee.
In addition to the enrollee’s academic and vocational rating on the
card, there is recorded the result of each interview held with him.
The use of this card helps greatly in the individual guidance and
placement of the enrollee.
The educational activities may be roughly classified in six groups:
Academic courses, vocational courses, informal activities, professional
training, miscellaneous activities, and certain general activities.
During the average month of the past year, about 53,000 courses and
activities were carried on in the camps. In an average company
there were approximately 26 courses, of which 7 were academic; 8
were vocational; 4 were connected with the job training activities;
3 were informal activities (arts and crafts, dramatics, music, etc.);
2 are classified as miscellaneous (first aid, health, and safety courses);
and 2 are classified as professional.
The reports show that from 85 percent to 90 percent of the men
participate in the educational program. Most of these men attend
two and sometimes three or more different courses and activities.
Six out of every 10 men attend the miscellaneous courses; 5 out of 10
attend the job-training courses; 4 out of 10 attend the other vocational
courses; 3 out of 10 attend the academic courses; 2 out of 10
attend the informal activities; and 1 out of 10 attend the professional
courses.
Academic courses in the C. C. C. include those subjects common to
the elementary, high-school, and college curriculum which are not
vocational. The reports reveal that 3.2 percent of the enrollees are
illiterates; 39.3 percent have not completed the elementary grades;
46.3 percent have not completed high school; 11 percent are highschool
graduates; and 0.2 percent are college graduates.
The extent of participation in the academic courses varies markedly
on the different levels of education. Thus 9 out of every 10 illiterates
are taking literacy courses; 4 out of 10 on the elementary level are
taking elementary courses; 3 out of 10 on the high-school level are
taking high-school courses; and 7 out of every hundred on the college
level are taking college courses.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 287
The work projects in the field offer opportunities for training in a
wide variety of occupations, and the jobs required for the operation
and maintenance of the camp add a number of other opportunities
for training. Instruction on these jobs is given by those who supervise
the work. The report for June 1937 shows that 51 percent of the
enrollees are now participating in job training.
In addition to the 8,098 job-training courses given during June 1937
there were 14,864 other vocational courses given in the camps. These
vocational courses which were attended by 115,331 men, were entirely
distinct from the regular job-training program. They were offered
during leisure time and comprised subjects in which the enrollees
expressed an interest. Among the most popular of these subjects
were commercial courses, mechanical trades, journalism, carpentry,
art, cooking, forestry, photography, accounting, and business management.
Camp educational officials have attempted at all times to train
enrollees to make the most constructive use of their leisure time.
Organized informal activities include arts and crafts, dramatics,
music, discussion groups, camp newspapers, hiking clubs, and hobby
groups. Recent reports indicate that approximately 22 percent of
the men engage in these activities.
Safety, health, first aid, and life saving are, of course, important
subjects of instruction in camp life. The report shows an attendance
of approximately 174,000 men for these courses during the month of
June 1937.
Camp libraries have been expanded to the extent that more than
1,500,000 books are now available to the enrollees. During the past
year the circulation of books has averaged 300,000 per month and
about 50 percent of the enrollees are regularly engaged in reading.
Approximately 6,500 films dealing with a wide variety of subjects are
shown to the men every month and more than 1,600 camps now publish
a camp newspaper.
Agencies of the Federal, State, and local governments, as well as
educational institutions, fraternal and civic organizations, have aided
the C. C. C. educational program. The Works Progress Administration
supplies some 2,000 teachers; the National Youth Administration,
several hundred more. The State and local school systems of the
country furnish more than a thousand teachers to the camps, and
about a thousand members of local communities near the camps also
assist as instructors and leaders of educational activities.
Correspondence course materials are being supplied enrollees by
scores of colleges and universities, State departments of education, and
private institutions. More than 20,000 enrollees are taking such
courses. Hundreds of camps near schools and colleges are invited
to use the facilities of the institutions by school officials. This readi288
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
ness to cooperate has resulted in the attendance of more than 7,500
enrollees each month in nearby schools. Incomplete reports indicate
that more than 6,000 men during the past year were awarded elementary,
high-school, or college diplomas, while enrolled in the corps.
One of the most tangible and heartening measurements of the effect
of C. C. C. training is the fact that an average of 8,000 enrollees were
discharged each month during the past year to accept employment.
LAND-GRANT COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
The Secretary of the Interior is charged with the supervision of the
expenditures of the Morrill funds and supplements for the support
and endowment of the land-grant institutions. This work is delegated
to the Office of Education.
Each State, including Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico, provides a
land-grant college or university; Massachusetts provides 2, and
each of the 17 Southern States provide a separate Negro land-grant
college. The Federal endowment (act of 1862) raised from the sale
of lands and land scrip amounted in 1936 to $24,368,868, not including
662,281 acres of unsold land valued at $5,005,468. The income from
these funds totaled $1,120,214 and was used mostly for faculty
salaries.
The supplementary Morrill funds amounted to $3,530,000, which
were divided, $70,000 to each State and Territory (except Alaska
which received $50,000). On and after 1938-39, the appropriation
will be $5,030,000 annually to the States.
The total amount of Federal funds received by the land-grant
institutions in 1935-36 was about $36,000,000. The value of the plants
and properties of the land-grant colleges was nearly half a billion
dollars ($461,821,367).
Receipts from all sources reported by these 69 institutions amounted
to $165,924,249 of which 12.6 percent was from student fees; 3.5
percent endowment income; 20.0 percent Federal Government; 37.5
percent State government; 1.2 percent county or city government;
2.5 percent private gifts; 5.2 percent from sales and services; 13.0
percent from auxiliary enterprises; and 4.5 percent miscellaneous.
Expenditures amounted to $158,326,063. These were paid out as
follows: General administration 5.2 percent, resident instruction
35.4 percent, organized research 9.4 percent, extension 15.7 percent,
libraries 2.0 percent, and operation and maintenance 7.5 percent,
totaling 75 percent for educational and general purposes; auxiliary
enterprises 12.2 percent, noneducational expense 2.1 percent, and
capital outlays 9.6 percent.
A staff of 28,873 faculty members was employed to offer instruction
to 209,455 students in residence work. About 20,000 students were
taking correspondence courses, about 72,000 enrolled in extension
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 289
classes, and 53,000 in summer sessions. First degrees during the year
were awarded to 28,946 students; 4,126 students received master’s
degrees, and doctor’s degrees were conferred upon 852.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY REPORT
Howard University was inspected during the year by the Office of
Education, as required by law. The annual report was compiled for
presentation to Congress. For this annual report the president of
the university assembled data according to a plan approved by the
Office. These data constitute both the report to the Secretary of the
Interior by the president of the university and the report to the
Congress by the Office of Education.
Inasmuch as the annual report of the president of the university
to the Secretary of the Interior is included in the Annual Report of
the Secretary, no details concerning the university are given here.
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
The cooperative program of vocational education carried on under
the Smith-Hughes Act of 1917 and supplementary legislation, has two
objectives. They are: (1) To prepare young persons for advantageous
entrance into useful employment by equipping them with specific
and tangible working assets, and (2) to give workers already employed
the education they need to improve or maintain their employability
or occupational status, or to regain their employ ability. Carried on
not as a separate educational entity, but as a part of the public
secondary school program, as provided under the enabling act, the
vocational education program offers training to workers and prospective
workers in agriculture, trade and industry, homemaking, and the
distributive occupations.
The administration of the Federal Vocational Education Act,
formerly the responsibility of the Federal Board for Vocational
Education, is now vested in the Vocational Education Division of the
Office of Education. In addition, the responsibility for administering
the National Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1920, which provides
for the vocational restoration of persons disabled in industry and
otherwise, training them where necessary and placing them in wageearning
employment, is also vested in the Vocational Division.
This report covers the twentieth year of Federal cooperation with
the States in a country-wide program of vocational education, the
seventeenth year of such cooperation in vocational rehabilitation, and
the fourth year of the administration of these two programs by the
Vocational Division of the Office of Education. In these two decades
the enrollment in vocational schools has increased tenfold, and the
number of disabled men and women who are being annually returned
to self-supporting employment now equals approximately 10,000.
290 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The vocational education and vocational rehabilitation acts now
administered by the Office of Education are as follows:
The Vocational Education Act (Smith-Hughes), to provide for cooperation
with the States in the promotion of vocational education. (Approved Feb. 23,
1917.)
The Vocational Rehabilitation Act, to provide for the promotion of vocational
rehabilitation of persons disabled in industry or otherwise, and their return to
employment. (Approved June 2, 1920, as amended June 5, 1924, June 9, 1930,
and June 30, 1932.) Additional appropriations for 1936 and 1937 and annually
thereafter for cooperating with the States and Hawaii in extending and strengthening
their programs of vocational rehabilitation of the physically disabled, are
authorized under the Social Security Act, approved August 14, 1935.
An act extending the benefits of the Vocational Education and Vocational
Rehabilitation Acts to the Territory of Hawaii. (Approved Mar. 10, 1924.)
An act to provide for vocational rehabilitation of disabled residents of the
District of Columbia. (Approved Feb. 23, 1929.)
An act extending the benefits of the Vocational Education and Vocational
Rehabilitation Acts to the Island of Puerto Rico. (Approved Mar. 3, 1931.)
An act (George-Deen) to provide for the further development of vocational
education in the several States and Territories, authorizing for the year 1937-38
and annually thereafter, additional appropriations for vocational education (approved
June 8, 1936). This act continues authorization of additional appropriations
upon expiration of the George-Ellzey Act of May 21, 1934, which authorized
additional appropriations for the years 1935-37; and authorizes appropriations
for vocational education in agriculture, trades and industries, home economics,
the distributive occupations, and teacher training.
An act (Randolph-Sheppard) authorizing the operation of vending stands in
Federal buildings by blind persons (approved June 30, 1936).
FEDERAL BOARD FOR VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
The Federal Board for Vocational Education created under the
Smith-Hughes Act, to administer the provisions of the act, is composed
of four members ex officio, as follows: The Secretary of Agriculture,
the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Labor, and the Commissioner
of Education; and three persons appointed by the Presidentone
to represent agriculture, one to represent manufacturing and commerce,
and one to represent labor.
The functions of the board were transferred to the Office of Education
in 1933. As now constituted, the board acts in an advisory
capacity, serving without compensation. Dr. Paul H. Nystrom, of
New York, representing commerce and industry, is the chairman of the
Board.
Two meetings of the Board were held during the past year, one
in February and one in June. Among the problems which were considered
and on which action was taken at these meetings are the
following:
1. Policies of the Office of Education covering participation of State and local
boards for vocational education in plant training programs for workers in trade
and industrial occupations.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 291
2. Use of State and local advisory committees composed of representatives of
labor and industry, and of school administrators, in establishing and operating
trade and industrial classes.
3. Need for study of teacher-training curricula insofar as they relate to vocational
teachers.
TECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE
At the Fifty-fifth Annual Convention of the American Federation
of Labor, held in Atlantic City, N. J., in October 1935, the committee
on resolutions recommended that the convention “request the Federal
Commissioner of Education to appoint a committee for the purpose of
advising him in connection with, all questions surrounding plant
training.” The resolutions committee recommended further that
“this advisory committee consist of nine members, three to be outstanding
representatives from the ranks of organized labor; three to be
outstanding representatives of employers; and three to be recognized
authorities in connection with State and local direction of vocational
training.”
Complying with the Federation’s recommendation, the Commissioner
of Education appointed a committee known as the Technical
Advisory Committee on Trade and Industrial Education.
Through the efforts of this committee, a set of standards and safeguards
to be followed by public vocational schools in determining
whether they are justified in using Federal funds in establishing in
private industrial plants vocational training programs in which instruction
is given during the working day, was formulated and adopted.
These standards and safeguards have been placed in effect by the Commissioner
of Education as official policies governing assistance by
State boards for vocational education in the establishment and operation
of plant-training programs. A definite statement of this policy
was incorporated in the revised edition of Bulletin 1, Statement of
Policies for the Administration of Vocational Education, issued in
February 1937.
The committee recommended that the Commissioner of Education
urge upon State boards for vocational education the necessity for
appointing State advisory committees, composed of equal representation
of employers and labor, to advise them on matters pertaining to
industrial training problems. A similar recommendation was made
by the Technical Advisory Committee with respect to the establishment
of local advisory committees on industrial education.
The committee has also devoted considerable time to the interpretation
of certain phrases in Bulletin 1 and the extent to which the
standards for plant-training programs should be applied.
292 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
POLICIES OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
The first statement of policies was incorporated in Bulletin 1 of
the Federal Board for Vocational Education, issued in 1917. Changing
conditions and the development of new problems through experience
in the field necessitated a revision of this bulletin by the
Federal Board in 1922 and again in 1926. During the past year the
Office of Education made a fourth revision of the bulletin which
reflects the policy changes that have been made since 1926, as a result
of thorough consideration of the various problems in the field of vocational
education.
The changes are based upon the experience gained in cooperating
with the States in the development of the vocational education program
over a period of 20 years and the criticisms and suggestions
secured from representative groups and individuals engaged in and
affected by the program of vocational education.
Among the individuals and groups from whom advice and counsel
were solicited in revising the policies of the Office of Education are the
following: State superintendents of public instruction, representatives
of city school systems, State boards for vocational education, the
American Home Economics Association, the American Vocational
Association, representatives of labor and of employers, the Federal
Advisory Board for Vocational Education, and the Technical Advisory
Committee on General Policies, appointed by the Commissioner of
Education, and members of the staff of the Office of Education.
Special attention was given in revising Bulletin 1 to the problems
with which the States were confronted in formulating their general
plans for the promotion of vocational education during the 5-year
period beginning July 1, 1937, as required under the terms of the
Smith-Hughes Act. It was necessary, also, to include in the revised
statement of policies, new policies made necessary under the provisions
of the George-Deen Act, which superseded the George-
Ellzey Act, and which became effective July 1, 1937.
The Office of Education recognizes that as social and economic
conditions change from time to time, it will probably be necessary to
formulate new policies as needs arise. Any new policies or modifications
of present policies thus made necessary will be issued as addenda
to Bulletin 1.
Growth of Vocational Education and Vocational Rehabilitation Programs
During the Year
A consistent growth has taken place in the vocational-education
program carried on under Federal grants, since its establishment under
the Smith-Hughes Act, in 1917, as evidenced by the inciease in enrollment
in vocational schools from year to year. Similarly, the growth
of the vocational rehabilitation program may be measured by the
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 293
increase in the number of disabled persons rehabilitated since the
inception of this program under the Federal Vocational Rehabilitation
Act of 1920.
Enrollments in vocational schools operated under State plans, in
agriculture, trade and industry, and home economics, increased from
164,123 in 1918 to 1,381,701 in 1936 and probably exceeded iy2 million
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937.
Of the total number enrolled in 1936, 391,000 in round numbers
were farmers, trade and industrial workers, and homemakers taking
instruction in subjects related to their daily employment; 334,000
were youth employed in these three fields and attending part-time
classes; and 656,000 were boys and girls attending full-time classes.
More than 10,300 persons disabled through accident, illness, or
congenital causes were prepared for and placed in employment as
self-supporting individuals in 1936, under the vocational rehabilitation
program carried on in 45 States. This is an increase of more than 900
over 1935, and of 4,700 over 1933. In this particular it should be
noted that the marked increase in the number rehabilitated during the
past 3 years is attributable to supplementary Federal funds made
available through the Federal Emergency Relief Administration and
the Works Progress Administration, and more recently through the
supplementary annual appropriation of $841,000 provided under the
National Security Act.
State reports for 1936 show that in addition to the 10,338 persons
rehabilitated, 44,625 disabled persons in process of rehabilitation were
being carried on the rolls at the close of the year.
Acceptance of Vocational Rehabilitation Acts by Kansas and Vermont
During the year, the legislatures of Kansas and Vermont accepted
the terms of the National Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1920,
under which Federal grants for vocational rehabilitation are provided.
Arrangements have been made to start the rehabilitation program in
Vermont on July 1, 1938. The Kansas legislature, although it accepted
the Federal act, did not provide funds for its operation. The
inauguration of the program in that State, therefore, will be delayed
until funds are appropriated for the purpose.
Cooperative Services to the States
Cooperative services to the States in the fields of vocational education
and vocational rehabilitation, which is one of the chief functions
of the Vocational Division of the Office of Education, cover a
wide field.
Special attention has been given during the past year by the Vocational
Division to assisting State vocational education administrators
in formulating plans for the operation of programs of vocational educa294
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
tion for the 5 years, beginning July 1, 1937, so that they may conform
to the provisions of the George-Deen Act and the revised interpretations
of policy set up by the Office.
The Vocational Division has rendered similar services to the States,
also, in the field of vocational rehabilitation. A brief statement of
some of the services rendered by the Vocational Division in the several
fields of vocational education and in the field of vocational rehabilitation
is presented in the following paragraphs:
In the field of vocational agriculture.—In State conferences devoted
to plans and programs for the ensuing 5-year period, special attention
has been given to reemphasizing the primary aim of vocational agriculture—
to train present and prospective farmers for proficiency in
the production and marketing of farm products—as well as the contributory
objectives—intelligent cooperation with others; establishment
and maintenance of a satisfactory farm home; participation in
worthy rural, civic, and social relationships; and the selection, purchase,
use, and repair of power equipment on the farm. Continued
emphasis has been placed upon farm practice activities which tend to
increase the efficiency of the farm business and add to the happiness
of the individual farmer.
Teacher-training institutions preparing young men to teach vocational
agriculture have adjusted their programs with a view to training
more teachers in anticipation of the expansion of the national
program of vocational agriculture under the provisions of the George-
Deen Act, effective July 1, 1937. Marked progress has been made in
the improvement of the preemployment teacher-training programs
maintained in 71 colleges and universities for the purpose of training
white and Negro agricultural teachers.
The national organization known as the Future Farmers of America,
composed of white boys studying vocational agriculture in the high
schools of the country, and the New Farmers of America, a similar
organization for Negro students, have continued to grow in numbers
enrolled. Both organizations are sponsored by the Office of
Education.
The 142,000 members of the Future Farmers of America are,
through their 4,600 chapter organizations, learning to save systematically,
and are getting experience in parliamentary procedure, public
speaking, home beautification and repair, community activities, conservation
of national resources, pest eradication, and cooperative
activities such as purchasing and marketing of farm supplies and
products.
Part of the time of one staff member of the agricultural education
service is devoted to service as executive secretary of the Future
Farmers of America, which, under the direction of State supervisors
of agricultural education, is managed and operated by its officers and
members.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 295
In the New Farmers of America, principal emphasis during the year
has been placed upon improving training in leadership. A manual
similar to one followed by the Future Farmers of America is being
prepared for the New Farmers of America and will be distributed to
the membership at an early date.
In the field oj trade and industry.—In addition to rendering assistance
to State boards for vocational education in setting up State plans for
the next 5 years, aiding them in promoting various types of trade and
industrial education, inspecting and evaluating existing programs,
auditing vocational education accounts, and exercising the regular
supervisory functions, the trade and industrial education service
has carried on numerous other activities, including State and local
surveys of vocational education needs and investigations bearing
upon the organization and operation of effective programs, carried on
by field agents. Assistance was given in training leaders for an
educational program in connection with the industries of the bay
region of California, in a training program for Texas peace officers, in
training for drillmasters of fire departments in Connecticut, in training
for textile workers in Pennsylvania, in mapping vocational curriculum
and building needs for the industrial area of West Virginia, in training
conferences for coordinators of industrial education programs in 7
States, in summer teacher-training conferences in 11 States; in
programs of training for public service in 5 States, sponsored by
State municipal leagues; cooperation with State departments of
education, local boards of education, and architects in mapping plans
for building and equipment for new vocational schools in 7 States;
with the International Brickmasons and Plasterers Union in studying
existing programs of training for brickmasons and plasterers in 3
States, with State public health officials of Texas in training local
health department inspectors and school custodians, in a survey of the
industrial teacher-training programs in Colorado, in a survey of vocational
education needs in Iowa, in a survey of training needs in the
cities of Chattanooga and Knoxville, and in a program designed to
prepare teachers of nurses’ training courses sponsored by State boards
of nurses’ examiners in Minnesota and Pennsylvania.
In the field oj home economics —The usual number of regional and
interstate conferences have been held and a large number of individual
conferences with directors of vocational education, supervisors, and
teacher trainers of home-economics education have been carried out.
Particular attention has been directed to the issuing of materials on
organization and administration.
Staff members planned and participated in a short, intensive training
course for itinerant teacher trainers for Negro schools; participated in
State conferences for home-economics teachers in 5 States; offered special
short courses in summer schools of 6 teacher-training institutions;
conducted 8 interstate conferences (2 for representatives from Negro
296 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
teacher-training institutions and State supervisors); participated in
plans for special family-life institutes at 6 teacher-training institutions;
conducted studies of teacher-education programs in 22 institutions in
8 States; called and participated in a national conference on home
management for college instructors in home economics to consider
kinds of family life and community experiences students should have
as a part of their home-management work; conducted a conference
called by the State department of education in 1 State for presidents,
heads of home-economics departments, and teacher trainers in all
colleges of the State to consider the State-wide program in home
economics; assisted in home-economics curriculum-building programs
for public schools in a number of States and advised in revision of college
and university programs for the preparation of home-economics
teachers; provided special programs of interest to city supervisors of
home economics in connection with 2 regional conferences; and worked
with 2 agricultural groups in 2 regions in planning programs to improve
farm-family living.
In the field of commercial education.—Preparations have been made
by many of the States in the past year for starting courses for employees
in the distributive occupations—those involved in getting the
products of factories and farms to the consumer—as authorized under
the George-Deen Act approved June 8,1936, and effective July 1,1937,
Much of the time of the commercial-education service during the past
year, therefore, has been devoted to assisting the States in securing
information concerning the educational needs of the groups of workers
in the distributive occupations, and in planning effective instructional
programs for these groups as well as for those who must be trained as
teachers of distributive occupational subjects.
Particular attention was given to aiding State boards for vocational
education in outlining the kinds of classes for teaching distributive
occupational subjects so that they might be in a position to include
this information in their State plans for the 5-year period beginning
July 1, 1937.
The Office has conferred with several commercial trade associations,
notably the National Association of Retail Grocers, the National
Association of Retail Meat Dealers, and organizations representing
retail department stores, in regard to organizing educational committees
to work with the Office of Education and with State vocational
education administrators in developing a program of vocational
education for workers represented by these associations.
Considerable time has been devoted to assisting secondary schools
in adjusting commercial courses and curriculums to present-day
commercial-employment opportunities and requirements for highschool
commercial graduates.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 297
Assistance was also given the Maryland State Board for Vocational
Education in revising the State course of study in commercial subjects
used in Maryland high schools. Similar help also was given the revision
committee of the Pittsburgh public schools, and the Philadelphia
schools received aid in revising a course in salesmanship.
In the field oj vocational rehabilitation.—Eight principal services
were rendered during the year by the Office of Education to State
boards for vocational rehabilitation and local rehabilitation officials,
assisting in the following ways:
1. Training new personnel.
2. Organizing rehabilitation case record systems.
3. Expanding State rehabilitation services.
4. Organizing and conducting studies of special phases of rehabilitation service.
5. Developing cooperative relations with welfare and similar organizations in
carrying on rehabilitation activities.
6. General promotion of State programs of rehabilitation.
7. Expanding cooperation in rehabilitation work by employees of other State
services.
8. Conducting conferences of State staff members.
During the past year detailed surveys of vocational rehabilitation
programs were made in the States of Ohio, West Virginia, Indiana,
and Oklahoma.
Cooperation With Other Agencies
The necessity for cooperating with governmental and other public
and private agencies whose activities and objectives dovetail to some
degree with the programs of vocational education and vocational
rehabilitation, carried on under Federal grants, has been recognized
by those responsible for the promotion of these programs ever since
their inception.
The economic and social conditions of the past few years, during
which a number of emergency organizations with functions allied to
vocational education have been established, have served to emphasize
to an even greater degree the importance of such cooperation.
In the field of agricultural education the Vocational Division has
cooperated with various farmer organizations such as the Grange and
the Farm Bureau; it has continued to cooperate with such Government
agencies as the Farm Credit Administration, the Soil Conservation
Division, and the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, in preparing
subject matter designed to keep farm boys and farmers informed
as to the service they may obtain from these organizations.
The Vocational Division has sought the help of these various outside
agencies, also, in solving some of its own problems, especially in the
field of research, and in preparing bulletins and other materials for
use in different fields of trade and industrial training. In this rela298
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
tionship, the trade and industrial service has cooperated during the
year with the following organizations:
American Municipal Association; Gypsum Industries Association;
International Association of Chiefs of Police; International Association
of Fire Chiefs; International Society of Master Painters and Decorators;
League of New Hampshire Arts and Crafts; Metal Lath
Association; National Occupational Conference; National Federation
of Business and Professional Women’s Clubs; National Committee on
Prisons and Prison Labor; National Council for Household Employment;
National Association of State Boards of Examiners in Cosmetology;
National Association of University Women; National Association
of Hotels and Restaurants of the United States and Canada;
National League of Nursing Education; Portland Cement Association;
Southern Women’s Educational Alliance; Southern Mountain Workers
Guild; and Structural Clay Products Institute.
The cooperation of the Division with Government and with other
agencies in the field of home-economics education may be summarized
as follows: Joint study with Home Economics Extension Service,
United States Department of Agriculture, on methods of meeting
local needs for home-economics education and assistance in nutrition
programs in drought areas; cooperation with Rural Resettlement
Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, Rural Electrificatio
Administration, and Works Progress Administration; assistance to
Interdepartmental Committee of Federal Government in coordinating
health and welfare activities; and participation in conferences with
Children’s Bureau, United States Department of Labor, American
Home Economics Association, National Council of Parents and
Teachers, American Youth Commission, National Council of Parent
Education, American Vocational Association, National Education
Association, Association of Southern Agricultural Workers, National
Consumer-Relations Council, and National Committee on Household
Employment.
Working relations with Federal and State agencies with which
cooperation is required by law, and with other National, State, and
local agencies which are in position to aid in the program of vocational
rehabilitation, have been materially strengthened during the year.
In several States and the District of Columbia a coordinated program
for the placement of the handicapped was put into effect.
Under the provisions of the Randolph-Sheppard Act, authorizing
the operation of vending stands in public buildings by blind persons,
cooperative relations have been established with State commissions
for the blind and other agencies in position to assist in this blindemployment
movement. During the year 24 States were authorized
to set up programs under which blind persons are employed as attendants
in vending stands in Federal and other buildings, and approxiOFFICE
OF EDUCATION 299
mately 100 such stands are in operation. Through such efforts
increased use is being made by State rehabilitation departments of
the services available from workmen’s compensation bureaus, State
employment bureaus, hospitals, and numerous welfare agencies in
carrying on vocational rehabilitation activities.
Contribution to Education in C. C. C. Camps
Reports to the Office of Education indicate that States and local
communities are making their vocational education programs available
to enrollees in Civilian Conservation Corps camps to a considerable
degree. Twenty-three States have organized classes, especially for
these enrollees. In 27 States enrollees are attending classes in nearby
vocational schools. Eighteen States report that they have conducted
group conferences for educational advisers, leaders, and camp commanders,
for the purpose of training them in conference-leading, teachertraining,
and foremanship activities. Special services have been
given in 10 States in planning and organizing instructional material
for use in camp educational programs. Staff members of the Vocational
Division have assisted the educational division of the Civilian
Conservation Corps in a similar way.
Research Activities
Following the policy inaugurated when the program of Federal
cooperation with the States in the promotion of vocational education
was started in 1917, definite and specific “studies and investigations”
in this field, provided for under the Smith-Hughes Act, have been
carried on during the past year. The following list indicates a few
of such studies: The occupational status and progress of former vocational-
agriculture students; subject matter material in the fields of
farm management, farm production, and the marketing of farm
products; teacher training; amount and distribution of time devoted
to vocational agriculture in high schools; analyses of State plans for
vocational education in agriculture; training for, and occupations of,
out-of-school farm youth; potential departments of vocational agriculture
in high schools; supervised farm-practice programs; training
for the fields of painting and decorating, plastering, metal lathing and
bricklaying, sheet metal work in the aviation industry, railway and
shipyard machine-shop practice, fire and police protection, and other
public-service occupations; home economics at the college and highschool
levels; teaching of home-management; housing as a part of
home-economics programs; education for household employment;
homemaking needs of out-of-school youth and adults; service occupations
for which home-economics education prepares girls.
Research activities in the commercial-education field were confined
largely to gathering and distributing information to State boards for
22914—37------ 21
300 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
vocational education, and to organizations representing those engaged
in the distributive occupations, on the need for training and on possible
training programs in this field.
In addition to the surveys of State programs of rehabilitation made
in Ohio, West Virginia, Indiana, and Oklahoma, the Rehabilitation
Service has prepared and published a series of 10 job analyses for use
in supervising disabled persons under training for specific occupations.
Data from reports covering more than 10,000 persons rehabilitated
in various States were tabulated and distributed to those who could
make use of such material in rehabilitation work.
New Developments
Perhaps the most significant new development in vocational education
during the year was the preparation under way in the States to
take advantage of the provisions of the George-Deen Act, effective
July 1, 1937, under which training is to be given in part-time and
evening classes for those engaged in the distributive occupations—
wholesaling, retailing, and other merchandising operations. Approximately
one of every six workers gainfully employed in the United
States is engaged in a distributive occupation.
Greater emphasis upon plans for programs of training for publicservice
occupations, and in the eastern section of the United States
upon what may be termed general training in specific fields as compared
with specific training covering a single trade as typified by the
unit trade school, are among the new developments in the field of
trade and industrial education.
Considerable attention has been given to plans for training in
public-service occupations. During the year many of the States have
made plans for training in a wide range of such occupations, including
police- and fire-protection work, public-sanitation work, weights and
measures inspection, water-works operation, municipal fighting, milk
and meat inspection, and other nonclerical occupations involved in
the operation of modern municipalities.
The program of the Public Employment Division of the United
States Department of Labor, the public-health program administered
by the Public Health Service, the program for crippled children administered
by the Children’s Bureau of the Department of Labor, and
the unemployment compensation provision of the Social Security Act
have made necessary a closer correlation in the States of the rehabilitation
service with the four fields listed. During the year satisfactory
progress has been made by the Office of Education in its efforts to
correlate the programs of rehabilitation carried on in the States with
the programs of these allied agencies.
Of special significance is an arrangement made under the sponsorship
of the Office of Education, whereby the executive committee of
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 301
the newly created States Rehabilitation Council, composed of State
rehabilitation officials and workers, will function as a technical advisory
committee to the Office, in the field of vocational rehabilitation.
This executive committee of the council will, upon invitation of the
Commissioner of Education, meet from time to time with representatives
of the Office of Education to discuss developments in the vocational-
rehabilitation program and to suggest means of improving this
program, through the adoption of new Federaljoolicies.
Apprentice Training
The program of apprentice training carried on under the terms of
the Smith-Hughes Act has been materially strengthened and the
possibility of duplication of this program eliminated through an
agreement with the Federal Committee on Apprentice Training, under
which the responsibilities of the committee and the Office of Education
have been definitely allocated.
Under this cooperative relationship the committee assists the States
in the promotion of appropriate legislation on apprenticeship and the
Office of Education assumes responsibility for sponsoring educational
programs of training for apprentices, in cooperation with State boards
for vocational education. This training program calls for the selection
and training of special teachers for apprentice groups and the selection
and training of coordinators, in order that the work experience and
school training of apprentices may be brought into proper relationship.
It also calls for the preparation of analyses of specific trades and
of training plans, and of outlines for the teaching of technical subjects,
and the adaption of subject matter to meet the special needs of apprentices
in a wide variety of trades and crafts.
During the year staff members of the Vocational Division of the
Office of Education conducted an 18-day conference on apprentice
training in cooperation with a steel corporation, the Illinois and
Indiana State boards for vocational education, and the boards^of
education of Chicago and Gary.
Publications
Each year reports of annual regional conferences arranged and
conducted by regional agents in the three fields of vocational education—
agriculture, trade and industry, home economics—and in vocational
rehabilitation, are mimeographed and distributed to those
interested in using them as reference material. Such reports were
issued in 1936-37 as usual. In addition the following printed and
mimeographed publications, a number of which grew out of studies
and investigations, were issued and distributed:
302 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
General
Digest of Annual Reports of State Boards for Vocational Education to the Office
of Education, Division of Vocational Education, for the year ended June 30,
1936.
Agricultural Education
Bulletin 154, Analyses of Special Jobs in Quality Milk Production, revised 1937.
Bulletin 191, Interpretive Science and Related Information in Vocational Agriculture.
Misc. 1851. Vocational Agriculture Service Map.
Misc. 1880. Supplementary Farm Practices.
C. L. No. 2015. Importance of Follow-up.
F. F. A. Service Letter No. 138. Summary of the Ninth National Convention of
Future Farmers of America.
Trade and Industrial Education
Bulletin 185. Aviation in the Public Schools.
Misc. 1853. National Conference on Trade and Industrial Education.
Home Economics Education
Bulletin 187. Home Economics Education Courses.
Misc. 1822. The Forward Look for the Committee on Cooperation.
Misc. 1859. Selected List of Books, Pamphlets, and Periodicals on Vocations
Toward Which Home Economics Training Makes a Contribution.
Misc. 1860. Publications Concerning Minority Groups.
Misc. 1861. Source Material on Negro Life and Education.
Misc. 1867. Suggested References on Consumer Education.
Misc. 1873. Planning the Family Expenditures.
Misc. 1884. Suggestive Materials for the Teaching of Housing in Home Economics
Programs.
Misc. 1907. The Status of In-Service Training of Home Economics Teachers in
the United States in 1934.
Misc. 1910. Illustrations of Tests for Evaluating Instruction in Some Phases of
Consumer Buying.
Misc. 1928. Organization and Administration, Home Economics Education
(preliminary draft, May 1937, of Bulletin No. 28, revised).
Commercial Education
Bulletin 186. Cooperative Training in Retail Selling in the Public Secondary
Schools.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Leaflet No. 5. Restoring the Handicapped to Useful Employment.
A Statistical Study of Disabled Persons Rehabilitated 1935-36.
A Study of the Rehabilitation of One-Armed Persons.
A Study of Rehabilitated Persons Disabled Through Employment Accidents.
An Analysis of Types of Training Given Rehabilitated Persons.
A Statistical Study of the Rehabilitation of Persons Disabled by Tuberculosis and
Heart Disease.
A Study of Persons Rehabilitated Through Training in Commercial Occupations.
Analyses of Seven Jobs in Which the Handicapped Can Be Trained.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 303
Appropriations: 1937 and 1938
Appropriations for administering the vocational-education program
carried on under Federal funds for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937,
totaled $265,000—$192,000 under the Smith-Hughes Act and $73,000
under the George-Ellzey Act. The George-Ellzey Act expired June
30, 1937, and was superseded by the George-Deen Act, which authorized
increased appropriations for allotment to the States and for
administrative expenses. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 1938,
Congress appropriated $425,000 for the administration of the Smith-
Hughes and George-Deen Acts. The appropriation for administering
the Federal vocational-rehabilitation acts was increased from
$78,420 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, to $95,000 for the year
ending June 30, 1938, the increase providing principally for additional
personnel required in the administration of the Randolph-
Sheppard Act making provision for the establishment of vending
stands for blind persons.
The Smith-Hughes Act appropriates $7,167,000 annually for
allotment to the States for cooperative vocational education in agriculture,
trades and industries, and teacher training. The total amount
authorized in the George-Deen Act of $14,483,000 was appropriated
for 1938, an increase of more than $10,000,000 over the amount
authorized in the George-Ellzey Act, which expired on June 30,1937.
Appropriations for vocational education in Hawaii and Puerto Rico
are continued in the same amounts for 1938 as for 1937.
The appropriation to the States for 1937 under the Vocational
Rehabilitation Act of June 2, 1920, as amended, was in the amount
of $1,891,000, and for 1938, $1,800,000. Continued appropriations
in the total amount authorized are provided for vocational rehabilitation
in Hawaii and Puerto Rico. The appropriation foT- rehabilitation
in the District of Columbia is increased from $15,000 for 1937 to
$25,000 for 1938, in accordance with an amending act.
The acts authorizing appropriations for allotment to the States for
vocational education and rehabilitation provide that unexpended
balances remaining in the States at the close of a fiscal year shall be
deducted from the allotments to those States for the ensuing year.
Appropriations made in consideration of the unexpended balances
provide that the allotments to the States shall be made on the basis
of the total amounts authorized in the acts.
Appropriations for allotment to the States and Territories are
shown in table I, total allotments to the States and Territories for
vocational education in table II, and allotments for vocational rehabilitation
in table III.
304 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TABLE 1.—Appropriations for Allotment to the States and Territories for Vocational
Education and Vocational Rehabilitation: 1937, 1938
Act
Appropriation
Fiscal year
ending June
1937
Fiscal year
ending June
1938
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
Smith-Hughes Act:
Total_____________________________________________________________ i $7,167, 000. 00 1 $7,167,000.0
Vocational agriculture __ ____________ ____________________________ 3, 027,000. 00
3, 050, 000. 00
1, 090, 000. 00
3,027,000.00
3,050,000.00
1,090,000.00
Vocational trade, industry, and home economics____________________
Vocational teacher training _______________________________________
George-Ellzey Act (expired June 30,1937):
Total___________ ________________________________________________ 2 3,000,000. 00
Vocational agriculture___________ ____ ______________________________
Vocational trade and industry______________________________________
1, 000, 000. 00
992, 207.84
Vocational home ecnomics _______________________________ _________ 1, 007, 792.16
George-Deen Act (effective July 1, 1937):
Total ________________________________ 14,483,000.00
Vocational agriculture _ - - ______________________________ 4, 067,200.00
4,058,975.00
4,048,825.00
1,254,000.00
1, 054,000.00
Vocational trade and industry______________________________________
Vocational home economics_________________________________________
Distributive occupations _ _______________________________ -__
Vocational teacher training_________________________________________
An act making appropriations for the Territory of Hawaii:
Total __ _________________________________ 30, 000.00 30,000.00
Vocational agriculture _ ________________________________ 10, 000.00
10, 000. 00
10, 000. 00
10,000.00
10,000.00
10,000.00
Vocational trade, industry, and home economics____________________
Vocational teacher training - _ ____________________________________
An'act making appropriations for the Island of Puerto Rico:
Total . - . - _ . ________________________________ 105, 000. 00 105,000.00
Vocational agriculture_______ _ ____________________________________ 30, 000.00
30, 000. 00
30,000. 00
15, 000.00
10, 302,000. 00
30,000.00
30,000.00
30,000.00
15,000.00
21,785,000.00
Vocational trade and industry.____________________________________
Vocational home economics_________________________________________
Vocational teacher training _________________________ ____________
Total, vocational education______________________________________
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
Vocational Rehabilitation Act----------------------------------- ---------- -------- ---------
Hawaii . _________________________________________________
1,891,000. 00
5, 000. 00
15, 000.00
15, 000. 00
1,800,000.00
5,000.00
15,000.00
Puerto Rico . ____________________________________ ________________ 25,000.00
District of Columbia ______________________________________________
Total, vocational rehabilitation___________________________________
Total, vocational education and vocational rehabilitation_________
1,926, 000.00
12, 228, 000. 00
1,845,000.00
23,630,000.00
i Permanent and continuing appropriation. Estimated expenditure $7,000,000.
2 Allotments to States made on basis of $3,084,603 as authorized in the act.
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 305
T A B L E 2 .---- A llo tm e n ts o f F e d e ra l m o n e y to th e S ta te s a n d T e rrito rie s fo r v o c a tio n a l e d u c a tio n , y e a r e n d in g J u n e 3 0 , 1 9 3 8
1 The allotm ents to H awaii and Puerto Rico are not included in the totals under the Sm ith-H ughes Act.;
306 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
TABLE 2.— Allotment of Federal money to the States and Territories for vocational education, year ending June 30, 1938— Continued
V ocational
teacher train -
ing
$49,826.61
17,961.78
10,000. 00
72, 200. 90
10,000. 00
13,034. 56
10,000.00
19, 614.87
43, 664. 66
10,000. 00
10,000.00
18,155.27
11, 719. 91
12,962. 89
22,032.10
10,000. 00
10, 000. 00
10,000.00
10,000.00
11,573.86
V ocational
education
for d istrib -
u tiv e occupations
$61,360.55
22,119. 60
10,000. 00
88,914. 06
10,000.00
16,051.82
10,000.00
24,155.35
53,772.22
10,000.00
10.000.00
22,357.89
14,432. 86
15,963.56
27; 132.12
10,000.00
10,000.00
10,000.00
10,000.00
14, 253.00
ieen A ct
V ocational
home-econom
ics education
$152,810. 82
112,455. 55
33,146.11
221, 276. 85
20, 000. 00
97,692. 95
40,139.19
122,859.89
245,386.28
20,000.00
20,000. 00
116,880.97
48,490. 36
88,408. 27
98,941.39
20,000.00
20,000.00
20,000.00
20,000. 00
79, 764. 66
George-E
V ocational
trade, in d u strial,
and
home-econom
ics edu -
cation
$237, 563. 83
57,856.10
30,789.18
370,028.00
28, 296.97
34,676. 21
20,000. 00
59,084.68
146,433. 22
20,000.00
20,000.00
62,036.16
53,077. 76
53,981.55
86,784.01
20,000. 00
20,000. 00
20. 512.97
20,000.00
21,941.06
V ocational
agricultural
education
$125,453. 59
126,795.87
27,693.47
106,072.11
20,000.00
113,473.43
48,313.48
150,491.95
• 291, 248.04
20,000.00
20,000.00
117.718.58
37,731.20
55,607.33
109,088. 25
20,000. 00
20,000. 00
20,000.00
20,020.99
126,739.41
T o tal
$627,015.40
337,188.90
111, 628. 76
858,491. 92
88, 296.97
274,928.97
128,452. 67
376,206.74
780, 504.42
80,000.00
80,000.00
337,148.87
165,452.09
226,923.60
343,977.87
80, 000. 00
80,000.00
80,512.97
80,020.99
254,271.99
V ocational
teacher train -
ing
$54,352.74
19,593.39
10,000.00
78, 759. 45
10,000.00
14, 218.59
10,000.00
21,396.64
47, 631. 06
10,000.00
10,000.00
19,804. 46
12,784.52
14,140. 41
24,033.44
10,000.00
Sm ith-H ughes A ct
r—os1 fWl x? .AA _fl fl fl fl o'g pi
.2 S ¥ ® §
S®.sfl’s §
o'O E on "
> g
$197,495. 50
36,002.87
21,458.77
286,273. 09
27,842.03
16,259.29
10,000.00
39,282.82
104, 691.96
11,666.65
10.000.00
34,419.18
38, 757.07
21,535.80
68,083. 37
10,000.00
V ocational
agricultural
education
$119, 248. 45
87,756.55
25,866.11
172,677.04
10,000.00
76,236.31
31, 323.28
95, 875.76
191,491.24
13,466.11
13,424. 97
91, 209. 99
37,840. 26
68,990.85
77, 210. 55
10,000.00
T o tal
$371,096. 69
143,352.81
57,324.88
537,709. 58
47,842.03
106, 714.19
51,323.28
156, 555.22
343,814.26
35,132.76
33,424. 97
145,433.63
89,381.85
104,667.06
169,327.36
30,000.00
S tate or T errito ry »
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
»
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
•
•
!!!!'**** । 1 । । । । । । 'S । ।
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ 1 H 1 1
। । । । । । । । । 1 । । । । । । । A । ।
» 1 1 ! । g 3 1 • • • 1 * 1 । 1 1 'jfl ' '
: ! iggoS : i s : ;g.s ; : :g
>ce 1 S3 £ 'fl O > • 1 1 fl fl be 1 % ! fl
1। ffll 1 >w tnn QcS fl 0 ।, 1। +c□; c1e br fl ,Cfl 140°. ■' Cfl
1 rfl 0 23 rrt ,fl rfl S £ J fl .£ rfl 1 > A! CC 44)
rfl Ad fl O rfl fl fl C O fl O -fl fl A
OFFICE OF EDUCATION 307
TABLE 3.—Allotments of Federal Money to the States and Territories for Vocational
Rehabilitation, Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 1937 and 1938
State or Territory 1937 1938 State or Territory 1937 1938
rPnta,l i $1,885,009.61 1 $1,938,000.00 Nevada______________ 10,000. 00 10, 000. 00
New Hampshire_____ 10', 000. 00 10,000. 00
Alabama _________ 39,730. 02 40,912. 77 New Jersey__________ 60, 675.45 62,481. 73
Arizona __________ io; 000.00 10; 000. 00 New Mexico_________ 10, 000.00 10,000. 00
Arkansas____________ 27 j 842.67 28', 671. 54 New York________ .. 188,993. 65 194,619.94
California___________ 85,236. 63 87, 774.11 North Carolina______ 47,597.62 49,014. 59
Colorado____________ 15, 551. 07 16,014. 02 North Dakota..____ 10,222.02 10, 526.32
Connecticut____ ___ 24,125.59 24,843.80 Ohio _______________ 99,791. 63 102,762. 39
Delaware 10' 000. 00 10', 000.00 Oklahoma. _________ 35,973.47 37,044.38
Florida ____ - - 22, 043. 31 22^ 699. 53 Oregon ___________ - 14,319. 87 14, 746.17
Georgia ____________ 43i 667.48 44', 967. 45 Pennsylvania____— 144', 602. 35 148,907.13
Idaho ______________ 10,000. 00 10,000. 00 Bhode Island________ 10, 321.88 10, 629.16
Illinois_____________ 114, 564. 47 117,975. 03 South Carolina______ 26,105.33 26,882.47
Indiana_____________ 48j 621.96 50,069.43 South Dakota_______ 10,402. 24 10,711.91
37,097.98 38,202. 37 Tennessee___________ 39, 284.23 40, 453.71
Kansas _____________ 28, 240. 79 29,081. 51 Texas___________ __ 87,450.62 90,054.00
Kentucky _________ 39,254.69 40,423.30 Utah____ ___________ 10, 000.00 10, 000. 0G
Louisiana___________ 31i 552.72 32; 492.04 Vermont____________ 10, 000. 00 10, 000. 00
Maine __________ 11,972. 28 12, 328. 69 Virginia ___________ 36,360. 99 37,443.44
Maryland__ __ ___ 24i 495.27 25i 224.49 Washington __ 23,472.38 24,171.15
Massachusetts_______ 63j 802. 50 65,701.88 West Virginia_______ 25,961.79 26,734. 67
Michigan___ 72', 701. 29 74', 865. 59 Wisconsin__ _ _ 44,125.40 45,439. 00
Minnesota ________ 38, 494.46 39,640.43 Wyoming______ _____ 10, 000.00 10,000. 00
Mississippi__________ 30, 174. 88 31,073.18 Hawaii_____ ._- - - 10, 000.00 10, 000. 00
Missouri_______ 54,490. 29 56,112.45 District of Columbia. 15, 000. 00 25, 000. 00
Montana __ __ 10,000. 00 10,000. 00 Puerto Bico_________ 15,000.00 15, 000. 00
Nebraska____________ 20, 688.34 21,304. 23
1 A special allotment of $5,000 to Hawaii and the allotment to the District of Columbia and the island of
Puerto Bico are not included in the total.
GENERAL EDUCATION BOARD
This corporation, which, was created by an act of Congress approved
January 12, 1903, section 6 of which requires the corporation to file
annually with the Secretary of the Interior a report, in writing,
stating in detail the property, real and personal, held by the corporation,
and the expenditure or other use or disposition of the same or
the income thereof during the preceding year, has for its object the
promotion of eduction within the United States.
The bylaws, as amended at the annual meeting of the members
and trustees held December 17, 1936, provide that the fiscal year shall
commence the 1st day of January in each year and end on the following
31st day of December. Accordingly there is presented herewith a
report for the 6-month period July 1 to December 31, 1936.
On June 30, 1936, principal fund, belonging without restriction to
the board, amounted to $34,734,598.42. Transactions during the
period resulted in a net increase of $4,181,447.82, or a balance December
31, 1936, of $38,916,046.24. This fund is invested in stocks and
bonds. In addition, the sum of $14,486,380.95 is reserved to pay
appropriations to various educational institutions, and the further
sum of $746,500 has been referred to the executive committee for
appropriation, a total sum reserved of $15,232,880.95. This fund is
invested as follows: Securities, $13,186,621.78, and cash on deposit,
$1,299,759.17. Lapses and refunds on prior years’ appropriations
amounted to $273,000 and $1,500, respectively, and the further sum
308 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
of $2,750,000 previously authorized, was rescinded. Payments during
the 6-month period amounted to $1,856,100.96.
There was appropriated from income during the 6-month period
the sum of $1,045,834. Lapses on account of prior years’ appropriations
amounted to $298,353.54, however, leaving a net increase in
income appropriations of $747,480.46.
The income from the above funds, together with income from
undisbursed income, amounted during the period to $1,146,108.92;
the balance of income from the previous year as of June 30, 1936,
amounted to $8,688,467.05, which, together with sundry refunds
amounting to $2,841.40, increased the total to $9,837,417.37. Disbursements
from income during the 6-month period amounted to
$1,604,928.49, leaving an undisbursed balance of income on December
31, 1936, of $8,232,488.88. Of this sum, $7,899,641.44 is in cash on
deposit and $332,847.44 in sums advanced on account of appropriations
which are to be accounted for. This balance of $8,232,488.88
consists of: Unpaid appropriations, $6,874,749.37; amount referred
to the executive committee for appropriation, $603,690; and the sum
of $754,049.51 which remains unappropriated.
The Anno, T. Jeanes fund, the principal and interest of which are
to be used for Negro rural schools, amounted, on December 31, 1936,
to $15,919.21. The sum of $25,000 was appropriated during the
period, of which the sum of $12,500 was paid. The unpaid balance
of $12,500 is in cash on deposit.
The balance in the Anna T. Jeanes fund income account at June 30,
1936, amounted to $2,334.49. There was no income during the period
and payments amounting to $1,110.99 reduced this balance to
$1,223.50, which consists of unpaid appropriations of $875 and an
unappropriated balance of $348.50. The total sum of $1,223.50 is
in cash on deposit.
Mar ch 1, 1937.
DIVISION OF TERRITORIES
AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS
Ernest H. Gruening, Director
THE Division of Territories and Island Possessions, in addition to the
regular administrative functions of coordinating and supervising the
activities under its jurisdiction, has assumed a large volume of budgetary
and accounting work relating to the Territories and possessions,
including the governments of Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the
Virgin Islands; also The Alaska Railroad, Alaska Road Commission,
Alaska Insane, The Virgin Islands Company; and the colonization
projects on Howland, Baker, and Jarvis Islands.
The Division has made considerable progress in furthering the
interests of these outlying areas and activities of the United States as
they relate to the other Departments and agencies of the Federal
Government, and many appearances were made during the fiscal
year before the Bureau of the Budget, congressional committees, etc.,
in behalf of appropriations, legislation, and other administrative
matters of importance. The Director of the Division made a number
of trips to Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands during the year, and
the administrative officer visited the Hawaiian Islands to inspect the
Homes Commission projects, territorial institutions, etc., and to
organize and despatch the first expeditionary cruise under the Department
of the Interior to Howland, Baker, and Jarvis Islands for the
purpose of establishing and maintaining permanent colonization
projects thereon. These islands are located in the Pacific Ocean on
the Equator, approximately south of Hawaii, and groups of four
Hawaiian-American citizens are maintained on each for the purpose
of preserving United States sovereignty and obtaining certain meteorological
material considered to be of value in connection with the
proposed establishment of air routes to the Southern Hemisphere.
The administrative officer also visited the Morningside Hospital,
Portland, Oreg., where the Alaska insane patients are cared for under
contract with the Federal Government.
309
310 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Through these personal relationships and the use of the Federal
Government’s radio system and the commercial air facilities, the
Division has maintained close communication with the distant and
widely diversified activities under its supervision.
TERRITORY OF ALASKA
During 1937 the administrative functions of the Department in
connection with the office of Governor of Alaska, The Alaska Railroad,
the Alaska Road Commission, the Reindeer Service, and the care
of the Alaska insane were performed through the Division of Territories
and Island Possessions. This Division likewise was charged
with aiding the several other branches of the Interior Department
operating in Alaska when determining matters of policy with reference
to the Territory. The Director of the Division was chairman of the
Inter-Departmental Committee on Alaska, a committee established
by the President for the better coordination of all Federal activities
in Alaska.
The year witnessed the regular biennial and an extraordinary
session of the Alaska Legislature. Outstanding among the enactments
furthering the utilization of the resources of the Territory and providing
for the welfare of its citizens were an appropriation for the
biennium of $400,000 for roads and airfields, an act creating a Territorial
Planning Council, one organizing an Aeronautics and Communications
Commission, an enactment providing Social Security legislation,
and another which established a new tax schedule for mines and
mining.
The Alaska Railroad during the summer of 1936 provided three
round-trip schedules per week between Seward and Fairbanks, with
supplementary service out of Fairbanks to Nenana and Mount
McKinley Park and out of Seward to Anchorage and Palmer. The
Pacific coast maritime strike by disrupting steamer service to Alaska
■caused the operation of regular passenger trains to be discontinued
from November 1, 1936, to February 18, 1937. The 1937 summer
schedule was inaugurated June 8. When the Pacific coast maritime
strike created a danger of a shortage of food and other necessary
commodities in the Territory, The Alaska Railroad under Presidential
authority operated an emergency steamship service from Seattle to
Alaskan ports. River boat service was maintained on the Yukon
during the season of navigation with bimonthly sailings between
Nenana and Marshall. The deficit for the railroad for 1937 amounted
to $172,065, after including a loss of $174,588 from the operation of
ocean-going vessels during the maritime strike, and $7,449 expended
for the investigation of mineral and other resources. Excluding
these two items, the railroad and river lines would show a profit on
normal operations of $9,971.
DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 311
The Alaska Road Commission is charged with the construction and
maintenance of roads, bridges, and trails in Alaska outside of national
forests. Construction and maintenance of airfields, telephone lines,
and shelter cabins is also undertaken for the Territory. The work
accomplished during the fiscal year may be summarized as follows:
New construction: 63% miles of roads of which 16% miles were surfaced; 15
miles of sled road; 17% miles of trail, and a number of bridges.
Improvement: 75% miles of road regraded and widened; 115 miles of road surfaced
and 681 metal culverts installed.
Maintenance: 1,848% miles of road; 80% miles of tramway; 527% miles of sled
road; 2,412 miles of permanent trail; and 304 miles of temporary flagged trail.
The cost during the year was $1,055,432 of which $392,632 was for
new work and $662,800 for maintenance and improvement.
Reindeer work has been administered under the supervision of the
Reindeer Service with headquarters at Nome, Alaska. During the
year 176,613 deer were handled and 67,094 newly marked. The nnmber
of reindeer recorded as being used by the Eskimos of Alaska for
food, clothing and other purposes is 36,922, while the number of carcasses
shipped from the Territory totaled 6,015. During the year
3,500 reindeer were driven from Barrow to Barter Island to protect
the natives of that region against periodic food shortages.
Under provisions of law the insane of Alaska are cared for under
contract with the Sanitarium Co., Portland, Oreg. The Interior
Department is represented at the sanitarium by a medical supervisor
with training and experience in psychiatry. At the beginning of the
fiscal year, 309 patients were receiving treatment. During the year
49 patients were admitted and patients deceased, discharged or transferred
number 62, leaving 296 persons receiving treatment at the end
of the fiscal year. During the year improvements both in housing
and treatment have been accomplished through additional buildings
inauguration of insulin treatment, a recreational program, and occupational
therapy.
TERRITORY OF HAWAII
The financial condition of the Territory is gratifyingly sound
as is evidenced by the fact that at the beginning of the bienium,
1933-35, the general fund showed a deficiency of $1,527,944.49, while
the same fund records a surplus of $1,315,133.51 at the close of the
biennium on June 30, 1937. As to the biennium 1937-39, the Territory’s
budget is in balance.
Largely as a result of contributions from the Federal Government,
extensive improvements were made to Territorial highways and airports,
the sum of $2,376,872 having been expended by the Department
of Public Works during the fiscal year 1937. The largest single item
was from the National Recovery Highway fund which aided materially
m the construction or realignment of 19 miles of completed, improved
312 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
highways. Following the recommendations of the District Advisor,
Airport Section, Bureau of Air Commerce, the legislature at its 1937
session appropriated the sum of $200,000 for the improvement of airports
to bring them up to Department of Commerce requirements and
standards.
Hawaii’s commerce, compiled on a calendar-year basis, showed a
substantial increase in 1936; the total value of imports and exports
amounting to $219,639,784. This is an increase of more than $35,-
000,000 over 1935. Imports from the mainland, United States and
foreign countries during 1936 were valued at $92,462,979 and exports
$127,176,805. Sugar, raw and refined, and canned pineapples and
juice made up the bulk of the exports; the former being valued at
$67,975,548 and the latter $51,452,493.
Among the accomplishments in the health administration of the
Territory were the discovery of trichinosis and infectious jaundice,
increased improvement in the control of venereal diseases (due to
Social Security funds), work in connection with rehabilitation of
crippled children (through Territorial and Social Security funds), and
also establishment of additional clinics for mothers and infants in the
Territory.
The estimated population shows an increase of 3,438 persons during
the fiscal year, the total population on June 30, 1937, being estimated
;at 396,715, of whom 310,956 are American citizens.
HAWAIIAN HOMES COMMISSION
The Division maintained close relationship with the Hawaiian
Homes Commission through Col. George Larrison, the Field Representative
of the Department.
Major activities during the year included the reduction of homesteaders’
debts to the commission and others; the increase in the percentage
of homesteader labor in relation to the pineapple companies’
labor in the Molokai homestead pineapple fields; the opening of additional
homestead lots; the completion of a census of homesteaders
with data regarding their blood mixtures, ancestry, occupations, etc.;
an appraisal of the value of commission property; the adjudication in
favor of the commission of the ownership of water diverted for the
Molokai domestic water supply system; and the increase in acreages of
food crops on Molokai.
PUERTO RICO
One of the important developments during the year was the pur-
-chase of the properties, rights, and franchises of the Ponce Electric Co.
by the Government of Puerto Rico. Negotiations were completed on
March 31, 1937, whereby funds amounting to $1,400,000 were furnished
by the Federal Emergency Public Works Administration, in
DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 313
exchange for an equal par value of revenue bonds of the insular government,
which are equally and ratably secured by the net revenues
derived from the operation of the project, and are additionally payable
from any revenues available from the sale of electric power from all
other parts of the system owned by Utilization of the Water Resources.
The acquisition of these properties at a total cost of $1,082,431.41 will
enable the insular government to carry forward on a well founded
economic basis the development of its hydroelectric system. It will
permit the insular government to distribute additional electric power
in urban centers at a fair price to the consumers. The balance of funds
over and above the purchase price will be used in purchasing additional
equipment and improving the property which has been acquired.
Loans made by the former Puerto Rican Hurricane Relief Commission
are now in process of composition and adjustment as authorized
in Public Resolution No. 60, Seventy-fourth Congress, approved
August 27, 1935. Regulations governing the procedure to be followed
in making the compositions and adjustments were approved August
26, 1936, and, due to the present economic situation, were modified
August 10,1937. Two loans were paid off during the year. There
are now 3,001 loans outstanding, which were originally contracted in
the amount of $5,655,760, 22 loans having been fully repaid. Prior
to making adjustments, the total sum due the United States, including
unpaid interest, exceeded $6,000,000.
An issue of bonds for $1,000,000,000, dated July 1, 1936, the proceeds
from which were used in the construction of insular and municipal
roads, were sold on behalf of the government of Puerto Rico. They
were short-term bonds, $500,000 being due July 1, 1937, and $500,000
due July 1, 1938. Bidders were allowed to name a coupon rate which
would permit them to submit offers of not less than par. The offer
of the Chase National Bank of 100.08, which submitted the most
favorable bid, the bonds to bear interest rate of 1% percent per
annum, was accepted. Such a low rate of interest was most gratifying.
Jose Padin resigned as commissioner of education, effective December
31, 1936. The President nominated Jose M. Gallardo as his successor.
Dr. Gallardo was confirmed by the Senate on May 3 and
entered upon duty June 14, 1937. Funds were appropriated by the
Legislature of Puerto Rico for the employment of 100 teachers of
English from the continental United States during the year 1936 and
for 100 additional teachers of English during 1937.
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
Allocations of emergency relief funds by the Works Progress Administration
provided for the improvement and extension of Bluebeard
Castle Hotel, continuation of the homestead program, and
314 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
construction of roads connecting the most important agricultural
districts with the three towns of the Islands,
Improvements to the Bluebeard Castle Hotel included construction
of additional sleeping quarters, and a large water storage system.
Essential grading and landscaping was begun with the aid of the
C. C. C. organization.
There are now 380 holders of homesteads contracts in both the islands
of St. Thomas and St. Croix. Extraordinary rainfall has resulted in
unprecedented yields in the sugar crop in St. Croix, with the result
that many homesteaders are reaping large returns from their plantings.
Many urgently needed improvements to the sewer and water systems
were completed with Public Works funds. Government House,
St. Croix, was reconstructed and fireproofed. The P. W. A. Housing
Division has practically completed 3 urban housing projects consisting
of 126 famly units with a total of 230 rooms located in each of the 3
towns of the islands.
A joiners’ cooperative and a farmers’ cooperative distribution outlet
have been successfully established after long planning. These
cooperatives, together with the handicraft cooperative previously
established, will furnish an outlet for an increasing amount of goods
and promise to become important factors in the economic improvement
of the islands.
A total of 777 ships with a tonnage of 3,104,153 gross tons called
at the port of St. Thomas during the year, continuing the increase
in shipping begun in 1933. Favorable consideration was given by
the United States Army Engineers to the project for the improvement
of St. Thomas Harbor. In this connection, a committee, appointed
by the Governor, made an extensive study and report on the establishment
of a graving dock in St. Thomas.
A well-known American corporation has established its principal
place of business in St. Thomas. Developments of considerable
importance to the economic future of the islands may be anticipated
as a result of the action of this corporation. Considerable interest
has been evinced recently on the part of American private capital in
the possibilities of developing business opportunities in the Virgin
Islands.
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS CO.
During the fiscal year, the company cultivated 2,200 acres of sugarcane,
and prepared land to plant an additional 900 acres. The
Company purchased more than $50,000 worth of sugarcane from 700
homesteaders, which together with its own cane, produced 2,800
short tons of raw sugar, 2,500 tons being sold to refineries in the United
States. During the year, the Company manufactured 93,000 gallons
of pure cane juice rum which was placed in charred oak barrels to be
DIVISION OF TERRITORIES AND ISLAND POSSESSIONS 315
aged, increasing the total rum inventory to 496,000 gallons after
deducting the 68,000 gallons sold during the year.
EQUATORIAL AND SOUTH SEA ISLANDS
Four cruises were made from Honolulu, Territory of Hawaii, to
Jarvis, Baker, and Howland Islands during the year under the supervision
of the field representative of the Department of the Interior,
carrying water, food, and other supplies for the maintenance of the
colonists stationed thereon. Buildings for housing personnel, aerological
equipment, and miscellaneous supplies were constructed by the
colonists on each island, and a landing field was prepared on Howland
Island.
22914—37------ 22
PUERTO RICO
RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION
Ernest Gruening, Administrator, Resigned July 13, 1937
IN the 6 years preceding 1935, Puerto Rico like other parts of the
United States was suffering from the effects of the general economic
depression. But even before the crash of 1929, sugar, the island’s
chief industry, had not been profitable for a decade, due to world
overproduction. This had reduced employment and wages in the
sugar industry—generally wiped out previous profits in many instances
and increased indebtedness in many more.
Moreover, two hurricanes of unusual destructiveness swept over
the island within the unprecedentedly brief period of 4 years, in 1928
and 1932, causing property losses estimated at $175,000,000. These
storms not only damaged every island industry but uprooted hundreds
of thousands of families. The coffee agriculture of the island, on
which half a million people depend, was almost destroyed, the fruit
industry damaged to a degree so great that it has not recovered.
Tobacco and sugar industries suffered greatly.
The sugar reduction program launched by the Jones-Costigan
Act deprived some 25,000 wage earners of work.
National legislation to speed recovery on the continent, when
extended to the island, in many instances added to the already
existing hardships. Prices of food and other necessities which the
island imports in large quantities from the mainland, were raisedquota
production of sugar and tobacco was fixed below normal level.
The extension of the N. R. A. and the attempt to fix wages in the
needlework industry succeeded only in closing the shops of many
entrepeneurs and causing further unemployment. Thus, the island’s
production generally was curtailed while living costs increased.
Aside, however, from these special, if temporary, adverse factors,
it became apparent to those sincerely interested that Puerto Rico
was suffering from certain fundamental social and economic ills, not
entirely connected with world conditions but which if left unchecked
would eventually bring social and economic chaos to the island.
316
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 317
Conditions in Puerto Rico were wretched when Spain retired in
1898. About 15 percent of the school population was in school.
During the previous decade smallpox had taken an annual toll of
600 deaths. During the following 30 years under American administration
economic and social conditions improved steadily. Modern
sanitation, previously nonexistent, was introduced, an extensive
road system was constructed, many public buildings, including
primary and high schools, were erected. The university was founded.
Yet tangible as were these accomplishments they were inadequate to
meet the combined factors of depression, population growth, hurricanes,
progressive land concentration, and soil erosion. Beginning
with the island-wide hurricane of 1928 Puerto Rican economic conditions
entered a crisis which became steadily aggravated. The
hurricane of 1932 intensified the disaster. By the summer of 1934
unemployment reached a total of about 350,000.
One of the most fundamental problems has been the pressure of
island population, increasing at the rate of 40,000 a year in an area
already overcrowded and with no new frontiers for pioneering within
the limits of its own shores. In the 39 years since the advent of
American sovereignty the population has doubled. With the present
population of approximately 1,800,000—529 persons to the square
mile—with an arable area of approximately 1,225,000 acres or 0.7
acres per person, with which to sustain life, it was obvious that
only a highly developed and well controlled program could come
anywhere near meeting the problem in this strictly agricultural
country. In spite of the insular government’s extensive health
program, general health conditions of the island, due to overcrowding,
malnutrition, and a generally low standard of living, leave much to
be desired and the death rates for tuberculosis, gastrointestinal
diseases and malaria reach startling figures. Nearly 90 percent of
the rural population in the island’s interior and 40 percent of the
urban inhabitants harbor the hookworm parasite.
Another basic problem has been a progressive concentration of the
best lands of the island into fewer and fewer hands. The 1930 census
showed that out of the 261,000 persons employed in agriculture 20
percent were farm operators. The number of farm operators declined
from 5.2 percent of the total population in 1910 to 3.4 percent in 1930.
In 1930 farms less than 20 acres in size, practically all of them owned
by their operators, constituted 72 percent of the total number of
farms; yet the acreage they comprised was only 12.4 percent of the
total acreage in farms. Farms of less than 100 acres, 93.6 percent
of the total, included merely 37 percent of the total land in farms in
Puerto Rico. On the other hand, large farms of 500 acres and more,
many of them of questioned validity under the Organic Act of Puerto
Rico and only 367 in number (0.7 percent of total number of farms),
318 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
comprised 32 percent of all the area included in farms. The development
of the sugar industry as a highly capitalized and technical
business and the lack of a systematic agricultural policy to develop
diversified farming, destructive storms causing loss of crops, bankruptcy
and loss of the small agriculturists’ holdings, ignorance about
modern methods of cultivation which permitted increasing soil
erosion, excessive population increase with mounting unemployment,
and other factors, have increased the growing landlessness, crowding
more people into city slum areas, thus aggravating overcrowding in
the island’s cities.
During the period 1933-35 Federal relief funds were first made
available to Puerto Rico. It early became apparent, as stated above,
that the economic plight of Puerto Rico was not really due to the
same economic factors as on the mainland of the United States.
Therefore Federal relief funds made available for the island could
serve only a very temporary purpose, unless applied in such a manner
as to effect certain fundamental revisions in the island’s economy.
When the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration was established
by Presidential order, dated May 28, 1935, under the authority
of the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, it was with the
purpose of carrying out a comprehensive program winch would not
only relieve the immediate problems by creating widespread employment
but would also tend toward a correction of adverse economic
and social factors. For this purpose specific allotments were made
for a wide variety of projects. A unique aspect of the program in
Puerto Rico was that the tasks entrusted on the mainland to such
varied agencies as the Works Progress Administration, the Public
Works Administration, the Resettlement Administration, the Rural
Electrification Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority
were largely concentrated ‘in the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration.
Funds were allocated towards the end of August and
in September 1935 the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
was organized in Puerto Rico. Adequate office space was not available.
Temporary office buildings were, therefore, constructed and
occupied by January 1936.
The duties assigned to the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
to make reconstruction possible and effective, called for
rapid action, simultaneously on many fronts. The need of rapid
expenditure to meet the existing major economic crisis conflicted
with the desire for prudent, planned, economical disbursements,
consonant with a long-range program. This dilemma existed until on
February 11, 1936, Congress pass a bill establishing the moneys
allocated to Puerto Rico as a special fund available to June 30, 1940,
and the proceeds of operations into a revolving fund available indefinitely.
This action by Congress enabled the Administration
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 319
while meeting the immediate emergency with work-relief projects,
nevertheless to slow the tempo of its activities, to make a more
analytical approach to many problems which experience indicated
needed reconsideration, and to plan a sounder reconstruction program.
Activity had already begun along several lines, based generally
upon a program which had formerly been developed by a policy committee
composed of prominent Puerto Ricans, called to Washington
in the early part of 1935 to formulate a program of reconstruction for
the island. Land was purchased, a resettlement program to put
worthy and small farmers back on the land started, workers’ camps
were organized as a part of the resettlement and forestry projects,
giving opportunity for special educational work. Thousands of
workers concentrated in comparatively large numbers called for a
health program reaching all parts of the island, supplementing an
already efficient but quantitatively insufficient insular program.
Housing and public building began, with every effort being made to
increase employment and to create projects of a lasting value.
By June 30, 1937, labor had been provided to the extent of
68,476,254 man-hours. The peak of employment, gradually rising,
had been reached in November 1936, just prior to the beginning of the
annual sugar harvest, when a total of 59,062 persons were employed,
97.5 percent from relief rolls. With outside employment increasing
some of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration construction
projects ended. At the end of June 1937, there were 32,201 laborers
(including workers under contracts) employed and 2,576 in the supervisory
and administrative personnel.
On June 30, allocations to the P. R. R. A. from the emergency
relief funds of 1935 and 1936 amounted to $40,418,395. Of this
amount there had been disbursed $27,828,196.20. Other obligations
or commitments amounted to $5,542,653.58, leaving an unencumbered
balance of $7,047,545.22.
Principal disbursements were for wages and salaries, amounting to
$13,565,512.56; purchase of materials, supplies, and equipment,
$3,876,341.62; land purchased for rural electrification, forestation,
cement plant, housing, and slum clearance, $4,201,258.65; homesteading,
resettlement, and the sugar program involved the expenditure of
$4,185,650.81, while payments on construction contracts were $3,129,-
665.56.
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
For administrative purposes the P. R. R. A. was organized with
divisions of rural rehabilitation, rural electrification, forestry, university
buildings, slum clearance, work relief, health, planning, census,
legal, finance, business administration, and personnel. To many
sections in these divisions was assigned the vast detail work of the
320 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
reconstruction program. The Administrator’s office is in Washington,
that of the Regional Administrator in San Juan.
The Reconstruction Administration has drawn on island engineers,
architects, agronomists, physicians, nurses, social workers, laboratory
technicians, lawyers, skilled clerical and office workers—practically
every profession and specialized group—for its personnel.
Applications for administrative appointments have been filed by
45,040 persons, and employment for 4,934 to fill the executive, professional,
and clerical positions has been provided for varying periods.
All P. R. R. A. purchases were and are made through the Procurement
Division of the United States Treasury, while all disbursements
are made by the United States Treasury Disbursement Office.
LAND UTILIZATION
Agriculture being Puerto Rico’s main source of support, rural rehabilitation
was made the cornerstone of the P. R. R. A. program. It
seeks to reestablish on the land, as owners, hundreds of individuals,
many of whom formerly were small farmers and others who were
landless laborers. This marks the beginning of a new land policy.
The rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. is charged with
the responsibility of carrying out the resettlement program. More
than 70,000 acres of land have been purchased, or contracted for purchase,
as a beginning of better land utilization. These lands are, or
have been, under production in sugar, tobacco, coffee, and citrus fruit,
the island’s chief crops which provide the bulk of employment.
Laborers’ camps have been established wherever large tracts of land
have been acquired. With each camp program insofar as possible
adapted to the particular needs of the community, its workers have
been employed in agricultural and engineering work, incident to reset'
tlement. Definite hours have been set aside for studies in practical
agriculture, manual training, and elementary civics. Athletics have
been stressed. Six land resettlement camps were operated, employing
4,237 men. This is in addition to 12 forestry camps, mentioned later,
For generations soil erosion has proceeded in Puerto Rico, unchecked.
Already it has become a serious problem. The steep contours,
the heavy precipitation, combined with faulty methods of cultivation,
have permitted the washing out into the ocean of Puerto Rico’s
greatest natural asset, its soil—really its only true wealth. After any
tropical shower the blue waters of the Caribbean are discolored brown
for miles out to sea. Yet despite the obviousness of this problem it
was never recognized in Puerto Rico until the P. R. R. A. was well
under way. No consideration of soil erosion, no program to combat it,
appeared in the original rehabilitation plan. Even contour plowing
was not practiced in many parts of Puerto Rico. Instead the furrows
run straight up and down the hills, veritable conduits for draining off
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 321
the topsoil. Terracing was unknown. In consequence, not only have
many hills and upland valleys been largely denuded of their topsoil,
but the infertile subsoil has washed down and covered over the topsoil
of the valleys, seriously impairing the productivity.
A soil conservation camp, near Mayaguez, within a year, has successfully
demonstrated that much eroding land can be saved for cultivation.
Extensive work in terracing and soil-saving methods have
demonstrated a practical program for Puerto Rico’s eroded farm land.
With proper treatment, hundreds of thousands of acres can be restored
to profitable productivity. It is planned concomitantly to educate
the farmers in these new methods and to extend this work during the
coming year to other parts of the island, so that as rapidly as possible
soil conservation and correct land utilization may replace the destructive
methods hitherto in vogue in Puerto Rico.
First lands purchased for resettlers were some 4,000 acres, belonging
to the American Suppliers, Inc., an absentee owner. The land was
located in the mountainous interior, in the La Plata Valley, the finest
tobacco section of Puerto Rico. Around 480 small farms have been
created there, and allotted to laborers who qualified in the camps as
candidates for a farm. On each a house is being or will be constructed.
Up to June 30, 1937, 274 houses had been completed and
66 were under construction. Two hundred and seventy-one resettlers
are already cultivating their farms, and as more houses are completed
the rest will move in. These houses are built of concrete and are
designed to be hurricane, earthquake, and termite proof.
Immediately after the resettlers occupied their farms a program of
initial help was organized for them in the form of seed, fertilizers,
insecticides. As a result, 1,070 acres have been prepared for planting
up to June 30, 1937. Work on road building and other needed construction
has been provided for the resettlers and the income from this
labor totals $9,982.75 in wages. Others are given part-time work in
different projects of the P. R. R. A. on a salary basis. The rest of the
time is taken up in working on their own farms. A total of 543 acres
has been planted. Crops grown by the resettlers will be marketed
through newly formed insular cooperative marketing associations,
already operating.
During the period of land development, home construction, and
erection of other buildings, a crop of tobacco and winter vegetables
was planted, partly to utilize the land and in the case of the vegetables,
to demonstrate the feasibility of raising unfamiliar crops. The tobacco
was marketed through the Puerto Rico Tobacco Marketing Association.
The vegetable crop was sold in local markets, camps, and
New York markets, bringing in $5,438.48. These receipts went into
the revolving fund for further rehabilitation work.
322 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
To estimate the real importance of this vegetable raising program
it is necessary to understand that this apparently simple and elementary
form of agriculture has been virtually nonexistent in Puerto Rico.
Despite complaints about the large quantities of foodstuffs that are
imported at high prices, nothing practical had been done or had even
been contemplated to remedy the situation. Previous to the program
truck gardens had been almost nonexistent in Puerto Rico. Its landscape
makes a sad contrast with the closely tilled fields of densely populated
regions such as France, Germany, or Japan where every available
square foot of ground is utilized and has been for generations. The
failure so to utilize Puerto Rico’s soil was the more paradoxical, first,
in view of Puerto Rico’s manifest land shortage and, second, its all
year round productivity, which permits the growing of three crops of
a food staple (such as corn) which in temperate zones can be produced
only once annually.
Now vegetables never before seen have been introduced. They
have been planted and raised by the men in the camps, then introduced
into the camp fare, furnishing nutritive elements previously lacking.
Three dozen different kinds of root and green vegetables, including
turnips, cabbage, beans, okra, carrots, squash, beets, onions, potatoes,
and radishes were grown in the camp truck gardens. The prevailing
diet among the masses of Puerto Ricans, from whom the campers
were drawn, has been consistently lacking in nutritive value. Polished
rice, beans, and dried codfish, all imported, has been the standard
fare. To these are now being added, through the program above
outlined, a great variety of other foodstuffs. Many of the men, all
of whom work in the gardens as a part of their training, are purposing
to go into vegetable growing as soon as they become settled on their
homesteads. Given an extension and amplification of this program,
which will supplement the cane, coffee, tobacco, and other cash crops,
the Puerto Rico of the future probably will become an intensely
cultivated, terraced country supplying a very much larger proportion
of food for home consumption, food more varied, more nutritive, and
less costly.
In the tobacco, coffee, and citrus areas, where laborers were assigned
as a part of the reconstruction program, more than 55,000 acres were
planted to such food crops as plantains, bananas, cow peas, yams,
corn beans, pigeon peas, sweetpotatoes, rice, cassava, and pumpkins.
These plantings extended into more than two-thirds of the municipalities
in the island. No attempt has been made to estimate the value
of the food crops produced, but it is large, while the variety and extent
is greater than the island has every known, though still far from
adequate to meet island needs.
In the coffee section two large adjoining plantations, the Castaner
and Llinas farms, of approximately 1,500 acres and about one-half
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 323
under coffee cultivation, have been purchased. They are being developed
as a cooperative farming enterprise with provision for homes and
200 subsistence gardens for laborers, who will acquire theim by purchase.
The house construction program in this area is being continued
and up to June 30, 1937, 57 houses had been completed and 25 were
under way.
During the first week of June 1937, 52 houses were assigned to the
qualified laborers of the Janer camp. Remunerative work is being
provided so that the settlers may be self-sustaining while initiating
the cultivation of their land. The project also is being used as a
demonstration farm for the introduction of new crops in the coffee
area. It is planned to plant around 50 acres of Cran cultura cane.
Acres of vanilla have been planted. Citron and various tropical
fruits have been introduced.
Another tract of 1,526 acres near Luquillo recently has been purchased.
A workers’ camp was opened on June 1 and 200 houses will
be built for distribution. Four hundred and thirty-one acres have
been purchased on the island of Vieques, and a camp of 180 men will
be operated there. Fifty houses will be built.
In providing assistance to tobacco, coffee, and citrus farmers a
uniform policy has been followed of supplying part-time labor, fertilizer,
and other aid. In return farmers entered into contracts with the
P. R. R. A. to sell at one-half assessed value small tracts of land for
resettlement and homesteading, the amount sold in no instance
exceeding 10 percent of the individual tract. Final agreements entered
into on April 30, 1937, provided for the P. R. R. A. to acquire 9,229
acres from 1,607 tobacco farmers, 22,940 acres from 1,698 coffee
farmers, and 1,010 acres from 124 citrus farmers. Houses are to be
built on these plots and laborers can raise a large part of their subsistence.
Rural resettlement has become an island-wide undertaking.
The Reconstruction Administration maintains a central service
farm of 40 acres at La Plata which is rapidly converting itself into a
practical school for the resettlers. All of its land is under cultivation
following new methods in agriculture, judicious fertilizing, disease
and insect control, and seed selection. The farm has provided large
amounts of seeds, corn, beans, rice, sweetpotatoes, yucas, dasheens,,
and yams to the resettlers. The farm also supplies plants, baby
chicks, livestock, use of barns, implements, and farm machinery.
The superintendent of the service farm serves as the local representative
of all marketing cooperatives and agricultural credit agencies.
A modern poultry farm has been established at the central service
farm for the purpose of incubating and growing pure-bred poultry
for distribution among the resettlers and homesteaders in the whole
island
324 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Also 40 pedigreed Anglo-Nubian goats have been sent to La Plata
for breeding purposes in order to improve the goat breeds of the
resettlers. These goats are high milk producers.
Five other smaller or junior service farms are in operation in this
region, which includes five municipalities. They are affiliated with
the central service farm. Service farms will be established at other
land projects, as developed.
Perhaps not the least important of the land utilization program has
been the follow-up service for resettlers. Much training is necessary
among the country people of Puerto Rico to overcome the inertia
engendered by forced unemployment, undernourishment, illness, and
the rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. has provided an
inspection force to assist the newly formed farmer or resettled laborer
to plant a garden, raise poultry, or improve his home.
The program is aimed directly at checking land concentration,
crowding of slums, and importation of foodstuffs. When completed,
over 12,000 new houses will be built and as many families will for the
first time be producing a good part of their food supply while living
under standards heretofore unknown to them.
Not the least of the important projects carried out by the rural
rehabilitation division has been the introduction of new crops designed
to fill the gap that exists in an agricultural country largely devoted to
specialized farming. This is especially important in the coffee area
where the devastating hurricanes practically have ruined a once
prosperous industry, and where curtailed markets have discouraged
redevelopment of the original acres. Special attention has been
given to the growth of vanilla, an enterprise which originally was
investigated by the Puerto Rico Emergency Relief Administration,
Studies continued by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
indicated that 21,000 acres of coffee lands in successful vanilla production
would supply the entire American market vanilla beans, supplanting
present foreign imports valued at almost $5,000,000 annually.
The industry would provide labor for some 9,000 men and provide an
entirely new secondary source of income for coffee farmers.
Vanilla propagation, requiring highly specialized technique, is being
developed along with further experimentation in the field and laboratory.
Methods of cultivation and curing which promise to evolve a
profitable new industry are under careful scrutiny.
Other crops of promise are citron, sour lemon, and various insecticidal
plants, the cultivation of which is being extended by the P. R. R. A.
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 325
CAMPS AND EDUCATION
In October and November 1935, steps were taken to establish the
-camps section of the P. R. R. A. Shortly thereafter it was organized
together with the educational and supply units. It functions under
the direction of the rural rehabilitation division.
The general aim of this section is not only to house workers on projects,
but to contribute to human reconstruction by developing in the
workers a greater ability to study and solve problems confronting
them in their daily lives, through the inculcation of good social habits,
agricultural and industrial skills, and through better nutrition coupled
with the inculcation of certain elements of hygienic living.
In April 1936 the Reconstruction Administration took over two
camps which were already in operation under the forestry division.
These camps were enlarged and repaired. During June 1936 the
construction of eight forestry camps was undertaken. Camps were
constructed on land resettlement projects with the following result:
Eighteen camps have been operated at an average cost of $1,200 a
month each.
A total of 4,237 men have received the benefits of the workers’
reconstruction camps.
A total of 1,055,360 man-hours have been worked.
A total of 5,376 man-months have been employed.
Salaries and wages have averaged $963.54 per man-year of employment.
During the month of January 1937 camp Dona Juana was transferred
to the C. C. C. from the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration.
At the end of March, camps Mariano Abril and Fernandez Juncos,
and during the month of April, camps Elzaburu, Munoz Rivera, and
Betances completed the periods for which they were intended and
ceased to operate. Similar action was taken with 11 more camps at
the end of June 1937.
The educational section of the Rural Rehabilitation Division began
to operate January 2, 1936. Its staff is made up of a chief, a supervisor
of health education and health recreation , a supervisor of agriculture,
a head teacher in charge of special duties in the office, a secretary
to the chief, and a stenographer. The present field personnel is as
follows: 11 teachers of agriculture, 11 assistant camp teachers, and 11
recreational teachers.
The aforementioned objectives are being sought through health
education, outdoor and indoor recreational activities, reading, discussions
of social and economic problems directly affecting the laborers,
gardening and poultry, and manual arts.
In September 1936 practical truck gardening was included in the
educational program. This activity has given encouraging results.
Tomatoes, beans, cabbages, carrots, onions, lettuce, cucumbers, egg326
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
plants, red peppers, potatoes, squash, and similar crops were barvested
with splendid yields.
Over 75 percent of illiterate laborers in the camps have been taught
to read and write sufficiently to continue their studies by themselves.
HEALTH ACTIVITIES
Success of the island reconstruction program to a large degree
depends on the extent to which the people may have the facilities
for both physical and economic health. Without the former the
latter is wholly impossible. While the health activities of the
P. R. R. A. confine themselves chiefly to those engaged in the organj.
zation, nevertheless a fair cross section of the entire island is reached.
All workers are given medical examination, and treatment when
needed.
In the camps future homesteaders are under constant observation.
Every effort is made to have them physically fit before they assume
their new obligations. Medical treatment is provided for the men’s
families as well as the men themselves. Hookworm elimination and
prevention, inocculation against typhoid fever, vaccination for smallpox,
prophylaxis and treatment of venereal disease, are part of the
camp routine. Simple sanitation and personal hygiene have been
taught in all camps.
Outside of the camps, dietary diseases and malaria have been
given special study. More than 11 percent of the workers examined
at Lafayette sugar central showed positive malaria reaction.
Rural medical centers have been in operation in sections where
resettlement camps have not been established. These centers cover
51 municipalities. Each consists of three dispensaries staffed by a
physician, nurse, social worker, and clerk. Through the dispensaries
a careful rural health survey is under way. Both general and specialized
clinics have been opened with a physician in attendance twice
each week at each dispensary. Measures have been undertaken to
check the spread of hookworm and malaria along with the treatment
of those infected.
The health division has worked in close cooperation with the insular
department of health, the department of education, and the School
of Tropical Medicine.
Health Activities
Physical examinations________________________________________ 17, 402
Treatment for malaria________________________________________ 4, 070
Treatment for uncinariasis_____________________________________ 13,122
Typhoid fever innoculations___________________________________ 40, 720
Smallpox vaccinations________________________________________ 60, 245
Laboratory examinations______________________________________ 60, 245
Dental service_______________________________________________ 11, 930
Number of clinics held________________________________________ 6, 613
Patients attended____________________________________________ 127,569
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 327
SUGAR PROGRAM
Sugar is the backbone of Puerto Rico’s economic life. Annually
its agriculture, processing, and transportation represent a business
turn-over of millions of dollars. Yet the industry has brought serious
problems.
From a technical standpoint it is efficiently run. The criticism
which it faces from a sector of Puerto Rican opinion relates to its
social aspects. The four largest companies, while American, are
absentees as far as Puerto Rico is concerned. Others are of Spanish
ownership and therefore absentees from the national, American
economy, as well as from the insular economy. The profits of these
enterprises are taken away from the island and the political power
of the companies frustrates adequate assessment and taxation.
Moreover, the sugar industry—of necessity a large scale industry—
has led to the progressive concentration of the best lands in fewer and
fewer hands. The resulting large land holding is in contravention
of the will of Congress, expressed 37 years ago and reaffirmed in the
Organic Act limiting corporations engaged in agriculture to ownership
of not more than 500 acres of land. (The validity of this legislation
is for the first time being tested in the courts.) Below the larger
agricultural-industrial sugar enterprises in the insular social structure
are the colonos or cane farmers, independent cultivators whose holdings
range from a fraction of an acre to over a thousand acres. These
colonos deliver their cane to one of the company mills where it is
ground and payment made on a basis of total quantity delivered plus
sucrose content. The colonos have been emphatic in asserting a
disadvantage in dealings with the larger corporate enterprises; that
the virtual monopolies of these centrales resulted in unfavorable
contracts to the growers; that credit conditions imposed upon them
were oppressive. At the bottom of the sugar scale are the agricultural
workers, poorly paid, inadequately housed, seasonably employed
during the 5 months of the cane cutting season, and uprooted
and unremunerated during the other seven. The great excess of
population and labor supply makes betterment of their condition
through unionization or collective bargaining difficult to attain.
The sugar program of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
has been directed along the line of demonstrating through
the yard-stock method that these problems might be corrected.
Tor this purpose, the Central Lafayette with properties covering
three municipalities in the southeastern part of the island, under
Trench ownership for almost a century, was acquired in December
1936. It is noteworthy that this property was 100 percent absenteeowned
both as regards the national and the insular economy. That
was one impelling factor in its selection for purchase. The property
328 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
includes a modern raw sugar factory of 2,500 tons daily grinding capacity,
10,040 acres of land owned and approximately 8,000 additional
acres under lease, leases also acquired. The property includes also
railroads, rolling stock, work cattle, and other material and equipment
essential for operation. To achieve the objectives of the sugar
program, the following general set-up was adopted:
(a) Distribution of the land among laborer’s cooperatives, and to
resettled colonos.
(b) Operation of the mill on a cooperative basis, membership of
which was to be the land cooperatives and colonos who had formerly
ground their cane in this mill. This group numbered more than 300,
the great majority of whom cultivated less than 10 acres each.
To carry out the above, a cooperative, the Asociasion Azucarera
Cooperativa Lafayette, was organized by a group of the farmercolonos
on November 19, 1936, and a month later, simultaneously
with the purchase of the sugar properties, this cooperative assumed
title, and obligated itself to pay to the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration the full purchase price of the mill properties.
One million three hundred and sixty-three thousand one hundred and
ninety-nine dollars and forty cents was the amount paid for the mill
property which will be amortized over a period of 20 years with payment
of principal to begin in 1940 and with interest at 3 percent. The
Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration holds a first mortgage on
all property as security for this loan. An additional advance of
$261,841.12, secured by a lien on the industrial benefits of operations,
was extended to the cooperative for initial operating expenses.
On December 11, 1936, eight land cooperatives were organized from
among the agricultural workmen. A total of 3,006.91 cuerdas of land
has been transferred to these eight land cooperatives, together with the
cane growing at the time of the transaction, representing a total value
of $1,543,741.51. These land cooperatives also purchased and hold
in joint ownership the livestock, agricultural implements, and other
movable property necessary for the field operations. The Puerto
Rico Reconstruction Administration holds as security for these loans
a first mortgage on all this property, and in addition the mill cooperative
and the several land cooperatives have entered into a management
agreement with the administrator of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration whereby their interests will be handled by the manager
of the mill cooperative, who is a P. R. R. A. employee, thus securing a
central and efficient management. The balance of the land is being
held by the administration for organizing additional land cooperatives
so that every worker’s family in the Lafayette area may be given the
opportunity to participate in the enterprise and to become a small
home owner. Meanwhile this land, destined for future cooperatives,
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 329
is being cultivated for the account of the administration by the
centralized management.
As an integral part of membership in the land cooperatives, a resettlement
program, designed to give better living conditions to thelabor
members, has been inaugurated by the P. R. R. A. and land
has been set aside for the building of approximately 1,000 laborers’
homes. The first 300 houses are under construction. Each family
will be given sufficient land for gardening and for raising small livestock
and poultry. Payment will be amortized over a period of years.
A centra] service farm has been established to assist the resettled
laborers, as well as the colonos who are members of the mill cooperative,
with their agricultural problems. The first buildings have been
erected. Three vocational schools, to be operated by the insular
government, have been erected within the district and a new modern
hospital is being built at the Central for the benefit of the laborers,
the other employees, and their families. At the end of the first year’s
operations, June 30, 1937, the cooperative ground 257,110.27 tons of
cane and manufactured 258,308 bags, 250 pounds each, of raw sugar.
The average yield was 12.69 percent. Of this amount, 76,383.27 tons
of cane were delivered from the land of the agricultural cooperatives,
the balance from the lands held by the Reconstruction Administration
and by independent colonos on their own property. Despite the fact
that management of the properties was not acquired until January 1,
1937, and consequently no control was had over initial operating
expenses, the project will show a profit of over $200,000 on the first
year’s business.
The acquisition of Lafayette, which was a totally absentee-owned
property sending its profits abroad to a single family, is an important
move seeking to rectify the most criticized social aspects of the sugar
industry in Puerto Rico. Assuming management to be successful, it
should result in—
1. Keeping the profits of the enterprise in Puerto Rico.
2. Elimination of exploitation.
3. Improved housing, sanitation, and social service, tending to
establish higher standards of social responsibility among sugar
enterprises generally.
In the rehabilitation program as first proposed in Puerto Rico, as
presented to the Reconstruction Administration and widely publicized,
the purchase of a number of mills simultaneously was recommended,
as well as their transfer to the hands of colonos. The Reconstruction
Administration after careful consideration modified both proposals.
It limited itself, for the present, to the acquisition of one mill in behalf
of cooperatives, in the belief that prudence dictates a careful exploration
of the possibilities of operation of one such enterprise before any
wholesale embarkation on a program obviously so administratively
330 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
difficult and fraught with important consequences. Second, it rejected
the idea of loaning substantial sums of public money solely for
the rehabilitation of a relatively limited group of farmers, some of them
substantially well-to-do, to the exclusion of a great body of landless
and indigent agricultural workers whose distressed condition under
this plan would have remained virtually unmodified. The fundamental
objectives—the correction of social weaknesses inherent in the
rapid development of Puerto Rico’s indispensable part-sugar economy—
are, however, maintained unqualifiedly.
COCONUT BUD ROT ERADICATION PROJECT
According to a report by the insular experiment station after
the 1932 hurricane, 185,005 palm trees were destroyed by the two
successive hurricanes of 1928 and 1932. It also reported 603,193
standing palms. The palms, palm leaves, stumps, and other coconut
trash were lying between the rows of standing palms hindering cultivation
of the groves and serving as excellent harboring places for
destructive insects, especially the well-known destructive Rhinocerous
beetle, transmitter of the dreaded coconut bud rot disease. Production
of nuts sank to the lowest level on record, and many groves were
in a state of virtual abandonment.
With an allocation of $111,900 a strict sanitation campaign was
prosecuted—an essential forerunner of any cultivation or replanting.
Its objectives were to destroy by fire all tree trunks on the ground,
rotten stumps, standing diseased palms, leaves and trash, to prevent
the spread of disease from these foci of infestation to healthy growing
palms, and to clear the ground for cultivation and further planting.
It was calculated that 335,000 palm trees were required to replace
those uprooted by storms and to plant barren areas in existing groves.
The program was launched in May 1936 as a relief project under the
rural rehabilitation division of the P. R. R. A. A monthly average
of 300 laborers were given work for 5 days a week, at a daily wage of
75 cents, for a period of 1 year and 1 month. On June 30, 1937, a
total of 25,690.48 acres had been cleaned; 57,976 standing rotten palms
and fallen trunks and 232,909 stumps had been removed, 586,808
larvae and 40,729 adult beetles had been destroyed. These activities
were confined to the Bayamon, Canovanas, Mayaguez, and Arroyo
districts and are 93.5 percent complete.
COOPERATIVES
Agricultural cooperatives are not new in Puerto Rico, but due to
lack of trained leadership, under capitalization and competition from
the speculative groups, the cooperative movement has, until recently,
suffered many setbacks.
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 331
In the last 3 years both the insular and the Federal Government
have taken important steps to aid the development of cooperatives.
The insular legislature created a fund of $100,000 to further cooperatives
in the island, and through this the “Cafeteros de Puerto Rico”
was able to expand its functions until it now occupies a dominating
place in the coffee industry.
The extension to Puerto Rico of the Bank for Cooperatives and of
the Production Credit Association, aided in forming the Puerto Rico
Tobacco Marketing Association.
The P. R. R. A. has assisted in improving and consolidating cooperatives
already in existence, and attempts to fill in the gaps with
new cooperatives where these were needed.
With the aid of the insular government in 1935, 163 cotton farmers,
organized for cooperative marketing under the Puerto Rico Marketing
Association for Minor Crops, produced 211 bales of cotton which sold
in New York for $30,000. Last year 743 farmers produced and sold
544 bales of cotton for $88,000. The price in 1936 to the farmer was
better, and the cost of ginning and marketing was reduced by half.
To furnish further aid, the P. R. R. A. has erected a cotton gin and
warehouse at Isabela of adequate capacity, it is believed, to meet the
expanding needs of a group of farmers who, by their efforts, are doing
much for their own rehabilitation. A corn cooperative also has been
organized, based on the experience with the cotton growers. A corn
bin and mill have been erected along side the cotton gin at Isabela.
In another field again working with the insular government, a
needlework cooperative has been established, designed to aid many
thousands of skilled needleworkers, whose employment ceased with
the ending of relief, in becoming self-supporting. Organized as
Puerto Rico Handcraft, Inc., this organization has been selling its
high grade handmade, silk garments in the island for some months,
preparatory to seeking an outlet in the United States.
Needlework has developed into one of the island’s leading industries
offering employment to some 50,000 women, many of them on part
time and working in their homes. Although wages have been low
the industry has provided the sole means of support for thousands of
families. As now organized, the industry almost invariably calls for
a degree of hand and machine work in Puerto Rico on materials cut
and stamped on the mainland. The work is done usually on a contract
basis through agents and subagents whose commissions, together
with competition from oriental countries for similar work, keep wages
at a minimum. The needlecraft cooperative will do its own designing,
cutting, finishing, and marketing.
On June 1, 1937, the planning division of the P. R. R. A., having
functioned effectively in the two initial years of planning, was discontinued
and was reorganized as the division of cooperatives in order
22914—37------ 23
332 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
to concentrate its attention during the coming fiscal year on the organization
of the following cooperative enterprises: Agricultural
cooperative of Puerto Rico (a purchasing cooperative), Arecibo Fruit
Growers’ Cooperative Association (a canning cooperative), a cooperative
association of all insular vegetable growers, and a cooperative
project for the manufacture of yuca starch, vegetable oil and lard, and
cattle feed. The first two mentioned have already been organized
and construction has been started on the canning building for the
Arecibo Fruit Growers’ Cooperative Association.
CATTLE TICK ERADICATION
A tropical variety of fever tick, about which little information is
available, has long infested not only island cattle but horses, mules,
and goats. The annual economic loss resulting from tick infection
has been large and this parasite, in cattle, has been one of the chief
factors in holding back the proper development of an island dairy
and meat industry. Local consumption of milk if averaged on a per
capita basis, would amount to about a spoonful daily. In the diet
of the masses beef is practically unknown.
In cooperation with the insular department of agriculture and commerce,
the P. R. R. A. initiated a program designed to clean the
island of the fever tick. The insular legislature cooperated by
enacting a stringent quarantine law and work was commenced in
April 1936.
Research work is being conducted by an entomologist. This work,
so far as is known, is the first official research relative to the variety
of tick found in Puerto Rico and it is likely to be some months before
its life cycle and habits have been ascertained.
To carry out the program for fever tick eradication the island has
been divided into three zones. In the western zone, 290 dipping
vats have been completed, approximately 5 kilometers apart. Late in
March a systematic dipping campaign was begun and the area was
placed under quarantine. By the end of June 502,296 cattle, 12,492
goats, and 76,261 horses and mules had been twice presented at the
tanks for dipping at 14-day intervals. Work is supervised and directed
by the local representative of the Bureau of Animal Industry of the
Department of Agriculture.
RURAL ELECTRIFICATION
The topography, meteorology, and agronomy of Puerto Rico combine
to make the island an ideal terrain for the development of hydroelectricity.
Puerto Rico’s steep hills, rising to the 4,400-foot apex of
the twin peaks of Los Picachos, at almost the exact center of the
island, release a heavy precipitation. In the Luquillo Range at the
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 333
eastern end of the island it reaches 150 inches annually. The resulting
cascades in the steep and narrow gorges furnish potential sites for
dams and reservoirs, and the generation of power from the interaction
of gravity and water. When it has completed its precipitous descent
the stream is utilized for irrigating the cane fields which fill the coastal
lowlands. With no mineral fuel resources, with every gallon of oil
or pound of coal transported from the continent, at high prices, the
conservation of the natural water supply, and its conversion into
motive power, is in every sense an economically and socially desirable
objective. Thereby a locally available, self-replenishing and perpetual
source of energy, obtainable ultimately at moderate prices, replaces
an exhaustible, expensive, imported fuel. And thus the two essential
objectives, power production and irrigation, are attained, effectively
distributing and diminishing costs.
Over 20 years ago the insular government entered the field of power
development incidental to the establishment of a public irrigation
system. In 1915 a division of the insular department of the interior
was created, known as utilization of water resources, having under
its active control the Puerto Rico Irrigation Service and, later, the
Isabela Irrigation Service. Lack of funds prevented more extended
development. The P. R. R. A. program for rural electrification has
not only provided the insular government with long-needed assistance
to carry on the extension of its system and the development of one of
the island’s most valuable natural resources, but has proved an excellent
work-relief project. An area of approximately one-half of the
island in which a third of the population resides is included in the
territory served, and to be served, by the P. R. R. A. program. Not
only is the additional power needed to meet existing demands but to
provide for expanding industrial requirements not met by private
enterprise.
The rural electrification program of the P. R. R. A. includes development
of two new water power projects, long under study by the
insular government, and the addition of new units to hydroelectric
plants already in operation. Two hundred miles of transmission
lines and 200 miles of distribution lines are included. As completed
all of the units are being coordinated into a single service which in turn
is interconnected with privately owned public-utility lines for islandwide
exchange or power when needed. When the P. R. R. A. initiated
its power program three large private corporations controlled the
three major urban districts of San Juan, Ponce, and Mayaguez.
Believing the inclusion of one or more of these concentrated markets
desirable for the insular system, the P. R. R. A. requested the assistance
of the Federal Power Commision and the Rural Electrification
Administration, which through their respective executives sent experts
who approved the purchase of the Ponce and Mayaguez utilities.
334 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
By means of a P. W. A. loan the Ponce plant was acquired in April
1937 and incorporated in the utilization of water resources. Simultaneously,
substantial reduction in rates for the electric customers of
Ponce took place. Immediately thereafter, following the prescribed
program, negotiations were entered into for the similar acquisition of
the Mayaguez Power & Light Co., a move highly desired by the
citizenry of that community. This transaction which would result in
a unified power system occupying the southwestern half of the island,
had not been consummated on June 30.
The rural electrification division began to function in October 1935.
Of the projects for which funds were allotted there have been completed
and transferred to the government of Puerto Rico, Toro Negro
Hydroelectric Plant No. 1, started October 10, 1935, completed March
20, 1937, at a cost of $692,600, Toro Negro Hydroelectric Plant No.
2 started October 10, 1935, completed March 20, 1937, at a cost of
$493,100, and Carite Hydroelectric Plant No. 3 started October 7,
1935, completed January 8, 1937, at a cost of $227,000. The combined
annual output of these plants is 26,000,000 kilowatt-hours.
The cost of transmission and distributing lines and telephone equipment
constructed and installed under these projects, is included in the
figures quoted. Ninety-four miles of 37-kilovolt transmission lines
and 192 miles of distributing lines to which 2,880 customers have been
connected have been constructed to date.
It is estimated that the Dos Bocas Dam started November 1, 1937,
and the Garzas Dam started October 7, 1935, to be completed in 1939,
will cost approximately $3,834,000 and $3,875,000, respectively. The
combined annual output will be in the neighborhood of 64,000,000
kilowatt-hours.
The expenditures on the Dos Bocas project to date have been principally
for surveys and engineering, construction materials and equipment,
and the usual construction camp facilities. In addition to
similar items of expense, 13.2 miles of all-weather access roads have
been completed on the Garzas project, and 1,800 lineal feet of tunnel
driven.
The engineering, supervision, and construction of these rural electrification
projects have provided work for 291 appointive employees
to whom $447,593.24 has been paid in salaries, and 4,221,463 manhours
in labor at a cost of $1,007,036 in wages.
REFORESTATION
The valuable virgin forest which covered most of Puerto Rico when
Columbus discovered it, has long since disappeared except in small
areas, principally in the Luquillo Range of the Caribbean National
Forest and the Maricao Insular Forest.
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 335
Of the total insular extent of approximately 2,000,000 acres, it is
estimated, that 500,000 acres are best suited for growing timber.
Approximately 300,000 acres of this potential forest area are so owned
and located as to be practicable for purchase and administration by
the government as public forest. So utilized, these forests, besides
being of great commercial value, would be of great benefit in conserving
stream flow—essential for the insular hydroelectric and irrigation
systems—and in checking soil erosion. The remaining 200,000
acres are chiefly in small parcels and so scattered that the necessary
reforestation can best be accomplished by private owners.
Such a reforestation program has been initiated by the forestry division
of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, in cooperation
with the United States Forest Service and the insular forest service.
It should result in the public reforestation of a total area of slightly
more than 200,000 acres by 1940, or about 40 percent of the island’s
total area suitable for forestation.
Climatic conditions are excellent for tree growth in Puerto Rico due
to the year-round growing season and generally abundant rainfall.
Many varieties of valuable cabinet woods thrive. Some of the Spanish
cedar seedlings planted in 1935 attained a growth of 22 feet within a
year, almost 2 feet per month.
The forestry division of the P. R. R. A., organized in September 1935,
began actual field work the following month. Since then—up to
June 30, 1937—approximately 20,000 acres of denuded forest lands
have been purchased and planted. The cost of the land was $300,000,
or $15 an acre, including cost of examinations, appraisals, and surveys.
Three forest nurseries with a capacity of 20,000,000 trees per year
have been established and have produced the equivalent of 30,000,000
trees at an average cost of $6.33 per thousand. Fifteen thousand
acres of land have been cleared and planted at an average cost.of
$33.33 per acre. Approximately 50 miles of road has been constructed
at an average cost of $10,000 per mile. More than 100,000 pounds
of seed have been gathered from the more desirable types of trees
which the island supplies while 18,000 pounds of seed have been
brought from South and Central American countries, including Haiti,
Panama, Trinidad, Guadalupe, and the Dominican Republic. In
general three types of trees have been planted, those useful for construction,
tropical hardwoods suitable for cabinet use, and quickgrowing
trees for making charcoal. Charcoal is still the fuel in most
common domestic use in Puerto Rico and many tons are imported
annually.
The program has had a marked influence in stimulating general
interest in reforestation in the island. The insular forest service
Pas reported the distribution of more than 2,000,000 seedlings.
These were distributed on request to individuals for planting wind336
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
rows or woodlots rather than for foresting definite areas. Nevertheless,
these seedlings were sufficient to plant over 1,500 acres.
As a part of the forestry program a recreation park was developed
in Luqudlo forest, visited by more than 50,000 people within the year,
The recreational area is provided with roads, trails, shelters, overnight
cabins, and two swimming pools. Completion of the roads now
under construction will bring the recreational area within easy access
of the eastern half of the island.
Mona Island—lying in the Mona passage separating Puerto Rico
and the Dominican Republic—some 25 square miles in extent, formerly
rich in tropical timber, and virtually a deserted island, with two
cave-dwelling families and three lighthouse keepers as its sole human
inhabitants, is now being reforested. It has a large game supply and
offers alluring possibilities as a unique tropical forest, game preserve,
and recreational area.
UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS
The University of Puerto Rico, to which the island looks for trained
personnel for development of its agricultural resources, protection
of health, and broad community leadership, is largely supported by
a special property tax, provided more than 10 years ago. Because
of financial distress in much of the farming area the university’s
income had been greatly reduced during a period in which there has
been an exceptional increase in enrollment and enlarged demands on
the institution. An enrollment of 1,400 in 1929 has increased to
more than 5,000. As a result the university has fallen behind in an
orderly program of supplying the barest needs in plant and equipment.
Despite many handicaps, the university, founded in 1903, has
grown steadily, has established an enviable reputation in the field
of tropical medicine, and made useful contributions to insular agriculture
and engineering.
The building program, made possible by a P. R. R. A. grant of
$1,422,000, provided for new structures for the colleges of liberal arts
and sciences, law, and pharmacy situated at Rio Piedras, and the
College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts at Mayaguez. A university
building division was organized, work was started on the
first building on December 5, 1935, and as of June 30, 1937, 2,267,176
man-hours of work had been provided. This building program is
largely completed and the new structures will be occupied during the
coming academic year.
The library, normal building, the home economics building, the
biology building, and teachers’ college, all located at Rio Piedras,
have been completed and transferred to the board of trustees for the
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 337
use of the university. At Mayaguez, the plant industry building
and the agricultural annexes also have been completed.
Reconstruction of the administration building at Rio Piedras has
been partially completed. An additional appropriation of $65,000
is needed to complete the interior of this edifice.
Approximately $60,000 have been spent on campus improvements
including fence, sidewalks, athletic field, and roads. The contract
for installation of water supply and an electric plant for the college
at Mayaguez remains unexecuted, strikes in the United States having
delayed the delivery of materials.
Work has been started on enlargement and reconstruction of the
School of Tropical Medicine, using $240,000 not included in the original
allotment made to the university. The enlarged facilities which
the building and its adjoining hospital will give the School of Tropical
Medicine are of vast importance, not merely for improving the island
health program, but for making Puerto Rico, strategically located in
the tropics and on the inter-American air routes, the most important
center for tropical medicine research in the Western Hemisphere.
CEMENT PLANT
Edwin C. Eckel, chief geologist of the T. V. A., in 1934 and again in
1936, studied the feasibility of the establishment of a cement plant in
Puerto Rico, to be government-owned and operated and to supply all
government requirements. He concluded that a plant of 1,000 barrels
daily capacity was justified and approved the feasibility of the project
as a government property. His estimate of production costs indicated
a large saving to the government in view of the extensive housing
project planned as a fundamental part of the reconstruction program.
Cheaper cement will make possible a greater number of houses.
Construction of the cement plant has been commenced near Catano,
across the bay from San Juan, with $1,225,000 appropriated for the
project. Since the insular government normally is the largest consumer
of cement, an arrangement has been made whereby the plant
is to be operated by the insular government and an appropriation of
$150,000 for this purpose was provided by the last session of the
insular legislature. The plant will be ready for operation about
January 1, 1938.
It is expected that under government operation the plant will be
able to produce cement at a price approximately equal to that at
which foreign cements are delivered in Puerto Rico. However, as
only cement of American manufacture is used in government projects
it is confidently believed that government operation of the cement
plant will result in a saving on all public construction.
338 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
WORK RELIEF
With the ending of the administration of the Federal Emergency
Relief Administration in Puerto Rico in June 1936, and the cessation
of all direct relief, not only were thousands of Puerto Ricans deprived
of needed financial and material assistance, but numerous projects
were left incomplete, adding to unemployment in many municipalities.
The work-relief division was conceived to finish a wide variety of non-
Federal public projects already undertaken, to provide employment
particularly in those sections not otherwise benefited by P. R. R. A.
activities. In all 177 projects have been undertaken, many of them
finished, with total appropriations of approximately $1,400,000, of
which more than $1,000,000 has been paid in wages. More than
5,000,000 man-hours of work have been provided.
Work-relief projects include the completion of more than 82 kilometers
of roads, 13.7 kilometers of streets, 10.7 kilometers of curbing
and guttering, and 3 kilometers of side walks. Twenty-four publicschool
buildings have been reconstructed or repaired, ranging in size
from one-room rural schools to urban high schools; a new vocational
building for the School of the Blind was erected, and a two-story building
at the leper colony, partially destroyed by fire, was reconstructed.
Two municipal hospitals were built and restored and two city halls
reconstructed. A cotton gin and warehouse, at Isabela, was completed
for a cotton cooperative organized under the auspices of the
P. R. R. A. A cooperative corn mill and warehouse was completed
and machinery installed. Several laboratories were reconditioned.
Extensive repairs were made to the patio of the Governor’s palace,
built by the Spanish more than 400 years ago—a building of great
historical value and architectural interest.
A concrete landing pier was built at Sein Bay, Culebra, where naval
vessels and marines assemble for winter maneuvers. On the island
of Vieques, where unemployment has been high, the municipal power
plant was modernized in cooperation with the municipality. At
Mayaguez more than a mile of concrete storm sewer was constructed,
and repairs, reconstruction, and additions made to various municipal
water systems and filter plants, including the laying of several miles of
piping. At Aguadilla an athletic field and recreation park were built
to mark the site where Columbus landed in 1493, the only spot under
the American flag where the discoverer set foot. Several other public
playgrounds and recreational centers were constructed or improved,
in several instances with the communities contributing to the cost.
Forty-five medical dispensaries were completed and provision made
for the erection of 19 buildings to house health units to be operated
by the insular government in connection with the reconstruction
program.
PUERTO RICO RECONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 339
Reconstruction totaling $355,000 on War Department property in
San Juan was likewise undertaken. It includes the reconstruction of
the ancient Santo Domingo barracks, one of the island’s historic
edifices dating from the early sixteenth century. It also includes the
remodeling of the old “Manicomio”, another colonial edifice, to render
it available for the motorized transport of the Sixty-Fifth United
States Infantry. The War Department in turn has transferred to
the insular government an extremely valuable tract of land of some 7
acres on Ponce de Leon Avenue, the capital’s principal thoroughfare.
This tract, located between the School of Tropical Medicine and the
United States Weather Bureau, is to be reserved for public medical
purposes, the western half of the lot specifically for future expansion
of work in tropical medicine.
HURRICANE STATIC RESEARCH
Research was originated under the Federal Emergency Relief Administration
and continued by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
to seek to improve methods of hurricane prediction based
on the detection of static electricity in the atmosphere. This work
is proceeding in a special laboratory erected on the grounds of the
University of Puerto Rico, in conjunction with a similar laboratory
at the University of Florida. Since last January two stations operated
by the United States Naval Research Laboratory and two
operated by the National Research Council of Canada have been
collaborating.
HOUSING AND SLUM CLEARANCE
The great deficiencies in the housing of Puerto Rico’s teeming population
are apparent to even the most casual visitor.
The urban housing program of the P. R. R. A. not only aims to
provide more satisfactory shelters for hundreds of thousands of slum
dwellers, but also to distribute the population more rationally, and
thus take the first steps toward breaking up the congested slum areas
of San Juan and other island cities.
Surveys have been made in each slum area, listing all families, their
income, rent now paid, expenses, etc., so as to determine the financial
status of the groups to be affected and to adjust the program accordingly.
The main slum clearance projects are well advanced. One is San
Juan, on reclaimed land transferred by the insular government, will
provide 216 family units, and a similar project in Ponce, 142 family
units. Now nearing completion and ready for occupancy on or
before September 1, the San Juan project is a series of adjoining
apartments of reinforced concrete, built to withstand hurricanes,
340 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
earthquake, and fire. The structures are three stories high, with
interior patio, and four apartments to a floor. Each apartment has
two bed rooms, bath, kitchen, and a large combined living and dining
room. A recreational building provides playground space for
children.
On a tract of 220 acres of land at Hato Rey, a suburb of San Juan,
work has commenced for the erection of 416 houses-—the beginning
of a large model village. The site has 2,619 residential lots, with ample
space reserved for parks, schools, and churches. Streets have already
been laid out, sewerage and water system provided, and the first
group of houses will be completed within a few months.
The Juan Morell Campos development at Ponce, is a modern
urbanization on a 41-acre tract on which there will be 142 home units
of four rooms each.
Cost of these houses will average $2,000 not including the added
cost of development, construction of streets, and utilities. It is
planned to rent them to families now living in the slum areas at
rents of from $8 to $16 per month, with eventual ownership, under
terms not finally determined.
Another project of far-reaching possibilities is the Trujillo Alto
development. A farm of 485 acres has been purchased for resettlement
purposes but it has been decided (because of its closeness to
San Juan) to place on the 1-acre homesteads, heads of families now
employed in the city. Concrete houses, costing not more than $900
are now being constructed and a rural village of over 350 houses will
result. This will be the first of similar projects as a practical approach
toward slum clearance.
THE ALASKA RAILROAD
O. F. Ohlson, General Manager
THE passenger-train schedule in effect during the summer of 1936
provided for three round trips each week between Seward and Fairbanks,
with supplementary service out of Seward to Anchorage and
Palmer, and out of Fairbanks to Nenana and McKinley Park, operating
in conjunction with the arrival of passenger steamers at Seward
on Tuesdays and Fridays of each week, and with the bimonthly
arrival of river steamers at Nenana from Dawson on the upper Yukon
River, and from Marshall on the lower Yukon River.
A reduction was made on September 26 to one round trip each week.
From November 1, 1936, to February 17, 1937, passenger-train service
was not rendered except to furnish connections with the arrival at
Seward of the two voyages of the steamship General W. C. Gorgas.
With the resumption of regular steamer service between Seattle and
Seward, regular weekly passenger-train service was reinstated on
February 18. During April and for 2 weeks in May, passenger
service was operated biweekly to correspond with arrival of passenger
steamers at Seward. The 1937 summer schedule, identical to that
operated in 1936, was adopted on June 8.
Mixed train service between Anchorage and Matanuska branch line
points was operated daily until August 23, 1936, when the Sunday train
was discontinued. From the 1st of November to the end of the fiscal
year, mixed train service to Matanuska branch line points was operated
variously with one to three round trips being made, depending upon
the volume of traffic to be moved.
Freight-train service between Seward and Fairbanks varied from
weekly to biweekly, depending upon the volume of traffic, and the
arrival of steamer connections. During the period November 1,
1936, to February 17, 1937, when regular passenger-train service was
suspended, freight trains were operated as mixed trains, operating on
a weekly schedule, connecting at Seward with Coast Guard cutters
which handled United States mail between Seward and Juneau.
341
342 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Special passenger trains and extra freight trains were operated when
the volume of traffic offered for movement could not be handled by
regular service.
During the period July 1, 1936, to close of river navigation on
October 13, 1936, a round trip by river steamer was made every 2
weeks between Nenana and Marshall.
River boat service for the 1937 season of river navigation will consist
of one round trip every 2 weeks between Nenana and Marshall.
During the fiscal year, a total of nine round trips was made by river
boats between Nenana and Marshall, one round trip between Nenana
and Ruby, four round trips between Nenana and Tanana, one round
trip each between Nenana and Hot Springs and Nenana and Squaw
Point; one one-way trip was also made from Tanana to Nenana.
A 200-ton capacity barge was constructed at Nenana and placedin
service in May 1937.
Freight handled by river steamers during the fiscal year amounted to
approximately 6,220 tons, this being an increase of 2,172 tons over the
amount handled the preceding year and consisting mostly of mining
machinery and fuel oil, and being indicative of a revival of gold
mining along the Yukon River. Passengers handled amounted to 325,
a decrease of 19 under the number handled in 1936.
During the year, 10 freight tariffs, five supplements to freight
tariffs, 11 passenger tariffs and 1 supplement to passenger tariffs
were issued, regulating rates on freight and passenger traffic.
A study of the freight rate structure was undertaken during the
latter part of the year, the result of which was a general increase in
rates, made applicable to practically all classes and commodities.
Coal rates were increased on May 20, 1937, in amounts varying from
25 to 30 cents per ton on local shipments; and the low export rates were
increased 60 cents per ton. Petroleum and petroleum products were
increased on the same date 15 cents per hundred pounds, being equivalent
to 1 cent per gallon. The through rates applying from Seattle
and Tacoma, Wash., to railroad points were revised on May 30, 1937,
to provide for a 3-percent increase on the railroad proportion of the
through rates and a Seward terminal charge of $2 per ton. Local class
and commodity rates were increased 3 percent and tariff issued in
June, to become effective during July 1937.
A competitive tariff was issued on April 12, 1937, naming carload
rates on beer, groceries, and items of iron and steel from Seattle to
Anchorage, at an increase over similar rates in effect last year during
the period of navigation on Cook Inlet.
The Alaska Steamship Co., a party to the through tariff, increased
their proportion of the through rate 5 cents per hundred pounds on
October 15, 1936.
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 343
The number of rail-line revenue passengers carried in 1937 totaled
27,675 passengers, a decrease of 15,406 passengers as compared with
last year, and due largely to a reduction in the local travel between
Anchorage and Matanuska Valley points, also to reduced travel during
the period of the maritime strike. Rail-line revenue passenger miles
for the same period decreased 919,030 passenger-miles, the total for
1937 being 3,672,826 miles.
Passenger earnings, rail-line, decreased $34,702.19 in 1937, as compared
to earnings in 1936, the passenger revenue for 1937 being
$196,449.72. The average revenue per passenger increased from $5.36
in 1936 to $7.09 in 1937, caused by a greater number of long-haul
passengers being handled.
Rail-line freight hauled totaled 157,717 tons, an increase of 6,707
tons over that handled in 1936. The tonnage of rail-line freight included
94,294 tons of coal, 2,089 more tons of coal than was hauled in
1936. The rail line ton-miles revenue freight was 25,676,316 tonmiles,
an increase of 2,075,425 ton-miles over 1936.
Rail-line freight revenue totaled $1,449,010.51, an increase of
$110,689.82 over the previous year.
The pay roll for 1937 amounted to $1,632,503.66, an increase of
$60,049.41 over the preceding year. This increase is largely attributable
to the application of the Annual Leave Act of March 4, 1936,
which affects practically all employees of the railroad. The average
number of employees in 1937 was 802, an increase of but 11 over the
previous year.
The statistical report shows an operating deficit of $172,065.90,
which includes a loss of $174,587.92 incurred in the operation of oceangoing
vessels between Seattle and Alaska during the period of the
maritime strike. Disregarding the figures for the ocean-line operations
and considering only the figures covering the operation of the rail and
river lines, there was an operating profit of $2,522.02, which figure
included an amount of $7,448.99 expended during the year from a sum
of $250,000 provided in appropriation act of 1932 for the investigation
of mineral and other resources available which will affect railroad
tonnage, which amount, if deducted, would show an operating profit
of $9,971.01. Last year the profit was computed as $9,677.92.
A line change, costing $128,127.25, was made from mile 53.1 to
mile 53.3, to eliminate two deteriorated snowsheds built in 1918 at
a cost of $199,934. This work was started July 21, 1936, and was
completed November 25, 1936.
To eliminate 1,188 feet of timber snowsheds in the vicinity of mile
76, work was commenced June 1, 1937, on a line change to cost approximately
$74,931, work to be completed in October 1937=
To protect embankments from erosion, 13,461 cubic yards of rip-rap
was placed at various points.
344 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Between mile 49 and mile 58, 11,175 cubic yards of gravel was placed
as ballast, and 10,300 cubic yards of gravel was placed in three bridges.
Work was started on remodeling the old warehouse at Healy to
provide a messhouse and some sleeping quarters. A house was taken
down at Eska and moved to Carlo to be rebuilt for section quarters.
The section house at Sunshine was moved to higher ground. The
construction of a new cold storage plant, adjacent to the commissary
at Anchorage, was begun. The new warehouse at Holy Cross, started
last year, was finished.
Concrete pipes were laid under bridges for six culverts between
Curry and Gold Creek. The wooden truss spans of Bridge 146.4,
over Knik River, were taken down; the material for a new steel bridge,
consisting of 10 spans, 80 feet long, was purchased; and seven new piers
of creosoted piles were driven. The south two spans of bridge 148.3,
over the Matanuska River, were taken down preparatory to being
replaced with a new steel bridge.
The addition to the Curry Hotel, started last year, was completed.
It connects the hotel with the annex and comprises 12 rooms with
private bathrooms, 4 private bathrooms to serve 4 rooms in the main
hotel, and 6 multibedrooms without private bathrooms.
From mile 58 to mile 66, the 65-pound steel rails were replaced with
70-pound rails.
The telegraph and telephone pole line was reconstructed for 33.6
miles by replacing native poles with butt-treated cedar poles.
RAIL LINE OPERATING REVENUES
1937 Increase
over 1936
Decrease
under 1936 Percent
Passenger______________________________________________
Freight_________________________________________________
Miscellaneous__________________________________________
Total___________________ _________________________
$196,449.72
1,449,010.51
217, 308. 55
$110,689. 82
1,064.61
$34, 702.19 15.0127
8.2707
.4923
1,862, 768. 78 111, 754.43 34, 702.19 4.3149
RIVER LINE REVENUES
Passenger______________________________________________
Freight_________________________________________________
Miscellaneous__________________________________________
Total---------------------------- ------- ---------------------------------
$8,836. 75
64,894.05
19,003. 23
$14, 054. 40
$1,039.55
3,090.41
10.5257
27.6445
13.9877
92, 734.03 14, 054. 40 4,129.96 11.9846
RAIL AND RIVER LINE REVENUES
Passenger______________________________________________
Freight_________________________________________________
Miscellaneous---------------------------- -------------------------------------
$205, 286.47
1,513, 904. 56
236, 311. 78
$124,744. 22
$35, 741.74
2,025.80
14.8288
8.9798
.8499
1,955, 502.81 124,744. 22 37,767. 54 4.6548
RAIL LINE EXPENSES
Maintenance and operation including replacements_____ $1,882,177.33 | $78,178.16 4.3336
1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931
Operating ratio, railroad, percent-------------------- 100. 36 100. 70 105.61 117. 26 122. 73 132.09 154.31
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 345
RIVER LINE EXPENSES
1937 Increase
over 1936
Decrease
under 1936 Percent
$83, 997.09 $938.04 1.1044
1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931
90.57 102. 57 94.60 67.23 99.25 103.09 112. 46
RAIL AND RIVER LINE EXPENSES
1937 Increase
over 1936
Decrease
under 1936 Percent
Including replacements. $1,966,174. 42 $77, 240.12 4. 0890
RAIL LINE DEFICIT
Maintenance and operation including replacements______ $19,408.55 $1,125. 92 — 6.1584
RIVER LINE PROFIT
Maintenance and operation____ ________________________ $8, 736.94 $10,862. 48 — 511.0456
RAIL AND RIVER LINE DEFICIT
Maintenance and operation including replacements_____ $10, 671.61 — $9, 736. 56 47. 7092
RAIL AND RIVER LINE NET PROFIT
Net profit (expenses of operation of rail and river lines,
expenses of miscellaneous operations and uncollectible
railway revenues, less revenues of operation and nonoperating
income), excluding ocean line______________ $2, 522. 02 $19,965. 91 — 114. 4578
OCEAN LINE REVENUES
Passenger.. . . . _________________ $36,534.25
134,544. 62
33,944.88
Freight.___ . .. .. _______________________
Miscellaneous___ _______________________________________
205,023. 75 $205,023. 75
OCEAN LINE EXPENSES
Maintenance and operation $379, 611.67 $379,611. 67
OCEAN LINE DEFICIT
$174, 587. 92 $174,587.92
346 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
RAIL. RIVER, AND OCEAN LINE NET DEFICIT
1937 Increase
over 1936
Decrease T)
under 1936 Ferc®t
Net deficit, including operation of ocean line.
Deficit’
1925____________________________________
1926____________________________________
1927____________________________________
1928____________________________________
1929__________________________ _________
1930____________________________________
1931____________________________________
1932____________________________________
1933____________________________________
1934____________________________________
1935____________________________________
1936____________________________________
1937 (including emergency ocean line) _. _
Profit 1937 (excluding emergency ocean line).
Total payroll_______________________________
$172,065.90 $154,622.01
1,632, 503. 66
$1,575,139.08
1,017,860. 22 . ......
839,424.58
799,095. 66 .
916, 599. 21
1, 213,155. 78 „
577. 474. 24
401,123. 92
257,083 73 ..
178.973. 33 ..
73, 674. 66
17, 443.89
172,065.90 ..
2, 522.02 _____ '
-------------------- 3.8188
Appended hereto is a chart showing comparative statement of
revenue and expenses of The Alaska Railroad for the fiscal years
1924-37, inclusive.
OPERATION OF OCEAN-GOING STEAMERS
During October 1936, a maritime strike on the west coast tied up
commercial shipping operating to Alaska, and as there was danger of
a shortage of food supplies and other necessary commodities in the
Territory, The Alaska Railroad under authority of an executive order
issued by the President on November 17, 1936, chartered two vessels
from salmon cannery operators, which with the Office of Indian
Affairs’ motorship Boxer and motorship North Star, opened ocean
service from Seattle to southeastern and southwestern Alaska ports.
The two vessels which were chartered were not entirely suitable for
economical commercial operation, owing to absence of cold storage
cargo space and passenger accommodations on one and limited cold
storage cargo space and passenger accommodations on the other, but
due to the emergency and the lack of more suitable vessels, it was
necessary that they be chartered, and minor repairs were made to
adapt them to the railroad service. The steamship Arctic was
chartered at Alameda, Calif., and the steamship General IV. C. Gorgas
at Seattle, Wash.
The motorship Boxer was dispatched from Seattle, Wash., on
December 6, 1936, with cargo and passengers for southeastern and
southwestern Alaska, with a round trip between Seward and Kodiak.
The Boxer also made two trips to the westward and Aleutian Island
points with cargoes brought from Seattle to Seward on the Arctic
and General Gorgas before returning to Seattle.
The steamship Arctic loaded cargo at Seattle, Wash., for Seward
and way ports, and departed on December 10, 1936, arriving back in
Seattle on January 5, 1937. After unloading southbound cargo, the
Arctic was returned to the owner at Alameda, Calif.
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 347
The steamship General W. C. Gorgas made two round trips between
Seattle, Seward, and way ports, departing from Seattle on December
15, 1936, and January 15, 1937, returning to Seattle on February 9,
1937, and after unloading was returned to owner.
The Office of Indian Affairs’ Motorship North Star returned from
Alaska just prior to Christmas and was made available for the railroad.
It was necessary for the railroad to expend $29,495.53 repairing and
equipping this vessel for use before it was sent to southeastern Alaska
with passengers and cargo.
The repairs and improvements on the motorship Boxer and motorship
North Star were necessary to place these vessels in seaworthy
condition and to meet the requirements of the United States Department
of Commerce, and the cost would have to be borne by the Office
of Indian Affairs at a later date when required for their service, if
the railroad had not done this work.
In order to secure crews for the vessels, it was necessary to employ
members of the maritime unions at the salaries paid by the Alaskan
salmon packing companies, which were higher than the rate paid by
the commercial steamship transportation companies operating to
Alaska prior to the interruption.
Another factor which caused an operating loss was the lack of
revenues on the return voyages. During the winter months, there is
practically no shipping from Alaska to the States, and consequently
return cargoes were not available.
The maritime strike was settled February 4, 1937, and the railroad
discontinued operation of vessels as soon as they reached their home
port thereafter.
The railroad has not had occasion in the past to operate ocean-going
vessels in commercial transportation and in submitting the estimates
for the operation of the railroad during the fiscal year 1937 no amount
was included in anticipation of a loss from this source, which amounted
to $174,587.92.
TRANSPORTATION
Weather conditions during the entire fiscal year were unusually
severe. Temperatures during the winter were abnormally cold, and
in addition, an abnormal amount of snow fell which in the spring
created high waters in all of the streams crossed by the railroad,
causing much trouble. Heavy rains during the spring and summer
caused many mud and rock slides, and in the southern district more
than the normal amount of snowslides occurred.
On March 19, a southbound passenger train derailed on the bridge
at mile 85.6. No injuries were sustained by either the passengers or
the members of the train crew. The point of derailment was on a 10°
curve, and the resulting investigation failed to disclose the cause for
22914—37-------24
348 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
the derailment, the track, bridge, and equipment being in good
condition.
New equipment placed in service consisted of one 21-passenger
trailer car, to be used in conjunction with the Kalamazoo rail motor
car purchased last year, and a coach seating 72 persons, purchased
second hand and reconditioned in the Anchorage shops. The steel
diner which was undergoing conversion into an observation car at the
end of last year, was completed and placed in service in July.
A total of 7,038.22 tons of coal, consisting of 2,010.32 tons sacked
coal and 5,027.9 tons bulk coal, consigned to points served by connecting
carriers, passed outbound over Seward dock. This is an
increase of 255.49 tons in sacked coal and an increase of 46.07 tons in
bulk coal, or a total increase of 301.56 tons, as compared with that
handled last year.
Canneries located at Anchorage shipped to Seattle via Seward
canned salmon amounting to 2,344.6 tons, an increase of 1,135.7 tons
over last year.
There also passed over Seward dock 1,251.12 tons of ore from points
on the railroad, consigned to smelters in the States, an increase of
810.35 tons over last year and due largely to heavy shipments of
antimony ore from the lignite district.
There was an approximate decrease of 886 passengers arriving and
departing Seward on regular scheduled steamers this year, as compared
to last year, caused by suspension of regular steamer service
during the maritime strike.
MAINTENANCE
An average of 339 men were employed during the year in the
maintenance of roadway and structures. Employment ranged from
a high of 673 employed in June 1937, to a low of 165 employed in
December 1936.
Tie renewals totaled 140,727 untreated ties, 48,701 ties more than
were placed in the track in 1936.
The retimbering of tunnel 354.7, unfinished at the close of last
fiscal year, was completed in December 1936.
An old snow shed at mile 76.5 was torn down and those at mile 76.0
and mile 76.1 were repaired slightly to carry them through the winter
of 1936-37, they to be abandoned in favor of a line change, the construction
of which was started in June 1937. The south halves of
bridges 25.7 and 14.5 were redriven, as were several other trestles.
Part of the Seward dock, outside of the buildings, was replanked.
The Lowell Creek flume at Seward was cleaned out and repaired
during June 1937, for the War Department.
Miscellaneous maintenance repairs were made to the various bridges,
buildings, and other structures. Five regular bridge crews of about
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 349
65 men were used throughout the year in this work, supplemented by
additional crews of approximately 50 men working for from 1 to 5
months of the year.
Three ditcher crews were used during the summer season, and
occasionally at intervals in the winter, clearing slides and performing
general work of ditching along the right of way.
Two steam shovels were operated at various times during the year,
loading gravel and rock onto cars.
On June 18, 1937, about 1,000 cubic yards of rock broke loose from
the top of the face of Curry rock pit and fell into pit, demolishing a
steam shovel; no personal injuries were sustained, as the crew was not
working at the time.
MECHANICAL
The rolling stock of the railroad was maintained and repaired in
the main shops at Anchorage and auxiliary shops at Fairbanks, Healy,
Curry, and Seward. All important and heavy maintenance repair
work was performed in the Anchorage shops. The average number of
employees in the mechanical department during the year was 135
employees.
The reconditioning of one second-hand coach, purchased during the
year, was 95 percent complete at the end of June 1937.
MATERIAL
As in previous years, all coal consumed by the railroad was obtained
from local mines, 42,160.96 tons being received during the year, comprised
of 34,527.81 tons bituminous coal, and 7,633.15 tons lignite
coal. Coal issued amounted to 40,164.05 tons, 1,153.61 tons more
than last year. The average price per ton paid for coal was $3.2832,
an average increase of $0.1166 per ton over last year.
During the year, 141,362 standard untreated cross ties were received.
Piling to the amount of 34,220 lineal feet was purchased. Cordwood
purchased on the Tanana and Yukon Rivers for the river steamers
amounted to 1,525 cords.
The value of material on hand June 30, 1937, amounted to $420,-
943.17, which is $60,778.09 less than the balance carried at the end
of last year.
CURRY HOTEL
Guest days at Curry Hotel totaled 5,662, a decrease of 97 under
the number of guest days for 1936. In addition to the commercial
guests, quarters were furnished to trainmen for a total of 3,160 days,
an increase of 304 days as compared to last year. The net operating
profit for the year was $41.72, a decrease of $1,006.83. The cost per
meal was reduced from 82 cents per meal to 81 cents per meal. Reduced
travel during the period of the maritime strike caused a decrease
350 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
in the operating profit for the year 1937, as compared with the
preceding year.
COMMISSARY AND MESS HOUSES
The operation of camp mess houses and Anchorage commissary
produced a net profit of $16,060.63 for the year, a decrease of $6,774.34
under the profit earned in 1936 and due to increased cost of supplies
and materials used in the operation of the mess houses, no change
being made in the rate charged for meals.
HOSPITAL
Employees were hospitalized at the Anchorage base hospital for
2,475 patient days, compared with 1,912 days last year. The total
patient days for all patients, including employees, was 6,358%. The
total last year was 6,210% days. The deficit from operating the hospital
amounted to $11,544.19, as compared with $9,632.73 last year,
an increase of $1,911.46.
Employees injured during the course of their employment totaled
279, of which number 118 resulted in no loss of time, 30 in loss of time
less than 3 days, 86 in loss of time of 3 days or over and less than 30
days, and 45 in loss of time 30 days or over. Payment on account
of beneficiaries under Employees’ Compensation Act during the year
amounted to $47,001.59; of this amount $35,053.88 was paid directly
to beneficiaries in cases arising prior to July 1, 1936, and $10,015.52 to
beneficiaries in cases arising during the fiscal year 1937, and miscellaneous
expenses to beneficiaries totaled $1,932.19.
TOURIST TRAFFIC
Tourist traffic continued to increase, which was a result of the
favorable publicity given to Alaska through the press and to the
advertising campaign in national publications carried on by the railroad
jointly with connecting steamship lines and western railroads.
As in the past, there continues three advertised routes to tourists
that include as a portion of the journey a trip over the railroad. These
are known as the Yukon Circle Tour, Golden Belt Tour, and the All
Rail Tour. For the accommodation of those passengers making the
round trip, Seattle to Seward and return on the same steamer, a side
trip to Anchorage and Palmer was available. At Palmer, busses
transport the tourists to the various points of interest.
During both the 1936 and 1937 tourist season, the Alaska Steamship
Co. operated four vessels on the Seattle-Seward run, furnishing
bi-weekly service.
The American-Yukon Navigation Co. operated one river steamer
between Nenana and Dawson during the season of navigation,
arriving at Nenana every second week.
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 351
AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT
The railroad continued throughout the year to disseminate information
on request to prospective settlers. These requests were quite
heavy due to the press reports circulated about the Governmentsponsored
colonization project in the Matanuska Valley. However,
but few settlers acted upon the information furnished and located in
the railroad belt, due greatly to lack of capital necessary to undertake
such a venture, and the further fact that all desirable land in the
Matanuska Valley was withdrawn from settlement.
INVESTIGATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF MINERAL RESOURCES
The value of the mineral production increased rapidly and was the
main source of revenue of the Alaska Railroad. The mineral production
from the area served by the railroad had a value of approximately
$11,000,000 in the calendar year 1936. This is greater than ever
before attained. The direct benefit of the railroad to the mining
industry is indicated by the fact that in 1923, at the completion of
the railroad, the value of the mineral production from this area was
one-seventh of the total production of Alaska, while in 1936 it was
one-half.
Gold continued to be the chief metal produced, and all of the
districts from Seward to Yukon River points were very active.
Development of a low grade gold deposit in the Broad Pass district,
which may furnish a shipping concentrate, was favorable and will be
continued. Approximately 140,000 tons of coal was produced from
the Healy River and Matanuska fields—the largest amount ever
produced. Approximately 900 tons of antimony ore was mined and
shipped to various smelters in the United States, and it is probable
that this industry will continue.
The Mining and Geological Department of the Alaska Railroad,
in cooperation with the Alaskan branch of the United States Geological
Survey, examined mines, prospects, and mineralized areas,
and furnished information to a large number of prospectors and
developers of mining properties. Approximately 2,000 feet of underground
development was completed at the Alaska Railroad’s emergency
coal mine at Eska, and late in the fiscal year the erection of a
small power plant was started. With the completion of this project,
the coal requirements of the Alaska Railroad can be met within a
few week’s notice.
gene ral remarks and out look for traf fic in the
FUTURE
The program of improvements and rehabilitation was continued
during the fiscal year 1937, consisting of ditching, bank widening,
grade raising, ballasting and replacing wooden culverts with concrete
352 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
and corrugated iron pipe, placing rock to protect roadbed against
erosion from rivers, streams and tide action, replacing deteriorated
wooden bridges with steel bridges, and making line changes to
eliminate deteriorated wooden snowsheds.
The Pacific Coast maritime strike in October 1936, resulted in the
abrupt and complete severance of commercial shipping between the
Pacific Coast and Alaska.
Because of appeals for ocean service from the Governor of Alaska, the
Territorial Chamber of Commerce of Alaska, and individual chambers
of commerce of the various cities to the President and the Secretary of
the Interior, informing of food shortage and other necessary supplies
and medicine, the Alaska Railroad, under authority of an Executive
order issued by the President, dated November 17, 1936, chartered one
ship from a fish canning company to render the service, but as it became
apparent that the disuption would be of some duration, another fish
company’s ship was chartered, augmented by two smaller motorships,
the North Star and Boxer of the Office of Indian Affairs, for service
between Seattle and southeastern and southwestern Alaska ports,
also Aleutian Islands. The maritime strike ended February 4, 1937,
and the Alaska Railroad discontinued operation after the ships reached
their home ports.
Due to the fact that no return cargo from Alaska is available during
the winter months and that three of the ships were not equipped to
handle passengers, and that approximately $35,000 was expended to
recondition the Bureau of Indian Affair’s vessels, the rendering of
this service resulted in an operating loss of $174,587.92.
FINANCIAL
Gross operating revenues for the rail and river lines were $1,955,-
502.81, an increase of $86,976.68, or 4.65 percent, over the comparable
figure for 1936. An advance in the cost of material, supplies, and
equipment created an increase of $77,240.12, or 4.08 percent in the
operating expenses for the same period. The total for this year
amounted to $1,966,174.42.
The operating profit derived from the rail and river lines amounted
to $2,522.02, an increase of $19,965.91, or 114.45 percent. The operating
profit included an expenditure of $7,448.99 made during 1937
for investigation of mineral or other resources, which amount, if
deducted, would produce an actual operating profit of $9,971.01.
Last year the profit was computed as $9,677.92.
Passenger earnings in 1937 decreased $34,702.19, or 15.01 percent.
Freight earnings for the same period increased $110,689.82, or 8.27
percent. The rail-line revenue passengers in 1937 decreased 15,406
in number, as compared with last year, attributable to the cessation
THE ALASKA RAILROAD 353
of boat service to Alaska during the period of the maritime strike,
also due to the reduction in short-haul passengers. Rail-line freight
tonnage handled increased 6,707 tons, and is indicative of the continued
improvement in business conditions in Alaska.
The pay roll for 1937 amounted to $1,632,503.66, an increase of
$60,049.41 over the previous year. This increase is largely attributable
to the application of the leave act, which was extended to practically
all employees of the railroad.
During October 1936, 5,484.12 tons of scrap iron, an accumulation
since 1929, was sold f. o. b. cars Seward, Alaska, to a Seattle concern,
for which the railroad received $50,855.68, also $4,977.58 for loading
cost on the ship at Seward. This transaction created earnings for
employees of the Alaska Railroad in the amount of $25,590.48, and
the railroad a profit of $30,242.78.
The act approved June 29, 1936 (Public, No. 836, 74th Cong.),
provided for retirement of employees of the Alaska Railroad, Territory
of Alaska, who are citizens of the United States, except clerical employees
who are made subject to the Civil Service Retirement Act.
During the year, 43 employees were retired because of age and 3
because of disability.
During May 1937, the railroad received an allotment of P. W. A.
funds amounting to $730,000 for the construction of a steel bridge
over Knik River; making line change from mile 75.8 to mile 76.3;
ballasting roadbed; construction of four section-gang houses; completion
of gravel fill on pile trestle approach at the south end of Nenana
River bridge; and the construction and equipping of a hotel and
necessary utilities and outbuildings to accommodate tourists to Mount
McKinley National Park.
OFFICE OF SOLICITOR
Nathan R. Margold, Solicitor
THE tasks of the immediate staff of the Solicitor included the representation
of the Secretary of the Interior in litigation in the courts
of the District of Columbia, the drafting of proposed legislation and
reports thereon, the representation of the Department before congressional
committees, the preparation of land decisions and departmental
opinions and findings, the handling of legal features of Indian reorganization,
and the review and other disposition of all other legal
matters.
During the past year the Solicitor has represented the Secretary of
the Interior in various actions contested in the courts of the District
of Columbia. The Department has prevailed in all cases that came
on for hearing during the past year, one in the court of appeals, and
four in the district court. Three of these controversies concerned
public lands; the other two involved Indians. The Solicitor and his
staff have also assisted the Department of Justice in the prosecution
and defense of actions in other courts.
In the United States District Court for the District of Columbia,
19 war minerals relief cases were disposed of by dismissal or by entry
of consent decrees. There remain of record in that court 59 war
minerals relief cases, the disposition of most of which is delayed by
reason of the failure of claimants’ attorneys to furnish necessary
data. Numerous cases are still pending in the War Minerals Relief
Commission, which, when disposed of, will be reviewed by the Solicitor’s
staff.
A quantitative summary of the work, exclusive of litigation, is set
forth in the following table:
354
OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 355
i “Miscellaneous matters” include such transactions as the following: Contracts for the erection of buildings,
road construction, supplies, etc.; reports on legislation; grants, transfers, and cancelations of mineral
leases and permits; contracts with irrigation districts; grants and acquisitions of rights-of-way for power
lines and for ditches and canals; withdrawals and restoration of lands; determination of power rates.
Land decisions
Opinions
of Solicitor
Indian
matters
Miscellaneous
matters1
Totals
Pending July 1,1936-------------------------------------------------
Received during the year------------------------------------------
Total ____________ _________ _ __ -
436
695
233
679
135
7,312
273
10, 359
1,077
19, 045
1,131
783
912
561
7,447
7, 324
10, 632
10, 510
20,122
Disposed of during the year---------- •_-------------------------- 19,178
Pending June 30, 1937----------------------------------------------- 348 351 123 122 944
There is a decrease in the number of land appeals, due to the
smaller number of routine matters—stock-raising homestead cases
and ceded Indian lands cases—received during the past year. Nonroutine
cases continue their usual heavy volume.
Requests for formal opinions of the Solicitor continue to increase
in number. In the year just past 679 requests for opinions were
received, an increase of 189 over the submissions of the preceding
year; and 561 formal opinions were rendered, as contrasted with only
334 during the preceding year. Of the opinions rendered in the fiscal
year 1937, 333 were title opinions and 164 involved accident claims,
as against 99 and 156, respectively, during the preceding year. At
the close of the present year there were still 210 title cases pending in
the Solicitor’s Office, but a procedure has been devised to speed up
this work in the future by stationing title examiners in the field to
conduct the preliminary examinations.
In addition to these special categories, requests for opinions have
covered the usual broad range. The most notable trend of the past
year seems to be that the submissions to the Solicitor no longer reflect
the addition to the Department of new bureaus or activities, but
involve new questions arising in the course of administering existing
agencies and functions. The following subjects are typical of the
requests that were received and acted upon in the course of the year:
Power of the Secretary to grant and forfeit hot-water privileges at Hot Springs
National Park under the act of March 3, 1891.
Nature and extent of the right of the United States, under the Boulder Canyon
Project Act and the contract of December 1, 1932, with the Imperial irrigation
district, to the net proceeds of any power development on the All-American
Canal, in relation to the security for loans proposed to be made to the district by
the Public Works Administration and the Rural Electrification Administration.
Authority of the Secretary to reserve waters for the natives of Alaska to protect
their fishing rights.
Eleven questions relating to the interpretation of the Mineral Leasing Act of
February 25, 1920, with particular reference to problems of lease royalties and
issuance of leases in connection with unit plans.
356 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Authority of the Department to limit the issuance of grazing privileges to a
portion of the applicants within the preference class relating to section 3 of the
Taylor Grazing Act, where the range within a grazing district is insufficient to
provide for all applicants within the class.
Right of State game wardens to enter upon restricted Indian reservation lands.
Whether the act of March 3, 1891, bars a suit to reform homestead patents
issued more than 6 years previously without reservation of minerals, where
existing law required such reservation to be made.
Right of Indians and Indian Pueblos to enjoy equal consideration with other
persons in the granting of grazing privileges under the Taylor Grazing Act.
Applicability of the Coatwise Load Line Act and the Convention for Safety of
Life at Sea to boats operated by the Department between Seattle and Alaskan
ports.
Whether the lands embraced in the various Mission Indian reservations in
California remain in tribal ownership until trust patents have issued to allottees,
and whether, prior to the issuance of such trust patents, Congress may abandon
the distribution in severalty and adopt some other mode of distribution.
Whether the rates under section 5 (a) of the Boulder Canyon Project Act can
be fixed as required by competitive conditions without regard to the general
project financing requirements, if the rates called for by competitive conditions
at the first or later readjustment should be insufficient to finance the project cost
under the first sentence of section 5 of the act.
Special mention should be made of certain extended opinions prepared
in the Solicitor’s Office, two of them involving complicated
questions under the amendatory War Minerals Relief Act of May 18,
1936, the other consisting of data prepared for the Secretary in connection
with his decision on the complaint of the State of Nebraska
against the construction placed by the Bureau of Reclamation on
contracts made under the Warren Act between the United States and
private irrigation districts on the North Platte River for the sale of
surplus water from the Pathfinder Reservoir.
Many of the legislative measures sponsored by the Department at
the first session of the Seventy-fifth Congress involved highly controversial
issues and resulted in lengthy hearings which required extensive
research and preparation as well as numerous appearances
before congressional committees by the legislative specialists attached
to the Solicitor’s staff. Few of the measures sponsored by the Department
were acted upon before the close of the fiscal year, due to
delay in the general legislative program, but mention should be made
of the following bills, supported by the Department, which progressed
to final passage:
A bill (S. 1567) to provide for the production, conservation, and sale of helium
gas by the Federal Government, and authorizing the acquisition of properties for
the production thereof.
A bill (H. R. 7618) changing the policy of administration of the revested Oregon
and California Railroad and reconveyed Coos Bay Wagon Road grant lands by
authorizing the Department to carry out a program of sustained-yield management,
and adjusting the distribution of receipts from said lands.
OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 357
A bill (H. R. 5394) providing for the acquisition and subsequent addition to the
Yosemite National Park of approximately 7,000 acres of virgin sugar pine timber.
Two bills (S. 2092 and H. R. 7642) to authorize the completion, maintenance
and operation of the Bonneville Dam project on the Columbia River.
A bill (S. 1722), known as the “reindeer bill”, to establish a permanent and selfsustaining
economy for the Eskimos and other natives of Alaska by promoting
native ownership and activity in the reindeer industry.
A bill (S. 2172) to prevent speculation in lands in the Columbia basin prospectively
irrigable under the Grand Coulee project.
As in previous years, the drafting of regulations necessary to implement
the many and varied statutes under which the Department
operates has constituted an important part of the work of the Solicitor’s
Office. Among those deserving special mention may be cited
the following:
Rules of procedure for the conduct of hearings and appeals from decisions of
regional graziers denying such applications for grazing appeals under the Taylor
Grazing Act.
Regulations of the Indian Arts and Crafts Board for the promotion of sales of
genuine Indian products.
Regulations for credit operations under the Indian Reorganization Act and the
Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act.
Regulations relating to oil and gas leases for lands within the boundaries of a
unitized area, issued subsequent to the approval of the unit agreement for such
area.
The work of the legal sections of the General Land Office and of
the Geological Survey has increased progressively with the administration
of oil- and gas-conservation measures, particularly with
respect to the negotiation, drafting, and final approval of unit plans
for particular oil and gas fields. Once again it is noted that, notwithstanding
the blanket Executive order withdrawals of November 26,
1934, and February 5, 1935, there is as yet no diminution in the work
coming from the Homestead Division of the General Land Office.
This is accounted for by the fact that the withdrawals have been
modified by subsequent Executive orders and by legislation, which
have restored certain privileges under the public-land laws and also
created new rights and privileges. Moreover, the modification and
amendment, respectively, of the Executive order of November 26,
1934, and section 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act, by the act of June 26,
1936, has created a new class of business with resultant miscellaneous
inquiries and applications for classification opening and entry.
The important business of administering the estates of deceased
Indians, other than members of the Osage Tribe or of the Five Civilized
Tribes, is handled by a staff which is still numerically inadequate
despite improved organization and administrative procedure. Indian
probate cases are currently a year behind, notwithstanding that the
examiners completed, during the past year, 1,712 new cases and 47
rehearings. In this connection it should be pointed out that the
358 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
appraised value of the 1,712 estates reported by the examiners of
inheritance was $3,208,229.46. The probate fees on these estates,
amounting to $43,495, were covered into the Treasury. The probate
fee in the average case is about $25, and the average examiner can
complete some 200 cases a year. This means that each examiner
earns for the Government about $5,000 a year. Yet the highest
salary paid an examiner is $3,000, and the proposed salary of the
additional examiner, allowed by the Budget for 1938 but stricken out
by Congress, was only $1,800.
The work of the probate attorneys in Oklahoma assigned to assist
the Indians of the Five Civilized Tribes continues to show improvement,
as evidenced by expressed satisfaction on the part of many
Indians, and complaints from those whose interests He in exploitation.
Closer liaison with the Department’s Division of Investigations has
materially aided the work of these attorneys. During the past year,
the Oklahoma probate attorneys made 1,615 court appearances in
cases involving property worth in the aggregate $5,481,480.50. They
participated in 418 deed and lease approvals, resulting in a saving to
the Indians of $334,128.97. The supervising probate attorney in
Oklahoma approved attorney’s fees, in individual amounts of more
than $100, totaling in the aggregate $66,307.17.
The most notable feature of the year at the Osage Agency has
been a check on guardianship matters there, initiated by the Osage
tribal attorney, which disclosed laxities and discrepancies in many
guardians’ accounts. As a result steps are now being taken whereby
the Osage Tribe will employ a competent auditor, who is also an
attorney at law, who will currently check all Osage guardianships
and thereby prevent overpayments or improper disposition of funds.
The legal staff attached to the Indian Irrigation Service has, at the
request of the local United States attorney, prepared the appeal and
briefs in the important water-right case of United States v. Powers,
now pending in the Circuit Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
The ultimate decision in that case will affect practically every Indian
irrigation project in the country.
During the year emphasis in the work of Indian organization has
shifted from the interpretation of the basic act, the issuance of regulations
thereunder, and the approval of constitutions and charters,
to the final task of assisting the Indian tribes in the actual carrying
out of the powers vested in them by virtue of these documents. This
has involved a continuous process of advising Indian tribes as to the
extent of their powers, assisting them in the preparation of the many
legal forms needed in carrying out their programs, and has also
involved the problem of adjusting to the new order the procedure and
routine of the Indian Office itself. Credit operations under the Alaska
OFFICE OF SOLICITOR 359
Reorganization Act and the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act have been
initiated during the past fiscal year, necessitating the preparation by
the legal staff of loan agreements, mortgages, and other incidental
documents. Meanwhile the work of drafting constitutions and
charters for tribes as yet unorganized has continued. During the
fiscal year 1937 the Department’s law officers considered 55 constitutions
and 48 charters of incorporation for Indian tribes, of which 24
and 33, respectively, were finally approved.
The work of the Bureau of Reclamation has continued to require
extensive legal services in Washington and in the field. Attorneys
in the Washington office approved construction and supply contracts
involving an aggregate expenditure of $22,553,571.99. In the field
the fiscal year 1937 was marked by the final execution of the Truckee
River Agreement, involving the regulation of water to be released
from Lake Tahoe; and the drafting of the complicated contracts and
mortgages necessary in connection with the repayment scheme for
the Provo River project. Counsel for the Bureau of Reclamation
prepared the briefs and made the arguments in the cases involving
the land condemnation cases at Grand Coulee Dam, cases which
involved the proper measure of damages to be paid for the property
needed for the project. The appellate court sustained the position of
the Government, with a resultant saving of many millions of dollars.
DIVISION OF INVESTIGATIONS
B. B. Smith, Director
THE principal work of the Division of Investigations during the
last fiscal year was the investigation of cases involving public lands,
especially the protection of public lands and the timber thereon
from fraudulent entry and appropriation. Considerable work was
necessary in the investigations of applications to lease under section
15 of the Taylor Grazing Act, it being necessary to obtain facts
concerning the qualifications of applicants, live stock operations,
water supply, prior use of lands, character of lands, carrying capacity,
conflicts, improvements, lands leased from State and railroad, and
rental value of lands. Complete sets of maps were prepared covering
the status of all lands in the grazing districts. These maps not only
portrayed the land office status but data was obtained showing the
State and railroad lands leased, and lands owned by each applicant for
a lease. Investigations were made involving State land exchanges,
leases, isolated tract applications under the Taylor Grazing Act,
homestead entries, final proofs, desert land entries, coal and timber
trespass, mineral applications including oil and gas leases, State lieu
selections, unlawful inclosures and irrigation projects.
On July 1, 1936, there were pending 7,295 field investigation cases.
During the year 10,492 new cases were received; 7,890 cases were
investigated, reported and closed leaving 9,897 pending investigations.
Of the 9,897 pending investigations 2,773 are grazing leases under
section 15 of the Taylor Grazing Act.
The following criminal and penal code violation cases were investigated
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937:
Embezzlement_______________________________________ 3
Fraudulent final prooof________________________________ 1
Incendiary fires_________________.-------------------------------- 2
Fraud sale oil and homestead lands_______________________ 1
Fraud acquisition public lands_____________________________ 1
360
DIVISION OF INVESTIGATION 361
Perjury-------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
Theft of Government property__________________________ 1
Unlawful inclosure____________________________________ 1
False representation, employment_______________________ 1
Grazing trespass______________________________________ 6
Timber trespass______________________________________ 20
Thirty-one persons were indicted during the year, twenty convicted,
and two fined. Eleven cases are pending action.
Classification of railroad lands was made in several cases to determine
whether or not the lands selected were actual mineral bearing in
fact, and as a result thereof 88,000 acres with an appraised value of
$100,000 was classified as mineral and eventually will be saved by the
Government.
Attention has been given to, and investigations and reports made
in connection with, coal leases concerning which the lessees have
become delinquent in the payment of royalties. A number of lessees
have submitted plans of reorganization to various United States
district courts involving the National Bankruptcy Act. Where
plans were filed, investigations were made to determine if the interests
of the United States were properly protected. Assistance was
rendered the Department of Justice in connection with these hearings
before the United States district court in reference to the proposed
plans for reorganization, and also with reference to the cancellation
and collection of royalties. In one division these activities resulted
in the cancellation of two coal leases and the collection in royalties of
$8,738.
One of the most important cases now pending is that involving the
liability of a coal company covering coal mined on land recovered
after an erroneous sale by the State. The Government’s claim in
this case amounts to approximately $300,000.
Due to the results of field investigations $12,375.17 was turned
into the United States Treasury, and 272,285.46 acres, representing
fraudulent entries, etc., were cancelled and restored to the public
domain. The acreage restored to the public domain, estimated at
the minimum value of $1.25 per acre, represents a saving to the
Government of $340,355.57.
Audits were made of Indian agencies and guardianships as well as
concessionaires operating under contract in the various national
parks and national monuments.
Many hearings were conducted in behalf of the United States by
the special agents in charge of hearings, based upon investigations
and reports submitted by the investigators, resulting in the restoration
to the public domain of thousands of acres of lands in cases where
fraudulent final proofs were attempted and the law not complied with.
362 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
PERSONNEL
The number of special agents as of June 30, 1937, employed in the
Division was 79, of which number 64 were regular special agents and
11 were paid from emergency funds, and 4 temporary agents. In
addition to the special agents there are 4 special agents in charge
directing the special agents, under the supervision of the Director, at
offices in Albuquerque, N. Mex., Billings, Mont., Salt Lake City,
Utah, and San Francisco, Calif. A new field office was established
with headquarters in Washington, D. C. The total force employed,
including the Director, Assistant Director, reviewer, and clerks was 119,
WAR MINERALS
RELIEF COMMISSION
Roscoe Fertich, Commissioner
I. ACT OF FEBRUARY 13z 1929 [45 STAT. 1166]
THE Secretary of the Interior made two awards totaling $3,020.03,
and denied four claims under decree, during the fiscal year ending
June 30, 1937.
An appropriation for payment of awards was made in the Treasury
Deficiency Appropriation (Public, No. 121, 75th Cong., approved
May 28, 1937) for $22,915.36. This amount included six awards
aggregating $21,395.33, certified during the previous fiscal year, and
which have been paid; and one award for $1,520.03, which was certified
during the fiscal year under report, is unpaid, pending attachment
proceeding against the Secretary of the Treasury.
The other award, for $1,500, certified during this fiscal year, is
pending a future Treasury deficiency appropriation.
IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF THE UNITED STATES IN THE DISTRICT OF
COLUMBIA
Seven cases were dismissed by the court for the reason that the
corporations or partnerships had been dissolved before the petitions
for review were filed under the act of February 13, 1929, and were not
legally capable of maintaining a suit.
Seven decrees were entered during the fiscal year by that court,
authorizing the Secretary of the Interior to review his previous decisions
on matters of law.
363
22914-
364 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Record of Cases Filed Under the Act as Amended Feb. 13, 1929
Total cases filed____________________________________________ 348
Total cases dismissed by the District Court of the United States in
the District of Columbia__________________________________ 76
Decisions by the Secretary of the Interior: Awards Denials
To June 30, 1936_______________________________ 165 20
July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937_____________________ 2 4
167 24 191
Cases pending in the District Court of the United States in the District
of Columbia_______________________________________ 58
Decrees by District Court for the United States in the District of
Columbia, pending in W. M. R. C. June 30, 1937 _____________ 23
348 348
UNDER THE ACTS AS AMENDED IN 1936
Under the acts of 1936, 336 petitions for review have been filed.
Sixteen petitions for review under either or both of the 1936 acts
have been rejected, as follows: denied under decree, no admissible
loss found, 9; dismissed by court, no error in law by the Secretary
of the Interior, 4; not identifiable with any claim filed under the act
of March 2, 1919, 1; pending in court, filed under the act of 1929, 2.
II. ACT OF MAY 18, 1936 (49 STAT. 1355)
The Secretary of the Interior, when authorized by the District
Court of the United States for the District of Columbia, will reopen
previous decisions to consider the item of interest paid or accrued
to the date of approval of this act, and makes awards for losses proven
to his satisfaction to be allowable within the meaning of the relief
act of March 2, 1919.
Eighty-nine petitions for review of loss by interest have been filed.
Sixty-nine cases have been accepted for review of claim; the other
20 petitions were rejected as ineligible for the reason that a review of
the item of interest is not directed in the decree from the court.
Three awards, totaling $740,412.11, were made by the Secretary
of the Interior during the fiscal year.
This act set a limitation of $1,250,000 for the purpose of paying
claims under this amendment. An appropriation of $500,000 (49
Stat. 1619, June 22, 1936) has been disbursed; the first two awards
exceeded the appropriation by $132,428.02.
Public, No. 121, Seventy-fifth Congress, approved May 28, 1937,
appropriated an additional $650,000 for payment of interest claims in
accordance with the act approved May 18, 1936 (49 Stat. 1355).
WAR MINERALS RELIEF COMMISSION 365
A third award, $107,984.09, was made; of this amount $65,136.02 has
been paid by the Secretary of the Treasury.
The above balances of awards, for $132,428.02 and $42,848.07,
totaling $175,276.09, have been reserved by the Secretary of the
Treasury.
There is a balance of $409,587.89 available to pay further awards
under the interest act.
III. ACT OF JUNE 30, 1936 (49 STAT. 2040)
This act authorized claimants who failed to file suit under the 1929
amendment of the relief act, or whose suit so filed was abated by the
court, to petition the Secretary of the Interior to review their claims
as a matter of law in the light of decisions of the court in similar
cases, and to make awards; and provided for the rights of deceased
claimants to descend to their legal successors; and provided for the’
rights of dissolved corporations to descend to any officer, director,
stockholder, or legal representative who shall be entitled to the
benefits of this act; provided, that such claims be filed within 6
months of approval of the act.
Under this act, 231 petitions for review were filed within the time
limit. The status of these petitions is as follows:
Accepted for review______________________________________________ 13g
Pending authority to file claim_____________________________________ 14
Suits abated by court; grounds for reopening not established____________ 22
In court under the act of Feb. 13, 1929, pending decision as to right of
petition under the act of June 30, 1936___________________________ 55
Withdrawn by attorney___________________________________________ 7
231
Public, No. 121, Seventy-fifth Congress, approved May 28, 1937,
appropriated $100,000 for payment of claims in accordance with this
act.
Four awards, totaling $43,883.84, were made by the Secretary of
the Interior during the fiscal year. These awards have been paid by
the Secretary of the Treasury.
$56,116.16 is available for further awards.
Not e .—The number of petitions for review filed under the acts of May 18, and June 30, 1936, greatly
exceeds the number expected would be filed. As provided by the act of June 30, 1936, the time limit for
filing has expired; no additional petitions can be filed. Under the act of May 18,1936, there is no time limit;
8 few more petitions may be expected.
DIVISION OF MOTION PICTURES
Fanning Hearon, Director
THE Division of Motion Pictures continued to produce and distribute
motion and still pictures of the Department’s activities.
Motion-picture production featured the most ambitious film the
Department has attempted, Price of Progress, dealing with the
destruction and conservation of natural resources; three Indian pictures;
a presentation of the rehabilitation of the Virgin Islands; one
on Boulder Dam and one on the Bureau of Reclamation in general;
a story of the Ohio-Mississippi flood, and the beginning of a film
record of Grand Coulee Dam. There were several others on national
and State parks, the Civilian Conservation Corps and related subjects,
making a total of 30 reels a year at a cost of $1,700 each.
These subjects and others produced by the Department in previous
years are distributed at the rate of 500 shipments per week to theaters,
colleges, schools, C. C. C. camps, and interested institutions, organizations,
and groups. Audience estimates indicate 4 million persons saw
the Department’s films during the year.
Still picture contributions of the year were coverage of the Indian
reservations, pictorial records of several proposed national parks and
monuments, a national park winter sports series, continuance of work
on Bureau of Reclamation projects, and probably the first complete
photographic presentation of historical Fort Jefferson in the Gulf of
Mexico.
An innovation was the inauguration of weekly motion-picture shows
of Department films in the auditorium.
In the course of the year the Division’s first Director, Mr. Ellsworth
C. Dent, resigned and was replaced by Mr. Fanning Hearon, formerly
of the National Park Service.
366
OFFICE OF EXHIBITS
G. C. Dickens, Supervisor
GOVERNMENT participation through exhibits in State, national,
and international expositions, and at numerous scientific and otherwise
educational conventions, has become an established policy. One
important function of all Government departments and independent
establishments should be to acquaint the general public insofar as
possible with the many and varied activities and services being carried
on by them.
Experience has proved that one of the best methods is provided by
participation in expositions and the other gatherings above described.
In carrying on this work the use of motion pictures, animated dioramas
and models, stereopticon slides and colored transparencies, and murals
has proved to be highly successful and adaptable. Further, in making
presentations relating to our island and territorial possessions and
the American Indian, experience has developed that the display and
use of native handicraft is both desirable and important.
With the appointment of a Supervisor of Exhibits by the Secretary
of the Interior under date of February 1, 1936, an Office of Exhibits
under the Secretary’s Office was established. The Supervisor of Exhibits
has supervision over the Department’s exhibits at the Greater
Texas and Pan American Exposition, the Paris Exposition, and the
Great Lakes Exposition. Further, the Office of Exhibits, through its
diorama and model studio, is constantly at work preparing additional
and new exhibit material, and is already making preliminary and
tentative plans relating to the forthcoming Golden Gate International
Exposition, the New York World’s Fair, and the proposed expositions
in Los Angeles, Oklahoma City, and Tampa.
Further, for distribution at the Department’s exhibits the Office of
Exhibits compiled, with the assistance of the various bureaus, the
Public Works Administration, and the National Resources Committee,
a booklet entitled, “Back of the Buffalo Seal”, which contains printed
matter and pictures descriptive of the work of the several organizations
which are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Interior.
367
BOARD ON
GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES
George C. Martin, Executive Secretary
THE United States Board on Geographical Names is the organization
through which the Government provides for uniformity in the use
of geographic names on maps and in pubheations issued by the Federal
Government.
The Board is essentially a cooperative organization. In it the
Department of the Interior furnishes administrative and investigative
facilities through which representatives of various governmental
departments that make and use maps, and of geographic societies,
determine policy in the use of geographic names and render decisions
on names submitted for decision.
The Board consists of an advisory committee, on which various
Government Departments and geographic societies are represented,
w’hich acts chiefly through its executive committee; and of an administrative
and investigative unit, the Division of Geographic Names,
in the office of the Secretary of the Interior. The personnel of the
advisory and executive committees, on June 30, 1937, was as follows:
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Mr. Cla re nce Bat sch el et , Geographer, Bureau of the Census, Department of
Commerce.
Mr. Albe rt H. Bumst ea d , Chief Cartographer, National Geographic Society.
Mr. E. E. Car te r , Assistant Forester, United States Forest Service, Department
of Agriculture.
Dr. Wil li am H. Haas , Professor of Geology and Geography, Northwestern
University, representing the Geographic Society of Chicago.
Dr. J. N. B. Hewi tt , Ethnologist, Bureau of American Ethnology, Smithsonian
Institution.
Et. Col. Lawre nce Marti n , Chief, Division of Maps, and Incumbent, Chair of
Geography, Library of Congress.
Dr. W. C. Mend enh all , Director, United States Geological Survey, Department
of the Interior.
368
BOARD ON GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES 369
Mr. Ray e R. Plat t , Secretary, American Geographical Society of New York.
Mrs. Sophi a A. Sau cer man , Assistant Geographer, Department of State.
Commander Fran cis P. Tray nor , Officer in Charge, Division of Maritime
Security, Hydrographic Office, Navy Department.
Lt. Col. Lewi s H. Wat ki ns , G. S., Chief, Geographic Branch, Military Intelligence
Division, War Department.
Mr. Char les C. Wenri ch , Assistant Deputy First Assistant Postmaster General
and Chief Clerk, Post Office Department.
Dr. Frank E. Wil li ams , Professor of Geography, Wharton School of Finance
and Commerce, University of Pennsylvania, representing the Geographical
Society of Philadelphia.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Dr. W. C. Men de nh al l , Chairman Lt. Col. Lew is H. Watk ins
Mr. E. E. Cart er
The advisory committee held 3 meetings during the year and
the executive committee held 13 meetings at which 410 names were
approved. The locations of the features thus named, and the organizations
which submitted the names for decision, were as follows:
Geographic Distribution of Names
Alaska___________ 92
Wyoming__ •. _____ 67
New York________ 47
Alabama__________ 34
Utah_____________ 29
Washington_______ 26
Oklahoma________ 24
California_________ 23
Virginia__________ 10
Minnesota________ 8
Montana_________ 8
Arizona__________ 6
Maine____________ 6
Connecticut_______ 5
Georgia__________ 4
Michigan_________ 3
Mississippi________ 3
Nebraska_________ 3
Louisiana_________ 2
New Jersey_______ 2
North Dakota_____ 2
Massachusetts_____ 1
New Mexico______ 1
South Carolina____ 1
West Virginia_____ 1
Puerto Rico_______ 1
Virgin Islands_____ 1
Total_______410
Organizations Requesting Decisions
National Park Service_________ 145
United States Hydrographic
Office________________ ____ 66
United States Geological Survey. 53
United States Coast and Geodetic
Survey_______________ 50
Bureau of Chemistry and Soils. _ 40
Societies and individuals_______ 25
United States Forest Service___ 16
War Department_____________ 4
Soil Conservation Service______ 3
State organizations___________ 3
Bureau of Biological Survey____ 2
Miscellaneous________________ 3
Total_________________ 410
ADVISER ON
NEGRO AFFAIRS
Robert C. Weaver, Adviser
SECURING for Negro citizens participation in the programs of the
Department of the Interior, Public Works Administration, and
associate agencies is the function of the office of Adviser on Negro
Affairs. To this end a definite line of action has been devised which
follows fairly closely the following outline:
1. Interviews.—a. With persons seeking employment in the Department of the
Interior and the Public Works Administration.
b. With persons seeking to improve their status in the Department.
c. With departmental executives seeking information and advice on Negro
personnel problems.
2. Consultation.—a. With Housing Division officials on matters pertaining to
Negro participation on housing projects.
b. With administrative officials relative to complaints, requests, and suggestions
from Negro employees in the Department.
3. Field investigation trips concerning matters of Negro skilled and unskilled
labor on Public Works Administration housing and nonhousing projects.
4. Field trips and investigations into matters concerning Negro participation
in recreational facilities provided by the National Park Service.
5. Trips to various centers of Negro population to make speeches and to consult
with groups to acquaint them with the work the Department is doing.
6. Miscellaneous activities such as administering white-collar survey, consulting
with the President’s Committee on Vocational Education, and preparing for
publication news releases and articles designed further to enlighten the American
reading public on the part Negroes are now playing in the affairs of the Government,
with special emphasis laid on the Department of the Interior and the
Public Works Administration.
The highlights of the activities of the Adviser on Negro Affairs
during the last year fall chiefly into the classifications of consultations'
and field investigations. Since June of 1936 either the Adviser on
Negro Affairs or the Associate Adviser on Negro Affairs has visited at
least 40 of the 50 housing projects now in process of construction.
These visits had to do with matters of labor, which include meeting
with union officials, labor groups of both races, leaders in communi-
370
ADVISER ON NEGRO AFFAIRS 371
ties, and sometimes with city and district government officials. In
all cases there was but one motive in view, and that was to secure the
participation of Negroes in the program of construction as well as
the program of tenancy with as little friction as was possible. Some
figures taken from the summaries of 10 field reports submitted by
Dewey R. Jones, Associate Adviser, show to what degree these efforts
have been successful. Of the total money spent for labor on Public
Works Administration housing projects the following percentage was
paid to Negro skilled and unskilled labor: On Riverside Heights in
Montgomery, Ala., 27.4 percent to skilled and semiskilled, and 90.3
percent to unskilled; William Patterson Courts, also in Montgomery,
Ala., 26.5 percent to skilled and semiskilled, and 86.2 percent to
unskilled; Durkeeville in Jacksonville, Fla., 25.4 percent to skilled
and semiskilled, and 90.1 percent to unskilled; Liberty Square in
Miami, Fla., 4.8 percent to skilled, 10.1 percent to semiskilled, and
65.8 percent to unskilled; Techwood in Atlanta, Ga., 20 percent to
skilled, 23.8 percent to semiskilled, and 72.6 percent to unskilled;
University Homes, also in Atlanta, Ga., 20 percent to skilled, 13.1
percent to semiskilled, and 82.7 percent to unskilled; Jane Addams
Houses in Chicago, Ill., 3.7 percent to skilled, and 14.9 percent to
semiskilled and unskilled; Blue Grass Park in Lexington, Ky., 11.8
percent of skilled, 50.9 percent of semiskilled, and 49 percent of unskilled;
Laurel Homes in Cincinnati, Ohio, 3.2 percent of skilled,
15.2 percent of semiskilled, and 68.5 percent of unskilled; University
Terrace in Columbia, S. C., 35.05 percent of skilled and semiskilled,
and 94.65 percent of unskilled.
The office of Adviser on Negro Affairs has been in constant touch
with the situation at Grand Coulee Dam, and has advised with
officials there as well as with Negro labor groups in order to secure for
Negroes the right to work on this project. This was felt necessary
in view of the unfavorable criticism to which the Department of the
Interior was subjected as result of its failure to take similar steps in
the construction of Boulder Dam. This office was directly responsible
for the first Negro being employed at Coulee Dam, and has since kept
in touch with that situation to insure the continued employment of
qualified Negroes.
During the last year the Adviser on Negro Affairs has participated
in the dedication of housing and other Public Works Administration
projects. He has taken an active part in assisting the Director of
Personnel for the Public Works Administration in his effort to secure
for managerial and custodial positions in housing projects the best
possible material available from those groups the projects were
designed to serve.
In his capacity as administrator of a $470,000 survey of the training
and employment of Negro white-collar and skilled workers the Adviser
372 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
on Negro Affairs has busied himself within recent months in supervising
the editing of a printed report to be submitted to the Secretary of the
Interior.
As consultant to the President’s Committee on Vocational Education
the Adviser on Negro Affairs supervised a study conducted by
Prof. D. A. Wilkerson of Howard University, which shows in
graphic form the degree to which Negroes have benefited or have not
benefited from Federal funds spent on education. The Adviser on
Negro Affairs is carrying a similar study still further, to be submitted
to the President’s enlarged and permanent committee on education
for its final report.
The activities of the Adviser on Negro Affairs have been many and
varied, but at no point have they been lacking in interest or, it is
hoped, in usefulness both to the Department and to the people for
whom the office was created.
ST. ELIZABETHS HOSPITAL
Roscoe W. Hall, M. D., Acting Superintendent
IN reviewing the events of the past year, the present conditions and
the future needs of the hospital, possibly above all else we are confronted
with the passing of Dr. William Alanson White who died
March 7, 1937, after a third of a century of faithful and distinguished
service as superintendent of the hospital. Appointed in 1903 during
the administration of President Theodore Roosevelt, from the time
of taking up his duties as a young physician of 33 to within a week of
his death, after he had risen to national and even international fame,
he worked with untiring zeal, patience, and devotion in the upbuilding
of the hospital as an institution representative of the best that medical
science could offer in the care and treatment of patients with mental
and nervous diseases. Friend and protector of patient and employee,
inspiring teacher and coworker, he brought to the solution of the
daily problems of administration great knowledge, broad tolerance
and undaunted courage. The welfare of the patients as the prime
objective, insistence on nonrestraint, encouragement of the members
of his staff in advancing in the knowledge of their profession while
at the same time giving them freedom in the choice of the means to
this end, were cardinal principles in the formation of his policies. He
encouraged the patients to look to him for help in easing their suffering
and relieving their fears. His service and influence reached far
beyond the confines of the hospital. He constantly strove to uphold
and further in the minds of the public the idea that the hospital for
mental diseases is an institution for the healing of the sick and the
solution of the problems of the maladjusted rather than an institution
of the asylum type. In the words of a fellow physician: “As teacher,
author, publisher, and practicing psychiatrist he wrought much influence
on institutional policies, psychopathological concepts, and developing
attitudes toward mental and nervous disease. Wherever the
voice and pen of this great teacher have brought light, there one
373
374 REPORT OF THE .SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
perceives the best that modern psychiatry has to offer a troubled
world.”1 The Secretary of the Interior appointed Dr. Roscoe W. Hall
as acting superintendent of the hospital on March 8, 1937.
Dr. Herbert C. Woolley, first assistant physician, resigned February
1, 1937, and a vacancy exists in this position.
The vacancy that existed in the position of clinical director for the
women’s service was filled by the appointment of Dr. Evelyn B,
Reichenbach, formerly of the Rochester State Hospital, Rochester,
N. Y.
INSULIN SHOCK TREATMENT
For many months consideration has been given to the insulin shock
treatment for dementia precox, but because of the dangerous and
uncertain factors attendant upon this treatment the attitude of the
hospital toward its adoption has been a conservative one. However,
in view of continued favorable reports it has been decided to use this
form of therapy in certain selected cases. To this end several physicians
and nurses of the hospital staff were sent during the month of
June to observe the use and effects of this treatment at Bellevue
Hospital, New York City, and at Harlem Valley State Hospital,
Wingdale, N. Y.
In the laboratory a method for determining phosphatase activity
in blood has been worked out; also a new method for colorimetric
evaluation of bromides in serum.
The collection of electrocardiograms was critically reviewed and a
report on serial studies of cardiac arrhythmias prepared.
In addition to the lectures and clinics in psychiatry, psychology, and
other subjects given by Dr. William A. White, Dr. Roscoe W. Hall,
and the members of the hospital staff to several local universities and
medical schools, the following lectures were delivered before the
medical staff by visiting scientists:
October 31, 1936: Les Obsessions, Professeur Pierre Janet, Membre de 1'Institut
et Professeur College de France, Paris.
November 14, 1936: Psychopathology, Dr. Edward J. Kempf, Wading River,
N. Y.
February 22, 1937: Hypoglycemic Therapy, Dr. Manfred Sakel, Clinic for
Psychiatry and Neurology, University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria.
March 13, 1937: Effect on the Spinal Fluid of Various Anti-Syphilitic Drugs.
Narcosis Therapy. Dr. J. H. Quastel, Bio-chemical Laboratory, Cardiff City
Mental Hospital, Whitechurch, Glamorgan, Wales.
During the year approximately 260 general conferences of the medical
staff were held before which 986 patients were presented for consideration
of discharge, visits, parole, etc. There were 110 admission
conferences for dianostic purposes and recommendation of treatment,
899 cases having been presented. For the consideration of unusual
i The Psychiatric Quarterly, vol. 11, no. 2, April 1937.
ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 375
cases or medical problems 17 clinical-pathological conferences were
held.
The hospital continues in a crowded condition. It must have more
beds not only to take care of the increased number of admissions, but
to provide adequate facilities to replace the 530 beds of the semipermanent
buildings in the Richardson group. During the fiscal year 1937
the total admissions were 1,099, the largest number admitted to the
hospital since 1921, the post-war year, when 1,199 were admitted.
As a matter of fact, the number admitted in 1937 was the largest of
any year, except the 3 years, 1919, 1920, and 1921, comprising the
period after the World War. The net increase during the year was
277, an increase in the daily average patients of 165. Thus the increased
number of beds that it was necessary to provide between July
1, 1936, and June 30, 1937, was 277.
In 1926 when a survey was made in the hospital through a resolution
of Congress, the Comptroller General estimated that to comfortably
fill the various buildings beds could be provided for 3,600 patients.
Since that time additional beds have been provided as follows:
Beds
Medical and surgical building------------------------------------------------------- 200
Tuberculosis building no. 1---------------------------------------------------------- 80
Continued treatment buildings nos. 1 and 2________________________ 320
Male receiving building_________________________________________ 400.
Female receiving building_______________________________________ 300
Total___________________________________________________ 4,900
Congress has authorized in the—
Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1937 1 continued treatment
building_______________________________ __________ 180
Interior Department Appropriation Act for 1938 1 continued treatment
building__________________________________________ 180
Total___________________________________________________ 5, 260
At the present time the hospital has more than 5,700 patients, and
the semipermanent group containing 530 patients should be replaced,
making a total shortage of 970 beds. Additional buildings should be
provided at an early date to relieve this overcrowded condition and to
provide beds for the patients in the semipermanent group. The
buildings in this group constitute a fire menace, the temperature in
them in the hot summer weather is almost unbearable, and the cost
of maintaining them in repair is increasing very rapidly.
MOVEMENT OF POPULATION
On June 30, 1937, 5,667 patients remained in the hospital as compared
with 5,390 on June 30, 1936, an increase of 277.
The total number of patients under treatment during the year was
6,489, as compared with 6,240 for the preceding year, an increase of
249.
376 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The total number of admissions during the year was 1,099, as compared
with 925 the preceding year, an increase of 174.
The total number of discharges for the year was 490, as compared
with 552 in the preceding year, a decrease of 62.
The total number of deaths for the year was 332, as compared with
298 for the preceding year, an increase of 34.
The total number of discharges and deaths, combined, was 822,
compared with 850 for the preceding year, a decrease of 28.
There were 50 burials in the hospital cemetery, as compared with
69 the preceding year, a decrease of 19. With the cooperation of the
War Department the bodies of 38 service men, honorably discharged,
were buried in the Arlington National Cemetery. The other 244
bodies were buried by private undertakers, in cemeteries in Washington
and elsewhere throughout the United States.
The daily average patient population was 5,537.6 as compared with
5,373 the preceding year, an increase of 164.6.
Movement of Patient Population, Fiscal year 1937
Male Female
Total
White Colored Total White Colored Total
Remaining on rolls June 30, 1936----------------
Admitted during year ended June 30, 1937. .
Total number under care and treatment
during year ended June 30,
1937_____________________________
Discharged as-
Not insane____________________________
Recovered_____________________________
Improved_____________________________
Unimproved____________ ______________
Total discharged-------------------------------
Died ___________________________________
2,751
523
838
196
3, 589
719
1,133
247
668
133
1,801
380
5,390
1,099
3,274 1, 034 4,308 1,380 801 2,181 6,489
3
82
90
105
2
23
25
27
5
105
115
132
1
39
30
25
0
21
98
1
60
39
33
6
165
154
165
280
140
77
67
357
207
95
78
38
47
133
125
490
332
Total of patients discharged and died.
Number of patients remaining on
rolls June 30, 1937________________
420 144 564 173 85 258 822
2,854 890 3,744 1, 207 716 1,923 5,667
Supplies.—The supplies produced on the hospital reservation, including
farm and garden products such as tomatoes, beans, parsley,
spinach, squash, corn, turnips, etc., included the following: 285,544
gallons of milk, 124,362 pounds of fresh pork, 11,966 dozen eggs, 5,809
pounds of chicken, 25,291 bunches of beets, 15,200 bunches of carrots,
42,655 ears of green corn, 7,475 bunches of endives, 7,600 pounds of
grapes, 1,134 bushels of kale, 27,921 heads of lettuce, 18,628 bunches
of green onions and 29 bushels of dry onions, 985 bushels of mustard
and mustard greens, 262 bushels of parsnips, 603 bushels of pears, 75
bushels of green peas, 135 bushels of green peppers, 1,064 bushels of
sweetpotatoes, 2,481 pumpkins, 9,370 bunches of radishes, 343 bushels
ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 377
of rape, 280 bushels of spinach, 1,007 squash, 2,625 bushels of Swiss
chard, 2,843 bushels of tomatoes, 793 bushels of turnips and 335 bushels
of turnip greens, 604 bunches of asparagus, 266 bushels of apples, 207
bushels of lima beans, 259 bushels of string beans, 807 bushels of
cabbage, 291 bushels of cabbage sprouts, 645 bushels of collards, 132
bushels of cucumbers, and various other items of the same class.
In addition to the items mentioned, there were made at the hospital
24,059 gallons of ice cream. The farm produced forage as follows:
37 tons of alfalfa hay, 32 tons of soybean hay, 20 tons of soybean and
sudan grass hay, 44 tons of timothy hay, 80 tons of wheat hay, 996
tons of corn ensilage, and 2,600 bushels of ear corn.
The shoe shop produced 12,211 pairs of various kinds of shoes and
slippers, and in addition 2,482 pairs of shoes and slippers were repaired;
73 dozen men’s belts, 2,123 brushes, and 96 floor brooms were made in
the same department. The broom shop produced 5,200 common
brooms and 65 whisk brooms. There were made in the mattress shop
2,331 mattresses, 2,133 pillows, and one chair cushion. In the bakery
there were turned out 956,664 loaves of bread, 63,464 pounds of
pastry, and 3,313,392 rolls. The laundry washed, dried, mangled, and
ironed 12,914,568 pieces. The power plant manufactured 531,700,000
pounds of steam; the electrical department generated 3,633,340 kilowatts
of electricity; there were pumped 526,556,000 gallons of water,
and the refrigeration plant produced 7,589 tons of ice and refrigeration.
In fact, all the steam, electricity, ice, and refrigeration used on the
reservation was manufactured by the hospital.
In addition, large quantities of clothing for men and women were
made in the sewing rooms and tailor shops, and articles of clothes, bed
linen, and tableware were produced by the occupational therapy
department throughout the institution. The patients on the wards,
under the direction of the occupational therapists, made all the
dresses furnished the patients, hemmed all the sheets and blankets,
assisted in making stand covers, table covers, tablecloths, towels,
wove stand covers, rugs, towels and similar items, and manufactured
many hundreds of small toys and recreation items, including checkerboards,
chessboards, and cribbage boards.
Dairy and cow barn.—The Holstein-Friesian herd was again tested
for tuberculosis in April and found to be free from this disease. The
herd, consisting of 247 cows, 8 bulls, and 160 heifers, is one of the
largest accredited herds in the country.
The herd has been free from Bang’s (abortion disease) during this
period. Herd blood tests were made in July, October, and March.
All animals were negative to the agglutination test.
Personnel.—The total number of employees on the hospital rolls
June 30, 1937 was 1,697. There were 452 appointments during the
378 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
year, and 525 separations; 50 of the appointments and 173 of the
separations were of the emergency class on temporary rolls.
During the year 2 of the old employees were retired from the service
on account of age, and 20 on account of disability.
Administrative promotions (salary rating increases) were granted
to 540 employees. Promotions in grade and position were granted
to 75 employees.
Construction.—Federal project no. 17, of the P. W. A., was completed.
This consisted of installing new porches on Oaks, Dawes, Garfield,
Allison-C and Allison-D buildings.
Federal project no. 16, of the P. W. A., for increasing the water
supply, has still some work to be done—an additional well which the
contractor is installing.
Water connection has been made to the lower farm for fire protection,
and additional fire hydrants installed throughout the hospital
grounds.
Continued Treatment Building No. 3.—Plans were drawn and specifications
prepared for Continued Treatment Building No. 3. When
the bids were received the lowest bid was found to be more than the
amount appropriated. A deficiency estimate was prepared and transmitted
through the Department of the Interior and the Bureau of the
Budget to Congress, asking for an additional appropriation which has
recently been authorized and a contract is now under way looking
toward the construction of this building.
Supplies.—Supplies were ordered in the amount of $1,162,000. In
the purchasing of these items over 300 special contracts were drawn
by the hospital for this purpose.
Radios.—The installation of radio sets with loud speakers has been
extended; such speakers have been installed in the occupational therapy
shops of the male receiving and female receiving buildings, serviced
from the hospital sets in those buildings.
A hospital radio set with microphone connection for announcements
for paging purposes was placed in service in the C—service supervisor’s
office. All wards in B, C, and M buildings are provided with speakers
connected with this set, and it is hoped to continue such installations
until practically the entire hospital has such outfits.
Fire protection.—Regular inspections were made of the whole hospital
by the fire marshal for the purpose of protecting it from fire. During
the year there have been 28 fire alarms, the property damage
amounting to $503.94.
Library.—Additional books have been added to the medical library
during the year, bringing the total to 15,115 volumes. Fifty-nine current
magazines, twenty of them foreign, are regularly received in this
library. Some of the magazines are sent to the various departments
and the rest kept on file in the medical library. In addition to the
ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 379
books in the library, others were obtained from the Surgeon General’s
library and from the Library of Congress as required.
Three hundred books were added to the patients’ library, making a
total of 16,380. Approximately 200 books were drawn daily, twothirds
of them fiction. There are about 3,600 books in constant circulation.
Social service.—The social service report from July 1, 1936 to June
30, 1937, showed the following:
Number of out-patients on rolls July 1, 1936---------------------- 85
Number of out-patients on rolls June 30, 1937-------------------- 114
Average number on rolls per month--------------------------------- 104
Number of patients discharged from the rolls--------------------- 164
Number of out-patients under care during the year--------- --- 258
Average carried during one month (in- and out-patients)------ 212
New patients (out on visit)------------------------------------------- 194
NEEDS OF THE HOSPITAL
An estimate of $1,199,025 for the support, clothing, and treatment of
the patients in Saint Elizabeths Hospital for the fiscal year ending
June 30, 1939, is recommended. This is $49,275 more than was appropriated
for 1938, and based on» an estimate of 1,825 Federal patients.
On June 30, 1937, there were 1,776 such patients in the hospital. We
have unofficially been advised that there will be about 50 patients
sent to the institution from the Pacific coast by the Navy Department
in the near future. The number estimated, in view of this information
seems very conservative. There was an increase of 277 patients in
the hospital on June 30, 1937, over the same date of the previous
year, and it is conservatively estimated that the number to be provided
for during the year 1939 will be 5,850. In addition to the 1,825,
chargeable to the Federal Government and authorized under the
Interior Appropriation Act, the number that will probably be cared
for in the hospital during the next year are: 3,700 beneficiaries of the
District of Columbia; 90 beneficiaries of the United States Veterans’
Administration; 135 beneficiaries of the United States Public Health
Service; 30 beneficiaries of the United States Soldiers’ Home; and
70 beneficiaries of the Indian Bureau. The funds for the beneficiaries
of the District of Columbia will be appropriated for in the District
of Columbia Appropriation Act; for the beneficiaries of the United
States Veterans’ Administration in the appropriation for the United
States Veterans’ Administration; the beneficiaries of the United States
Public Health Service will be carried in the appropriation of the
United States Public Health Service; the beneficiaries of the United
States Soldiers’ Home to be paid for from United States Soldiers’
Home funds; and beneficiaries of the Bureau of Indian Affairs to be
paid for by transfer from funds appropriated for conservation of
health among Indians.
22914—37------ 26
380 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
The rate estimated for the care of the patients during 1939 is $1,80
per capita per day, the same as for the past preceding 3 years, notwithstanding
the fact that the cost of food and other supplies seems
to be increasing, and new legislation pertaining to vacation and sick
leave to employees has a tendency to increase the cost.
Included in the estimate is $185,000 for repairs and improvements
to buildings and grounds, the same amount that was included in the
previous years. Out of this sum will come funds for keeping the
various buildings in repair, including plumbing, heating, steamfitting,
plastering, glazing, painting, etc., for the repair and widening of roads
and walks, the maintenance of railroad tracks, etc.
The hospital continues to grow. The admissions seem to be increasing,
and there is still a shortage of beds. One thousand two
hundred and fifty additional beds should be provided to cover immediate
needs and, as explained in the forepart of this report, including
replacement of the semipermanent group, 530 beds would be
required at once, and at the rate the population of the hospital is
increasing by the time these beds could be provided even with 1,300
additional beds there would be few, if any, vacancies.
There is an estimate for 5 continued treatment buildings, each
eontaining 180 beds, at a cost of $1,500,000. Two of these buildings
are to be located adjacent to the continued treatment kitchen, where
provision has been made for the preparation and service, of food.
The other three buildings are to be located in outlying districts to the
east of the continued treatment kitchen, and as the food is prepared
it is to be sent from this kitchen to the dining rooms included in the
new buildings.
There is an estimate for $900,000 for 3 other continued treatment
buildings, each containing 180 beds, to replace the semipermanent
buildings erected in 1918 at a cost, including equipment, kitchen, and
dining room, of $200,000, with an estimated life of from 15 to 20 years.
These buildings have been in use more than 18 years and show a
material deterioration. The cost of maintenance is very high and is
increasing each year. A good part of the appropriation for repairs
and improvements is expended in keeping these buildings in use.
These buildings are more or less of a fire menace and should be replaced
at an early date.
To take care of the additional number of patients admitted and the
increase in the vacations and sick leave allowed employees additional
personnel is required. This will include various types but more particularly
ward service employees.
There is an estimate of $150,000 for a chapel, including preparation
of plans and specifications, advertising, supervision of construction,
and equipment. A chapel for the religious services for the patients
at Saint Elizabeths Hospital was provided on the third floor of the
ST. ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 381
old center building in 1875. This chapel can accommodate about 500
patients. The hospital has over 5,600 patients, and is growing away
from the site on which the old center building is located. It is considered
advisable to erect such a chapel on the plot of ground on the
east side of Nichols Avenue with a seating capacity of from 1,000 to
1,500, to be used by the various religious denominations having
followers among the patients of the hospital. This chapel having
its meeting place on the ground floor and located where noted will be
not only more accessible to the patients, but many of the patients who
are feeble or crippled will be in position to attend divine services who
cannot attend under present conditions. Recommendations have
been made by the various chaplains of the hospital for such an edifice.
There is an estimate of $250,000 for one additional 750-horsepower
boiler, air compressor, brine pumps, and necessary utilities. The
hospital recently installed three 750-horsepower boilers, which were
sufficient for its needs at that time. Space was left for an additional
boiler that would be required when the new buildings were erected.
The growth of the hospital, with the recommendation for additional
buildings, will require additional boiler, air compressor, brine pumps,
and utility equipment.
There is an estimate of $750,000 to purchase farm land, to construct
buildings to house patients who would work on farm, buildings to
house employees, farm animals, dairy, piggery, poultry plant, plant for
pasteurizing milk, making ice cream, and other necessary farm buildings,
including expenditures for the purchase of land, preparation of
plans and specifications, advertising, and supervision of construction.
The hospital consists of four plots of ground, in all about 800 acres.
The last land purchased for hospital use was in 1891. At that time
the hospital had about 1,500 patients, and over 600 acres were used
for farm and garden purposes. Gradually new buildings have decreased
the amount available for farm purposes. The hospital, while
originally isolated some miles from the center of the city, at the
present time on account of the growth of the city and the use of
various forms of traffic, is now adjacent to the city and the center of
a growing population. The dairy and piggery are in proximity to
buildings occupied by patients. This is undesirable, if not objectionable.
One part of the farm is located about a half a mile from the main
site, in what is known as Congress Heights. It has been recommended
that a portion of this ground be turned over to the National
Capital Park and Planning Commission for playgrounds for children;
another part it is recommended.be turned over to the District of Columbia
for streets and roads. Parts of this same site have been taken by
the city for widening streets.
382 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Another plot of the hospital is about 4% miles from Washington;
a part of it is on low land, sometimes under water.
It is believed desirable to get between 5,000 and 6,000 acres of land,
and to concentrate on farm projects in one place, increase the size of
the dairy herd, the piggery, and the poultry farm, and build about
six cottages, housing 40 patients each on this site. Through this
arrangement an increased number of patients would derive the
therapeutic benefits of healthful outdoor occupation. This would
also result in an improved economic arrangement in that the hospital
would be able to secure sufficient milk for all purposes, increase the
quantity of pork products-, and cure pork products, thus reducing the
quantity of ham, bacon, and shoulder to be purchased, and increasing
the quantity of poultry products, such as fowl and eggs.
While it is stated the additional expense required for the physical
upkeep and operating would be about $25,000, less $5,000, the income
from the enlarged farm, dairy, piggery, etc., would more than offset
this, resulting in a net credit to the benefit of the Government.
Five hundred thousand dollars has been estimated for a building
for storeroom, warehouse, laundry, and industrial shops, including
preparation of plans and specifications, advertising, supervision of
construction, and equipment.
During the past 25 years various changes have taken place in the
hospital—the population practically doubled; about 10 or 15 new
buildings added—but no change has been made in the storeroom and
warehouse. The present storeroom, with cold storage equipment, is
practically out of date and the storage facilities are insufficient to
care for adequate quantities of current supplies. In order to house
supplies that must be cared for and regularly, issued to the various
buildings, all sorts of out-of-the-way places have been utilized. The
basements of many buildings housing patients have been used for
storing furniture. It is difficult to give proper protection to articles
in all classes of buildings, and there is possibility of shrinkage.
Saint Elizabeths Hospital has a shoe-manufacturing department,
with 1 employee and about 60 patients, making all of the shoes used
in the institution. A converted room under detached dining room is
used for that purpose. This department is growing; it not only
makes and repairs shoes, but makes belts, suspenders, and mats.
A proper place with sanitary working conditions should be provided,
and it is contemplated to have space available in a new store and warehouse
building when authorized.
When the present laundry building was erected, the total amount of
material washed and laundered each year was about 3,000,000 pieces.
This has increasedi until at the present time there are over 12,000,000
pieces washed and laundered each year. It has outgrown the original
building; small additions have been put on each side, but it is necessary
to furnish more room. It is contemplated, if a new building is auST.
ELIZABETH HOSPITAL 383
thorized, to make space at one end of the first floor of this building
for the laundry.
The manner of feeding the patients has vastly changed during the
past few years. At the present time the more modern method of
feeding by the cafeteria system is in use. This permits an election of
the food by the patients and insures the service of hot food. No
space is available near the older buildings that may be used to furnish
adequate cafeteria service. It is contemplated to make one end of
the ground floor of the new building for store and warehouse purposes
available for such use.
REVISION OF LAWS FOR THE ADMISSION OF PATIENTS
A bill has been introduced in Congress, upon the recommendation of
the District Commissioners, to change the method of admissions to
Saint Elizabeths Hospital. The hospital cooperated with representatives
of the District upon the form of the proposed bill.
PUBLICATIONS
White, William A., superintendent:
The Dependence of Modern Civilization upon Health. Medical Annals of
the District of Columbia, vol. V, no. 7, July, 1936. Pp. 189 -198.
Post Graduate Work in Psychiatric Nursing (symposium with Dr. Meyer,
Dr. Strecker, Dr. Terhune, and Dr. Menninger). American Journal of
Nursing, February, 1937. P. 185.
Introduction to “The Mentally Ill in America” by Albert Deutsch. Doubleday,
Doran and Co., 1937.
Education in the Present World Crisis. The Educational Record, April,
1937. Pp. 235-241.
Eldridge, Watson W., principal medical officer:
Cleidocranial Dysostosis. American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34,
July, 1935. Pp. 41-49. (With Simon, A., and Ramos, R.)
Karpman, Benjamin, senior medical officer:
The Psychology of Chess. Psychoanalytic Review, vol. 14, no. 1, January,
1937.' Pp. 54-69.
Simon, A., assistant medical officer:
(With Eldridge, Watson, W., and Ramos, R.) Cleidocranial Dysostosis.
American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34, July, 1935. Pp. 41-49.
Baker, William Y., junior medical officer:
Alcohol Injection of Lumbar Sympathetic Ganglia in Arteriosclerosis of the
Extremities. Medicals Annals of the District of Columbia, vol. 6, no. 1,
January, 1937. Pp. 9-14.
Lamos, R., junior medical officer:
(With Eldridge, Watson W., and Simon, A.) Cleidocranial Dysostosis.
American Journal of Roentgenology, vol. 34, July, 1935. Pp. 41-49.
Richmond, Winifred V., psychologist:
Personality: Its Development and Hygiene (book). Farrar and Rinehart,
1937.
The Exceptional Child and the Family Constellation. Bulletin Wood’s
School, 1937.
Characteristics of Adolescence. Proceedings of the North Atlantic Conference
of Home Economics Teachers, April, 1937.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY
Mordecai W. Johnson, President
Seventy years oj service.—During the school year 1866-67, with
meager resources, a handful of students, and surrounded by an
atmosphere of unfaith in the Negro’s capacity for educational advancement,
Howard University was launched with the purpose of providing
able teachers and professional leaders for a distressed and scattered
people. Today, after 70 years of service, the institution is a wellestablished
university with 2,108 students enrolled in 9 undergraduate,
graduate, and professional schools and colleges, with a plant and
other assets valued at a sum in excess of $8,000,000, with 10,008
graduates at work in 43 States and 24 foreign countries, and with a
faculty which now includes the largest community of Negro scholars
in the world, who, in their accomplishments, represent victory over
every obstacle toward cultural development which 70 years ago seemed
insuperable.
As the founders desired, the majority of Howard University’s
10,008 graduates have served as teachers, devoting their lives to the
training of the youth and to the building of a system of education in
the South. Six hundred others have become leaders in religion, while
1,777 others have become physicians and surgeons (approximately 48
percent of all Negro physicians and surgeons now practicing); 828
others have become dentists (approximately 48 percent of all Negro
dentists now practicing); 1,195 have become lawyers (approximately
96 percent of all lawyers now practicing); 518 have become pharmacists;
136 have followed engineering and architecture and other applied
science; while 148 have gone into commerce and finance. In
every Negro population center of the United States these graduates
are at work, and they have had a major share in the remarkable
development of the Negro.
“Here is a record,” said President Franklin D. Roosevelt, “of
which the Negro race may be proud. It is a record of which America
is proud.”
384
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 385
Sixth year oj the 20-year program.-—The year 1936-37 was the sixth
year of development of the 20-year program approved by the Government.
It was a year of outstanding progress in the matter of new
buildings and equipment and of measurable progress in the matter of
the number and quality of students, the number and quality and work
of the faculties, in financial receipts and management, and especially
in favorable factors related to the developing graduate school.
President Roosevelt dedicates chemistry building.—'The most significant
event during the year was the visit of the President of the United
States in October to dedicate the new chemistry building just finished
by the Public Works Administration and formally turned over to the
university on the day of his visit by the Secretary of the Interior.
This building provides facilities for first-class work, comparable to the
best available in the United States. The Public Works Administration
also completed the erection of the heat, light, and power plant at a
cost of $550,000. The President of the United States made an additional
appropriation of $305,000 of Public Works funds so as to enable
the university to begin construction on the new library building under
a contract costing $1,105,000. He also made available to the university
$525,000 of Public Works Administration funds for the construction
of a long-needed new dormitory for men. Concerning these
Public Works projects President Roosevelt said, “Howard University
has shared as of right in our Public Works program. These Government-
financed improvements in the facilities of this great center of
Negro education should enable it to continue to provide for its students
cultural opportunities comparable to those offered by other
first-class institutions of higher learning in the country.”
Advancing numbers and quality of students.—During the year 1936-37
Howard University experienced an increase of 138 in its enrollment,
representing a total increase of 478 students since 1933-34, when the
number of students reached the bottom of the depression trough.
In all schools and colleges of the university a marked increase in the
preparation of entering students was observed. Of the 111 new
entrants in professional schools of the university 76, or approximately
68 percent, were equipped with 4 years or more of previous college and
graduate training. The enrollment of the school of religion was
entirely of graduate caliber and 190 or 72.1 percent of the students in
the 4 professional schools of medicine, dentistry, law, and religion were
degree-holding students. Of the 2,108 students in the entire institution
491 or 23.3 percent were persons holding 1 or more advanced
degrees.
Graduate school goes forward.—The rapid development of highschool
enrollment throughout the States of the Negro’s majority
residence, accompanied by the accrediting of high schools and colleges
by the Southern Association of Secondary Schools and Colleges, was
386 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
making an increasing demand for teachers with graduate training of
high caliber. There was widespread recognition by leaders in State
education of the danger of establishing such graduate work hastily
as a part of the program of the young State colleges just now beginning
to secure accrediment as colleges, and of the necessity of providing
one or more highly developed centers of graduate work in the area with
departments well-manned by an adequate number of mature teachers
and with related departments having equipment and resources for
advanced work. Howard University stood out as the most promising
center for such graduate instruction in the entire field. Two hundred and
eighty-four students from 55 leading colleges and universities enrolled
for graduate work during the year, 91 percent coming from institutions
for Negro youth and 87.1 percent coming from the States of the South,
the places of greatest educational need. This represented an increase
of 42 in the number of graduate students and an increase of 27 in the
number of institutions sending students for graduate work. Special
new facilities were provided for graduate study in chemistry, including
research rooms and research equipment in the new chemistry building;
and the prospect of special rooms for graduate study, graduate seminars,
and individual cubicles in the stacks of the new library building
was inspiring.
'Howard University graduates receive distinguished appointments.—
The prestige of Howard University and the competence of her work
were signalized by the confirmation and appointment of tw’O of her
graduates to the presidency of two of the leading institutions for the
education of Negro youth; two of her medical graduates to be chief of
staff in two of the leading hospitals for Negroes in the United States,
one under Government auspices and one under private auspices; the
appointment of one of her graduates to be Special Assistant to the
Attorney General of the United States; of another to the judiciary in
the State of New York; and the nomination of a dental graudate for the
governing council of a great American city by a nonpartisan body of
citizens of distinguished standing.
Forward steps in clinical medicine.—The department of surgery
was reorganized under a full-time professor provided by a grant from
the Rockefeller Foundation and the General Education Board.
Under the same grant a new head for the department of medicine was
appointed. Continued help was received from the General Education
Board and the Rockefeller Foundation in the training of teachers
for the preclinical and clinical sciences. The clinical teaching of
tuberculosis was introduced. The city maternal and infant-welfare
clinics wore combined with those operated by the Howard University
staff at Freedmen’s Hospital, to provide a service of greatly increased
efficiency.
Faculty growth in full-time members and in strength:—-Judicious
changes in the staff of the university brought about the transformation
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 387
of positions held by 27 part-time teachers into 11 full-time teaching
positions and brought 4 net additions to the teaching staff of the university.
The full-time staff now constitutes 57.1 percent of the persons
employed and does 87.8 percent of the educational work. Significant
research was being undertaken in 10 departments of instruction.
Eight books and 110 scholarly articles were published during the year.
The Journal of Negro Education had advanced to a circulation of
approximately 600, had achieved recognition as the outstanding current
publication in the field of Negro education and one of the best
edited educational periodicals in the United States. Many members
of the faculty were awarded fellowships and other financial encouragement
by distinguished organizations and fully 10 percent of the fulltime
members of the staff were away on leaves of absence for further
study in America and in Europe. Members of the faculty were increasingly
represented on the programs of scientific and other scholarly
societies, and four were chosen as representatives in world undertakings
of a scholarly nature in the field of education, social science, and
religion.
Increased income and balanced budget.—The current income of the
university was increased by $91,000 over the income for the previous
year. The budget was kept in balance and a surplus was made available
for the retirement of the current deficit. The university continued
to receive the support of educational foundations, grants and
allowances being made during the year by the Rockefeller Foundation
and the General Education Board, the Julius Rosenwald Fund, the
Carnegie Corporation, the Emergency Committee in Aid of Displaced
German Scholars, and the Oberlaender Trust. The university was
thrilled to receive a $52,000 increase in its endowment, for traveling
scholarships for promising youth, through the settlement of the estate
of Lucy Moten, a colored school teacher of the city of Washington.
Outstanding needs.—The outstanding needs of the university, made
increasingly clear by the work of the year were (1) an increase of 32
in the number of mature teachers of professorial rank, (2) an increase
of $148,000 in the annual sum of money available for teachers’ salaries,
(3) a sum of $300,000 to double the gravely deficient book collection
in our libraries, (4) the doubling of funds for scholarship and student
aid, especially for teachers in service in the South, who receive low
salaries and may not otherwise find it possible to pursue the graduate
work which they need to increase their efficiency, and (5) funds for
at least that minimum of research which is necessary to maintain a
living mind in the members of the teaching staff.
STUDENTS
Enrollment for the year 1936-37.—The total enrollment of Howard
University (see table following) for the year 1936-37 was 2,108, of
whom 1,108, were men and 1,000 were women, as compared with
388 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
the total of 1,970 for 1935-36, of whom 1,072 were men and 898 were
women. A net gain of 138 students, or 7 percent, is shown, as compared
with a net gain of 63 students, or 3.3 percent in 1935-36. This
enrollment represents a gross gain of 482 students since the low point
of the depression in 1933-34.
Geographical distribution.—Of the regular students enrolled for the
school year 1936-37, 95.8 percent came from the continental United
States and 4.2 percent from without the borders of the United States,
as compared with 95.2 and 4.8 percent, respectively, during 1934-35,
The percentage of students coming from the District of Columbia
was 27, as compared with 28.7 percent during 1935-36.
Forty States sent 1,871 candidates for degrees in 1936-37, as compared
with 41 States sending 1,717 candidates for degrees in 1935-36,
Divisional distribution of candidates for degrees is as follows: From
the North, 470 students, as follows: New England, 55, the Middle
Atlantic States, 272: the East North Central States, 94: the West
North Central States, 49. From the South, 1,394 students, as follows:
From the South Atlantic States, 1,177; from the East South Central
States, 102. From the West, 7 students, as follows: Mountain States,
2; Pacific States, 5.
Summary of Students Enrolled in Howard University for the Years 1936-37 and 1935-36
Divisions of the university
THE COLLEGES
College of liberal arts_________________ ____ _
School of engineering and architecture______
School of music_____________________________
Graduate school______________________ ______
Total_________________ ________________
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Theological college________ ____ _____________
Graduate school of theology________________
School of law_______________________________
School of medicine:
College of medicine_____________________
College of dentistry_____________________
College of pharmacy____________________
Total_________________________________
Total in regular courses_____________________
Special students in music, religion, law, dentistry_____
______________________________
Total________ _______________________
Less duplications—_________ ________________
Grand total (net)_____ ________________
Net enrollments
1936-37 1935-36
Total
gain
Total
loss
Total Men Women
Total Men Women
1,244 593 651 1,174 548 626 70
52 52 52 52
75 28 47 55 20 35 20
284 110 174 236 134 102 48
1, 655 783 872 1,517 754 763 138
(’) (1) (') 8 7 1 8
21 21 19 18 1 2
70 68 2 62 56 6 8
139 133 6 142 135 7 3
38 38 38 37 1
31 26 5 26 21 5 5
299 286 13 295 274 21 4
— ■ — — - - —
1,954 1,069 885 1,812 1,028 784 142
162 44 118 158 44 114 4
__.._—•
2,116 1,113 1,003 1,970 1,072 898 146 ...........
8 5 3 8
- - 1 —'
2,108 1,108 1,000 1,970 1,072 898 138 —
1 Discontinued.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 389
Students of graduate caliber.—Seventy-six, or approximately 68
percent of the 111 students entering the freshmen classes of the professional
schools for the first time during the school year 1936-37,
were equipped with 4 years or more of previous college training. One
hundred ninety or 72.1 percent of the students in the four professional
schools of medicine, dentistry, law, and religion were degree-holding
students. Of the 2,108 students in the entire institution, 491 or 23.3
percent were persons holding 1 or more advanced degrees.
Scholarship and student aid.—Scholarships within the university
continued to be administered on the basic allotment of 7% percent of
all student fees, as provided by the trustees of the university. Work
opportunities increased over last year, and the majority of our students
availed themselves of the installment system of payment of fees.
In the undergraduate colleges 294 or 21.5 percent of the students
received aid in some form, including 131 National Youth Administration
work awards. Of a total enrollment of 284 in the graduate school,
an average of 84 per semester received some form of aid. The major
portion of this aid came from 55 National Youth Administration
awards. Thirty students in the professional schools also received
National Youth Administration awards. The university received a
gift of $52,000 from the estate of Lucy Moton, a colored school teacher
of Washington, to provide traveling fellowships for worthy students.
The aid of the National Youth Administration has been a decisive
blessing. Even with its help we could give assistance to only 23
percent of all applicants. The scholarship resources of the university
could be doubled without fully meeting our urgent needs.
GRADUATES
Number and distribution.—The total number of 226 students graduated
in 1936-37 (see table below) represents a decrease of 18 graduates
as compared with 244 graduates in 1935-36. There were 127 male
graduates and 99 women graduates, as compared with 115 and 129,
respectively, for the year 1935-36. The graduating classes of 1936-37
entered the university (in greater part) in 1933-34 when enrollment
had reached its lowest point on account of the depression. Since that
year enrollment has steadily risen and subsequent graduating classes
are expected to show a corresponding increase.
Honorary degrees.—Three honorary degrees were conferred at commencement
in June 1937. Franz Boas, anthropologist of Columbia
University, New York; John M. Gandy, president of the Virginia
state College, Petersburg, Va.; and David D. Jones, president of
Bennett College, Greensboro, N. C., were awarded the degree of
doctor of laws.
Total number of Howard graduates.—The total number of graduates
Howard University is now 10,008. Of this number the registrar
390 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
has over 6,000 correct addresses in 43 States, the District of Columbia,
and 15 foreign countries, classified alphabetically by States, cities,
sex, schools, and classes. The registrar of the university has made
a special study of the economic status of these graduates, giving major
attention to the classes of 1928 through 1935.
Summary of Students Graduated by Howard University for the Years 1936-37 and
1935-36
Graduates
Divisions of the university 1936-37 1935-36
Men Women Total Men Women Total
THE COLLEGES
College of liberal arts_________________
School of engineering and architecture
School of music----------------------------------
Graduate school_____________________
Total
44
12
58
64
2
24
90
108
3
36
148
38
62
20
66
94
25
120
132
6
45
186
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
School of religion_______
School of law___________
School of medicine:
College of medicine-.
College of dentistry:
4-year course____
Dental hygiene..
College of pharmacy.
Total.
7
15
34
69
7
17
35
11
53
78
33
49 10
35
59
2
2
5
9
6
4
5
6
TEACHING STAFF
Number and distribution of teachers.—There were 248 members of
the teaching staff during the school year 1936-37, of whom 144 were
on full time and 104 were on part time, representing a full-time
equivalent of 164 teachers. This represents a gain of 11 full-time
teachers and a loss of 27 part-time teachers—a net full-time equivalent
gain of 4 teachers.
Number of teachers in relation to the 10-year program.—In the 10-year
program for Howard University agreed upon by the Government,
definite objectives were determined in regard to the ratio of students
to teachers in each division of the university. The status of our
progress in relation to these objectives continues to be favorable,
but it is not fully satisfactory and is in imminent danger of being
thrown far out of balance by increasing enrollment, if concurrent
increases in staff are not made. When the depression caused the
enrollment of the university to drop, from 1931-32 to 1933-34 the
university reduced its staff by 44 members, 30 of whom were full-time
teachers and 14 of whom were on part time, together making the
equivalent of 34.5 full-time persons. In the 3 years since 1933-34
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 391
enrollment has increased by 482 students, from 1,626 to 2,108, with
commensurate increase in the teaching load. During this 3-year
period, however, the university has been able to make only 10 new
full-time additions to the staff. The consequence is that while the
teaching staff in the college of liberal arts is adequate for the undergraduate
load, in most departments, it is pressed to the limit of its
resources with the added graduate load of 284. Ten teachers are
now bearing loads of from 16 to 19 hours and there are 75 classes
above 30 in numbers. This college will be urgently in need of additions
in 1938-39.
In engineering and architecture the ratio of teachers to students is
favorable, but the nature of the subject matter is such that five
teachers are bearing loads of from 16 to 19 hours. In music the
ratio is favorable, but an additional teacher specializing in the history
and appreciation of music is required to meet the needs of the undergraduate
college students.
The faculty of medicine has made great progress in providing able
teachers for its preclinical branches and needs only to fill a few gaps.
But in all the clinical branches it is in urgent need of additional
teachers, particularly now in general medicine, obstetrics, pediatrics,
venereal diseases, psychiatry, and tuberculosis. The grant of $100,000
made available by the General Education Board and the Rockefeller
Foundation for the development of the departments of medicine and
surgery has already made possible considerable improvement in the
organization of the department of surgery and in the conduct of
surgical service under the new full-time professor and head of the
department. The selection and training of additional personnel in
this department is very necessary. The professsor and head of the
department of medicine has just been chosen and careful organization
of this department is now in progress.
In the faculty of dentistry one teacher is needed. The school of
law is now functioning on a minimum full-time teaching staff and is
in need of another full-time member.
Full-time teachers.—Progress continues to be made in the problem
of overcoming the preponderance of part-time teachers whose teaching
is supplementary to their vocations. .The full-time equivalent increase
in our teaching staff for 1936—37 is only 4 persons; it is encouraging to
note, however, that our full-time staff has increased by 11 persons
over the year before, while the part-time personnel has decreased by
27 persons.
Maturity off the staff.-—Of the 164 (full-time equivalent) teachers on
the staff this year, 34, or 21 percent were professors; 23, or 14 percent
were associate professors; 35, or 21.3 percent were assistant professors;
72, or 43.7 percent were in the rank of instructor or below. According
to the 10-year program of development our present staff should have
392 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR.
the following distribution: 66 professors, 16 associate professors, 33',
assistant professors, 49 instructors.
The full professorial staff is seriously undermanned. The disparity
in maturity, however, is not as great as the figures would show.
Several mature and very able teachers are in the associate professorial
rank, awaiting advancement which has been long delayed for lack
of adequate funds. The increased appropriation for salaries voted,
by the Congress for 1937-38 will enable the university to take a
substantial step forward in improving this situation.
The teachers continue with eagerness their efforts after improved
efficiency through further study. Seventeen members of the staff
were on leave of absence for further study during the year just ended,
representing 10 percent of the entire faculty.
Salaries of teachers.—In the 10-year program of development for
Howard University the minimum, average, and maximum salary
scale for teaching personnel was definitely fixed. The salary scale
for Howard University as at June 30, 1937, was as follows: The
median instructional salary had reached $1,800; no teacher was receiving
less than the minimum instructional salary of $1,600; the
average salary in the instructional rank had reached $1,869, which is
$231 below the average of $2,100 agreed upon in the 10-year program.
In the assistant professorial rank no teacher was receiving
less than the minimum of $2,300 agreed upon; the median salary in
this rank was $2,500, while the average salary in the assistant professorial
rank had reached $2,650, which is $150 below the agreed upon
average of $2,800. In the associate professorial rank the median
salary was $3,500. No teacher was receiving less than the miniminn
of $3,000, while the average salary had reached $3,490 or $10 less
than the average of $3,500 agreed upon. In the rank of full-time
professor there were 10 teachers receiving less than the minimum of
$4,000 agreed upon; the median salary was $4,000; and the average
salary in the professorial rank had reached $4,491, which is $809
short of the agreed upon average of $5,000.
Here we place our finger upon the strategic center of further improvement.
All able men in the field of education are agreed that
competent instruction depends primarily upon an adequate number
of mature and able teachers with salaries adequate to assure their
full-time attention to their work. Howard University needs (1)
to advance the salaries of men in its professorial rank; (2) to bring
into that rank, by advancement, the worthy teachers who are prepared
to do its work; and (3) to supplement the number of such worthy
teachers by an adequate selection of additions from the ablest men
available. This work is in the nature of the case, slow of accomplishment,
but it should go forward steadily year by year, because every
other improvement depends for its full significance upon this decisive
step.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 393
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
General trends.—During the current year the graduate school
continued the general trend of increased enrollment which has prevailed
throughout the last 10 years. There was also an increase in
the number of students giving their full time to graduate study.
The base of support was also widened by a substantial increase in the
number of institutions sending students to the graduate school.
While these institutions represented all sections of the country and
included many of the best established colleges and universities in the
United States, 91 percent of the enrollment came from institutions
for Negro youth and 81.7 percent of the entire enrollment came from
the States of the South.
Emergency aid funds contributed by the National Youth Administration
constituted a decisively constructive stimulus both to the
number of enrollment and the number of students able to give their
full time to their studies. New and first-class facilities for graduate
work in chemistry were provided in the special rooms for graduate
study and research and the adequate equipment available therefor
in the new chemistry building, and the prospect of special graduate
reading rooms, seminar rooms, and cubicles for individual study in the
stacks of the new library building was inspiring.
Enrollment.—The total enrollment of graduate students for the
year 1936-37 was 284, as compared with 242 for the year 1935-36.
This represents a net increase of 42 students for the year and an
increase of 241 students over the enrollment of 1926-27. These
students came from 58 colleges and universities, including some of
the most distinguished American institutions. Thirty-six institutions
for Negro youth, however, sent 258 students or 91 percent of the
entire enrollment.
Departments oj instruction.—The 284 graduate students for theschool
year 1936-37 did their work in 17 departments of instruction.
One hundred fourteen or 40 percent of the students did their work in
education, psychology, and philosophy; 74 or 26.1 percent did their
work in the social sciences of economics, sociology, social work,
history, and political science; 50 or 17.6 percent did their work in the
natural sciences and mathematics, including bacteriology, botany,
zoology, chemistry, and physics; and 46 or 16.2 percent did their work
m English, German, and the romance languages and literatures.
Scholarship and student aid.—The university had the following
scholarships available for the graduate school during the current
year: Tuition scholarships voted by the board of trustees, $3,300;
tuition and room for especially able students, $3,000, National Youth
Administration, $22,151; other work, $150; LaVerne Noyes, $115..
Total amount available for scholarships, $28,716. With this amount
the university was able to help 82 students in the first semester and.
394 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
87 students in the second semester. The amount of aid given was
somewhat more than twice the amount available last year. The
margin of unhelped need was still very great. By far the larger
number of Negro public-school teachers in the South receive salaries
under $500 per year. If these teachers are to do the serious graduate
study which is needed to insure the sound development of the public
school system they must receive substantial scholarship and fellowship
aid.
Degrees conJ erred.—Thirty-six degrees were conferred on 12 men and
24 women. Twenty-three were masters of science and 13 were
masters of arts.
The Juture oj graduate work.—The rapid development and accreditment
of public high schools and colleges for Negroes in the States of
their majority residence within the last 10 years has created an acute
and growing need for mature teachers with thoroughly competent
training on the graduate level. The soundness of the educational
structure throughout these States depends primarily upon the caliber
of graduate instruction which is made available to meet this situation.
Howard University is the most promising center for such graduate
work in the entire area. The rapid increase in the enrollment in the
graduate school from 43 in 1926-27 to 284 in 1936-37 is an index both
of the rapidity with which the need has developed and of the remarkable
opportunity which now confronts Howard University in this
field. The fact that during the current year able graduates from 58
institutions came to Howard University for graduate instruction is
an indication of the faith and hope which centers here. It is of the
utmost importance to the States of the Negro’s majority residence
and to the people of the Nation that all possible steps now be taken
to place the graduate work at Howard University on a sound and
thoroughly competent basis and to enable the university to select and
to train on the graduate level young men and women of unusual
promise. In such a program certain immediate steps are urgent:
(1) The book collection of the university should be doubled within a
period of 5 years; (2) special scholarship and fellowship funds for
graduate students should be provided; (3) funds should be available
for at least that minimum of research which is necessary to maintain
a living mind in the members of the staff who teach graduate students;
(4) salaries of the mature teachers on the staff of the university
should be so increased as to enable them to give their entire time to
their work without worry; and (5) the number of such mature, wellpaid
teachers should be immediately increased.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 395
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
The new plan.—With trustee approval the new plan of study prepared
by the faculty of the college of liberal arts becomes effective
in September 1937, for all entering freshmen. This plan provides for
the official establishment of a system of majors; a larger prescription
of work for freshmen and sophomores; a reduction from 7 to 2 in the
number of degrees offered by the college; greater emphasis upon social
science and natural science and less upon foreign languages and
mathematics; and the introduction of certain compulsory courses
looking toward the physical and cultural welfare of the student.
Freshman orientation.-—For 2 years an experiment in orientation
and guidance has been under way to determine the most pressing
needs of Howard college freshmen. A program of work in this field
was developed and then applied to half of the freshmen. At intervals
both halves were examined in personality growth, in reading,
in study habits, and in general achievement, while the first half was
examined in the course content only. The superiority of the first
half over the second half, the division having originally been made
along parallel lines, was so marked as to establish the value of the
course, which it is hoped can next year be given to all freshmen.
Students.—The student registration during the year 1936-37 was
1,244, of whom 593 were men and 651 women. This is an increase
of 70 over 1935-36.
Student activities.—’The Howard players gave eight dramatic presentations
during the year. At the intercollegiate tournament held at
Hampton Institute, April 2, 1937, they won first prize. The debating
society participated in six intercollegiate debates, all of which were
nondecision events. The usual intramural and intercollegiate athletic
games were carried on in football, basketball, track and field, tennis,
swimming, rifle, boxing, wrestling, hockey, archery, and dancing.
Howard college students published The Hill Top and The Stylus.
They were active in intercollegiate student affairs of a national
character.
Graduates.—’During the year, 108 degrees were conferred as follows:
A. B., 29; S. B., 19; S. B., in commerce, 4; A. B., in education, 36;
S. B., in education, 10; S. B., in home economics, 7; S. B., in art., 3.
Faculty.—There were 84 active members of the faculty of the college
of liberal arts during the academic year 1936-37. Of these, 22 were
professors, 12 associate professors, 18 assistant professors, 25 instructors,
and 7 assistants. There were 8 appointments. Ten teachers
were on leave of absence for further study, and 10 others have been
granted similar leave for the coming year. Faculty publications during
the year 1936-37 included 6 books, 58 articles in scholarly periodicals,
and 28 book reviews.
22914—37------ 27
396 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Needs.—■ Among the more urgent needs of the college of liberal arts
are additional teachers in romance languages, commerce, political
science and education, a structure for a little theater, a suite of rooms
to serve as studios for the department of art, the completion of the
remodeling of Thirkield Hall in harmony with already existing plans,
certain very necessary repairs and improvements in the gymnasium
on both the men’s and women’s sides, and approximately $4,000
annually for the purchase of equipment and supplies for technical purposes
in the departments for which such provision is not now being
made.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS
Official appraisal.'—At the annual exhibition and review held on June
1, 1937, the student cadets displayed great zest and precision. Col.
Richard Wetherill and Maj. Emil W. Leard, in charge of R. 0. T. C.
units in this area, declared that the Howard University unit was one
of the best, and they were unreserved in their praise.
Enrollment.-—'The enrollment in military science and tactics during
the year 1936-37 was 215 in the first semester and 312 in the second
semester—an average of 263. This enrollment was distributed as
follows: First semester, basic students 196, advanced students 19;
second semester, basic students 259, advanced students 53.
Commissions awarded.—Sixteen students were awarded commissions
as second lieutenants in the United States Army.
THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE
Enrollment.-—During the school year 1936-37 the school of engineering
and architecture provided instruction for 69 students, 52 of whom
were preparing for entrance into the professions of civil engineering,
electrical engineering, and architecture. These students came from
18 States and the Virgin Islands. An increasing number came with
from 2 to 4 years of previous college preparation.
Graduates and their employment.—’One student received the degree
of B. S. in electrical engineering, magna cum laude, June 1937. This
graduate immediately found work in the field of his choice. Last year
there were six graduates, and the senior classes for next year will enroll
eight. The university now has 65 graduates in the engineering and
architectural fields, distributed as follows: Architecture 12; civil engineering
3; electrical engineering 26; mechanical engineering 24. All of
these graduates are employed. Several government departments are
providing employment for Negro technical graduates. Outstanding
among them are the Housing Division, Public Works Administration,
United States Department of the Interior, the Civilian Conservation
Corps and the Resettlement Division, United States Department of
Agriculture.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 397
Faculty.'—'The active faculty of eight full-time members include one
associate professor, two assistant professors and five instructors. One
associate professor and one assistant professor were on leave of
absence. All staff members are experienced engineers or architects;
50 percent hold professional registration, distributed among the following
States: North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Virginia. Eighty
percent hold graduate degrees in engineering or architecture; one
member holds the degree of doctor of philosophy.
Five lectures were presented to the student body by visiting engineers
and architects during the year.
Needs.—-Much of the present equipment, now obsolete, needs to be
replaced. Laboratory and drafting room space equivalent to approximately
6,000 square feet are needed for a new electronics laboratory,
an extension to the materials testing and mechanical laboratories, and
to provide for two special small instrument rooms. The dean also
states that two additional engineering and one architectural instructor
are needed.
THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Outstanding features of the work during the year.-—-Enrollment was
increased by 26 students. There was great improvement in the
caliber of students. The concert series designed to furnish inspiring
musical entertainment for students, faculty, and the citizens of Washington,
continued to be a success. The Carnegie Corporation of
New York provided the university with a valuable set of phonographic
records, an excellent phonograph, and musical literature for the teaching
of music in the college. This set has proved a great asset to the
school of music by providing on the campus facilities for study and
research in the history of music, public school music, orchestra, and
conducting.
Number and distribution of students.—'The school enrolled 223
students during the year, as compared with 197 during the previous
year, representing an increase of 26 students or 11.3 percent. Seventy
five of these students were registered in the regular degree courses
in piano, organ, voice, violin, and public school music, while 148
were registered in the junior department.
Faculty.—'There were 13 members of the faculty of music during
the year. Ten of these gave full time to the work while three others
gave time equivalent to one and one-half full time teachers. Two
of these teachers were professors, three were assistant professors,
six were instructors, and two were assistants.
One major appointment was made during the year in the department
of piano. Six members of the faculty appeared in 19 recitals
ln 10 States. One appeared in recital at the White House.
398 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Graduates.—Three students were graduated at commencement
time. Two of these received the degree of bachelor of school music
and one the degree of bachelor of music.
Musical organizations.—'The university choir, the university glee
club, the women’s glee club, and the university orchestra have all
been active during the year and have had many favorable public
appearances. The university glee club appeared with the head of the
department of public school music in recital at the White House.
The department of violin has organized a new string quartette composed
of advanced students in the department, for the purpose of
playing chamber music. During the year this string quartette read
the works of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven, and performed some of
the works of Haydn and Mozart.
Needs.-—This school needs a teacher of history and appreciation
of music for service primarily to undergraduate students in the
college of liberal arts. It needs also 15 upright and 4 grand pianos
to replace worn-out instruments which have been in use for over 20
years.
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
The school of medicine is the functional organization which represents
the cooperative interests of the entire medical unit of the university
without superseding the direct authority from the independent
faculties to the board of trustees. The autonomous member units
are the college of medicine, the college of dentistry, and the college of
pharmacy. Freedmen’s Hospital, an independent institution built
upon grounds owned by the university, is functionally a part of the
university medical unit.
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE
Outstanding events of the year.—(I) The progress made in reorganization
of the surgical service in Freedmen’s Hospital and the improvement
in teaching of surgery under direction of the full time professor
and head of the department; (2) appointment of a full time professor
and head of the department of medicine effective July 1, 1937; (3)
introduction of clinical teaching of tuberculosis made possible through
cooperation of the District of Columbia Tuberculosis Association and
Health Department; (4) grant of $300 by the National Tuberculosis
Association which made possible publication of six issues of the College
Health Review by the department of bacteriology, preventive medicine
and public health, for the purpose of stimulating interest nationally
in the health of Negro college students, with special reference to
prevention and control of tuberculosis; (5) combination of the city
maternal and infant welfare clinics at Freedmen’s Hospital with those
operated at the hospital by the Howard University staff with a view
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 399
toward improvement of service to the public and of providing better
teaching facilities for medical students; and the provision of a fulltime
assistant in obstetrics-gynecology to supervise home deliveries;
(6) provision for supervision of home deliveries by students in placing
this work in charge of a full-time assistant of obstetrics, under the
control of the head of the department of obstetrics-gynecology.
The addition of two residents; one each in medicine and surgery,
has proved to be an important step forward. The hospital has
requested a reduction of internes from 24 to 18, the other six places
to be filled by assistant residents. This, if granted by the Department
of the Interior, will provide the resident staff with a greater
number of more experienced men and, at the same time, will improve
the value of the interneship as a fifth year of medical education.
Students.-—Of a total of 250 applicants, 220 satisfied minimum
requirements for admission. Forty-three freshmen students were
admitted. The greatest number of medical students registered at
any one time during the year was 139.
During the year the school furnished instruction to 298 students
distributed as follows: medicine, 138; dentistry, 38; dental hygiene,
11; pharmacy, 31; liberal arts, 41; nurses, 39.
Graduates.—Of a total official faculty of 108, 25 were full time
teachers and 83 part time. One principal appointment, that of professor
and head of the department of surgery was made effective
July 1, 1936. A full time professor and head of the department of
medicine has been appointed effective July 1, 1937.
One General Education Board Fellow completed a year of postgraduate
study of tuberculosis at the Henry Phipps Institute for
Tuberculosis, University of Pennsylvania, and reported July 1, 1937,
for duty as part time instructor in medicine (tuberculosis). One
General Education Board Fellow has been appointed to study
neuropsychiatry at the University of Iowa.
There have been 18 scientific publications by members of the
faculty duting the year. In addition, nine members contributed
eight articles on The Health Status and Health Education of Negroes
in the United States appearing in the Yearbook, No. VI of the
Journal of Negro Education, July 1937.
Hospital facilities.—Since the value of clinical teaching must be
conditioned by the type of care rendered to the patient, it is important
that the Freedmen’s Hospital, which we utilize for teaching purposes,
shall be adequately provided with physical facilities, nursing service,
social service, and clinical service; that the university make with the
proper authorities, such arrangements as will guarantee to it unquestioned
right to select the professional staff of the hospital, to
establish and maintain appropriate standards of patient care and to
select and control the clinical material for teaching purposes.
400 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY
General trends.—The dean of the college reports that this is the
best year of his administration. The slow but steady increase in
enrollment continued. There was an increase also in the number of
graduates. The clinic increased its work and its receipts by 14.5
percent, and “the second semester closed with more work accomplished
by students and teachers than in any other one year of the
present administration.”
Enrollment.—The total enrollment in the college of dentistry continued
gradually to increase. In 1933-34 there were 41 students;
in 1934-35 there were 44; in 1935-36 there were 47 and in 1936-37
there were 49.
Oral hygiene.—The department of oral hygiene completed its third
year of work. This unit is making satisfactory progress. During
the current year 11 students enrolled.
Graduates.—At the commencement season 11 graduates were
awarded the degree of doctor of dental surgery and 5 students in oral
hygiene were awarded the certificate of graduation.
The clinic.—The total clinic income for the year was raised from
$5,657 to $6,480, an increase of $823 or 14^ percent. This increase
of income is an index of the increased capacity of our students to do
clinic work and of the better development of the clinic as a teaching
unit and a useful health-serving agency for the community.
General university health project.—Since last October the college
of dentristry has been cooperating with the department of physical
education of Howard University in a general health project. Each
student who takes the course in physical education (and this includes
practically all freshmen in the college of liberal arts) is given a complete
X-ray and clinical examination of the mouth, a report of which
is forwarded to the department. The final grade in physical education
is partially contingent upon the completion of the treatment
indicated.
Physical plant improvement.—Much of the serious overtaxing of
services in the college of dentistry has been relieved by the provision
of additional laboratory facilities on the ground floor, by the installation
of additional laboratory benches, storage cabinets, and new hot
water facilities, and by the painting of the main and ground floors.
This work was done from the funds and under the supervision of the
Public Works Administration. It has substantially improved the
working facilities of the college of dentistry and greatly heightened
the morale of the staff and the students.
Faculty.—There were 13 members of the faculty of dentistry during
the year, 11 of whom were giving their full time to the work while
2 others were giving part time service equivalent to 1 full time teacher.
These members were distributed as follows: Two associate profesHOWARD
UNIVERSITY 401
sors, two assistant professors, six instructors, and one assistant.
There was one major appointment. The work of improvement
through further study encouragingly continued. One member
returned from graduate study. Two members were on leave for
further graduate work during the year while two other members of
the staff have obtained leave of absence for further study during the
coming year.
Needs.—The primary need of the college of dentistry is an increased
number of able students. The present low enrollment is
not an index of the state of need. Among the Negro population of
the counry the need for dental service is acute. While there is 1
dentist in the United States to every 1,700 members of the general
population there is one Negro dentist to each 3,389 of the Negro
population. In the States of the South the need is so great that in a
State like Mississippi there is only 1 dentist for each 34,818 of the
Negro population. (2) The faculty needs one additional full-time
teacher. (3) The completion of the renovation begun, according to
the original plan, involving (a) the installation of insects’ screen, (b)
minor structural changes on the main floor, (c) completion of renovation
in basement. (4) The reequipment of the clinics throughout.
This will involve the installation of units, chairs, and X-ray equipment.
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY
Curriculum— The curriculum in pharmacy now in force is the new
4-year curriculum designed to meet the requirements of the American
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. The graduates of 1937 were
the first to be awarded degrees on the basis of this new curriculum.
Registration.—Thirty-one students registered for all classes at the
beginning of the past year. Fourteen were freshmen.
Graduates.—There were three graduates from the college of pharmacy
who received the degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy.
Faculty.—The faculty for 1936-37 has been the same as for 1935-36,
with two full professors, two instructors in pharmacy, full time, and
one instructor, part time.
Equipment.—Scientific equipment of this college is quite adequate
for the present and compares favorably with that of other small
colleges. Improvements and additions will be needed in the near
future, as the college develops and enrollment increases. Enlarged
space in the library is greatly needed for students and teaching staff.
SCHOOL OF LAW
General trends.—The new location of the school of law on the main
campus of the university has proved eminently satisfactory to teachers
and students, and has been highly commended by the leaders in
the profession.
402 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
Enrollment.—There were 72 students in the school of law during
the school year 1936-37. This represents an increase of 10 or 12%
percent over the enrollment of 1935-36 and doubles the enrollment
of 1933-34. These 72 students came from 38 colleges and universities
in 21 States and 3 foreign countries. This represents an
expansion of the base of supply by nine institutions and one State.
Enrollment again increased from 62 to 72. The sources of enrollment
broadened their base from 23 to 24 States (21 States and 3
foreign countries) and from 29 to 38 colleges and universities. The
high caliber of entering students continues to be impressive.
Of these 72 students 29 were new entrants. Thirty-one, or 71.4
percent of these 29 new entrants had done 4 or 5 years of college work.
The school of law is thus not only attracting an increasing number
of new students, but is steadily widening the area of confidence
among supplying institutions, and attracting their high calibered
students.
Graduates.—-Seventeen graduates received the degree of bachelor of
laws in 1936-37 as compared with five in 1935-36. This is the largest
graduating class since the establishment of the full-time day school
of law.
Since the last annual report was submitted graduates of the Howard
University school of law have successfully passed bar examinations
and have been admitted to the practice of law in the following jurisdictions:
District of Columbia, Michigan, New York, New Jersey,
Oklahoma, Virginia, and West Virginia.
Faculty.'—The faculty of the school of law is now composed of
eight teachers, distributed in rank as follows: professors, two; associate
professors, two; assistant professors, four; lecturers, one. Four of
these teachers gave their full time to the work and four gave part time.
One major appointment of the faculty was made during the year and
one member of the staff resigned to accept the appointment of the
President of the United States to a judicial position in the Virgin
Islands.
The library.—-The circulation during the year increased from 2,043
to 3,657. The total attendance for the year was 3,940 persons.
Number of volumes now in the library, 17,076; received on purchase,
1936-37, 323; as gifts, 1936-37, 535; added as bound periodicals,
1936-37, 90; periodicals received on purchase, 1936-37, 34; as gifts,
1936-37, 16.
Outlook and needs.—When the 3-year full-time day school of law
was first established, it was clearly an experiment. From the point
of view of number of students, caliber of students, and wride confidence
of supporting institutions, the experiment is a success and has a
hopeful future. The work done by the “school is clearly an urgent
necessity for the colored people of the United States are heavily
undermanned in legal leadership. While they constitute an approxiHOWARD
UNIVERSITY 403
mate tenth of the population they have only 1,250 out of 160,000
members of the legal profession—'less than 1 percent. A first-class
law school serving this needy tenth of the population is manifestly
a great national service. The major needs at present are money for
an addition full-time teacher, funds for books, and for scholarships for
gifted, needy students.
SCHOOL OF RELIGION
Financial support.—The school of religion receives no support from
Federal funds. Its work is maintained wholly by income from
endowment and gifts from private sources.
General trends.—During 1936-37 the school of religion completed
the transition to an entirely graduate basis. This year’s enrollment
was entirely graduate in character and the numbers were decisively
encouraging. Work was also established leading to the degree of
toaster of arts in the graduate school The library collection increased
from 1,443 to 2,100 volumes.
Enrollment.—In the first semester of the year 1936-37, 26 students
were enrolled in the school of religion. During the second semester
there were 22 students.
Graduates.—Nine students were graduates from the school of
religion on commencement day. Seven received the degree of bachelor
of divinity and two received from the graduate school the degree of
master of arts in religious education.
The faculty.—The faculty of the school of religion for the current
year consisted of nine members, two of whom were giving their full
time to the work and seven were giving part-time service equivalent
to the full-time service of four, making a full-time equivalent teaching
staff of six persons. This staff was distributed as follows: professors,
three; instructors, five; lecturer, one. Two members of the staff
returned from service in India where they went as representatives of
national religious organizations. Members of this staff published two
hooks and three scholarly articles during the year.
Outlook and needs.—'When 4 years ago the trustees undertook to
establish the interdenominational school of religion on a purely
graduate basis, the project was clearly an experiment. From the
point of view of students it now appears that the experiment will
surely succeed. The outstanding needs of the school are now 3:
(1) funds to provide 4 additional full-time teachers, (2) funds to
provide a substantial increase in the number of books available in the
library, and (3) funds to provide an adequate and attractive building.
The present wooden structure is both inadequate and unattractive.
Toward this project the university now has $18,000, which came as
gift from John A. Cole, an honorary member of the board of trustees.
Mrs Franklin D. Roosevelt made an additional contribution during
the current year.
404 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
THE LIBRARY
The new building.—The outstanding event of the year was the
beginning of construction of the new founders library, for which
$1,105,000 of Public Works Administration funds was appropriated
by the President of the United States in November.
Moorland Foundation.—The total number of items in the collection
now totals 10,354, which includes 6,119 books, 3,654 pamphlets,
382 bound periodicals, 199 masters’ theses. The rate of purchase
and gifts has slowed considerably. Whereas 1,021 items relating
to the Negro were purchased in 1935-36, only 139 books and pamphlets
were purchased in 1936-37.
Accessions and cataloging.—New accessions for the year total
2,851 purchased books, 1,406 gift books, and 696 new bound periodicals,
or a total of 4,953 accessions. There were cataloged 2,911 titles,
or 3,872 books. The cataloging of all bound periodicals in the main
library was begun with 43 titles, or 723 volumes completed.
Veterans’ Bureau books.—From this collection 1,846 books were
distributed. After distributing for 10 years, more than 140,000
books, or about 85 percent of the original number received, this
service feature has been discontinued.
Size and circulation.—The number of books now accessioned in
the libraries of the university totals 106,360. Of these 10,775 are
in the school of medicine, 19,478 in the school of law, 2,143 in the
school of religion. During 1936-37 a total of 5,901 books was accessioned,
a total of 769 periodical titles received, and a total circulation
of 114,446 recorded.
Immediate needs.—The immediate needs of the library are (1)
$300,000 to secure books and periodicals, to purchase the available
collections of books on Negro life for the Moorland Foundation,
(2) an enlarged staff to care for the work in the new building, and
(3) professional classification and salary scale for the staff.
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS
Buildings under construction.—The following table shows the list
of building projects in process during the year ended June 30, 1937.
These buildings were going forward under the funds and direction
of the Federal Emergency Administration of Public Works.
Building Projects in Process, Year Ending June 30, 1937
No. Description of project Date
authorized
Total
appropriations
2 Construction and equipment of a chemistry building _____________ May 4,1939 $626,300.00
5 Construction and equipment of a library building...7 ______________ Feb. K 1931 1,105,000.00
8 Construction and equipment of a heat, light, and power plant_______ Feb. 17^1933 555,576.99
9 Construction and equipment of dormitories for men____ ‘____________ Oct. 4,1935 525,000.00
HOWARD UNIVERSITY 405
The status of the above listed projects as at June 30, 1937, was as
follows: Project No. 2—chemistry building. Building completed.
Presented to the university by the Secretary of the Interior and dedicated
by the President of the United States in October, 1936. Building
in use throughout the school year 1936-37.
Project No. 5 — Construction and equipment of a library building—
President of the United States set aside an additional appropriation
of $305,000 for this project, in November 1936. Contract was let
and work had progressed above the first floor. Cornerstone was
laid in June by the Honorable Oscar L. Chapman, Assistant Secretary
of the Interior and Senator Robert La Follette.
Project No. 8.—Construction and equipment of a heat, light, and
power plant—project completed—test practically completed. Certain
minor adjustments were being made prior to the final acceptance
of the project by the Federal Government.
Project No. 9.—Construction and equipment of dormitories for
men. First bid proposals received. Completed plans and specifications
rejected by the Secretary of the Interior on account of the
abnormally excessive cubic foot cost. Preparation is being made
for the advertising for new bid proposals with the expectation that
wider competition will produce estimates within the appropriation.
FINANCES
Assets.—The total assets of the university at June 30, 1937, were
$8,262,481.45, exclusive of the unexpended balances of government
appropriations for the chemistry building, the heat, light, and power
plant, the library and the men’s dormitories. Of the total assets
$1,095,881.24 represents assets in the physical plant extension fund,
made possible through private gifts from the General Education Board
and the Julius Rosenwald Fund; $959,593.54 represents endowment
(an increase of $49,581.18 over the previous year); $5,978,237.08
represents plant fund assets (an increase of $197,653.49 since the last
report) exclusive of the unexpended balances of government expenditures
for buildings, as indicated above. The remaining $228,769.59
represents assets of the current fund.
Income and expenditures .—The total income for the year 1936-37
was $1,427,441.31, including current and capital funds. This represents
a gross decrease of $265,274.95 under the total income for 1935—
36. The total income for current purposes, however, was $1,115,-
351.34, or an increase of $91,232.74 over the income for current purposes
for 1935-36. There was an increase of 6.3 percent in the income
from private sources and a corresponding decrease of 6.3 percent in the
proprotion of income from government sources.
The total expenditures for all purposes, current and capital were
$1,411,240.86, representing a gross decrease of $281,475.40 under the
406 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
total expenditures for 1935-36. The total current expenditures for
1936-37 were $1,099,150.89, representing an increase of $73,667.39 over
the current expenditures for 1936-37.
Balanced budget.—The budget was kept at balance and there was an
excess of income in the amount of $16,200.45 available toward the
retirement of the accumulated deficit.
Audit and supervision.—The auditing of all the university’s accounts
has been done by certified public accountants. All moneys appropriated
by the Congress and by the Public Works Administration were expended
under the supervision of the Secretary of the Interior.
FREEDMEN’S HOSPITAL
Dr. T. Edward Jones, Surgeon in Chief
IN submitting his first annual report, representing, however, but 7
months of his official incumbency, the surgeon in chief pays a high
tribute to his predecessor, Dr. William A. Warfield, who held the
position for more than 35 years.
The statistical data for the year shows that there were 5,587 indoor
patients under treatment, an increase of 524 over the previous year.
Of these 880 were private or pay patients, 2,705 were District of Columbia
indigents, and 2,003 were United States indigents. Of the total
number under care 329 died. The remainder were discharged either as
cured or improved to the extent that hospitalization was no longer
necessary. Eight hundred and twenty-eight babies were born in
Freedmen’s Hospital. One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five
major operations were performed. Eight thousand three hundred and
thirty-three emergencies were treated. One thousand three hundred
and forty-one ambulance calls were made. Thirty-six thousand, and
fifteen visits were made to the outdoor clinics.
PERSONNEL NEEDS
The most urgent need is an increase in the nursing personnel. At
many periods throughout the day 1 nurse is compelled to care for 24
patients, whereas it is a requirement by the District Board of Nursing
that under normal circumstances 1 nurse should be assigned to every
4 patients, and the tours of duty should be only 8 hours. Because of
this shortage of nurses the hospital admissions have been reduced in
order to give the patients a semblance of care approaching efficiency.
An increase in the clerical force is recommended as absolutely necessary
if proper hospital records are to be kept and the administration of
the hospital efficiently maintained.
The handicap of the social-service department grows more acute
as additional demands are daily being made, and two additional socialservice
workers are needed if this department is to continue its function
407
408 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
efficiently, providing social case study and furthering the professional
treatment on an individual basis.
The housekeeping and dietary departments are woefully undermanned.
Six additional orderlies and six additional maids are recpiired
if the hospital is to be kept in a proper state of cleanliness.
In the dietary department, because of a shortage of cooks, it frequently
happens that a dishwasher has to assume the duties of a cook.
Four additional cooks, two utility men,and two dishwashers are needed.
With the present force of ambulance drivers, it is not infrequently
that a driver is required to work 12 hours per day, if the ambulance is
to respond to calls received. An additional driver is requested. The
same long hours apply to the telephone operators, if the service is to
be covered without the present use of orderlies and maids who have
only a limited experience with telephone requirements. As a result of
their inexperience innumerable complaints are received from the
public, to say nothing of the retardation of the efficient handling of
official business.
The demands made upon the drug department have more than
doubled since the present space and personnel were originally set up.
This means that additional space must be provided and two assistant
pharmacists added in an effort to cope with the ever-increasing-requirements.
PHYSICAL ASPECTS
Attention is directed to the physical needs of the hospital which are
inadequate in every phase. All painted areas are sadly in need of repainting.
Roofs are leaking in many spots, some of which are directly
over the patients’ beds. These beds are evacuated in the presence of
heavy rains. It is further set forth in the report that the plumbing,
some of which is more than 30 years old, offers a'distinct hazard. Any
day major defects may assume such proportions that hospital activities
will have to suspend.
Repairs to roadways are most forcibly recommended.
COLUMBIA INSTITUTION
FOR THE DEAF
Percival Hall, President
DURING the fiscal year there were under instruction in the advanced
department of the institution, known as Gallaudet College, 87 men
and 54 women, a total of 141, representing 38 States and Canada.
This is a decrease of four as compared with the preceding year. In
the primary and grammar department, known as the Kendall School,
there were under instruction 38 boys and 36 girls, a total of 74. This
is an increase of five as compared with the preceding year. Of the
total in this department 69 were admitted as beneficiaries of the
District of Columbia. There were admitted to the institution 42
males and 28 females; discharged 35 males and 18 females.
The courses of instruction were practically the same as in the past
year with the addition of a course in the principles of teaching for
the seniors.
There has been practically no advance made in the building program,
which calls first for a memorial building to Edward Miner
Gallaudet, to house library, printing office, new laboratories, recitation
rooms, etc. There are needed besides extensions to old laboratory
building, present gymnasium, and new units for housing pupils
of the primary department as well as an additional cottage for use of
an instructor. No additional buildings have been provided for the
institution since 1918, though in the meantime the number of students
and pupils has increased 25 percent. Better fire protection should
be provided by laying of larger water main and installation of modern
fire hydrants.
An interesting problem on the most exact method of communication
between teacher and pupil is being studied at our institution
with funds provided by the National Research Council. There are
other problems that should be carried on for the benefit of the education
of deaf pupils throughout the country, and a provision should
be made for a permanent research worker.
409
410 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR
A regular meeting of the Convention of American Instructors of
the Deaf was held at New York under the auspices of Columbia
University and was attended by a number of members of our faculty
who took part in the program. A special meeting of the Conference
of Executives of American Schools for the Deaf was also held at this
time, and the president of the institution laid before this meeting
recommendations for work along lines of improving the education of
the deaf.
The total receipts, including balance on hand July 1, 1936, were
$176,691. Expenses were $174,196. A reserve of $502 was returned
to the treasury, leaving a balance of $1,993. The invested funds of
the institution in the hands of the treasurer total in value approximately
$85,000.
On presentation day, June 5, six degrees of master of arts in the
normal department were granted, nine degrees of bachelor of arts in
course, and five degrees of bachelor of science in course were conferred.
The honorary degree of master of arts was conferred on three former
graduates of Gallaudet College who are now well known educators of
the deaf, namely, Henry J. Stegemerten, principal, School for the
Colored Deaf and Blind, Overlea, Md.; Odie W. Underhill, instructor,
School for the Deaf, Morganton, N. C.; and Nathan Zimble, principal,
School for the Deaf, Little Rock, Ark.
o
ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
TO THE SECRETARY
OF THE INTERIOR
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
19 3 7
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON • 1937
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Harold L. Ickes, Secretary
TERRITORY OF ALASKA
John W. Troy, Governor
For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Price 10 cents
CONTENTS
Page
Foreword and recommendations................................................... 1
Commerce of Alaska . ’................................................................ 3
Alaska fund (revenues)................................................................... 4
Territorial finances............................................................................ 4
Territorial banks................................................................................ 5
Tourist and other travel................................................................... 5
Alaska Railroad . . .................................................................... 5
National parks: Mount McKinley.................... 6
National monuments........................................................................ 8
Roads and frails:
Alaska Road Commission....................................................... 7
Bureau of Public Roads........................................................... 9
Territorial Road Board........................................................... 10
Fishing: Alaska Fisheries............................................................... 11
Mining:
Geological Survey................................................................... 17
Bureau of Mines....................................................................... 23
Territorial Department of Mines......................................... 23
Game and fur: Alaska Game Commission.................................. 24
Forests:
Forest Service................................. 25
Civilian Conservation Corps ................................................... 26
Lands: Public Survey Office........................................................... 27
River and harbor improvements.................................................. 28
Coast and geodetic survey............................................................... 30
Aids to navigation............................................................................ 31
Coast Guard........................................................................................ 32
Communication:
Mail Service........................................................................ 32
Naval communications.................................................... 32
Signal Corps......................................................................... 33
Telephone land lines........................................................ 33
Aviation:
Alaska Aeronautics and Communications Commission . . 33
Bureau of Air Commerce............................................... 34
leather Bureau: Airways and Climatological Service . ... 35
in
IV CONTENTS
Education: page
Historical Library and Museum.......................................... 35
University of Alaska............................................................... 36
Agricultural experiment stations................................. 36
Extension Service........................................................... 36
Livestock inspection...................................................... 37
Territorial schools..................................................................... 37
Indian School Service............................................................... 38
Reindeer Service................................................................................ 39
Health:
Indian Medical Service........................................................... 40
Territorial Health Commission.............................................. 41
United States Public Health Service.................................. 43
Alaska Insane............................................................................ 43
American Red Cross................................................ '...................... 43
Pioneers’ Home................................................................................ 43
Public Welfare:
Old-age assistance........................................................... •. . 44
Temporary direct relief........................................................... 45
Dependent children................................................................... 45
Unemployment Compensation Commission and Unemployment
Service................................................................................ 46
Social Security Board: Old-age benefits...................................... 46
Public Works Administration...................................................... 47
Works Progress Administration.................................................. 47
Matanuska colonization project.......................................... 47
Federal Housing Administration.................................................. 48
National Emergency Council........................................................... 48
Alaska Planning Council ............................................................... 48
Incorporated towns........................................................................... 48
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
John W. Troy, Governor
FOREWORD AND RECOMMENDATIONS
THE fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, has been another prosperous year
for Alaska.
The salmon pack was the largest in the history of the Territory.
This fact taken with the fact that the last season also produced a
large pack shows conclusively that governmental efforts to preserve the
salmon supply in Alaska have been successful. The perpetuation of
the Alaska salmon supply has been solved.
We have had a good year in the mining industry also. Never before
have the material prospects for this Territory been brighter than now.
A movement to the Territory of people, due in large measure to the
success of the Matanuska colonization project, has been under way for
some time. Settlers are continuing to come and occupy favorable agricultural
lands in various parts of the Territory. I believe that other
colonies similar to the Matanuska colony, but smaller, should be
established in regions in the vicinity of the towns where there are
larger markets for farm produce. I renew the suggestion which I made
last year that there should be a system of aiding settlers that come
to the Territory of their own volition to prosecute agricultural
development.
Alaska greatly needs a larger population. The last Territorial
Legislature authorized a Planning Council to promote planned development
of Territorial resources. It is particularly important to
induce the establishment of pulp and paper mills in Alaska. Two
large paper mills in southeastern Alaska would add from five thousand
to ten thousand to the population of that section. That would encourage
development in all lines of business. The improved conditions
of the paper market encourage the hope of success in this line.
Establishment of the Aeronautics and Communications Commission
should result in further growth of the aeronautical business which has
1
2 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
been marked during the year last passed. Transportation is still of
first importance in the development of Alaska, and there is no field in
which transportation might be improved to the benefit of all concerned
as in aviation.
The continued interest of the Department of the Interior and other
branches of the Federal Government in Alaska development is very
gratifying to the people of this Territory.
FURTHER RECOMMENDATIONS
1. I again recommend the establishment of a full territorial form of
government in Alaska. None are so well qualified to determine policies
of government and direct it as people who live in the Territory. They
are familiar with conditions and they are vitally interested in good
government and territorial growth.
2. The Territorial Legislature should have equal power with Congress
to legislate on the fisheries and game of Alaska and all needful
subjects of legislation.
3. Congress should not force the closing of fish traps or the confiscation
of property in the Territory, but the Territory ought to have full
authority on such matters.
4. I commend the cooperation of the Game Commission and the
Forestry Bureau in developing fur farming and other activities on the
part of the Federal Government. The activity on the part of theFederal
Government in exterminating predatory and other enemies of the fish,
game animals, and game birds of the Territory should be continued.
5. The activities of the Federal Government in improving national
parks and monuments and encouraging tourist travel in Alaska should
be continued and be increased.
6. The interest of the Department of Interior and other Federal
agencies in developing adequate transportation, particularly aviation,
should be carried on. The Department has a 3-million-dollar plan
for the construction of airports and aids to aerial navigation which
ought to be carried out. The first step in the development of air
service should be the encouragement of scheduled air flights. The
best means of developing scheduled air flights would be the establishment
of air-mail routes.
7. The construction of an international highway connecting the
highways of the United States, through British Columbia and Yukon
Territory, with the highways of Alaska would contribute immensely
to the development of the Territory.
8. The Territory through Social Security funds, Territorial funds,
and funds donated by the Tuberculosis Association has been conducting
a survey of the tuberculosis situation in Alaska, particularly with
reference to the prevalence of the disease among the natives. Ibis
survey has developed to a point where a great need of tuberculosis
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 3
hospitals has been disclosed. The Government should without delay
begin the construction of tuberculosis hospitals in the Territory.
These hospitals should also provide for general hospitalization. The
Territory has already appropriated money for hospitals at Kodiak
and Seldovia—$25,000 for Kodiak and $20,000 for Seldovia—which
will be available to aid in the construction, equipment, and maintenance
whenever sufficient funds are provided to carry out those projects.
These could be used in connection with the war against tuberculosis,
but there should be other tuberculosis hospitals in other parts
of the Territory.
9. There should be additional competent executive and technical
assistants in the Governor’s office.
COMMERCE OF ALASKA
A summary of the commerce of Alaska with the United States for
the fiscal year 1937 shows a very satisfactory increase over the previous
year. The total value of all in-bound and out-bound merchandise
amounted to $114,923,169, an increase of $23,162,815; with a balance
of trade in favor of Alaska of $37,972,955, an increase of $17,882,823
over the previous year.
The very substantial increase in shipments of merchandise from
Alaska to the United States was primarily due to a successful season
in the fishing, or canned salmon, industry during 1936. Copper ore
showed an increase, while a slight decrease was evidenced in gold
shipments, probably due to a late clean-up and delayed shipments
of gold in the spring. Increased activities prevail throughout the
mining industry in all lines of production.
Fur skins showed an appreciable increase due both to an increased
number of skins shipped and a slight increase in market value.
Tourist travel from the United States and foreign countries to
Alaska showed a pleasing increase, many steamers being booked to
capacity for several months in advance.
Commerce of Alaska for Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937, with Comparative
Statement for Preceding Fiscal Year
Value of shipments from Alaska to United States June 30, 1936 June 30, 1937 Increase (+)
decrease (—)
Canned salmon ............... _ . __________ $25,705,788
6,000, 001
$45,386,512
5,885,925
+$19,680,724
AUother fish and fish products_______________ ____ _______ -114,076
„ Total fish____ ____________ ___________________ 31, 705, 789
3, 310,178
2, 264,467
16,138,972
288,920
2, 216,917
51,272,437
3,913, 217
2,439,013
15, 877, 705
286,909
2,658,781
+19,566,648
+603,039
+174, 546
-261, 267
—2, on
+441,864
Copper ore___.
Fur skins
Gold...
Silver
AU other products ..
Grand total_______________________ ____ ________________ 55,925, 243
35,835, 111
76,448,062
38,475,107
+20,522,819
“nipments, United States to Alaska__________________________ +2,639,996
Balance of trade, favor Alaska______________ _________________ 20,090,132 37,972,955 +17,882,823
4 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Shipments from Alaska to United States During Past 5 Fiscal Years, Showing
Percentage of Total of Principal Commodities
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
Canned salmon_____ _____ ..._____ . ...
Percent
57.7
8.7
4.2
24.2
5.2
Percent
54. 7
8.8
5.1
28.2
3.2
Percent
61.4
7.5
4.1
23.8
3.2
Percent
45.9
10.7
4.1
28.9
10.4
Percent
59.4
7.7
3.2
20.8
8.9
Other fish and fish products________________________
Fur skins________________ .
Gold_____________________________ .... . .
All other products________ ___________ _____________
100 100 100 100 100
Vessel Statistics
Fiscal year 1936 Fiscal year 1937
Number Tonnage Number Tonnage
Entered from United States and foreign countries_____
Cleared for United States and foreign countries________
Vessels documented in Alaska, 5-net ton and over_____
Undocumented vessels, numbered in Alaska__________
2,489
2, 346
1,806
3,604
691, 791
795,072
78, 269
2, 241
2,008
1,797
3, 294
937,922
928,399
72,743
THE ALASKA FUND
The Alaska fund is revenue derived from licenses issued for occupations
and trade conducted outside of incorporated towns, deposited into
the Federal Treasury and disbursed by congressional appropriation
as follows: 65 percent for construction and repairing of roads and
trails, 25 percent for maintenance of schools, and 10 percent for relief
of indigents. The total receipts for the fiscal year were $307,840.58.
TERRITORIAL FINANCES
The fiscal system of the Territory is controlled by laws enacted by
the Territorial Legislature, and is separate from revenues received
by the Federal Government from occupation and trade licenses which
are covered into and disbursed from the “ Alaska fund” in the Federal
Treasury.
There is no system of property taxation in Alaska except for municipal
purposes, but the Territory derives other revenues from the gross
receipts of railroads, from the national forests, school poll tax, from
resident and nonresident commercial fishermen, inheritance and profit
taxes, escheated estates, and industrial production taxes.
The condition of the Territorial Treasury for the year ending December
31, 1936, was as follows:
Net cash balance on hand, Jan. 1, 1936........................... $637, 998. 36
Receipts............................................................................. 2, 351, 175. 44
Disbursements................................................................. 2, 580, 315. 09
Net cash balance, Dec. 31, 1936 ...................................... 408, 858. 71
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 5
TERRITORIAL BANKS
At the close of the year there were 11 territorial and 4 national banks
doing business in the Territory.
The Territorial Banking Board, composed of the Governor, the
auditor and treasurer of the territory, maintains supervision over the
territorial banking institutions, requiring examinations and published
statements of condition at stated intervals.
Aggregate banking figures for both national and territorial banks on
June 30, 1937, were as follows: Capital $840,000; surplus and net
undivided profits $987,672; deposits $14,774,663.
TOURIST AND OTHER TRAVEL
Records of the several steamship companies serving Alaska again
disclose a substantial increase in number of passengers carried—12
freighters and 25 passenger ships having carried an approximate total
of 72,734 passengers, as compared with 63,208 the previous year.
This increase is especially notable when it is remembered the Pacific
coast maritime strike suspended the operation of all commercial
vessels from United States ports during the period from November 1,
1936, to February 1, 1937, and the above figures do not include passengers
transported by Government vessels during that time.
THE ALASKA RAILROAD
The summer passenger train schedule, effective June 1936, provided
for three round trips per week between Seward and Fairbanks, with
supplementary service out of Fairbanks to Nenana and McKinley
Park, and out of Seward to Anchorage and Palmer. This schedule
was reduced beginning August 17. The Pacific coast maritime strike,
by disrupting steamer service to Alaska, made it necessary to discontinue
operation of regular passenger trains from November 1 to
February 18, 1937. During this period passengers were carried on
mixed trains or on extra passenger trains connecting at Seward with
the railroad chartered steamer General W. C. Gorgas. The 1937
summer schedule, identical with that of 1936, was inaugurated on
June 8.
Mixed train service was operated daily between Anchorage and
Matanuska branch line points from July 1 to August 23, 1936, and
thereafter daily, except Sunday, until the end of October. From
November 1, 1936, the schedule varied according to the volume of
traffic offered for movement. Freight service between Seward and
Fairbanks was governed, also, by volume of freight to be handled,
and was handled by mixed trains during the period of the maritime
strike.
23019—37------ 2
6 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
When the Pacific coast maritime strike in October 1936 tied up
commercial shipping operations to Alaska, and created danger of a
shortage of food and other necessary commodities in the Territory,
The Alaska Railroad, under Presidential authority, chartered two
vessels from salmon cannery operators, and together with the M. S.
Boxer and M. S. North Star of the Office of Indian Affairs, operated
ocean service from Seattle to Alaskan ports during the period of the
strike.
River boat service was maintained during the season of navigation
with bimonthly sailings from the rail head at Nenana to Tanana,
Ruby, Holy Cross, and Marshall.
The combined pay roll, including the Chicago, Seattle, and Washington
offices, was $1,632,503.
The number of rail line passengers carried amounted to 27,675, with
passenger miles amounting to 3,672,826. Rail line freight traffic
amounted to 157,717 tons, of which 94,294 tons consisted of coal.
Passenger revenues amounted to $196,450; freight revenues
$1,449,010; and miscellaneous operating revenues $217,309. River
line passenger revenues amounted to $8,837; and river line freight
revenues $64,894. The total rail and river line operating revenue was
$1,955,503.
The cost of maintenance and operation of rail lines, including
replacements, was $1,882,177. The operating ratio of the railroad
for 1937 was 100.36 percent. The maintenance and operating cost
of river lines was $83,997.
The annual deficit of the railroad for 1937 amounted to $172,065,
which includes a loss of $174,588 incurred in the operation of ocean
going vessels during the period of the maritime strike. Normal
operations of the rail and river lines showed a profit of $2,522, which
figure includes an amount of $7,449 expended during the fiscal year
1937 for investigation of mineral and other resources of Alaska, which
sum, if deducted, would leave an operating profit for the operation of
the rail and river lines of $9,971.
The railroad continued throughout the year to disseminate information
at the request of prospective settlers. However, but few settlers
acted upon the information furnished and located in the railroad belt,
due greatly to a lack of capital necessary to undertake such a venture
and the further fact that all desirable land in the Matanuska Valley
has been withdrawn from settlement.
mount Mc Kinle y nationa l park
Mount McKinley National Park, situated in south-central Alaska,
is the second largest of our national parks, having an area of 3,030.46
square miles or 1,933,494 acres. The paramount feature of the park
is mighty Mount McKinley (or Denali, as the Indians call it), rising to
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 7
an altitude of 20,300 feet above sea level—the highest mountain in the
world from its base to top. It is surrounded by many lower mountains
of the Alaska Range, of which Foraker, 17,000 feet high, and
Russell, 11,500 feet high, are the most notable; and many glaciers,
the largest being Muldrow, Peters, Hanna, and Herron, flowing to the
north.
Wildlife.—The park abounds with animal life such as caribou,
mountain sheep, moose, Alaska brown bears, grizzly bears, wolverine,
wolves, coyotes, foxes, and many other small fur-bearing animals.
The northern and eastern section is a natural feeding ground for wildlife,
with its low mountains and grass-covered valleys providing an
unlimited amount of forage.
Grayling, a small fish, are found in abundance in the shallow clearwater
streams heading in the Alaska Range; and lake trout, averaging
5 and 6 pounds, in the chain of lakes lying between the Clear Water
River and Mount McKinley.
Administration.—Administration is centered at headquarters, 2
miles from the Alaska Railroad station, where are located comfortable,
modern employees’ residences and service buildings, dog kennels, etc.
The superintendent is assisted by a chief ranger, clerk, and four park
rangers. A ranger is assigned to headquarters during the tourist
season, June 10 to September 15, one of his duties being to give illustrated
lectures on flora and fauna at the tourist camp. Fourteen
snowshoe cabins are located at intervals over the park and boundaries
for the convenience of the rangers patrolling during the hunting and
trapping seasons.
A private tourist and transportation company provided adequately
for the entertainment of 1,073 visitors during the last travel year.
The main camp is located on the Savage River, 12 miles from the
railroad station. Transportation is provided by busses and touring
cars, with horses for stage coach and pack trips. There are two airplane
landing fields, one at Savage River Camp and one at the railroad
station.
Highways.—Under cooperative agreement with the National Park
Service, the Alaska Road Commission has charge of all road and trail
construction and maintenance in the park. A surfaced highway
extends to mile 85, with additional construction now in progress on
the main highway to mile 89 and a spur road of 1% miles to the proposed
lodge site on the south end of Wonder Lake.
NATIONAL MONUMENTS
Sitka.—The Sitka National Monument, established in 1910, is
situated at Sitka, Alaska, on the western shore of Baranof Island. It
ls a reservation of 57 acres of great beauty and historical interest,
which, marks the scene of a massacre of Russians by^the Indians in
8 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
1802; and contains the graves of a Russian midshipman and six sailors
killed in the Battle of Alaska in 1804. Among the principal objects
of interest are 16 totem poles, relics of aboriginal life in that region,
and the old blockhouse used by the Russians in the Battle of Alaska,
which has been restored to its original dimensions and appearance.
Katmai.—Katmai National Monument, established in 1919, lies
along the shores of Shelikoff Straits near the base of Mount Katmai
on the Alaska Peninsula. It contains 2,697,590 acres and includes
the famous Valley of the Ten Thousand Smokes with its thousands
of little volcanoes or fumeroles.
This monument is practically inaccessible to any but the hardiest
mountaineer, at present, but improvement of Amalik Bay Harbor and
construction of a 30-mile trail inland would enable explorers and
tourists to enjoy this unusual scenery and phenomena.
Glacier Bay.—Glacier Bay National Monument was created in 1925.
It comprises 1,164,800 acres in southeastern Alaska, north of Icy
Straits, and contains many square miles of glaciers and ice covered
peaks of the first rank, among them being Fairweather, Lituya, La
Perouse, and several others unnamed. This region, aside from being a
brown bear reserve, contains a great variety of forest covering of young
trees established since the retreat of the ice, offering an unusual
opportunity for scientific study of glacier behavior, of resulting movements
and development of flora and fauna, and valuable relics of
ancient interglacier forests.
ROADS AND TRAIL
ALASKA ROAD COMMISSION
The Alaska Road Commission was created by act of Congress
approved January 7, 1905, as a bureau of the War Department. By
act of Congress approved June 30, 1932, the activity was transferred
to the Department of the Interior. Under orders issued by the Secretary
of the Interior, administration of the activity was assigned to the
Governor of Alaska, with a chief engineer in direct charge of the work
under the direction of the Governor.
The Alaska Road Commission is charged with the construction and
maintenance of roads, bridges, and trails in Alaska. Construction
and maintenance of air fields, telephone lines, and shelter cabins is
also undertaken for the Territory.
Funds are made available for the work by annual congressional
appropriations, from the Alaska fund, and from contributions by the
Territory of Alaska and others. During the past year in addition to
the above usual sources of funds a balance of $110,000 from an allotment
from the Emergency Relief Act of 1935 was available for expenditure
and on April 20, 1937, $350,000 for road construction and $100,000
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 9
for airfield construction was allotted by the Work Progress Administration.
The total costs to the end of the fiscal year are $23,014,323 of which
$12,497,183 was for new work and $11,517,140 was for maintenance
and improvement.
The total expended to June 30, 1937, is $24,608^799. Of this
amount $17,994,786 was appropriated by acts of Congress, $4,602,644
was allotted from the Alaska fund, and $2,011,369 from Territorial
appropriations and contributions.
The work accomplished during the fiscal year is summarized as
follows:
New construction.—Sixty-three and three-fourths miles of road of
which 16% miles were surfaced, 15 miles of sled road, 17% miles of
trail, 74 linear feet of timber bridges over 30-foot span, 230 linear
feet of steel bridges of 80-foot span or over, 56 linear feet of steel trestle
span bridges, and 1,757 linear feet of timber trestle span bridges.
Improvement.—Seventy-five and one-half miles of road regraded and
widened, 115 miles of road surfaced, 681 metal culverts installed
principally as replacements for wooden culverts.
Maintenance.—One thousand eight hundred and forty-eight and
three-fourths miles of road, 80% miles of tramway, 527% miles of sled
road, 2,412 miles of permanent trail, and 304 miles of temporary
flagged trail.
The cost during the year was $1,055,432, of which $392,632 was for
new work and $662,800 was for maintenance and improvement.
Total expenditures during the fiscal year were $1,059,904.
The total mileage of roads and trails constructed and maintained
by the commission since its inception aggregate 10,915% miles, consisting
of 1,978% miles of wagon road, 80% miles of tramway, 1,612
miles of sled road, 6,940% miles of permanent trail, and 304 miles of
temporary flagged trail.
Under a cooperative agreement with the National Park Service, the
Alaska Road Commission has undertaken the construction and maintenance
of roads and trails in Mount McKinley National Park and the
maintenance of Sitka National Monument with funds allotted by the
Park Service. In McKinley Park at the close of the fiscal year 85
miles of road were suitable for traffic and 3 miles were under construction.
A program of widening and resurfacing to double-width standard
had been completed over the first 25 miles. The Sitka National
Monument has been placed in excellent condition and maintained.
BUREAU OF PUBLIC ROADS
Beginning in 1917 funds designated for expenditure by the Bureau
°f Public Roads were made available for use in the Territory of Alaska,
Both construction and maintenance operations being handled by joint
10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
representatives of the Bureau and the Alaska Road Commission.
Since July 1, 1920, all roads within the national forest have been
constructed and maintained by the Bureau of Public Roads, at first
by the establishment of a branch office, and on March 1, 1927, by the
creation of district 11 with headquarters at Juneau.
Federal appropriations expended by the Bureau for roads in and
adjacent to the national forests of Alaska, under the provisions of
the Federal Highway Act and the National Industrial Recovery Act,
amount to $8,666,835. In addition, $325,108 has been made available
by the Territorial Board of Road Commissioners, making a total to
June 30, 1937, of $8,991,943, of this amount $587,151 was expended
during the past year.
A total of 294 miles of highway has been constructed to date, of
which 241 miles are now under maintenance and reconstruction by the
Bureau. An additional 8 miles now under construction will be completed
this year, making a total of 249 miles of forest highways.
All funds have been expended on projects which are part of a highway
development program jointly recommended by the Bureau of Public
Roads, Forest Service, and Territorial Board of Road Commissioners,
and approved by the Secretary of Agriculture.
TERRITORIAL ROAD BOARD
Road-building activities in the Territory are administered under
three heads: the Alaska Road Commission under the Department of
the Interior; the Bureau of Public Roads under the Department of
Agriculture; and the Territorial Road Board consisting of the Governor,
the Territorial treasurer, and the highway engineer as executive
officer.
Funds appropriated by the Territorial Legislature are expended
by the road board in cooperation with the Alaska Road Commission
and the Bureau of Public Roads, and directly by the road board on
many smaller projects and those for which Federal funds are not
available. Territorial expenditures for the past year totaled $109,543.
There are in excess of 250 miles of Territorial roads and approximately
670 miles built and maintained jointly with the Alaska Road
Commission. Since 1917, when this work was authorized, 281 shelter
cabins have been erected along the principal winter trails, 226 now
being maintained for use.
Aviation fields.—In addition to 88 landing fields now listed, 10 new
fields are under construction. Also seaplane floats have been provided
at Sitka, Petersburg, Wrangall and Craig, with plans under
way for one at Skagway. These aids to aviation have nearly all been
provided from Territorial appropriations.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 11
FISHING
ALASKA FISHERIES
A new record was set in the output of Alaska fishery products in
1936, chiefly as a result of the unusually heavy runs of salmon. As
compared with the figures for the preceding year, salmon products
showed a gain of 62 percent in quantity and 70 percent in value, while
the increase in all fishery products amounted to 43 percent in quantity
and about 62 percent in value. A larger proportion of red salmon in
the 1936 production is accountable, primarily, for the greater percentage
increase in value. Halibut landings were substantially larger than
in 1935, but there was a decrease from the 1935 peak production of
herring, although the output was above the normal level. Whale,
clam, and crab products declined somewhat, while most of the other
minor fishery products showed increases.
Notwithstanding the extensive utilization of the salmon resources
for commercial purposes, the escapement of brood fish in virtually
all areas was considered adequate. In view of the generally satisfactory
conditions of the runs, few changes in the regulations for the
protection of the fisheries were necessary during the season. There
was some further limitation on salmon fishing in the Bristol Bay region,
particularly in the Nushagak district, and existing restrictions were
relaxed in certain areas, including the opening of a few localities in
southeast Alaska that had been closed to commercial fishing for
salmon and an increase in the limitation on the take of clams in the
Seward-Katalla region to permit a pack of 3,000 additional cases.
There were 249 persons identified with fishery protective work in
Alaska in 1936, including stream guards, weir operators, crews of
patrol vessels, wardens, and biologists engaged in scientific investigations
of the salmon and herring. Supplementing the patrol carried
on by the 14 vessels of the Bureau and numerous small boats, chartered
airplanes were used to a considerable extent as an effective means of
checking illegal fishing during closed periods and in closed areas.
The use of airplanes also facilitated the inspection of some of the
spawning grounds and the transportation of Bureau officials to
isolated districts.
In connection with the scientific studies, pink salmon were tagged
in southeast Alaska to secure further information concerning the
rugration routes in Clarence and Sumner Straits. Weirs for counting
the escapement of spawning salmon were operated in 11 typical
streams. The collection and analysis of statistics of the daily
catches of salmon by principal types of fishing apparatus provided
^formation as to the fluctuation in abundance and time of appearance
salmon runs in various districts. Studies were continued, also,
12 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
concerning the life history and fluctuation in abundance of herring
in southeast Alaska.
Besides the regulation of commercial fishing, the improvement of
conditions affecting natural propagation is a factor in maintaining
the salmon runs at a high level of productivity. As in previous
years, this work in 1936 included the removal of log jams and other
obstructions that hindered the ascent of salmon to the spawning
beds and the destruction of predatory trout that feed upon salmon
eggs and fry. The latter was carried on chiefly in the important
red-salmon region at the head of Bristol Bay, through funds provided
by the Territorial Legislature and by the salmon packers of the
district. A noteworthy achievement in the spring of 1936 was the
construction, with W. P. A. funds, of a 70-foot concrete fish ladder
over the falls in the red-salmon streams at the head of Pavlof Harbor
in southeast Alaska, which enables the passage of salmon upstream
at all stages of the tide.
With the closure of the Pacific American Fisheries hatchery at
Hugh Smith Lake in 1936, all fish-cultural work in Alaska has been
discontinued.
Statistics of the Fisheries
The number of persons employed in the commercial fisheries of
Alaska in 1936 was 30,383. Of these, 16,869 were whites, 6,958
natives, 3,773 Filipinos, 1,210 Japanese, 661 Chinese, 624 Mexicans,
and 268 miscellaneous (Puerto Ricans, Kanakas, Negroes, etc.).
The total number in 1935 was 22,620, or 7,763 less than in 1936.
The total value of Alaska fishery products in 1936 was $50,455,272,
an increase of $19,224,626 over the figures for the previous year.
These figures represent the value of the manufactured product. It
is estimated that the value of the catch, exclusive of whales, to the
fishermen was approximately $13,891,000.
Salmon
As a result of the general abundance of salmon in all producing
centers, the catch in 1936 "was the largest ever taken from Alaskan
waters. While there was a plentiful yield of all species, the outstanding
gain was in the production of pink salmon. Not only were
the runs of pinks extraordinarily heavy in both southeast and central
Alaska, but the fish were of unusually large size in certain areas,
notably Kodiak and Chignik, which also contributed to an increased
pack. Red salmon, on the other hand, were of smaller size than in
some years in the Bristol Bay district, and the pack was not as large
as usual in proportion to the catch.
The total number of salmon taken in 1936 was 129,326,203, consisting
of 2,774,124 cohoes, 12,061,638 chums, 77,984,624 pinks,
894,092 kings, and 35,611,725 reds. This catch represents an increase
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 13
of 56,062,399 over the preceding year, when 73,263,804 salmon were
taken. The bulk of the increase was pinks and reds, although each
of the other species also showed some gain. By districts, the increase
was about 60 percent in southeast Alaska, 44 percent in central, and
420 percent in western Alaska.
Of the principal forms of salmon-fishing apparatus used in Alaska
there were operated in the 1936 season 453 traps, 952 seines aggregating
138,834 fathoms, and 4,211 gill nets aggregating 296,573
fathoms.
Salmon canning.—The output of canned salmon reached a new level
in 1936, the total pack amounting to 8,437,603 cases, valued at
$44,751,633. This is nearly a million cases in excess of the previous
record pack in 1934, when 7,481,830 cases were produced. One
hundred and seventeen canneries were operated, as compared with
99 in 1935, and the number of persons employed increased from 17,52$
to 25,221. The expansion of operations was due chiefly to the reopening
of plants in the Bristol Bay district that had been closed in the
previous year.
Mild-curing oj salmon.—Products of the salmon-mild-curing industry
in 1936 consisted of 4,983 tierces of kings, 330 tierces of cohoes,
and 291 tierces of chums, a total of 5,604 tierces, valued at $798,564.
Twenty-one plants were operated, giving employment to 1,513
persons.
Pickling oj salmon.—Operations in the salmon-pickling industry in
1936 were on practically the same scale as in the preceding year, the
output being 872,915 pounds, valued at $96,510, as compared with
896,175 pounds, valued at $95,158 in 1935. Thirty-six plants were
operated and 106 persons were engaged in the business.
Other salmon industries.—The output of fresh salmon in 1936 was
4,690,507 pounds, valued at $369,442, and the amount of frozen salmon
was 5,574,914 pounds, valued at $374,330. In addition, 44,980
pounds of fresh and 439,238 pounds of frozen salmon, valued at $4,965,
were used for fox feed and halibut bait. The production of dried
salmon was 1,442,000 pounds, valued at $57,680; dry-salted salmon,
30,100 pounds, valued at $4,035; and fish pudding, canned, Norwegian
style, 3,600 pounds, valued at $500. Byproducts of the salmon
industry amounted to 1,554,000 pounds of fertilizer, valued at $24,579,
and 45,435 gallons of oil, valued at $13,984.
Herring
The output of herring products in southeast and western Alaska
I in 1936 fell off sharply from that of the preceding year, but the decrease
was partly offset by a gain in the central district due to heavy runs
m the Kodiak area. Three saltery and reduction plants in southeast
Alaska were closed for the season on account of the weak market for
23019—37-------3
14 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
herring oil and the difficulty of meeting higher prices demanded by
the fishermen. The production of meal and oil in this district was
the smallest since 1924, and the amount of Scotch-cured herring there
was the lowest that has been recorded since this method of curing was
introduced in 1917. Of the total output of Scotch-cured herring in
Alaska in 1936, the southeastern district supplied 7 percent, Prince
William Sound 30 percent, the Kodiak area 41 percent, and the Aleutian
Islands region 22 percent. There was a further upward trend
in the quantity of meal and oil manufactured in central Alaska, and
for the first time this district surpassed southeast Alaska in this
production.
Twenty-seven plants were operated in 1936, or 5 less than in the
preceding year, and the number of persons employed decreased from
1,339 to 1,111. The total value of herring products in 1936 was
$2,075,632, as against $2,374,092 in 1935. Scotch-cured herring declined
from 14,942,750 pounds in 1935 to 11,413,225 pounds in 1936;
oil, from 3,792,409 to 3,736,173 gallons; and meal from 30,123,156
to 28,385,068 pounds; while herring for bait increased from 5,959,475
to 6,298,105 pounds.
Halibut
Operations of the halibut fleet were governed by a voluntary control
of production to insure a more even distribution of landings throughout
the season and also by regulations of the International Fisheries Commission
for conservation purposes. On the whole, these limitations
have been of distinct benefit in stabilizing the market, in checking
the decline in production, and in shortening the time required to
secure a trip, thus insuring a high percentage of first-class fish.
There were 594 persons employed in the halibut industry in 1936.
Landings of the Alaska fleet, which comprises American vessels that
land more than one-half their catch in Alaska or British Columbia
ports rather than in the States, amounted to 13,566,340 pounds,
valued at $889,454. The landings in Alaska totaled 8,658,774 pounds,
valued at $507,484, including 4,000 pounds, valued at $240 landed by
Canadian vessels. In 1935 the landings of the Alaska fleet totaled
9,805,680 pounds, valued at $607,845, while landings in Alaska
amounted to 6,382,681 pounds, valued at $377,123.
In addition to the above halibut landings, approximately 153,000
pounds of halibut livers, valued at $68,850, were landed in Alaska in
1936.
Cod
Cod fishing from shore stations in Alaska was on a small scale and
was carried on chiefly in the Shumagin Islands region, partly in conjunction
with salmon pickling. The products mounted to 249,331
pounds, valued at $11,881, as compared with 147,737 pounds, valued
at $6,813 in 1935.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 15
Whaling
Two whaling stations were operated in 1936, employing 223 persons.
Three hundred and eighty-five whales were taken, the products of
which consisted of 666,100 gallons of whale oil, valued at $249,787;
193,350 gallons of sperm oil, valued at $46,790; and 1,184 tons of fertilizer,
valued at $37,884—a total value of $334,461, as compared with
$390,384 in 1935.
Clams
In the Prince William Sound area, which produced 70 percent of
the total Alaska clam pack in 1936, operations in the clam industry
were facilitated by exceptionally good weather in April, and the
catch limit for the first half of the year was reached on May 1. Accordingly,
the closed season extended from that date until August 16, but
operations were not resumed in the fall because of a shipping strike,
and the production for the year was somewhat below that for 1935.
The remaining 30 percent of the total Alaska pack came from the
Kodiak area, chiefly from Kukak Bay. No production of clams was
reported for Cook Inlet nor for southeast Alaska.
The number of persons engaged in the industry was 393, as compared
with 448 in 1935. Products consisted of 30,959 cases, or 780,264
pounds, of canned razor clams, valued at $201,887. This is a decrease
of about 12 percent in quantity but an increase of 2 percent in value
as compared with the production in 1935, when 889,302 pounds of
clam products were prepared, valued at $197,581.
Shrimp
The production of shrimp was confined to southeast Alaska, where
three plants were operated in 1936, giving employment to 176 persons.
Products of the industry were 467,407 pounds of shrimp meat, valued
at $159,420; 5,666 pounds of raw frozen shrimp, valued at $2,126;
and 5,676 pounds of fresh shrimp in the shell, valued at $728—a total
of 478,749 pounds, valued at $162,274, as compared with 383,867
pounds valued at $128,900 in 1935.
Crabs
Operations in the crab fishery in 1936 were on about the same scale
as in the previous year. Greater protection was given the fishery by
a change in the regulations which increased the size limit from 6R> to
7 inches. Although the industry in central Alaska was seriously
hampered during part of the season by the strike on the Copper River
Railroad and the Cordova docks, which prevented delivery of cans
and other supplies, the pack of crabs at Cordova was well above that
for 1935. This district produced a little more than 50 percent of
the total amount of crab products in Alaska in 1936, as compared
with less than 19 percent in the preceding year. Products of the
16 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
industry consisted of 340,293 pounds of canned crab meat, valued at
$124,925; 90,562 pounds of cold-packed meat, valued at $31,757; and
1,658 dozen whole crabs in the shell, valued at $2,192—a total production
of 473,245 pounds valued at $158,874, as compared with 499,538
pounds, valued at $163,328 in 1935.
Miscellaneous
Trout products amounted to 46,363 pounds of fresh and frozen,
valued at $3,836. The output of frozen and pickled sablefish was
749,266 pounds, valued at $32,448, and there were 40,000 pounds of
sablefish livers, valued at $18,000. Other miscellaneous products
were 21,532 pounds of frozen rockfish, valued at $814, and 1,421
pounds of “lingcod” livers, valued at $639.
Fur-seal Service
The number of fur-seal skins taken at the Pribilof Islands in 1936
was 52,446, of which 43,522 were from St. Paul Island and 8,924
from St. George Island. The killings were from surplus 3-year-old
males, a suitable number of this age class being reserved for breeding
stock.
According to the computation as of August 10, 1936, there were
1,689,743 seals of all ages and classes in the Pribilof Islands herd,
an increase of 138,830 over the number computed in the preceding
year.
In the fiscal year 1937 two public auction sales of sealskins from
the Pribilof Islands wTere held by the Fouke Fur Co. at St. Louis, Mo.,
and 649 Pribilof Islands fur-seal skins were disposed of at special
sales.
At the sale on September 14, 1935, 19,866 sealskins from the
Pribilof Islands were sold for a gross sum of $591,401.75. Of these,
8,680 skins dyed black brought $238,907.50, 11,095 dyed Safari brown
brought $352,433.75, and 91 miscellaneous skins brought $60.50.
At the sale on April 19, 1937, 22,278 sealskins taken on the Pribilof
Islands were sold for a gross of $662,950. Of these, 8,090 dyed black
brought $240,300, and 14,188 dyed Safari brown brought $422,650.
Sealskins disposed of at private sales during the year under special
authorization by the Secretary of Commerce consisted of 231 dyed
black, 391 dyed Safari brown, 6 raw-salted for mounting, and 11
partly processed, and 10 raw-salted skins used for experimental purposes,
which brought a total of $39,833.31.
There were also sold at public auction 1,019 blue and 15 white fox
skins taken on the Pribilof Islands in the 1935-36 season. At the
September sale 509 blue fox skins were sold for $12,418, an average of
$24.40 per skin, and 15 white fox skins were sold for $238, an average
of $15.87 each. At the April sale 510 blue fox skins brought
$15,084.50, an average of $29.58 each.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 17
In the 1936-37 season 97 blue and 9 white fox skins were taken on
St. Paul Island and 902 blue and 4 white fox skins on St. George
Island, a total of 999 blue and 13 white skins.
No changes were made in the regulations for the protection of fur
seals and sea otters in Alaska. Fifteen confiscated sea-otter skins,
including 5 pup skins, were sold during the fiscal year for the account
of the Government for a total of $1,149.50.
The reduction of fur-seal carcasses at the byproducts plant on
St. Paul Island yielded 25,252 gallons of oil and 138 tons of meal.
Small quantities of these products were retained for use in fox feed
at the Pribilof Islands and the remainder were shipped to Seattle,
where 23,669 gallons of oil were sold through competitive bidding for
$7,228.99, and 137 tons of meal were delivered to the Division of Fish
Culture for use as fish food in the Bureau’s hatcheries throughout the
country.
Aside from the general upkeep and repairs, construction work at
the Pribilof Islands in 1936 was very limited. A building for the
new electric power and cold storage plant was erected on St. George
Island, and an addition was made to the garage on that island. Considerable
road work was done on both islands.
The property devoted to the fur-seal service at the Pribilof Islands,
including buildings, roads, and other structures, machinery and other
equipment, and stores, was valued on March 31, 1937, at $745,299.22
for St. Paul Island and $248,248.17 for St. George Island, a total of
$993,547.39. Buildings alone were valued at $280,983.82 on St. Paul
Island and $136,851.21 on St. George Island, a total of $417,835.03,
as compared with $410,919.01 on March 31, 1936.
MINING
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
The total value of the mineral production of Alaska from 1880, the
earliest year for which records are available, to the end of 1936 was
$722,222,000.
Of this total about 65 percent was furnished by the gold lodes and
placers and about 30 percent by copper lodes. The following table
shows the distribution of the total output of minerals from Alaska,
by substances:
Total value of mineral productions of Alaska, by substances, 1880-
1936:
Gold......................... $469,114,000 Other mineral prod-
Copper................... 219, 661, 400 nets (including plat-
Silver...................... 12, 793, 000 inum metals) ... $6, 690, 000
Goal.......................... 10,450,000 ------------------
Tin.......................... 1,255, 100 Total............... 722, 222,000
head.......................... 2, 256, 800
18 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Mines in Alaska produced $23,594,000 worth of minerals in 1936
compared with $18,312,000 in 1935. This notable increase indicates
the exceeding prosperous year enjoyed by the mining industry of the
Territory. The selling prices of all of the metals except gold were
somewhat higher in 1936 than in 1935 but the increase in total value
can be attributed in only small measure to that cause. Excellent
as is the record of 1936 it by no means was achieved without overcoming
difficulties that hampered production. Thus, for several
weeks serious labor troubles restricted operations in the Copper
River region and for nearly 2 months at the end of the year all
regular transportation by ships between the States and Alaska was
suspended. In addition to the mines that were in productive operation
in 1936 there were a number of new projects under way which,
when completed, should enable the Territory to maintain or surpass
the present high value of its output of mineral products—a value
which has not been exceeded in any other year since 1918.
Gold Lodes
Alaska lode mines yielded $7,105,000 in gold in 1936, as compared
with $6,237,000 in 1935. The foregoing does not afford a thoroughly
fair index of real growth, because in 1935 one of the largest of the
gold lode mines was completely closed down for nearly a month and a
half and its work disrupted for a much longer period on account of
labor troubles. A comparison with 1934, when the lode-gold production
was $7,052,000 perhaps gives a truer picture of an increase,
though small, in the lode gold mining industry.
Nearly 81 percent of the total lode-gold production of Alaska in
1936 came from mines in southeastern Alaska. In this region is
located the Alaska Juneau Gold Mining Co., near Juneau, one of the
largest gold producers in the entire United States, which has long
been outstanding as an example of a low-grade deposit operated with
noteworthy skill and efficiency. The next largest lode mines of this
region are the Hirst-Chichagof and the Chichagof mines, on the west
coast of Chichagof Island. Several smaller producing lode-gold mines
and prospects are scattered through the southeastern Alaska region.
In the Willow’ Creek district of the Cook Inlet-Susitna region, the
principal producing mine is the Willow Creek Mines, Inc., on Craigie
Creek, where the ore comes from quartz veins in a diorite country
rock. Through selective mining only the richer ore is now being
milled, and the developments have not yet reached a depth of more
than a few hundred feet below the surface. Other producing goldlode
properties in this district are the Fern, Bralaska, and Gold Cord
properties, but prospecting and development were, carried on at
several other properties.
In the Fairbanks district the lode gold occurs principally in quartz
eins cutting the schist country rock and apparently having a close
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 19
relationship to nearby intrusive masses of granitic rocks. The
principal producing mines are the Clearly Hill mines, in the valley of
a tributary of Cleary Creek, and the Hi Yu mine in the valley of a
tributary of Fairbanks Creek. Nearly a dozen other lode mines were
active, and some of them added notable amounts of gold to the total
of the district.
Among the other districts the most productive in 1936, arranged
in the relative order of their output of lode gold, are the Nabesna
district, which lies north of the Wrangell Mountains, in the Copper
River region; the Valdez district and the adjacent parts of the Prince
William Sound region; Kenai Peninsula, including the Nuka Bay
area, the area south of Hope, and the lulls north of Girdwood; the
Nixon Fork district, in the Kuskokwim region; the Bremmer district,
in the Copper River region.
Prospecting for gold lodes was continued at many other places
throughout the Territory, though none of them afforded any production
of ore except such as was recovered in the course of development
work. Among this sort may be mentioned the work that has
been in progress on the West Fork of Chulitna River on the eastern
slopes of the Alaska Range, near Broad Pass; at Valdez Creek, near
the head of Susitna River about 60 miles east of Cantwell on the
Alaska Railroad; and on Slippery Creek on the north side of the
Alaska Range some 80 miles west of the McKinley Park station.
The mining of antimony ore from the Stampede claims in the Kantishna
district is one of the noteworthy new mining developments of
the year; though having been started late in the season, its effect on
the production for 1936 was not significant.
Gold Placers
Placer gold produced in 1936 had a total value of $11,328,000 or
over $1,600,000 more than in 1935.
The largest yield of placer gold came from the Yukon region and
the next largest from camps on Seward Peninsula. The other Alaska
regions in the order of their placer gold production in 1936 were as
follows: Cook Inlet-Susitna, Kuskokwim, Copper River, Northern
Alaska, and Southwestern Alaska.
Dredges
The total value of gold recovered by dredges in 1936 was $8,905,000,
of which the greater part came from 18 dredges in the Yukon region
and the rest from 20 dredges in Seward Peninsula and 1 in the Kuskokwim
region. Nearly 79 percent of the gold produced from placers in
1936 was mined by dredges. It is estimated that about 14,632,000
cubic yards of gravel were handled by dredges in 1936, with an average
yield of 60.9 cents a cubic yard.
20 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Silver
None of the Alaska ores are valuable solely for their silver content,
the greater part-of the silver produced occurring as a minor constituent
in ores whose principal value lies in some other metal, notably copper
ore, from which nearly 69 percent of Alaska silver production has
been derived in the past. The average amount recovered from copper
ore is rarely as much as 1% ounces to the ton. These ores continued
to be the main source of silver produced in 1936 and afforded 304,600
ounces worth $236,000.
In 1936 gold-lode mines, in addition to gold produced, yielded
119,800 fine ounces of silver worth $93,000; and placer mines 51,300
ounces of silver worth $40,000. The total silver produced in 1936
from all sources in Alaska amounted to 475,700 ounces valued at
$369,000, which was an increase of about 55 percent in quantity and
79 percent in value as compared with 1935.
Copper
The production of copper from Alaska mines in 1936 is estimated as
39,267,000 pounds, valued at $3,720,000. This is an enormous increase
over 1935—in quantity of over 24,000,000 pounds and in value
of nearly $2,500,000. The principal mines from which the copper
came are those near Kennicott in the Copper River region, but smaller
amounts were recovered from concentrates from mines whose ore is
principally valuable for gold or some other metal. Among the districts
in which gold-lode mines furnished concentrates from which
some copper was obtained are the following: The Nabesna and Bonnifield
districts, in the Yukon region, and the Ketchikan district in
southeastern Alaska. The copper deposits at the mines near Kennicott
are becoming depleted so that the reserves now known cannot
long maintain their output at the rate which has prevailed lately.
It is inevitable, therefore, that a greatly reduced production of copper
from Alaska ores must be expected and that before long the ouput of
copper will be mainly as a byproduct from ores in which gold or some
other metal is the principal material sought.
Lead
Lead produced as a byproduct from other Alaska ores in 1936
amounted to 2,116,000 pounds valued at $99,500, at an average price
for the year of 4.7 cents a pound. The greatest amount was recovered
from the sulphides contained in the lode-gold ores—the Alaska Juneau
mine alone accounting for nearly 2,103,000 pounds of lead.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 21
Platinum Metals
In 1936 the largest amount of platinum metals produced came from
placers in the Goodnews Bay district, near the mouth of the Kuskokwim,
where there were two large camps equipped with modern draglines
and other necessary gear as well as a few small one- or two-man
camps. Plans were perfected during the season for the building of a
dredge next year to mine the deposits of Salmon River in this same
district. A small amount came from deposits on Dime and Quartz
Creeks, in the eastern part of Seward Peninsula. Continued development
at the old lode mine on Kasaan Peninsula, in the Ketchikan
district of southeastern Alaska, resulted in the production of considerable
palladium, one of the platinum group of metals. The total production
of platinum metals is estimated as 5,654 ounces worth $241,900.
Tin
Stream tin, or cassiterite, has been found in concentrates in sluice
boxes of placer operations at many places in Alaska. Tin minerals
have also been found in veins in the mineralized country rock of the
York or Port Clarence district of western Seward Peninsula.
In the past, tin worth more than a million dollars has been produced
from Alaska deposits, but for several years the annual output has been
small. In 1936, however, extensive developments in the vicinity of
Tin City in the extreme western part of the Seward Peninsula area, as
well as small productions from the Hot Springs district of the Yukon
region, afforded an output equivalent to 226,000 pounds of metallic
tin, worth $105,000.
Coal
The total quantity of coal produced by Alaska mines in 1936 was
136,600 tons, valued at $573,700, an increase over the amount produced
in 1935. In addition, 39,449 tons of coal were imported, thus
indicating a domestic consumption for the year of about 176,049 tons.
The principal producing Alaska coal mines in 1936 were those of the
Evan Jones Coal Co., in the Matanuska district, and the Healy River
Coal Corporation, in the Nenana coal field, north of the Alaska Range.
Petroleum
The only Alaska field in which drilling for oil was in progress in 1936
was the Iniskin-Chinitna district on the western shore of Cook Inlet,
but the tests there had not yet tapped a productive horizon. Considerable
quantities of petroleum products are imported each year into
Alaska from the States.
23019—37------ 4
22 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Miscellaneous Mineral Products
Many other minerals, including such metals as antimony, arsenic,
bismuth, chromium, iron, manganese, mercury, molybdenum, nickel,
tungsten, and zinc, and such nonmetallic minerals as asbestos, barite,
clay, garnet, graphite, gypsum, jade, limestone, marble, mica, stone,
and sulphur, have from time to time been exploited in Alaska. The
records of the Geological Survey show that with the exception of
limestone none of these mineral products were produced or sold in 1936
in quantities worth as much as a few thousand dollars each. Developments,
however, were in progress during 1936 at certain of the places
where ores of quicksilver and of antimony have been known that may
lead to a marked expansion in the production of these metals, if the
tests prove satisfactory. The absence of production from the well
known marble quarries in southeastern Alaska was due to the fact
that the company had adequate stocks on hand.
Mineral Investigations
The work of the United States Geological Survey in Alaska is
directed primarily toward aiding in the development of the mineral
resources of the country. This has necessitated field investigations
throughout the Territory, in the course of which all the known productive
camps have been examined and nearly 300,000 square miles, or
about half the area of Alaska, has been mapped geologically and
topographically. The results of these investigations are available in
the form of maps and reports.
Seven field projects were in progress during the open season of
1936 in various parts of the Territory. Four of these projects were
concerned primarily with geologic investigations in the following
fields: In the Glacier Bay district in the northern part of Southeastern
Alaska; in the Alaska Range at the head of Copper River and including
part of the valleys of streams tributary to Tanana River from the
south; in the Eagle, Circle, and Fortymile districts in the eastern part
of the Yukon region, extending westward from the international boundary;
and in the area adjacent to the Alaska Railroad, including Kenai
Peninsula and the Nuka Bay district. In this latter project close
cooperation was maintained with the Alaska Railroad and a geologist
from each of the two organizations visited many of the mining camps
together. The two topographic projects include the continuation
of semidetailed mapping in the Admiralty Island area of southeastern
Alaska and the extension to the Richardson Highway of the surveys
that have been in progress in that part of the Alaska Range lying
north of the road from Gulkana to Nabesna and extending northward
beyond the mountains to Tanana River. In addition to these field
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 23
investigations the annual canvass of the production of mineral commodities
was made and an assay office was maintained at College,
Alaska.
BUREAU OF MINES
An assistant mining engineer assigned from the Bureau of Mines
staff continued the mine safety service which had been resumed in
May 1936.
A total of 1,226 persons were given the course in first aid; 15 the
mine rescue course; first-aid instructor’s certificates were issued to 6
men. In addition to miners and prospectors, these totals include
firemen, Boy Scouts and members of CCC camps, who benefited
from the instruction in first aid.
TERRITORIAL DEPARTMENT OF MINES
This department established by the Territorial Legislature of 1935,
is under the direction of a Commissioner of Mines. The 1937 legislature
increased its appropriations to the department and increased the
number of Associate Mining Engineers to two. The Commissioner
was also authorized to establish three assay offices (at Ketchikan,
College, and Nome) to render free service to prospectors and others
interested in Alaska minerals. One assay er has been appointed and
progress is being made in opening the offices for use.
Examinations and inspections were conducted in the following districts:
Moose Pass-Hope, Matanuska coal field, Willow Creek,
McKinley Park; Healy River coal field, Fairbanks vicinity, including
the Circle, Eagle, Chicken, and Goodpaster areas, Chichagof Island,
Nizina, Bremner, Nabesna, Tiekel, Chisana, Slana, Kodiak Island,
Prince William Sound, Petersburg, Juneau, Wrangell, and Ketchikan.
Safety examinations were made at practically all the operating
lode and coal mines and at several dredges and other placer operations,
and the safety engineer of the Bureau of Mines was assisted in carrying
on his programs.
Examinations by the Department and surveys conducted by the
Geological Survey indicate substantial increases over 1935 in both the
value of minerals produced and number of men employed. It is
estimated the operating mines employed 4,577 men as compared with
4,077 in 1935, the increase due largely to the expanded scale of operations
in the placer industry and the lode gold mine of the Alaska Juneau
Gold Mining Co. Of the total of 4,577 employed, 2,605 were engaged
in placer mining, 1,867 in lode mining, and 105 in coal mining. Wage
scales remained satisfactory, and increased prosperity in the industry
has resulted in improved and modern mining camps being established.
24 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
GAME’AND FUR CONDITIONS AND ADMINISTRATION
ALASKA GAME COMMISSION
For 12 years the fur and game of Alaska have been administered
by the Alaska Game Commission, which is composed of five members—
one from each of the four judicial divisions of the Territory, and a
fifth member who is the chief representative of the Biological Survey,
resident in Alaska, and who acts as executive officer of the Commission,
The Commission is closely associated with the Bureau of Biological
Survey and is under general direction of the Secretary of Agriculture.
Meeting at Juneau each winter the Commission considers reports,
letters and petitions, which guide it in its recommendations to the
Secretary of Agriculture, and the framing of suitable regulations governing
the taking of game and fur. Its policy is to permit fullest possible
use of Alaska’s wildlife resources consistent with maintenance of sufficient
breeding supply for future years.
The Commission enforces the Alaska Game Law and Regulations
through its wardens, augmented this past year by 74 licensed guides,
acting as deputy Alaska game wardens.
During the past year a total of 329 violators of the game law
were apprehended, resulting in fines of $8,637 and jail sentences
amounting to 4,515 days. In addition, forfeitures of furs, traps,
guns, game meats, and other paraphernalia illegally used or possessed
produced a total of $54,867, divided equally between Federal and
Territorial treasuries.
The program of the Biological Survey in Alaska during the past
two seasons included an extensive scientific survey of each island
in the Aleutian group. In other sections, the depredations of. wolves
and coyotes in connection with domestic reindeer and big-game
species has been under investigation. To assist in control of these
wildlife animals, a predatory-animal leader has been detailed by the
Bureau for a long-range assignment in Alaska, in cooperation with
the Governor’s office and the Reindeer Service.
Fur farming has been successfully conducted at many points in
Alaska during the past year and promises to become one of the Territory’s
basic industries. Mink, blue fox, and silver fox are the three
species bringing in best returns at present, although many ranchers are
experimenting with white fox, marten, beaver, land otter, and fitch.
The fur-farm experimental station to be established this next year
by the Territory for cooperation with the Federal Government is
expected to be of great assistance to the 300 Alaska fur ranchers.
The intrinsic value of Alaska’s wildlife on the hoof has been estimated
at close to $100,000,000. The yearly monetary returns to
the residents of Alaska from this source is over $4,000,000. The
value of furs shipped from the Territory during the year 1936 was
$1,932,894, an increase of $516,856 over the preceding year, partially
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 25
accounted for by an open season on beaver in the Bristol Bay section,
but also due to rising fur prices.
Mink produced the greatest revenue, 44,016 of these pelts bringing
a total of $462,168; second was beaver, a catch of 25,046 bringing
$310,570; third was blue fox, with 10,045 pelts producing $304,669.
Following in the order of their cash returns to Alaska’s 8,000 trappers
are: Red fox, muskrat, white fox, silver fox, cross fox, land otter,
marten, wolf, ermine, coyote, wolverine, polar bear, black bear,
squirrel, hare, and marmot.
FORESTS
FOREST SERVICE
The shores of the mainland and adjacent islands of southeastern
Alaska and the Prince William Sound region are covered from the
edge of tidewater to an altitude of 2,000 feet or more with forests
of western hemlock and Sitka spruce. The publicly owned lands of
these sections have been included in two national forests, the
Chugach, adjacent to Prince William Sound and the Tongass, embracing
most of Southeastern Alaska. They are administered by the
Forest Service of the Department of Agriculture with headquarters
at Juneau and branch offices at Ketchikan, Petersburg, Cordova,
and Seward.
Timber.—The net area of the two Alaska forests comprise
21,342,340 acres supporting an estimated timber stand of
84,000,000,000 board feet. Tree species occur in the two forests in
about the following percentages: Western hemlock 73, Sitka spruce
20, western red cedar 3, Alaska cedar 3, and others 1 percent.
The timber is sold as needed to wood-using industries in appropriatesized
units, and now supports a growing sawmill industry developed
under rules which insure a renewal of the forest crop on the cut-over
areas. Net receipts from timber sale for the fiscal year were $48,898,
a healthy increase over the past 5 years.
Development of the local timber resources to a stage commensurate
with their size must come through the pulp and paper industry.
The character and size of the predominant wood species, and the
availability of cheap water power and year-round water transportation
for both logs and finished product, are well-known factors favoring
such development. The possible sustained yearly cut of 1,000,000,000
board feet is sufficient to produce not less than 1,300,000 tons of
newsprint paper.
Water power.—Investigations have revealed many excellent waterpower
sites for industrial use in southeastern Alaska, which lend
themselves to unusually low-cost development; high “hanging lakes”
providing ample water storage for low-water period in winter, frequently
occur near good locations for industrial plants, which obviates
I
26 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
the need for long transmission lines. The Federal Power Commission
is represented in Alaska by the Forest Service.
Roads and trails.—National forest roads are constructed and maintained
by the Bureau of Public Roads, Department of Agriculture,
with Forest Highway funds appropriated under the Federal Highway
Act, and to a small extent with cooperative Territorial funds. These
roads form an important connection between isolated agricultural
settlements, small towns and mining districts and the larger communities
and main traveled waterways. Trails to an extent of
about $30,000 annually for construction and maintenance, serve to
open mineralized regions to prospectors and otherwise facilitate use
of forest areas by the public and assist in forest administration.
Other activitiesThe granting of homesite tracts, authorized by
the act of March 3, 1927, is working out satisfactorily. The end
of this year disclosed 158 such permits on file; in addition, 129 permittees
have fulfilled 3 years’ residence and other requirements and
their lands have been eliminated from the national forests in order
that they may apply for patent. Many other tracts are used under
“special use” permits for fur farming, industries, summer homes, etc.,
at nominal rentals, or in certain instances, free of charge. At the
close of the 1937 fiscal year, a total of 187 permits, including the
homesites mentioned above, and covering 120,000 acres of land, were
in effect.
Total receipts from the national forests for the past year were
$60,294. One-fourth of such receipts is paid into the Territorial
treasury to be used for roads and schools, while 10 percent is added
to the trail building fund of the Forest Service. The totals to date
of these payments are $504,382 and $193,707, respectively.
Reliej activities.—For the past 4 years the Civilian Conservation
Corps, with a total enrollment quota of 325 men, has been employed
on and adjacent to the national forests of Alaska. Enrollment during
the summer months is about 50 percent complete, due to seasonal
activities, but during the winter months a waiting list of applicants
is always on file. Forty working hours per man per week are devoted
to projects comprising mainly roads, trains, and public recreational
facilities. Educational features conducted at camps of enrollees
have included a mining course sponsored by the University of Alaska,
and cooking classes under supervision of a vocational worker from the
Territorial Department of Education.
Recently the Alaska quota of enrollees was increased to 600 men
and the field of work extended to include the entire Territory, the
purpose being primarily to give more Indians and Eskimos a chance
to engage in CCC activities. The enlarged project is to be administered
by the Forest Service.
tl
ai
C
01
D(
Ul
P'
ei
P
pl
p
m
tl
R
N
ei
m
al
st
si
a<
io
fa
sc
is
w
ai
ft
C
o:
ti
Is
8
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 27
LANDS
PUBLIC SURVEY OFFICE
Organization.—The Public Survey Office in Juneau functions under
the Commissioner of the General Land Office in Washington, D. C.,
and under direct supervision of the supervisor of surveys in Denver,
Colo. At present, there are three field engineers, one office engineer,
one draftsman, one clerk-stenographer, and one district cadastral engineer.
In addition all deputy mineral surveyors and United States deputy
surveyors engaged in surveying mining or other private claims
perform their duties under instructions from the district cadastral
engineer. No official survey can be made until authorized by the
Public Survey Office.
Records.—The Public Survey Office in Juneau contains the original
plat and field notes of every patented survey made in the Territory.
Plats of each township in the rectangular system are on file and copies
maybe purchased, but if information is desired regarding the status of
the land within any survey, inquiry should be addressed to the
Register of the United States Land Office in Anchorage, Fairbanks, or
Nome, Alaska.
Survey program.—During the fiscal year rectangular surveys were
extended over agricultural lands in two areas. Approximately 350
miles of lines were surveyed to inclose about 66,000 acres of land. The
above surveys include agricultural lands on the north side of Goldstream
Valley on the Alaska Railroad near Fairbanks, Alaska, and lands
suitable for homesteads near the Kenai River on Kenai Peninsula. In
addition to the rectangular surveys 130 isolated surveys were executed
including mineral claims, homesteads, homesites, trade and manufacturing
sites, soldiers’ additional homesteads, Indian allotments,
school reserves, administrative sites, and municipal parks. These
isolated surveys include tracts of land in all judicial divisions and in
widely separated areas from Ketchikan to Nome. Five field engineers
and about 35 field assistants were engaged in the work. Plats and
field notes for 114 surveys were completed and transmitted to the
Commissioner of the General Land Office.
Program for 1938.—The program for 1938 includes the continuation
of the rectangular surveys in the Fairbanks district, Kenai Peninsula,
timber lands on Koskiusco Island, and coal lands, on Admiralty Island.
Isolated surveys in southeastern Alaska, the lower Yukon River,
Seward Peninsula, and Kotzebue Sound regions are also included.
28 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
RIVERS AND HARBORS IMPROVEMENTS
Alaska is included in the Seattle, Wash., engineer district. A brief
description and status at the end of the fiscal year of the various works
of improvements in Alaska, authorized by Congress and under the
supervision of this Department, follows:
Ketchikan Harbor.—The project provides for a rock mound breakwater
with concrete cap 855 feet long, protecting a basin near the mouth
of Ketchikan Creek 12% acres in extent, dredged to a depth of 10
feet below mean lower low water. The work was completed in 1933,
Total expenditure to June 30, 1937, is $224,945.84.
Dry Pass.—The improvement contemplates dredging a channel 60
feet wide and 6 feet deep at mean lower low water between Prince of
Wales and Kosciusko Islands, connecting El Capitan Passage and
Shakan Strait. The project was adopted in the River and Harbor
Act of August 30, 1935. Specifications have been prepared and the
work advertised. No funds have been provided.
Wrangell Harbor.—The original project authorized the construction
of a rock mound breakwater with concrete cap 300 feet in length,
extending northeasterly from Point Shekesti and protecting a limited
area suitable for small boat moorings. The project was completed
in 1926. The River and Harbor Act of August 30, 1935, adopted a
modification of this improvement to provide an additional area of
5% acres, within the protection afforded by the breakwater by dredging
to a depth of 10 feet at mean lower low water. The modified project
was completed in September 1936.’ The total cost to June 30, 1937,
is $91,188.41.
Stikine River.—A project for the annual snagging of the Stikine
River from its mouth to the International Boundary was adopted in
1935. A contract for snagging during the 1937 navigation season has
been awarded. Work has been delayed pending favorable river stage.
Port Alexander.—The improvement of Port Alexander provides a
channel 150 feet wide and 15 feet deep at mean lower low water from
Chatham Strait into the harbor and a channel 40 feet wide and 2 feet
deep connecting the harbor and the lagoon. The work was completed
in 1931 at a cost of $17,000. No maintenance has been required.
Wrangell Narrows.—Improvement of Wrangell Narrows provides a
steamer channel 200 feet wide and 21 feet deep at mean lower low
water, with increased width on curves; 275 feet wide and 24 feet deep
at Prolewy Rock; 300 feet wide and 27 feet deep through Petersburg
Bar and the removal of obstructions in the tow channel. The work
was completed in 1934. Total expenditure, including maintenance to
June 30, 1937, is $767,387.64.
Petersburg Harbor.—The improvement of Petersburg Harbor, by
dredging approaches 24 feet deep to the present wharves and dredging
a small boat basin 11 feet deep and 6 acres in extent was authorized
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 29
jf
lS
ie
Lli
0
].
0
)f
d
ir
te
n
i,
d
a
)f
g
.e
n
is
3
a
n
st
d
a
P
g
k
o
y
g
d
in 1935. The project was completed in January 1937, at a total cost
of $95,462.49.
Sitka Harbor.—This project provides for the improvement of
Western Channel by dredging and rock removal. A clear channel
22 feet deep and 159 feet wide on the easterly side of Harbor Rock
and the removal of Indian Rock in the harbor area are the features
of the improvement. The work was authorized in 1935, and the project
was completed in May 1937, at a total cost of $62,729.04.
Cordova Harbor.—Construction of a sheltered small-boat basin in
Cordova Harbor was authorized in 1935. This project provides for a
dredged basin approximately 8% acres in extent, protected by north
and so.uth breakwaters of rubble mound design, 1,100 and 1,400 feet
in length. Specifications have been prepared. No funds have been
allotted.
Seward Harbor.—A harbor of refuge for small boats was developed
in Resurrection Bay at Seward by the construction of a stone breakwater
580 feet long, protecting an area of about 5 acres, dredged
to a depth of 12% feet at mean lower low water. The wrnrk was completed
in 1931 at a cost of $103,202.61. Additional armor rock to
replace loss from storm action and settlement, was placed on the
breakwater in 1933 at a cost of $9,198.31 for maintenance. The
River and Harbor Act of August 30, 1935, authorized a modification
of this project to provide a north breakwater of stone construction
950 feet long. Specifications have been prepared and the work advertised.
No funds have been allotted.
Kodiak Harbor.—In 1935 a project was adopted for the improvement
of Kodiak Harbor by widening and deepening the existing north
channel, subject to certain industrial development specified in House
Document No. 208, Seventy-Second Congress, first session. This
condition has not been complied with by local interests.
Egegik River.—The provision of a marked channel 5 feet deep at
low water and 100 feet wide through the rapids near the outlet of
Becharof Lake was authorized in 1935. No funds have been allotted.
Nome Harbor.—The original project for Nome Harbor provides for
two parallel jetties at the mouth of Snake River, extending seaward
about 400 feet and spaced 225 feet apart, and the dredging of a channel
75 wide and 8 feet deep at mean lower low water from Norton
Sound up Snake River to the mouth of Dry Creek, ending in a small
boat basin of the same depth. The project was completed in 1923.
Annual repairs and redredging have been performed. The total cost
to June 30, 1937 is $637,201.91. Modification of this project to
provide for enlargement of the small-boat basin was adopted in 1935.
No funds for this feature have been allotted.
Lowell Creek (flood control).—Flood-control works on Lowell
Creek at Seward consist of an intake dam 8 feet high and 330 feet
30 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
long across the lower end of Lowell Creek Canyon, an intake section
and a timber flume 3,300 feet long extending from the dam through
the town of Seward to tide water in Resurrection Bay. The project
was completed in 1929. Annual maintenance within the limits of
available funds have been performed.
Salmon River (flood control).—The project for the flood control of
Salmon River at Hyder was adopted on June 18, 1934, and consists
of the reconstruction of 681 feet of existing timber dike previously
built by local interests and the construction of approximately 3,800
feet of extension thereto. The project was completed in June 1935,
Maintenance has been performed as required.
Numerous reports on preliminary examination and survey of proposed
river and harbor improvements and flood-control measures in
Alaska have been prepared and submitted as required by law. The
district engineer also carries out duties defined by law for the protection
and preservation of the navigable waters of the United States,
This involves the removal of derelicts and wrecks and the consideration
of permits for the construction of bridges,wharves, and other structures
in and over navigable waters, including fixed and floating fish traps,
UNITED STATES COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
Hydrography and topographyThe Survey ship Surveyor, assisted
by the tender Wildcat, extended surveys westward along the shores of
Unalaska and Umnak Islands in continuation of the comprehensive
program begun in 1934 to map the entire chain of Aleutian Islands.
The Discoverer continued operations near Unimak Island. An
important connection between the triangulations of the Alaska Peninsula
and the Aleutian Islands was completed. Progress was made in
the surveys of Davidson Bank, the Sanak Island group and south
coast of Unimak Island. The important channel between the Sanak
Islands and Sandman Reef was also surveyed.
The Westdahl, in cooperation with the International Boundary Commission,
completed arcs of triangulation along the Chilkat and
Skagway Rivers. This vessel also completed a resurvey of Gastineau
Channel from Ready Bullion Creek to the head of the channel; and
in the spring of 1937, a resurvey of Taku Inlet. Upon completion of
this survey, the Westdahl began new basic surveys of the northwestern
end of Stephens Passage and its junction to Lynn Canal through
Favorite and Saginaw Channels.
The Explorer returned to southeastern Alaska in the spring of 1937
after an absence of 3 years and was engaged in new basic surveys in
Sumner Strait and its tributary arms.
The entire personnel on duty in this class of field work in Alaska was
38 officers and 188 men, a total of 226.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 31
Nautical charts.—The results of the field work each year are compiled
and new nautical charts published as well as existing ones revised
to date. Recent new’ charts and revised editions are:
9053—Portland Canal, Dixon Entrance to Hattie Island.
8201—Etolin Island to Midway Islands, including Sumner Strait.
8202—Midw’ay Islands to Cape Spencer, including Lynn Canal.
8534—Marmot Bay and Kupreanof Strait.
8545-—Kodiak and St. Paul Harbors.
8075—Revillagigedo Channel.
8172—Shakan and Shipley Bays, and part of El Capitan Passage.
9102—Aleutian Islands, Amukta Island to Attu Island.
9302—Bering Sea, eastern part.
Tide and current work.—As a result of observation stations maintained
at various points, the annual publication, Tide Tables, Pacific
Ocean and Indian Ocean, enables navigators to determine daily tide
predictions for approximately 350 places in Alaska, and Current
Tables, Pacific Coast predictions of the daily ebb and flow of the
current for some 254 places.
Magnetic and seismological work.—The Sitka Observatory was continued
in operation throughout the year. Magnetic observations
were made at several places in southeastern Alaska and the Aleutian
Islands in connection with hydrographic and topographic surveys. A
seismograph was continued in operation at College, Alaska, in cooperation
with the University of Alaska.
AIDS TO NAVIGATION
Alaska constitutes the sixteenth district of the Lighthouse Service,
Department of Commerce, and is under the supervision of a superintendent
of lighthouses with headquarters at Ketchikan, where a
supply and buoy depot are also maintained. Two seagoing steam
lighthouse tenders, Cedar and Hemlock, are on continuous duty.
All radiobeacon stations in Alaska have been so improved as to
conform to standards adopted throughout the United States and
Canada by international agreement. A new radiobeacon on St. Paul
Island, Pribilof Islands, has been authorized and will be placed in
commission at an early date.
Work was started in 1936 on a reinforced concrete light tower and
fog signal building at Mary Island Light station. The new building,
in which will be installed an improved type of fog signal, will be completed
in the fall of 1937.
Several changes w’ere made in minor aids; 11 new automatic flashing
lights on fixed structures and 4 lighted buoys were established. At
the close of the year approximately 911 aids to navigation of all kinds
were being maintained, 14 of these being stations with keepers.
32 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
UNITED STATES COAST GUARD
Patrol of the waters of the North Pacific Ocean, Bering Sea, and
Southeastern Alaska was conducted during the season of 19 3 6-1937
by the Coast Guard cutters Samuel D. Ingham, Northland, Chelan,
Haida, Tallapoosa, Shoshone, Redwing, the 165-foot patrol boats
Cyane and Daphne, and the 125-foot patrol boats Morris and Alert.
The patrol will be in progress at the close of the fiscal year 1937.
This annual patrol has for its primary purpose the enforcement of the
convention of July 7, 1911, between the United States, Great Britain,
Russia, and Japan; and the laws and regulations for the protection of
the fur seal and sea otter and of the game, the fisheries, and furbearing
animals of Alaska.
In the prosecution of their work the vessels perform such duties as
follows: Furnish transportation to Government officials in the performance
of their duties, to local authorities, school teachers, destitutes,
the sick and injured, natives, prisoners and other persons; carry the
United States mails, apprehend violators and assist other Federal
agencies in the enforcement of the laws; hold courts and aid in the
administration of justice; hold inquests and autopsies; settle differences
between employers and employees; assist vessels in distress;
board and examine vessels; render medical aid to the crews of American
vessels engaged in deep-sea fishing; deliver food and other supplies to
isolated settlements; succor persons found to be in need; provide
medical, surgical and dental treatment to the natives; aid in the
control and suppression of epidemics; examine into the physical
health, and sanitary conditions of settlements.
COMMUNICATIONS
MAIL SERVICE
The transportation of mails in Alaska is under the supervision of
the superintendent of the thirteenth division, Railway Mail Service,
at Seattle, Wash. This office exercises supervision over the entire
Alaska service and has immediate charge of all service in southeastern
Alaska and all direct steamboat service from Seattle. The chief clerk,
Railway Mail Service, at Seward, has immediate charge of the service
provided along the south coast, north and west of Yakutat, the service
provided over the Copper River and Northwestern Railway and the
Alaska Railroad, the upper and lower Yukon River, Tanana River,
Kuskokwim River, and the Seward Peninsula.
NAVAL COMMUNICATIONS
The Naval Radio Station at St. Paul in the Pribilof Islands will be
decommissioned by the Navy in August 1937, but will be continued
in operation under the cognizance of the Bureau of Fisheries, DepartREPORT
OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 33
ment of Commerce. After August 1937, the Naval Communication
System in Alaska will include the following stations:
Radio Traffic Station Dutch Harbor, Unalaska Island.
Radio Direction Finder Station, Cape Hinchinbrook.
Radio Direction Finder Station, Soapstone Point.
The traffic stations at Dutch Harbor and Puget Sound Navy Yard,
Bremerton, Wash., form the main channel for naval communications
between Alaska and the United States, Radio Dutch Harbor being
the connecting link with all naval radio stations in Alaska, in addition
to maintaining communication with government and merchant ships
operating in the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea.
The direction finder stations at Soapstone Point and Cape Hinchinbrook
render valuable service in furnishing radio direction finder
bearings to ships making the difficult entrances of Icy Strait and
Prince William Sound.
SIGNAL CORPS, UNITED STATES ARMY
Continuous communication service was maintained by the Alaska
Communications System of the Signal Corps throughout the year.
All Government and commercial agencies as well as news associations
and papers were provided with prompt and accurate communication
to and from all points in Alaska and the United States. During the
past year a total of 458,398 messages containing 17,451,530 words
was handled, the total value of commercial traffic being $428,320.
The total value of money transfer business during the year amounted
to $439,772. This financial service permitting rapid transfer of funds.
TELEPHONE LAND LINES
The Territory maintains a telephone land line extending from the
Alaska Communications System radiotelegraph station at Nulato on
the Yukon River a distance of 135 miles to Unalakleet on Bering Sea,
which provides important weather reports for the Fairbanks-Nome
air traffic. Another section from Rampart on the Yukon River, a
distance of 28 miles to Eureka, thence over private line 24 miles to
Hot Springs on the Tanana, affords necessary service in steamer
movements on the Yukon and Tanana Rivers during the season of
open navigation and gives the village of Rampart outside contact.
These lines are under the supervision of the Territorial Road Board.
AVIATION
ALASKA AERONAUTICS AND COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
The Alaska Legislature, at its 1937 session, enacted a law creating
a commission, consisting of the Governor as chairman, with four
members from the aviation industry, one from each division of the
34 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Territory, appointed by the Governor. The purpose of the Commission
is to promulgate general rules and regulations for the supervision
of aeronautics and communications within the Territory; to make
recommendations for establishment and operation of airports, landing
fields, and navigation aids; for the establishment and operation of
air schools and clubs; for the establishment of radio equipment on airplanes,
and territorial radiotelephone stations. An appropriation of
$40,000 was made to cover the expense of a supervisor and the establishment
of additional radio ground stations.
AVIATION—BUREAU OF AIR COMMERCE
Aviation is fast becoming the principal method of transportation in
Alaska, and with the establishment of well-equipped landing fields
and navigation aids it will be out of the pioneering stage into an
established business. The widespread area of the Territory has influenced
Alaskan industries readily to avail themselves of the advantages
offered by efficient and rapid air-service companies which now
render passenger, mail, and freight service to many sections of Alaska.
The alleviation of suffering of sick and injured persons in outlying
districts has been greatly expedited, as dozens of flights are made
each month carrying patients to various hospitals.
Since 1934 the Bureau of Air Commerce has maintained a supervising
aeronautical inspector in Alaska, with headquarters at Anchorage,
whose duties are to inspect all aircraft operating in Alaska, test
for competency and license all pilots and mechanics, and enforce Air
Commerce rules and regulations.
At present there are in Alaska 40 operators with 101 aircraft under
United States registry. These airplanes provide service from Ketchikan
to Kotzebue, covering Alaska in its entirety with the exception
of that area north of the Endicott Range.
There are 60 transport pilots licensed for flying in Alaska, 2 limited
commercial and 3 private pilots.
There are three scheduled airlines: One with Juneau as a base operating
to Sitka and points en route; one operating from Ketchikan to
Juneau biweekly; and one operating between Juneau and Fairbanks,
and down the Yukon to Nome. Charter planes operating along the
coast are based at Juneau, Skagway, Cordova and Seward. The two
largest bases for interior operation are at Anchorage and Fairbanks;
one or more airplanes also operate from Bethel, Candle, Deering, Flat,
Jack Wade, Kanakanak, Kotzebue, McGrath, Nome, Ruby, Seldovia,
and Teller.
While the first air service began operations about 16 years ago,
records have been kept (by the Territorial Road Board) only during
the past 10 years, during which time uncompleted figures show 89,068
passengers have been carried and 10,113,932 pounds of freight and
mail, with a total number of fatalities of only 36.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 35
The size of airplanes generally used in Alaska nas materially increased,
making possible the transportation of heavy mine equipment,
an important factor in stimulating prospecting and development of
large gold-bearing areas heretofore inaccessible.
The Alaska Communication System, in cooperation with the
Weather Bureau, renders invaluable service to pilots, by keeping them
advised of weather and other conditions.
The construction and maintenance of 100 landing fields and seaplane
floats has been carried on for several years by the Territorial
Road Board, and in cooperation with the Alaska Road Commission,
from limited and inadequate funds. A complete program for improvement
and establishment of 166 land and water airports was made
by the Alaska Road Commission in 1936, but development has been
held in abeyance due to lack of funds. It is estimated 3 million dollars
will be needed for the project.
WEATHER BUREAU
AIRWAYS AND CLIMATOLOGICAL SERVICE
In order to keep pace with the rapidly developing airplane service
in Alaska, the present weather reporting service in the Territory is
being enlarged as rapidly as funds are available. Airway weather
reports from 44 stations throughout Alaska are available to aviation
interests daily, or an increase of 9, compared with the preceding fiscal
year. It was necessary, however, to abandon the important airway
station at Crooked Creek (upper Kuskokwim River) because of the
closing of the privately owned radio station at that location.
The climatological service has expanded from 65 reporting stations
on July 1, 1936, to 75 at the end of the fiscal year.
Under a special research grant, funds were provided for the Weather
Bureau under the Bankhead-Jones Act for investigating the structure
of the polar continental air and the development of cold waves in
North America. In Alaska this research work was carried out at
Fairbanks with the inauguration on September 16, 1936, of aerometeorograph
observations taken twice daily by airplane and continued
until March 15, 1937. Solar radiation measurements, begun in 1932,
are being continued at that station and in addition seasonal measurements
of terrestrial radiation are also being made.
EDUCATION
ALASKA HISTORICAL LIBRARY AND MUSEUM
The Alaska Historical Library and Museum at Juneau was established
by act of Congress June 6, 1900, and a Territorial Historical
Library and Museum Commission created for its administration by
the Alaska Legislature on May 3, 1923.
36 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Additional acquisitions to the museum are a few rare specimens of
the Russian regime in Alaska, and of the Thlingit Indians. The
library contains rare historical books. Its space has already become
congested and both divisions are in need of more room for display.
UNIVERSITY OF ALASKA
At the fifteenth annual commencement of the University of Alaska
held on May 17 at College, Alaska, 17 students were awarded diplomas
as follows: 1 in agriculture, 4 in arts and letters, 5 in business administration,
2 in chemistry, 2 in civil engineering, 1 in mathematics, and
2 in mining engineering. The enrollment of 200 regular students
showed an increase from 193 for the previous year. Enrollment, in
short courses were: 36 in economics, 26 in mining and 624 in mining
extension, making a total for all students (less 13 names repeated)
of 873.
Agricultural Experiment Stations
With the sum of $4,000 per annum provided by the Territory and
$15,000 per annum from the Federal Government under the Hatch
Act for use in agricultural experiment work, 11 projects have been
undertaken at the university station and 14 projects at Matanuska
substation. The university station projects are: Administration,
publications, buildings, pear, native red top, blueberries, red currants,
red raspberries, crop rotation, forage crops, and seed production; at
the Matanuska substation: Administration, crop rotation, dairying,
forage crops, potatoes, small fruits, ornamentals, beekeeping, sheep
breeding, buildings, canning pea investigation, yellow-flowered alfalfa,
pasture and forage grass investigation, and garden crop investigation.
An additional sum of $1,118.24 was provided by the Bankhead-
Jones Act, effective June 29, 1935, which was matched with Territorial
funds. This is being used for research work at Matanuska substation.
Extension Service
The Extension Service of the university is made possible through
the cooperative efforts of the Department of Agriculture, the Territory
of Alaska, and the University of Alaska. The work was started
in July 1930 when funds from the Smith-Lever Act were made available
to Alaska. In 1937 the Capper-Ketcham Act will be extended
to this Territory. Approximately 87 percent of Extension funds come
from the Federal Government at present.
The personnel consists of a director, home demonstration leader,
and secretary at university headquarters; a district agricultural agent
and home demonstration agent at Palmer; and a veterinarian stationed
at Juneau. A home demonstration agent will be placed in southeastern
Alaska on July 1 this year.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 37
Organized work with boys and girls, homemakers and farmers is
carried on in 18 different rural communities.
The director of extension has charge of the soil conservation
program in Alaska through which farmers may receive payments for
certain approved farm practices.
Livestock Inspection
The veterinarian of the University Extension Service is ex-officio
Territorial veterinarian, to render assistance to the fur-farming industry
and to carry out the provisions of the Livestock Inspection Act.
This act protects the Territory against the importation of animals with
contagious diseases and provides for annual inspection of domestic
animals. The annual testing and disposal of animals reacting to the
tuberculin test is conducted according to regulations of the Bureau of
Animal Industry. As a result of the tests, tubercular cattle are
becoming less in evidence and there has been a general improvement
of dairy barns and surroundings.
In the past year an outbreak of hog cholera was encountered.
Vaccination of adjacent animals prevented spread of the disease.
Also, one rather severe outbreak of contagious abortion of cattle was
brought under control.
The growth and importance of the fur-farming industry received
recognition by the last legislature, which passed an act providing for
the establishment of an experimental fur farm. Selection of a site is
now in progress and stimulation of the industry is anticipated with
the completion of the experimental farm.
TERRITORIAL SCHOOLS
The Territorial public schools, organized for the education of the
white and mixed-blood children, are of two classes—namely, schools
within, the incorporated cities and incorporated school districts and
rural schools located outside the incorporated cities and incorporated
school districts. Rural schools are further divided to include schools
in regularly organized school districts and special schools maintained
m communities where the population is insufficient to warrant the
establishment of school districts.
The Territorial schools are largely supported by appropriations
from the Territorial treasury, augmented by 25 percent of the Alaska
fund, which consists of a variety of Federal taxes collected in the
Territory. This fund nets the schools approximately $50,000 per
year. Schools within incorporated cities and incorporated school districts
derive from 20 to 30 percent of their operating costs from local
taxation; the remaining 70 to 80 percent is furnished by the Territory.
All funds for the support of the rural schools and of the special schools
are furnished by the Territory.
38 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
The Territorial schools, including the elementary schools and high
schools, are under the general supervision of a Territorial board of
education, with the commissioner of education as executive officer of
the board.
The 1935 legislature accepted the provisions of the George-Ellzey
Act made applicable to the Territory by Congress in 1934. Under this
act, the Federal Government makes available the sum of $15,000
annually for the promotion of vocational education. The legislature
appropriated a like amount for this purpose, and a full-time supervisor
has been employed to promote this work.
Graduation from a 3-year standard normal school or its equivalent
is a prerequisite for the Alaska elementary teacher’s certificate.
High-school teachers are required to be graduates of standard 4-year
colleges and to have completed a minimum of 15 semester hours in
education. The average teacher in the Territory has had 9 years of
teaching experience, 4 of which have been in the Alaska schools.
During the past year the annual turn-over of teachers has decreased
from about 40 to 18 percent of the total number employed.
Four-year high schools, accredited by the University of Washington,
are maintained in 10 cities, as follows: Anchorage, Cordova,
Douglas, Fairbanks, Juneau, Ketchikan, Petersburg, Seward, Sitka,
and Wrangell. The high schools at Anchorage, Cordova, Douglas,
Fairbanks, Juneau, Ketchikan, Nome, Petersburg, Seward, Sitka,
Skagway, and Wrangell are also accredited by the Northwest Association
of Secondary and Higher Schools. Nonaccredited high schools are
maintained at Haines, Nenana, and Valdez.
INDIAN AFFAIRS—SCHOOL SERVICE
The Office of Indian Affairs has directed its educational program for
the native children of Alaska along vocational lines consistent with
the individual interests of each child, and the needs of his own particular
environment. All new teachers are selected from the civilservice
register, undergo the regular civil-service probationary period,
and if found to be unsuited to successful community work in the
isolated districts of Alaska are not placed on permanent appointment.
Three supervisors of elementary education maintained constant
contact with all stations. Approximately one-fourth of the pupils
and one-fourth of the teachers are located in southeastern Alaska,
which section has heretofore been much more adequately covered by
supervisory activities than the more remote sections. This past
year, however, all three supervisors were detailed to make an extensive
survey of the schools maintained along the Kuskokwim, the lower
Yukon River, and the Seward Peninsula, many of which had not been
visited by a supervisor over a period of 5 years. As a result, inadequately
equipped schools are being given first consideration m our
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 39
requests for additional funds for new buildings and improved
equipment.
Two new schools, Nunpitchuk and Minto, were established, and the
Office of Indian Affairs maintained a total of 101 day schools and 2
vocational high schools. The enrollment at Wrangell Institute increased
from 56 students in 1936 to 122 in 1937, and the per-capita
cost of operation was reduced from $901.39 to $402.55. A school for
the blind with an enrollment of 11 was conducted in connection with
the Eklutna Vocational School. The total enrollment of the schools
is 4,577. This figure does not include adult classes conducted at many
of the stations for indefinite periods. The cost of maintaining schools
was $468,417, to which is added travel, administrative, freight, and
operation of vessels, and expenses for relief of destitution, bringing
the total up to ■ $666,880 charged against education of natives of
Alaska for the year 1936-37. No new buildings were erected during
the year, but the proposed budget for next year calls for a building
program of $119,000 for 10 new buildings.
The Department of Social Welfare completed the comprehensive
survey of destitution begun last year. During the year, 2,211 natives
requested assistance from this Office. Of this number, 1,383 were
children, those of school age representing 21.8 percent of the children
enrolled in our schools. The appropriation of only $25,000 made
necessary a very careful expenditure of money. The policy of considering
children first, with aged natives, cripples and otherwise
physically handicapped persons, next in line for assistance, was followed
closely. Wherever possible, no aid was given to able-bodied
younger natives. A survey conducted in connection with the Social
Security Board indicates that 988 natives of Alaska are over 65 years
of age. Of this number 301 are classified as destitute. It is hoped
that natives may be able to qualify under the provisions of the Old
Age Pension Act, as set forth by the extraordinary session of the
Territorial legislature, which law was enacted in connection with the
newly formed Social Security Board.
REINDEER SERVICE
The Reindeer Service submits the following information regarding
the reindeer herds, which have been of great importance as a food and
clothing supply for natives residing along the coasts of Bering Sea and
the Arctic Ocean:
Estimated reindeer on ranges...................................................... 470, 850
Estimated reindeer owned by natives...................................... 309, 575
Number of reindeer handled past year..........................................176, 613
Number of reindeer newly marked past year........................... 67, 094
Number of reindeer castrated past year.................................. 19, 490
Reindeer recorded as consumed by natives for food, clothing,
and other purposes during past year................................... 36, 922
40 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
Number of native cooperative reindeer associations................ 31
Number of shareholders in above associations....................... 3, 734
Estimated native people dependent in some degree upon reindeer
for food and clothing.................................................. 13, 000
During the year 3,500 reindeer were driven from Barrow to Barter
Island to assure the natives of that region against periodic famine.
The herds recently placed at Hooper Bay and Nelson Island have been
successfully maintained. Plans are in progress to stock certain of the
Aleutian Islands, also.
A total of 6,015 reindeer carcasses were exported during the year.
Of this amount, 1,634 native-owned carcasses were transported to
southeastern Alaska markets. There is active demand in the States
for adult reindeer hides for leather purposes, and a market for fawn
skins has been opened in Europe.
In cooperation with the Biological Survey the services of an expert
predator were secured, to assist in protecting reindeer herds against
the increasing menace of wolves. This trained leader has outlined a
plan which involves the appointment of four section leaders versed in
wolf trapping, to disseminate information to the natives of the reindeer
area, and otherwise assist in an effective campaign against
wolves.
As the reindeer industry was established for the welfare of the native
Eskimo and is so closely linked with their educational and community
life, it has been deemed advisable to return the administration of the
Reindeer Service to the Office of Indian Affairs, who have supervision
of the Eskimo and Indian life and welfare in the Territory.
HEALTH
INDIAN AFFAIRS—MEDICAL SERVICE
The Medical Service was enlarged during the year by taking over
the hospital formerly operated at Barrow by the Presbyterian Mission
Board. A new staff-quarters building was constructed there. Unfortunately
the hospital building was destroyed by fire in February 1937,
but a deficiency appropriation of $100,000 was obtained for rebuilding.
Two additional field nurses were added, making a total of 27 field
nurses and 19 hospital nurses on duty. Seven hospitals were
maintained with full-time physicians in charge. Seven communities
were served by part-time physicians. Statistics for the year
show 37,513 cases given 80,566 dispensary treatments; 25,000 home
visits made; 1,302 cases admitted for 48,053 days hospitalization; 269
major and 1,148 minor operations performed; 2,476 cases given 7,070
dispensary treatments and 26,457 days hospitalization for tuberculosis;
4,900 days hospitalization in private hospitals; 4,360 immunizations
given; total deaths 303, of which 115 were from tuberculosis;
number of births 379.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 41
Several outbreaks of communicable disease occurred: 19 cases of
typhoid fever with 4 deaths in the Bristol Bay region; 18 cases of
cerebro spinal fever with 9 deaths on the lower Kuskokwim; chicken
pox was quite prevalent throughout the Territory; Bristol Bay and
Kodiak Island villages especially were affected with measles; pertussis
occurred in small numbers; 35 cases of scarlet fever were reported.
No diphtheria or small pox cases occurred.
Tuberculosis is still the major health problem among the natives.
Statistics show 226 deaths for the calendar year 1936, a death rate of
753 per 100,000 based on an estimated native population of 30,000.
A new policy of rendering dental aid was inaugurated by a system of
contract agreements with private practitioners. This plan has been
successful in reaching many more isolated patients and providing
emergency treatment. The Indian Service again collaborated with
the Waugh Dental Survey on the lower Kuskokwim. Statistics show
2,764 dental patients cared for.
Additional hospitals and personnel are needed to render a more
effective medical service to the natives of Alaska.
TERRITORIAL HEALTH COMMISSION
Through funds received by virtue of the Federal Social Security
Act, the activities of this department were greatly enlarged and set up
into four divisions: Communicable disease control, public health engineering,
maternal and child health, and public health laboratories.
Division oj Communicable Disease Control.—Activities include diagnostic
tests, immunization, and quarantine relative to diphtheria and
smallpox, typhoid, and other diseases; compilation of morbidity records;
tuberculosis survey; epidemiological investigations; venereal
disease control.
This division began to function in September 1936 with a personnel
of three. Activities centered upon a Territorial-wide tuberculosis
clinic survey, in cooperation with the Alaska Tuberculosis Association.
To date 11 towns and villages have been visited and tuberculin
tests given to 2,389 white and 1,070 native persons, resulting in 20
percent white and 71 percent native persons positive reactors to the
tests. Examination and X-ray of lungs of 788 white and 1,009
native persons revealed 63 white and 212 native persons showing
evidence of tuberculous infection. A total of 31 white and 162 native
persons were found with active tubercular disease of some form, most
of whom were recommended for institutional care. The survey is
being continued throughout the Territory.
Division oj Public Health Engineering.—Activities include supervision
of public water supplies, sewage disposal, dairies, food establishments,
sanitation and living conditions at canneries, sanitation of
bathing places and general nuisance abatement.
42 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
The public health engineer made a survey of 4 water supplies used
by common carriers; also a sanitary survey of 25 towns and villages,
with recommendations for improvement. A Territorial sanitary code,
covering water, milk, sewage, food products establishments, health
nuisances, sanitation of canneries, barber shops and beauty parlors,
was prepared by this division and passed by the legislature.
Division of Maternal and Child Health.—Activities include supervision
of field nursing services and physicians for advisory and consultative
services under the maternal and child health plan; organization
and supervision of midwives; investigation of maternal and infant
deaths; educational campaign against cancer; case finding and placement
for treatment of crippled children. The personnel consisted of
a director, a supervisory nurse, two field nurses and a stenographernurse
at headquarters.
A central advisory committee was appointed for advisory purposes
on policy and activities. This committee includes representation
from the Office of Indian Affairs, United States Public Health Service,
Territorial Medical Association, Territorial Dental Association, Territorial
Social Service Association, Gastineau Nursing Association,
Administrative Board of Territory, Federated Women’s Clubs, American
Legion and Department of Education, with the Commissioner of
Health and Director of Maternal and Child Health as ex-officio
members.
Local health councils were organized in five communities, as the
beginning of a Territorial-wide program, which includes stationing of
a field nurse in each incorporated town. Sixty midwives enrolled for
group instruction in six native villages under supervision of the Office
of Indian Affairs nurses.
A crippled children’s survey, resulted in 189 children being reported.
Nine crippled children were cared for during the year.
This division participated with the communicable disease control
division in its tuberculosis survey, and an immunization program
during which 67 persons were immunized against smallpox, 1,647 for
diphtheria and 1,331 for typhoid fever. Also, 235 preschool children
were examined and 3,710 school inspections made by physicians or
nurses.
Division of Public Health Laboratories.—Activities include bacteriological
and chemical analysis of water and milk; examinations for
syphilis and communicable diseases; and distribution of biologicals.
A total of 1,120 analyses were made from September 1936, when the
laboratory was opened, to end of the fiscal year.
Commissioner of Health.—Activities included general administration
of all the divisions of the department; and attendance at International
Health Conference and other departmental conferences in
Washington and San Francisco.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 43
Statistics reveal a total of 2,525 recorded cases of communicable
disease, pulmonary tuberculosis leading with a total of 716 cases, an
increase of 245 cases over last year, partly due to the discoveries of
the clinic survey group of this department. It is noted that after
routine immunizations and vaccinations were made of diphtheria and
smallpox, only 3 cases of diphtheria and 1 of smallpox were reported.
UNITED STATES PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
The Public Health Service furnishes medical relief to sick or disabled
seamen at the following nine ports: Ketchikan, Wrangell,
Petersburg, Juneau, Sitka, Cordova, Seward, Unalaska and Nome.
A local physician is appointed as acting assistant surgeon for this
purpose at each of the ports except Unalaska and Nome, where necessary
relief for beneficiaries of the service is arranged for by the deputy
collector of customs. The act of March 21,1936, extended the benefits
of this service to include crewmembers of all Government vessels
other than the Navy or those situated in the Panama Canal, and
cadets and crews of merchant marine school ships. During the year
3,119 days of hospital relief were furnished to beneficiaries in contract
hospitals, 5,875 office treatments and 607 physical examinations given.
Approximately 8,529 examinations and 3,792 vaccinations were
made at 7 mainland Pacific coast stations for employees of Alaska
canneries.
This service continued to detail medical and dental officers to the
Coast Guard cutters operating in Alaska.
ALASKA INSANE
During the year 52 persons were admitted to Morningside Hospital
at Portland, Oreg., where the legally adjudged insane from the Territory
have been cared for under contract with the Department of
Interior for 33years. A total of 1,666 patients from Alaska have
been admitted during this period.
AMERICAN RED CROSS
The Alaskan chapters of the American Red Cross had a very busy
year. A considerable amount was devoted to relief in conjunction
with the Juneau Slide Relief Committee in providing assistance to
victims and comfort to workers following Juneau’s disastrous slide in
November 1936. The local Red Cross chapters also furnished financial
assistance in the wake of the fire which wiped out a large portion of the
business district in Douglas on February 23, 1937.
PIONEERS’ HOME
The Pioneers’ Home at Sitka was created by the Territorial legislature
in 1913 and has been operated continuously since that time,
wholly supported by Territorial funds. Management of the home is in
44 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
a board of trustees, of which the Governor is chairman. Any worthy
person incapable of self-support who is qualified by 5-years’ residence
in Alaska and who has no relative liable under law for his or her support,
may be admitted to the Home upon application submitted to
the board of trustees.
On June 30, 1937, there was a resident roll of 182 men at the home,
housed in a modern fireproof concrete building. Additional space
in the building can be provided if necessary, to house 200 residents,
The main building has a complete hospital unit with modern equipment.
New homes for the superintendent and the nurses adjoin.
PUBLIC WELFARE
Alaska has always maintained a generous program of relief for its
citizens, supported by biennial legislative appropriations to cover
operating expenses of the Pioneers’ Home; allowances for aged pioneers;
allowances for mothers with dependent children; care of incorrigible
and homeless children; and further temporary relief of the
needy and destitute. General superintendence of the poor and needy
of the Territory has heretofore been vested in the Governor. However,
in March 1937, at the extraordinary session of the Alaska Legislature,
there was created a Department of Public Welfare, charged
with administration of old-age assistance and entire and exclusive
superintendence of the needy, including the jurisdiction of all juveniles
in the Territory under the boards of children’s guardians, one of
which is located in each of the four judicial divisions.
Within the Department of Public Welfare there was created a Board
of Public Welfare, which consists of the Governor of Alaska, who is
chairman of the board, and four members appointed by the Governor,
one from each of the four judicial divisions. The board held its first
meeting on May 12, at which time it selected a director of public welfare
and under the provisions of the law delegated its powers and duties
to him.
OLD-AGE ASSISTANCE
One of the objectives in creating the Department of Public Welfare
was to make provision for acceptance by the Territory of that part of
the Federal Social Security Act relating to old-age assistance. The
plan application for Alaska was approved on June 29, 1937, and the
Department of Public Welfare is now operating under the provisions
of the new old-age assistance laws in cooperation with the Federal
Social Security Act.
There are now approximately 580 persons receiving old-age assistance.
The average monthly allowance paid is approximately $27.
The Federal Government through the Social Security Act matches
dollar for dollar up to $15 per month all old-age allowances which conform
to the requirements of the Federal act. The number of persons
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 45
receiving old-age assistance will probably increase rapidly due to the
fact that Indians are now included under the law to receive old-age
assistance. Also, the residence requirement has been changed to 5
years out of 9 years residence in the Territory immediately preceding
the filing of the application with the Department of Public Welfare.
TEMPORARY DIRECT RELIEF
Provision is made by the Territory for temporary relief of the needy
and indigent, to provide food, clothing, medical care, burial expenses
and other necessities. For the past several years an amount of approximately
$40,000 annually administered by the four district judges
in cooperation with the Governor, and an amount of $25,000 annually
administered directly by the Governor, has been available for this
purpose, augmented by the work and direct relief grants of the Federal
Emergency Relief Administration. An annual sum of approximately
$66,500 is now available, to be administered by the Department
of Public Welfare.
In addition, 10 percent of the receipts of the Alaska fund (funds
collected from occupation and trade licenses outside of incorporated
towns in Alaska) are set aside for expenditure by the district judges
in relief of needy persons incapacitated through age, nonage, or illness.
These funds are deposited in the United States Treasury and
the sum of $20,000 appropriated annually by Congress.
DEPENDENT CHILDREN
A board of children’s guardians in each judicial division of the Territory—
composed of the judge of the district court, the United States
marshal, and one woman citizen appointed by the Governor (hereafter
by the Board of Public Welfare), all of whom serve without compensation
and hold office for a period of 3 years—has power to conclude
arrangements with persons or institutions for the care of dependent
children at such rates as may be agreed upon, and to appoint agents.
This board is charged with the legal guardianship of all children under
16 years of age committed to it by the juvenile court.
The juvenile court has the power to commit to a reform school or
to an orphan asylum, or to any other suitable public or charitable
institution, or to the Board of Children’s Guardians, any child under
16 years of age who is guilty of a misdemeanor, destitute of a suitable
home or means of living, abandoned by parents or guardians, or being
kept in vicious or immoral or otherwise unfit surroundings.
The sum of $20,325 was expended by the boards of children’s
guardians for the fiscal year, an average of 101 children being cared
for monthly.
The Governor has authority to grant monthly allowances to aid
mothers who are left alone and unable to care for their children under
46 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
16 years of age, except those for whom provision is already made by
the Department of the Interior. The maximum allowance which can
be granted is $25 monthly for one child, and $15 monthly for each
additional child.
The sum of $25,302 was expended for the fiscal year, an average of
113 children being cared for monthly by these allowances.
UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION COMMISSION AND
UNEMPLOYMENT SERVICE
The extraordinary session of the 1937 legislature passed an act to
provide for unemployment compensation, to provide for the establishment
of public employment offices, and to create a commission to
administer the act and to cooperate with the provisions of the Federal
Social Security Act relating thereto.
The commission, consisting of three members appointed by the
Governor from various sections of the Territory, held its first meeting
in May 1937 at Juneau. Permanent organization was begun with
the selection of a director as chief executive of the commission. Two
coordinate divisions are to be established: The Alaska Territorial
Employment Service Division, and the Unemployment Compensation
Division. A second meeting of the commission was held on June 28,
at which time regulations were adopted for administration of the law
in Alaska.
The commission deferred action on the establishment of the Employment
Service Division until such time as the Department of Labor
sends a representative to Alaska, to make a survey of conditions and
to recommend a system of Employment Service for the Territory.
Preliminary study and survey of Territorial employers and employees
will be continued until November 1937, at which time the commission
will hold public meetings with both employers and employees in an
effort to effect practicable administration of the law.
SOCIAL SECURITY BOARD
OLD-AGE BENEFITS
The Social Security Board at Washington, D. C., has established
an Alaska Office at Juneau with a Territorial director in charge. One
of the functions of this office is to assist in determining whether the
Territory is eligible for Federal grants to aid in carrying out its oldage
assistance and unemployment compensation programs. This
office also administers that feature of the Social Security Act known
as Federal old-age insurance, and will assist Alaska residents in
determining their benefits under the act.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA 47
PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION
Fan-Federal Division.—During the year 13 projects have been
under construction in 16 different communities, of which 10 have been
completed at a cost of $629,194. The completed projects consist of
five school buildings, three municipal buildings, and five projects
covering municipal improvements, including new sewer and water systems
and street improvements. Three additional projects are under
construction. Ten applications have been approved but for which no
allotment has been made.
WORKS PROGRESS ADMINISTRATION
Included in grants to Alaska under the Works Progress Administration
were two grants for expenditure by the Governor’s office: $10,000
for cleaning up debris after the conflagration in the city of Douglas,
which was expended under the supervision of the engineering staff
of the Public Works Administration in Alaska; and $10,360 for clearing
an acreage near Juneau for a new cemetery, the work under this
grant being accomplished under supervision of the Forest Service.
MATANUSKA VALLEY COLONIZATION PROJECT
Development of the Matanuska colonization project, which was
established in May 1935 by the Federal Emergency Relief Administration,
has been continued under direction of the Works Progress Administration.
Of the 200 families which were brought from the
drought-stricken areas of Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota to the
fertile Matanuska Valley, 170 families are now availing themselves
of the opportunity to establish farm homes in the new community.
Some left the colony because of unfitness, poor health and other
reasons. Palmer is the model industrial center under the administration
of the Alaska Rural Rehabilitation Corporation, and provides
administrative, industrial, educational, and recreational facilities for
the surrounding farming community.
Each colonist has a tract of land containing 40 or more acres, on
which has been constructed a house, barn, poultry house, well house, or
other buildings. Each was furnished with foundational livestock,
the nucleus of future herds and flocks. Since 1935, the colonists have
cleared 1,500 acres of timber and brush land. The first crops were
harvested in the fall of 1936 but a much larger harvest is expected this
Ml. The first Matanuska Valley Fair, held in September 1936, made
a creditable showing, and plans, are under way for a bigger and better
lair this year.
The inauguration in February 1937 of a work-credit program of
Mm development gave added impetus to the progress of the colony.
This program is planned to provide security for the colonists during the
48 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF ALASKA
period they are developing their farms. It provides monthly cash
loans for subsistence, determined by the amount of development work
done on the farm.
The Matanuska Valley Cooperating Association, organized in the
fall of 1936, aims to draw all farmers in the valley into a program for
effectively marketing produce of the valley, emphasizing high-quality
production. Butter, eggs, meat products, and fresh vegetables are
now on the market.
The colony appears now to be well established. The work of
building farm homes and ties of friendship, birth, and death assure the
development of a permanent and successful farming community in
Alaska.
FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION
More than 150 Alaskans have taken advantage of the Federal
Housing Administration insured mortgage home ownership plan,
building new homes, reconstructing existing ones, or refinancing home
mortgages. The headquarters of this Administration in Alaska are at
Juneau.
NATIONAL EMERGENCY COUNCIL
The Alaska office of the National Emergency Council located at
Juneau reported regularly to the National Emergency Council at
Washington on industrial, economic and other conditions in the
Territory.
ALASKA PLANNING COUNCIL
The Alaska Planning Council of nine members was appointed by the
Governor according to provisions of an act passed by tbe 1937 legislature,
which also appropriated $15,000 for use of the council during (
the next biennium. The purpose of the planning act was to bring together
a group of persons with specialized knowledge of the Territory’s
resources and problems, and after extended consultation with
the public through open hearings and correspondence, to have them
prepare plans and make recommendations for the well-rounded permanent
development and perpetuation of these resources. The ||
council is a fact-finding and advisory body only, leaving to the duly
authorized public agencies the matter of what application, if any, is to
be made of the council’s findings and recommendations.
INCORPORATED TOWNS
There are 17 incorporated towns in Alaska. The total assessed
valuation for the fiscal year 1937 was $28,023,734, an increase ol
$3,506,322 over 1936. The rates of taxation range from 2 to 20 mills.
John W. Troy , Governor oj Alaska.
ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE ACTING
GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
TO THE SECRETARY
OF THE INTERIOR
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
19 3 7
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON • 1937
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Harold L. Ickes, Secretary
TERRITORY OF HAWAII
Charles M. Hite, Acting Governor
For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Price 10 cents
CONTENTS
Page
Agriculture and forestry................................................................... 41
Agricultural Adjustment Administration...................................... 5
Agricultural experiment station, Hawaii...................................... 43
Attorney general’s department....................................................... 62
Aviation, commercial............................................................... 39
Automobile Liability Security Act, uniform.................................. 27
Banks and trust companies........................................................... 23
Commerce:
Imports and exports............................................................... 35
Customs receipts........................................................................ 36
Corporations........................................................................................ 25
County and city and county governments:
Income of counties............................................................. 15
Sources and distribution of revenues in the Territory and
counties................................................................................ 16
Education. (See also Public Instruction.)
Elections............................................................................................ 10
Emergency Conservation Work....................................................... 4
Federal Housing Administration.................................................. 5
Finances:
Assessed value of real and personal property..................... 26
Bonded debt, June 30, 1937....................................................... 17
Fuel tax........................................................................................ 19
Segregation of bonded debt................................................... 18
Consolidated statement of operations.................................. 28
Consolidated statement of fund resources and obligations . 34
Harbor commissioners....................................................................... 46
Hawaii National Park....................................................................... 55
Hawaiian Homes Commission....................................................... 8
Health, board of:
Tuberculosis.......................................................................... 59
Hospital for insane................................................................... 59
Health Service, Federal Public....................................................... 61
Highway department, Territorial.................................................. 46
Home Owners’ Loan Corporation.................................................. 7
Insurance............................................................................................ 22
Industrial Schools, Board of........................................................... 53
in
IV CONTENTS
Internal Revenue, Federal................................................................... 36
Lands, public........................................................................................ 40
Hydrography................................................................................ 41
Survey department....................................................................... 40
Taxation maps bureau........................................................... 41
Leprosy..................................................................................................... 60
National Guard.................................................................................... 53
Pan American Clipper Service...................................................... 3
Production of pineapples............................................................... 6
Population and race statistics........................................................... 38
Postal service.................................................................................... 38
Prison..................................................................................................... 63
Public instruction............................................................................ 48
Public utilities.................................................................................... 67
Public works........................................................................................ 45
Retirement system............................................................................ 35
Schools. (See also Public Instruction.)
Sugar..................................................................................................... 2
Tourist trade......................................................................................... 7
Telegraphs and telephones............................................................... 39
Transportation facilities:
Pan American Clipper Service.............................................. 3
Automobiles................................................................................ 39
Commercial aviation............................................................... 39
University of Hawaii................................................................... . 50
Workmen’s Compensation............................................................... 68
Works Progress Administration....................................................... 3
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE ACTING
GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Charles M. Hite, Acting Governor
EXECUTIVE CHAMBERS
Honolulu, Hawaii, September 1, 1937.
The Secre tary of th e Inte rior :
Sir : Pursuant to instructions contained in your letter of July 15,
1937,1 have the honor to submit the following report of the affairs in
and of the progress and development of the Territory of Hawaii
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937.
SOUND FINANCIAL CONDITION
The Territory’s sound financial condition is reflected in the fact
that on June 30, 1937, the date of the close of the Territorial biennial
period, there was a surplus in the general fund of $1,315,133.51, and
for the present biennial period the Territory’s budget is in balance.
This satisfactory situation has been accomplished by the application
of amendments to the tax laws by the legislature of 1935.
SHIPPING STRIKE
The maritime strike of American seamen, which was in effect from
October 28, 1936, to February 8, 1937, was perhaps the most disturbing
factor in the progress of Hawaii during the past year. Inasmuch
as Hawaii depends on outside sources—mainly the Pacific Coast
States—for about 63 percent of her foodstuffs (according to latest
estimates of the Agricultural Extension Service, University of Hawaii)
the sudden cutting off of these sources resulted in many hardships to
the people of Hawaii. Prices immediately rose, and a number of
items of food were not available at any price. Except for foreign
vessels, Government ships, and oil tankers, no vessels entered or
departed from Hawaiian ports during the strike. Consequently
1
2 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
imports of food supplies from foreign countries immediately increased
despite the high duties which had to be paid. The strike again emphasized
the necessity of a more diversified agricultural system and a
more effective and less costly system of distribution between the
various islands.
INCREASE IN IMPORTS AND EXPORTS
In spite of the 3 months’ tieup of shipping, Hawaii’s commerce with
the mainland U. S. A. showed great gains, the value of exports of
Hawaiian products amounting to $125,537,355, and imports from the
mainland $85,743,998 during the calendar year 1936, an increase over
the preceding year of approximately $27,000,000 and $7,000,000,
respectively.
SUGAR
The sugar crop for 1936 totalled slightly more than 1 million short
tons and was valued at $67,975,548, an increase of more than $9,000,-
000 over the previous year.
PINEAPPLES
The value of Hawaii’s second industry, the canning of pineapples
and pineapple juice, during 1936, amounted to $51,452,483. The
1936 pineapple crop is the largest on record, showing an increase in
value over the previous year of more than $17,000,000.
INTERNAL REVENUE
Hawaii’s internal revenue payments to the Federal Treasury for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, amounting to $11,633,487.56,
were the highest since 1922.
RECORD TOURIST SEASON
Thousands of people each year are seeking first-hand information
regarding Hawaii’s charms as a tourist center, and during 1936 there
were 22,199 tourists—visitors who spent at least 2 days in Hawaii.
In addition, Honolulu played host for 1 day to 28,046 cabin passengers
en route to or from the Orient or Antipodes. A significant feature of
Hawaii’s tourist travel is the fact that since 1930 more than 5,000
persons have made at least one more trip to Hawaii following their
original trip. The above figure of 22,199 tourists is the highest of
record, in spite of the tieup of shipping at the height of the winter
season.
PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT BONDS
The Territory’s application for approval to float a new issue of
public improvement bonds has gone forward for Presidential approval.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 3
Included in the list of proposed projects is an item for the construction
of a new tax-office building in Honolulu. This is a much needed
structure and when completed should greatly relieve congestion in
the Territorial Office building where the tax office is now housed.
When the latter building was completed in 1926 there were 1,123
regular employees on the Territorial pay roll. This number has now
grown to 1,932, resulting in overcrowding in nearly every department
of the government.
PAN AMERICAN CLIPPER SERVICE
On July 12, 1937, the transoceanic planes of Pan American Airways
completed the first 1,000,000 miles of regular scheduled flying
over the Pacific. An accurate check of flight logs at the end of this
flight shows that transpacific clippers had logged 1,012,784.8 miles.
All of this was done on regular scheduled flights with air mail, express,
or passengers, or all three. In the accomplishment of this, 5,622,124
passenger miles were flown, and 276 tons of air freight, exclusive of
mail, were carried. The bulk of this was between San Francisco and
Honolulu.
In the maintenance of regular schedules across the Pacific, the
clippers put in 7,659 hours and 46 minutes in the air-—all of it without
accident or mishap.
The first survey flights, none of the mileage of which is included in
the 1,000,000-mile record, were started on April 16, 1935. Flight
no. 1, in regular scheduled operation, began on November 22, 1935,
and passenger service was opened on October 21, 1936, since which
time several hundred passengers have been transported.
WORKS PROGRESS ADMINISTRATION
Operations of the Works Progress Administration in Hawaii for
the year from July 1, 1936 to June 30, 1937, involved an expenditure
of $3,265,939.10, of which $2,689,575.29 was expended on labor and
$576,363.18 for materials, equipment, rentals, etc. Of this amount
$2,997,826.90 was from Federal grants to the Territory and $268,-
112.20 from the Territorial unemployment relief tax funds. To this
amount should be added approximately $687,255, the value of contributions
from the sponsors of labor, materials, and rentals, making
a grand total of expenditures of $3,953,194.10 on W. P. A. operated
projects for the year.
Expenditures of W. P. A. funds allotted to the Army for the year
amounted to $1,157,695.38 and to the Navy of $302,000, making a
total expenditure in the Territory of Hawaii of $4,725,634.48, exclusive
of the sponsors’ contributions.
4 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The above expenditures provided work for an average monthly
enrollment for the year on each island as follows:
Oahu-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2,098
Hawaii______________________________________________________ 877
Maui------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 681
Kauai________________________________________________________ 434
Molokai______________________________________________________ 5g
Average monthly W. P. A. employees______________________________ 4,199
Average monthly Army employees________________________________ 1, 004
Average monthly Navy employees________________________________ 297
Total average monthly on W. P. A. projects__________________ 5, 500
The average monthly expenditure per man-month for W. P. A.,
exclusive of Army and Navy, was $53.38 for labor and $11.44 for nonlabor
costs; a total of $64.82.
The total expenditure of $3,265,939.10 was distributed over the
following types of work:
Pay roll Materials Totals
Roads and highways.
Buildings___________
Parks_______________
Public Utilities_____
Flood control_______
Miscellaneous_______
$1,301,385.11
272, 788.10
276,567.94
142,930.16
410,025. 28
285,878. 70
$419, 297.91
52, 518. 45
40,044.48
53, 693. 76
5,479. 47
5,329.74
$1,720,683.02
325,306.55
316,612.42
196,623.92
415,504.75
291,208.44
2,689, 575. 29 576,363. 81 3,265,939.10
Besides the construction work prosecuted by the Works Progress
Administration during the past year a number of statistical, research
and educational projects have also been carried on by providing work
for unemployed clerical and other workers. These projects have been
of great benefit to the different governmental departments, such as the
Territorial tax office, archives of Hawaii, and the libraries.
EMERGENCY CONSERVATION WORK !
During the period April 1 to June 30, 1936, the enrollment for the
Territorial operation was reduced from 1,200 to 600 enrollees. This
number has been pretty well maintained since July 1, 1936, except for
spasmodic periods during the pineapple canning seasons.
Teachers have been placed in all of the CCC camps except on I
the island of Kauai where there are only 65 enrollees and part of this
number are working from a subcamp.
It is interesting to note that the plantations have copied the CCC
plans and procedure in providing accommodations for their laborers
and have taken a great many CCC enrollees and supervisory personnel
at wages higher than those paid by the CCC.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 5
During the 1937 fiscal year the CCC enrollees planted 1,631,386
trees in Territorial forest reserves. These trees were planted on an
area of 3,703 acres. In addition to the number of trees planted,
5,243.24 acres of previously planted trees were cleared and maintained.
There were 20.2 miles of new forest fences built and 18.77
miles of existing forest fences repaired. Employees of the Emergency
Conservation Work participated in the destruction of 11,672 head of
destructive wild animals. There were 67.21 miles of new trails constructed
and 215.98 miles of existing trails maintained and repaired.
In carrying on the above work there was a total of $519,953.58
expended.
FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION
For the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937, the local office of the
Federal Housing Administration received 289 applications for mortgageinsurance
under title II of the National Housing Act, aggregating
$1,044,900. Total applications received from the beginning of the
operation of this office through June 30, 1937, amount to 467 for
$1,665,670. Of the total number of applications, commitments to
insure have been issued on 407 cases, amounting to $1,484,960. The
difference between these latter figures and the totals to date represents
applications withdrawn prior to commitment, applications
rejected, and applications now being processed. Of the 407 commitments
issued, 299, amounting to $1,135,540, were for new construction,
and the balance, 108, amounting to $349,420, were for insurance
of loans on existing houses.
Title I of the National Housing Act, under which the Federal
Housing Administration insured unsecured loans for alterations and
repairs, expired on March 31, 1937. At that time the F. H. A. had
insured in Hawaii 575 title I loans for an aggregate amount of $325,-
629.66. Of this amount $58,488 was insured between July 1,1936, and
March 31,1937, when such loans were discontinued. Using the figures
which prevail nationally, and which indicate that for every dollar
borrowed under title I for modernization and repair $4 were spent in
cash or under some other type of financing, it would be indicated
that approximately $1,628,148 worth of modernization and repair activities
had been stimulated by this office from the date of its opening,
April 1, 1935, through March 31, 1937. These figures are exclusive
of volume of construction stimulated under the title II program.
AGRICULTURAL ADJUSTMENT ADMINISTRATION
In August and September of 1936 the Soil Conservation Office,
District of Hawaii, Insular Division, of the Agricultural Adjustment
Administration held a series of educational meetings in connection
wdh the Agricultural Conservation Act and the provisions thereof.
23176—37-------2
6 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Details of the Agricultural Conservation Program were explained to
the farmers, and there were distributed United States Department
of Agriculture bulletins outlining approved procedures to be followed in
order to comply with the provisions of the act. The following practices
were included: (1) Forestation; (2) terracing; (3) ditching to prevent soil
washing; (4) contour cultivation and listing; (5) planting protective,
nondepleting cover crops; (6) application of fertilizers; (7) soil analysis
and field experiment.
Applications for grants under the Agricultural Conservation Act
were made by a total of 4,405 farmers in the Territory, and were distributed
among the islands as follows: Hawaii, 3,072; Kauai, 250;
Maui, Molokai, and Lanai, 307; Oahu, 776.
Grants by the Federal Government under the act amounted to a
total of $575,000, and were divided among the individual islands in
the following amounts: Hawaii, $156,962.69; Kauai, $123,215.16;
Maui, Molokai, and Lanai, $147,522.95; Oahu, $147,299.20.
Recommendations for an Agricultural Conservation Program for
the Territory for 1937 were formulated and transmitted to the Insular
Division in Washington. The regulations governing the program for
1937, and incorporating many recommended changes, have been received
and distributed in the Territory.
PRODUCTION OF PINEAPPLES
The pineapple industry operates on a “pack year” which ends May
31. The year just ended has been a good one. The public demand
for pineapple products has apparently increased, with the result that
the combined sales of canned fruit and canned juice exceeded those
of any previous year. The price level was not changed and remained
where it had been for several years, which was about 20 percent below
predepression prices. Wages, however, were increased. The rates
now being paid to the Hawaiian pineapple workers rank among the
highest paid in the canning industry anywhere in the United States.
All of the companies showed profits for the year ending May 31, 1936.
Indications point to a somewhat larger pack in 1937-38. The industry
cannot make quick changes to meet fluctuating market demands
since the crop has to be determined 2 years in advance, which means,
for example, that fields planted in 1937 will yield their first harvest in
1939. Predicting market requirements 2 years in advance is difficult.
The bulk of pineapple harvesting and canning falls in the summer
months and gives employment to thousands of workers. This is of
great advantage to large numbers of young people of high-school and
college age who are thus able to find profitable employment to assist
them through the ensuing school year. In addition, many low-income
families secure additional funds through the temporary employment
of members of the family who are not ordinarily employed outside
their homes.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 7
HOME OWNERS’ LOAN CORPORATION
In no instance has the corporation yet resorted to foreclosure proceedings
on any loan in the Territory, nor has the Corporation acquired
any property by voluntary conveyance.
On July 1, 1936, 93 or 19.4 percent of the total loans were delinquent
30 days or more and for the period ending May 30, 1937, but 49, or
10.3 percent of the accounts were delinquent more than 30 days, and
89.7 percent of the accounts were current or less than 30 days delinquent
in their regular monthly installments of principal and interest.
The fiscal year ending June 30, 1936, showed a principal balance
due of $1,186,987.96 which has been reduced to $1,107,627.74 as of
June 23, 1937, a reduction of $79,360.22 for the 12-month period.
Four of the 477 loans with which the fiscal year began have been
paid in full totaling $5,758.78 as of June 15, 1937. Of the 473
remaining, 437 are located on Oahu, 13 on Hawaii, 19 on Maui, and
4 on Kauai.
Inspection of properties underlying the loans reveals evidence of
few needed repairs and practically all securities are well maintained.
TOURIST TRADE
For the first 9 months of 1936, tourist travel to Hawaii was the
best on record. Because of the maritime strike, however, which started
October 30, fall travel was so drastically reduced that total arrivals
for the year fell far below expectations. Despite the strike, tourist
travel during 1936 registered an all-time “high” for Hawaii by the
narrow margin of 9 visitors, local tourist arrivals for 1935 being
22,190 and for 1936, 22,199.
Total cabin passenger arrivals, including those by trans-Pacific
airplane service, was 55,850, segregated as follows:
Through cabin passengers (who spent only a day in Honolulu)_________ 28, 046
Local cabin passengers (visitors who spent at least 2 days here)_________22, 199
Returning local residents_______________________________________ 5, 615
Total__________________________________________________ 55, 860
Many tourists brought their own automobiles, the number recorded
by the Honolulu Automobile Club, 1,536.
In addition to regular steamer services, six cruise ships visited
Honolulu during the year, two of them coming direct from England.
The United States Fleet visited the islands during the summer and
while it swelled the total number of visitors and very materially
increased the information work of the Tourist Bureau, the number was
not added to tourist totals.
Throughout the year a daily tourist level was computed from a
base established by an annual survey. This showed the winter
High” on February 26 with 3,406 visitors, and the summer “high”
July 30, with 3,695.
8 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The Tourist Bureau continued an aggressive and colorful advertising
campaign featuring all the islands in a number of leading mainland
magazines. The cost, about $80,000, included a total printing of
8,442,915 full-page ads. From these ads several thousand inquiries
were received and answered.
The Tourist Bureau sent out 358,756 pieces of literature all over
the world. Besides supplying individuals and booking agencies, the
Tourist Bureau distributed thousands of pieces of its literature at
world’s fairs, conventions, at county fairs in the islands, on passenger
steamers, to local residents traveling on the mainland, and elsewhere.
The demand for both the colored cartograph and regular maps and
guides was so heavy that it was necessary to have both reprinted.
Since these cartographs were issued in 1930, over 7,000,000 have
appeared.
During 1936 more articles, photographs, and news items were
accepted by prominent publications all over the world than ever before,
some 1,500 newspapers being regularly supplied with an interesting
news letter.
Some indication of the extent of the Tourist Bureau’s photographic
work is seen in the fact that 2,584 photographs were sent by the
Bureau to publications and agencies throughout the world.
HAWAIIAN HOMES COMMISSION
The fiscal year, July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937, witnessed many
changes effected by the present commission’s reorganization policies.
Much of this period was devoted to the study of plans best suited to
carry on the work of rehabilitating the Hawaiian race. In tliis work
the commission has received wholehearted cooperation from the
Territorial legislature and other governmental and civic organizations.
Radical changes were made in the means of financing the commission’s
activities. Previous to July 1, 1937, all administrative and
maintenance expenses, as well as all capital outlays, had to be paid
from the commission’s one and only revolving loan fund; a necessity
which, in the 16 years of the commission’s existence, has reduced
this original $2,000,000 fund to a remaining “revolving” fund of
about $500,000. There was included in the appropriations made
by the 1937 Territorial legislature, to be paid from the general fund
of the Territory, $150,000 to cover the commission’s operating
and maintenance costs for the 1937-39 biennium, and also $80,000
for capital outlays. These direct appropriations leave all of the
remaining funds of the original revolving fund, with such income
the commission may receive in the nature of interest and other income,
available for loans to homesteaders, although the Homes Commission
Act, as passed and amended to date by the Congress, does not limit
the use of this revolving fund to this exclusive use should an emerREPORT
OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 9
gency arise where the use of part of this fund might be considered
advisable by the commission (with the approval of the Governor of
Hawaii).
Recommendations of the commission to a joint committee, appointed
by the 1935 Territorial legislature to study the Hawaiian
homes project, that committee’s recommendation to the 1937 legislature
and a concurrent resolution adopted by that body, have resulted,
with the assistance of Hawaii’s Delegate to Congress in the adoption by
the Seventy-fifth Congress and the approval thereof by the President
on July 10, 1937, of a group of amendments to the Hawaiian Homes
Commission Act—1920 which greatly strengthens and clarifies the
authority of the commission in carryhig forward this project. These
amendments also added to the areas under commission control, two
small parcels, totalling about 50 acres, to be used in connection with
proposed additional residence lot homesteads.
Many physical improvements were inaugurated during the year.
Most important of these improvements are the paved highways,
through the Nanakuli and Papakolea residence-lot homestead areas,
on Oahu and along Farrington Avenue in the farm homestead area
at Hoolehua, Molokai. These improved highways were constructed
and completed by the city and county of Honolulu and County of
Maui, respectively, in cooperation with the commission.
Water supply developments at Nanakuli, Oahu, and on Molokai
received considerable attention. A joint domestic water supply
project to augment the present inadequate supply now serving the
Territorial Lualualei and the commission’s Nanakuli homestead
area, on Oahu, is now being constructed with funds furnished jointly
by the Territory, the city and county of Honolulu, and the commission.
This project, when completed, will furnish satisfactory domestic
services to the areas concerned. Much water supply improvement
work, including replacement, cleaning, and installation of thousands
of feet of the small distribution pipe lines serving the Kalanianaole
colony on Molokai was undertaken and completed by the commission’s
own staff.
A survey to investigate the feasibility of transporting now unused
waters from the large streams on the northern coast of Molokai to the
Palaau and Hoolehua homesteads has been conducted by the Federal
Bureau of Reclamation for nearly 2 years and is now nearing complehon.
If this project can be constructed, a large part of the entire
Talaau and Hoolehua semiarid area can be included in a project to
grow sufficient food crops to replace much of the same now being
imported.
During the past fiscal year, 25,829 tons of pineapples were harvested
from the Palaau-Hoolehua homestead area. Gross value of same was
$573,828.40 and, of this amount, the homesteaders netted $351,829.31.
10 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
In this area, there were on June 30, 1937, 1,386 acres under pineapple
cultivation.
Diversified agriculture has also had the commission’s energetic
encouragement. Some 700 acres of diversified crops were planted
during 1936, without irrigation. Of these, 480 acres were planted in
field corn. The results of these plantings demonstrate the feasibility
of larger planted areas in diversified crops, with irrigation.
Molokai homesteaders were again successful in obtaining the contract
for hauling pineapples from the Commission’s fields to the
Kaunakakai wharf for the 1937-38 season, thereby adding considerably
to their income.
I On recommendations by staff members of the University of Hawaii
Extension Division and the Commission’s personnel, all livestock was
removed from two of the four community pastures on Molokai to
prevent further erosion of soil in these areas. Homesteaders were
urged to reduce their herds to correct overgrazing. During the year
ending June 30, 1937, the total number of cattle in the community
pastures was reduced from 1,130 to 380. The greater part of the 750
head disposed of brought favorable prices due largely to a deficiency
of marketable beef caused by the prolonged maritime strike during
the period October 1936, to February 1937.
At Keaukaha, South Hilo, Hawaii, the present Commission will
inaugurate its first expansion program by extending the present residence
lot subdivision to include about 400 additional half-acre lots
and by establishing in the Keaukaha Beach Park area a community
hall and additional facilities for carrying on general health and recreational
activities and as a center of minor industries, such as mat
weaving, etc. The sum of $80,000 was appropriated by the legislature
for this project.
It was estimated on June 30, 1937, that the population on Hawaiian
home projects on the islands of Hawaii, Oahu, and Molokai, at that
time totaled about 4,100 persons.
ELECTIONS
General elections throughout the Territory are held in November
of every even numbered year, at which time a Delegate to Congress is
elected for a 2-year term; one-half of the members of the senate are
elected for terms of 4 years, and all of the members of the house of
representatives for a term of 2 years.
General elections for each of the counties are held simultaneously
with the Territorial general elections on the first Tuesday next after
the first Monday in November.
The city and county of Honolulu elects a mayor, clerk, treasurer,
auditor, sheriff, and seven supervisors. The counties of Hawaii,
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 11
Maui, and Kauai elect the same officers, except that they have no
mayor. They also elect a county attorney. In the county of Hawaii
three supervisors are elected from the first representative district and
three from the second representative district; one is elected at large
and is the chairman and executive officer of the board. In the county
of Maui seven supervisors are elected, one being elected as chairman
and executive officer. This is likewise the case with the county of
Kauai, save that its board consists of five supervisors.
Territorial and county primary elections are held on the first
Saturday of October in every even numbered year; and no person may
be a candiate at the general elections unless he shall have been nominated
in the preceding primary election. In case of the death, withdrawal,
or disqualification of any candidate after the holding of any
primary election, the vacancy shall be filled by the central or county
committee of the party, as the case may be.
The election laws were amended in some respects by the 1937
session of the legislature. Act 99 provides for the voting of absentee
voters in the district of Molokai or of the island of Lanai. These,
within 5 days next preceding any election, may cast their ballots with
the district magistrate of Molokai or the district magistrate of Lanai,
as the case may be. Act 100 provides that the chairman and executive
officer of the board of supervisors of Kauai shall be elected at large.
Formerly this official was selected from among the board membership.
The following tables show the number of registered voters, and the
votes cast, for Delegate to Congress, at each Territorial general
election:
12 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Registered Voters, by Races, at Each General Election
U p to 1930, inclusive, Filipino, K orean, and P u erto R ican are included in O thers.
1 E stim a te d .
2 In c lu d e s P a rt-H a w a iia n .
* T ie. c r e a s e . N o r a .— F ig u r e s fr o m 1920 in c lu d e ’m a le a n d fe m a le -v o te r s.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 13
R e g is te re d V o te r s , b y R a c e s , a t E a c h G e n e r a l E le c tio n -----C o n tin u e d
23176—37------ 3
14 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
□IJJ
5
3
I
I
T
i
§I
T
j_
i
§
§
1
i
i
§
§8
IS
2
S'
I
£
1
2
I
2
f
§
22
¥
£
£
8
§
2
2
f
2
2
f
2
N
8
sf
f
2
g
5
§
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 15
zhi 5z
ai
0
0>
H z□
0 uQ
Z
<
0
az
<
f>r— z□
u0
16 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 17
O utstanding Bonded Indebtedness as of June 3 0 , 1 9 3 7
18 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Statement Showing Segregation of Bonded Debt, as of June 30, 1937
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 19
HAWAIIAN SALE OF SECURITIES ACT
This act became effective on July 1, 1931, superseding and repealing
chapters 196 and 197 of the Revised Laws of Hawaii, 1925, and
making provisions regulating the sales of securities of whatever kind
or character in the Territory of Hawaii. Securities of foreign corporations
(other than Hawaiian) must comply with rigid requirements
before being registered for sale in the Territory.
Provision is made for the exemption of certain securities and certain
transactions, for the registration of securities either by notification
or qualification and the procedure to be followed and for the
revocation of such registration, for registration and revocation of
registration of dealers and salesmen, and provides penalties for violations
and for appeals from rulings of the Commissioner.
Fees are provided for registration for the sale of securities and for
the registration and licensing of dealers and salesmen. These fees
are required to be paid with regard to securities of all Hawaiian and
foreign corporations (other than organization stock, for which no
compensation has been allowed) by all Hawaiian corporations organized
subsequent to January 1, 1931, excepting banks, trust companies,
savings institutions, insurance companies, and building and loon
associations.
All dealers, other than those who are members of a recognized
stock exchange, are required to file with the Commissioner a surety
bond executed by a surety company authorized to do business in
the Territory of Hawaii in the sum of $5,000.
Applicants for the registration of securities and registration of
dealers, when the applicant is not domiciled in the Territory, are
required to file with the Commissioner the irrevocable written consent
of the issuer or dealer that in suits, proceedings, and actions
growing out of the violation of any provision of this act, the service
on the Commissioner of any notice, process, or pleading therein,
authorized by the laws of the Territory, shall be as valid and binding
as if due service had been made on the issuer or dealer.
HAWAIIAN FUEL TAX ACT
Originally authorized by Act 19, first special session 1932, amended
y Act 133, Session Laws 1933, the Hawaiian Fuel Tax Act provides
for a tax of 3 cents for each gallon of liquid fuel (other than Diesel oil)
refined, manufactured, produced, or compounded by a distributor and
sod or used in the Territory, or imported, or acquired from persons
not licensed distributors and sold or used in the Territory. In addition,
this act provides for a tax of 1 cent for each gallon of Diesel oil
0 similar acquisition and use.
20 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The act excludes the tax on fuel imported into the Territory in
interstate or foreign commerce while and so long as such fuel is
beyond the taxing power of the Territory. Fuel sold for the use in
and actually delivered to or sold in the county of Kalawao is likewise
exempt from the tax. • Fuel exported or sold to the Government
of the United States or any department thereof for the exclusive use
of the Government is also exempt.
The nineteenth legislature in session in 1937 passed Act 189,
which amended section 2013, Revised Laws 1935 of the Fuel Tax
Act, to take effect January 1, 1938. The amendment provides fora
license tax of 4 cents for each gallon of liquid fuel including Diesel oil.
On June 16, 1936, the Congress of the United States passed an act
authorizing the Territory to levy its liquid-fuel tax upon sales of gasoline
and other motor-vehicle fuels, in the same manner and to the
same extent, upon such fuels when sold by or through post exchanges,
ship stores, ship service stores, commissaries, filling stations, licensed
traders, and other similar agencies, located on United States military
or other reservations, when such fuels are not for the exclusive use
of the United States. Prior to this act all sales to the above agencies
were given full exemption. Since July 1, 1936, however, the tax as
above authorized has been levied and collected and, in part, accounts
for the large surplus accumulated during 1936.
L iq u id F u e l T a x T ra n s a c tio n s , P e rio d A p r . 1 , 1 9 3 2 , to D e c . 3 1 , 1 9 3 6
C O L L E C T IO N S
22 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
REPORT OF THE INSURANCE COMMISSIONER
In general, the insurance business maintained its established level.
Total net premiums received in 1936 amounted to $6,904,429.17, a
decrease of $1,797,127.76, compared to the year 1935. In keeping
with the decrease in net premiums, losses paid amounted to $2,364,-
487.86, a decrease of $765,750.44, compared with the losses paid of
$3,130,238.30 for 1935. The loss ratio likewise decreased from
36.88 to 35.34 percent. Approximately 49 percent of the total premiums
paid for all insurance were for the purpose of maintaining life
insurance policies; 15.74 percent for fire; 13.52 percent for automobile
and 7.46 percent for workmen’s compensation.
Fire.—The fire losses again remained at a low level. Out of a total
net premium received of $1,052,642.57, only 6.97 percent was required
to cover losses. Because of the constant extremely favorable experience
in this line of insurance, fire insurance rates were reduced,
effective as of May 1, 1937. All mercantile risks were rerated by the
Hawaii Rating Bureau with reductions ranging up to 50 percent.
Previously, in 1936, rates on frame dwellings were reduced.
Life.—The figures for the total amount of life insurance written
show a new high—8,941 life policies were issued for $22,92 5,838.
Including renewal premiums, total premiums collected amounted to
$5,302,552.88. Indemnities of $1,549,367.91 were paid in the Territory,
a loss ratio of 29.21 percent, the lowest on record since 1932.
This sale of life insurance policies indeed is a good barometer of
business recovery.
Others.—The extensive use of automobiles in the Territory is well
reflected in the amount of automobile insurance in force. Car
operators paid a net premium of $904,628.31 for all types of automobile
coverage and recovering $339,444.69 in losses, a loss ratio of 37.52
percent. Workmen’s compensation carriers suffered a loss ratio of
44.27 percent, which is lower than the normal loss of 60 percent experienced
by underwriters operating in the various States.
Legislation.—The insurance department undertook for the first
time a general revision of the insurance laws of the Territory, rearranging
and bringing up to date the various provisions of the law during
the past legislative session. This new code was reported out of the
Senate Judiciary Committee with the suggestion that a hold-over
committee be appointed to study the matter further. There is no
question in regard to the need of a new code. The original law of 1917
has been amended from time to time and is now a fine example of
patchwork.
Fire marshal.—The set of rules and regulations of the fire marshal
which was revised last year has not yet been released. Discussions,
hearings, and meetings have been held to assure an equitable and fair
set of rules and regulations, and yet adequately safeguard private and
public interests. Due to the pressure of other duties assigned to the
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 23
office of the treasurer, which includes the insurance bureau, it is with
reluctance that the fire marshal reports that he has not had the time
and opportunity to carry out fully the functions of this important
post. It is strongly suggested that the position of a full-time chief
deputy fire marshal be re-created for public safety and interest.
Accompanying this is a series of schedules which reflect in detail
the amount of business transacted by the various companies authorized
to do business in the Territory during the calendar year 1936.
Recapitulation of Insurance Business Transacted in the Territory of Hawaii for the
Calendar Year 1936
Net premiums
Percent
Taxes
paid Losses paid Percent
Loss
ratio
Fire .. .__ _____ 1, 052, 642. 57 15.74 26, 316. 04 73,444. 56 3.11 6. 97
Ocean Marine. _ _____________________ 356,853. 73 5. 34 8, 921. 38 51, 078.10 2.16 14.31
Life ________________________________ ■3, 275, 394. 05 48.94 81,825.85 1, 549, 997. 91 165. 55 47. 33
Accident______ ___ ____ _________ 99, 736. 72 1.49 2,493.42 31, 282. 79 1.32 31.36
Automobile__ ___ _____________ ___ 904, 628. 31 13.52 22, 615. 70 339,444. 69 14. 36 37. 52
Burglary and theft. _ _ _____ _______ _ 21,970. 25 .33 549. 26 1,443. 53 . 06 6. 57
Fidelity ______________ _____________ 95,349. 60 1.43 2, 383. 74 10, 219. 93 .43 10. 71
Health _ ___ _______ ____ ____ _____ 42, 684.84 .64 1, 067.12 17' 326. 73 .73 40. 59
Plate glass ____________________ ____ _ _ 11,941.16 . 18 298. 52 2,157. 40 .09 18. 06
Surety . _ __ __________ ___ - 167,255. 46 2. 50 4,181.39 39, 557. 87 1.68 23. 65
Workman’s compensation _ ___________ 499,177. 42 7. 46 12,479.43 221,021.12 9.35 44. 27
Others, _ _ _____________________ 156, 217. 78 2. 34 3,905.43 27; 513. 23 1.16 17. 61
Surplus lines_______ ________ _ ______ 6, 577. 28 .09 2 376.10
Total, 1936_______________________ 6,690, 429.17 100.00 167,413. 37 2,364,487.86 100. 00 35. 34
Total, 1935________________________ 8', 487, 556. 93 3; 130; 238. 30 36.88
Decrease in 1936 business_______________ 1,797,127. 76 — 765, 750.44 — 1. 54
1 Not a true loss ratio: Net premiums written during the year amounted to $5,302,552.88 less return premiums,
$1,000,750.60, true net, $4,301,802.28; hence an adjusted loss ratio of 36.03.
2 4 percent tax on surplus line premiums.
BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES, AND OTHER FIDUCIARIES
REPORT OF CHIEF DEPUTY BANK EXAMINER
Seven banks, with 24 branches, were in operation in the Territory
at the close of the fiscal year June 30, 1937. These seven with
main offices in Honolulu, were Bank of Hawaii, Bishop National
Bank of Hawaii, American Security Bank, Liberty Bank, Pacific
Bank, Sumitomo Bank, and Yokohama Specie Bank. Of these seven,
three, namely, Bank of Hawaii, Bishop National Bank of Hawaii, and
American Security Bank, maintained branches in various parts of the
Territory, to wit: On the island of Oahu, Bank of Hawaii at Pearl
Harbor, Waipahu, and Waialua, Bishop National Bank of Hawaii
at Schofield and Waialua; on the island of Maui, Bank of Hawaii at
Wailuku, Labaina and Paia, Bishop National Nank of Hawaii at
Kahului and Wailuku; on the island of Hawaii, Bank of Hawaii at
Hilo, Honokaa, Kohala, Keelakekua and Pahaia, Bishop National
Bank of Hawaii at Hilo and Kealakekua; on the island of Kauai,
Bank of Hawaii at Lihua and Kapaa, Bishop National Bank of
Hawaii at Waimea and Koloa, American Security Bank at Kapaa,
on the island of Lanai; Bishop National Bank of Hawaii at Lanai
City. All of said banks and their branches have both commercial
and savings departments.
24 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Not e .—Commencing with the year 1920, commercial deposits are quoted as of June 30.
Fiscal year Number
of banks
Demand deposits,
Dec. 31
Time deposits,
June 30 Total
1901___________________________________ 899999
11
11
11
11
16
17
17
18
19
19
22
23
26
26
31
28
29
29
29
29
29
31
31
29
29
31
31
30
31
31
31
$3,857, 413.16
4,094,919.90
3,694,963. 00
4,159, 078. 89
3,993, 052.90
5,022,495.26
4, 966,042.04
5,074,836.16
6,334,991.42
9,033,385.97
10,289,707.89
12, 667,162. 39
11, 641,901. 30
10,371,874. 60
12,378,041. 53
17, 317,339.40
22, 486,524. 31
24, 620, 004. 80
24,898, 287.81
36, 975, 335. 93
32, 545, 538.38
28, 379, 489.19
31, 616, 007. 38
33, 257,399. 35
39,101,344. 22
44,861,828. 81
47,922, 072. 59
48,931, 629.35
43, 614,424. 66
46, 232,391. 03
42, 217, 616. 83
38, 653, 331. 79
38, 303,127.06
40, 869, 840. 08
46, 743, 557. 25
39,920.831.84
44,758,938. 65
$804,718.01
1,073, 581. 56
1,102,707. 24
1,372,157. 00
1,695,326.76
2,527, 943. 96
2,777, 554.40
2,588, 722. 87
3,322,827. 79
4, 290,919. 57
5,020, 555. 62
5, 521,973.11
5,384,395. 72
6, 275, 790.63
7, 736, 569. 32
9. 061,910. 28
10, 205,496. 70
9,892, 708. 08
10, 450,846. 55
15,807, 778.11
18,635,866. 41
17,863,992.17
21, 765, 731. 51
23,238,363. 06
21,708, 371.75
22,989, 564. 24
27,102,219. 88
31,278,434. 34
35,424,194. 59
33,942,357.47
41, 587, 979. 74
35. 030, 829. 73
36. 032, 334. 45
• 35, 082,104. 56
37,159,777.16
54,987, 012.48
58,441,637. 73
$4,662,131.17
5,168,501.46
4, 797,672.24
5, 531,235.89
5,688,379.66
7, 550,439.22
7,743,596.44
7,663,559.03
9,657,819.21
13, 324,305.54
15,310,263.51
18, 189,135.50
17,026,297.02
16,647,665.23
20,114,610.85
26,379,249.68
32,692,021.01
34,512,712.88
35,349,134.36
52,783,114.04
51,181,404.79
46,243,481.36
53,381,738.00
56,495,762.41
60,809,715.97
67,851,393.05
75,024,292.47
80,210,063.69
79,038,619.25
80,174,748.50
83,805,596.57
73,684,161.52
74,335,461.51
75,951,944.64
83,903,334.41
94,907,844.32
103,200,576.38
1902_____________________
1903_______ ...
1904___________________________________
1905_________________________________
1906.... _____________________________
1907___________________ __________
1908___________________________________
1909___________________________________
1910___________________________________
1911_____________________________
1912___________________________________
1913___________________________________
1914___________________________ . .
1915___________________________________
1916___________________________ ____
1917_________________ . .
1918___________ _____ . ____
1919___________________________________
1920_____________ ___________________
1921_______________ .
1922___________________________________
1923_______________
1924_____________________ ____
1925_______________________________ ..
1926___________________ .. .
1927_____________________________ . .
1928_______________________
1929___________________________________
1930_______________________
1931_______________________ .
1932_________________________
1933___________________________
1934___________________________________
1935___________________________
1936_________________________________
1937___________________
OFFICE OF THE BANK EXAMINER
Comparative Statement of Condition of Banks and Trust Companies Operating in the
Territory of Hawaii as at June 30, 1937, Dec. 31, 1936, and June 30, 1936
7 banks
(having 21
branches),
June 30, 1937
6 trust companies,
June
30, 1937
13 banks and
trust companies,
June
30, 1937
13 banks and
trust companies,
Dec.
31, 1936
14 banks and
trust companies,
June
30,1936
RESOURCES
Loans, discounts, and advances..
O verdrafts_____________________
United States obligations___
All other securities_____________
Premises and furniture and fixtures_________________________
Other real estate owned________
Other resources_______________ _
Cash and due from banks, cash
items, and clearings___________
$33,124, 313. 06
57.944. 43
29,027,334. 92
22,421, 041. 01
2,923,818. 22
245, 057.83
6,246,038.68
26,146,967. 66
$7,434,101. 20
2,156, 656. 56
441, 622.95
1,195,441.34
512,150. 76
2,872,128.16
$40,698,414. 26
57,944.43
29,027, 334.92
24, 577,697. 57
3, 365,441.17
1,440,499.17
6, 758,189.44
29, 019, 095.82
$37,881, 653. 61
81,958. 22
29,167, 787. 04
24,195, 900. 94
3, 297,647. 09
1, 775, 606. 39
7, 765,449. 61
35,858, 552.11
$41,408,750.20
75,231.27
24,751,408.15
22,907,055.18
3,316,456.59
1,822,617.11
5,944,028.60
26,513,606.49
Total resources___________ 120,282, 515.81 14, 662,100. 97 134,944, 616. 78 140.024, 555. 01 126,739,153.59
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
Demand____________________
Time_______________________
Government________________
All other___________________
31, 778,954.13
57, 383,843. 37
12,544, 315. 81
1,493,463.07
31, 778,954.13
57, 383, 843. 37
12,544,315.81
1,493,463. 07
34, 981, 834.23
56, 077, 595.15
12,136,151. 68
2, 788,885. 25
25,559,517.82
53.743.947.57
12,367,239.88
3,237,139.05
Total deposits____________ 103, 200, 576. 38 ---■---------------- 103,200, 576.38 105.984,466.31 94,907,844.32
Trust and agency credit balances.
Bills payable___________________
Other liabilities..._____________
Capital_________________________
Surplus_________________________
Undivided profits______________
Reserves_______________________
5,281,755. 33
5,900,000. 00
3, 768, 000. 00
630,916. 96
1, 501, 267.14
6, 016,780.33
40,410. 72
158,929. 93
3, 569,730. 00
2,175, 981. 31
634, 839. 74
2, 065,428.94
6, 016. 780. 33
40, 410. 72
5,440. 685. 26
9,469, 730. 00
5, 943,981. 31
1,265, 756. 70
3, 566,696. 08
7, 374, 382. 98
23, 809.41
6, 744, 514.36
9, 550, 300. 00
5,830, 677. 58
1, 016,832. 25
. 3.499, 572.12
6,194,484.42
168,648.16
4,986,894.10
9,838,700.00
5,925,174.23
852,451.22
3,864.957.14
Total liabilities___________ 120, 282. 515.81 14.662.100. 97 134.944.616. 78 140. 024. 555. 01 126,739,153.59
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 25
Savings Bank Accounts by Races June 30, 1937
Population Accounts Deposits
Estimated,
June 30,
1937
Percent
of population
Percent
having
accounts
Number Percent
to total
Average
deposit Total
Percent
to total
deposits
Japanese____ ___ 150, 514 38.11 47. 50 71, 500 40.44 $179.15 $12, 809,337.85 29. 20
Chinese ____ 27, 576 6. 98 63. 66 17, 555 9.93 252.49 4,432,399. 38 10.11
Hawaiian-____ 59,873 15.16 29.12 17, 438 9.86 78.55 1,369, 754. 28 3.12
Portuguese--------- 29,997 7. 59 47. 24 14,170 8. 01 268.88 3,810,038. 90 8. 69
Filipino________ 53, 292 13.49 37. 67 20,076 11.35 229.94 4, 616, 257.03 10. 52
All others----------- 73, 744 18. 67 48.93 36,083 20.41 466. 28 16, 824,802.84 38. 36
Total.— 394, 996 100.00 — 176,822 100.00 248. 06 43, 862, 590. 28 100. 00
Population..—____________________________ 394,996 1 Total savings_______________________ $43,862,590.28
Number of banks--------*____________________ 28 Average______ i___________________$111.05
Number of savings accounts______ _________ 176,822 | Percent of population_______________ 44. 77
Comparative Statement of Condition of Building and Loan Associations,1 Operating in
the Territory of Hawaii at June 30, 1937, Dec. 31, 1936, and June 30, 1936
1 Includes Federal savings and loan associations (9 Territorial and 1 Federal association operating).
June 30, 1937 Dec. 31, 1936 June 30, 1936
ASSETS
Mortgage loans___________________________________________ $4, 458,932. 21 $3, 578, 724.19 $3, 755,478. 96
Share loans_______________________________________________ 146, 544.43 123,353. 90 153, 637.17
Real estate sold on contract_______________________________ 446, 515. 45 411,335.63 382, 850. 34
Real estate owned________________________________________ 206,048.91 281,787. 30 379,340. 09
Investments______________________________________________ 110,325.00 115, 460. 88 124, 010. 88
Premises, furniture and fixtures, net______________________ 12, 596. 69 13,384. 12 14, 961. 76
Other assets______________________________________ 99,493. 26 92, 326. 03 99, 616. 94
Cash on hand and in banks_______________________________ 105, 479. 38 181,375. 41 138,931.22
Total assets-—___ - -_____ 1____ ____ _______________________ 5, 585,935. 33 4,797, 747. 46 5,048, 827. 36
LIABILITIES
Guaranty capital stock___________________________________ 54, 963. 00 254,963. 00 254, 963. 00
Withdrawable capital shares______ -______________________ 4,577, 248. 61 3, 290, 504. 81 3,387, 779.98
Investment certificates___ _________ — ___________ — 216, 628.19
219, 625.15
197, 568. 26
609,917 84 709, 132. 74
Bills payable____________________________________________ 241,550.00 260,115. 00
Loans in process________________________________ _ _. _ 68,193. 63 37, 210. 92
Other liabilities_________ 13,944.13 27,866. 72 59, 285.16
Reserves___________ 198,307.17 217,169. 06 224,938. 46
Surplus and undivided profits____________________________ 107,650.82 87, 582.40 115,402.10
Total liabilities _ __'._____ ______________________ ____ 5, 585,935. 33 4,797, 747.46 5, 048,827.36
Classification of Domestic Corporations as of June 30, 1937
Classification
Number
of
corporations
Capital
Agricultural:
Sugar__ 44 $96,775,000
Sugarcane products . _ 1 2, 000,000
Sugar factors 7 42, 550, 000
23,953, 000
500, 000
Pineapple 10
Pineapple products_____ 1
Macadamia nuts 1 500,000
Rice____ 1 100,000
Coffee
PoL- 2 215, 000
Avocado___ 1 660, 000
Rubber and coconut--- 2 725, 000
Ranches and farms___ 20 8, 267, 000
Unclassified_____________ 1 lO'oOO
Total............... ............... ___91 176, 255,000
Classification
Number
of
corporations
Capital
Financial:
Estates____________ _____
Trust____________________
Banks--—____ -_________
22
11
10
$24, 310,400
5,804,930
5,150, 000
Insurance. ___ ___ _
Insurance agencies_______
Building and loan_______
Real estate, mortgage,
finance and investment.
Rentals and leasing of
buildings———___
Holding companies______
Adjustors, appraisers, etc.
4
11
9
132
28
7
11
900,000
2, 513, 900
14, 220,000
15, 265,175
3,562,050
1, 635,000
157,000
Total__________________ 245 73, 518,455
26 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Classification of Domestic Corporations as of June 30, 1937—Continued
Classification
Number
of
corporations
Capital Classification
Number
of
corporations
Capital
Manufacturing:
Foodstuffs________ ______
Beverages, soda water
and ice______________
Tailoring______ ______ _
Cotton__________________
Welding and metal works.
M iscellaneous......................
Total........ ...........................
Miscellaneous:
Contracting_____________
Publishing and printing..
Cleaners and dyers______
Amusements, entertainments,
clubs, sports, etc.
Hauling and draying____
Hotels and inns_________
Professional_____________
Unclassified_____________
22
29
2
2
3
15
$631, 500
1,914,. 000
50,000
125,000
4, 473,800
4, 628, 000
Public utilities:
Gas and electric_________
Telephone_______________
Railroads________________
Steamship_______________
Streetcar and bus________
Airway__________________
Water rights..____ _______
11
141
10
1
10
$8,025,000
3,800,000
10,354,960
5, 850,000
3,358,950
500,000
6,416,738
73 11,822,300 Total______38____8_3_,_3_0_5_,648
26
31
4
36
4
83
3, 564, 500
1,821,470
167,000
322,102
810, 000
6,365, 000
30,000
Retail and wholesale:
General merchandise____
Foodstuffs____ ____ ______
Liquor__________________
Drugs___________________
Service stations__________
Building materials_______
Auto dealers_____________
182
52
11
13
27
12
18
10,301,620
3,864,600
268,000
532,500
1,744,050
3, 574,500
2,766,000
64 3, 780, 410 Total____— 315 23,051,270
Grand tots11___________ 938 342,813,155
Domestic Eleemosynary Corporations as of June 30, 1937
Domestic eleemosynary corporations as of June 30, 1936_____ _____ ______________________________ 430
Created between July 1, 1936, and June 30, 1937----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
----- 441
Dissolved between July 1, 1936, and June 30, 1937________ ._______ _______________________________ _____
As of June 30, 1937------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 441
Foreign Corporations Authorized to Do Business in Hawaii as of June 30, 1937
Foreign commercial corporations as of June 30, 1936______________________________________________ 71
Less withdrawn_____________________________________________________________________________ 5
-------- 66
Add foreign corporations qualified.----------- ------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- ----8
Total foreign commercial corporations, June 30, 1937_________________ _______________________________ 74
1936-37 foreign corporation licenses issued____________________________________________________ 54
Foreign commercial corporations exempted by section 6772------------------------------------------------------ 20
Foreign eleemosynary corporations qualified as of June 30, 1937______________________________________ __ 9
Total foreign corporations qualified as of June 30, 1937__________ ________________ ______________ _____ 83
Assessed Value of Real and Personal Property, 1937
(
(
i.
t
E
0
ii
b
b
si
IE
VI
is
d(
Taxation division Real property
Personal
property Total, 1937 Total 1936
1937 percent
increase
First, city and county of Honolulu. _ $238, 453, 702 $40,358, 050 $278, 811, 752 $271, 568,224 2.667
Second, county of Maui ___________ 27,268,684 15,383,099 42,651,783 37, 443,300 13.910
Third, county of Hawaii____________ 31,954, 670 13, 543, 525 45,498,195 43; 056; 950 5.669
Fourth, county of Kauai.............. ....... 16; 242; 095 10,956,048 27,198,143 26,404', 369 3.006
Total________________3_1_3_,_ 9_1_9_,_1_51 80,240,722 394,159,873 378, 472,843 4.144
REAL PROPERTY TAX RATE
Comparative Statement of tax Rates Since 1932
Year
First division,
city and county
of Honolulu
Second division,
counties
of Maui and
Molokai
Third division,
county of
Hawaii
Fourth division,
county of
Kauai
Cil
Co
Co
Coi
1932 _________________________4_._0_1_1__ 4.099 4. 558 3.487 Pro
1933 ________________________2_._ 8_8_7__ 3.633 4. 008 2.487
1934 ______________________ 3.026 3. 933 4.501 2.915 —■—
1935 ______________________________ 2.994 4.106 4. 758 3.602
1936 . ____________________________ 3.098 3. 964 4.924 2.736
1937___________________________________ 3.101 3.843 4. 587 3.182
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 27
UNIFORM AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY SECURITY ACT
The Uniform Automobile Liability Security Act, chapter 84,
Revised Laws of Hawaii 1935, was passed on May 23, 1933, and went
into effect on December 31, 1933. An amendment, Act 186, Session
Laws 1935, approved effective May 15, 1935, provided that when a
chauffeur’s license is suspended or revoked for heedless or reckless
driving, or driving while intoxicated, such license shall not again
become effective or shall not be issued to such person whose license
was suspended or revoked unless or until such person has furnished
proof of financial responsibility. It is further provided that a license
shall not be issued to any person having more than two accidents, due
to his own negligence, causing injury to person or property amounting
to more than $200, within a period of 12 months preceding such
application for license, unless and until proof of financial responsibility
is furnished. It is further provided that a chauffeur’s license shall be,
suspended if, within 15 days after any judgment rendered against
such person, in excess of $100, such judgment is not satisfied, and the
suspension of such license shall not be removed unless and until proof
of financial responsibility is furnished.
Proof of financial responsibility means proof of ability to respond to
damages resulting from the operation or ownership of motor vehicle
in the amount of $5,000 for injury or death to any person, and subject
to such limit, to the amount of $10,000 for injury or death to two or
more persons in one accident, and to damage to property in the amount
of at least $1,000. Such proof may be evidenced by a policy of
insurance written by an insurance carrier duly authorized to transact
business within the Territory for the above amounts, or by a surety
bond having for surety, a corporation duly authorized to transact a
surety business within this Territory, or a bond executed by two or
more individuals owning real estate within the Territory, the present
value of which after deducting the amount of existing encumbrances,
is at least two times the principal amount of the bond, or by the
deposit with the Treasurer of the sum of $11,000 in cash.
Suspension Record of Driver’s License as of June 30, 1937
Failure to
satisfy
court
judgments
Driving
while
intoxicated
Reckless
and
heedless
driving
Total
tC??nty Of Honolulu__________________________________________
County of Hawaii 5 222
15
27
10
235
5
13
8
462
20
40
18
County of Maui
County of Kauai
p Total_______
5 274
14
261
17
540
31
00101 financial responsibility filed_______ ________________________
-------------------------------
28 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
P ercent
uidiiiuution
of
revenue
receipts
3
OC
S883 S?
ww< i;
Io 1
II
Consolidated Statement of Operations, Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1937—Continued
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 31
8 88 8S 8
r-
SSSSSSS !§ a
188, 894. 29;
644, 202. 24]
2S oooSS SS & ms
ss s’ga« ”S
1,049,977.23
n"’o“So S
ASSESS M
SSJ—4 SSSssf s
480,343. 23
1,678,083.41
8 SSS ££
§ IB
S‘ SS S00'
6, 687. 14
107,430.31
SS 8888 S3
r ssMs as
s-
| 19, 795. 07
sgfMsgS S
olcT U5
19,035. 14
1,556,114.91
88 8S
' SS
182, 207. 15
536, 771. 93
S3 -2
1,030,182.16
SSSSSSfi S
ssr-4Ssss'S 3
461,308. 09
121,968.50
8 S3
§ §§
3 8S
i
! !
i
i
;
H
H: :
H
: i :
i : :
i
1
: : : : : :
iiiii i
iiiii
:
i
i
1 !:
i :
i
i
H
i : : i
i Hi
: : :
i : :
i i i ; ; i
: : :
i l!m i
mH i i
!
i
;i :i ! !
i!
: : ;
; : i
; ! :
■
:
Ijl H
i ! : ! :
s
s
i
I
!
i if
188, 894. 29
644, 202. 24
as sass as
SS Ms
= gg-g-»
1,049,977.23
SS3SSSSS 3
SsgsEMl «
ssrH's'Ssstf s
480, 322.84
1,678,083.41
8 SS Sg
g MS §§
2 as
i
i
47, 983. 92
!
I
1 : :
i :
: ! :
: : i
i : i
i : i
i
i i IIh ! 1
28,855. 21
3, 327. 45
286, 551. 40
S8 83SS £3
gg S3gS gg
SS”- "S
124,847. 951
i §
ss : S
w : • 269,495. 301 1, 645,008.16
:
: ■
;rt i :
185, 566.84
| 309, 666. 921
S3 Ssm SS
8S £
| 925,129. 28
14,087.22
i^srs- t
| 210,827.54
4,220. 04
8 SS 28
§
s a ss*
32 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
n p lo y e e s
34 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
8
£
a
a
o
p
a Sgggs
g tfg'sS
® -
: 8SSS 8S
§§§§ tl
SSgg Bi
"'a-' =
sin
5 11
I
§
Seo?®
tc
33,341,791.63
"2,’623,’869."38
$337,689. 64
iii
iii
2,923,000.00
5, 667,000.00
i
1
8,927, 689. 64
। Hi
g iii
1 iii
9,835, 541.66
Hi
hi
8S :
P'i
P ublic tru st
ployees’ retirem
ent
fund
$238,389.06
HI
• : i
iii
366, OOP. 00
6,728, 400.00
!
i
1
!
7,332, 789. 06
= i
( i
i \
i
! ■§
।
W orking
funds—
revolving
funds
$440,938. 08
i
: i :
iii
iii
125,000. 00
31,873. 16
g
so
=
ol '£Z8 ‘I
1,302, 596. 05
! i
t i
i 1
!
i
! !
i
is '
Si
: i
9,955.51
’l,'292h640?54 |
T otal expendable
funds
3 SS8SS8 8838 88
g §1
ss
8®
3 SSSS 3SSR i
s i
O 1- TOTH- ;
3 is
g ig
r©j glet
j
L oan fund
$230,716. 78
■Hi! ; : : i i
hIH i i i i i
i ! is
i i'itf
i iF
6,927,238.07
---------------------- 1
14,930, 516. 59
§
11
38 i ■ ■
■H
:: :: :; 14, 930, 516. 59
Special expendable
funds
$1,085,991. 11
1
i
iii
iii
: ; :
8,000. 00
8,000.00
7,690.41
1,109,681. 52
3 i
? 1
1 16,634.17
169.100. 00
i : i
i i i
:: :: ii
-i“
s a
i
G eneral fund
S 8S8SS8 is i
8 gggggS H i
a§ a-- aws-s iH ii
624,861.15
Si
z, ooi, "too. io
691,871. 64
8
5.
£
382,000. 00
63,960. 00
1,108. 20
S.is
1
i
!
[
1
2. A ccrued taxes uncollected:
(a) Incom e taxes_______________________________________
(bl Business excise taxes__
(c) B ank share ta x e s..______________________________ ...
(d) P ublic u tility taxes_________________________________
(6) Personal property ta x e s ....._______________________
JL^ UU UULU UvUul ILLAJ.’.XO_ ___________________________________
4. Investm ents:
(a)______________________________________________________T erritorial securities (par v alu e)____________________
(b)______________________________________________________O ther securities (p a r v alu e)________________________
(c)______________________________________________________Loans to counties___________________________________ tu ; ivotes receivaoie____________________________________
5. O ther resources:
(a) B onds authorized and u n issu ed_____________________
(b) A ccounts receivable_________________________ ______
1
j.
ip
x u ta i u u iic iiv iv o u u ic u a ___ _________________________________
B . Ob l ig a t io n s
1. U nexpended appropriations:
(a) U nallotted appropriations__________________________
(c) Reserves for contracts______________________________
2. D ue to other funds------------------------------------------------------------
3. Reserves:
(a)_______________________________________________ For redem ption of term bonds________________ ______
(b)________________________________________ F or redem ption of serial bonds_________. . . _________
(c)______________________________________________________ F or contingent appropriations______________________
(d)_____________________________________________________ F or reim bursem ent of erroneous receipts.___________
(e)_____________________________________________________ F or benefit of m em bers of the retirem en t sy stem ___
T o tal cu rren t obligations and reserves___________ C. D e f ic it , June 30, 1937___________________ . D . Su r p l u s , June 30, 1937____________________________
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 35
TERRITORIAL RETIREMENT SYSTEM
The active service register on June 30, 1937, recorded a total registration
since the commencement of the system of 11,365. The
register of withdrawn members on the same date recorded 4,921 withdrawals.
Deducting the total withdrawals from the total registered
members gives a net membership on June 30, 1937, of 6,444. During
the year there was an increase in membership of 515.
During the year the Territorial Retirement System refunded contributions,
with interest at 4 percent, compounded annually, as
follows:
On account of resignations and dismissals______________________ $87, 428. 88
Paid to designated beneficiaries of deceased members____________ 21, 015. 91
The statement given below is a comparative annual summary of
the business conducted by the system since its establishment.
Year
Membership
Pensioners
Assets Receipts Disbursements
Administration
expenses
June 30,1926 __________________ 2,028 84 $124, 699.81 $174,876. 78 $147, 527. 43 $16,780. 71
June 30,1927___________________ 2, 682 101 481, 502. 31 522, 282.81 505,688. 96 14,921.83
Jnrie 30 1928 3 385 115 1,069.831 03 760, 769.81 733,644 78 21, 567. 65
June 30, 1929___________________ 3,963 132 1,831,378.16 1,014,049.12 879,964. 79 22,907. 78
June 30,1930___________________ 4,524 174 2, 666,239.08 1,214,433.05 966, 591. 05 22, 587. 22
June 30,1931___________________ 4,778 184 3, 667, 752.17 1, 789,152. 71 1,422, 769.05 21, 365. 49
June 30, 1932__________________. 5.049 227 4, 606,069. 19 1,882, 212. 71 1,439,937. 53 22,968.43
June 30,1933__________ _______ 4, 957 245 5,170, 552. 24 2,117,212. 96 1,529, 222. 24 18,994. 41
June 30, 1934___________________ 4,955 255 5. 599,047. 02 1,680, 753. 83 1,494,810. 27 18,063. 24
June 30. 1935___________________ 5,152 214 6,063,399. 07 1,485,024. 63 1,254,173.02 18, 372. 49
June 30,1936._________________ 5,929 214 6,812,000. 25 2, 517,264.00 2,577, 636.98 20,031.45
June 30,1937___________________ 6,444 233 7,629,846. 26 1,829, 727.48 1, 731,055. 53 20,235.06
COMMERCE
DISTRICT OF HAWAII
Total Values of Imports and Exports of Merchandise by Countries, Calendar Year 1936
Countries Imports Exports Countries Imports Exports
Argentina................... ....................... ...........
Australia..__________________________
Belgium______________________________
British India_______________________
British Malaya____________________
Canada______________________________
China________________
Chile__________________________________
France_______________________________
Germany__________________
Hong Kong_________________________
Kwantung__________________________
$16,910
19,806
43,109
671,802
39,482
923,085
198,306
564,804
33,889
109, 573
395,106
43,422
$28,367
26,890
1,042
5,387
228,434
17,695
1,200
300
5,449
5, 029
Netherlands________________
Netherland India___________
New Zealand_______________
Japan____________ .....____
Philippine Islands__________
Sweden----------------------------- -
United Kingdom___________
Uruguay___________________
Other countries_____ ______
Total___________ _____
44,249
21, 536
236, 798
2,814,162
264,530
11,603
220,186
13,320
33,303
10,563
5,292
10, 380
81,676
302,389
32, 904
828,744
47, 709
6, 718,981 1,639,450
Shipments from United States to Hawaii____________________________________________________ $85,743,998
Imports from foreign countries_______________________________________________________________ 6,718,981
Total____________________ _____._______________________________ ________________________ 92,462,979
Shipments to United States from Hawaii_______________ ____________________________________ 125,537,355
Exports to foreign countries_________ _________________________________________________________ 1,639,450
Total____ ____________ ________________ ________________________________________________ 127,176,805
Commerce______ ________________ ___________________ ________________________________________ 219,639, 784
36 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Domestic Products Shipped to the United States, Calendar Year 1936
Articles Unit of quantity Quantity Dollars
Alcohol_____________________
Citric acid__________________
Coffee_______________________
Fiber insulating board........ „
Fish, canned, etc_____ -_____
Fruits:
Bananas_________________
Pineapples, fresh________
Pineapples, canned______
Other, preserved________
Hides and skin______________
Honey______________________
Molasses____________________
Other beverages_____________
Pineapple juice______________
Pineapple stock feed_________
Potatoes_____________________
Sugar, refined_______________
Sugar, unrefined_____________
Wool, unmanufactured______
United States goods returned
Other articles_______________
Gallon_____ ______ 284,181
Pound.. ________ 697’ 833
___ do_____ _ 3,918 271
__ do____________ 20, 683, 111
___ do__________ _ 2, 271, 324
Bunch_____ 99, 200
Box________ 73, 469
Pound_____ 571, 947, 430
__ do________ - 62, 551
___ do_________ __ 1,256,021
___ do.._______ ' 768, 728
Gallon___________ 21, 231, 540
Pound___________ 593,088
_ ..do__ ______ 233,029, 338
__ do_______ ______ 6, 025,000
___ do.. _ 2,113,226
1,000 pounds_____ 32^652
__do___________ 1, 887' 337
Pound___________ ' 142i 946
$141,913
160,713
427,697
618,965
434,420
96,701
169,961
38,835,794
13,989
116,766
35.421
504,026
57,787
12,616,689
52,860
97,605
1,665,907
66,309,641
41,512
2,881,908
112,044
Total. 125,392,319
Domestic Products Exported to Foreign Countries, Calendar Year 1936
Articles Unit of quantity Quantity Dollars
Coffee, green______________________________________________
Coffee, roasted____________________________________________
Fiber insulating board____________________________________
Pineapples, canned_______________________________________
Fruit juices_______________________________________________
Molasses__________________________________________________
Other articles (including foreign)__________________________
Pound................. .
____ do____________
Square foot_______
Pound___________
Gallon___________
____ do____________
2,849,426
3, 758
3, 311,611
8,984, 011
249,467
18, 574, 662
$305,189
1,023
68,101
579, 576
121,333
420,425
143,803
Total_______________________________________________ 1, 639,450
Total customs, commerce, labor and public health receipts for the year ending June 30, 1937,
$2,963,844.49.
UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
The total amount of money collected in the Territory of Hawaii by
the United States Internal Revenue Service since the organization of
the Territorial government is $155,858,707.76. Total disbursements
during the same period, including salaries, incidental expenses and
refunds, have been $1,284,615.21, leaving net collections of
$154,574,092.55.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 37
Internal Revenue Receipts and Disbursements, Fiscal Years 1936 and 1937
1936 1937
Collection on lists:
Corporation income tax__________________________________ $3,491,640.14
2,267,905. 22
367,058. 69
710,215.42
2, 380.80
758. 00
6,889. 27
12,922. 27
19.91
9. 52
31,798.03
2,379.44
35,048. 68
17,932.94
1, 215. 05
.36
4,108. 73
385, 598. 60
26,080.95
28,067. 91
2,081. 04
10, 760.10
$5,065,581. 52
3,846, 219. 66
310,801.89
333,254. 32
1,103.13
577.00
Individual income tax___________________________
Estate tax.— ___________________ ____ ________
Gift tax------- ------------------------------------------------------
Distilled spirits______________________________
Narcotics___ _______________________________ _ _
Processing tax:
Wheat____ _____________________________________
Cotton. _ __________________________ ______
Jute_______ ______ ...______________________ . .
Field corn ...___ _______________________
Hogs--------------------------------------------------------------------
Tobacco. ... ______ _____________ _
Rice_______________________________________
Sugar ___ . _____ _ _______________
Peanuts____________ _______________
Miscellaneous___________________ .
Dividend tax_________ _______________ . 74.78
546,010. 79
55, 646.49
811.20
5,969. 26
Capital-stock tax__________________ .
Excess-profits tax________________
Miscellaneous income taxes____________
Miscellaneous... __________________
Social-security tax____ ________________
Social-security tax, title VIII. ___ 402,481. 55
316,814.73
11,637.88
76, 302. 56
1,406.48
86. 55
26, 799. 07
50,587.12
3,719.06
3,318. 40
41, 701.88
1,686. 39
4,847. 80
191.35
1,702.95
319,177.00
25, 338. 98
95, 523. 69
8, 851. 20
1, 749. 55
65,911.66
1,978. 58
.65
14.00
Social-security tax, title IX________________
Unjust enrichment tax_____ _______
Carriers tax. ... _____________ _.
Tobacco_________________ _________ 1, 785. 76
173. 32
31,947. 02
63, 288. 97
3,659. 73
2,897. 20
40, 920. 62
2, 516. 67
3, 799. 31
545. 58
7,480.36
201,181. 62
36, 829. 59
89,210. 42
6, 540. 30
5, 935. 95
75,367. 68
1, 735. 83
Cigars and cigarettes__________________ .
Special taxes____ ______ _ ______
Documentary stamps___ _____
Documentary stamps, stock transfers_______
Playing card stamps________________
Distilled snirits, tax paid_____ _______
Rectified spirits... ____ __
Distilled spirit bottle stamps____
Grape brandy____________ .
Wine stamps_________
Fermented-liquor stamps_____________
Tax on matches__
Tax on electrical energy_____ .
Tax on telephone calls____
Manufacturers excise taxes____
Admissions and dues taxes_______
Leases on safe-deposit boxes___
Tax on gasoline_____________
Opium order forms. ... 13. 60
Silver bullion, transfer of ownership interests. .03
Opium stamps__________ .73
295. 64
4, 787. 03
63. 98
78.31
382. 75
Tax on lubricating oils____ ....
Tax on toilet preparations_______
Tax on jewelry.
Tax on sesame oil •
Advance collections for stamps__ __
Total receipts______ ____ 7,980, 790. 63
58,910. 51
11,633,487. 56
total disbursements, including salaries, incidental expenses, etc . 69, 099. 66
Total_______ 7,921,790.12 11, 564,387. 90
38 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
HONOLULU POSTAL SERVICE
Following are figures of postal business transacted at Honolulu for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937:
Domestic money orders issued____________________________ $2, 659, 385. 25
Domestic money orders paid--------- - ----------------------------------$1, 875, 140. 50
International money orders issued_________________________ $75, 860. 98
International money orders paid---------------------------------------- $8, 220. 63
International money orders certified to Japan----------------------- $263, 060. 94
International money orders certified to China----------------------- $4, 485. 85
International money orders certified to New Zealand-------------- $961. 55
International money orders certified to Australia------ _----------- $1, 002. 33
Articles registered, Honolulu post office and stations--------------- 83, 229
Articles insured, Honolulu post office and stations------------------ 117, 057
Articles sent c. o. d., Honolulu post office and stations------------- 25,126
Gross postal receipts for the fiscal year-------------------------------- $845, 714. 92
POPULATION AND RACE STATISTICS
The population of Hawaii on June 30, 1937, as estimated by the
bureau of sanitation of the board of health, was 396,715.
The first census of the Hawaiian Islands was taken in 1832 and was
followed by censuses in 1836, 1850, 1853, and 1860. There was no
provision for taking a census at regular periods until 1865, when the
legislative assembly made it the duty of the board of education to
make a complete census of the Kingdom every sixth year, counting
from the year 1860. These were taken until 1896, and in 1900 the
first Federal census was taken.
Population of Hawaii, 1832 to 1930
1832_________ 130, 313
1836_________ 106, 579
1850__________ 84, 165
1855__________ 73, 138
1860__________ 69, 800
1866__________ 62, 959
1872__________ 56, 897
1878__________ 57, 985
1884__________ 80, 578
1890__________ 89,990
1896_________ 109,020
1900_________ 154,001
1910_________ 191,909
1920_________ 255,912
1930_________ 368,336
Based upon the 1930 census of the United States, the distribution
of the population on June 30, 1937, by area, race, and citizenship,
was estimated by the board of health to be as follows:
Estimated Population by Area, June 30, 1937
City of Honolulu____________________________________________ 147, 450
City and county of Honolulu (exclusive of Honolulu City)---------------- 71, 357
City of Hilo_________________________________________________ 1®>
County of Hawaii (exclusive of Hilo City)------------------------------------ 62, 474
County of Kalawao__________________________________________ ^24
County of Kauai_____________________________________________ 38, 295
County of Maui_____________________________________________ 60, 600
Total 396, 715
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 39
Estimated Population According to Race and Citizenship, June 30, 1937
Racial classification Citizens Aliens Total Racial classification Citizens Aliens Total
Hawaiian......... -----.........
Caucasian Hawaiian------
Asiatic Hawaiian—.........
Portuguese....................... —
Puerto Rican-.....................
Spanish________________
Other Caucasian...............
21, 389
19,890
19, 267
28,507
7, 529
J, 051
56,398
1,623
182
1,492
21,389
19,890
19, 267
30,130
7,529
1,233
57,890
Chinese_______________
Japanese______ ____ —
Korean________ _______
Filipino_______________
Others________________
Total......................
23,246
113, 289
4,269
15,322
799
4,411
37,852
2,409
37, 713
77
27,657
151,141
6, 678
53,035
876
310,956 85, 759 396, 715
AUTOMOBILES
The following table shows the registration of privately owned motor
vehicles, by counties, for the years 1925, 1930, 1935 and 1937.
COMMERCIAL AVIATION
1925 1930 1935 1937
City and County of Honolulu _ __ ____ ______ 15,385
3,289
3,253
2,456
26,511
5,887
5,568
3,863
32,275
7,208
6,105
4,482
37,508
7,350
6,294
4,882
County of Hawaii_____________________________________________
County of Maui_______________________________________________
County of Kauai __________ ____ _________________________________
Total _________________________________________________ 24,383 41,829 50,070 56,034
The Inter-Island Airways, Ltd., established in 1929, owns and
operates a fleet of Sikorsky amphibian planes engaged exclusively in
the transportation of passengers, mail, and express between the islands
of the Hawaiian group.
Regular schedules are maintained daily between Honolulu and the
islands of Maui and Hawaii, and daily except Sunday to Kauai,
Molokai and Lanai.
The operating personnel consists of five pilots, five copilots, and a
ground force of 14.
Equipment consists of three Sikorsky amphibian twin motored
9-passenger S. 38 planes, and two Sikorsky amphibian twin motored
16-passenger S. 43 planes.
The total miles flown during the year ending June 30, 1937, is
332,841, and passengers carried during the same period amount to
19,192.
TELEGRAPHS AND TELEPHONES
Hawaii is served with cable and radio facilities by the Commercial
Pacific Cable Co., R. C. A. Communications (Inc.), Mackay Radio &
Telegraph Co., Globe Wireless Co., Ltd., and the wireless departments
of the Mutual Telephone Co., the latter for service between the islands
and to and from ships at sea. The United States Naval Communication
Service handles most of the messages for the various departments
of the Federal Government represented in Hawaii.
40 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Broadcasting stations are maintained in the Territory by the
Honolulu Advertiser (KGU) and the Honolulu Broadcasting Company
(KGMB-Honolulu) and (KHBC-Hilo).
The following table shows the number of instruments and miles of
wire on the various islands:
Mutual Telephone Co.
Oahu telephone
systemisland
of
Oahu
Hawaii
telephone
systemisland
of
Hawaii
Maui telephone
systemisland
of
Maui
Kauai telephone
systemisland
of
Kauai
Molokai
telephone
systemisland
of
Molokai
Total
Telephone instruments________
Miles of wire:
Aerial cable________________
Underground cable______ —
Open wire_________________
Total____________________
21, 793 2,708 1,893 1,132 254 27,780
21,017.2
52,710. 5
4,444.5
4,064.9
1,335. 2
3,850.8
3, 594. 3
557.6
1,861.6
435.8
120.6
1,345. 8
47.8
550.7
29,160.0
54,723.9
12,053.4
78,172.2 9, 250.9 6,013.5 1,902.2 598.5 95,937.3
PUBLIC LAND ADMINISTRATION
The collections by the office of the commissioner of public lands,
from all sources, for the fiscal year July 1, 1936, to June 30, 1937,
totaled $895,605.09, an increase of $101,287.59, or 11.31 percent,
Of this amount $669,005.03 was for land rentals; $112,760.40 was
for water and land licenses; $82,674.46 was for sales of public lands;
$22,842.15 was for interest on sales of public lands; $5,472.10 was
for fees; $2,064.25 was for miscellaneous revenue; and $786.70 was
for improvements on land.
Among the routine matters handled during the past year, 119 landpatent
grants were issued covering a total area of 657.10 acres, valued
at $77,797.82; also 112 deeds were executed, by which the Territory
acquired lands for public purposes; 43 auction sales were conducted
at which 98 leases were sold; 13 parcels of land were sold for business
purposes, and 118 lots were sold for residence purposes. These
latter were covered by special sale agreements, permitting purchasers
thereof to pay on installments.
Survey Office.—Field work for the period comprised the usual
variety of surveys, which were conducted on all the islands. A good
deal of this work was surveyed for revision of forest reserve boundaries
on Hawaii and Oahu, including study for a possible subdivision
for homesteading purposes, of approximately 2,000 acres on Maui.
Office work comprised examinations and mathematical check of descriptions
of surveys and maps of 43 new applications for registration
of title in the land court; also similar check of 228 applications for
amendments, reports, and subdivisions of land-court titles.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 41
Taxation Maps Bureau.—The mapping of all lands in the Territory
for taxation purposes for the period consisted of plotting transfers of
land by individuals, which record is taken from the bureau of conveyances
and the land office.
Division oj Hydrography.—Surface waters were checked by 23
stream-gaging stations on Kauai, 19 on Oahu, 53 on Maui, and 9 on
Hawaii.
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY
Expenditures made during the fiscal year to carry out the various
duties and functions of the board of agriculture and forestry were:
From general fund appropriation____________________________ $184, 757. 44
From special funds-------------------------------------- --------------------- 48, 197. 74
Total expenditures__________________________________ 232, 955. 18
Division oj Forestry.—The progress of forest management during
the period under review has been reduced, due to orders from Washington,
D. C., to reduce the number of C. C. C. enrollees to 600.
During the past fiscal year 1,813,781 trees were planted on 4,007
acres of Government lands in forest reserves on the five islands.
For this purpose and to supply the demands of others 2,092,065 trees
were raised and distributed from the five nurseries of this division.
On forest reserve boundaries 61.42 miles of new fences have been
constructed to keep out damaging stock, and 14.6 miles of existing
fences have been repaired. From the protected forests a total of
16,430 destructive wild animals were eliminated. These consisted of
5,104 goats, 2,975 pigs, 8,323 sheep, and 28 wild cattle.
For forest administration purposes the C. C. C. constructed 26.1
miles of new foot trails, 23.1 miles of new truck trails, 13.6 miles of
new horse trails, and maintained and kept in repair 218.8 miles of
such trails during the year.
Division of Entomology .—Plant inspection and quarantine has been
continued through the year, with the added responsibility, however,
of examining airplane-carried baggage and express freight shipments.
The following statistical data will indicate the nature and volume of
this work. Many important agricultural pests have been intercepted
m carrying out this program of surveillance of importations, but in
spite of all the care that is taken to prevent the entrance of these
pests, new accessions to the fauna are constantly occurring. The
speed of air transportation has heightened the danger of insect invasion
considerably beyond what it was formerly and a realization of
this has impelled the division to consider and experiment with
methods and protective devices especially applicable to this new
situation.
42 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Inspections:
Number of vessels inspected, freight and passenger carriers____ 1, 202
Number of passengers disembarked________________________ 40, 852
Number of baggage parcels carried________________________ 154, 660
Horticultural material dealt with:
Number lots passed as free from pests_____________________ 3, 086, 696
Number lots fumigated or treated otherwise________________ 11, 924
Number lots prohibited material destroyed_________________ 1, 202
Number lots refused entry_______________________________ 995
Interisland traffic:
Number lots passed when complying with regulations_________ 28, 231
Number lots treated previous to certification________________ 498
Division of Fish and Game.—As in the past this division has been
operated under two distinct departments, the patrol service and the
game farm and experimental station.
The wardens during the fiscal year made 421 arrests for violations
of hunting and fishing laws, assisted in the collection of $17,323.60
for fishing licenses of various kinds and $8,485 for hunting licenses.
In addition thereto their arrests resulted in 324 convictions and $4,095
in fines and costs of court and $1,050 in bails forfeited.
During the fiscal year the greatest number of game birds ever raised
in any one year was produced at the game farm. Approximately
25,000 birds will be ready for liberation on the various islands during
the latter part of this year or the early part of next year. These
consist of pheasants, quail, partridge, guinea fowl, doves, and other
game birds. The Territorial game farm today ranks among the
best to be found anywhere in the United States, according to reports
received by the board.
Division of Animal Industry.—The activities of this division during
the past fiscal year have been directed toward the conservation of
the livestock industry of the Territory by preventing the introduction
of contagious and infectious diseases from abroad and by the control
and eradication of such diseases in the herds within the Territory.
The dog section of the animal quarantine station has been enlarged
until at present there are 92 kennels with individual runs in the main
dog compound and about 50 cat and dog kennels in the Army section.
At the close of the fiscal year there were 109 dogs and 10 cats in the
station under quarantine.
During the fiscal year 15,334 cattle were tested for bovine tuberculosis.
Thirty-one reactors were found in 13 herds, 8 of which showed
no tuberculosis lesions upon post-mortem examination. The percentage
of cattle reacting is 0.2 of 1 percent of the total tested. This
is very gratifying and shows that tuberculosis is being rapidly eliminated
from the dairy herds of Hawaii. The 0.2 of 1 percent is a new
low record for the Territory and is considerably under the 0.5 of 1
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 43
percent required by the Federal Government for modified State
accreditization.
The deputy veterinarians during the fiscal year drew blood from
10,653 head of cattle throughout the Territory and the bacteriological
laboratory carried on the required testing. The tests disclosed 170
animals infected with this disease.
The following livestock was imported into the Territory during the
fiscal year: Horses, 32; mules, 61; cattle, 388; swine, 1,380; dogs, 281;
cats, 23; crates poultry, 2,281; goats, 2; various, 50.
HAWAII AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
The Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station has continued its
studies of the problems of diversified agriculture. The maritime
strike emphasized the need of greater local production of foodstuffs,
but in general, such production is retarded more by the high value
of land and competition for labor with the more profitable large-scale
industries than by inability to grow crops in Hawaii.
The ranching industry, and to a lesser extent the poultry industry,
made marked forward strides. Coffee, because of low prices, did not
return a living wage on most of the coffee farms and many farmers
on marginal lands abandoned their farms to find a living elsewhere,
usually on sugar plantations as laborers.
Further discoveries and improvements in the processing of taro
corms into taro flour and a beverage base were made. The beverage
base, consisting of taro, cocoa, and a little malt, makes a delicious drink
called taro malt. On March 27, 1937, a local company was incorporated
to make taro flour, taro malt, and poi as a direct result of
station research.
The truck crop estimate was continued during the year in cooperation
with the Agricultural Extension Service. There are about 1,100
truck crop growers in the Territory -who produce about 60 percent
of the produce consumed in the Territory. Shipments from outside
islands to Oahu are divided approximately as follows: Maui, 54 percent;
Hawaii, 36 percent; Kauai, 6 percent; Molokai, 4 percent.
About 19,000 fruiting macadamia trees were tested and 41 selected
as outstanding for further testing and as sources for grafting material.
Selection was based on size of kernel, thinness of shell, yield, lack of
blemishes on kernel, taste, oil content, shape of tree, and tree vigor.
About 8,000 seeds were planted at the Kona substation to serve as
stocks for grafting purposes. Grafting of macadamia and litchi trees,
never satisfactory in the past because of the small number of “takes”,
was perfected after a study of starch reserves was made. At present,
by forcing the stock and scion to accumulate reserves prior to grafting,
one can get from 70 to 90 percent of successful grafts.
44 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
A number of new litchi varieties were obtained and a large number
of seeds planted for future experimental work. Erinose, caused by
mites, remains a serious problem.
A 3-acre breeding orchard of papayas was planted in August and
September 1936, which has yielded a multiplicity of types, some
resistant to mildew and others to red spider. Many of the trees
were remarkably heavy producers with fruit close to the ground.
This breeding work is very necessary as a preliminary step to a
substantial papaya industry.
The potato industry of the Territory is increasing in importance
and value. Experiments on cultural practices and fertilization have
been continued. The greatest problem now before the industry is
that of a reliable local source of cheap seed potatoes. A project to
study virus diseases of potatoes, with a view to selection of healthy
families and of cold storage to hold the selected potatoes over the
dormant period until planting time, is in progress with far too limited
funds.
Handling is one of Hawaii’s major industries and the improvement
of the forage on the ranges and in fattening paddocks is of prime
importance. Processing tax funds have permitted importation of
new grass species for tests on adaptability. Such grass gardens are
established at various altitudes and climatic localities. In all, about
100 species are being tested.
A project on seed storage has been continued. Local conditions
of high humidity and moderately warm temperatures cause most seeds
to deteriorate rapidly, some lasting only a few months. Maintenance
of viability depends on a lowered humidity and temperature to slow
down the life processes of the seed. For maintenance of good germination,
soybeans should be stored at relative humidities below 30
percent.
The poultry industry in Hawaii produces about 50 percent of the
eggs consumed in the Territory. The greatest obstacles to larger
poultry industry are (1) high price of feed, practically all of which is
shipped into the Territory, and (2) poultry diseases.
The rat abatement campaign was continued in cooperation with
the Bureau of Biological Survey, Territorial Board of Health and
other agencies. In the Hamakua and Makawao regions work was
conducted under the supervision of the board of health. The work
consisted mainly of clearing gulches and other rat harbors, trapping
rats, and spreading poison bait.
Expenditures by the Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station during
the year are indicated below together with sources of funds:
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 45
Regular funds:
Territory of Hawaii_____________________r______________
Congress, through University of Hawaii:
Amount
disbursed
$41, 000. 00
Hatch Act------------------------------------------------------------ 15, 000. 00
Adams Act----------------------------------------------------------- 15, 000. 00
Purnell Act_______________________________________ 20, 000. 00
Bankhead-Jones Act_________________________________ 4, 593. 20
U. S. Department of Agriculture:
For support of Pensacola Street station, $12,066, less funds
impounded by Presidential order_________________ 12, 006. 00
Total---------------------------------------------------------------- 107, 599. 20
Sugar processing tax funds:
Taro investigations____________________________________ 18, 446. 41
Liver fluke eradication_________________________________ 15, 022. 09
Rat abatement________________________________________ 72, 906. 05
Truck farming and marketing___________________________ 32, 093. 77
Development of livestock feeds__________________________ 33, 894. 15
Development of tropical fruits and nuts___________________ 30, 037. 56
Promotion of poultry industry___________________________ 11, 982. 72
Total 214, 382. 75
Grand total------------------------------------------------------------- 321, 981. 95
This total compares with expenditures of $215,357 during the
preceding year.
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Largely as the result of contributions from the Federal Government,
activities of the department of public works including highway extensions,
improvements and maintenance, airport development, and
various accompanying operations entailed the expenditure of a new
all-time high record total of $2,376,872.61, as compared with expenditures
for the 1935-36 fiscal period of $1,694,871.76, or a grand total
of $4,071,744.37 for the 1935-37 biennium, as compared with total
expenditures of $2,516,682.07 for the 1933-35 biennium.
The largest item of expenditure during the period was that of
$4,065,776.75 from the national recovery highway fund, which aided
materially in the construction or realinement of a total of 18.879 miles
of completed improved highways during the year throughout the
Territory. This mileage was segregated by islands as follows:
Oahu, 4.882; Maui, 5.668; Molokai, 1,476; Hawaii, 2.959; and Kauai,
3-894. Under construction on June 30, 1937, and uncompleted was a
total of 21.943 miles of these highways, segregated as follows by
islands: Oahu, 14.377; Hawaii, 6.814, and Kauai, 0.752.
46 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Expenditures of the Department were divided as follows:
Department of public works?
General funds_________________________! _____________ $90, 301. IS’.
Loan funds_________________________________________ 107,910.83.
Revolving funds___________________________________ 4, 976.71
Special funds_______________________________________ 1, 350.96
Total___________________________________________ 209, 226J6
Territorial highway department:
Construction funds:
Loan---------------------------------------------------------------- 27,380.40
Special-------------------------------------------------------------- 86,815.01
Trust_______________________________________ 639,492.92
National Recovery High__________________________ 1, 065, 776.75
Federal aid contributions__________________________ 211, 359.69'
Total_______________________________________ J 2,030,824.77
Grand total___________________________________ 2, 240, 050,93.
The visit to Hawaii of Mr. Robert L. Campbell, district adviser,
airport section, Bureau of Air Commerce, Department of Commerce,
for an intensive survey of civilian airports in the Territory, was an
event of importance. As the result of Mr. Campbell’s recommendations,
designed to bring Territorial airports up to the present standards
and requirements of the Department of Commerce, the Territorial
legislature appropriated $200,000 to the department of public works
for the purpose of equipment, materials, and supplies with which to
carry out the recommendations. The 1937 legislature also set up a
special Territorial airport fund in which will be placed hereafter the
proceeds from the fuel tax levied on gasoline for aviation use, estimated
at $15,000 annually, which is to be expended on improvement
and maintenance of Territorial airports. It is anticipated that this
new fund will be of great assistance to the Department in the future
maintenance of airports, once they are extended and constructed to
meet the requirements of the Department of Commerce.
With the assistance of Public Works Administration grants the
Department completed construction and equipping of three Territorial
buildings, with a fourth approximately 75 percent completed on
June 30, 1937. Soon to be completed is the Wailuku, Maui, armory
under a Territorial appropriation of $50,000 and a P. W. A. grant oi
$40,650.
BOARD OF HARBOR COMMISSIONERS
The financial condition of the board has steadily improved and at
the end of the fiscal year shows an increase of $92,769.62 in revenue
earnings over the previous year.
A maritime strike which started late in October 1936 and lasted until
February 8, 1937, was the cause of the cessation of American sliippin&
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 47
in the Pacific during that period. Freight shipments from and to the
mainland United States were suspended during this time but essentials
were brought into the territory by foreign lines which, in some cases,
put on special freighters. While freight shipments both into and out
of the territory were curtailed to a tremendous extent during the
period of the tie-up, great quantities of freight were brought in upon
resumption of American shipping. Since the harbor at Honolulu
has no anchorage area the vessels held up here due to the strike were
of necessity compelled to tie up to the wharves. This led to requests
from their agents for special consideration as to wharfage charges.
The matter was considered carefully by the board which finally
decided upon a three-eighths rate which produced substantially the
same revenue as would have been realized under normal operating
conditions.
Expenditures from the general fund were $170,511.83 and from
loan funds $19,803.36 or a total of $190,315.19.
The total number of vessels arriving at ports operated by the
board from overseas was 1,261, with a gross tonnage of 9,904,693.
This is an increase of 34 vessels but a decrease of 718,836 tons.
The legislature of 1937 appropriated $35,000 for the purpose of
reclaiming and improving the beach at Waikiki. Work on this
project will be started by the board as soon as possible after the bonds
authorized have been sold.
A contract for widening and deepening the channel into Kewalo
Basin and for dredging the inshore end of same was let for $47,750
and the work satisfactorily completed.
A grant of $24,829 was received from the Federal Government.
This, together with $35,000 made available by the legislature of 1935,
made it possible to let a contract for the sum of $50,310.80 for the
construction of a reinforced concrete pier, principally for cattle
shipping purposes at Kailua, Hawaii.
The legislature of 1937 appropriated an additional $35,000 for this
project which sum became available July 1 of the present year. The
contract was therefore increased by $30,489.20 by the restoration of
certain items in the original tender which had been deleted and now
stands at a total of $80,800.
With this accomplished it appears certain that the shipping of cattle
will be deprived of its greatest hazards and the animals, which will be
driven directly from the pier to the deck of the carrier, should be
received at Honolulu in a much better condition than under the
present method of swimming them out to the vessel.
The last legislature authorized the sale of bonds to the extent of
$40,000 for the extension and improvement of Hana wharf, also
$75,000 for necessary improvements at Kaunakakai wharf.
48 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The loan fund bill of 1935 contained an item of $350,000 for the
construction of a pier at Port Allen and the 1937 legislature appropriated
an additional $300,000 for this project, making a total of
$650,000 appropriated. Advices from Washington announce a
P. W. A. grant to the Territory of $286,362 for this project. The
funds available will insure the construction of this pier, which will
produce new revenues sufficient to make this project a self-liquidating
one.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
During the past year the trend toward a greater offering of educational
opportunities has continued. Demands from the various communities
of the Territory for increased schooling resulted in act 191
of the 1937 legislative session which lays a mandate upon the department
to add grades at 20 rural schools. Legislative action has also
provided for the establishment of two new high schools in rural acreas
during the coming biennium. Some of the recently added services
which have received strong community support are the sight-saving
classes for children with deficient vision, lip-reading classes for children
with hearing defects, and rehabilitation work for children and
adults who are physically handicapped. Occupational guidance is
receiving more and more attention. Placement records of high-school
graduates are very satisfactory.
The total public and private school enrollment has this year reached
101,332.
The public school enrollment in June 1937 was 86,386—99.25 percent
of these pupils are citizens. There has again been a slight falling
off in elementary school enrollment. It is likely that this decrease
will continue for some years, eventually affecting the high schools
also. At the present time the addition of grades in rural areas, the
establishment of new rural high schools and the raising of the age of
compulsory school attendance by recent legislative enactment, tend
to offset any decreases in the elementary schools. While there was
a decrease of 550 in elementary enrollment during the past year, the
increase of 494 in junior high-school students and of 1,436 in senior
high-school students show a net gain in enrollment of 1,380.
Well qualified teachers determine, in the last analysis, the quality
of work that may be done in any school. The department now requires
5 years of college preparation for all teachers who enter the
service for the first time. This standard gives Hawaii a high rating
among American school systems.
All available fifth year graduates of the teachers college of the
University of Hawaii have been placed. It is now possible to fill
almost all new positions from this group. Local teacher-training is
REPORT OP THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 49
inadequate for certain specialized fields such as shop, instrumental
music, physical education, and work with the deaf and blind.
A better tie has been developed with community activities and industries,
thus facilitating the transition of students from the school
into productive employment.
Many of the schools are coming to recognize that the satisfactory
placement in industry of graduates should constitute part of the
program of the school. In some schools certain teachers are given
definite placement responsibilities. Surveys of graduates indicate
that a very high percentage quickly find their way into regular employment.
Records show that the placement of graduates of the
vocational schools in Hawaii is not exceeded in any other part of the
United States.
Large numbers of graduates are entering upon work with the basic
agricultural industries of the Territory.
The National Youth Administration aid for needy students in the
high schools of the Territory has been very valuable during the past
year. It has enabled many students to remain in school who could
not otherwise have done so.
A very gratifying growth has taken place during the past year in
all phases of vocational and prevocational work. Enrollment in day
vocational agriculture classes has increased from 1,272 in 1936 to
1,656 in June 1937. Day trade classes have enrolled 470 boys and
girls. A large number of the trade class students, before their graduation,
enter upon employment in the fields for which they have been
trained.
Excellent work is being done in all schools in the matter of health
education. Large numbers of pamphlets, posters, and health
books have been distributed to the schools. Hearing tests have been
given to 20,000 school children during the year. Vision tests have also
been given to 20,000 school children during the year. A few classes
have been started for children with defective sight or hearing. Last
year 2,465 children were enrolled in special health classes receiving
special health instruction as well as additional rest and food. These
children are cardiacs, asthmatics, tuberculosis contacts, and extreme
cases of malnutrition. In Honolulu 5,428 children were tuberculin
tested and 1,567 positive reactors were X-rayed.
More than 60,000 children were given thorough mouth examinations
and instruction in dental health. Of this group 39,900 also received
prophylactic treatments. Eight-five percent of all school children in
Honolulu have had complete dental corrections.
The following tables give statistical data in regard to the enrollment
m public and private schools of the Territory.
50 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Number of Schools, Teachers, and Pupils in the Territory of Hawaii, June 30, 1937
Number
of schools
Teachers Pupils
Male Female Total Male Female Total
Public________________________
Private _____ _______________
Total.____ _____________
186
90
598
165
2,379
471
2,977
636
44, 665
8,091
41,721
6,865
86,386
14,946
276 763 2, 850 3,613 52, 766 48, 576 101,332
1 From report of December 1936.
Classification of Public School Pupils by Citizenship, June 30, 1937
Hawaii Maui Oahu Kauai Male Female Total
Percentage
of
total
Citizenship by birth___________
Foreign born__________________
Total_________ 1_________
17,752
84
12,947
100
46,989
352
8, 053
109
44,283
382
41,458
263
85, 741
645
99.25
.75
17,836 13,047 47,341 8,162 44,665 41,721 86,386 100.00
UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII
Enrollment figures at the University of Hawaii for last school year,
all colleges combined, are as follows:
Post-graduate students__________________________________________ 303
Regular undergraduates:
Seniors_________________________________________________267
Juniors________________________________________________ 221
Sophomores_____________________________________________373
Freshmen______________________________________._______536
----- 1, 397
Unclassified students___________________________________________ 768
Summer session (1937)__________________________________________ 1, 322
Total___________________________________________________3,790
The significant figure above is the total of regular undergraduate
students, for it is for these chiefly that the university was established
and is maintained. While the total of all persons who received some
formal instruction at the university last year was 3,790, as compared
with 3,256 in the preceding year, the number of regular undergraduate
students was 1,397 in 1936-37, as compared with 1,217 in 1935-36.
The freshman group in the tabulation above, 536, came mostly
from high schools within the Territory. This number is 22.3 percent
of the total number of high-school graduates of that year (June 1936).
As the number of these graduates who went to mainland colleges and
universities a little more than offsets the total of mainland freshmen
who are included as a part of the above 536, it may be said that about
25 percent, or one out of every four, of our high-school graduates of
1936 went somewhere to college, either here or elsewhere. This is
somewhat smaller than the percentage for the Nation as a whole.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 51
The latest year for which national figures are available is 1933. The
Office of Education of the United States Department of the Interior
states that in that year 33.9 percent of all high-school graduates entered
institutions of higher learning. In that year in Hawaii about
20 percent of all high-school graduates went to college, either here or
elsewhere.
At the 1937 commencement 33 master degrees and 283 bachelor
degrees were awarded, and also 56 certificates for the fifth-year course
in teachers’ college, and 13 certificates for the course in public-health
nursing.
Adult education.—The past 12 months have seen a continued growth
of interest in adult education throughout the Territory. The university
has had a considerable part in developing and guiding this interest.
The university offered 176 courses in the late afternoon and evening,
in which 1,756 individuals enrolled. Also, 41 public lectures
were presented during the year, 27 with an admission fee and 14 free.
The faculty.—The faculty of a university is usually considered to
comprise not only the actual instructing staff but also certain administrative
officers and those who engage in research and clinic work
and extension service, and the professionally trained library staff, as
well. Considered on this basis, the faculty of the University of
Hawaii last year numbered considerably over 250.
The library.—The university library now has a total of over 410,000
titles, of which 104,000 are bound books and 306,000 are papercovered
items. There was an increase in circulation of 20 percent
last year over the preceding year. Gifts brought in 18,000 volumes
and many more were purchased.
Advancement of agriculture.—Along certain lines, agriculture is more
advanced in Hawaii than anywhere else in the world. In sheer
efficiency of production and marketing, Hawaii’s sugar and pineapple
industries are probably not surpassed, but it has become apparent
that more diversification is needed to give good stability to our
economic structure. For Hawaii, therefore, the most effective way
to advance agriculture is not so much to improve the two leading
industries as to establish new industries or build up present minor
industries to become of relatively greater importance. Toward this
end, the university, through its experiment station and extension
service, has been devoting a good deal of attention and money to the
study of problems incidental to such diversification. This is not a
new interest, for the university ever since its establishment 30 years
ago has had agricultural diversification as one of its major objectives.
In the past 2 years, however, much more has been accomplished
because of the large fund of money from the sugar processing tax
made available to the university by the United States Secretary of
Agriculture. Some of the results of this work are seen in the growth
52 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
of the dairy and poultry industries, and in the promising beginnings
made in the growing of winter potatoes for the mainland market and
in the production of taro for flour; several other possibilities, such as
the macadamia nut, the papaia, and others, give some hope for the
successful broadening of our economic base in these islands.
An important contribution to the welfare of the Territory was made
in a careful analysis of the food crisis during the recent maritime
strike. This interruption of about 3 months in Hawaii’s normal
importations of foodstuffs and livestock feeds produced a situation
suggestive of that which might develop during a Pacific war and
afforded a good opportunity to ascertain the vulnerable spots in our
economic structure, from the viewpoint of self-sufficiency in time of
emergency. The results of this study are embodied in a bulletin
(No. 29 of the Agricultural Extension series) which should be of great
value in the developing of a more nearly self-contained program of
agricultural production in these islands.
The Kona district of Hawaii County is in acute distress because of
the continued depression in the coffee industry. For several years
the coffee market has been in a badly demoralized condition because
of overproduction in Brazil, and our coffee farmers in Kona have
sunk deeply into debt. Many have been forced by circumstances to
give up and withdraw from the district to seek employment elsewhere,
while others are struggling to make ends meet where they are.
Graduate School of Tropical Agriculture.—The Graduate School of
Tropical Agriculture has a faculty of 20 able instructors, 5 of whom
are loaned by the Honolulu Sugar Planters Association experiment
station and 7 by the Pineapple Producers’ Cooperative Association
experiment station, the other 8 being members of the
university staff. They offer advanced instruction of a distinctly
superior quality in many specialized subjects pertaining to tropical
agriculture.
In accordance with the policy which has thus far been in force, the
number of students admitted each year has been small. Two have
done their work for the Ph. D. degree and several for the M.S. degree
while a number have pursued advanced studies without any such
objective definitely in view.
Race investigations.—For a number of years the University of Hawaii
has been making investigations in the field of race comparisons and
race relations. This began in 1922. In 1927 a new stimulus in this
work came when the Rockefeller Foundation gave a grant of money
to enlarge the program of research by engaging additional investigators.
Beginning with $20,000 per year, the grant was later increased
to $30,000 yearly and continued for several years, with provision for
its tapering off and finally terminating in 1937. In the 10 years a
total of $205,000 was thus contributed by the Foundation to augment
the resources of the university. In addition to this, the Carnegie
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 53
Corporation has assisted materially by financing an expedition to
Africa.
These investigations have been along three lines; sociological,
biological, and psychological. Under each of these headings a number
of well-defined studies have been made, all designed to take
advantage of the unique opportunities afforded by the human laboratory
which Hawaii constitutes.
Financial support.—A little more than one-third of the financial
support of the university is derived from appropriations by the Territorial
legislature, the remainder coming partly from tuition and other
fees and partly from Federal appropriations, with a minor portion
from gifts and other sources.
The total amount expended by the university last year for all
activities and services was about $934,000. Of this, $336,500 came
from Territorial appropriations, about $241,500 from Federal appropriations
and about $356,000 from tuition fees, proceeds of selfsupporting
activities and other income.
In addition to the above total, $226,388.75 of Federal money was
spent by the experiment station for agricultural research, most of it
coming from the sugar processing tax receipts on Hawaiian sugar in
1935.
BOARD OF INDUSTRIAL SCHOOLS
The board has devoted much time and thought in working Put the
problem of a trained personnel for the schools and on the building
program for Waialee Training School for Boys for which the 1937
legislature appropriated the sum of $75,000. Adequate shops will be
built so as to make the school a training school in every sense of the
word.
There were 145 girls on the roll of the Kawailoa Training School and
26 employees. At the Waialee Training School there were 145 boys
and 27 employees.
Ninety-two girls were released on parole during the year, of whom
50 were returned to the school for violation and other reasons, and 21
escaped and returned to the school.
There were 73 boys paroled, 7 returned for violation and other
reasons, and 32 escaped and returned to the Waialee Training School.
Twenty-two girls were placed in private homes and four were
returned for violation.
HAWAII NATIONAL GUARD
During the past fiscal year an increase of 12 officers and 225 enlisted
men was allotted the Hawaii National Guard. The allotted strength
°f the Hawaii National Guard at present is 1,947 officers and men.
The actual strength on June 30, 1937, was 104 commissioned officers,
1 warrant officer and 1,633 enlisted men, or a total of 1,738.
54 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The new units authorized for activation were Headquarters and
Headquarters Company, Third Battalion; Companies I and M,
Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry, for the island of Kauai,
and Company K, Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry, for the
island of Molokai. Company K, Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth
Infantry, was organized at Hoolehua (Kaunakakai), and was inspected
and federally recognized on April 26, 1937. This is the first
new unit to be organized in over a decade and the first one on Molokai.
Federal funds expended by the United States property and disbursing
officer, Hawaii National Guard, for the Federal Government
in the support of the Hawaii National Guard during the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1937, were as follows:
National Guard, 1937:
Pay of caretakers______________________________________ $11, 051. 75
Expenses, camps of instruction___________________________ 54, 477, 27
Miscellaneous_________________________________________ 4, 060. 41
Total---------------------------------------------------------------------- 69,589.43
National Guard, 1936:
Alterations, renovation and repairs to articles of the uniform__ 35. 22
Maintenance of organizational equipment__________________ 12. 66
Total____ _______ 47.88
National Guard, 1935: ========
Pay of range caretakers_________________________________ 104.49
Grand total_________________________________________ 69, 741. 80
The following expenditures for the fiscal year 1937 were made from
funds allotted the commanding general, Hawaiian Department, and
from funds withheld in the national guard bureau for the Hawaii
National Guard:
Armory drill pay_________________________________________ $107, 589. 56
Travel of Regular Army personnel in connection with visits of instruction,
camps of instruction, and national guard affairs_______ 1, 152. 47
Expenses of sergeant-instructors, Regular Army_______________ 2, 695.35
Procurement of articles of uniform, miscellaneous quartermaster
equipment, supplies and repairs_________________________ 18, 431. 79
Procurement of ordnance equipment, supplies and repairs_______ 18, 433. 88
Freight charges, camps of instruction________________________ 1, 555. 77
Transportation of personnel, camps of instruction______________ 5, 712. 73
Miscellaneous____________________________________________ 3, 212. 62
Total_____________________________________________ 158,784.17
Pay and allowances of officers and men attending army service
schools_____________________________________________ 4, 883. 36
Total Federal funds expended by U. S. P. & D. O_____________ 69, 741.80
Grand total of Federal funds_________________________ 233, 409. 33
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 55
Territorial funds expended during the fiscal year 1937 were as
follows:
Personal services-------------------------------------------------------------- $17, 769. 15
Other current expenses------------------------------------------------------- 10, 200. 18
Field training pay------------------------------------------------------------ 10, 460. 50
Equipment--------------------------------------------------------------------- 3, 377. 98
Motor vehicles----------------------------------------------------------------- 375. 00
Improvements to buildings_________________________________ 5, 767. 87
Structures and permanent improvements (Maui Camp site)_____ 346. 33
Total-------------------------------------------------------------------- 48, 297. 01
Construction was started on the new Wailuku Armory on January
8, 1937, which when completed, will cost $100,000. This armory
will house Headquarters and Headquarters Company, First Battalion,
and Companies B and D, Two Hundred and Ninety-ninth Infantry,
all stationed at Wailuku, Maui.
New armories are authorized for Kaunakakai, island of Molokai,
and Lihue and Hanapepe, island of Kauai.
HAWAII NATIONAL PARK
The maritime strike which commenced in October and lasted until
the first week in February, had its effect on travel to the park, as well
as other parts of the islands, there being several weeks when there were
no tourists. However, since the termination of the strike there has
been a noticeable increase in travel. From the beginning of the travel
year on October 1, 1936, until the conclusion of the strike, travel to
the Kilauea section declined 16}£ percent, or a total loss of 10,736
persons. For about a month and a half afterward, until travel conditions
had adjusted themselves a small decline in visitors was continued
which reached its maximum on March 20 when the total loss
was 12,400 persons. Since that time there has been a steady increase
in travel, which on June 12, amounted to a total of 9,346 persons
leaving a net loss in travel for the year of 3,054 persons, or 2.4 percent.
The hotel operator’s reports of gross revenues also show a similar
increase.
The 10-mile Mauna Loa truck trail project was completed by the
E. C. W. on September 30, 1936.
Fencing the park boundary is still under construction by the
E. C. W., as is the Halemau-u trail in Haleakala crater. The fence
project will be completed in July 1937, following which there will be
goat drives during August, in order to rid the park area of these pests.
Both Mauna Loa and Kilauea have remained quiet during the year,
though there have been several major landslides in Halemaumau,
and blue fume constantly visible.
Early in the year, Dr. T. A. Jaggar, volcanologist, presented a plan
tor the construction of three embankments designed to protect the
56 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
city and harbor of Hilo from damage by lava flows. This proposal
was favorably received by the chamber of commerce and other civic
bodies in Hilo and has received the support of the Hawaiian Department,
United States Army. A committee of the Hilo Chamber of
Commerce has been engaged in the study of this proposal and recommended
to the Territorial Legislature that an item to cover the cost of
surveys for the embankments be recommended for inclusion in the
rivers and harbors appropriation bill by the United States Congress,
This was done, and an item was included in the bill to cover these
surveys, which will shortly be undertaken under the direction of the
Army.
The 1937 fiscal year appropriation for Hawaii National Park was
$45,600; the roads and trails appropriation, $28,500; and that for forest
protection and fire prevention, $300. Thirteen thousand dollars was
also provided for physical construction.
On January 6, 1937, Hawaii’s Delegate to Congress introduced a
bill (H. R. 1995) to add certain lands on the island of Hawaii to the
Hawaii National Park, and for other purposes. This bill covers the
proposed Kalapana and Footprint area additions to the park. The
bill would add 49,340 acres to the park in the Kalapana region and
5,730 acres in the Footprint area region. About 20,000 acres are
Territorial government land. Included in this bill are several provisions
designed to assist in rehabilitation of the native Hawaiians.
BOARD OF HEALTH
At the close of the year the following were practicing the healing
arts in the Territory:
Physicians and surgeons_____ 267
Osteopathic physicians______ 11
Chiropractors______________ 8
Naturopaths______________ 13
Hawaiian herbalists_________ 4
Midwives_________________ 133
Finances.—The 1935 legislature, under acts 142 and 215, appropriated
$1,742,819.08 to carry on the activities of this department during
the biennial period ended June 30, 1937. The amount of $845,241.54
was expended during the fiscal year 1936, leaving a balance of $897,-
577.54 available for the fiscal year 1937. Subsequent to July 1, 1936,
an additional sum of $35,649.97 was allotted this department in compliance
with act 215, session laws of 1935. In addition to this allotment
the sum of $3,675.02 was transferred to the bureau of maternal
and infant hygiene from Federal funds allotted this department under
the Social Security Act for maternal and child health services. These
two amounts, together with the balance available at the beginning of
the fiscal year July 1, 1936, made a total amount available of $936,-
902.53. Expenditures during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937,
amounted to $888,659.63, leaving a balance of $48,242.90 which lapsed
at the close of the biennium June 30, 1937.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 57
Revenue receipts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937, for the
general fund amounted to $46,249.55 and for the special fund $1,703.70.
Under the provisions of title VI of the Social Security Act, the
Territory of Hawaii was given a grant of $53,688 by the United States
Public Health Service for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1936, for
use in strengthening various activities of the bureaus in this department,
and for training personnel employed or to be employed. An
unexpended balance of $13,717.45 of the grant for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1936, was carried forward, making a total of $67,405.45
available for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1936.
Maternal and child health services.—Under the Social Security Act,
title V, part 1, the United States Department of Labor (Children’s
Bureau) allotted the Territory of Hawaii the sum of $31,751.86 under
fund A (matched with Territorial funds), which together with the
Federal credit of $3,227.24 as of June 30, 1936, totaled $34,979.10.
Total expenditures from fund A for the fiscal year amounted to
$28,356.21, leaving a balance of $6,622.89 available as of June 30,
1937. Included in this expenditure was $3,675.02 which was transferred
to the Territory of Hawaii (Bureau of Maternal and Infant
Hygiene) to equalize Territorial and Federal expenditures under this
activity.
Services for crippled children.—Under title V, part 2, of the Social
Security Act, the United States Department of Labor (Children’s
Bureau) allotted the Territory of Hawaii the sum of $25,000 for
services for crippled children, provided a like amount was made
available from Territorial funds for matching this allotment. As
there were no legislative funds appropriated for this purpose, the
Governor of Hawaii made available the sum of $25,000 from the
unemployment relief tax fund to match the Federal allotment and to
be used for services for crippled children. Expenditures from these
two allotments totaled $18,986.29, of which $9,493.14 was expended
from Territorial funds and $9,493.15 from Federal funds.
Vital statistics.—The population of the Territory of Hawaii, as of
June 30, 1937, was 396,715, an increase of 3,438, or 0.9 percent, over
the previous year.
The great increase is shown in the population estimate for the city
and county of Honolulu, an increase of 1,946, the city of Honolulu
increasing by 1,575. The county of Hawaii, including Hilo, gained
by 756, Hilo City increased by 130, Maui County by 519, Kauai by
310 and Kalawao by 7.
By racial groups, the part-Hawaiian group showed the largest
population increase, the total being 1,549 (Asiatic-Hawaiian 1,050
and Caucasian-Hawaiian 499). The Caucasian group gained 1,119,
Japanese, 1,255, Chinese, 162, and all others 77.
rhe three races which showed decreases in population were Hawaiian,
205; Filipino, 515; and Korean, 4.
58 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Deaths.—The annual death rate of the Territory for the fiscal year
onded June 30, 1937, corrected for residence, was 9.28 per 1,000
population, as compared with 8.58 per 1,000 population for 1936.
There were 3,684 deaths from all causes in the Territory during the
fiscal year, an increase of 349 deaths, or 10.5 percent over 1936.
Infant mortality.—There were 651 deaths of infants under 1 year
of age, an increase of 23 or 3.7 percent over the preceding year. The
infant mortality rate for the Territory per 1,000 live births was 74.29,
as compared with 70.09 for 1936.
Maternal mortality.—There were 42 deaths of mothers from all
causes of the puerperal state, an increase of 6 deaths or 16.7 percent.
Of this total number all but four were attended by physicians.
Thirty-six deaths occurred in institutions and hospitals, while six
occurred at home.
The death rate in the puerperal state per 1,000 live births and stillbirths
was 4.68, as against 3.92 in 1936.
The maternal deaths were associated with 18 live births, 9 stillbirths,
and 15 no births.
Births.—There were 8,763 births, a decrease of 197 or 2.2 percent
under the preceding year. The annual birth rate, corrected for
residence, was 22.18.
Marriages.—There were 3,426 marriages, an increase of 289 or 9.2
percent. The marriage rate per 1,000 population was 8.67, as compared
with 8.07 for 1936.
Communicable diseases.—The work of the full-time director of the
bureau of communicable diseases, which position was provided for in
the General Appropriation Act 142 (1935-37), showed most commendable
progress during the year, particularly in tabulating, classifying
and follow-up of cases of communicable diseases, with the result
that there were reported 20,405 cases of communicable diseases during
the year, of which 13,500 were due to measles.
Maternal mortality.—There were 42 maternal deaths in the Territory
during the last fiscal year, as compared with 36 deaths in 1936,
an increase of about 16 percent. The reason for this increase in mortality
can be traced to the Hawaiian group which experienced a death
rate of 23.53 per 1,000 births this year, as compared with 7.98 in 1936.
Infant mortality.—Infant mortality showed a slight increase in the
number of deaths per 1,000, as compared with 1936. There were
70.09 deaths per 1,000 in 1936, as compared with 74.29 in 1937. The
Hawaiian group again suffered the most in this respect; they registered
78 deaths out of a total of 328 births, or a death rate of 237.80
per 1,000, an increase of 65.1 percent over 1936. The increase in
infant mortality was probably due to the very extensive measles epidemic
prevalent in the Territory during the past year, totaling 58
deaths, or 6 percent of the total infant deaths.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 59
Under the present program, every effort is being made to give
greater emphasis to the various important causes of infant deaths,
particularly in the prevention of communicable diseases, proper diet
and in the early correction of physical defects.
Maternal- and child-health conferences.—By means of social security
funds, the work and personnel of the bureau of maternal and infant
hygiene have been considerably extended, especially in rural areas.
Thirty-four physicians in the rural localities are being remunerated
for attending 68 child-health conferences and 22 maternal-health conferences
monthly. Of these conferences, 15 child-health and 11 maternal-
health conferences were newly established during the past year.
The rural maternal-health conferences conducted by the board of
health for the year have cared for 785 maternity cases. The childhealth
conferences have cared for 2,384 infants. These are in addition
to conferences held by plantation personnel.
Tuberculosis.—More cures than deaths with decreasing numbers of
cases following a decreasing incidence of infection, marks a new
achievement in the control of tuberculosis throughout the Territory
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937.
Three hundred and ninety-one cases were removed as apparently
arrested, arrested, or apparently cured from the 3,120 active cases
registered with the tuberculosis bureau during the fiscal year.
While the increased tuberculosis death toll was below that predicted,
despite consistently lower rates in other age groups, trebling of female
deaths in the ages of young womanhood and doubling of male deaths
in early occupation has returned tuberculosis to second in the list of
causes of death in the Territory for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1937. It is particularly significant that the increased mortality was
chiefly limited to youth of Hawaiian and Japanese racial extracts
recently employed in the lesser industries of urban centers.
The bureau of tuberculosis, in addition to maintaining an active
register of all cases of tuberculosis in the Territory, supplements the
medical work of the private physicians by making available, through
its direct-wide chest clinics, diagnostic and home care, as well as
sanitarium placement where indicated to every man, woman, and
child in the Territory.
Territorial hospital.—This hospital for mental diseases operated in
a satisfactory manner, and the mentally ill were given efficient care.
There were 838 patients on the books of the institution at the beginning
of the year, while at the close of the year there were 893 patients,
a net increase of 55 patients.
The average daily number of patients actually in the institution
during the year was 823.24.
The hospital days for both patients and employees numbered
34:8,191, and the per capita cost of patients and employees was $1.01.
60 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
The total expenditures for the year amounted to $353,155.96, and:
receipts were $32,731.
BOARD OF HOSPITALS AND SETTLEMENT
The board of hospitals and settlement, organized July 1, 1931, to
carry on the leprosy program of the Territory, closes its sixth year
with a consistently continuing low record in the total number of
active patients at Kalaupapa Settlement and at Kalihi Hospital and
of patients on temporary release in the Territory. Also, the number
of children in the Kapiolani Girls’ Home (for nonleprous children of
leprous parents) has been further decreased, the boys’ home having
been officially closed at the end of the fiscal year.
As of June 30, 1937, the figures are as follows:
Active patients:
Kalaupapa Settlement______________________________________ 407
Kalihi Hospital________ :___________________________________ 98
Total__________________________________________________ 505
Patients on temporary release____________________________________ 148
Total in segregation and under control_______________________ 653
Kapiolani Girls’ Home:
Girls_____________________________________________________ 22
Boys_____________________________________________________ 21
Total__________________________________________________ 43
At Kalaupapa the medical service has been improved by additions
of noninmate personnel in the hospital and elsewhere as funds for
personal services permitted and by an improved sanitary control in
the settlement generally.
The noncompulsory medical service continues to be a great obstacle
to the staff in securing the most effective results for patient relief
and care; however, a greater percentage of patients availed themselves
of the service during the past year.
During the past year the medical relief of the patients at Kalita
Hospital has been executed and directed by medical officers of the
United States Public Health Service.
During the past year the United States Leprosy Investigation
Station in Honolulu has been designated a branch laboratory of the
National Institute of Health in Washington. Previously, it had been
an independent laboratory under the jurisdiction of the Scientific
Research Division of the Public Health Service.
The program for the placement of children from the Kapiolani
Girls’ Home and the Kalihi Boys’ Home has been greatly accelerated
during the year by the welfare worker. Thirty-seven children were
placed in foster homes, which, with new admissions, readmissions, and
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 61
deaths, leaves 21 boys and 22 girls, or a total of 43 in the Kapiolani
Home at the end of the year with an age range of from 1 month to
13 years, as against a total of 72 in the 2 homes for the previous
year.
At the out-patient clinic in charge of the board’s physicians, 51
new cases of leprosy were certified and segregated for treatment during
the past year. Of this number 27.5 percent were children of school
age while 72.5 percent were adults. Eight patients on temporary
release and three patients on full discharge had recrudescences of
their previous existing condition and were recommitted for treatment.
The general appropriations made available by the 1935 legislature
amounted to $877,599.24, allotments from the Governor’s contingent
fund for the employment of temporary assistants $6,601.63 and the
augmenting of 1935 appropriations by the 1937 legislature for an
impending deficiency (later representing a 2-percent deficit) due to
rises in commodity prices and emergency expenditures, $39,900,
brought the total to $924,100.87 for the requirements of this board
for the biennial period, 1935-37.
The direct institutional per capita cost per day for all inmates in
the four institutions—Kalaupapa Settlement, Kalihi Hospital,
Kapiolani Girls’ Home and Kalihi Boys’ Home—was 65 cents for
personal services (8 cents above that of the past year), and $1.21 for
current expenses as compared with $1.10 for the year before. The
per capita cost per day for all purposes was $1.86 and for the previous
year $1.67.
FEDERAL PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
During the fiscal year all the quarantine buildings now in use were
repaired, termite-infested woodwork being removed and replaced and
the buildings repainted.
The quarantine launch H. A. Stansfield was transferred to the
United States Coast Guard on February 17 for use as a consolidated
boarding launch by the quarantine boarding officers and the customs
and immigration inspectors at this port. This transfer relieves the
service of the expense of operating the launch and saves the Government
the expense of maintaining two boarding launches at this port.
One hundred sixty-three vessels were inspected at this station during
the year, of which 152 were given free pratique and 11 provisional
pratique.
The medical inspection of aircraft arriving from Alameda, Calif.,
was discontinued on bureau authority during the year, but the inspection
for mosquitoes was continued. All eastbound aircraft arriving
from Manila via Guam, Wake, and Midway, are given medical
inspection and are carefully examined for mosquitoes. No live mos62
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
quito was found on board any aircraft during the year, but two dead
A. litoralis were discovered on different aircraft arriving from Manila.
Airplanes arriving from foreign countries inspected at this station
numbered 48, carrying crews of 398 and passengers, 347.
ATTORNEY GENERAL’S DEPARTMENT
On February 17, 1937, the nineteenth regular session of the legislature
convened and was in session until April 28, 1937. Although each
house of the legislature employed its own attorneys a large portion
of the time of the attorney general’s department was occupied with
legislative matters throughout the session.
The legislature increased the personnel of the attorney general’s
department by providing for a law clerk, a clerk-typist and a principal
clerk-stenographer and added one new regular deputy. In addition
to the foregoing the office of attorney formerly employed by the tax
commissioner as adviser to the delinquent tax bureau was abolished
and the attorney general authorized to appoint a deputy to serve the
tax department. This deputy is now on the basis of all other deputies
in the office, although most of the time of this deputy is devoted to tax
matters. The legislature also changed the title of the first deputy
attorney general to assistant attorney general and the numerical
designation of all other deputies was abolished.
The increased activity during recent years in public works has made
it necessary to institute a large number of condemnation suits, many
of which it has been impossible to bring to trial within a reasonable
time. With the increased personnel in the department, however, it is
hoped that it will be able to promptly dispose of these pending cases
and thus be in a better position to promptly handle the current business
of the office. In many cases the owners of the lands sought to be
condemned have permitted the Government to take possession prior
to acquisition of title and an injustice is done the owners by not
promptly disposing of the cases and making payment for the lands
taken.
There are also pending before the Public Utilities Commission a
number of important valuation hearings in which this department
has acted as adviser to the commission. The most notable ones are
the valuation of the Hawaiian Electric Co., Ltd., and the Mutual
Telephone Co. The valuation of the Maui Electric Co., Ltd., was
concluded during this period and various other small companies'
assets were valued for rate-making purposes in all of which the attorney
general or one of Iris deputies was in attendance as adviser to the
commission. In addition to the rate hearings there has been considerable
litigation growing out of the certificates of necessity and
convenience which the statute authorizes the commission to issue to
persons desiring to operate motor vehicles upon the streets. LitigaREPORT
OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 63
tion of this matter has been so far successfully handled by this department
although new litigation is now pending in the United States
district court.
There is still pending extensive tax litigation. The most important
litigation being that of the Maui Agricultural Co., Ltd., pending in
the supreme court. Many other cases are pending in the tax appeal
court awaiting the decision in the Maui Agricultural Co. case.
The land-court cases are always of concern to the Territory and
must be handled by this department.
In addition to conducting litigation in which the Territory is interested,
this department is repeatedly called upon to advise the heads
of departments, and either the attorney general or one of his deputies
was a member of the delinquent tax adjustment committee which
operated up to June 30, 1937. The attorney general is also an exofficio
member of the board of bar examiners, and either he in person
or one of his deputies must devote considerable time to the preparation
of questions and grading of papers of applicants as well as taking
part in the investigation of the eligibility of candidates for admission
to the bar.
BOARD OF PRISON DIRECTORS
During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1937, the board expended
$228,033.42, of which amount $19,418.76 was chargeable to the
general office, and $208,614.66—Oahu Prison, including camps.
INTERNAL AFFAIRS
Improvements have been reflected in a number of important
matters such as:
Own water system started late in preceding year. N ow completed
and in full operation, reducing consumption of city water and effecting
a saving to the Territory.
Beautification of farm area has been fully developed during the
year and many varieties of seasonal flowers have added to its general
appearance. Over 20 acres of land have been developed and under
cultivation, yielding many varieties of vegetables which are used in
prison kitchen.
REHABILITATION PROGRAM OF INMATES
Much has been done in educational activities. Full-time academic
teacher supervises this activity and the subjects taught have been
organized with system and regularity.
Inmates make greater use of library and longer hours for reading
encouraged.
Band and drum corps stage periodical concerts and offer entertainment
on special occasions.
64 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Recreational activities.—Aside from special Governor’s nights programs
sponsored by inmate talent as well as by invited artisits, many
participate in baseball, handball, volleyball, field and track events,
and avocational pursuits.
Religious activities.—Many denominations, individuals, and agencies
participate in scheduled services.
The bureau of crime statistics has been of material assistance to
other law enforcing agencies.
Recommendation of minimum sentences is a responsibility of the
board. Such recommendations are made after careful consideration
of all matters pertinent to a case, and information secured is consolidated
into a narrative which forms a nucleus for the pre-parole report.
During the year, 158 minimums were fixed by the board, 12 of
which were modified by the sentencing judges.
PAROLE WORK
The board reports progress along the lines developed by earnest
study of the many aspects involved. Individualization and methods
employed in social case work are being followed. During the year
just ended there were 801 under the supervision of 3 paid parole
officers and 7 voluntary nonpaid assistant parole officers located on
the outside islands.
Out of a total of 166 paroles granted during the year only 6 from
this number, representing 3.6 percent, had paroles revoked for violations.
From among 792 paroled in prior years there were subsequently
returned 38, or 4.8 percent.
In keeping with the spirit of Joint Resolution No. 3, S. L. 1933,29
Filipinos were returned to their native land during the year, in addition
to 5 other nationals. With the exception of two Filipinos, the
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association defrayed transportation expenses
for this group.
On the basis of the number of prisoners under parole supervision,
the per-capita cost of parole for the fiscal year just ended was $15.48.
It costs taxpayers approximately one twenty-eighth as much to supervise
a paroled prisoner for 1 year as it does for those maintained in
prison.
Population, Oahu Prison: At the beginning of the fiscal year, the
population of Oahu Prison was 417 Territorial and 78 Federal prisoners.
At the close of the fiscal year, the population was 464 Territorial and
56 Federal prisoners, making a total of 520, an increase of 25 as compared
with the preceding year and shows the Territorial prisoners
increased by 47 and the Federal decreased by 22. The per-capita cost
of maintaining a prisoner in Oahu Prison was $427.
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 65
Following are statistical tables of Oahu Prison:
Prisoners Serving June 30, 1937
Nationality Male Female Total Percentage
American____________________________________________________________________________ 23 1 24 4. 62
Chinese__________________________________________________________ -_________________ 44 1 45 8. 67
Filipino ____________________________________________________________________________ 129 129 24. 86
Hawaiian ___________________________________________________________________________ 59 4 63 12 14
Cau-Hawaiian_____________________________________________________________________ 52 1 53 10. 21
Asiatic Hawaiian_________________________________________________________________ 36 36 6.94
Japanese ____________________________________________________________________________ 48 1 49 9. 44
Korean ____________________________________________________________________________ 14 14 2. 70
Portuguese_____________ ___________________________________________________________ 49 1 50 9.63
Puerto Rican______________________________________________________________________ 38 38 7. 32
Spanish______________________________________________________________________________ 6 6 1.16
German _ ______ - - _____________ _________ ______________ ___ _ 4 4 .77
Hawaiian mixtures... _________________________________________________________ 3 3 .58
French_______________________________________________________________________________ 1 1 . 19
Samoan_______________________________________________________________________________ 4 4 .77
Total ________________________________________________________________________ 510 9 519 100. 00
Classification of Crimes by Nationality, Federal Prisoners, Serving June 30, 1937
Nationality Burglary
Violation
drug
laws
Violation
postal
laws
Forgery
Counterfeiting
Violation
sec. 398,
T-18
(procuring)
Violation
sec.
338-A,
T-18
U. S.C.
Violation
liquor
taxing
law
Total Percentage
American_____________________ 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 5.36
Chinese________________________ 0 26 o 0 0 o 0 2 28 50. 00
Filipino_______________________ 1 0 0 1 2 1 0 o 5 8. 93
Japanese_______________ _______ 0 1 o 1 0 0 3 3 8 14.28
Korean________________________ 0 2 0 1 0 0 1 1 5 8.93
Portuguese______ ___________ 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 4 7.14
Caucasian-Hawaiian_____ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1.79
Asiatic Hawaiian__________ 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1.78
Hawaiian_____________________ 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1.78
Total__________________ 3 32 1 4 2 1 7 6 56 100.00
Percent
Total Territorial prisoners serving June 30,1937______________________________________________ 463 89.21
Total Federal prisoners serving June 30, 1937_________________________________________________ 56 10.79
519 100.00
66 REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII
Classification of Crimes by Nationality, Territorial Prisoners, Serving June 30, 1937
4. 54
3. 67
26. 79
13.38
11.23
7. 56
8.86
1.94
9.94
8.21
1.30
.86
.65
.21
.86
00 '001
imoj,
21
17
124
62
52
35
4.1
9
46
38
6
4
3
1
4
CO
o
UOI^IO^Xg r-4 O OO OO ooooooooo r-4
spiooei
SmAjispej
OOOOOOrHOOOOOO O o r-4
j£uiopos
000cq,-(0r-<0*0r-<000 oo O
osjnoo
-J93QI {BUXQS
uocqcoot^coooo cq
(unj puB
Ijq) 9261 H
'7 H ‘I6CT ’398
o ooc 00-10000 oo co
9dBy
(M O 401,069
1 1,315,396
1 4, 507, 629
1 317, 690
$131, 670
14,916
226,453
230,792
31,414
12, 605
605,351
44, 578
$4.03
28.46
3.78
4. 22
7. 83
.96
13.43
14.03
$1, 969
322
3,334
2,077
262
863
$17
Motor vehicle, common carriers, all— . 402
Railroads:
Oahu Railway & Land__________
Hawaii Consolidated __________
Hawaii Railway_________________
Kahului Railroad- _____________
Steamship companies:
Inter-Island Steam___________
Airways:
Inter-Island. ____________ -
General and miscellaneous expenditures
(undistributed)_____________ 8,982
WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION
City and county oj Honolulu.—Cases brought before the board
numbered 483, involving 544 hearings. There were 230 additional
hearings held in relation to cases continued from previous years, or in
relation to cases reopened for review or modification of award, making
a total of 770 hearings.
The 7,292 accidents reported were divided by classes of disability
as follows:
Class 1:
(a) Total disability of less than 1 day_________________________ 3, 648
(b) Total disability of less than 1 week________________________ 1, 972
(c) Total disability of more than 1 week_______________________ 1,.499
(d) Prolonged disability and probable permanent partial disability
pending as of Dec. 31, 1936________________________ 81
Class 2:
(a) Accidents reported in 1936, resulting in permanent partial disability
adjudicated in year ending Dec. 31, 1936_______ 71
(b) Cases resulting in total and permanent disability____________ ----
Class 3:
(a) Fatal accidents reported in 1936 adjudicated in year ending Dec.
31, 1936_______________________________________ 26
(b) Fatal accidents pending as of Dec. 31, 1936, reported in 1936___ 1
Total____________________________________________ 7,292
Total benefits, including compensation, medical, and hospital
expenses were:
Class 1__________________________________________________ $137,760.47
Class 2_________________________________________________ 56, 327.96
Class 3_________________________________________________ 31,030.29
County of Hawaii.—A total of 1,479 accidents have been reported
to the board during the fiscal period just closed, a slight decrease as
compared with the previous year when 1,632 reports were filed. $
the 1,479 accidents reported, final reports have been received covering
REPORT OF THE ACTING GOVERNOR OF HAWAII 69
1,346 cases, there being 133 cases still pending. The majority of
these refer to accidents reported within the last few months. There
were 615 accidents which did not entail compensation, but payments
were made voluntarily in a number of cases by the employers and in a
few cases the full wages were paid. Medical and hospital services
were also paid in these cases. The following table gives a detailed
account of the accidents occurring during the fiscal period 1936-37:
Number Percent
Returned to work on day of accident____________________ 373 25. 22
Returned to work within 7 days_________________________ 242 16. 36
Not entitled to compensation under the law______________ 615 41. 58
Were absent from 8 to 14 days______________________ ±__ 248 16. 77
Were absent from 15 to 21 days_________________________ 170 11. 49
Were absent from 22 to 30 days_________________________ 124 8. 38
Were absent from 31 to 60 days________________________ 123 8. 32
Were absent from 61 to 90 days________________________ 26 1. 76
Were absent from 91 to 300 days________________________ 17 1. 15
Were fatal accidents__________________________________ 11 .74
Were erroneously reported_____________________________ 7 . 47
Were duplicate reports________________________________ 4 . 27
Claim for compensation denied_________________________ 1 . 07
Pending------------------------------------------------------------------- 133 9. 00
Total-------------------------------------------------------------- 1, 479 100. 00
Compensation awarded in the 11 fatal cases amounted to $8,337.08;
in 17 cases of total disability succeeded by permanent partial disability,
$11,967.66; for total disability not succeeded by permanent
partial disability, $11,555.08. Total medical and hospital expenses
in all classes of cases amounted to $21,563.60.
County of Maui.—
Number of accidents reported_______________________________ 1, 133
Over 7 days______________________________________________ 450
Under 7 days_____________________________________________ 571
Pending-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 103
Fatalities________________________________________________ 9
Total compensation paid recovered employees__________________ $11, 629. 71
Hospital and medical expenses, reported (plantations and some other
employees do not report hospital and medical expenses)_______ $9, 063. 42
Awards for deceased employees (6 left no dependents)___________ $6, 976. 16
Awards for loss of eyes, fingers, toes__________________________ $13, 731. 62
County of Kauai.—On Kauai there were 115 concerns carrying
compensation insurance through policies and at present 6 are under
the self-insured plan. These 115 who are carrying insurance with
companies and others that were carrying their own insurance sent
ln to the board 210 reports of accidents, 178 final reports, and 64
reports of paid compensation.
Respectfully submitted.
Charl es M. Hite ,
Acting Governor of Hawaii. o
...


ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE
VIRGIN ISLANDS
TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
19 3 7
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON • 1937
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Harold L. Ickes, Secretary
TERRITORY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
Lawrence W. Cramer, Governor
For sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Price 10 cents
CONTENTS
Page
Reappointment of Governor_______________________________ 1
Economic, development___________________________________ 1
Private development_________________________________ 2
Congressional legislation__________________________________ 2
Sugar quota law______________________________________ 2
Rivers and harbors bill_______________________________ 3
Local legislation__________________________________________ 3
Fiscal___________________________________________________ 5
Municipality of St. Thomas and St. John______________ 5
Municipality of St. Croix_____________________________ 5
Total revenues_______________________________________ 5
Income tax__________________________________________ 5
Customs dues________________________________________ 6
Cost of municipal government_________________________ 6
Reduction of Federal deficit appropriation______________ 6
St. Thomas Harbor Board____________________________ 6
The Federal appropriation___ 2____________________________ ' 7
W. P. A. projects...___________________________________ 7
P. W. A. Federal projects_____________________________ 7
P. W. A. non-Federal projects______________________________ 7
Relief program work accomplishments_____________________ 8
W. P. A. projects_______________________________________ 8
Homesteading_______________________________________ 8
Virgin Islands Co__ _________________________________ 8
Roads_______________________________________________ 9
Bluebeard Castle Hotel_______________________________ 9
Survey of Federal archives____________________________ 10
P. W. A. projects_______________________________________ 10
Bluebeard Castle Hotel water supply installation_______ 10
Government House St. Croix, reconstruction___________ 10
St. Croix municipal power plant_______________________ 10
Non-Federal projects_________________________________ 10
Low-cost housing_____________________________________ 11
United States Marine Corps airbase___________________ 11
Civil Conservation Corps_____________________________ 11
Treasury relief art project_____________________________ 12
Federal buildings, Charlotte Amalie________________________ 12
in
IV CONTENTS
Virgin Islands Cooperatives_______________________________
Agricultural station and vocational school__________________
Municipal government department activities________________
Department of education_____________________________
Health and sanitation________________________________
Public welfare_______________________________________
Public works department_____________________________
Libraries____________________________________________
Police and prison department_________________________
St. John_____________________________________________
Administration of immigration laws________________________
Steamboat Inspection Service_____________________________
Operation of the organic act_______________________________
Conclusion______________________________________________
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
Lawrence W. Cramer, Governor
CHARLOTTE AMALIE, ST. THOMAS
September 1, 1937
The Honorable the Secre tar y of the Inte rior ,
Washington, D. C.
Sir : Pursuant to section 20 of the Organic Act of the Virgin Islands
of the United States, approved June 22, 1936, I have the honor to
submit the following annual report of the transactions of the Government
of the Virgin Islands for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1937.
REAPPOINTMENT OF GOVERNOR
As a result of the enactment of the Organic Act of the Virgin Islands,
Lawrence W. Cramer was reappointed Governor on June 23, 1936.
This reappointment was confirmed by the Senate June 21, 1937.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
The economic improvement described in previous annual reports,
and largely traceable to the activities of the Federal Government in
prosecuting a program of economic rehabilitation in the Virgin Islands,
has continued and was accelerated during this year. Numerous
P. W. A., W. P. A., and relief projects, for which funds had been allotted
in the fiscal year 1936, were completed during this year. A
summary statement of work accomplished under these various projects
is given under appropriate headings subsequently in this report.
Although no new relief allocations were made during the year, the
Projects which were carried forward practically eliminated unemployment
in the island of St. Croix and furnished opportunity for work to
a large percentage of the unemployed in the islands of St. Thomas
and St. John.
1
2 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
The direct expenditure of Federal funds, in addition to accomplishing
many desirable public improvements, and reviving the moribund
economy of the Virgin Islands, has benefited generally all elements of
the population. This has led to a pronounced improvement socially.
Unusually heavy rains during the past year have increased the
yield of the basic sugar crop in the island of St. Croix to extraordinary
proportions. Against an average yield of 1 to 1% tons of sugar per
acre of sugarcane, many fields have this year produced 5, 6, or 7 tons
of sugar per acre. Unfortunately all of the benefits of this high yield
could not be realized due to the inadequacy of grinding facilities and
because of the limitations of the sugar quota which has been applied
to the Virgin Islands under the Jones-Costigan Act. The homestead
program, the Virgin Islands Co., and the municipal fiscal structure
in the island of St. Croix, which depend largely upon the sugar crop,
were all greatly benefited by this high yield.
The most important commercial activity in the island of St. Thomas
has continued to show improvement. The shipping business with its
related coal and oil bunkering business again revealed the fact that
the port of St. Thomas is its most important economic asset. Numerous
plans have been prosecuted with vigor for the improvement
of the harbor of St. Thomas.
Private Development.—The recently developed interest on the part
of American capital in the Virgin Islands was indicated during the
year by the establishment by an old and well-known American corporation
of its principal place of business in St. Thomas. Several
business ventures have been established in the island of St. Croix.
An increasing interest on the part of American capital in the economic
possibilities of the Virgin Islands is evidenced by the large number
of inquiries and visits on the part of those who contemplate the establishment
of businesses. This tendency, to the extent that it
materializes in a substantial way, is of great importance to the islands
which have been so long neglected by American capital.
Numerous opportunities exist which, if carefully developed, may in
time remove the inhabitants of the Virgin Islands from the category
of an economically stranded population.
CONGRESSIONAL LEGISLATION
Sugar Quota Law.—The legislation now before Congress for the
extension of the sugar-quota system originally established by the
Jones-Costigan Act is of vital importance to the basic industry of the
island of St. Croix. The earlier bill was enacted in the period during
which the Virgin Islands sugar industry had reached its nadir. As a
result, a very limited quota, only slightly in excess of 5,000 tons a
year, was allotted to the Virgin Islands. As a consequence of urgent
representations, the new sugar legislation makes provision for an increase
in the sugar quota for the Virgin Islands to a tonnage which
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 3
more nearly approximates normal production. If enacted, it will
establish a quota of approximately 9,000 tons of sugar for the Virgin
Islands. This new quota would, during the 3 years for which it is
to be effective, permit the return to levels more nearly approaching
normal production in this basic industry than did the quota established
under the Jones-Costigan Act. No refined sugar is manufactured
in the Virgin Islands, and no present plans exist for the establishment
of refining facilities.
With an added sugar quota, there would be opportunity for steady
employment for a substantial proportion of the agricultural workers
in St. Croix, a market for the only cash crop raised by 300 homesteaders
who have been established on the land by the Federal
Government, and prospect of the economic operation of the sugar
factories of St. Croix, including those of the Virgin Islands Co.
Rivers and Harbors Bill.—In accordance with the Rivers and
Harbors Act of 1935, a preliminary examination and survey of St.
Thomas Harbor was made by United States Army engineers. As
a result of this survey there was recommended a project for the improvement
of St. Thomas Harbor including the deepening of the
entrance channel to an over-all depth of 36 feet and to a width of
600 feet, the extention of the anchorage and maneuvering basin by
135 acres by dredging that area to a depth of 32 feet, and the construction
of a breakwater from the eastern edge of the harbor to
Rupert’s Rock. These improvements, estimated to cost $743,000,
would add greatly to the safety and convenience of the harbor of
St. Thomas. They would constitute the first substantial harbor
improvement to be undertaken by the United States Government
since the transfer of the Virgin Islands to American sovereignty.
The rivers and harbors bill now before Congress includes authorization
for this project, and it is confidently expected that an appropriation
will soon be made to permit actual work to be undertaken.
Because the harbor of St. Thomas is the only important natural
lesource of the island, this step is of greatest importance to the future
economic well-being of the community.
LOCAL LEGISLATION
A number of important ordinances have been enacted by the
municipal councils during the year. The municipality of St. Thomas
and St. John by ordinance of May 18, 1937, authorized the St. Thomas
Harbor board to issue bonds in the amount of $750,000 for the purpose
of establishing a graving dock. Previously, by act of Congress
o ay 23, 1932, the harbor board had been authorized to borrow
150,000, but this amount proved to be much less than would need
He borrowed if this project were to be undertaken. A large committee
representing all substantial interests in the island was appointed
y the Governor to make a thorough survey of the graving dock
4 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
proposal. A comprehensive and well-considered report prepared by
this committee clearly sets forth the many cogent reasons for the
establishment of this facility in St. Thomas Harbor. Because of the
almost complete dependence of the island either on its shipping
activity or on Federal relief expenditures, it is obvious that every
effort must be made to develop the facilities of the port. Local
opinion is unanimous in supporting every effort to improve this sole
natural resource of the community. In addition to the action of the
municipal council in authorizing the issuance of $750,000 of bonds,
it may be anticipated that the local legislature will set aside the
income from special taxes to assist in the amortization of the costs
of constructing a graving dock. Federal assistance in the form of a
loan and grant is necessary to permit the realization of this development
which has been under consideration for many years.
In both municipalities, ordinances were enacted to control the
entry into the Virgin Islands of persons afflicted with dangerous communicable
diseases. These measures were enacted to meet an increasing
problem resulting from the influx of American citizens from
neighboring islands, many of whom proved to be carriers of malaria,
hookworm, and other diseases. In the island of St. Croix especially,
where this influx was greatest, with a net increase of 802 persons from
immigration during the year, the medical facilities and personnel
have been seriously overtaxed.
Ordinances were enacted in both municipalities to control bovine
tuberculosis. These enactments were made necessary by the imposition
of quarantine regulations in the most important market for
local cattle. Cattle exported from the islands since the enactment
of these ordinances have been tuberculin tested and in no case has a
positive reaction occurred.
An ordinance was enacted by the municipal council for the municipality
of St. Thomas and St. John to eliminate cattle ticks. Similar
legislation has been under consideration in the municipality of St.
Croix. All cattle for export have been dipped and cannot be exported
without a certificate from the veterinarian of the United States
agricultural station declaring it to be free of ticks.
The municipality of St. Thomas and St. John has continued, but
only until December 31, 1937, the suspension of ships dues for vessels
calling at the port of St. Thomas for coal and oil bunkering. This
suspension, which was first enacted in March 1933, has indubitably
contributed greatly to the considerable increase of shipping in the
harbor of St. Thomas since that date. It is anticipated that a further
suspension will be made effective as soon as the present suspension
expires.
In accordance with the provisions of the act of Congress of May >
1936, requiring the imposition of a real property tax based on actua
value and falling equally on all property of equal value, the munic
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 5
ipality of St. Croix enacted an adequate and satisfactory tax measure.
A similar tax was made to apply to the municipality of St. Thomas
and St. John by Presidential executive regulation, under date of
December 31, 1936, due to the failure of this municipality to enact
a suitable law. In both municipalities archaic and inequitable tax
laws were repealed upon the enactment of these real-property tax
laws. Assessments have been made for the first time in the island
of St. Croix where no assessed value real-property tax had previously
been in effect. New assessments were made in St. Thomas in accordance
with the new law. In both municipalities the taxes levied
will increase the revenues of the municipalities without imposing
undue hardship on taxpayers.
FISCAL
Considerable increase has been shown in the revenues of the municipal
governments derived from local taxes. This improvement is
greatest in the revenues of the municipality of St. Croix where tax
payments made by the Virgin Islands Co. under the provisions of
the act of Congress of May 26, 1936, have been in substantial amounts.
Municipality of St. Thomas and St. John.—The actual revenues of
the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John amounted to $179,640.83,
an increase of 11 percent over the revenues of the preceding fiscal
year. Income tax collections were $35,488.55, an increase of 95
percent over the preceding fiscal year. Receipts from customs dues
were $14,567.47, an increase of 6 percent. Internal revenue taxes
brought in $48,585.53, an increase of 23 percent.
Municipality of St. Croix.—The actual revenues of the municipality
of St. Croix amounted to $178,069.80, an increase of 40 percent over
the preceding fiscal year. Income-tax collections were $12,042.85,
an increase of 74 percent. Receipts from import duty were $15,024.97,
a decrease of 30 percent. Export duty brought in $29,958.01, an
increase of 120 percent.
Total Revenues
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
Municipality of—
St. Thomas and St. John___ ___________________ $86, 524
107,440
$105,898
119,663
$146,650
136,266
$161, 271
127,167
$179,640
St. Croix _ 178, 069
The substantial increase in income-tax returns is reflected in the
following table:
Income Taxes
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
Municipality of—
St. Thomas and St. John_______________________
St. Croix_______________________________________
$5,047
3, 337
$7,198
6,231
$14, 572
14,397
$18, 237
6,904
$35,488
12, 042
23178—37------ 2
6 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
Because of the provision of the Organic Act of the Virgin Islands
making applicable a uniform import duty to both municipalities
of the Virgin Islands, thus reducing the rates previously in effect
for St. Croix, customs revenues of the municipality of St. Croix
show a decrease from the preceding year. Revenues from this
source in the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John continued to
show improvement.
Customs Dues
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
Municipality of—
St. Thomas and St. John ______ . _. $4,758
7,678
$7, 590
13, 212
$9,825
16, 743
$13,691
21,352
$14,567
St. Croix_____________ _______ _____ _________ 15,024
Cost of Municipal Governments -—'The cost of the municipal government
of St. Thomas and St. John was budgetted at $254,600. The
United States contributed a deficit appropriation of $70,000.
The cost of the municipal government of St. Croix was budgetted
at $238,972. The United States contributed a deficit appropriation
of $60,000.
Reduction of Federal Deficit Appropriations.—The established
policy of the Congress in reducing annually the Federal contribution to
the cost of operation of the municipal governments of the Virgin Islands
has been continued. These contributions have been substantially
reduced in recent years as indicated in the following table:
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
Municipality of—
St. Thomas and St. John_______________________ $112, 032 $98, 500 $90, 000 $80,000 $70,000
St. Croix_______________________________________ 124, 355 98,500 94, 990 95,000 60,000
St. Thomas Harbor Board.—The financial statement of the St.
Thomas Harbor Board continues to reflect the steady improvement
of shipping activities. The revenues of the St. Thomas Harbor
Board show an increase of 16 percent over the preceding fiscal year.
Collection of ships dues were increased by 21 percent; pilotage fees
increased by 21 percent also. The following table reflects this
improvement:
Total revenues________________ ____________________
Operating surplus__________________________________
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
$25,144
9,106
$28,018
11,875
$26,860
9,375
$27,902
9,310
$32,267
12,034
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 7
THE FEDERAL APPROPRIATION
The appropriation “Temporary Government for the Virgin Islands
1937” was as follows:
Central Administration_______________________________________ $125, 000
Agricultural experiment station and vocational school_____________ 35, 000
Deficit, municipality of St. Thomas and St. John_________________ 70, 000
Deficit, municipality of St. Croix______________________________ 60, 000
290, 000
The Second Deficiency Appropriation Act, fiscal year 1936, appropriated
$5,000 to provide for the purchase of furniture and furnishings
for Government House, St. Croix.
No new relief allocations were made for the Virgin Islands during
the fiscal year. Relief projects for which allocations were made in the
previous fiscal year were carried on and completed at the close of the
fiscal year. The following relief projects with the amounts originally
allocated were thus completed:
W. P. A. Projects
Homesteads---------------------$151, 200 Administrative expenses___ $38, 588
Virgin Islands Co________ 170, 000 Archives________________ 4, 500
Roads_________ _______ 192, 000 ------------
Hotel facilities__________ 91, 400 647, 688
Total obligations against the foregoing funds to June 30, 1937 were
reported by the Treasury Department to be as follows:
Homesteads---------------- $148, 723. 57 Administrative expenses $37, 478. 57
Virgin Islands Co_____ 169, 910. 75 Archives_____________ 4, 017. 56
Roads______________ 191, 964. 46 —--------------
Hotel facilities_______ 90, 404. 56 642, 499. 47
The benefits of disability compensation were extended to W. P. A.
workers in the Virgin Islands. Against an allotment of $500 for
payment of disability compensation there was expended a total of
$115.29.
P. W. A. Federal Projects.—Only two P. W. A. Federal projects were
active, namely, Federal project 3 in amount of $4,264 for Bluebeard
Castle Hotel, and Federal project 14 in amount of $48,100 for reconstruction
of Government House, St. Croix.
P. W. A. Non-Federal Projects.—Three of these projects, active
during the fiscal year, with total expenditures to June 30, were as
follows:
Streets and water system, St. Thomas_________
w* drains and sewage disposal, St. Thomas,
"ater supply and surface drains, St. Croix____
Total________________
Allocated Expended
$44,444. 00
50,000. 00
41, 939.00
$42, 645.80
44,975. 88
34,622.13
136, 383.00 122, 243. 81
8 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
RELIEF PROGRAM WORK ACCOMPLISHMENTS
W. P. A. PROJECTS
Homesteading.—The homestead program was continued on existing
homestead areas and was successfully administered during the year.
It was extended on two additional estates in St. Croix and one in St.
Thomas. These estates which were purchased at the close of the last
fiscal year total 976 acres. Forty-one additional homesteaders were
given homestead contracts during the year. Land development was
carried on in this area to permit the establishment of 60 additional
homesteaders. Twenty-four homestead houses were constructed.
Roads, wells, water supply cisterns, fencing, clearing of land, plowing
and other land development work was carried on. The high yield
of the sugar crop in St. Croix resulting from extraordinary rainfall
permitted homesteaders to reap unusually large returns from their
planting. Although the crop was less than 75 percent harvested at
the close of the fiscal year, 225 homesteaders on the Whim and La-
Grande Princesse estates had paid $9,224 of the $10,878 due to the
Government as amortizing rentals and for cultivation loans. In
addition $25,851 had at that time been paid to homesteaders. It is
estimated that they are netting more than 75 percent of their gross
income in addition to equities in installments. About 97 percent of
all installments due after 4 years of operation have been paid. With
the addition of the homesteaders who had entered into contracts
during previous years there are now 380 holders of homestead contracts
in both islands.
This program is of fundamental importance and is accomplishing
highly desirable social and economic changes in the community. Land
and house purchase contracts are drawn on the basis of a 20-year
amortization period. Unfortunately, all efforts to make financial
provision for the administration and development of this program on
a permanent basis have so far failed. Because of the outstanding
success of this program and because of its obviously beneficial effects
which are being accomplished at a minimum of cost, it is imperative
that a means be found of continuing it on a permanent basis. Even
if no further extension of the program is attempted, steps must be
taken to complete the work of establishing on the land the 380 homesteaders
who now hold homestead contracts.
Virgin Islands Co.—In continuing the development of properties
under its control, the Virgin Islands Co. has, during the year, employed
an average of nearly 1,000 people. It has completed the
modernization of the Central Sugar Factory, increasing its grinding
capacity by approximately 50 percent. This factory has so far
ground 34,250 tons of sugarcane from which it has manufactured
2,750 tons of sugar and 96,146 gallons of rum. It has not yet comREPORT
OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 9
pleted the harvesting of the entire crop, and will undoubtedly produce
in excess of 1,000 tons of additional sugar before completion of the
harvest. The company has continued to clear and extend the cultivation
of its land. It has continued its program of rebuilding village
houses for workers and in constructing new housing units for them.
The work of reconstructing its Bethlehem sugar mill, the island’s
largest mill, was unfortunately not completed during the year. This
project was scheduled for completion on May 1, 1937, under a contract
with a private construction firm. The delay in completing the reconstruction
of this mill has caused considerable loss to the company
which would otherwise have benefited greatly because of the high
sugarcane yield.
Roads.-—Substantial progress was made in developing the most
important commercial roads of the island and in opening recreational
and scenic areas. A total of 32.5 miles of road were improved. Of
this 3.7 miles were asphalt penetration surface roads in the island of
St. Thomas, which constitute the most important commercial roads
on the island. Twelve and three-tenths miles were asphalt surface
roads on a water-bound macadam base in the island of St. Croix.
An asphalt seal-coat was laid on two additional miles of previously
constructed asphalt penetration road in St. Croix. The work in St.
Croix consisted of hard surfacing the most important road between the
two towns of the island over which most of the sugar cane of the island
is carried by truck to the sugar mills located on it or near its extremities.
Fourteen and five-tenths miles road of dirt or gravel surface road were
improved in St. Thomas and St. John. One of these includes a scenic
drive of spectacular beauty near the top of the ridge of hills encircling
the town of Charlotte Amalie.
The vigorous prosecution of road construction and improvement is
essential both to facilitate farm-to-market movements and to open
new areas for winter resident development. Request has been made
for additional W. P. A. funds to continue this road construction work
which lends itself especially to the employment needs of the communities
while at the same time improving the possibilities of private
economic development.
Bluebeard Castle Hotel— At the Bluebeard Castle Hotel in St.
Thomas there were constructed four self-contained cottage units
adding nine double bedrooms to the capacity of the hotel. In addition,
a multiple unit building consisting of four self-contained apartments
was constructed, adding a total of five additional double bedrooms
to the hotel. A number of improvements were made to the
existing hotel buildings adding much needed dining-room and livingroom
space. A large water storage cistern with a capacity in excess
°f 80,000 gallons was constructed. A small P. W. A. allotment permitted
the installation of a hot water supply system servicing al] bath
10 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
rooms in the hotel. Essential grading and landscaping work on the
hotel site was begun by the C. C. C. organization.
The operation of the hotel has proved to be less profitable than in
previous years, but the newly constructed cottages have effected a
much needed expansion of the hotel facilities and are much in demand.
Preparations are being made to advertise for bids for the lease of the
Bluebeard Castle Hotel to a private operator.
Survey oj Federal Archives.—This project, begun at the close of the
last fiscal year, was completed under the able direction of Mr. Harold
Larson, special assistant, Survey of Federal Archives in the Virgin
Islands, who was loaned by the National Survey of Federal Archives.
Many interesting and historically important documents were found,
collected and cataloged. Certain documents relating to Alexander
Hamilton’s domicile in the Virgin Islands and to his antecedents were
sent for preservation to the Federal Archives Building in Washington.
Similarly, an interesting day-book of Johan Lorentz, Governor of the
Danish West Indies from 1690 to 1702, was discovered and sent to
Washington for preservation. Other valuable documents were
collected and forwarded to Washington for more complete cataloging,
translation, and for use of students interested in research.
P. W. A. PROJECTS
Bluebeard Castle Hotel Water Supply Installation.—As indicated
above a small allotment was used to install a hot water supply at
Bluebeard Castle Hotel to furnish hot water to all bathrooms in the
hotel.
Government House, St. Croix, Reconstruction.—The project for the
reconstruction of this historic building was terminated at the close of
the fiscal year. The third floor of one section of this building had been
destroyed by fire in the previous year. The reconstructed portion
of the building has been strengthened and improved structurally and
has been made almost completely fireproof. Architecturally the
appearance of this fine example of Danish West Indian architecture has
not been altered.
St. Croix Municipal Power Plant.—An allocation of $40,750 was
made during the year as a 45 percent grant for the establishment of a
municipally owned power plant in the island of St. Croix. Many
difficulties of planning have been experienced which make it improbable
that this project can be carried out.
Non-Federal projects.—A 45 percent grant was made to the municipality
of St. Thomas for the improvement and surfacing of streets and
the repair and extension of the water supply system of St. Thomas.
Fifty-five percent of the cost of this project was supplied from municipal
funds. The most important streets of Charlotte Amalie have
been surfaced and existing water supply lines have been renewed and
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 11
in some places extended. An allocation for construction of drains
and sewers in St. Thomas has permitted the replacement of many
failing sewer lines and some extension of the sewer system. A third
project for the improvement of drains and water supply in St. Croix
has permitted the installation of a salt wTater supply for fire protection
and for flushing purposes. Fire hydrants were established at all
strategic points in both towns of Christiansted and Frederiksted.
These projects have been successfully completed and will add greatly
to the comfort and safety of the community. Request has been made
for additional funds to continue the improvement of sanitation
facilities which are of basic importance in any program of tourist
development.
In addition to the P. W. A. projects mentioned above, all of which
were carried out under the direction of officers and personnel of the
Government of the Virgin Islands, several other P. W. A. projects
were also completed by agencies not under the control of the Government
of the Virgin Islands. The projects and accomplishments
thereunder are indicated briefly:
Low-Cost Housing.—Three low-cost housing developments were
completed by the close of the fiscal year under the direction of the
P. W. A. Housing Division. They are located in or adjacent to each
of the three towns of the Virgin Islands. One hundred and twenty-six
family units, with a total of 230 rooms were constructed. Arrangements
are now being completed to turn over the management of these
units to the Government of the Virgin Islands which will assume
responsibility for their rental and for their maintenance. It is
believed that this procedure will reduce to a minimum management
costs which, if separately established, would constitute an excessive
overhead burden. These attractive and comfortable housing units
will create a new standard of living accommodations for the low-income
group for whom they were intended.
United States Marine Corps Airbase.—The completion during the
year of a P. W. A. project for the construction of a Marine Corps
airbase at Lindbergh Bay estate has been important both because it
has given employment to local labor and because it has established
a permanent base for the marine unit stationed at St. Thomas.
Extensive aviation maneuvers were carried on in the winter months
using this newly established air field as a base. Further maneuvers
are planned for the coming year, and it is believed that the facilities
at Lindbergh Bay will continue to attract similar activities in the
future which are of considerable economic importance to the community.
Civilian Conservation Corps.—In addition to the continuance of
two 100-man camps located in the island of St. Thomas and in the
island of St. Croix, there was authorized the establishment of a
12 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
“Senior Camp” in St. Thomas permitting the enrollment, under
special conditions, of mature unemployed workmen. The authorized
enrollment in this senior camp is 200, but to date not more than 50
enrollees have taken advantage of the opportunity to participate in
this program.
The major projects undertaken by the C. C. C. personnel were the
opening of the road to East Point Quarantine Station and Morning
Star Beach, the continued improvement of the Crown Mountain
scenic road, the improvement of the scenic St. Peter’s Mountain
Road, the construction of temporary drainage outlets at Long Bay,
in St. Thomas; and the continuation of extensive drainage operations
in the swamp areas adjacent to Frederiksted, St. Croix. Further
work was done on the recreational fields adjacent to each of the three
towns of the islands, in reforestation, fire control, and soil erosion
control activities.
Treasury Relief Art Project.—Eight artists were sent down from the
United States for varying periods during the fiscal year in connection
with this project. A total of 486 oil paintings, water colors, and
etchings were completed. Many of these were of a high standard of
excellence and will create interest in the Virgin Islands on the part
of those who will have an opportunity to see them in various exhibitions
to which they will be sent. A large number of these pictures
have been made available for the embellishment of Government
quarters and offices in the Virgin Islands.
FEDERAL BUILDINGS, CHARLOTTE AMALIE
A contract has been awarded by the Treasury Department, Procurement
Division, Public Works Branch, for the erection of a Federal
building in Charlotte Amalie. Work has been started on this project
and is furnishing employment to a small number of skilled and
unskilled workmen. When completed, this building will house the
post office and customs office and will add greatly to their facilities.
VIRGIN ISLANDS COOPERATIVES
Plans long in preparation for the establishment of a Joiners’ Cooperative
and of a Farmers’ Cooperative distribution outlet have materialized
with the successful establishment of these units. The
Handcraft Cooperative carried on its activities during the year without
any assistance from the Government. The necessary overhead
costs, which include a considerable amount for instruction, have
proved to be too great for that organization to carry out of its own
income. The cooperative continues to furnish an outlet for an
increasing amount of goods, however, and promises to be an important
factor in the economic improvement of the community if further
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 13
assistance is given to it. Approximately 700 persons were directly
benefited by the cooperatives; of whom some secured their entire
income from making goods distributed through the cooperative, and
of whom the large majority supplemented their income in this way.
A total of $28,590 worth of goods were sold through the cooperative
in the fiscal year as compared with $26,213 the previous year. Payments
of $14,386 were made to cooperative workers, as compared with
$13,540 the previous year.
AGRICULTURAL STATION AND VOCATIONAL SCHOOL
For the first 6 months of the fiscal year the staff of the agricultural
station was undermanned due to resignations in the previous year of
the agronomist and of the veterinarian. These vacancies have now
been filled and the normal activities of the station were subsequently
resumed. Cane breeding has been continued but the varieties have
been reduced in number to those which previous years’ experiments
have shown to be best adapted to St. Croix, and station acreage has
been reduced in favor of more supervised experimental planting
throughout the island. A substation was established in the Jolly
Hill (west end) section of the island which is well adapted to fruit
production. The results of experimental planting of citrus and other
economic plants at the Jolly Hill substation are promising.
Although St. Croix cattle have been for years rated as free from
tuberculosis, the fears of neighboring islands resulted in requiring
by law that tuberculin tests be made on all imported and exported
cattle. The burden of this work has fallen upon the veterinarian.
A campaign is now under way to make Puerto Rico, which is the important
market for Virgin Islands cattle, a tick-free island, and this
has imposed on the Virgin Islands the need to take immediate measures
if their cattle are not to be barred from their only export market.
This program is costly and it is improbable that local funds can be
found from private or municipal funds to carry through the 3-year
tick eradication program which must be undertaken.
The director of the agricultural station has been the acting homestead
administrator, and has devoted a large part of his time to the
very important work of supervising the homestead program. The
homesteaders require much supervision and they constitute a large
and promising field for the station’s extension work.
The vocational school has been continued with an average enrollment
of 11 boys resident at the station. Their work consists of classroom
study, shop and field work with tractors and farm equipment,
direct individual responsibility for land cultivation, and the study
and practice of animal husbandry. Five students were graduated
this year. For next year it is planned to include a limited number of
day pupils to this small number of resident students.
14 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES
Department of Education.—Efforts were continued, but so far without
success, to secure action by the local legislatures for the enactment
of revised school laws based on the findings of a comprehensive
survey of the educational system undertaken in the fiscal year 1936.
The enactment of these or comparable ordinances is imperatively
necessary for the sound direction and support of educational advance
in the future. In accordance with familiar American procedure, they
call for the election of school boards whose membership may be expected
to create increasing local interest in and support for educational
activities. Clear and fixed standards of teacher training and
promotion are established in them.
Because of the small population of the Virgin Islands and because
of their slender resources, it is not possible to establish a local normal
school or college for the training of those who desire to enter the
teaching profession. To meet both the needs of the local school systems
for well-trained teachers and the desires of ambitious natives for
higher education, there was adopted some years ago the wise policy
of securing scholarships in American universities for the best qualified
students graduating from the local high schools each year. To date
nine of these scholarship students have completed their collegiate
education in various institutions in the United States with highly
creditable standing and have returned to take positions in the publicschool
systems of the islands. In addition to their more adequate
training, these teachers have learned American methods and customs
and have established contacts in the continental United States which
are of value in the process of cultural assimilation. Furthermore, the
understandable unwillingness of local legislators to provide funds for
the employment of “outsiders” in their school systems is being
obviated.
With the employment of natives in most of the available teaching
positions there has been increasing financial support given the school
systems.
Both municipalities have made funds available as scholarship
grants to permit teachers to attend summer school sessions at the
University of Puerto Rico. The Teachers’ Association of St. Thomas
has made preparation to conduct a “Summer Institute” for teachers
who desire to take additional subject credits. This Institute is wholly
voluntary and is supported entirely by the Teachers’ Association.
The municipality of St. Thomas and St. John has enacted an ordinance
establishing a scholarship fund whose purpose it is to assist two
or three of the best qualified students graduating from the local high
school to enter collegiate institutions in the United States. Howard
University has generously granted two tuition scholarships a year for
Virgin Islands students recommended by a local scholarship selection
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 15
committee. Steps are now being taken to secure six additional scholarships
at this university so that there may constantly be two new
students entering it each year for a 4-year course.
Upon joint request of the Governor and of Dr. Arthur D. Wright,
president, Slater Fund, the Carnegie Foundation made a gift of $7,500
to the Slater Fund for maintaining a Jeanes teacher in the municipality
of St. Thomas and St. John. The education-in-living program conducted
by the Jeanes teacher provided for from Federal funds in the
island of St. Croix which has proved to be highly important and beneficial
can now be extended to include the entire Virgin Islands due to
this generous action on the part of the Slater Fund and of the Carnegie
Foundation.
There is great and pressing need for additional school-room space
both in the grade schools and especially in the high school of Charlotte
Amalie, where 14 graduates of the junior high school could not be
admitted to the senior high school for lack of space and facilities.
There was an enrollment of 3,249 students in the public schools as
compared with 3,244 in the previous year.
Health and Sanitation.-—The infant mortality rate has again been
reduced due to vigorous measures prosecuted by the health authorities
in this connection. The infant mortality rate of 106.8-per thousand
children born alive compares with the infant mortality rate of 180.5
for the previous fiscal year. The adult mortality rate was reduced
from 22.4 per thousand population to 21.4.
A serious epidemic of malaria occurred in the island of St. Croix
which was traceable to mosquito breeding in certain low lying areas
adjacent to Frederiksted town which became flooded as a result of
abnormal rains... Prompt and persistent efforts have been made to
improve this condition, and toward the close of the fiscal year there
was a falling off of the number of new cases which indicated that the
control measures undertaken in this area were taking effect. Considerable
improvement was made in the sewerage systems of each of
the three towns which will be reflected in future years in improved
health in the communities.
Public Welfare.—In addition to its normal activities, the public
welfare department in each island acted as the relief employment
office for Federal relief projects and administered the distribution of
food sent to the Virgin Islands by the Federal Surplus Commodities
Corporation.
The National Social Security Act does not apply to the Virgin
Islands, and, as a result, the beneficial effects of that great instrument
of social amelioration are unknown to their population. The capacity
of the local communities is seriously overtaxed by the old and disabled
persons who must be provided for by them. King’s Hill Poor
Farm continues with the very large population of 136. The municipal
16 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
“pension” rolls contain the names of 993 persons. The average
monthly payment to these persons is $1.50, which is greatly less than
the bare minimum required for existence. It is probable that only
one-half the number of those who are deserving of these doles are being
provided for even at this tragically inadequate rate.
Public Works Departments—1The routine activities of these departments
were carried out successfully during the year. In addition
the non-Federal P. W. A. projects described above were supervised
and administered by them. In St. Croix, as a result of a special local
grant, certain minimum repairs were made to the hospitals in Christiansted
and Frederiksted. Unfortunately, funds have not been available
for many years to maintain these hospitals and other municipal
public buildings in a satisfactory condition. It is hoped that with
increasing local revenues, funds can eventually be found to make adequate
repairs to municipal structures.
Libraries.—The normal activities of the libraries in each of the
three towms of the islands were continued. Statistical analyses indicate
that there was some falling off of attendance and interest in. the
libraries.
Police and Prison Department.—Due to the resignation of the director
of police in St. Thomas, the appointment of a new director of
police was necessitated at the close of the fiscal year. Provision was
made for five additional junior patrolmen in St. Thomas to meet the
demands of a growing population. No unusual police problems developed
during the fiscal year, but a continued tendency towards juvenile
delinquency was apparent. It has not been possible to establish a
much needed reform school because of lack of funds.
St. John.-—A new administrator for St. John was appointed in
January 1937. Routine medical and administrative work was carried
on with no unusual developments.
ADMINISTRATION OF IMMIGRATION LAWS
The United States immigration laws were made applicable to the
Virgin Islands by the Immigration Act of 1924. No provision was
made at the time for the enforcement of these laws other than by
local administrative personnel including the municipal police forces.
As a result of representations made by the Governor for better enforcement
of these laws, Mr. I. F. Wixon, Deputy Commissioner, Immigration
and Naturalization Service, Department of Labor, and Mr.
George L. Brandt, Visa Division, Department of State, were appointed
to make an investigation and report upon the administration of the
immigration laws in the Virgin Islands. These officers made a thorough
examination and submitted a comprehensive report on all phases
of the problem. Outlining certain practical difficulties which might
result from placing enforcement under Federal as distinguished from
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS 17
local control and the possibility that an act of Congress would be
required to transfer enforcement from the Governor of the Virgin
Islands to the United States Department of Labor, Messrs. Wixon and
Brandt withheld recommendation pending a ruling upon certain questions
of law. After full study of their report, it was decided that the
administration of United States Immigration laws in the Virgin
Islands should be retained under the control of the Governor of the
Virgin Islands and his administrative staff. Following suggestions
made in the Wixon-Brandt report, Congress has been requested to
appropriate funds to permit the Governor of the Virgin Islands
more adequately to enforce these laws.
STEAMBOAT INSPECTION SERVICE
Under an interpretation of a provision of the Organic Act it was
held that the United States navigation laws apply to the Virgin
Islands. This very beneficial decision has made it possible to enforce
locally Federal laws for the protection of the safety and lives of passengers
on ships plying between Virgin Islands and between them and
nearby island ports. Representatives of the Department of Commerce,
the Customs Department, and the United States Coast Guard
Service have cooperated in taking measures to protect life and to
insure safety at sea, thus removing a condition which had previously
constituted a serious and grave danger.
OPERATION OF THE ORGANIC ACT
During this first year of operation of the Organic Act of the Virgin
Islands, enacted at the close of the fiscal year 1936, there have been
many important changes in political organization all of which have
been smoothly effected.
The new municipal councils took office on January 1, 1937. The
municipal council of St. Croix now consists of nine members, all
elected by the qualified electors of that municipality, replacing the
old colonial council which had a membership of 18 of whom 13 were
elected and five appointed. The municipal council of St. Thomas
and St. John consists of seven elected members and replaces the
colonial council which consisted of 15 members of whom 11 were
elected and 4 appointed.
Preparations are being made for the enactment of a new electoral
law to establish universal suffrage after January 1, 1938, as required
by the Organic Act. The hitherto disfranchised mass of the population
has already begun to interest itself in political organization in
anticipation of this important democratic advance.
The clarification of the limits of executive and legislative power
accomplished by this act has been instrumental in developing the
spirit of mutual cooperation which has characterized the relationships
18 REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS
of these departments during the year. The veto power was sparingly
used and the new power of the municipal councils to enact legislation
over executive veto was used only once. In this case the President
upheld the action of the Governor. The new power of the legislatures
to confirm, and to withhold confirmation, of appointments to
municipal office was wisely used. In only three cases, none of them
important, did the legislatures withhold confirmation of the large number
of appointments made by the executive.
The President and the Department of Justice have acted to appoint
the personnel of the judicial department of the Virgin Islands. That
department is now fully organized in accordance with the provisions
of the Organic Act.
CONCLUSION
Although the economic improvement which has been effected in the
Virgin Islands in the past 4 years is largely the result of unusual Federal
expenditure, much of which has been of a relief character, significant
progress has been made in developing their commercial resources.
In St. Thomas the tourist and winter resident trade has been furthered
by the construction of Bluebeard Castle Hotel, by road improvement,
and by the improvement of sanitation. This trade depends
on the development of the harbor of St. Thomas as does all
other business in the island. The vigorous prosecution of harbor improvement
projects, including the establishment of a graving dock, are
of paramount importance if private commercial development is to be
expected to eliminate the existing disproportionate relief problem.
In St. Croix the development of the sugar and rum businesses
have been greatly advanced by the homestead program, by the establishment
and operation of the Virgin Islands Co. and by the road
improvement program.
These projects have proved to be effective not only in meeting
immediate relief problems but also in strengthening the basic economic
fabric of the community. The great improvement during the
year in the fiscal situation of the local governments permits the expectation
of their achieving self-sufficiency in relatively few years. In
the light of the history of the Virgin Islands this would constitute a
substantial achievement. It is, therefore, evident that the rehabilitation
program which has proved successful should be vigorously
prosecuted.
Respectfully submitted.
Law ren ce W. Cramer , Governor.
o


THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE
GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO
HONORABLE
BLANTON WINSHIP
1937
SAN JUAN, P. R.
Bur ea u of Suppl ies , Pr int ing , an d Tr ansp or tati on
1937
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. TEXT OF REPORT. Page
Agriculture-------------------------------------------------------------------- 12, 36-40
Coconuts______________________________________________ 39
Coffee------------------------------------------------------------------------12, 37
Cooperatives___________________________________________ 40
Cotton, Sea-Island____________.__________________________ 39
Federal agencies ’ activities------------------------------------------ 40, 53-55
Grape fruit______________________ _____________________ 38
Perfume-bearing plants_____________ .___________________ 40
Pineapples------------------------------------------------------------------ 38, 39
Quinine----------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
Sugar-------------------------------------------------- ,--------------------- 36
Tobacco----------------------------------------------------------------------- 38
Vanilla planting------------------------------------------------------------ 40
Vegetables________________ —__________________________ 12, 39
Air service--------------------------------------------------------------------12,13,14
Banks and Banking_________________ ,______________________ 24-26
Building boom_____________ _______________________________ 11
Carnegie Library__________________________________________ 36
Civil Service Commission___ ______.___________________________ 48-50
Classification plan______________________________________ 48
Employees within the Service, table________________________ 49
Distribution by departments, etc_______________________ 50
Examinations; rating_________________ ._ ._______________ 48.
Climate---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12, 13
Relative temperatures at various places in world______________ 13
Conclusion_______________________________________ 57
Corporations and Associations_______________________________ 16
Education--------------------------------------------------------------------- 10, 30-32
Additional appropriation for elementary education_____________ 32
Cost of public school system______________________________ 31
Enrollment_________________________________ 30'
Federal aid----------------------------------------------------------------- 31, 32
National Youth Administration program extended to Puerto Rico_ 31
School lunch rooms_____________________________________ 30
Schools_________________________ 30
Second-unit rural schools established by P.R.R.A____________ 30, 31
Teachers’ pension fund__________________________________ 31
Teaching of English___________________________ 32
Federal Agencies_______________________________________ 53-55
Federal Agricultural Extension Service extended to Puerto Rico_____ 15
Federal aid-------------------------------------------------------------------14, 31, 32
Federal Highway Act extended to Puerto Rico______________ 15
Finances, Insular Government_________________________ ____ 9, 20-23
Finances, Municipal________________________________________ 23-24
Head tax on passengers from United States to Puerto Rico abolished— 15
Health____________________________________________ ________41-45
1
2 TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. TEXT OF REPORT—Continued.
Health—Continued. pag0
Antituberculosis campaign------------------------------------------------ 42. 44
Births___________________________________ 44
District hospitals---------------------------------------------------------- 15,43
Grant by P.W.A. for construction of four--------------------------- 15
Malaria control---------------------------------------------------------.--- 42
Medical relief survey-------------------------------------- -----.---------- 43
Milk stations----------------------------------------------------- ----------- 43
Mortality___________ .__________________________________ 44
Public health units established----------------------------------------- 41
Public hospital charities service-----------------------------,----------43,44
Industries__________________ ___________________ ___________ 11,36
Needlework and embroidery---------------------------------------------- 11
Other industries----------------------------------------------------,------- 11
Rum ___________________________________.____________________ 11
Sugar---------------------------------------------------- 36
Insular Board of Elections_____________________________________46-47
Elections of 1936---------------------------------------------------- .----- 16,46
Amendments to Election Law----------------------------------- 16,47
Challenges_________________________________________ 47
Political Parties------------------------------------------------------ 46
Justice--------------------------------------------------------------------- 17-18
District Courts------------------------------------------------------------- 17
Justice of the Peace Courts--------------------------------------------- 18
Juvenile Courts________________________________________ 18
Municipal Courts----------------------------------------- ----------- .---- 17
Supreme Court------------------ .------------------------------------------ 17
Eabor_________________________ ___________________________ 45—46
Collective agreement____________________________________ 45
Employment Service____________________________________ 45
Minimum wage Act revived_____________ 45
Social and labor legislation______________________________ 46
Legislation______________________._______________ _________ 16
National Guard--------------------------------------------------------------------52,53
Pensions________ ___ .______________________________________50,51
Police and Crime__________________________________________ 18-20
Correctional schools_____________________________________19,20
Death penalty----------------------------------- ---------------- .---------- 19
Detective Bureau, work of----------------------------------------------- 19
Federal prisoners---------------------------------------------- 19
Felonies_________________________ ._____________________ 18
Industrial Reform School------------------------------------------------- 20
Penal institutions------------------------------- 19
Value of products and work by prisoners----------------------- 20
Public Service Commission-----------------------------------------------------47-48
Rate reduction, electric energy____________________________
Sewer systems------------------------------ ----------- --------------------- 48
Water supply systems----------------------------------------------------- 48
Public Works_____________________________________________ 26-30
Harbors and Docks------------------------------------------------------- 27
Isabela Irrigation Service_______________________________ 28
TABLE OF CONTENTS 3
I. TEXT OF REPORT—Continued.
Public Works—Continued. Exhibit
Ponce Harbor_________________________ _________________ 28
Public Buildings_______________________________________ 27
Puerto Rico Irrigation Service_______________ ____________ 28
Bonded debt----------------------------------------------------- .---- 29
Revenues______________,____________________________ 28, 29
Roads and Bridges------------------------------ ,-------------------------26, 27
Federal Highway Act extended to Puerto Rico___________ 15, 26
Gasoline tax and automobile license fees devoted to roads__ 27
San Juan Harbor____________.__________________________ 27
Utilization of the Water Resources_________________________ 28-29
Electrification program______________________ 29
Hydroelectric projects--------------------------------- 29
Ponce Electric Company, acquisition of__________________ 29
Power plants, transmission and distribution lines transferred
by P.R. R.A.___________________________________ 29
Power production__ __________________________________ 29
School of Tropical Medicine_______________________ „_________ 34
Subversive propaganda------------------------------------------------------ 12
Telephone service, overseas------------------------------------------- --------- 14
Temperature______________________ _______________________ 13
Tourism------------------------------------------ -_____-------- ------------------ 12,13
Institute of Tourism created______________________________ 13
Trade and Commerce______________________________________ 7, 40, 41
University of Puerto Rico___________________________________ 32-34
Usury laws enforced_______________________________________ 11
Weather Bureau____________ .______________________________ 13
Workmen’s Compensation Insurance__________________ .________ 51-52
Claims__________________________________________ _____ 51
Classifications revised__________________________________ _ 51, 52
Operation________________________________ ____________ 51
Premiums__________________________________ ___________ 51 52
II. TABLES AND EXHIBITS.
General — Exhibit Page
Personnel and changes in personnel of Insular Government
______________________________________ 1 61
Map, urban and rural population by municipalities, 1930_ 2 62-a
List of semi-independent or semi-governmental Boards
and Commissions____________________________ 3 63
Fina nci al —
Balance Sheet__________________________________ 4 64
Liquidation of the general fund operations, 1936-37___ 5 65
Status of Insular Emergency Fund on June 30, 1937__ 6 66
Consolidated Cash Statement, 1936-37_______________ 7 67
Receipts and Disbursements, 1936-37________________ 8 68
Cash Receipts, 1936-37_____________ 9 69
Disbursements_________________ ,________________ 10 70-72
Debt-incurring capacity of Insular Government______ 11 73
Debt-incurring power of municipalities as of June 30,
1937; classification by municipalities____________ 12 74-75
4 TABLE OF CONTENTS
II. TABLES AND EXHIBITS—Continued.
Fina ncia l —Continued. Exhibit Page
Insular operating revenue, 1936-37----------------------------- 13 76
Liquidation of financial program, 1936-37---------------------- 14 77
Property taxes outstanding on June 30, 1937 and reasons
why they are pending---------------------------------------- 15 78-a
Loans to municipalities as of June 30, 1937-------------- 16 79
Property valuation and taxes, 1936-37---------------------- 17,18 80-83
Income tax assessment, 1936-37------------------------------ 19 84
Internal revenue stamp sales (Excise collections) 1936—37;
by months----------------------------------------------------- 20 84-a
Comparative statement of Internal-revenue stamp sales
(Excise collections) 1932-37; by sources------------ 21 85
Outstanding indebtedness by municipalities as of June
30, 1937 _____________________________________ 22 86
Balance Sheet, Isabela Irrigation Service, June 30, 1937— 23 87-88
Isabela Irrigation Service—Hydroelectric System Annual
Output, Revenues and Maintenance Expenses----------- 24 89
Balance Sheet, P. R. Irrigation Service, Guayama, June
30, 1937----------------------------------------------------- 25 90
Balance Sheet, Utilization of the Water Resources, 1935-
36 and 1936-37______________________________ 26 91
Consolidated Balance Sheet, Utilization of the Water
Resources, as of June 30, 1937----------------------------- 26-a 92
Yearly production of Interconnected System—Utilization
of the Water Resources---------------------------------- 27 93
Publi c Work s —
Cost of road maintenance------------------------------ 28 94-95
Roads surveyed and constructed during last 26 years------- 29 96
Map, roads and railroads_____________ 30 96-a
Justi ce —
New Properties, sales, mortgages and cancellations 1936-
37___________________________________ 31 97-100
Properties recorded, their number, and amount of mortgages,
June 30, 1937_________________________ 32 101-102
Agri cultu re —
Sugar production (1828-1937)_____________________ 33 103
Statistics on Sugar (Production, exportation and value,
1901-37)___________________________________ 34 104
Cane sugar production as compared with that of the
world and Cuba, 1903-37--------------------------------- 35 105
Sugar crop, 1928-37, and cane ground in 1937----------- 35-a 106-a
Tobacco production, acreage, yield and price, 1921—37--- 36 107
Coffee production, 1920-37_______________________ 37 108
Distribution of cultivated and non-cultivated area, 1936— 38 109
Value of sugar, tobacco, fruit and coffee exports, 1901-37 39 HO
Trade and Comm erce —
Imports and exports of merchandise into and from Puerto
Rico, 1901-37_______________________________ 40 Hl
TABLE OF CONTENTS 5
II. TABLES AND EXHIBITS—Continued.
Trade and Commerce —Continued. Exhibit Page
Puerto Bico in the trade of the United States with Latin
America, calendar years 1933—1936-------------------------- 41 112
Puerto Rico in the exterior trade of the United States,
calendar years 1933-1936 ---------------------------------- 42 113
Annual trade balance of Puerto Rico, and share of the
United States in the commerce of the Island, 1901—37- 43 114
Shipments of merchandise from Puerto Rico to the United
States, by articles, 1936-37 _____________________ 44 115-117
Shipments of merchandise from the United States to
Puerto Rico, by articles, 1936-37 ------------------------ 45 118-130
Exports to foreign countries, by articles, 1936-37________ 46 131-143
Imports from foreign countries, by articles, 1936-37---------- 47 144-154
Sugar exports, 1901-1937 __________________________ 48 155
Coffee exports, 1901-1937---------------------------------------- 49 156
Coffee report, 1936—37-------------------------------------------- 50 157
Hea lth an d Vit al Sta tist ics —
Expenditures of Health Department showing per capita
cost of important activities, 1931-1937--------------- 51 158
Public Health Units in operation, and population served
by each, 1936-37____________________________ 52 159-160
Public Health Units’ significant accomplishments, 1934-
37________________________________________ 53 161
Cases and rates per 100,000 population from reportable
diseases, by months, 1936 _____________________ 54 162
Births and birth rates, 1934-1936--------------------------- 55 163-164
Deaths and death rates, 1934—1936-------------------------- 56 165-166
Population, distribution by age, sex and color, July 1,
1936_______________________________________ 57 167
Labor —
Average weekly wages, working hours and earnings of
laborers in various industries; number of employees
and of establishments inspected, 1936-37------------- 58 168-179
Small farms established by Homestead Division up to
June 30, 1937__________________________________ 59 180
Educati on —
Classification of Schools, as to enrolment--------------------- 60 181
Age-grade enrolment distribution (high schools)--------- 61 181
Enrolment by grades since 1912 (day schools)-------------- 62 182
Enrolment by sex and color------------------------------------- 63 183
Enrolment by grades —------------------------------ 64 183
Teaching positions________________________________ 65 184
Per capita expenditure of public schools--------------------- 66 184
Estimated value of school property---------------------------- 67 185
6 TABLE OF CONTENTS
II. TABLES AND EXHIBITS—Continued.
Misce ll ane ous — Exhibit Paga
Growth of the Civil Service_________________________ 68 185
Municipal Waterworks, income and expense accounts,
1936-37______________________________________ 69 186-a
Receipts and Expenditures, U. S. Customs district of
Puerto Rico, from July 1, 1935 to June 30, 1937______ 70 187
Regular and Emergency Federal Aid, per capita, by
states, 1934-1936______________________________ 71 188
Total regular and Emergency Federal Aid, by states,
1934-1936___________________________________ 72 189
Federal regular and Emergency Expenditures for Puerto
Rico and other areas, 1934-1936_______________ 73 190
Loans and Disbursements, Farm Credit Administration
and Reconstruction Finance Corporation, by states, to
September 30, 1936____________________________ 74 191
THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR
OF PUERTO RICO
LA FORTALEZA
San Juan, Puerto Rico,
October 27, 1937.
The Hon ora ble
The Secr et ary of the Inte rior ,
Washington, D. C.
Sir :
Pursuant to law, I have the honor to submit the following report
as Governor of Puerto Rico covering the fiscal year ending June 30,
1937.
It is a pleasure to report that in many respects the past year has
been one of great progress and improvement. A gradual recovery—
after the crisis that resulted from the hurricanes of 1928 and 1932
and became even more severe in the years of the depression—has
followed the period of suffering and distress, and was especially
noticeable during the past year.
Commerce was very active throughout the year. The larger volume
of overseas trade and the increased value of shipments, both to
and from Puerto Rico, indicate a very remarkable economic progress.
Products valued at $114,953,827 were shipped from the Island during
the fiscal year, and goods valued at $98,875,491 were brought into
the Island—which represented increases of 16 per cent and 18.3 per
cent, respectively, over the previous year.
During the calendar year 1936 the Island rose to the rank of
sixth place among the world customers of the United States mainland,
as compared to tenth place in 1931. Figures for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1937, were not available when this report was prepared,
so that a comparison can not be made for that period. Purchases
from our mainland during 1936, were valued at $86,352,000.
Its purchases were greater than those of any other country or area
in the Western Hemisphere, except Canada; and were greater than
those of any country in the world, except only Great Britain, Canada,
Japan, France and Germany. Next after those great countries came
the little Island of Puerto Rico, as a purchaser of United States main-
7
8 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
land goods. Detailed statistics are in the Appendix of this report.
Local business was active throughout the year. Because Puerto Rico
is a part of the United States, and as such receives the benefits of
the United States tariff, her trade is substantially with the mainland
to which she sells her sugar, needlework, tobacco, coffee, pineapples,
grapefruit, and other products, and from which she buys her foodstuffs
and supplies. Thus, during the calendar year 1936, more than
92 per cent of all Island purchases were from our mainland. The
greater part of the increase in exterior sales was in the value of raw
sugar sent to the mainland, despite the quota limitation under the
Jones-Costigan Act.
The total amount of sugar produced from the 1937 crop was
996,342 short tons, compared with 1,103,822 tons in 1934. The 1936
surplus was 109,711 short tons. The 1937 export quota was 831,508
short tons, and the estimated local consumption amounted to 66,000
short tons. It is estimated that the carry-over on January 1, 1938,
will be approximately 200,000 tons. Sugar represents almost 70 per
cent in value of all Insular products. Its importance to the Island
can not well be over-estimated. Puerto Rico being a densely populated
country, with less than one acre of arable land per inhabitant,
crops of high value per acre are essential. Sugar is one of these.
Sugar cane occupies only 14 per cent of the farm land of Puerto
Rico, (about 40 per cent of the land in crops), but provides two-thirds
of the income from exterior sales of Puerto Rican products. Sugar
production in Puerto Rico has increased about ten fold since 1900.
Most of the expansion in sugar cane acreage occurred between 1902
and 1917, and most of the increase in production between 1918 and
1934, the latter due principally to improved varieties of cane and
improved methods of cultivation. The fertility of sugar lands has
been maintained through improved farming practices and the use of
fertilizers. These lands are estimated to yield approximately four
times as much as they did prior to 1898. Sugar cane requires much
more labor and yields much higher returns than other crops commonly
grown in Puerto Rico or the States. It is practically the only
crop that is at present advantageously grown upon our irrigated
lands, and the only one through which the greater part of the Island’s
labor supply can be used in agricultural pursuits. Payments to labor
for growing an acre of sugar cane will buy from the mainland three
or four times as much of the principal food products used by the
people as can be grown upon the same land. Labor on sugar cane
plantations in Puerto Rico receives wages comparing favorably, in
view of climatic conditions and the eight-hour day, with those paid
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 9
agricultural labor in about one-third of the States. Agricultural
labor is covered by workmen’s compensation insurance only in Puerto
Rico, Hawaii and New Jersey. By law, wages in Puerto Rico are
required to be paid in full in legal tender; the work is limited to
eight hours a day; and child labor is prohibited.
The average price of exported raw sugar during the 1937 crop
was 3.72 cents, the highest since the year 1931.
Tax collections for 1936-37 were unusually high, due to the general
revival of business. Revenues available for the payment of the
ordinary expenses of the Insular Government, which were covered
into the General Fund, amounted to $17,019,925.24—the highest collections
on record. This was an increase of $4,302,757.26 over the
collections during the previous year, which up to that time was the
largest in the history of the Island.
The following table is a brief consolidated statement of the Insular
Government’s total revenues from all sources and total expenditures
for all purposes, for the past fiscal year:
General Fund, Balance on hand July 1, 1936-------------- -------- $1, 564, 714. 09
Trust Funds, Balance on hand July 1, 1936----------------------- 7, 256, 725. 88
General Fund, Receipts during 1936-37 ----------------------------- 17, 019, 925. 24
General Fund, Repayments to various appropriations________ 2,151, 232. 49
Trust Funds, Receipts during 1936-37_____________________ 22,132, 876. 44
Total revenues available during the year_____________$50,125, 474.14
General Fund, Disbursements during 1936-37_ $16, 328, 121. 36
Trust Funds, Disbursements during 1936-37__ 21, 237, 589. 05
Total disbursements during the year________________ 37, 565, 710. 41
Balance on July 1, 1937_ __ _______ _____________ __ $12, 559, 763. 73
Due to certain transfers of funds made during the year, the above
balance on July 1, 1937, was divided as follows: $2,683,622.94, balance
in the General Fund; and $9,876,140.79, balance in the various
trust funds.
Almost immediately after I assumed the Governorship of Puerto
Rico in February, 1934, I recommended that $1,000,000 be set aside
for a reserve fund that had been provided by law a few years before,
to be used for emergency purposes in the event of a hurricane or
other unexpected calamity. The total cash in this emergency fund,
after making the transfers incident to the liquidation of the accounts
for the past fiscal year, was $1,458,446.03; and, including accruals,
this fund totaled $3,406,927.10.
10 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
The problem of public education was taken up with much enthusiasm
after the United States assumed jurisdiction of the Island,
and by 1910 the school enrollment had increased 316 per cent while
the school population had increased 21 per cent. Great progress has
been made in the field of public education in spite of the limited
funds available. Illiteracy has decreased from 79.6 per cent in 1899
to 35.1 per cent in 1935. Forty-four per cent of the children of school
age were enrolled in school in the year covered by this report, as compared
with 9 per cent in 1899. In order to take care of some of the
children that could not be accommodated during the past year, an
appropriation of $1,050,000 has been made for elementary schools for
the present fiscal year—in addition to the regular school budget of
$4,370,696.85. $200,000 of this additional appropriation has been
set aside for the purchase of text books and $50,000 for night schools
for adults. It is estimated that the balance of $800,000 will provide
facilities for 53,000 additional pupils in the elementary schools, or
an increase of 24 per cent over the enrollment in the public schools
during the year covered in this report.
It is hoped that additional funds will be provided for elementary
schools. Appropriations for the expansion of activities in higher
education must slow up until we succeed in cutting down the percentage
of illiteracy, which is still far too high.
In order to improve and extend the teaching of English in the
public schools, an appropriation was made for the past year for the
employment of two hundred teachers of English. An additional
appropriation of $100,000 was made for the present fiscal year for
the same purpose, so that there now are three hundred teachers of
English from the mainland who are assigned almost exclusively to
the elementary schools.
The teaching of English is being stressed by the new Commissioner
of Education, Dr. Jose M. Gallardo, who took charge of the
Department on June 14, 1937. He will be guided in this respect by
the views of the President, as expressed in the following letter addressed
to Dr. Gallardo shortly after his appointment:
“I desire at this time to make clear the attitude of my Administration on
the extremely important matter of teaching English in Puerto Rico. Puerto
Rico came under the American flag thirty-eight years ago. Nearly twenty years
ago Congress extended American citizenship to Puerto Ricans. It is regrettable
that today hundreds of thousands of Puerto Ricans have little and often virtually
no knowledge of the English language. Moreover, even among those who have
had the opportunity to study English in the public schools, mastery of the language
is far from satisfactory. It is an indispensable part of American policy
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 11
that the coming generation of American citizens in Puerto Rico grow up with
complete facility in the English tongue. It is the language of our nation. Only
through the acquisition of this language will Puerto Rican Americans secure a
better understanding of American ideals and principles. Moreover, it is only
through thorough familiarity with our language that the Puerto Ricans will be
able to take full advantage of the economic opportunities which became available
to them when they were made American citizens.
11 Puerto Rico is a densely populated island. Many of its sons and daughters
will desire to seek economic opportunity on the mainland or perhaps in other
countries of this hemisphere. They will be greatly handicapped if they have
not mastered English. For it is obvious that they always will and should retain
facility in the tongue of their inherited culture, Spanish. Clearly there is
no desire or purpose to diminish the enjoyment or the usefulness of the rich
Spanish cultural legacy of the people of Puerto Rico. What is necessary, however,
is that the American citizens of Puerto Rico should profit from their unique
geographical situation and the unique historical circumstance which has brought
to them the blessings of American citizenship by becoming bi-lingual. But bilingualism
will be achieved by the forthcoming generations of Puerto Ricans only
if the teaching of English throughout the insular educational system is entered
into at once with vigor, purposefulness and devotion, and with the understanding
that English is the official language of our country. ’ ’
Soon after my arrival in Puerto Rico, I began to realize that one
of the most important things that could be done for the people was
the elimination of usury. This objective has been accomplished to
a substantial degree, and money is available now at reasonably low
rates of interest. Usury has been practically eliminated by means,
on the one hand, of vigorous enforcement of the usury laws, and on
the other hand, of bringing in money for loans through the Federal
Land Bank and other Federal agencies. This resulted in the establishment
of various new industries, and started a veritable building
boom. The construction of many new homes, apartment houses, and
some stores and factories, has been undertaken within the past fiscal
year; and a large number are already finished.
The needlework and embroidery industry, for which Puerto Rico
lias long been famous, has grown rapidly in the last few years; and
the products of this industry have increased in value in five years
from twelve to twenty-one million dollars. Marble and manganese
are being produced in increasing quantities, and the hairnet, straw
hat and button industries show some expansion. The rum industry
has been growing rapidly, and is providing considerable employment.
In 1936 Puerto Rico supplied more than one-third of the rum entering
the Continental United States, having shipped just short of
350,000 gallons. During the first five months of 1937 the Island’s
rum sales show an increase of 140 per cent, as compared with the
12 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
same period of 1936. Puerto Rico now ships more rum to the States
than any other producing area, and its sales in the States exceed
those of all foreign countries together. For the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1937, shipments of rum from the Island totalled 458,389
proof gallons valued at $2,028,231.
Among the recent important developments in the field of agriculture,
the following deserve to be mentioned: successful experiments
have been conducted in connection with the production of
vanilla beans, quinine and perfume-bearing plants, and winter vegetables
for the New York market. Sea-Island cotton is another promising
crop that is being developed, for which there is a good market
in the States. New types of bamboo are being grown that can be
used for house construction, fences, furniture, and for other practical
uses. Great and concerted efforts are also being made to revive and
increase coffee production, and to develop a market for Puerto Rican
coffee in the States. Puerto Rican coffee is a high grade coffee, particularly
suitable for use as an after dinner liqueur coffee. Its chief
market, traditionally, has been in Europe, largely in Austria, Germany,
Italy, Spain, and France, where it has commanded high prices.
It has never heretofore sought a market in the States. Those European
markets, except in France, have now been substantially cut off.
The production of Puerto Rican coffee was severely curtailed by the
hurricanes of 1928 and 1932, but the new trees are now coming into
bearing. In order to introduce Puerto Rican coffee in the States, a
vigorous marketing campaign has recently been started and promises
to bring good results.
Puerto Rico is naturally a peaceful community. Hold-ups, bank
and payroll robberies are practically unknown here. Several unfortunate
occurrences, chargeable to a small group of discontented individuals,
were dealt with promptly. The spread of propaganda and
activity by this subversive group of terrorists resulted in violence
on several occasions; but prompt action on the part of the authorities
prevented further disorder. Eight of their leaders were convicted
in the United States District Court, and sentenced to the Federal
penitentiary at Atlanta.
Puerto Rico’s climate is one of its most important natural assets.
The United States Weather Bureau Station at San Juan, where the
weather is representative of the northern coastal region of the Island,
reports that the average monthly temperature ranges from 74.8
degrees Fahrenheit in January to 80.5 in August. Jayuya, in the
mountains, has no average monthly temperature lower than 71
degrees Fahrenheit, and is one of the coolest places in Puerto Rico.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 13
In contrast with this, Kansas City and New York, representative of
the central and northern United States, have two months when the
mean temperatures are lower than freezing. The mean monthly
temperatures for Jacksonville, in July and August, are higher than
at any weather station in Puerto Rico. These temperatures indicate
12 months of growing weather in Puerto Rico, with continuous periods
of temperature favorable for active growth. The mainland agricultural
regions, on the other hand, are limited to 8 or even 6 months
of growing temperatures. In some regions and for some crops there
are, in the mainland, only 2 or 3 months of temperatures most suitable
for plant growth. Puerto Rico is completely free from frosts.
The figures for highest temperatures recorded are of interest not
only to farmers but to vacationists seeking to avoid hot weather.
Here follows an interesting and instructive table concerning relative
temperatures at various places in the world, Puerto Rico included:
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. WEATHER BUREAU
Dat a , Mea n Mon th ly an d Ann ua l Tempe ra tu re s
Stations Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual
Nice................... 46.7 47.5 50.7 56.5 62.2 69.1 73.8 73.2 68.2 61.0 52.7 47.3 59.4
Naples.............. 46.8 48.4 51.5 56.8 63.7 70.3 75.6 75.0 69.8 63.1 54.7 48.7 60.4
Algiers.............. 53.4 55.4 57.6 61 ;>0 65.8 71.4 77.0 77.5 74.8 68.5 62.4 55.6 64.9
Cairo................ 54.2 56.9 62.5 70.2 76.7 81.9 83.5 82.5 78.0 74.5 66.0 58 7 70.5
Los Angeles. .* 55.1 56.0 57.6 59.8 62.3 66.5 70.4 71.2 69.5 65.3 61.5 56.8 62.7
Miami............... 67.6 68 0 71.3 73.9 77.5 80.2 81.6 82.0 81.0 77.6 72.7 68.5 75.2
Honolulu......... 71.1 71.1 71.5 73.0 74.8 76.7 77.8 78.3 78.2 77.0 74.6 72.6 74.7
Bermuda.......... 63.2 62.6 63.1 65.6 70.4 75.9 79.6 80.7 78.7 74.1 68.7 64.9 70.6
8 AN JUAN... 74.8 74.9 75.2 76.6 78.7 79.6 79.9 80.4 80.4 79.8 78.2 76.2 77.9
For the purpose of developing the tourist business of the Island
and making its resources and its attractions, as a place of residence
and for travel, known to the people of the mainland, the Legislature
enacted an act approved by the Governor on May 15, 1937, creating
the “Institute of Tourism” and appropriating four-fifths of the proceeds
of a special tax estimated to produce around $200,000 a year
for the purpose of tourist promotion and other related activities.
Arrangements have already been made for high quality and farreaching
publicity and advertising campaigns, and an attractive
Puerto Rican tourist office will be opened in Rockefeller Center in
New York City on or about January 1, 1938.
Puerto Rico’s continued prominence in the world of trade has
once more been demonstrated by the figures concerning its commercial
air traffic for the past fiscal year. Through the airport at San
Juan, 1,482 passengers came to Puerto Rico from 32 countries and
colonies while the departures numbered 1,469. Passengers in transit
through San Juan numbered 1,038. Air Express reached a new peak
of 27,547 pounds, of which 18,336 pounds represented shipments to
14 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Puerto Rico. Air mail from Puerto Rico amounted to 52,685 pounds,
including mail reworked at San Juan.
Following an extensive program of experiments and the installation
of night operating equipment, new high speed schedules were
inaugurated by the Pan American Airways System. With the arrival
of the Clipper plane from Miami on June 29, 1937, Puerto Rico
found itself closer than ever before to neighboring countries as exemplified
by the one-day services from San Juan to Venezuelan points,
the capital and interior points in Cuba, the Guianas and Brazil; two
days to Colombia, the Canal Zone and Panama; three days to Rio
de Janeiro, Lima (Peru), Central America and Mexico; four days
to Paraguay, Uruguay and Argentine; and less than one day to
New York. These schedules serving Puerto Rico are performed with
the Clipper type four and two engined seaplanes carrying mail, passengers
and express at a cruising speed of more than 150 miles an
hour. A mainline extension from Trinidad to Buenos Aires now
renders to Puerto Rico twice-a-week service to and from the east
coast of South America.
A fourteen passenger “Commodore” seaplane, now based at San
Juan, covers the feeder service from Puerto Rico through the Dominican
Republic, Haiti, and Cuba to Jamaica, where connections are
made with the Trans-Caribbean Clippers plying between Miami,
Cuba, Jamaica, Colombia and Panama. Through connections are
made there for the west coast of South America, Central America,
Mexico and western United States, and also for the Orient.
The overseas telephone service established recently offers direct
communication with the States, and has proved successful beyond
expectations.
The people of Puerto Rico appreciate the generous aid that they
have received from the Congress and from the Federal Administration,
in the way of regular and emergency Federal expenditures and
in the way of various Federal taxes retained by the Insular government.
It is only fair to bear in mind, however, that the total of all
Federal funds expended in behalf of the people of Puerto Rico since
the beginning of the American administration here, is by no means
as much as Puerto Rico would have received if she had shared equally
with the states and other territories in the distribution of Federal
funds expended in the last few years in the way of Federal aid for
different purposes. The total Federal regular and emergency aid
expended in Puerto Rico for the fiscal years 1934, 1935 and 1936,
$26.51 per capita, is far less than the average received by the states
and other territories. (See exhibits Nos. 71, 72, 73 and 74.) Even
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 15
when United States Customs duties, internal revenue and income
taxes, collected in Puerto Rico and retained here, $6.53 per capita,
are included, she received less Federal assistance per capita than
one-half of the average, $68.41, given to the states and other territories,
including the District of Columbia, or far less than the average,
$55.72, given to the other territories. If Puerto Rico is permitted
to retain the Federal taxes that are received now by the Insular
government, under the provisions of law, it will be a great many
years before her share of Federal funds will equal that which the
states and other territories have already received. The Federal aid
received from emergency appropriations during the years of the
depression, through the Puerto Rico Emergency Relief Administration
and later through the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
and through various other Federal agencies, was vitally necessary.
Puerto Rico, with its dense population averaging more than
500 per square mile for the entire Island, and almost wholly dependent
on its agricultural resources, presented a peculiarly serious
problem during the depression years.
After July 1, 1937, Puerto Rico will be sharing for the first time
in the funds distributed annually since 1917 under the Federal Highway
Act. She will receive approximately $1,120,000 for this purpose
during the present fiscal year. If Puerto Rico had enjoyed
these benefits during all these years on the same fund-matching basis
as other states and territories and if the fund had been allocated on
the same proportionate basis as was used in making the allotments
for 1938, she would have received financial aid amounting to approximately
$23,290,000 out of the total $2,740,000,000 obligated to
July 1, 1937.
The present Congress has removed the troublesome head tax on
passengers sailing from the mainland to Puerto Rico, which had
proved a source of much vexation. The Congress also extended to
Puerto Rico certain additional benefits under the Federal Agricultural
Extension Service; and the Island now receives the benefits
of most of the Federal services extended to the country at large.
A grant of $431,500 was approved in May, 1937, by the Federal
Emergency Administration of Public Works for the construction of
four district hospitals in Puerto Rico. These hospitals will cost approximately
$1,700,000, and the balance of the amount will be furnished
by the Insular Government. This is an extremely important
step forward in the field of health and sanitation, and will enable
the Insular government to furnish long needed hospital facilities for
the poor people on the Island.
16 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
In view of certain amendments to the election law, which required
closed polls and thus rendered “repeating” impossible, the election
on November 3, 1936, was generally recognized as the fairest and
most orderly election ever held in Puerto Rico.
Leg isl at ion
During the Fourth Special Session of the Thirteenth Legislature of
Puerto Rico, held on September 21st and 22nd, 1936, a law was enacted
authorizing the Government of Puerto Rico to acquire the
Ponce Electric Company, and to provide for the reconstruction, improvement,
betterment, extension, operation and maintenance of
revenue-producing undertakings forming part of the system of
Utilization of the Water Resources of the Insular Government. This
law further authorizes and regulates the issuance and sale of revenue
bonds for financing such undertakings.
The First Regular Session of the Fourteenth Legislature elected
on November 3, 1936, was in session from February 8, to April 15,
1937. In his message of February 9, 1937, the Governor submitted
recommendations for legislative action to strengthen government
finances, maintain the public credit, improve the judicial system,
repress crime and violence, develop education, health and social
services, improve the municipal machinery of government, promote
the welfare of the working people and meet various other public
needs. A special message was also submitted on April 3rd, making
certain recommendations, with reference to agriculture and fiscal matters.
At this regular session 493 bills and resolutions were passed, of
which 161 bills and 57 joint resolutions were approved.
Corp ora tion s and Ass oc iatio ns
The number of domestic corporations registered in the office of
the Executive Secretary during the fiscal year 1936-37 was 73, or
21 more than the previous year. These corporations have an authorized
capital stock of $4,963,500, a paid-in capital of $297,560, and
a subscribed capital amounting to $54,180. Twenty-three were
organized for various industries; twenty-two are mercantile; three
were formed for the manufacture of liquor; three deal in fruit; two
are transportation companies; two were organized for the manufacture
of sugar; one is engaged in the business of aviation; one is a
general agricultural corporation; one deals in petroleum; one is a
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 17
drag store corporation; one deals in coffee; one is engaged in a
theatre and motion picture business; one is an advertising corporation,
and the rest for various other purposes.
Jus tice
The activities of the Department of Justice have been many and
varied during this fiscal year. On June 30, 1936, two hundred and
ninety-two civil suits were pending in the courts, in which The
People of Puerto Rico were either a party or directly interested;
and 240 new cases in those categories were filed during the following
twelve months, making a total of 532 cases to be handled by the
department during the year. Cases filed with the Referee in Bankruptcy
are not included. Two hundred thirty-three of these cases
were disposed of, leaving 299 cases pending on June 30, 1937.
Supreme Court.—On June 30, 1936, the Supreme Court had
pending before it a total of 412 cases, and during the fiscal year
1936-37, seven hundred and seventy-three new cases were brought
before the court. During the same period 823 cases were decided,
and 362 cases were left pending on June 30, 1937.
District Courts.—During the year covered by this report, the
district courts handled a total of 16,677 civil cases, and disposed of
8,746, leaving 7,931 cases pending on June 30, 1937. Appeals from
the decisions of these courts were taken in 283 cases. Fines and
costs collected amounted to $58,721.55. The Attorney General
reports that “the work of the district courts in criminal cases again
deserves commendation. ’ ’ On June 30, 1936, there were pending 737
felony cases, of which 35 were reduced to misdemeanors, and during
the ensuing fiscal year, 1,615 new felony cases were presented, making
a total of 2,317 cases handled during the year. One thousand
two hundred and forty-five cases had been disposed of by June 30,
1937, leaving 1,072 felony cases pending. Four hundred and sixty
misdemeanor cases pending in the district courts, plus 35 felonies
reduced to misdemeanors, makes a total of 495 pending on June 30,
1936. During the year, 1,110 new cases were presented and 1,045
cases were disposed of, leaving 560 cases pending on June 30, 1937.
The total amount of fines and costs collected in criminal cases
amounted to $27,270.01.
Municipal Courts.—A total of 12,032 civil cases and 150,345
criminal cases were handled, and at the end of the year there were
left pending 6,690 civil and 25,093 criminal cases. Appeals taken in
civil cases amounted to 129 and 2,608 appeals in criminal cases. A
18 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
total of $154,777.98 was collected by these courts as fees, costs and
fines, in both civil and criminal cases.
Justice of the Peace Courts.—At the close of the fiscal year there
were 56 justices of the peace in Puerto Rico. On June 30, 1936,
there were pending before them a total of / 89 cases. During the
year, 11,886 new cases were filed, making a total of 12,6/5 cases
handled, of which 11,223 were disposed of, leaving 1,452 cases pending
on June 30, 1937. The total expense of these courts during the
year for salaries, materials and office rent, was $44,453.90 and the
total amount of fines collected was $4,914.65.
Juvenile Courts.—'The district courts of Puerto Rico act as
juvenile courts. During the year, 226 cases were disposed , of by
these courts, of which 166 were in San Juan, 27 in Ponce, 10 in Humacao,
9 in Guayama, 7 in Arecibo, 3 in Aguadilla, 2 in Bayamon
and 2 in Mayaguez. Eighty-seven boys were sent to the Industrial
Reform School at Mayaguez and the remaining 139 were placed in
charge of various persons and institutions.
In view of the experience of past years, the Governor has on different
occasions presented recommendations to the Legislature for
making certain changes in the civil and criminal law of the Island
and its administration.
Polic e an d Crime
The Insular Police continues to be an organization of courageous,
intelligent, loyal and well disciplined men. Its efficiency has increased
notably, due to more intensive training and the addition of
two hundred men to the force. To uphold discipline within its ranks,
the force follows a method similar to that observed m military
organizations. Complaints against members of the force are hrs
investigated by the corresponding district chief, who then submits
the charges to the Insular Police Headquarters after delivering a
copy of them to the accused. The latter is offered full opportunity
for defense. Punishments consist either of reprimand and admonition,
restriction to quarters, fine, reduction in rank, loss of the privilege
of leave of absence, or dismissal from the force. The total cost
of the police service during the fiscal year was $1,201,297.73, as com
pared with $907,831.13 during the previous year. The Pruiclp
item of increase, as compared with the previous year, was the salaiy
of the 200 additional second-class guardsmen.
Felonies.-One thousand seven hundred and twenty-seven felonies
and 1,972 arrests for felony were recorded by the police during
year, as compared with 1,938 felonies and 2,275 ^rrests for the pieceding
fiscal year.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 19
The personnel of the detective bureau made 3,340 arrests, obtaining
1,674 convictions out of 1,814 defendants tried. They filed
1,247 complaints with the courts, recovered stolen property valued
at $20,387 and seized 79 prohibited weapons, 53 illicit stills and
86/.25 quarts of intoxicating liquors.
The Governor’s recommendation for the re-establishment of the
death penalty was not acted upon by the Legislature.
the penal institutions of the Insular Government consist of a
model penitentiary at Rio Piedras, seven district jails, one in each
judicial district except Bayamon, and the Industrial Reform School
for Boys at Mayaguez. The Attorney General reported that the
discipline, ordei and sanitary condition of these establishments have
been veiy satisfactory during the year. The total penal population on
June 30, 1937, was 3,471 and the daily average population for the
year was 2,897, excluding the Industrial Reform School, or an increase
of 3y2 per cent over the previous year. Included among the
prisoners were 12/ women, 119 of whom were confined in the
women’s ward of the Arecibo District Jail. The daily average of
sick prisoners during the year was 175.76, or 16.68 more than in the
preceding year. There were 55 deaths, 35 of which occurred in the
penitentiary. During the year, 35 convicts escaped while working
outside the penal institutions, for various municipalities and other
dependencies of the government. Twenty-seven were captured.
Property reported lost during the year, in the Island, through theft,
was valued at $149,347.61, of which $89,910.54, or 60 per cent, was
recovered.
The penitentiary, under its plan to reform the delinquent by
means of schools with industrial and agricultural courses, is placed
in a position to cultivate the prison farm and carry out other minor
labors for the maintenance of the institution. This reform program
has brought about the designation of the penitentiary by the United
States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico as the place of
confinement of many persons convicted for violations of the Federal
statutes, who previously were sent to Federal prisons in the United
States. On June 30, 1937, sixteen such prisoners were confined in
the Insular penitentiary.
The problem of inadequate quarters for the district jails of Humacao,
Guayama, Arecibo and Aguadilla is still with us. These
jails are crowded far beyond their normal capacity, and it is frequently
necessary to transfer prisoners from the jails of Guayama
and Humacao to the Ponce jail.
20 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
The value of products made during the year in the shops of the
penitentiary was $33,232.78. For example, bread valued at $7,736.32
was made in the penitentiary bakery, and the cost of this bread was
approximately one-half of the usual price. During the yeai the
prisoners furnished 223,035 days of work to the government and the
sum of $18,086.15 was paid them as compensation. Part of this compensation
is sent to their families; another pait is given to the
prisoners themselves for small luxuries; and the remainder is held
in a trust fund to the credit of the respective prisoners. The value
of work done by prisoners in government service during the year,
estimated at 75 cents a day per prisoner, is $167,276. 25. The total
expenses of the penitentiary and the seven district jails, including
compensation to prisoners, was $322,187.95. Subtracting from the
cost of maintenance the value of the work done for the government,
a net cost is left of $155,511.70, or an average of 15 cents a day
per prisoner to the government.
Eleven schools were conducted during the year and 510 prisoners
completed the courses given. In these schools prisoners learn to read
and write. At the request of the Attorney General, the Department
of Education inspected these schools during the year. The daily
average number during the year of inmates at the Industrial Reform
School at Mayaguez was 236. The inmates of this institution are
given every opportunity to become useful citizens. The School curriculum
is similar to that of any public graded school up to the eighth
grade. During the fiscal year covered by this report, twelve inmates
were graduated; nine received eighth grade diplomas, one became
a shoemaker, and two became carpenters. On June 30, 1937, the
number of pupils in the school was 248, classified as follows: 241
enrolled in the elementary grades; 54 in the carpentry shop; 42
in the tailor shop; 87 in the shoemaker shop; 45 in the school of
music; 5 in the plumbing shop; 46 in the barber shop; and 158
received agricultural instruction. The institution is operated, as
far as possible, on a self-supporting plan, and, it is believed, compares
favorably with similar institutions of the United States.
Insular Government Finances
The General Fund, commonly termed Insular Revenues, represents
the collection of taxes and other receivables which, according
to law, are available for the current operations of the Insular Government.
A brief resume of the General Fund Account follows:
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 21
Cash balance, July 1, 1936--------------------------------------------- $1, 564, 714. 09
Receipts:
Insular Revenue receipts______________ $16, 286, 680. 75
Non-revenue receipts__________________ 733, 244. 49
-------------------- 17, 019, 925. 24
Available resources, fiscal year 1936-37___ . _______ _______ $18, 584, 639. 33
Disbursements, fiscal year 1936-37_______________________ 15, 901, 016. 39
Cash balance, June 30, 1937___ r_________________________ $2,683, 622.94
Due to the unusually large increase in revenues it was possible to
include in the financial program for the year all appropriations
covering public services voted by the Legislature.
The following is a condensed statement of the operations of the
General Fund:
Cash balance, June 30, 1937
Appropriation liabilities, fiscal year 1936-37.................................................. $18,474,634.71
Less surplus fund warrants to cancel appropriation balance................ 606,421.60
Net disbursements, Cash payment....................................
Net transfers to trust funds..................................................
$14,176,888.87
1,724,127.52
$17,868, 213.11
15,901,016.39
Appropriation liabilities carried over to fiscal year 1937-38
Excess of cash resources over appropriation liabilities, exclusive of
other assets reimbursable to the General Fund...........................
Other resources reimbursable to the General Fund..................................
Excess of resources over appropriation liabilities, including other
assets reimbursable to the General Fund.......................................
$2, 683, 622.94
1,967,196.72
$716,426.22
362,888.25
$1, 079,314.47
The following is a condensed comparative statement of the financial
condition existing at the beginning and at the end of the fiscal
year covered in this report:
Condi ti on as of Jul y 1, 1936.
Cash balance July 1, 1936...................................................... $1,564,714.09
Accrued resources refundable to the General Fund.... 206,661.60
Total cash including accrued resources............................................................ $1,771,375.69
Less: Appropriation liabilities carried over from previous years........ 1,254,267.59
Excess of resources over appropriation liabilities, July 1, 1936.............................................
Condi ti on as of Jun e 30, 1937.
Cash balance, June 30, 1937.................................................. $2,683,622.94
Accrued resources refundable to the General Fund.. 362,888.25
Total cash including accrued resources............................................................ $3,046,511.19
Less: Appropriation liabilities carried over from previous years........ 1,967,196.72
Excess of resources over appropriation liabilities, June 30, 1937...........................................
Progress during the year
$517,108.10
1,079,314.47
$562,206.37
22 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
The cash balance available in trnst fund accounts on June 30,
1937, amounted to $9,876,140.79 as compared with a cash balance of
$7,256,725.88 on June 30, 1936. The transfers from the General
Fund to trust fund accounts aggregated $1,891,216.85, and the
transfers from trust funds to the General Fund totalled $167,089.33.
Notes payable by the Insular Government on June 30, 1937,
amounted to $427,000, which is $115,494.54 less than the amount
payable on June 30, 1936. Total interest payments on notes payable,
during the fiscal year 1936-37, amounted to $21,301.19 as
compared with $24,534.83 paid during the preceding year.
Outstanding bond obligations of The People of Puerto Rico on
July 1, 1937, amounted to $28,230,000, as against $27,155,000 on
July 1, 1936. During the year bonds were issued in the sum of
$2,400,000, and the bonds redeemed amounted to $1,325,000. Net
interest charges on the bonded indebtedness, during the fiscal year
1936-37, amounted to $1,230,931.88, as compared with interest
charges of $1,275,723.95 during the previous year. Redemption
fund holdings as of June 30, 1937, including cash, amount to
$2,240,102.42.
A detailed tabulation of internal-revenue collections, as compared
with previous years, follows:
The foregoing figures do not include the revenue from the tax on gasoline for the fiscal years 1935-36
and 1936-37. Such revenue is included for the year 1934-35.
Source of Revenue
Collections
1936-37 1935-36 1934-35
Excise taxes..................................................................................
Income taxes................................................................................
Customs revenues.....................................................................
United States internal revenues........................................
Property taxes, insular proportion....................................
Inheritance taxes.......................................................................
$8,979, 250.98
3, 343, 562.99
1,870,000.00
1,055,707.39
386,142.80
172, 485.76
156,112.05
47, 512.46
38,589.53
504.01
165.20
272, 680.58
$7,476,501.85
2,185, 891.99
1, 639, 943.92
476, 523.82
386,606.50
149, 636.05
143,258.21
45,219.55
25, 720.74
1,464.89
133.07
186, 267.39
$8, 223,665.15
1, 786,172.08
1, 690, 000.00
139,052.58
345,014.91
49,997.28
132,443.36
47,428.11
23,403.27
586.45
111.11
204,953.99
Telegraph and telephone receipts......................................
Harbor and dock fees......................i......................................
Court fees and fines.................................................................
Property taxes, University proportion............................
Interest...........................................................................................
Miscellaneous receipts.............................................................
$16, 322,713.75 $12,717, 167.98 $12, 642,828.26
The difference of $36,033 between the total amount of Insular
revenues as reported by the Treasurer ($16,322,713.75), and as reported
by the Auditor ($16,286,680.75), represents that portion of the
proceeds of the extraordinary lottery of July 3, 1936, covered into
the General Fund and classified as non-revenue receipts.
The foregoing remarks on the finances of the Insular government
give a brief resume of the situation, and show that the financial conOF
THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 23
dition is quite satisfactory and an improvement over the situation
existing during recent previous years. Further and more complete
details are found in tables prepared by the Treasurer and by the
Auditor of Puerto Rico, which are appended to this report.
Municip al Finan ces
Current budgets of the municipalities for the fiscal year 1936-37
amounted to $5,925,243.83, or $27,372.35 less than the budgets for
1935-36. Supplementary budgets this year amounted to $122,932.11,
or $30,343.32 more than the previous year.
The municipal General Fund represents the revenues available to
cover current operations of the municipal governments. The reports
of the Auditor and of the Treasurer deal with 76 municipalities
although there are 77. The other is the Island of Culebra
which has a special form of government with its budget included in
that of the Insular government. Estimated collections of the General
Fund, during the year, were $6,525,343.82, while actual collections
amounted only to $3,390,773.33. The municipality of Guanica
reported an excess of collections over estimates in the amount of
$4,207.58, while the other 75 municipalities reported under-collections.
Only 48 per cent of the total estimated receipts of the General Fund,
accrued and available for collection during the fiscal year, were actually
collected. During the last nine years under-collections have
increased from $868,624.42 to $3,138,778.07, and the number of
municipalities reporting under-collections increased during that
time from 64 in 1928-29 to 75 in 1936-37.
Estimated collections of school funds, during the fiscal year,
amounted to $2,222,513.21, while actual collections amounted to
$1,111,531.40 or approximately one-half of the estimated total
amount of school funds accrued and available for collection. The
municipalities of Guanica and Salinas showed collections over estimates
in the amounts of $1,255.63 and $1,457.15, respectively.
The total municipal receipts for the fiscal year 1936-37 amounted
to $9,008,674.68, as compared with $7,815,826.58 during the preceding
year; and disbursements totalled $8,487,528.63, as compared
with $7,328,768.62 for 1935-36. The cash balance as of June 30,
1937, amounted to $4,179,519.83 as compared with $3,674,483.66 on
June 30, 1936.
The property tax is the most important source of revenue for the
municipalities. Collections of property taxes accounted for by the
24 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
76 municipalities, during the fiscal year 1936-37, amounted to
$5,125,452.74 as compared with $4,489,988.93 during 1935-36, or an
increase of $635,463.81. These property taxes cover the portion
pertaining to the municipalities, and do not include that portion of
the property tax levied for Insular government purposes.
The financial reports of municipal budgetary operations for the
fiscal year 1936-37 are received and the actual work of auditing
and checking these reports is completed during the fiscal year
1937-38; thus the results of the liquidation of these budgets can
not be reported until the annual report for 1937-38 is prepared.
The liquidation of budgetary operations of the municipalities of
Puerto Rico for the previous fiscal year, that is 1935-36, shows that
outstanding accounts payable from the General Fund, as of June 30,
1936, amounted to $2,123,148.24, against $2,397,248.42 on June 30,
1935, or a decrease of $274,100.18. The liquidation of school funds
shows accounts payable in the amount of $560,169.98, on June 30,
1936, as compared with $623,780.37 on June 30, 1935, or a decrease of
$63,610.39.
The consolidated cash balance of all municipalities at the close of
business on June 30, 1937, amounted to $4,179,519.83. Of this cash
balance, $123,138.36 pertains to the General Fund and $114,326.87
to school funds, which represent the only available cash to meet
budgetary liabilities. The remaining portion of the cash balance
represents cash bonds and deposits, loan funds, and other special
funds.
The total outstanding debt of all municipalities on June 30, 1937,
amounted to $16,423,950.95, and interest accrued and payable
amounted to $23,997.96. The net debt-incurring margin of municipalities,
as of June 30, 1937, amounted to $4,894,867.68, as compared
with $4,384,287.26 at the close of the previous year. This increase
is due chiefly to the increased property valuation on which the debtincurring
power is based, and to the amortization of certain outstanding
bonds.
Ban ks and Ban kin g
There were thirteen banks with eighteen branches doing business
in Puerto Rico on June 30, 1937, as follows: The National City Bank
of New York, with head office in San Juan and branches in Ponce,
Mayaguez, Arecibo and Bayamon; The Chase National Bank of the
City of New York, in San Juan; Banco Popular de Puerto Rico, with
head office in San Juan and branches in Santurce, Caguas, Aguadilla
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 25
and Rio Piedras; Credito y Ahorro Ponceno, with head office in
Ponce and branches in Cayey, Guayama, Yauco and Mayaguez;
Banco de Ponce, with head office in Ponce and branches in Aibonito,
Utuado and Cabo Rojo; Banco de San German, in San German;
Roig Commercial Bank, in Humacao; Cajas de Economfas y Prestamos
de San German, in San German; Progreso Financier©, Inc.,
in San Juan; Credit Union Bank, in San Juan; American Colonial
Bank and Trust Co., in San Juan; The Royal Bank of Canada, with
head office in San Juan and a branch in Mayaguez; and the Bank of
Nova Scotia, with principal office in San Juan and a branch in Fajardo.
With the exception of The National City Bank of New York
and its branches, and The Chase National Bank of the City of New
York, which are under the jurisdiction of the United States Comptroller
of the Currency, these banks and branches are under the
supervision of the Treasurer of Puerto Rico.
On October 21, 1936, an agreement was reached between the
Banco Popular de Puerto Rico and the Banco de Puerto Rico whereby
both institutions were merged under the name of Banco Popular
de Puerto Rico. Through this merger, Banco Popular de Puerto
Rico assumed the liquidation of the two closed banks, Banco Comercial
de Puerto Rico and Banco Territorial y Agrfeola de Puerto Rico,
which were being liquidated by the Banco de Puerto Rico. On May
5, 1937, the stockholders of Banco Agricola de Aguadilla resolved to
declare the bank in liquidation, appointed a liquidator, and entered
into an agreement with Banco Popular de Puerto Rico whereby this
institution assumed payment of the balances due to depositors and
other creditors of the Banco Agrfeola de Aguadilla. On May 7,
1937, The Royal Bank of Canada discontinued the branch they had
been operating in the city of Ponce. On April 6, 1937, the Executive
Council of Puerto Rico adopted a resolution declaring that the liquidation
of the Credito y Ahorro Popular de Yauco had been completed,
and ordering the books and records of the said bank removed
to San Juan and placed in the custody of the Treasurer of Puerto
Rico. The Credito y Ahorro Popular was a small stock company
doing a banking business in Yauco, which closed its doors in the
latter part of the year 1922.
A comparative statement of some of the items in the assets and
liabilities, and of the number of checking accounts and savings accounts,
for the last two years, follows:
26 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
June 30, 1936 June 30, 1937
Increase or
Decrease Over
Previous Year
Aggregate deposits.................................................................... $46,203,614.86 $59,833, 399.38 29.50%-+-
Loans.............................................................................................. 2< 718,101.53 25,445, 377.01 2.9
Checking accounts (not including government and
municipal deposits).......................................................... 14, 948,747.03 19,708,106.72 31.842—
Savings accounts (not including municipal deposits). 16,015, 501.08 17,971,016.90 12.21L -
Cash (U. S. Lawful money only).................................... 6,232,401.78 6, 307, 448.54 1.20%--
Bond and stock investments............................................... 1,278, 654.80 2, 763, 697.04 116.14%--
Capital paid-in........................................................................... 3,296, 569.23 2,935, 667.00 10.952—
Surplus........................................................................................... 691, 550.95 704, 380.26 1.862+
Capital notes and debentures (R. F. C.).................... 1,000,000.00 450,000.00 55.002—
Undivided profits...................................................................... 230, 355.09 275, 666.99 19.672+
Number of checking accounts............................................. 18, 165 18, 965 4.402+
Number of savings accounts................................................ 43, 354 50,186 15.75?+
The term Aggregate Deposits as used in the preceding table, includes
checking accounts, savings accounts, demand certificates of
deposit, certified checks, cashier’s checks, dividends unpaid, Federal,
Insular and Municipal deposits.
The decrease observed in 1‘Paid-in-Capital” at the end of the
fiscal year under review is due to the merger of Banco Popular de'
Puerto Rico and Banco de Puerto Rico, which provided for the payment
in cash, at the par value of the stock, to such of the shareholders
of Banco de Puerto Rico as did not desire stock in the
merged bank, of which option a number of shareholders took advantage,
and also to the placing of Banco Agricola de Aguadilla in
liquidation.
Public Work s
Roads and bridges.—During the fiscal year covered in this report,
a sum of $807,504.92 was spent for the maintenance of Insular
roads and bridges.
The Treasurer of Puerto Rico was authorized by Act No. 123, approved
May 15, 1936, to issue bonds in the amount of $6,000,000 for
completing the Insular and municipal road systems. One million
dollars of bonds were issued in accordance with this law, and considerable
work has already been done under this program.
An Act of Congress was approved on June 23, 1936, extending
to Puerto Rico, effective July 1, 1937, the benefits of the Federal
Highway Act, under which $750,000 has been allocated for road
construction in the Island, for the fiscal year 1938, to be matched
by the Insular government, and the further sum of $369,000 has
been allocated annually for two consecutive years for the elimination
of railroad crossings. This latter amount is not required to be
matched by the Insular government. In view of the advantages
thus obtained, the Legislature repealed the $6,000,000 bond issue Act
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 27
of May 15, 1936, so far as the balance of $5,000,000 of bonds not
yet issued was concerned, and replaced it by Acts Nos. 142 and 143
of May 15, 1937, providing for a special fund from the revenues
of the gasoline tax and automobile licenses with which to undertake
road and bridge construction and for matching the appropriations
from Federal funds for the same purpose.
Contracts have been let by the Insular government for the construction
of 11.655 kilometers of Insular roads at a cost of
$103,080.83, and 55.082 kilometers of municipal roads at a cost of
$580,990.11.
During the year covered in this report, Insular roads 10.04 kilometers
in length have been graded and 3.5 kilometers in length have
been paved at a cost of $67,507.35; and municipal roads 91.93 kilometers
in length have been graded and 82.98 kilometers in length
have been paved at a cost of $825,441.69.
On June 30, 1937, a total of 1,880.32 kilometers of Insular roads
had been completed at a total cost of $23,490,649.40. These Insular
roads, together with the completed municipal roads, make a fairly
extensive road system for the entire Island.
Public Buildings.—The Insular government owns public buildings
valued at $7,303,000, for the maintenance and repair of which
the Department of the Interior had available $70,000 during the past
fiscal year.
Contracts were let, during the year, for the construction of new
Insular and municipal buildings at a cost of $143,579.94.
Harbors and Docks.—Collections made by the bureau of harbors
and docks, for dues paid by incoming ships and cargo, totalled
$102,399.24; and of that amount, $54,834.10 was collected at San
Juan.
San Juan Harbor.—A public hearing was held at San Juan before
Major H. G. Fairbanks, Acting District Engineer, War Department,
on a proposal for the Modification of the Existing Project for
San Juan Harbor. The modifications requested by the Insular
Department of the Interior were recommended, as indicated in the
following excerpt from a report of the U. S. Engineers:
“The Division Engineer therefore is of the opinion that further improvement
of the harbor of San Juan, Puerto Rico, is warranted at this time. He
concurs m recommending the improvement in accordance with the alternate plan
proposed by the District Engineer at an estimated cost of $633,000, with $7,500
annually for maintenance in addition to that already authorized, provided that
before the work is undertaken, local interests give assurances, satisfactory to the
Secretary of War, that a contribution of $200,000 will be made toward the cost
28 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
of the improvement, that the United States will be released from liability for
any damages incidental to the work of improvement, that local interests furnish
necessary and suitable bulkhead disposal areas free of cost to the United States,
and convey 4 acres of land at Miraflores Bay to the United States with a suitable
road connection to the highway system.”
The Insular government appealed from the recommendations in
the matter of the location of the quarantine area and requested a
reduction of the amount of local cooperation. The Board of Engineers
for Rivers and Harbors, after considering the request, agreed
to change the location of the quarantine area in accordance with
the suggestions of the Insular government and the amount of local
cooperation to be given has been reduced to $100,000.
Ponce Harbor.—An application made to the Public Works
Administration for a loan of $76,000 and a grant of $62,182, for
additional improvements in the facilities at Ponce Harbor, has been
approved.
Isabela Irrigation Service.—The irrigation and the hydroelectric
systems of the Isabela Irrigation Service have been in operation nine
years. The results of the operations, during the fiscal year 1936-37,
are very encouraging and indicate that probably this project will be
entirely self-supporting in the reasonably near future. The amount
actually collected from sales of electric energy, sales of water, assessments
of water taxes and small miscellaneous revenues was
$151,363.39. The amount disbursed for operation of the entire
project was $97,966.24. The resulting operating profit is almost
sufficient to cover one-third of the interest on the bonded indebtedness
of the Service. The sales of electric energy show an increase of
$45,000 within the last two years, and these will no doubt continue
to increase in each succeeding year. Collections from the irrigation
system amounted to $53,673.39, as compared with the previous
highest collections of $40,160.12.
Puerto Pico Irrigation Service and Utilization of the Water
Resources.—During the year covered in this report, the Puerto Rico
Irrigation Service made considerable progress in connection with
the installation of various pumping units and the construction of
canal enlargements and extensions for the additional irrigation district.
In the second half of the year, water was offered to practically
all the people owning land within the district.
Total tax assessments, for the fiscal year 1936-37, on the land
included in the irrigation district, amounted to $197,243.20. Tax
collections amounted to $194,747.67, and delinquent charges amounting
to $2,883.64 were collected. The uncollected taxes at the end of
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 29
the year amounted to $166,472.06, including uncollected taxes from
previous years. Other miscellaneous irrigation revenues for the
year amounted to $1,908.01. The bonded debt of the irrigation
system on June 30, 1937, was $3,795,000 which was $100,000 less
than the previous year. The net worth of the system is estimated
at $3,202,973.63.
The rural electrification program of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration accounted for a very considerable expansion
during the year, of the hydroelectric system of the Utilization of the
Water Resources. Even with the resulting increase of 80 per cent
in the capacity of the system, the greater demand and the total
consumption have grown so rapidly that little margin is available to
take care of the increments in load expected in the immediate future.
In the early part of 1937, three power plants were officially
inaugurated and transferred by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration to the Insular government together with the transmission
and distribution lines. The total value of the property included
in the above three projects and turned over to the Insular government
by the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, under its
grant for rural electrification works, amounted to $1,306,861.95. Other
expenditures made by the Utilization of the Water Resources for that
work amounted to $57,165.11 thus making a grand total of
$1,364,027.06. Independently of the work done by the Puerto Rico
Reconstruction Administration on the hydroelectric projects, the
Utilization of the Water Resources also carried out development and
extension work during the fiscal year amounting to $29,688.74. In
addition to the foregoing projects the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration carried out work during the fiscal year on the construction
of transmission and distribution lines under its rural
electrification program for the Insular government amounting to
$204,719.84.
The acquisition of the Ponce Electric Company’s properties and
business was authorized by law, and the purchase was effected by
the Insular government as of the close of business on March 31, 1937.
Funds for the purchase were obtained through a loan of $1,400,000
contracted with the Federal Emergency Administration of Public
Works. The price paid for the property was $1,050,000, the difference
of $350,000 being required for immediate improvement and
extension of the system.
Power production statistics for Puerto Rico show that the four
major systems, which provide over ninety-five per cent of the electricity
consumed on the Island, generated 109,649,208 kilowatt-hours
30 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
during the fiscal year. This was an increase of 17.3 per cent over
the previous year’s requirements. Seventy-three per cent of this
increase was contributed by the Utilization of the Water Resources.
The energy generated by fuel during the previous fiscal year
amounted to 27,330,466 kilowatt-hours. During the year covered by
this report, the generation by fuel dropped to 18,932,870 kilowatthours.
The consolidated balance sheet for the Utilization of the Water
Resources as of June 30, 1937, shows a current surplus of
$2,523,322.94.
Educati on
During the fiscal year 1936-37, there were in Puerto Rico 1,711
public schools with a total enrollment of 246,868 pupils. The following
table shows a comparison of the number of schools and pupils
in the past two years:
Elementary urban schools...................................................
First-unit rural schools.........................................................
Second-unit rural schools.....................................................
High schools...............................................................................
1935-36 1936-37
Schools Pupils Schools Pupils
281
1, 504
47
23
109,919
127, 215
8, 644
10, 572
249
1,370
67
25
107,330
117,119
11,101
11,318
Total.................................................................................. 1, 855 256, 352 1,711 246,868
The decrease in 1936-37 in the total number of schools and pupils
is due to the fact that most of the 548 teachers paid by the Federal
Emergency Relief Administration during 1935-36 had to be discharged
when the activities of that Federal agency were discontinued
in Puerto Rico. The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration,
however, allotted the necessary funds in 1936-37 for the
establishment of 22 new second-unit rural schools.
In addition to the above enrollment during 1936-37, the University
practice schools enrolled 422 high school pupils and 359 elementary
school pupils; the evening high schools conducted by the Bureau
of Extension and Examinations enrolled 1,067 high school pupils and
881 adults in its extension classes; and the private accredited schools,
of which there were 51 as compared to 47 during the previous year,
enrolled 2,075 high school pupils, 8,070 in elementary schools, and
717 in kindergartens.
One hundred and twenty-three school lunch rooms in the urban
zones and 455 in the rural zones functioned an average of 174 days
during the year, and cost a total of $158,257.93.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 31
The cost of the public school system, during 1936-37, was as follows:
The total appropriation from Insular funds for the support
of the Department of Education was $4,351,914.46 or an increase of
$339,320.65 over the previous year. The Department also had at its
disposal at the beginning of the school year $45,336.24 in trust funds
and non-fiscal year appropriations. In addition to the foregoing
Insular funds, the municipalities appropriated in their own municipal
budgets for school purposes the sum of $945,355.73 or an increase
of $60,093.81 over 1935-36., The Department paid out of Insular
funds, including fiscal year appropriations and repayments to
these funds, the sum of $4,400,497.46, and from trust funds and
ether non-fiscal year appropriations, including repayments, the sum
of $159,251.95. The municipalities disbursed for school purposes
the sum of $1,193,751.48. The total Insular and municipal expenditures
for the year 1936-37 for each pupil enrolled were $23.62’, as
compared with $19.49 for the previous year.
The teachers’ pension fund had a balance of $315,976.68 on
June 30, 1937. The similar balance last year was $277,180.61. The
teachers’ pension loan fund, the operation of which began a year ago,
had a balance of $83,248.03 on June 30, 1937. Total loans made
during the year amounted to $102,720.80. The teachers’ pension
fund for mortgage loans had a balance of $20,067.80 on June 30,
1937. Loans made during the year amounted to $96,894.26. This
fund is used for the making of five-year loans to school teachers for
the purchase or construction of houses. There are 390 teachers receiving
extra compensation for years of service, and 354 have been
pensioned; 205 because of age, 148 because of physical disability and
1 by special act of the Legislature.
The outstanding events during the year in the development of
the public school system are, in the opinion of the Commissioner of
Education, the following:
The program of the National Youth Administration was extended
to Puerto Rico, and 242 college students and 830 high school students
were given financial assistance. Allotments of $19,843 for
high school aid and $14,099 for college aid were made. Through
this aid high school students were able to earn $6 per month and
college students $15.
The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration paid out of its
budget $279,760 for the establishment and support of twenty-two additional
second-unit rural schools. The personnel included one director,
two supervisors, two teacher trainers, eight stenographers
and clerks, 22 principals, 21 teachers of agriculture, 22 teachers of
32 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
manual arts, 22 teachers of home economics, 13 teachers of industrial
work, 44 teachers of academic subjects and 21 janitors.
The Legislature of 1937 voted an additional appropriation of
$1,050,000 for elementary education in 1937-38. This amount represents
a substantial increase for the services of education. This
money will be available during the fiscal year 1937-38.
In order to improve and extend the teaching of the English
language, the Legislature appropriated $100,000 for 100 additional
teachers of English. Funds are. now available for the employment
of 300 special English teachers.
The Univ ers ity of Puer to Rico
The University of Puerto Rico consists of the Colleges of Agriculture
and Mechanic Arts, Arts and Sciences, Education, Law,
Pharmacy, Business Administration, and a graduate School of Tropical
Medicine which functions under the auspices of Columbia
University. The School of Tropical Medicine is located at San Juan,
the College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts at Mayaguez, and the
other Colleges, as well as the Insular Agricultural Experiment
Station and the Administrative Offices of the Agricultural Extension
Service, at Rio Piedras. The six colleges, including the Practice
and Experiment Schools of the College of Education, had an administrative
staff of 81 members and a faculty of 229. The Agricultural
Experiment Station and the Agricultural Extension Service had a
total of 33 administrative officers and a technical staff of 108. The
School of Tropical Medicine had a staff of 42. The total of the technical,
academic and administrative personnel in all departments was
493.
The total enrollment in all departments of the University, excluding
the School of Tropical Medicine, was 4,955 students, which
is an increase of 468 students, or 10.4 per cent over the academic
year 1935-36. The Rio Piedras departments enrolled a total of
4,309, which is 7.45 per cent more than last year. The Mayaguez
departments enrolled a total of 646, or 35.7 per cent over last year.
The preceding figures do not include the summer session of 1936 for
which 1,638 students were enrolled. During the fiscal year the-
University granted 325 bachelors’ degrees, 313 diplomas and certificates,
and an honorary degree of Doctor of Laws to Dr. Nicholas
Murray Butler, President of Columbia University.
With the total enrollment reaching an all-time high, the financial
problems of the institution became more acute. During the year,.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 33
several instructors were added to the faculty. In order to be able to
accommodate all the deserving applicants who are properly prepared,
the following steps have been taken: (a) Beginning with the
academic year 1937—38, a rule has been established limiting enrollment
to high school graduates having an average record of “C” or
higher. This rule was recommended by the faculty and approved
by the Board of Trustees, (b) Recommendations have been made
to the proper Federal authorities for an extension of the present
building program, so as to provide the necessary physical plant.
The University Building Division of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction
Administration, by June 30, 1937, had turned over to the
University the following new buildings, valued at $492,391.69, which
are included in the $1,442,000 building program resulting from a
Federal grant in that amount made for the University in the previous
year: Home Economics Building, Library Hall, Teachers’ College
Hall, Normal School, Biology Building and a part of the front
wall and sidewalk. The new Auditorium is being completed, the
alterations of the Baldorioty Building have not been finished. In
Mayaguez, a Plant Industries Building and several Agricultural
Annexes weie constructed. Other new buildings and improvements
during the year, valued at $21,072.49, were credited to the real
estate accounts. In its new quarters, when the equipment to furnish
them becomes available, it is expected that the general efficiency of.'
the University work will be considerably improved.
The University aided a good number of deserving students to
solve their financial difficulties by means of scholarships, loans, and
part-time employment. It was fortunate in having, during the
second semester, the assistance of the National Youth Administration,
which allotted 236 part-time jobs, at a monthly rate of $15
per student. The University awarded 75 tuition scholarships and
77 other scholarships ranging from $25 to $50 per semester, plus free
tuition. Additional regulations for the granting of scholarships
were adopted. The benefit of small loans was also extended to a.
limited number of students.
The Carnegie Corporation of New York donated to the University
of Puerto Rico an art-teaching set, valued at about $10,000,
comprising more than 2,000 photographic reproductions of paintings,
sculpture, and architecture, 50 large facsimile reproductions in
full color of masterpiece paintings, and 200 rare and beautifully
illustrated books dealing with fine, graphic and industrial arts.
The general funds of the University of Puerto Rico consist of
ne proceeds of the two mill property tax, various Federal allot34
THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
ments, students’ fees, and other accounts receivable which according
to law are available for the current operations of the institution.
There was a cash balance of $272,044.55 at the close of business on
June 30, 1937, as compared with $246,234.36 on June 30, 1936.
The aggregate receipts for the year amounted to $1,370,965.88,
distributed as follows: $1,326,449.53 from revenues, $44,516.35 from
non-budgetary receipts and trust funds for restricted purposes.
'The revenue collections exceeded the budget estimates by $119,940.45.
They also exceeded last year’s aggregate revenue collections by
$110,992.92. This gratifying result was due chiefly to three factors:
A higher enrollment with a corresponding increase in revenue from
students’ fees; increased revenue from property tax collections;
and, a substantial increase in Federal allotments.
The disbursements aggregated $1,345,155.69, which represents an
increase of $154,766.40 over last year’s disbursements. To a certain
extent, this circumstance was due to unexpected expenditures that
were incurred in order to provide facilities for the greater number
of students. The final liquidation of the general fund operations
for the period covered by this report resulted in a net surplus of cash
resources aggregating $177,788.20, of which $7,270.28 belong to the
Agricultural Dependencies and $170,517.92 to the University proper.
Scho ol of Trop ical Medic ine
The faculty and staff of the School of Tropical Medicine and the
University Hospital consist of 90 members. In addittion, 39 members
of the honorary staff continued to serve both the school and the
hospital. Two three-story wings which join the laboratories to the
medical-service building of the school were completed last year, and
alterations and additions to the University Hospital were begun.
This work on the hospital will cost $240,000 and will be done by the
Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration. An area of 4.16 acres,
valued at $210,073, has been set apart by the Government of Puerto
Rico for the future expansion of the -school, and plans are already
under way for its development and utilization.
Through the interest of Mr. Antonio Roig, of Humacao, a fairly
well wooded island of approximately 34 acres has been acquired by
this institution for the promotion of a free ranging colony of
primates. Additional reforestation of this island is to be made pos
sible through the Federal and Insular forestry services. The importance
of primate studies in relation to research in tropical
medicine has been well demonstrated, and this colony is a step toward
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 35
solving the problem of supply and demand now confronting laboratory
investigators in this hemisphere. A great deal of valuable
information has been accumulated and is available as a result of
mv estigations and research work done by the school in many
branches of medicine and related subjects.
As usual, the visitors of outstanding fame in science and medicine
who spent some time at the School during the year have been many.
The most prominent among these was Columbia University’s distinguished
President, Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, whose visit was a
source of just pride for the people of Puerto Rico. As the School is
operated under the joint auspices of Columbia University and the
University of Puerto Rico, it is hoped that through Dr. Butler’s
influence the institution will look forward to even greater accomplishments
in the future.
Dr. Oliver L. Fassig’s death on December 6, 1936, the result of
an automobile accident, is an irreparable loss to the School. After
his retirement from service in the United States Weather Bureau,
during which time he had devoted a half century of his life and
energies to his calling and had risen to the rank of America’s foremost
authority on the climate and wind movements of the tropics,
Dr. Fassig was appointed Visiting Professor to the School of
Tropical Medicine. In that capacity he spent three years at the
School, compiling data on the climate of Puerto Rico, a study which
is to appear in monograph form and will serve as a basis for future
research in connection with climate and health. He was exceptionally
well qualified for this task, and for eighteen years had
studied tropical weather,—especially the trends and paths of West
Indian winds. During his service in Puerto Rico he established
the system of storm warnings now in use.
The following is a summary of the financial condition of the
School for the fiscal year 1936-37:
Resou rces
University of Puerto Rico appropriation______________________ $71, 000. 00
Insular government appropriation______________ ____________ 50, 799. 75
Columbia University contribution___________________________ 26, 100. 00
Pay patients’ fees----------------------------------------------------------- 7,923.59
Special funds___________________________________________ 6, 073. 87
Subscriptions Journal of Public Health and Tropical Medicine_ ,_ 660. 80
Total-------------------------------------------------------,-------------$162, 558. 01
Disbu rsem ents
Por the various activities-------------------------------------------------- 151, 453. 46
Cash balance----------------------------------------------------------- $11,104. 55
36 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
The Carn egi e Libr ary
The number of readers registered at the Library during 1936-37
was 16,856 and shows a slight increase over the previous year. Many
school children are among the new patrons registered in recent
years. Forty thousand four hundred and eight volumes were circulated
for home use in San Juan and its vicinity, which do not include
books loaned through travelling libraries or by parcel post. Travelling
libraries have been particularly useful to the second-unit rural
schools, established by the Department of Education, as those centers
are located some distance from San Juan and usually find it very
difficult to obtain reference books. The demand for travelling
libraries has always exceeded the supply of books.
A total of 554 books and many valuable pamphlets and printed
reports were added during the year to the library.
The annual appropriation for contingent expenses, which had
been reduced since 1933 to $5,500, was restored to $10,000 beginning
July 1, 1937 and it is expected that the educational work of the
Library will be broadened and made increasingly efficient.
Agr icu lt ur e
Agriculture has gone through a prolonged period of uncertainty,
mostly due to factors affecting the disposal of the products of the
soil. Most important of these was the uncertainty, until about the
middle of August, as to possible Federal legislation to supersede the
system of sugar quotas due to lapse next December.
In spite of the unsettled conditions of the industry, sugar cane
growing continues to be the most profitable of Puerto Rico’s agricultural
enterprises. Prices for raw sugar were maintained at a
profitable level throughout the year.
The surplus sugar stock (raw value) at the end of the fiscal year
1936-37 was 208,545 short tons, computed as follows:
Surplus stocks on December 31, 1936___________________ 109, 711
Sugar processed from 1936-37 crop____________________ 996, 342
Total short tons (raw value)___________________________ 1,106,053
Puerto Rico’s 1937 quota from 1936 surplus stocks_______ 25,000
Puerto Rico’s 1937 quota from 1937 processings__________ 806, 508
Total 1937 export quota ________________________ 831, 508
Plus—Estimated local consumption____________________ 66, 000
Total quota for export and local consumption, 1937 crop_____ 897, 508
Surplus sugar stocks in short tons (raw value)____________ 208, 545
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 37
The Puerto Rican processors will, therefore, enter the 1938 crop
season with an aggregate surplus stock of approximately 200,000
short tons. A total of /o3,000 short tons or 90 per cent of the
Puerto Rican sugar quota had been shipped to continental United
States and about 38,000 short tons or 58 per cent of the local requirements
had been disposed of by the processors on June 30, 1937.
On this same date the benefits pending payment to the sugar
growers of the 1934-35 crop amounted to $2,483.83 and to the
growers of the 1935-36 crop they amounted to $121,292.81.
There was again the danger of a collapse of coffee prices, on
account of a failure to balance production and the requirements of
the local and foreign markets. The coffee situation has shown considerable
improvement during the year, however, due principally to
better prices brought about by the successful operation of the surplus
disposal plan. Demands for local consumption of coffee are in the
neighborhood of 15,000,000 pounds, and 3,052,623 pounds were
shipped either to the continental United States for export or direct
to foreign countries; therefore, any production beyond these needs,
if not disposed of in some way, will result in low prices.
It has been estimated that last year’s crop amounted to 20,000,000
pounds, or an estimated surplus of 5,000,000 pounds. The plan for
the disposition of the surplus for the year 1935-36 was not very
satisfactory, due to the late date on which the subsidy was approved
and lack of cooperation on the part of the growers and coffee dealers.
It served, however, to give everybody a working knowledge of the
operation of the plan, so that this year all were in a better position
to dispose of a much larger quantity of coffee without any serious
difficulty. All the coffee sold through this agency was paid a subsidy
of five cents per pound under a cooperative project entered into bv
the Insular Department of Agriculture and the Agricultural Adjustment
Administration. The total amount disbursed by the Federal
government was about $217,415. The earliest quotations for this
year’s crop were in the neighborhood of nine cents per pound of raw
coffee, while at the end of June, 1937, when the work of the Coffee
Corporation had been almost completed, prices had gone up to over
eighteen cents per pound. The extreme dry weather prevailing after
the month of January in most of the coffee-producing areas will
result in a much reduced crop for the coming year. Through the
effective campaign conducted by the Puerto Rican Coffee Corporation
for the elimination of the surplus of this year’s crop, and because
of the limited crop that is expected for the coming season, the
general economic situation of the coffee industry looks brighter than
38 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
for many years. The total shipments of coffee from the Island, during
the year, amounted to 7,994,203 pounds, of which 4,941,580
pounds were shipped to the continental United States under the
coffee surplus disposal plan.
The last tobacco crop was planted without any quota restrictions,
except for a relatively small number of farms where contracts for
soil conservation were entered into between the Federal Department
of Agriculture and the farmers. It is estimated that the acreage
planted to tobacco during the year was 45,000 acres, and the production
was approximately 27,000,000 pounds. The general tobacco
situation may be briefly summarized as follows: Tobacco planting,
even though not under Federal restrictions, did not go beyond the
limits which normal demands require. The quality of this year’s
crop was fair. Normal plantings were made late in the year, and
had weather conditions been satisfactory a fine crop of superior
quality tobacco would have been harvested. However, the heavy
rains of late December and January brought about a serious situation
due to the inability of the farmers to give proper care to late
plantings and to the tobacco harvested during late December or
January. Later in the year this situation was aggravated by the
efforts to enforce the Minimum Wage Law, with a resulting increased
cost for the stemming of tobacco. At the time this report is written
a large part of the crop is still in the hands of the cooperatives or
independent agents and only some small sales have been made.
In the fiscal year 1935-36 the total exports of grape fruit to the
continental United States amounted to 358,284 boxes, while 8,212,757
pounds were canned. During the last year it has been estimated
that 146,009 boxes were shipped to the continental United States,
and that 10,281,733 pounds of fruit had been canned. The average
price of grape fruit for the fiscal year 1935-36 was $2.66 per box,
while that for the fiscal year 1936-37 was much lower, $2.35 per
box. It is clear that only during the months of April, May, June,
July, August and September, when there is less competition from
Texas because of quarantine restrictions, can Puerto Rican grape
fruit command a fairly good price. The Federal Department of
Agriculture requires the fruit to be treated for a period of 15 days
at a temperature of 34 degrees Fahrenheit so as to avoid any possibility
of quarantine restrictions.
Planting of pineapples has been normal during the season, but the
reduction of the Federal tariff on pineapples from Cuba has brought
about great uncertainty regarding the future of this crop. Puerto
Rico shipped during the last fiscal year 519,631 crates of fresh pineOF
THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 30
apples and 4,547,644 pounds of canned fruit. The pineapples sold
in the New York market constituted about 66% per cent of the total
supply of pineapples in American markets. The average auction
price for Puerto Rican pines was $2.23 per crate, as against $2.44
per crate reported for the previous year. It has been estimated that
during the next year, the continental markets will absorb in the
neighborhood of one and one-half million crates of fresh pineapples,
of which Puerto Rico could easily supply more than one-third.
Cuba is now the only competitor of the Puerto Rican fresh fruit,
and unless tariff restrictions are restored to the old rates, or unless
quotas are imposed on Cuba and Puerto Rico, it is probable that
Cuba will extend plantings to such a point that Puerto Rico may
not be able to face such a ruinous competition. The result of unrestricted
importation of Cuban pineapples may bring about the
abandonment of pineapple growing in Puerto Rico, with the consequent
control or monopoly of the fresh pineapple market by Cuban
growers.
Fruit crops and vegetables did not do wel] during the year because
of unfavorable weather conditions; however, a considerable
quantity of winter vegetables was sold in continental markets at
fairly remunerative prices. The exportation of vegetables to the
continent during the fiscal year aggregated a total of 93,076 containers
or boxes. Cucumbers predominated over other vegetables,
constituting about 70 per cent of the total exportation. The prices
obtained for them in the New York market ranged from $2.13 in
January to $3.51 in the month of May. These prices are considered
to be fairly remunerative.
There has been a marked improvement, since the previous year,
with reference to conditions of the coconut groves, resulting in
increased production, and, in general, prices have been higher.
During the 1935 calendar year, a total of 326 carloads were
reported sold in the New York market. During the 1936 calendar
year, 442 carloads -were sold in the same market. Studies being
made by the Insular government indicate definite possibilities for
the industrialization of Puerto Rican coconuts through the manufacture
of vegetable lard, oleomargarine and similar products.
Sea-Island cotton was again planted with the aid of the Puerto
Rico Marketing Association for Minor Crops. The marketing problem
for this product seems practically solved. Last year’s crop
was sold at profitable prices and the Sea-Island cotton industry appears
to be definitely reestablished in Puerto Rico. The progress
made in this industry may be summarized as follows: (1) There
40 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
was an increase of 391 per cent in membership in the Puerto Rico
Marketing Association for Minor Crops, which agency handles all
Sea-Island cotton grown in the Island. This increase in membership
is made up mostly of farmers of the northwestern coast of the
Island. (2) The Cooperative handled 6,143.98 hundredweight more
than during the previous year. This represents an increase in operations
of 166 per cent. (3) The total amount of lint cotton manipulated
was 545 bales, or 331 bales more than in the previous year.
(4) The increase, in the gross value of the crop amounted to
$59,752.56.
As a result of the activities of the Federal Emergency Relief
Administration and of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration,
as well as the various Insular agricultural agencies, the production
of minor crops has been greatly encouraged. Plantains constitute
one of the main food crops which has received considerable
attention on the part of the farmers and government agencies.
The Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration and the Federal
Agricultural Experiment Station at Mayaguez have been giving special
attention to the propagation and distribution of vanilla in the coffee
regions. These plantings are not yet in commercial production,
but reports indicate that in a few years Puerto Rico may be able to
supply the greater part of the United States’ needs in vanilla. The
Experiment Station at Mayaguez is also conducting work with
perfume-bearing plants such as Uang-Ilang and some others, as well
as bamboo for various practical purposes. Considerable headway
has been made in attempts to industrialize the juice and peel from
citrus fruits, as well as some other products of the farm which ordinarily
go to waste.
Trade an d Comme rce
Considered as an entirety the overseas trade of Puerto Rico, during
the fiscal year covered by this report, showed an increase of
18.3 per cent in shipments to the Island and 16 per cent in shipments
from the Island, over the previous year. The aggregate
figures for the overseas trade during the past two years were:
1936-37 1935-36
To the Continental United States___________ $112, 857, 749 $96, 991,639
To foreign countries______________________ 2, 096,078 2, 142,285
Total shipments to all countries______ $114, 953, 827 $99, 133,924
From the continental United States_________ 90, 304, 030 77,176, 472
From foreign countries___________________ 8, 571, 461 6, 414,882
Total shipments from all countries_____ $98, 875, 491 $83, 591, 354
Difference (Favorable trade balance)__ $16, 078, 336 $15, 542, 570
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 41
The total value of sugar-cane products shipped to the continental
United States (sugar, $71,390,084; molasses, $1,149,891; and rum,
$2,028,231) represents almost two-thirds of the value of all the
products shipped from Puerto Rico during the year. This fact
indicates the importance of sugar in the economic structure of the
Island.
Puerto Rico continues to be one of the best customers of the continental
United States. Comparative figures for the past year are
not yet available, but those for the fiscal year 1935-36 show that
Canada is the only country in all North and South America that
buys more goods from the continental United States; and there are
only four other countries in the world where the purchases exceed
those of Puerto Rico. The order of these countries in the total
amount of purchases from the continental United States is as follows:
Britain, Canada, Japan, France, and Germany. Hawaii is seventh;
Mexico eighth; and Cuba, tenth.
fhe total value of shipments to the continental United States
made from 1 uerto Rico, is exceeded only by those coming from
Canada, Great Britain, Japan, British Malaya, Cuba and Hawaii.
Therefore Puerto Rico ranks seventh in importance among the countries
selling goods in the continental United States; Brazil is eighth ;
Germany, tenth; Argentine, fourteenth; and France, fifteenth.
These relative figures are shown in tables appended as exhibits
to this report.
Heal th
Important developments in public health and medical care in
Puerto Rico were achieved during the fiscal year 1936-37. Public
health units, with full-time physicians who are properly trained in
this field, and adequate subordinate personnel, were opened in the
municipalities of Cidra, Guayanilla, Penuelas, Jayuya, Luquillo,
Ceiba and Trujillo Alto; thus 71 municipalities out of a total of 76
are now served by this important government service. An allotment
of $250,000 was obtained from the Federal government for the
construction of 19 buildings to replace some of the old quarters of
these units, which were rented in many cases and were usually inadequate.
Plans are being made to extend the services of public
health units to the remaining five municipalities during the present
fiscal year.
Puerto Rico has many complex health problems which appear to
require almost inmediate solution, but concentration on important
problems has become a standard policy of the Department of Health.
42 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Tuberculosis, malaria, uncinariasis and infant hygiene, especially
correct infant feeding, are fundamental problems which are receiving
careful consideration.
The anti-tuberculosis program, which was initiated by the
Department of Health three years ago, and the present organization
to combat this disease, compare favorably with those of the most advanced
countries. This opinion has been voiced by eminent specialists
in public health who have visited the Island recently and
have studied our program in detail. The number of tubercular
patients benefited during the past fiscal year totalled 13,846, out of
which 4,289 were submitted to collapse therapy. A total of 34,560
X-Ray plates were made of suspected cases or their contacts, 26,633
fluoroscopic examinations were made, and 48,480 specimens of sputum
were analyzed during the year. A total of 3,834 tubercular
patients received medical attention in four district hospitals with a
capacity of 1,400 beds, as compared with 3,129 during the preceding
fiscal year. The average stay of patients in these hospitals was five
months. One thousand three hundred and seven of those hospitalized
were given pneumothorax treatment, of which 35 per cent had their
sputum converted from positive to negative. Sputum conversion
was obtained in 41 per cent of 2,982 patients treated in this way in
the anti-tuberculosis centers, thus eliminating from the community
a large number of sources of infection. There was conducted, under
the auspices of the Department of Health, an institute for physicians
which lasted three days and which was attended by more than 100
physicians from the entire Island. The assistance given by Doctors
Kendall Emerson and Philips P. Jacobs, of the National Tuberculosis
Association, contributed greatly to the success of this institute.
Permanent malaria control work, which is urgently needed in
certain coastal areas, was not carried out on a large scale because
of the limited funds available—the work being confined to the Salinas
subsoil drainage project and to surface tile drainage in the
Santurce area. Rural sanitation and hookworm control were
stressed, and sanitary inspectors were assigned to special duties in
latrine construction in rural districts. One thousand five hundred and
thirty-six new latrines were constructed and 2,132 latrines were repaired
during the year. A total of 184,559 persons were treated for
intestinal parasites and 26,894 were treated for malaria by the field
personnel of the Department of Health.
Because of the low economic status of the great majority of the
population and the ignorance of mothers in the basic principles of
infant feeding and hygiene, the Department of Health has estabOF
THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 43
lished a number of milk stations for the purpose of training indigent
mothers in the preparation of formulas for the feeding of their
children, and at the same time teaching them the fundamentals of
hygiene in the care of the child. During the previous year the
Puerto Rican Emergency Relief Administration rendered financial
assistance for the operation of 159 stations, of which 64 were located
in lural districts. On the cessation of the activities of this organization,
funds were obtained under a law that provided special revenues
from horse races for the support of milk stations. Unfortunately,
the revenues supplied from this source were insufficient and only 77
stations could function during the past year, which supplied 350,878
quarts of dry milk and 15,091 quarts of fresh milk that was distributed
among 3,278 babies and 951 mothers.
The medical care of the poor in Puerto Rico has been an outstanding
problem for many years. A large part of the population
of the Island is composed of families with very small incomes, and
under the prevailing conditions it has been generally admitted that
. the medical care of the indigent is a responsibility of the government.
Up to the present time the municipalities have attempted to
assume this duty, the Insular government limiting itself to general
matters of sanitation and public health and to the medical care of
persons suffering from mental and transmissible diseases, especially
tuberculosis, leprosy, typhoid fever and others.
In most municipalities the facilities for the proper diagnosis and
treatment of patients are inadequate, and it is generally accepted
that the present system of medical care by the municipal governments
is a failure.
Upon recommendation of the Commissioner of Health, the Surgeon
General of the United States Public Health Service was requested,
in November 1934, to detach an officer of that service to
make a survey of medical relief in Puerto Rico; and in 1935 recommendations
were submitted to the Legislature that adequate legislation
be enacted for the solution of this important problem. As a
result, a bill was approved organizing medical charities in Puerto
Rico, providing funds for the construction and maintenance of four
district hospitals to be operated under the Department of Health
with the advice of the Territorial Charities Board.
The cost of the construction and equipment of these hospitals,
approximately $1,700,000, will be paid jointly from Insular funds and
a grant of $431,500 obtained from the Federal government in May,
44 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNEAL REPORT
1937. Contracts have been let for the construction of these hospitals,
and the whole project will be completed by June 30, 1938. Act
No. 29, approved July 20, 1935, entitled:
“Organizing public hospital charities in Puerto Rico; authorizing the Treasurer
to contract a loan of $500,000; levying, from and after July 1, 1940, a special
tax for the organization and maintenance of the public hospital charities
service and establishing other sources of income for the same purpose, and for
other purposes,”
provides adequate revenues for the maintenance of these hospitals
upon completion, and with their operation the Insular government
will be in a position to meet one of the greatest medical and social
needs of the Island.
The general mortality for the year 1936 was 20.5 per 1,000 population,
as compared with rates of 18.4, 19.2, 22.6 and 22.3 for the
years 1935, 1934, 1933 and 1932, respectively. The increase in general
mortality for the year 1936, as compared with the two previous
years, was due chiefly to an epidemic of influenza and a prevalence
of diarrhea and enteritis throughout the Island during the year.
Tuberculosis dropped from first to second place as a cause of death
during the year, being responsible for 14.9 per cent of the total deaths
as compared with 16 per cent during the previous year. There was,
however, a slight increase in the death rate from this disease during
1936—305.3 per 100,000 population, as compared with 304.5 for the
year 1935. Diarrhea and enteritis (under two years) were responsible
for 5,606 deaths or 16.1 per cent of the total for the year 1936.
The corresponding figure for the year 1935 was 4,017 or 13.1
per cent of the total. Although the death rate from malaria
for 1936 was 141.4 per 100,000 population, as compared with 126.2
during 1935, it was lower than the death rate from this same cause
during the preceding four years. Hookworm mortality has been
declining on the Island, a rate of 13.8 per 100,000 population being
reported for the year 1936, as compared with rates of 23.5, 30.7, 59.6
and 46.4 for the years 1935, 1934, 1933 and 1932, respectively. The
infant mortality rate for the year 1936 was 127.3 per 1,000 live births
as compared with rates of 114.7, 113.5, 139.4 and 132.4 for the years
1935, 1934, 1933, and 1932, respectively. The general prevalence in
1936 of diarrhea and enteritis throughout the Island was responsible,
to a large extent, for the increase in infant mortality registered as
compared with the two previous years.
A total of 85,137 births was reported during the year 1936, of
which 68,962 occurred during that year; and the balance, during
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 45
previous years. During 1935 a total of 90,192 births were registered,
of which 22,607 occurred in previous years. The recorded birth rate
for the year 1936 was 40.6 per 1,000 population, as compared with
rates of 40.4, 39.8, 38.0, 41.7 and 41.5 for the preceding five years.
There is good reason to believe that a more efficient system for reporting
births, during the last two years especially, has contributed
to the apparent rise in the birth rate during this period.
Labo r
The renewal of a collective agreement entered into by the Sugar
Producers’ Association and the Free Federation of Workingmen of
Puerto Rico prevented possible labor troubles that might have resulted
in a general strike affecting 140,000 laborers in the sugar industry.
The collective agreement entered into by the shipping companies
and the Longshoremen’s Union of Puerto Rico was also renewed
with slight changes, advancing wages and improving working
conditions. This has benefited more than 12,000 longshoremen and
dock workers throughout the Island.
The relations between labor and capital generally are better in
Puerto Rico, and less trouble was experienced during the past year,
than in any other place where such a large percentage of the population
is employed for wages.
Following the doctrine established by the Supreme Court of the
United States in its opinion handed down on March 29, 1937, in the
case of West Coast Hotel Company versus Ernest and Elsie Parrish,
upholding the constitutionality of the Washington state law in regard
to minimum wages for women, and supported by the opinion of the
Attorney General of Puerto Rico, the Department of Labor proceeded
to revive and enforce the local statute approved June 9, 1919, establishing
minimum wages for working women, that had been declared
unconstitutional by the Puerto Rico Supreme Court in the year 1924.
This law provides that women employed in commercial or industrial
occupations, or by public service utility corporations, must be paid
wages at the rate of $6 per week for women 18 years old and over,
and $4 per week for women under 18 years of age. The action of
the Department of Labor has involved the government in litigation
with a large number of employers, principally engaged in the needlework
industry. The case is pending in the District Court of San
Juan.
In conducting the work of the employment service of the Department
of Labor, during the second year of its existence, it was found
that there was a great demand for plumbers, painters, carpenters,
46 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
electrical workers, and for all others engaged in the building trades,
and especially for masons and bricklayers. The number of masons
and bricklayers in Puerto Rico was so limited, that several hundred
more could have been furnished with employment if skilled workmen
had been available.
The progress of social and labor legislation during the last few
years has 'been remarkable. The government of Puerto Rico has
kept pace with this trend through the enactment of many such highly
advanced social statutes. Puerto Rico has a minimum wage law,
compulsory workmen’s accident compensation, an eight-hour day, collective
bargaining, and other requirements directed to the improvement
of labor’s social and economic status. The third National Conference
on Labor Legislation, held in Washington in November, 1936,
officially expressed its satisfaction over the progressive nature of
Puerto Rico’s social legislation.
Insul ar Board of Electi ons
The election on November 3, 1936, was an outstanding event because
it involved the largest number of persons registering and voting
in the history of the Island, and it was generally recognized as
the fairest and most orderly election ever held in Puerto Rico. Women
voted for the first time in 1932, but for that election all new registrants,
both male and female, were required to be able to read and
write. Therefore, the election of 1936 was the first under universal
suffrage for both men and women. The Insular Police are deserving
of unstinted praise for the exceptionally fine order that prevailed
on election day, because disorder had been predicted in several precincts
and they were prepared to handle any situation that might
arise. Proof of the fairness of the election is demonstrated by the
lack of contests of the results. Only one contest was filed in court
and that in the case of only one candidate, the Mayor of Guayama,
where the vote was very close. This case was subsequently dropped.
The situation with respect to the different political parties was
similar to that of 1932. The Coalition, which is made up of the
Union-Republican Party and the Socialist Party, retained most of
the elective offices. Their candidate for Resident Commissioner in
Congress received 297,033 votes, while the candidate of the Liberal
Party received 252,467 votes. Other parties played even a more insignificant
part than in previous elections. The Nationalist Party,
which was an Insular party in 1932 with candidates throughout the
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 47
Island, nominated only local candidates in one municipality, Aguas
Buenas, and cast only one vote.
The number of challenges of registrations of electors filed before
the last election reached the preposterous number of 315,989. In
answer to these about 250,000 counter-declarations were filed and
approximately 60,000 exclusions were made.
Several recent amendments to the election law contributed in no
small measure to the splendid order that was maintained on election
day. Among these may be mentioned the amendment providing for
a single ballot, which simplified the marking of the ballot so that
there was an unprecedentedly small number of spoiled and void ballots.
Of paramount importance was the amendment requiring closed
polls or, where this was impracticable, closed lines. The fine results
were more due to this than to any other factor, as it rendered “repeating”
impossible, inasmuch as all polls were closed at one o’clock
when the actual voting began; and, after voting, electors were obliged
to leave the polls and could not enter any other polling place. Many
people, who should be in a position to know, have stated that for
the first time in the history of the Isand no person voted more than
once, and in this respect no election could (bze fairer.
Pub lic Servic e Oommis sion
The Commission has continued its approval of rate reductions,
progressively made by the various companies controlling electric
light and power services. The Porto Rico Gas and Coke Company
made a voluntary reduction in its “objective” gas rates in territory
where it operates. Due to the purchase by the Insular Government
of the Ponce Electric Company, which is explained in another part
of this report, lower rates have already been established for the consumers
of electric energy in Ponce. The Commission also approved,
during the year, the purchase by the Isabela Irrigation Service of
the electric distribution system owned by the municipality of Aguada.
The lease and operation by this Irrigation Service of the distribution
system owned by the municipality of Aguadilla is pending approval.
Both of these municipalities have merely acted as distributors of
electric energy purchased from the Isabela Irrigation Service. As
a result of these changes it is estimated that the consumers will have
a greatly improved electric service, and it is estimated that the municipalities
will effect annual savings as follows: Aguada $1,856.16;
Aguadilla $17,019.84.
48 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
All public water supply systems, 71 in number, are municipally
owned. The total investment to date of the 68 most important systems
is $8,667,252.15. The net operating income for the past fiscal
year was $125,554.79. It would be $673,934.06, if the net return
were on the basis of eight per cent on the investment.
There are at least 38 municipally owned sewer systems in
operation. During the fiscal year the towns of Guayama and Manati
finished construction of their sewer systems. The town of Juana
Diaz has a sewer system under construction. Various cities and towns,
including Mayaguez, are making extensions and improvements in
their systems. The construction of several sewer systems has been
made possible through financial assistance by federal agencies, such
as the former Puerto Rico Emergency Relief Administration, the
present Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, and the Federal
Emergency Administration of Public Works.
Civil Servic e Commis sio n
The papers of 23 examinations, mostly of a general character carried
over from the previous year, were rated during the past fiscal
year. Nine thousand two hundred and seventy candidates filed applications
for these examinations, of whom 5,916 took the examinations
and 4,715 passed. Examinations for eligibles in the scientific
and technical services of the government were also held; 127 persons
applied, 91 of whom took the examinations and 76 passed. One
thousand and three applications were also received for examinations
for positions principally in the Departments of Finance and Health;
and these examinations were given, but the results are still pending.
The classification plan prepared by Mr. Robert S. Hare, of the
United States Civil Service Commission, and referred to in my last
year’s report,, represented a survey of 3,184 classified positions.
Eight hundred and fifty-three additional positions have since been
allocated to classes. This survey provides for fifteen new classes,
and three were abolished. The purpose of this classification of
positions is to group them into classes having similar duties and
responsibilities, so that when coordinated with the compensation
plan it may result in equal pay for positions involving similar
work. On October 4, 1936, the Civil Service Commission adopted
the compensation plan, also prepared by Mr. Robert S. Hare,
including a proposed schedule of compensation for each class
of positions in the classified service, to be applied and used in
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 49
connection with the classification plan previously adopted. A comparison
between the compensation of 3,751 classified positions as provided
for under the budgetary law for the fiscal year 1936-37, calling
for an appropriation of $4,335,667.99, and the total appropriation
that would have been necessary under the proposed compensation
plan, shows that an additional appropriation of $244,598.29
would be required under the proposed plan. The application of the
compensation plan awaits the approval of the Legislature. It is
believed that the classification and standardization of salary rates,
based on the merit system, will contribute toward more efficient administration
and eventually result in substantial economies.
The following figures show the total number of employees in the
Puerto Rico Civil Service:
Fiscal Year
Total
number of
employees
Employees
in the
classified
Service
Percentage,
of
classified
employees-
1927-28...................................................................... 8 636 2 586 28 6.
1928-29...................................................... 8 703 2’ 754 31 6.
1929-30................................................................ 8, 403 2 614 31 1
1930-31.................................................... 8 302 2 712 32 4
1931-32............................................ 8, 814 2 838 32 2
1932-33.................................................. 8 914 2’ 838 31 8
1933-34.......................................... 8 965 2 868 31 9
1934-35.............................. 9’ 827 2’ 948 30 0a
1935-36...................................... io’ 830 3? 184 29 4
1936-37.................................................... 12’ 414 3’ 751 29,4, _ ._______ _____________ _
In determining the percentage of employees within the classified',
service, it should be kept in mind that certain officials, school teachers,
policemen and the officials and employees of the University of'
Puerto Rico are by law not subject to the civil service rules and
are therefore included in the unclassified personnel. They represent
nearly three-fourths of the entire number of employees in the civil’
service.
The following table shows the distribution of government employees,
during the past three years:
50 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Department, Commission or Office
Agriculture and Commerce......................................................................
Auditor...............................................................................................................
Education (Teachers).................................................................................
Education (Central Office).......................................................................
Finance...............................................................................................................
Health.................................................................................................................
Interior...............................................................................................................
Justice.................................................................................................................
Labor..................................................................................................................
Police...................................................................................................................
Athletic Commission...................................................................................
Board of Elections........................................................................................
Board of Examiners of Cinematograph Machine Operators &
Expert Electricians..............................................................................
Board of Examiners of Engineers.........................................................
Board of Medical Examiners..................................................................
Board of Nurses Examiners.....................................................................
Bureau of Supplies, Printing and Transportation........................
Bureau of Weights & Measures.............................................................
Civil Service Commission.........................................................................
■Commission for Prevention of Tuberculosis.....................................
•Commission for Protection of P. R. Tobacco.................................
Commission for Public Amusements and Sports..........................
Executive Mansion.......................................................................................
Executive Secretary..................................................................... ................
Governor’s Office...........................................................................................
Historical Archives.......................................................................................
House of Representatives..........................................................................
Industrial Commission...............................................................................
Insular Board of Vocational Education.............................................
National Guard..............................................................................................
Pension Board................................................................................................
Public Service Commission......................................................................
Racing Commission.....................................................................................
San Juan Harbor Board............................................................................
School of Tropical Medicine....................................................................
Senate................................................................................................................
State Insurance Fund.................................................................................
Tobacco Institute..........................................................................................
Translation Bureau....................................................................................
University of Puerto Rico........................................................................
Totals,
Number of employees
1934-35 1935-36 1936-37
95 158 192
76 88 94
4,477 4, 544 4,836
103 105 112
555 581 604
1,140
831
1,508 1,645
879 1,105
587 623 668
123 176 186
837 822 1,062
5
4 135 637
7 7 7
6 5 4
31 28 29
3 3 3
118 134 125
12 15 15
14 16 21
12 20 28
16 14
6 8
10 13 13
20 23 23
4 8 8
2 3 3
77 98 74
70 26 51
11 14 20
21 21 23
8 9 8
20 29 32
13 14 14
21 19 19
82 81 82
85 96 104
91 112
2
6 7 8
325 411 429
9, 827 10,830 12,414
The above table includes a considerable number of employees that
are temporary or seasonal, as for example the personnel of the Board
of Elections in 1936 who were employed in connection with the
election of that year.
Pen sio ns
June 30, 1937, marked the close of the second year of operation
under the new Pension Act, approved July 16, 1935, which was
passed after a survey of our system was made by actuaries from the
United States Civil Service Commission. Remarkable progress has
been made under the present law, but existing pensions granted
under the old liberal law constitute a heavy burden on the system.
The pension fund is still far from solvent. As all the proceeds from
the employees’ contributions are required to pay the pensions now
in force, the deficit at the present time exceeds $750,000. In order
to insure the future solvency of the fund some changes in the law are
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 51
necessary, the most important of which are: Limiting the maximum
pension to $1,200 per year; setting up of a reserve fund for investment
purposes; enactment of a permanent annual appropriation of
not less than $200,000, as recommended by the Federal actuaries.
Wor kme n ’s Compe nsa ti on Insu ra nc e
The second year of operation of the Workmen’s Accident Compensation
Insurance, under the exclusive state fund as provided by
law enacted in 1935, was closed on June 30, 1937. Excellent progress
has been made, and the wisdom of this law has been demonstrated.
The financial condition of the fund is shown by the following statement
:
Premiums, corresponding to the fiscal year 1935—36, in the amount
of $1,306,624 had been assessed up to June 30, 1937. Of this amount
$1,299,253.39 has been collected. The actual and accrued disbursements
for the same period amounted to $1,438,554.29, detailed as
follows: Compensations, $650,135.25; medical, $568,360.65; administration
expenses of the State fund, $161,281.93, of the Industrial
Commission, $49,976.46, and for actuarial services, $8,800. This analysis
shows a deficit of $131,930.29 in the general fund for the fiscal
year 1935-36. The reserve fund for this same fiscal year amounts
to $61,242.97, and the liabilities to $204,418.63.
On June 30, 1937, the sum of $1,325,300.35 had been collected in
premiums corresponding to the fiscal year 1936-37. The disbursements
for the same period amounted to $1,041,564.87, detailed as
follows: Compensations, $374,803.35; medical, $423,906.14; travelling
expenses, $16,865.72 and administration expenses, $225,989.66.
These figures do not show the entire fiscal operations for the year,
because they were not available when this statement was prepared.
Fifty-one thousand nine hundred and ninety-eight claims were
registered for the fiscal year 1935—36, as compared with 54,964 for
1936-37. The increase for 1936—37 over the previous year will probably
exceed 5,000 claims, in view of the fact that many are registered
after July first. There were 6,036 claims pending settlement on June
30, 1937. A total of 106,962 claims had been registered for the two
fiscal years, of which 100,926 had been settled and awards granted.
The Manager of the State Fund has found it necessary to revise
the manual of classifications in accordance with the underwriting
experience accumulated and the available statistics at his disposal.
His decision is in accord with a report submitted by Mr. Emile E.
Watson, Consulting Actuary of the Fund, from which the following
is quoted:
52 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
“Until the time arrives that successful work is being done in accident prevention,
it will be necessary to increase the amount of premiums being paid by
employers to meet the cost of compensation awarded to injured employees and
the dependents of killed employees; to meet the cost of necessary medical service;
to meet the cost of administration and maintain a solvent State Insurance
Fund. According to the payroll reported by employers in the various classifications
it is now necessary to increase the rates per $100 payroll in 82 of the
233 classifications. 16 increases are necessary in as many of the main classifications
of industry and 66 increases are necessary in smaller classifications.
The latter part of this report provides a revised schedule of rates in 82 classifications
which must be made effective beginning July 1, 1937. The increases are
caused by several factors applying to both large and small employers, as follows:
“The large number of accidents being reported; the high cost of medical
services and the increase in the number of accidents during the current fiscal
year as indicated by reports being made during the last half of 1936. Reports
to the State Fund during the last half of 1936 show better than a 12 per cent
increase in the number of accidents as compared with the same period for the
previous year. These increases, however, are being made in varying percentages
because of the consideration given to the developed accident experience and the
earned payroll exposure. It will therefore be noted that some increases are very
slight while others present substantial increases because of this fact. However,
the general premium level is being increased from 35 per cent to 40 per cent
as compared with the year ending June 30, 1936.’’
The Pue rt o Ric o Nat io na l Gua rd
The Puerto Rico National Guard is organized in accordance with
the National Defense Act of Congress and the Military Code of
Puerto Rico, along the same lines as the Regular Army. The actual
strength of the National Guard on June 30, 1937, was 98 officers, one
warrant officer and 1,510 enlisted men, which was only four officers
short of the total authorized strength.
It is gratifying to report that, from personal observation and
according to comments of Inspecting Officers, the training during
the past year was conducted in a very satisfactory manner and indicated
great improvement. The training schedule prepared by organization
commanders showed that careful thought was given to
their preparation and in general, all training objectives were attained.
A Command Post Exercise was conducted by each regimental
and battalion Headquarters Company, based upon a problem
drawn by the Federal Inspector during the Annual Federal Armory
Inspection, for the purpose of determining the efficiency of operation
in communication. The Annual Field Training period was conducted
at Arecibo, Puerto Rico, from July 26, to August 9, 1936,
both dates inclusive. This camp was known as “Camp Frank
McCoy”, named in honor of Major General Frank McCoy, ComOF
THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 53
manding General of the Second Corps Area. Marked progress has
been made in the quality of instruction received during this encampment.
The expenses of field training are borne almost entirely by
the Federal government, and Federal funds in the amount of
$51,312.56 were allotted for this purpose.
The Legislature of Puerto Rico appropriated the sum of $40,000
for the Puerto Rico National Guard, for the fiscal year 1936-37.
The expenditures during the fiscal year were as follows: From Insular
funds, $39,720.67, and from Federal funds, $190,856.56, making
a total of $230,577.23.
Fed era l Age nc ie s
The various agencies of the Farm Credit Administration, operating
in Puerto Rico during the past year, have contributed greatly
to the improvement of the economic condition of our farmers. The
following is a brief resume of their activities:
1. The Puerto Rico branch of the Federal Land Bank of Baltimore,
during the fiscal year 1936-37, has made sixty-seven regular
Land Bank loans in the total amount of $408,800, and eighty Land
Bank Commissioner loans in the total amount of $301,900. It has
also provided long term credit to farmers, as a result of its real estate
sales, in the amount of $642,747.12. As a result of the mutual cooperation
between the Bank and the Puerto Rico Farmers’ Association,
satisfactory settlements were made in eighty per cent of all the
cases pending foreclosure proceedings during the year.
On June 30, 1937, a total of 5,120 loans, with a balance of
$13,166,764.59, were outstanding. Only 431 of these loans were delinquent
in the total amount of $83,335.57.
It is interesting to note that 753 loans in the total amount of
$1,189,873.85 were made by the Bank in connection with its sales of
farms, and that only eighty of these were delinquent in the total
amount of $15,499.16. At the time this statement was prepared,
the Bank had only seventy-eight farms for sale.
2. Through its Puerto Rico office, the Federal Intermediate Credit
Bank of Baltimore has been most helpful to farmers and to farmers’
credit organizations. During the fiscal year covered in this report,
it has discounted agricultural paper involving a total sum of
$2,117,663.79.
3. The Baltimore Bank for Cooperatives has also fulfilled its
important part as a necessary unit of the Farm Credit Administration.
Its advances during the year to Cooperative Marketing Associations
against commodities in warehouses amounted to $285,833.49,
54 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
distributed among Cafeteros de Puerto Rico, Puerto Rico Fruit
Growers’ Cooperative and Puerto Rico Tobacco Marketing Association.
4. On July 31, 1936, the Puerto Rico Production Credit Association
had loans outstanding in the total amount of $472,789.17, as
compared with $729,889.04 on July 31, 1937.
5. The Emergency Crop and Seed Loan Office made 1,712 shortterm
production loans amounting to $334,328, during the fiscal year
1935-36, with a maximum limit of $500 for each individual loan.
Three thousand five hundred and three loans, in the total amount of
$606,750, were made by this agency, during the fiscal year covered
in this report. The maximum was limited to $200 per person during
the past year. The rate of interest on these loans was 5% per
cent. It has been announced that the interest rate for new loans
this year will be reduced to 4 per cent. This agency approved 3,209
applications for new loans in the amount of $488,155, to be made
soon after July 1, 1937.
The Reconstruction Finance Corporation, during the past fiscal
year, approved two loans, for the payment of depositors of closed
banks, amounting to $1,485,000; and industrial loans in the amount
of $15,000.
The R.F.C. Mortgage Company approved loans in the total amount
of $481,500, during the fiscal year 1936-37.
The Home Owners’ Loan Corporation began operations in Puerto
Rico about two years ago, and there were at that time mote than
rates on home mortgages ranged from 12 per cent to 18 per cent, with
3,000 owners who where in danger of losing their homes. Interest
no money available for renewals. As a result of the Corporation’s
activities, many owners arranged new loans and thereby saved their
homes, and nearly two million dollars were paid in cash to the holders
of old mortgages. This money, which immediately became available
for other purposes, was used to finance considerable new construction
of homes and apartment buildings.
The Corporation now sends 596 bills to borrowers in Puerto Rico
each month, and this Island has the distinction of being the only
State or Territory where the Corporation has not started any foreclosure
proceedings.
Various reports, memoranda and studies have been prepared in
connection with the proposed adjustment of the debt now owed by
farmers to the Puerto Rican Hurricane Relief Loan Section. A
solution of this problem is still pending.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 55
The Loan Section cooperated with farmers having loans and with
the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration, in connection with
the program to rehabilitate agricultural land. For the improvement
resulting from this rehabilitation program, a part of the acreage rehabilitated
was released to the P.R.R.A. A very comprehensive study
was undertaken of the farm debt situation in Puerto Rico, which
will include detailed information of every parcel of rural property
on the Island. This should be extremely valuable for reference purposes.
The Agricultural Adjustment Administration has maintained an
office in San Juan since July 1934. The duties of this office, during
the past fiscal year, have included the assembling of necessary data
in regard to the production and marketing of sugar, the calculation
of marketing allotments for some 8,000 sugar cane growers and 41
sugar mills, the recording and reporting of sugar shipments, the appraisal
of the sugar cane production of all new growers, the audit
and transmission to Washington of compliance documents for all
sugar cane growers in the Island, and delivery to them of their 1936
benefit payment checks which amounted to a little more than two
million dollars. Some $600,000 of their 1935 compensation checks
were also delivered to growers during the fiscal year 1936-37.
During the first six months of 1937, forty-nine thousand two
hundred and one farms in Puerto Rico were inspected by field inspectors
under the Federal Agricultural Conservation Program, and
it was found that agricultural conservation practices had been
carried out on 25,109 of these farms. The applications for grants,
from these 25,109 farmers, have been reviewed by the local office
and sent to Washington for final approval and payment.
The activities of the Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administration
have frequently been referred to in this report; and the rehabilitation
work of this agency, for which the people of Puerto Rico are
extremely grateful, has been of inestimable benefit to every section of
the Island. Employment has been furnished to thousands of people,
public improvements have been made in every municipality, health
and sanitary conditions are better than ever before, and the living
standards of many families have been improved so that they now
have a better outlook on life generally and prospects for greater
economic freedom.
The following tables show the nature of the work done by this
agency and the amount of funds used for the various projects:
56 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
‘1936-1937 FUNDS USED FOR PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS FOR THE
INSULAR GOVERNMENT”
Amount
Expended
and
Obligated
as of June
30, 1937
Amounts
Received
in
1935-36
Amounts
Received
in
1936-37
Total
Amount
Received
Hydroelectric projects, including power and distribution
lines................................................................ $3, 379, 567 $2, 727, 600 $757, 000 $3, 484,600
Construction of University buildings............................ 1, 547, 568 1, 422, 000 290, 000 1, 712,000
Construction of 19 Health Units, to be used by the
Insular Department of Health.......................... 240,056 None......... 240, 200 240,200
Construction of Cement Plant.......................................... 828, 345 1,125, 000 None......... 1,125,000
Construction of schools and other public buildings.. 359, 129 700,000 400, 800 1,100,800
Construction and asphalting of roads, and construction
of streets and bridges.................................. 532, 878 None......... 534, 500 534, 500
Development of parks........................................................... 83,154 None........ 83, 200 83,200
Construction and improvement of water supply
systems.......................................................................... 195,194 None......... 196,000 196,000
Construction of water works.............................................. 31,969 None......... 33,000 33,000
Construction of medical dispensaries.............................. 108, 917 None......... 118,000 118,000
Totals.....$..7..,. .3..0..6..,. .7..7..7.......$..5..,. .9..7..4..,. .6..0..0........$..2..,. .6..5..2..,. .7..00 $8,627,300
“1936-1937 FUNDS USED INDIRECTLY TO HELP THE INSULAR GOVERNMENT”
Amount
Expended
as of June
30, 1937
Amounts
Received
in
1935-36
Amounts
Received
in
1936-37
Total
Amount
Received
Employment of professional, medical attendants,
nurses, and clerks in urban centers and dispensaries
.............................................................................. $284, 914 None......... $285, 709 $285,709
Employment of technical personnel for studying
and investigating farm debts, mortgages and
liens, for the purpose of helping farmers in need
of credit........................................................................ 73, 940 None......... 76, 400 76,400
Employment of teachers for operation of vocational
schools............................................................................ 224, 202 None......... 225, 000 225,000
Employment of educational, professional & clerical
persons for Social Service Work....................... 110,498 None......... 130,000 130,000
Employment of Educational, professional & clerical
persons to compile and write P. R. guide and
other books.................................................................. 12, 906 None......... 15, 000 15,000
Help to young people in elementary, high school
and college studies. (Although the money does
not come from P. R. R. A. funds, it is administered
in Puerto Rico by this agency)............ 33, 942 None......... 33, 942 33,942
Reforestation, soil conservation and control of soil
erosion........................................................................... 1, 233, 646 1, 225,140 1, 245,000 2,470,140
Totals.....$..1..,.9...7..4..,.0..1...8.......$..1..,. .2..2...5..,.1..4..0........$..2..,.0..1..1...,.0..5..1 $3, 236,191
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 57
Conc lu sion
Additional detailed information, in regard to various activities
of the Insular Government during the fiscal year 1936-37, is shown
in the exhibits appended to this report. Copies of reports for the
year, showing the activities of each of the several departments, commissions,
boards and bureaus, are also available and may be consulted
either at the Department of the Interior in Washington or at
the office of the Executive Secretary in San Juan.
A general review of business conditions and government activities
during the past year, indicates that the people of Puerto Rico are
justified in entertaining hopes that the future holds promise of a
greater prosperity and a more stable economic structure than the
Island has ever known.
I have the honor to be, Sir, your obedient servant,
Bla nt on Win shi p,
Governor.

EXHIBITS

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 61
Exhib it No. 1
PERSONNEL AND CHANGES IN PERSONNEL OF THE INSULAR GOVERNMENT
Name Office Change Appointed
Blanton Winship.............................. Governor..................................................... Appointed.... Feb. 5, 1934
B. Fernandez Garcia...................... Attorney General.................................... Appointed.... Sept. 6, 1935
R. Sancho Bonet.............................. Treasurer of Puerto Rico.................... Appointed.... Aug. 1, 1935
JosO Enrique Colom........................ Commissioner of the Interior............ Appointed.... Aug. 9, 1935
Jose Padin............................................ Commissioner of Education............... Reappointed.. Feb. 21, 1934
Jose Padin........................................ Commissioner of Education............... Resigned.......... Dec. 31, 1936
Jos6 Gallardo....................................... Commissioner of Education............... Appointed.... May 11, 1937
R. Menendez Ramos...................... Commissioner of Agriculture and
Commerce
Appointed.... July 15, 1933
P. Rivera Martinez......................... Commissioner of Labor........................ Reappointed.. Nov. 1, 1933
E. Garrido Morales......................... Commissioner of Health...................... Appointed.... Aug. 18, 1933
Leslie A. MacLeod.......................... Auditor of Puerto Rico........................ Reappointed.. Sept. 6, 1933
Manuel V. Domenech.................... Financial and Economic Adviser
C. Gallardo..........................................
to the Governor .............................. Appointed.... Aug. 1, 1935
Executive Secretary............................... Appointed.... Oct. 16, 1933
Jose Ramon Quinones..................... Public Service Commissioner............ Appointed.... April 18,1936
SUPREME COURT OF PUERTO RICO
Emilio del Toro................................. Chief Justice...................................... Appointed....
Appointed....
Jan. 20, 1922
Adolph G. Wolf................................ Associate Justice...................................... Dec. 12, 1904
Harvey M. Hutchison.................... Associate Justice...................................... Appointed.... April 7, 1914
Ffilix Cordova Davila..................... Associate Justice...................................... Appointed.... April 11,1932
Martin Travieso................................ Associate Justice...................................... Appointed.... Mar. 24, 1936
Santiago Iglesias................................ Resident Commissioner for Puerto
Rico
Reelected........ Nov. 3, 1936

Exhibit No. 2

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 63
Exh ibit No . 3.
LIST OF SEMI-INDEPENDENT OR SEMI-GOVERNMENTAL BOARDS
AND COMMISSIONS
Administrative Board of the Tobacco Institute of Puerto Rico.
Board for the Preservation of Historical Relics.
Board of Dental Examiners.
Board of Examiners of Accountants.
Board of Examiners of Chemists.
Board of Examiners of Cinematograph Machine Operators and Expert Electricians.
Board of Examiners of Engineers, Architects and Surveyors.
Board of Examiners of Master and Journeymen Plumbers.
Board of Examiners of Optometrists.
Board of Examiners of Social Workers.
Board of Management of the Ponce Pier.
Board of Nurse Examiners.
Board of Pharmacy.
Board of Review and Equalization.
Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Library.
Board of Trustees of the University of Puerto Rico.
Board of Veterinary Examiners.
Bureau of Translations.
Civil Service Commission.
Commission for the Prevention of Tuberculosis in Children of School Age.
Financial and Economic Adviser to the Governor.
Historian of Puerto Rico.
Historical Archives of Puerto Rico.
Industrial Commission of Puerto Rico.
Institute of Puerto Rican Literature.
Insular Board of Elections.
Insular Board for Vocational Education.
Insular Board of Health.
Insular Police Commission.
Insular Racing Commission.
Irrigation Commission for the Additional District.
Isabela Public Irrigation Commission.
Manager of the State Fund.
Mediation and Conciliation Commission.
Model Housing Board.
Public Amusements and Sports Commission.
Public Service Commission.
Puerto Rico Child Welfare Board.
Puerto Rico Lottery.
Retirement Board (Insular Government Employees.)
San Juan Harbor Board.
Savings and Loan Fund Association of Insular Government Employees.
Superintendent of Insurance.
Teachers ’ Pension Board.
Territorial Charities Board.
Tour Committee of Puerto Rico.
64 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 4
BALANCE SHEET
As of J une 30, 1937.
Assets Current Year Previous Year Difference
Land and Equipment.............................................................
Tn vestments.................................................................................
$56, 219,450. 22 $52, 548,460. 23 $3, 670, 989.99
Cash .......................................................................................... 16,875,395. 76
2, 240,102. 42
3, 310, 569. 70
1, 242. 44
8,550,897.14
10, 936,447, 56
1, 595, 468. 29
2, 445,892. 69
6, 636. 72
10, 936, 086.29
5, 938,948.20
644,634.13
864,677.01
*5, 394.28
*2,385,189.15
Sinking Funds............................................................................
Trust Fund Reserves..............................................................
Notes Receivable......................................................................
Accounts Receivable................................................................
Loans to Municipalities....................................................
Other Deferred Assets.............................................................
Deferred Debits.........................................................................
2,548,816.35
24, 270. 35
3, 500, 986. 28
534,370.14
29, 237.45
2,859, 969. 81
2,014, 579.21
*4,967.10
University of Puerto Rico.................................................... 641, 016.47
LIABILITIES
Notes Payable............................................................................
$93, 271, 730. 66 $81,892, 569.18 $11, 379,161.48
$427, 000. 00
6, 364, 214.88
17, 523, 265. 92
788. 02
1, 678, 397.08
28, 230, 000. 00
10,358.83
3, 500, 986. 28
3,169,178. 67
*1, 288, 798. 24
2, 981, 330. 27
1,379,625. 58
20, 822. 03
12,047. 25
29, 262, 514. 09
$542, 494. 54
3, 915,120. 38
15, 612,155. 47
796. 88
1, 709, 279. 48
27,155, 000.00
*$115,494.54
2,449,094. 50
1,911,110.45
*8.86
*30,882.40
1,075, 000.00
10,358.83
641,016. 47
83, 211.07
*166,097.98
219,258.61
1,379,625.58
20,822.03
12,047.25
3,890,100.47
Accounts Payable.....................................................................
Trust Fund Liabilities...........................................................
Deferred Liabilities...................................................................
Deferred Credits........................................................................
Bonded Indebtedness..............................................................
Contingent Liabilities.............................................................
Trustees, University of Puerto Rico...............................
Surplus, Guayama Irrigation Service..............................
Surplus, Isabela Irrigation Service....................................
Surplus, Hydroelectric Projects..........................................
Donated Surpluses....................................................................
2, 859, 969.81
3,085, 967. 60
*1,122, 700. 26
2, 762, 071. 66
Paid-in Surpluses......................................................................
Surplus, Ponce Electric System........................................
The People of Puerto Rico.................................................. 25, 372, 413. 62
$93, 271, 730. 66 $81, 892, 569.18 $11,379,161.48
Note:—Numbers indicated with asterisk (*) represent red figures.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 65
Exhib it No . 5
STATEMENT OF LIQUIDATION OF THE GENERAL FUND OPERATIONS,
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1937
RESOURCES
Cash Balance, July 1, 1936...................................................
Revenue Receipts:
Collections made during Fiscal Year......................
Non-Revenue Receipts:
Surplus, Gasoline Tax Receipts, 1936-37, (Act
123 of 1936).................................................
Proceed of Extraordinary Lottery of July 3, 1936.
Surplus, Special Insurance Fund, (Act 12 of 1929)
$16, 286, 680. 75
$1, 564,714. 09
Total, Non-Revenue Receipts
Total, Income Receivable during the year
Total Resources available for liquidation
of appropriation liabilities.........................
$657, 333. 44
36, 033. 00
39, 878. 05
733, 244. 49
17, 019,925. 24
$18, 584, 639. 33
LIABILITIES
Carried over appropriation balances from previous
year:
Fiscal Year 1935-36...........................................................
No Fiscal Year...................................................................
$773,411.29
480, 856. 30 $1, 254,267. 59
Appropriations set up during fiscal year 1936-37:
Self-renewing appropriations.................................
Budgetary appropriations, 1936-37............................
Additional appropriations to Budget.......................
Appropriations for temporary loans, (refundable)
Indefinite appropriations................................................
Other appropriations........................................................
$228, 987. 70
12, 060, 240.37
1, 026, 025.19
362, 888. 25
334, 726. 30
3, 207, 499. 31
Total appropriations set up
Total appropriation liabilities.........................
Less: Surplus Fund Warrants: (Cancellations)
Appropriations 1936-37.....................
Appropriations, No Fiscal Year.................
Total Cancellations
Total Net appropriations in force during
Fiscal Year 1936-37.....................................
Excess of resources over appropriation liabilities
$49,232. 27
557,189. 33
Add other resources reimbursable to General Fund:
Advance to Isabela Irrigation Fund, per Section 39 of Act No. 96
of 1931..............................................................................................................
Advance, Homestead Trust Fund, per Section 8 of Act. No. 4
of the Second Special Session of 1931................................................
Advance to various municipalities for the redemption of their
Public Debt at maturity.........................................................................
Advance to Insular Bond Redemption Fund.......................................
Loan to Municipality of Arecibo................................................................
Loan to Bureau of Supplies..........................................................................
Total advances made during the year reimbursable to the
General Fund...................................................................................
Surplus of cash and other resources over liabilities of the
General Fund as of June 30, 1937, to be transferred to the
Reserve Fund, for Emergencies created under provisions
17, 220,367.12
$18,474, 634. 71
606, 421. 60
$286,843. 75
26,104. 50
4,940.00
9, 000. 00
30,000. 00
6, 000. 00
$17,868, 213. II
$716, 426. 22
362,888. 25
66 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 6
STATUS OF THE RESERVE FUND FOR EMERGENCIES CREATED UNDER
PROVISIONS OF ACT No. 33 OF 1932, AS OF JUNE 30, 1937
Balance, July 1, 1936................................................................................................
Reimbursements and other receivable credited to the fund since July
’ Reimbursement from Loan made to Santa Isabel-Coamo Springs
Road.....................................................................................................................
Surplus from Operations of Fiscal Year 1935-36..................................
Refunds from advances made to the State Insurance Fund........
Reimbursements, various municipalities:
Part payment on account of previous loans made to them
from the General Fund........................................................• • • • • •
Part payment on account of previous loans made to them
from the Insular Emergency Fund...........................................
Part payment on account of advances made to them to secure
municipal deposits with Banco Territorial y Agricola.........
Total cash credited to the fund since July 1, 1936............
Total cash including balance.
Dis burs emen ts :
To aid in the operation and maintenance of the electric plant of tne
Island of Culebra.............................•_••••.............. ...........
To aid the Municipality of Gurabo m the purchase of land for the
construction of houses for laborers.........................................................
To the Fund for the Construction of Model Houses..........................
To aid in the payment of expenses to be made by the Federal
Alcoholic Tax Unit (Reimbursable).........................................................
To combat the typhoid fever epidemic...................................................
Total Disbursements
Cash Balance as of June 30, 1937
Accrue d Reso urces : (Emergency Fund Loans)..
Due from Bureau of Supplies..........................
Due from Fruit Growers Association...................
Due from various municipalities:
On advances for their public debts...................
On advances to secure municipal deposit,
Banco Territorial y Agricola...........................
$200,000.00
43, 250.00
58,622.02
2,757.88
General Fund Loan s :
Due
Due
Due
Due
Due
Due
Due from
Due from ~--— -------------
Due from Municipality of Arecibo........................
Repayments, 1931-32, Jo. Vo. 1250, March, 1933.
Total Accrued Resources to be credited to the fund.........
Cash Balance and Accruals in the Reserve Fund for Emergencies
at June 30, 1937.. . . .........................................................
from
from
from
from
from
from
Isabela Irrigation Fund,
various municipalities...
Redemption Funds.........
Homestead Trust Fund
General Funds..................
municipality of Ponce..
State Insurance Fund...
Bureau of Supplies........
$1,150,756.48
25, 245.52
247,500.00
73,870.10
43,000.00
50,000.00
20,000.00
6, 000.00
30, 000.00
252.55
$338,435.10
$3,000.00
452,480.20
2,500.00
4, 304.15
8,418.99
14,407.89
485,111.23
$823, 546.33
$300.00
1,000.00
30,000.00
43, 000.00
10,000.00
84,300.00
$739,246.33
$304,629.90
1,646,624.65
1,951,254.55
$2,690,500.88
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 67
Exhib it No . 7
CONSOLIDATED CASH STATEMENT FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1937
General
Funds
Trust
Funds
Balance on hand, July 1, 1936............
Revenue Rece ipts
Gene ral Fund s :
Customs......................................... $1,870,000.00
U. S. Internal Revenue................. 1,055,707.39
Internal Revenues............................. 12,881, 946. 54
Miscellaneous...................................... 479, 026. 82
Total Revenue Receipts. $16, 286, 680. 75
Non -Revenue Receip ts :
Surplus, Gasoline Tax Receipts
1936-37, (Act 123 of 1936)...... 657, 333. 44
Proceed of Extraordinary Lottery
of July 3, 1936................... 36,033.00
Surplus, Spec. Insurance Fund,
(Act 12 of 1929)......................... 39,878. 05 $17, 019,925. 24
From Municipalities for bond redemption........... 17,000.00
Total Receipts........................................................ $17,036,925.24
Rep ayme nts to General Funds :
To appropriations 1936-37............. $245,902.70
To'appropriations 1935-36............. 19,464.78
TojNo Fiscal Year approp.......... 1,885,865.01
Total Repayments................................................ 2,151, 232.49
Total Receipts into General Funds
Transfers from Trust Funds...
Trust Funds....................................
Transfers from General Funds
Total Funds to be accounted for.
Dis burs emen ts
From JGeneral Funds :
Against appropriations 1936-37...
Against appropriations 1935-36...
Against No Fiscal Year approp..
Against Indefinite appropriations
$13,136,033.40
525,153.47
2, 340,346. 77
326, 587. 72
Total...........................................................................
Redemption of Municipal Bonds............,........................
Transfers to Trust Funds.....................................................
$16, 328,121. 36
17,000. 00
1, 891, 216.85
$1, 564, 714. 09 $7, 256, 725. 88
19,188,157. 73
167, 089. 33
22,132,876.44
1,891, 216.85
$20, 919, 961.15 $31, 280, 819.17
Total disbursements and transfers,
Insular Revenues........................... 18, 236, 338. 21
From Trust Funds :
Disbursements.............................................................
Transfers to General Funds.........................................
Total disbursements and tranfers, Trust
Funds.................................................................
Balance’at June 30, 1937.
$21, 237, 589.05
167,089.33
$2, 683,622.94
21, 404,678.38
$9,876,140. 79
68 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No. 8
STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND NET DISBURSEMENTS FISCAL YEAR ENDING
JUNE 30, 1937
Cas h Balan ce , July 1, 1936......................... ............................ $1, 564, 714.09
Revenu es :
Customs..........................................................
Internal...........................................................
U. S. Internal..............................................
Miscellaneous...............................................
$1,870,000.00
12,881,946. 54
1,055, 707. 39
479,026.82
Total Revenue Receipts............. $16, 286, 680. 75
Non -Reve nue Receip ts :
Surplus, Special Insurance Fund per Section 61 of Act No. 12 of 1929
Surplus, Gasoline Tax Receipts-(Act 123 of 1936).............................
Proceed of Extraordinary Lottery of July 3, 1936..............................
Municipal Bonds Redeemed.........................................................................
Transfers from Trust Funds.........................................................................
39,878. 05
657, 333. 44
36, 033.00
17, 000. 00
167, 089. 33
Total Receip ts ............................ ............................ 17, 204, 014. 57
Total Rec ei pt s and Balan ce ............................ $18, 768, 728. 66
Net Disbursem ents :
Fiscal Year 1936-37............................
Less Repayments...............................
...................... $13,136, 033.40
245, 902. 70 $12,890,130. 70
Fiscal Year 1935-36....................................
Less Repayments...............................
...................... $525,153.47
19,464. 78 505, 688. 69
No Fiscal Year............................................
Less Repayments...............................
...................... $2,340, 346.77
1, 885,865. 01 454, 481. 76
Appropriations Indefinite....................... .............................. 326, 587. 72
Total Net Expe ndi ture s . ... .............................. $14,176,888.87
Other Trans act ion s :
Transfers to Trust Funds.......................................
Municipal and School Board Bonds Redeemed..
$1,891, 216.85
17, 000. 00 1, 908, 216.85
Cash Bala nce , J’une 30, 1937...................... .............................. 2, 683, 622. 94
Total ............................................... $18, 768, 728.66
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 69
Exhi bi t No . 9
STATEMENT OF CASH RECEIPTS DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1937
Cash Balance as of July 1, 1937.........................................
Customs,.......................................................................................
U. S. Internal Revenues........................................................
Excise and Property Taxes for Municipalities...........
Property Taxes, Insular Proportion.................................
Property Taxes, Proportion of the University Tax........
Income Tax..................................................................................
Inheritance Tax.........................................................................
Telegraph and Telephone Receipts..................................
Court Fees and Fines.............................................................
Harbor and Dock Fees..........................................................
Interest...........................................................................................
Royalties and Franchises......................................................
Rent of Government Property...........................................
Sale of Government Property.............................................
United States Government (Morrill-Hatch Act)....
Insular Bond Redemption Tax, Sinking Fund.........
Special Insular Tax for the Redemption of Bonds,
Sinking Fund.....................................................................
Special Additional Insular Tax for the Redemption
of Bonds, Sinking Fund.......................................
Additional Tax for Insular Loans, Sinking Fund...
Miscellaneous..............................................................................
Municipal Bonds Redeemed...............................................
Repayments:
Bureau of Supplies, Printing & Transportation.
Miscellaneous Repayments...........................................
Transfers........................................................................................
Insular Government Receipts.............................................
Total s .......................................................................
Insular
Revenues
Trust
Fund Total
$1; 564, 714. 09 $7, 256,725. 88 $8,821,439. 97
$1,870, 000. 00 $1,870,000 00
li 055i 707.39 1, 055, 707.39
979; 250.98 $3, 995,824. 68 12; 975; 075. 66
386,142. 80 386,142.80
504. 01 504.01
3,343, 562. 99 3, 343, 562.99
172,485. 76 ' 172; 485. 76
156,112. 05 156,112 05
38i 589. 53 93,181. 31 131, 770.84
47, 512. 46 76,888. 80 124,401. 26
165. 20 61, 583. 43 61, 748. 63
8, 395. 57 8, 395. 57
10,193. 02 10; 193.02
1, 726. 98 i; 726. 98
50, 000 00 50 000 00
327, 602. 72 327,602 72
163,791 48 163 791 48
327, 593.67 327, 593 67
324, 704. 89 324, 704 89
949, 576. 50 16, 711, 705. 46 17, 661, 281. 96
17, 000. 00 17,000 00
1,888,677. 86 1,888, 677.86
262, 554. 63 262, 554. 63
167; 089. 33 1, 891, 216.85 2, 058; 306.18
$19, 355, 247. 06 $24,024,093. 29 $43, 379, 340. 35
$20, 919, 961.15 $31, 280,819.17 $52, 200, 780. 32
70 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 10
STATEMENT OF DISBURSEMENTS
Description
Insular
Revenue
Trust
Funds Total
Appropriations:
1936-37.............................................................................
1935-36.....................................................................................
No Fiscal Year...........................................................................
Indefinite.......................................................................................
Municipal & School Boards Bonds Redeemed..........
Transfers........................................................................................
Municipal Bond Redemption Tax...................................
Special Municipal Bond Redemption Tax..................
Municipal Property Tax.......................................................
Special Municipal Property Tax.......................................
School Tax Account.................................................................
Insular Bond Redemption Tax..........................................
Special Ins. Tax for the Redemption of Bonds.........
Special Addit. Ins. Tax for the Redemption of Bonds.
Special Tax for Municipal Loans......................................
Special Addit. Tax for Municipal Loans......................
Extra Tax for Municipal Loan..........................................
Irrigation Funds, Guayama:
Maintenance and Operation........................................
Isabela Irrigation Fund..........................................................
Workmen’s Relief Trust Fund..........................................
Insular Police Pension Retirement Fund.....................
Teachers’ Pension Fund......................<................................
General Income of the Ins. Expt. Station....................
Outstanding Liabilities..........................................................
University Fund.......................................................................
University Agricultural Fund............................................
Cash Bond Deposits................................................................
San Juan Harbor Fund.........................................................
Wharf and Harbor Fund......................................................
Unclaimed Wages......................................................................
Franchise Deposits...................................................................
Special Deposits........................................ ...............................
Extension, Maintenance and Operation, Insular
Telegraph Bureau.............................................................
Homestead Trust Fund.........................................................
Savings and Loan Fund........................................................
Pension Fund of Employees of the Insular Government
................................................................................
Special Funds, General..........................................................
Special Funds for Roads.......................................................
School Lunch Rooms..............................................................
Munoz Rivera Park................................................................
Special Fund for Development and Use of the Water
Power of Puerto Rico.....................................................
Insular Racing Commission Fund....................................
Ponce Pier....................................................................................
Special Fund Ten Per Cent Retention Fund............
Division of Free Studies........................................................
Special Addit. Mun. Property Tax, Caguas...............
Special Insurance Fund.........................................................
Special Fund of Non-Insured Employees....................
Fd. for the Prophylaxis of Tuber, in Children..........
Fd. for the Protection of P. R. Tobacco......................
Industrial Commission Fund..............................................
Extra Additional Tax for Municipal Loan..................
Additional Tax for Insular Loan......................................
Insane Asylum Bakery..........................................................
Teachers’ Pension Loan Fund...........................................
Fund for the Prevention of Tuberculosis in Children
of School Age......................................................................
Federal Vocational Funds.....................................................
Cash Deposits to Cover Bids & Contracts..................
Coffee Insurance & Rehabilitation Fund......................
Const., Maint. & Vigilance, Munoz Rivera Park
and Athletic Field....................................................
Special Fund for the General Plan of Municipal Roads
Ins. Rae. Fund, Charitable Institutions.......................
Ins. Rae. Fund, School Lunchrooms..............................
Municipal Health Units........................................................
Construction of Santurce-Rfo Piedras and San Antonio-
Miramar-La Marina Roads.............................
Temporary Municipal Bond Redemption Fund....
Cafeteros de Puerto Rico, Special Fund......................
Special Insolvency Fund......................................................
Dept, of Agric. & Commerce, Warehouse Operation
Fund......................................................................................
$13,136,033. 40
525,153. 47
2,340, 346. 77
326, 587. 72
17,000.00
1,891, 216.85 $167, 089.33
506, 090. 56
150,130. 79
3, 051,801.21
3, 792.15
399,428. 35
343, 238. 71
179, 343.84
338, 542.04
517, 758. 24
215,030. 28
59, 530. 21
554,890. 74
453,043. 58
1, 788.31
65, 241. 04
146, 366. 73
1.74
5, 265. 06
881,827.43
52,124.10
946. 00
14,400. 00
68,107. 31
1,371.37
287. 31
137,727. 75
20,187.06
54,448. 28
856,833.53
280,814. 58
44, 325. 67
35.78
25,208. 50
10,412. 50
623, 572. 35
49,912. 47
35,986. 38
35, 779. 33
21,639. 54
287.12
89,450.29
2, 683. 33
10, 524.16
3,869. 94
1,357.82
59, 283. 27
220,682. 60
20, 716. 22
102, 720. 80
26,155.17
106, 535. 73
29, 989. 26
24,850. 30
20. 95
68. 54
12, 521.24
5, 565.00
41,388.53
3, 847.63
720.00
11, 262.90
2,439.00
12, 559.33
$13,136, 033.40
525,153. 47
2,340,346.77
326, 587.72
17, 000. 00
2, 058,306.18
506, 090. 56
150,130. 79
3, 051,801. 21
3, 792.15
399,428. 35
343, 238. 71
179, 343.84
338, 542.04
517,758. 24
215,030. 28
59, 530. 21
554,890.74
453,043.58
1, 788. 31
65, 241. 04
146,366. 73
1.74
5, 265. 06
881,827. 43
52,124.10
946.00
14, 400.00
68,107.31
1, 371.37
287.31
137, 727.75
20,187. 06
54,448. 28
856,833. 53
280,814. 58
44, 325.67
35.78
25,208.50
10,412. 50
623, 572.35
49, 912.47
35, 986.38
35, 779.33
21, 639. 54
287.12
89,450. 29
2,683.33
10, 524.16
3, 869.94
1, 357. 82
59, 283. 27
220, 682. 60
20, 716. 22
102, 720.80
26,155.17
106, 535.73
29,989. 26
24, 850. 30
20. 95
68.54
12,521.24
5, 565.00
41, 388. 53
3,847.63
720.00
11, 262.90
2,439.00
12,559.33
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 71.
Exhibit No . 10—Continued
STATEMENT OF DISBURSEMENTS
Description
Forest Fund................................................................................
Improvement of the Sewerage System and Landscaping
for the San Juan Gate and Surroundings
Remittance of Taxes, Coffee Plantations......................
Public Amusements and Sports Fund...........................
Teachers’ Pension Fund for Mortgage Loans.............
Special Redemption Fund for Water System Impro-J
vements Bonds of the Capital of Puerto Rico..
Deferred Taxes Paid................................................................
Special University Fund.......................................................
Workmen’s Rel. Fd. per Act 85 of 1928........................
Fd. for the Promotion of Cooperative Assoc..............
Gen. Rec. of the Dept, of Agric. & Commerce........
Fund for the Control of Tub. in Puerto Rico..........
Operating Fund of the Puerto Rico Lottery..............
To Assist Mun. of the 2nd & 3rd Classes...................
Maint. of Patients in Antituberculosis Hospitals at
Rio Piedras, Ponce, Mayaguez and Guayama...
Maintenance of an X-Ray and Pneumothorax Circulating
Clinic, Salaries of Physician, Technical
Personnel & Plates..........................................................
Maintenance of Diagnosis and Tuberculosis Treatment
Centres Including Salaries of Physicians,
Office Personnel, X-Ray Technicians, Janitors
and Purchase of Equipment for these Centres..
To Complete Hospital Equipments................................
Antituberculosis Campaign, Instructive Material
Including Pamphlets & Show Films......................
State Insurance Fund.............................................................
Special Tax for Public Improvements at San Juan....
Puerto Rico Child Feeding Committee........................
Pay Patients’ Fees, University Hospital......................
Sanatorium Race Fund..........................................................
Park Commission Fund........................................................
Special Fund for the Construction, Repair & Maintenance
of Municipal Roads........................................
Special Additional Tax for Public Improvements,
San Juan........................................................................
Redemption Fund for Waterworks Bonds of Corozal.
Redemption Fund for the Waterworks and Sewerage
Bonds of Mayaguez.........................................................
Advance of Taxes Redemption Fund, Capital of
Puerto Rico, Municipal Funds.................................
Advance of Taxes Redemption Fund, Capital of
Puerto Rico, School Funds..........................................
Advance of Taxes Redemption Fund, Capital of
Puerto Rico, Special School Tax..............................
Principal of Capital, Consolidation Bonds...................
Interest on Capital, Consolidation Bonds....................
Reclaimed Lands Urbanization Fund............................
Model Housing Fund.............................................................
Cash Bond Deposits, Income Tax Appeal..................
Puerto Rico Coffee Corporation, Operation Fund...
Tobacco Institute of Puerto Rico.....................................
Fund for the Development of a Market for Puerto
Rican Coffee........................................................................
Income Tax Cash Bond Deposits....................................
P. R. Self-Help Corporation Special Deposit Fund
for Assistance to Cooperative and Self-Help Associations................................................................................
P. R. Self-Help Corporation: Cooperative Handcraft
Incorporated of P. R................................................
P. R. Self-Help Corporation: P. R. Corn Growers
Cooperative Association.................................................
Cooperative Vocational Rehabilitation of Persons
Disabled in Industries....................................................
Emergency Fund for Works in “La Perla”................
Special Fund, Excise Tax on Public Shows................
Municipal Bond Funds..........................................................
Redemption of Municipal Bonds......................................
Interest on Deferred Taxes................................... *.............
Deferred Irrigation Taxes Paid..........................................
Fund for Acquisition and Improvements of the Ponce
Electric Co., per Act No. 1, approved September
22, 1936....................................................................................
Special Deposit Accrued Interest Payable, Ponce
Electric Co., Revenue Bonds......................................
Insular
Revenue
Trust
Funds Total
$7,406.07 $7,406.07
39.26 39.26
1, 982.77 1,982.77
37,367.67 37,367.67
.......................................... 96,894.26 96,894.26
120, 800.00
363,475.88
120, 800.00
363,475.88
5,091.16
59,354.92
5,091.16
59,354.92
232.70 232.70
25,219.82 25, 219.82
12.00 12.00
1, 871,317.02 1,871,317.02
156, 684.23 156,684.23
.......................................... 218, 309.47 218, 309.47
9,400.16 9, 400.16
82,942.64 82,942.64
27, 499.10 27,499.10
4,480.02 4,480.02
1,361,665.20 1, 361,665.20
4, 990.43 4,990.43
950.00 950.00
2,868.52 2, 868.52
4,429.23 4,429.23
49,180.09 49,180.09
232, 643.46 232, 643.46
13, 481.10 13,481.10
.......................................... 2, 520.00 2,520.00
13, 640.00 13, 640.00
159,984.00 159, 984.00
64,814.21 64,814.21
35,149.68 35,149.68
24,000.00 24,000.00
7,555.14 7, 555.14
71.19 71.19
23,720.71 23, 720.71
66, 565.97 66, 565.97
721,144.10 721,144.10
25, 703.15 25,703.15
26,463.50 26,463.50
65,300.00 65, 300.00
15,000.00 15,000.00
62,000.00 62,000.00
5, 000.00 5,000.00
1,910.00 1,910.00
24,729.00 24, 729.00
22,116.02 22,116.02
13, 863.02 13,863.02
17, 200.00 17, 200.00
43,020.45 43,020.45
159.80 159.80
1,082,413.41
14,000.00
1,082,413.41
14, 000.00
72 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 10—Continued
STATEMENT OF DISBURSEMENTS
Description
P. R. 4$—Electric Power, Revenue Bonds of 1936,
Redemption Fund....................................................
Special Fund for Power Account, Ponce District........
Permanent University Fund...............................................
Night School Fees....................................................................
Acquisition Fund......................................................................
Fund for the Support of Milk Stations........................
Printing of Beverage Identification Stamps................
Special Fund covering Expenses of the Federal Tax
Unit..................................................................................... ..
Public Hospitals Charity Fund.........................................
Construction of Road Starting from Pueblo del Rosario,
San German to connect with San German-
Las Vegas Road.........................................................
Gasoline Tax Receipts............................................................
Road Bonds of 1936, Redemption Fund.......................
Federal Emergency Relief Fund.......................................
Fund for the Acquisition and Improvements of the
Ponce Electric Plant, Per Act No. 1, approved
September 22, 1936............................................................
Liquidating Fund of the Workmen’s Compensation
Bureau....................................................................................
Road Bond Fund of 1936......................................................
Miscellaneous..............................................................................
Insul ar Govern men t Dis burs emen ts
Incl udi ng Trans fers and Munici pal
Bond s Redeem ed .........................................
Balan ce as of June 30, 1937............................
Grand Tota l .........................................................
Insular
Revenue
Trust
Funds Total
$14,000.00 $14,000.00
31,172.31 3i; 172 31
224, 383.64 224,383.64
25i 169.01 25; 169.01
830.25 '830.25
15,001.31 15,001 31
6,807.60 6, 807.60
43, 000.00 43, 000.00
12,279.18 12,279.18
28,385.96 28, 385.96
783,171.84 783,171.84
515, 000.00 515, 000.00
2,122.68 2, 122.68
1,450.04 1, 450.04
14,300.66 14, 300.66
1,058,151.92 1,058; 151.92
168,872.17 ' 168; 872.17
$18, 236,338.21 $21,404,678.38 $39, 641,016.59
2,683, 622.94 9,876,140.79 12, 559, 763.73
$20,919,961.15 $31, 280,819.17 $52,200, 780.32
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 73
Exhibit No . 11
DEBT INCURRING CAPACITY OF THE INSULAR GOVERNMENT
___________________________ As of June 30, 1937
Total public indebtedness which can be incurred (10% of assessed
valuation)........................................................................................................ $29, 589, 343. 00
Insul ar Bond s Outs tanding :
Homestead Bonds of 1932.....................................................................
Hydroelectric Projects Bonds....................................................................
Workmen’s Relief Bonds of 1930...............................................................
Floating Debt and Deficiency Bonds.....................................................
Guayama Irrigation Bonds................................................................ .....
Road Bonds.........................................................................................................
Public Improvements Bonds.............................................................. /
Insular and Municipal Road Const. Bonds.........................................
P. R. 4$ Electric Power Revenue Bonds of 1936............................ /
Workingmen House Construction Bonds...............................................
San JUan Harbor Bonds...............................................................................
Isabela Irrigation Bonds.................................................................................
Refunding Bonds................................................................................................
Consolidation Bonds of 1935..........................................................................
Temp orary Loans :
Banco de Ponce................................................................... $175,000.00
Central States Life Ins. Co......................................... 6,000.00
Banco de Puerto Rico...................................................... 30,000.00
Reconstruction Finance Corporation....................... 216,000.00
Loans contracted by municipalities and chargeable
against Insular Government borrowing capacity.........................
Les s :
P. R. 4$ Revenue Bonds of 1936................................
(Per Public No. 264-74th Congress-S. 1227)
Refunding Bonds secured by equal amount of
municipal and school bonds.................................
Sinking Funds:
For Roads, Pub. Improvements
$1, 400, 000. 00
250, 000. 00
and Homestead Bonds............ $730,508.98
For San Juan Harbor Bonds... 205,587.80
For Floating Debt and Deficiency
Bonds................................. 493,705.64
For Hydroelectric Projects
Bonds............................................... 300,000.00
Road Bond Fund of 1936-Redemption
Fund....................... 507, 500. 00
Ponce Electric System Red.
Fund................................................. 2,800. 00 2, 240,102. 42
$337, 000. 00
1, 000, 000. 00
325, 000. 00
1, 200, 000. 00
2,895, 000. 00
4, 000, 000. 00
8, 000, 000. 00
500, 000. 00
1, 400, 000. 00
500, 000. 00
320, 000. 00
4, 050,000. 00
250, 000. 00
3, 453, 000.00
$28, 230, 000. 00
427, 000.00
1,011,849. 64
$29, 668, 849. 64
3, 890,102.42 25, 778, 747. 22
Net available margin $3, 810, 595. 78
STATEMENT OF BONDS AND LOANS AUTHORIZED BUT NOT ISSUED
As of June 30, 1937
Bond s :
1. Lands for Agricultural Farms............................................................... $500,000.00
Less Issued................................................................................................. 337,000.00
(Per Act No. 9 of 1930 as amended by Act No. 41 of------------------------
1931, as further amended by Act No. 4, Spec. Sess. of
1931 and Act No. 42 of 1933)
2. To continue to completion the development of the water resources
of the Island...................................................................................................
(Per Act No. 41 of August 6, 1935)
3. To organize public hospitals charities in P. R..............................................................
(Per Act No. 29 of July 20, 1935)
4. For the construction, operation and maintenance of a graving
dock and necessary appurtenances at San Juan, etc..................................
(Per Act No. 29, approved April 18, 1936, amended by
Act No. 2, Third Special Session of 1936, approved
June 29, 1936)
5. To defer the payment of taxes on real property that are due
and pending payment, etc.......................................................................................
(Per Act No. 23, approved July 16, 1936)
6. For the acquisition and improvements of properties known
as Riera & Miranda in the Barrio of Puerta de Tierra..........................
(Per J. R. No. 20 of May 6, 1937)
Total Bonds authorized but not issued............................................................
Loan s :
1. For the development of a market for P. R. Coffee......................................................
(Per Act No. 116, approved May 15, 1936)
Total Bonds and Loans authorized but not issued....................................
$163,000. 00
1, 800, 000. 00
500, 000.00
1, 800, 000. 00
1, 500, 000. 00
425, 000. 00
$6,188, 000. 00
75,000. 00
$6, 263, 000. 00
74 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibi t No . 12
STATEMENT OF THE DEBT-INCURRING POWER OF THE MUNICIPALITIES
OF PUERTO RICO AS OF JUNE 30, 1937
Assessment
as of
February 28,
1937
Capacity Authorized by law:
Municipality of San Juan, 10$ of......................
Municipality of Ponce, 10$ of....................................
All other municipalities, 5$ of....................................
$60,029,071.00
23,801,197.00
209,925,166.00
$6,002,907.10
2,380,119.70
10,496, 258.30
Total assessed property valuation................ $293, 755, 434.00 ..............................
Total debt-incurring power of all municipalities................................................................
$18,879, 285.10
Outstanding Indebtedness:
Unaccrued payables—
Bonds outstanding....................................................
Local Loans.................................................................
Advances of Taxes....................................................
Loans with Insular Government.......................
Other Indebtedness..................................................
$14,530,500.00
714, 369.43
117, 550.00
318,525.00
74, 732.41 $15, 755, 676.84
Accrued principals payable—
Bond redemption fund deflciences due the
Treasurer of Puerto Rico..................................
Local Loans.................................................................
Advances of Taxes...................................................
Loans with Insular Government.......................
Other Indebtedness..................................................
$83,867.54
33,588.33
56,000.00
16, 500.00
12,318.24 202, 274.11
Total outstanding indebtedness................................. $15,957,950.95
Less Redemption funds:
For bonds.....................................................................
For local loans............................................................
For advances of taxes.............................................
For other indebtedness...........................................
$1,998,711.01
16, 900.05
173, 550.00
34,622.47 2, 223, 783.53
Net Outstanding Indebtedness as of June 30, 1937 .............................. 13, 734,167.42
Difference.............................................................................. $5,145,117.68
Less loans and debts authorized to be contracted:
Bonds.....................................................................
Indebtedness................................................................
$249,000.00
1, 250.00 250,250.00
Difference:
51 municipalities have available margin amounting
to..........................................................
25 municipalities show excess of indebtedness
over the present 5$ limitation amounting
to..........................................................
$5, 523,148.30
628,280.62 $4, 894,867.68
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 75
Exhib it No . 12—Continued
CLASSIFICATION BY MUNICIPALITIES
51 Municipalities have available margins as
follows:
25 Municipalities, because of indebtedness incurred
prior to latest amendment to Organic
Act, have exceeded the 5$ limitation as follows:
Adjuntas.................................................... $33,295.11
Aguadilla................................................... 6,748.51
Anasco........................................................ 52,726.00
Barceloneta.............................................. 59,265.06
Bayamon & Catano............................ 13,647.99
Camuy....................................................... 26,097.97
Carolina..................................................... 27,101.16
Cayey......................................................... 15,436.12
Ciales.......................................................... 84,081.13
Cidra........................................................... 2,225.20
Isabela................................... 9,874.83
Jayuya....................................................... 6,266.81
Lares........................................................... 89,013.55
Las Marias............................................... 25,339.08
Luquillo..................................................... 15,802.62
Moca........................................................... 11,920.59
Morovis...................................................... 25, 568.66
Quebradillas............................................. 21,913.09
Rio Grande.............................................. 8,958.09
Sabana Grande...................................... 10,762.37
San Sebastian.......................................... 40,858.05
Toa Alta.................................................... 7,789.85
Trujillo Alto............................................ 3,621.00
Yauco.......................................................... 29,967.78
Aguada.......................................................
Aguas Buenas.........................................
Aibonito.....................................................
Arecibo.......................................................
Arroyo.................................. ......................
Barranquitas............................................
Cabo Rojo................................................
Caguas........................................................
Ceiba...................... .................................
Coamo........................................................
Comerio.....................................................
Corozal.......................................................
Dorado.......................................................
Fajardo........................................ ..............
Guanica......................................................
Guayama...................................................
Guayanilla................................................
Guaynabo.................................................
Gurabo.......................................................
Hatillo........................................................
Hormigueros........................ ....................
Humacao...................................................
Juana Diaz...............................................
Juncos.........................................................
Lajas............................................................
Las Piedras..............................................
Loiza...........................................................
Manati.......................................................
Maricao......................................................
Maunabo...................................................
Mayaguez..................................................
Naguabo....................................................
Naranjito...................................................
Orocovis.....................................................
Patillas.......................................................
Penuelas.....................................................
PONCE....................................................
Rincon........................................................
Rio Piedras..............................................
Salinas........................................................
San German............................................
SAN JUAN.............................................
San Lorenzo.............................................
Santa Isabel.............................................
Toa Baja...,..................... .....................
Utuado.......................................................
Vega Alta................... ..............................
Vega Baja.................................................
Vieques.......................................................
Villalba.......................................................
Yabucoa.....................................................
$46,979.36
4,195.01
10, 545.14
492,085.60
97,845.06
14,850.28
39, 372.93
368,161.91
255.82
17,979.79
36,032.62
46,857.95
47,341.46
33,434.72
329,726.50
32,308.90
81, 947.91
13,615.56
11,244.29
890.68
72, 680.00
169, 975.56
58, 778.20
145,868.80
38, 566.09
8,523.39
99,055.86
30,303.57
22,053.35
2,431.16
104,715.26
104,837.05
20,176.43
40, 625.70
9, 690.50
65,435.60
249,621.45
25, 686.28
570,422.05
273,960.24
75, 378.75
1,106,854.61
19,400.80
176,605.20
1,826.88
80,080.27
84, 538.37
33,509.53
56, 759.37
4,844.71
44,271.78
Total ..........
Dif fe rence
$628,280.62
4,894,867.68
Tota l ............................................. $5,523,148.30
$5,523,148.30 $5,523,148.30
76 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 13
INSULAR OPERATING REVENUE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1937
Amount Per Cent
Excise Taxes..........................................................................................................................
Income Taxes........................................................................................................................
Customs...................................................................................................................................
U. S. Internal Revenues.................................................................................................
Miscellaneous Incidental Income.................................................................................
Property Taxes.....................................................................................................................
Inheritance Taxes................................................................................................................
Telegraph and Telephone Receipts...........................................................................
Six Per Cent Sanitation..................................................................................................
Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................
$8, 699, 063.78
3,180,154.17
1, 870,000.00
1,055,707.39
763, 347.45
280, 968.54
172,502.57
156,023.76
151,890.53
351,075.50
52.15
19.06
11.21
6.33
4.58
1.69
1.03
.94
.91
2.10
$16,680,733.69 100.00
Detail of Miscellaneous:
Registration of Documents.....................................................................................
Property Taxes, Assessed....................................................... ................................
Harbor and Dock Fees.....................................................................................................
Fees and Fines, Insular Courts...........................................................................
Royalties on Franchises...........................................................................................
Miscellaneous Fees.....................................................................................................
Interest on Loans to Municipalities..................................................................
Rent of Government Property.............................................................................
Foreign Corporations’ License Fees...................................................................
Canons on Mines........................................................................................................
Interest on Bank Balances.....................................................................................
133,166.40
68, 035.16
47, 576.29
38,291.26
21,189.28
13,597.80
13, 356.77
10, 753.16
3, 975.00
792.86
341.52
.80
.41
.28
.23
.13
.08
.08
.06
$351,075.50 2.10
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 77
Exhibit No . 14
LIQUIDATION OF FINANCIAL PROGRAM FOR FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Use d f or :
Insular Government Disbursements including transfers.........................
Carry-over appropriation liabilities to Fiscal Year 1937-38..................
Excess of cash resources ovei approp. liabilities............. $716,426.22
Other resources reimbursable to General Funds............ 362,888.25
Excess of resources over appropriation liabilities
Total
Detail of Dis burse ments :
Legislative...........................................................
J udicial........................................................................
Department of Education..................................
Department of Health.........................................
Department of the Interior...............................
Department of Finance.......................................
Department of Agriculture and Commerce
Office of the Attorney General........................
Insular Police...........................................................
General Miscellaneous..........................................
Others..........................................................................
Transfers.....................................................................
Total
Amount Per Cent
$15, 901,016. 39 83. 92
1, 967,196. 72 10. 38
3. 78
...................1... .9..2......
1, 079,314.47 ......................
$18, 947, 527. 58 100.00
666,195. 50 3. 52
811, 581.50 4.28
4,428, 233. 50 23. 37
1, 653, 680.82 8. 73
1, 502, 654. 97 7. 93
1,127, 650.16 5. 95
345, 261.99 1.82
444,389. 36 2.35
1, 280, 253.12 6.76
872,401.14
1,044, 586.81
4.60
5.51
1, 724,127. 52 9.10
$15, 901, 016. 39 83.92

Exhib it No . 15
TOTAL ASSESSED VALUE OF PERSONAL PROPERTY, BY MUNICIPALITIES AND CLASSES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 1936-1937
(Corrected to June 30, 1937)
Municipalities Money
Mdse, raw
material
and
fixtures in
establishments
Work
Cattle
Other
Cattle
Horses,
mules &
donkeys
Other
animals
Carts
drawn by
animals
Automobiles
Coaches
Portable
track Machinery Hives
Rolling
stock Vessels
Other
property
Total
personal
property
Adjuntas............................ $3, 360 $39, 211 $3, 275 $10, 320 $9, 610 $2,000 $18, 380
$7,000
$700
$10,690
$1,875 $88, 731
Aguada............................... 2,960 32, 345 21, /lu 5, 235 6, 410 ...................... 7,060 12,830 ......................
$35, 900 $11,300
6,510 112,750
Aguadilla........................... 13, 565 234,130 19, 230 13, 585 4, 360 ...................... 3, 675 42, 520 ...............1.., ..4..0.0
900
5,800 29, 445 414,910
Aguas Buenas................. 975 17,830
60, 870
7,120 13, 740 5,795 ...................... 710 2, 740 460 50, 270
Aibonito............................ 1, 690 6, 260 23, 515 7, 880 .................. . . 955 13, 810
6,130 5,200
210
20,175
115, 190
Anasco................................ 795 10,870 5,310 6,195 2,090 ...................... 2, 600 7,450 1,065 470 68, 350
Arecibo.............................. 53, 745 1, 515, 585 81, 330 59, 965 14, 380 ...................... 13,175 88,850 $100 11,900 75, 740 309, 645
6, 400
14, 960 2, 239,375
Arroyo................................ 20,494 173, 626 57,865 11,810 3,820 8,635 18, 410 100 2,500
31, 770
500 25, 670 11,740 341, 570
Barceloneta...................... 9,315 49, 235 46,970 47,625 9,835 . ............. . 7,330 13,370 ...................... 1,100 102,500 2,000 10,360 331,410
Barranquitas................... 385 16, 545 3, 975 5,415 4,320 ........ ............. 385 5, 630
45, 280
450
37,870
37, 105
Bayamon.......................... 57, 650 389,080 50,375 56,980 28,475 6,110 61,840
6,000
...............2..,.7..6..5 736, 425
Cabo Rojo........................ 4,615
47,555
58, 745 49, 675 65, 730 7,340 ...................... 8,910 34, 470 ......................
43, 630
25,180 490 6,130 267, 285
Caguas............................... 305, 240 118,915 68,370 41, 205 ...................... 15, 875 109, 420 ...................... 10,100 121,230 29,370 910,910
Camuy............................... 215 18,405 22,930 18, 210 8, 635 ...................... 6,240 7,510 ......................
8,000
10, 000 12, 970 690 105,805
Carolina............................. 4,965 130,055 39,010 114,365 14, 620 ...................... 9, 880 22, 740 ...................... 22,680 50, 470
13,130 2,145
416, 785
Catano................................ 1, 625 113,160 2,115
34,375
1,635 700 ...................... 1, 610 7,100
24,860 350
2, 570 145, 790
Cayey................................. 1,565 155, 740 48,455 13, 790 ...................... 5, 600 27, 280 ...................... 12, 660 ......................
5,000
324, 675
Ceiba.................................. 655 25, 260 16, 860 23, 755 6, 935 ...................... 12,040 1,010 .......... .......... 7,400 4, 750 103, 665
Ciales.................................. 995 30,105 4,010 9, 570 8,140 ...................... 1, 130 12,860 ...................... 300 900
645
68,010
Cidra.................................. 935 36,490 14, 530 11, 375 6,130 ...................... 600 7,890
1,000
78, 595
Coamo....... ........................ 865 54,850 16,015 98, 375 11,925 ...................... 1, 000 26, 130 .......... . ......... 210,160
Comerio............................. 1,324 54,255 8, 725 17,635 6, 570 3,010 11, 640 290 103,449
Corozal............................... 635 14,150 9,950 17, 590 3, 790 ...................... 2,100 13,800 325
350
62, 340
Culebra..............................
638
5, 285
26,980
4,870 30, 590 2, 575 ...................... 1,450
3, 380
...................... 790
53, 360
45,910
Dorado............................... 16,980 45,340 5, 380 ...................... 2, 522 ......................
19,800
1, 750
6,100
2,415 158, 745
Fajardo.............................. 63, 345 425, 968 74,945 56, 740 15,135 ...................... 21, 350 18, 440 ...................... 166,310
66, 300
5,200 873,333
Guanica............................. 3,975 1, 664, 235
626,075
83,010 35,115 14,970 ...................... 1,965 31,080 ...................... 5,900 11, 450
1,280
133,925 2,051,925
Guayama.......................... 62, 345 168,465 73, 340 69,495 ........ .............. 20,690 71,000
100
27, 400
4,200
51, 670 35, 560
2,620
26,330 1,233, 650
Guayanilla........................ 9, 345 542, 803 27, 640 18, 730 7,115 ...................... 4,310 20, 660 4,320 23,470 43, 300 708, 613
Guaynabo......................... 696 18, 529 14,110 36, 320 4, 355 ...................... 3,130 8,610 ...................... 2, 510 20,490
650
108,750
Gurabo.............................. 1, 595 103, 520 30, 860 17,175 5, 410 ...................... 5,415 5,480 ...................... 15,020 23,800 ...................... 208, 925
Hatillo............................... 110 9, 745 13,425 21,170 8, 630 ...................... 3, 975 6, 580 ...................... 500 30, 360
4,435
94, 495
Hormigueros.................... 1,180
7,315
22, 785 12,960 9,175 6,990 ...................... 5, 745 3, 330 ...................... 7,910 16, 100 90, 610
Humacao........................... 844,615 108,110 79,635 38, 790 ...................... 20, 670 37, 900 102, 960 83, 210 104,138 1,427,343
Isabela................................ 595 45, 597 16,930 21, 565 8, 340 ...................... 3,920 12, 950 50 900
430
16, 470 ...................9..7.0 128, 287
Jayuya............................... 635 4,955 4, 995 11,210 6,180 ...................... 1,800 11, 230 . . . . ..............
5,000
11, 350
54, 675 17, 440
52, 785
Juana Diaz...................... 2, 980 291,435 61,680 56, 370 42,110 ...................... 6,000 25,330 ...................... 34,610 597,630
Juncos................................ 3, 965 195,035 70,465 71, 690 15, 235 ...................... 19, 360 26, 790 ...................... 13,410 50, 595
450
20,230 2,090 488,865
Lajas................................... 6, 520 37, 360 45,185 80,990 10,860 ...................... 9, 230 15,880
120
206,475
Lares................................... 1,005 60,050 2,092 10, 510 16, 728 ...................... 850 19,040 1,495 111,890
Las Marlas...................... 250 1, 420 1, 260 1,575 4,405 ...................... 275 800
23,190
200
56,805
20 10, 205
Las Piedras...................... 830 5, 760 16, 830 3,790 5, 730 ...................... 6, 435 3, 670 ......................
22,560 12,000
123,040
Loiza................................... 8,350 334, 370 68, 765 15, 250 12, 230 ...................... 11, 940 15,040 ...................... 10,900 88, 685 ...................... 600,090
Luquillo............................ 2, 350 26, 477 21, 280 15,430 12, 018 ...................... 7,160 660 ...................... 12, 850 13, 670
11, 750 6, 540
111,895
Manati............................... 34,175 295, 965
1,780
39, 610 67, 590 23,005 ...................... 7,010 28,330 ...................... 9,800 67, 430
920
591,205
Maricao.............................
550
3, 145 2, 920 4, 595 ...................... 270 3, 220 550
6, 250 960
17,400
Maunabo.......................... 36,028 34,070 13,175 2, 590 ...................... 8,210 7,310 ..............
6,000
4, 300
2,400 14, 285
113, 443
Mayaguez......................... 120, 635 2,171,459 26, 510 47, 990 17,980 ............ .. 11,670 238, 630 230 89,540 39, 720
8,010
60,144 2,847,193
Moca.................................. 150 9, 210 6,980 3, 570 2, 630 ...................... 740 2, 820 ...................... 650 5, 680 40, 440
Morovis............................. 140 4, 655 12,010 19,990 7, 810
15, 640
...................... 2, 110 5,910
3, 650 53,990 61,985 5,710
680 53, 305
Naguabo............................ 2,090 73,120 48, 310 31,095 ...................... 10,510 10,160 .............. .
900 350
316, 260
Naranjito.......................... 1,360 14,915 5, 420 10, 710 3, 490 ...................... 990 3, 020 180 41, 335
Orocovis............................ 645 5, 735 3,820 6,910 7,380 .................... . 890 5,050
1,260
245
12,130
880 31, 555
Patillas.............................. 3,910 32, 525 61, 730 18, 765 9, 570 ...................... 5,960 6, 420 90 ...................5..4.0 152,900
Penuelas............................ 560 11,890 19,190 16, 370 8, 520 . . . . .............. 1, 840 14, 880 40
24,110
4, 110
910
1,500
8,740
300 79,200
Ponce................................. 238,235 2,126,825 265,960 30,870 51,295 ...................... 23.960 257,140 890 151,815 171,605 1,159,865 4,512, 220
Quebradillas.................... 490 5, 670 10, 875 9,465 5,390 . . . . .............. 2,020 15, 480 30
14, 210
1,690 51,110
Rincon............................... 550 3,040 4, 510 3, 060 1,755 ...................... 1,070 5,450 25
5,990
5, 840 39, 510
Rio Grande..................... 770 20,130 34,835 19, 940 15, 610 ...................... 2, 360 6, 550 ...................... 9, 210 32, 365
136, 289
147, 760
Rio Piedras..................... 69,850 525, 765 35, 080 1 9, 795 101, 240 11, 820 101, 620 ...................... 100,610
210
45,020 1, 317,089
Sabana Grande.............. 350 48, 535 9, 280 17, 720 4, 625 ...................... 3, 240 20, 920 60
20, 160 378, 225 7,240 13,500 249, 210
104,940
Salinas................................ 7,960 918,655 278,990 202, 985 180, 740 ...................... 42, 250 32, 320 120 2, 332, 355
San German.................... 625 138, 550 35, 120 33, 710 11,820 ...................... 11, 845 40,675 ...................... 860
165, 440 152, 760
117,000 390, 205
San Juan.......................... 1,062,750 7,468,655
36,460
1,260 5,290 ...................... 3,210 420,085
8, 200
438, 670 1,008, 230 10, 726, 380
San Lorenzo.................... 1, 250 35, 745 40, 895 13,815 ...................... 4,130 15, 630 ......................
1,450
22, 540 185 178,850
San Sebastian................. 2,370 79, 385 17, 820 22, 420 9, 335 4,450 21, 350
37,160
8, 680 2,000 169, 260
Santa Isabel.................... 1,050 64, 490 181,010 82,050 105,810 .............. 35,420 9, 050 ...................... 8,210 30,190 22,890 577,330
Toa Alta........................... 850 23,889 12,030 30, 540 3,920 ...................... 1,806 1,920 ......................
12,960
1,215 14, 260
800
3,180 93,610
Toa Baja.......................... 7,920 63,420 34,180 43,090 10,010 ...................... 14,120 7,390 25, 3/5 42,500 5,960 267,725
Trujillo Alto................... 250 8, 850 8,420 19, 380 3, 790 ...................... 1,280 3 570
1,380
32,540 2,040 80,120
Utuado.............................. 1,540 71, 860 6,010 19,050 19,080 ...................... 1, 630 25,700
25, 840 38,090 3,540
146, 250
Vega Alta......................... 1, 850 72,145 26, 580 17, 210 8,675 ...................... 2,360 4, 370 ...................... 200, 660
Vega Baja........................ 1, 960 16,995 23,815 19, 820 3,065 ...................... 4, 820 15,800 40
14, 820
62, 230 60,230
14,960 2,980
207,775
Vieques.............................. 2,860 117, 690 109, 160 29, 86 . 35, 435 ...................... 24, 580 4,370 400 50, 980
630
71, 740 479,840
Villalba.............................. 355 12,015 9,160 17, 600 7,225 ...................... 3,990 9,880
35, 240 45, 280 115,910 6,200 1,340
60,855
Yabucoa............................ 6,550 156, 235 57, 240 34, 295 18,050 ............ .. 7,540 15,420
120 580
499,300
Yauco............. ;................. 2, 720 228,065 21,615 20, 385 10, 850 ...................... 5,540 49,000 2,610 ...............3..,.5..4..0 345,025
Totals.................$..1..,986, 227 $23, 692,672 $2,984, 332 $2, 605,650 1, 269, 471 $542,493 $2, 314, 970 $2,395 $325,920 $2, 366,325 $19,170 $2, 340, 530 $258,995 $3,270, 271 $43,979.421

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 79
Exhibi t No. 16
LOANS TO MUNICIPALITIES AS OF JUNE 30, 1937
Municipality Balance
July 1, 1936
Loans made
during
the year
Amount
repaid
during year
Outstanding
Balance
June 30, 1937
Adjuntas ..................................................................... $13, 274.05
485.83
$200.00 $130.00 $13,344.05
Aguas Buenas. ......................................... 408. 34 77.49
B ar eel on et a . ................................................ 1,171.30
950.80
984. 49 186.81
Caguas ............................................................. 799.15 151.65
Camuy . . ................................................ 2,100. 59
2, 557.69
1, 765. 57 335. 02
Carolina. ......................................................... 2,149. 78 407. 91
Cayey . ................................................. 19, 500.00
27, 285.22
1, 588.00 17,912. 00
Ciales........................................................... .................. 860. 00 1, 234.39 26, 910. 83
Cidra ................................................. 407.88 342.82 65.06
Cnmerfn ................................ 100.00 100. 00
Fajardo . ................................................ 2, 550. 00 2, 550.00
Guayama . ........................................ 3, 270.15
588.78
2, 748. 59 521. 56
Humacao.. ................................................. 494.87 93. 91
Lares ............................................. 7, 001.30
895.00
720. 00 7, 721. 30
Las Marfas. ............................................. 25. 00 870.00
Loiza ................................................................. 1,394.69
1,413.98
2,829. 72
610. 00 1,172. 24 832.45
M an atf ............................................. 1,168.40 245. 58
Morovis ................................................. 429. 72 2,400.00
Naranjito ............................................. 190.42 90. 42 100.00
Quebradillas . ............................................. 593.01 498.42 94.59
■Rio Grande ............................................. 644.19 541.44 102. 75
■Rfo Piedras ......................................... 453. 57 381.23 72. 34
San Lorenzo ............................................. 483.36 406. 26 77.10
San Sebastian ................................................. 11, 580.19
644. 73
730. 00 10,850.19
Vega Baja ............................................. 541. 90 102.83
Vieques ................................................. 9, 000.00 8,400. 00 600.00
Totals......................................................... $108,816.45 $4, 940. 00 $27,131.03 $86, 625.42
80 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
P R O P E R T Y V A L U A T IO N A N D T A X E S E O R T H E F IS C A L Y E A R 1936-1937
(C O R R E C T E D T O JU N E 30, 1937)
Taxes
D istrib u tio n
M unicipal
A m ount
$12,440. 39
19,160. 00
25, 086. 63
6, 031.13
12,830. 08
17,194.10
97, 336. 51
24, 987. 10
26, 621.32
6, 795. 68
44,829. 06
28,072. 97
82,883. 73
14, 067. 63
35,916. 66
12, 226.09
31, 840. 47
9, 331. 21
11,433. 60
11,907.46
18, 426. 26
15, 737.12
8, 437. 26
"ce
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.80
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
.90
ssssssssgg
In su lar
A m ount
NOQrtOOOOb*iQOCOO4OOb-O4'^r-Or-<
O cd 0 b-‘ 00 uS 1—1 00 bf co -d 0 bf O id cd r-i ci o od CO bf cd r-< oi id ci r-i r-4 00 04
O’—'O4CO0OO0I^COCOiOO4OOOOCOiQ0r-(cO0COTf0r-OOC40X(NCOaOiO^(N04TfiO’fcO^’tXt-OMCOOOC4^
H H c CO N N cdoV b-" d o" o" C0r-<0coi?-0CO Oi'OCOcO VNOX^cO VCSOi^OXNr-iNrrX V^NNXCOKH^OO
o” r-” r-f co” io” bf r-f co” o” io” 0” co” 00” b-” o” t -” 04” 0” 00” 10” 04” —f co” of co” rt<” 0” co” 0” ^f 04” 00” 04”
COr-fiOi-i04C0iOCOC0r-<00iO00 04LQ04cOi-(04 04Tti04i-i 04COCO^O404cOCOt-<04

C3
1O1O iO 1O 1O 1Q0 0 1Q 1O 1O1Q 1O O 1Q iO O 1Q O O O O iQ O b- 1Q 1Q 1Q iQ 1O 1Q OiO CO
O40r-iO0O4OO4Or—00^r-404 00^'^OiO00r-H04r-H0000b-c0C00004co^04 00 00OC0C0O
t^COCOCO0O4OOO‘OiOCOOOOt^O4’-HOcOOCO0iOO4I^0O4OOO4oOcOi-4iOCOOO
r-i” O0 04” 0 rh” 04” 0 CO~ 04” 0” 00 b^ 04” b^ 04” 00 b^ O 04” CO” 00 io” 0” CD” 0 CO O b^ TfT o” 0” lo ” o ”
00 04 O O O1 h H N CO iO H - OCC0C0WC0H04’co x 0 v 0 h 0 0 r-. 04 to 0 co ic o oi co 0f b’f'C 00 ^01C OToHi 0H X01u00 001 r'f-C 00 tHh 0 h0
r^fof O4~ r-f r-f 04 of 04” rd co” 0” rn” r-f co” 1-f r-f r-f of T-f r-f 1O r-f Of I-f r-f r-f r-f r-f r-f
C orporation
$47,800
1, 528, 080
411,700
6, 650
141,010
238, 350
4,921,010
16, 390
1,492, 700
17, 200
1,169, 660
213,130
834, 250
307, 540
1,664, 340
124,660
435,920
112,410
19,840
231, 260
10,820
787, 310
24,950
§§§§§§§§§§
P riv ate
p ro p erty
_____________
OOOOOOO OOOiOLQOOiDOOiOiDOO0iOOiOOOOaOiDOOOOCO
!OO4T-IO4OOCOCOO4O4OOiOr-OCOr-O-C'
£S2SS£g§2g§ 53
58gg S2Sg8SS85Sgg882^ 2S88 gggpgg 28g8S828S2
£8S?33S88££S§8SS?S8££38££8?5S£S8§8§55£2§$8S§SS8£g8 S
^^§§§|2ggg^§8§g^g^§§ggg§§§sgg^ggsg§gs §
O-oTr-Tt^-CO-r-T cfco^co WOO-r^- WOTrHjHr-r CO-^rH of IQ gcf C^r-TTHW 00©W CO^ M
3fe£8S82888£55S^8£58£SS523£&££S82S£g£35£3S388
^§g§^^ggg§8gg|8g2§Sgg§38§§§gS§gg8^gg2|^
t'-rt' ■O'cfCsTw- U^-WTH- N CO’ "f’-<'gf N^-W-00“<»O-rt“w“MrrHcfrHCfr-rc0-C0 TBC-f l
84 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 19
DETAILED STATEMENT SHOWING INCOME TAX ASSESSMENT
FROM JULY 1, 1936 TO JUNE 30, 1937
Year Individuals Partnerships Corporations
Withheld
at Source Totals
$5,745.10
1,865. 25
2,451. 02
3,109. 27
18,441.83
8,742.42
31,625.73
254,431. 65
22,185.41
23,467. 57
31,463.01
70,130.34
629, 536. 57
430, 368.36
$5, 745.10
1,865. 25
2,654.65
3,785.15
22,845.40
24,463.85
79,910.01
276, 698.74
82,459.55
86,011.82
103,115.46
136, 758.68
3, 382,413.58
475,164.82
1924................................
$203. 63
1927................................ $675.88
1, 504.02
3, 626.09
5,393.39
6, 693.05
42,162.66
35,898.76
49,961.92
53,482.37
384,729.14
20,900.50
2,899. 55
12,095.34
42, 890.89
15,448. 58
18,111.48
26,645.49
18,156.53
12, 222. 29
*2,354,629.40
23,894.83
1928................................
1929................................
1930................................ 1931................................ $125. 46
1932................................
1933................................ 3, 534.00
923. 68
13, 518.47
1.13
1934................................
1935................................
1936................................
1937................................
Totals..............$1, 533, 563. 53 ' $605,027. 78 $2,527,198. 01 $18,102. 74 $4,683,892.06
*This sum includes $607,388.31, amount of receipts issued as tentative returns which are to be
cancelled inasmuch as the final returns have been already filed and on the corresponding receipts issued
Exhi bi t No. 20
MONTHLY INTERNAL REVENUE STAMP SALES FOR THE YEAR 1930-1937
July August September October November December J anuary February March April May June Total
Cigars.........................................................................
Cigarettes..................................................................
Cut Tobacco...........................................................
$7,948.01
197, 447. 20
100. 92
$7,095. 50
214, 025. 50
11.52
$6, 505. 50
212,050. 27
175. 68
$7,336.88
228,556.06
19. 26
$7, 260. 67
241, 000. 60
163. 20
$9, 033. 26
161, 742. 56
170.16
$7,924.10
237,304.10
259. 68
$8, 552. 42
203, 474.10
$8, 643.44
197, 031.60
222.72
$8, 928. 70
238, 619. 76
209. 28
$8,171. 75
193,816.96
150. 24
$8, 754. 58
236, 872. 44
95.04
$96,154.81
2, 561,941.15
1, 577. 70
Playing Cards........................................................ 657.15 766.16 351. 95 478. 75 448. 25 401. 25 57.65 507. 50 708.25 835. 50 802. 75 6,015.16
Arms and Ammunition.....................................
Matches....................................................................
1, 086. 59
3, 289.92
399. 88
8, 282. 30
431.88
7, 740. 62
605. 88
6,470. 75
325. 50
6, 725.19
261. 46
8, 628. 23
440. 58
7, 857.00
311.59
9, 396. 56
511.17
11,466.01
334. 79
9, 995.99
530.16
7,812.82
356. 34
11, 591.64
5, 585. 82
99, 257. 03
Self-propelling vehicles, etc..............................
Pneumatic tires, inner tubes, etc..................
23,140.15
9, 503.12
24,115.01
8, 055. 10
28, 312. 62
8,121.40
4,447. 35
85.15
2, 644.06
205. 40
118.80
34,898.91
7,994.21
28,947. 73
8, 732. 41
38, 587. 64
8, 738. 88
44,042. 07
12, 233. 61
35, 023. 51
12,437. 70
39, 493. 86
9, 838. 43
54, 245. 70
8,603.16
59, 232. 58
6,712. 75
37,127. 33
9, 976. 26
427,167. 11
110, 947. 05
Phonographs, organs, radios, etc...................
Pianos, harmoniums and Accs.......................
Cinematographic Films......................................
Photographic Cameras and Accs..................
Billiard tables and Accs....................................
2, 760. 75
4. 28
2, 763.39
212. 67
52.88
3,818.42
107.61
3,264.30
314. 76
52. 75
4,408. 88
188.13
2,823. 54
296. 79
66. 28
5, 240. 30
10.90
3, 859. 90
114. 40
75. 48
6, 460. 52
120.80
3, 708.15
158. 22
5,837. 77
197. 70
3, 586. 28
262. 30
131.63
3, 311. 43
194. 77
4,840. 19
248. 34
82. 82
3, 624. 60
214. 25
3, 793.61
231.40
110.02
2,659. 27
213. 98
3,190. 91
562.93
192. 17
3,672.14
125. 25
4,158.78
383. 50
102. 00
3, 372. 03
178. 25
3, 902. 23
221. 03
105.14
49,613. 46
1, 641.07
42, 535. 34
3, 211. 74
1,089. 97
Chewing gum, bonbons and confect............
Mats, carpets, linoleums, etc..........................
1, 787.88
839. 66
4, 275. 52
881. 22
3, 957. 32
1, 037. 00
3,597. 04
1,129. 25
4, 597. 73
2,010. 65
7,270. 75
2,482.14
2, 957.41
1, 272.45
3,731.96
636. 69
3, 825.16
1,016. 55
3,455.11
1, 567. 05
4, 320.81
981.41
4, 514.15
1,727.31
48. 290.84
15, 581. 38
Electric and fluid gas apparatus................... 10,088.45 1,903.27 1,146. 57 1,423.82 1, 476. 42 2, 632. 22 3, 347.00 1, 341. 94 1, 597. 33 2, 091. 16 3,032.86 4,857. 47 34, 938.51
Typewriters.............................................................
Dynamite........................................... •...................
1,063.13
525. 94
3, 375. 25
471.47
433. 01
817.01
522. 72
15. 40
522.09
997. 95
476.09
296.42
932. 41
22. 65
609. 71
322. 69
718.85
329. 71
924. 26
28. 75
664. 70
385. 25
501.13
600. 44
10, 743. 35
4,813.68
Cash registers, scales, weights........................ 977. 70 1,416.51 339. 63 1,351. 24 1, 025. 05 790. 16 1, 086. 79 847. 79 720. 50 761.55 1, 035. 98 738.34 11,091.24
Adding and calculating machines................. 586.19 573. 35 476.09 299.13 603. 24 847. 28 732. 36 1,176. 21 822. 08 407. 59 1,134.00 508.19 8,165.71
Safes............................................................................
Elect, fans, ventilators, etc..............................
43.85
1, 074.93
70.65
11, 927. 26
45. 45
11,288.63
15.31
9,532. 34
37.07
6,175. 95
40. 96
6,010.84
12.19
10, 527. 29
316.13
9, 751.83
121. 02
7, 130. 32
41.37
5, 475. 40
55. 93
7,169. 74
111. 69
9,635. 32
911.62
95, 729. 85
3 ewelry......................................................................
Hydraulic cement.................................................
Kerosene...................................................................
1, 036. 84
4, 088.39
866. 96
1,119.60
2,822.33
6, 033. 25
993. 89
2, 782.51
14, 394. 51
1,101. 59
4,617. 95
6, 240. 00
1,871.47
2, 291. 78
9, 466. 62
1, 568.25
2, 573. 72
6.179.10
1, 526. 74
4, 726.44
8, 246.42
837.15
2,180.00
16, 258.15
1, 722. 43
2, 990. 48
18, 350. 21
1, 286. 35
4, 138. 34
12, 983.84
1, 090. 68
4, 539.89
11, 676. 27 '
1,484.01
5, 175.86
5, 212. 20
15,639.00
42,997.69
115,907. 53
Cosmetics and Perfumery................................ 4,119.28 3, 617. 75 3, 982.91 5,992. 68 6, 376. 87 6, 326. 08 6, 587. 71 5,963.84 4,810.84 5,316.16 5,903. 76 5, 362. 99 62, 360.87
Lubricating Oils....................................................
Lubricating grease................................................
3, 640.01
769. 80
4,395. 01
1, 663. 55
1, 561.11
449. 16
2,667.45
583. 31
4,807. 77
1, 646.16
5,108. 71
1, 662. 05
6, 248. 54
1, 417. 93
5,809. 53
3,915. 39
6, 533. 70
1,160. 52
7, 126. 42
1, 252.43
9, 381. 25
2, 552. 74
2, 295.10
1, 528. 69
59, 774. 60
18, 601. 73
Cinematographic apparatuses, parts & accs. 178. 67 257. 22 2. 50 131. 38 868. 01 37.25 407. 81 652. 61 92. 57 205. 20 387. 67 3, 240.89
Horse Races.............................................................
Purses won at Horse Races.............................
1, 820. 00
1, 635.80
1, 260. 00
1, 263. 93
1. 260. 00
1,235. 33
1,400. 00
1,218.36
1, 260. 00
1,017. 23
700.00
1,948. 62
700. 00
352.12
980. 00
844. 03
840. 00
1,162. 67
700.00
1, 272.59
560.00
1, 260. 40
840. 00
1, 384. 02
12,320.00
14, 595. 10
Pools and subscription funds.......................... 10, 606.62 8, 230. 37 8, 302. 69 7,992. 77 4,460. 78 5,062. 62 1,622. 57 3, 111. 78 3, 369. 53 3, 415.10 3, 251. 56 4, 441. 34 63,837. 73
Contracts..................................................................
Sugar..........................................................................
2, 360. 93
11,963. 00
3,868. 58
90. 64
3, 778. 41
65. 70
3,921.60 850. 89 2, 498. 37
1,944. 68
3, 627. 06
11,068.02
987.97
128, 018.18
1, 655. 00
172,842. 87
6, 777.12
181,611.92
2, 073.48
193, 429.90
3,193.17
92,069. 93
35, 592. 28
793,104.84
Stone.......................................................................... 14. 30 6.06 87. 30 105. 15 724. 66 181.95 222. 74 232. 30 232. 22 305.93 257. 28 219. 43 2,589.32
Affidavits..................................................................
Section 16-A............................................................
2,101.65
3, 799. 75
2,083.15
8, 319.81
2, 329.05
6,924.99
5,531.80
13,617. 53
3, 362. 21
9, 292. 45
2, 353. 35
16,172.66
2, 219. 84
8, 449. 57
1,900. 20
8,156. 39
2, 208. 51
7,077. 08
1, 843.19
9, 774.63
2, 270. 72
7, 608. 98
2,852. 70
9,008.93
31,056. 37
110,202.77
Sales Tax (2?)........................................................ 64,413. 21 60, 751.02 62, 770.83 56,230. 58 60, 286.74 59, 812. 06 84, 280. 62 56, 614. 68 56, 249. 88 66, 725.80 61, 536.89 66, 364.99 755, 037. 30
Administrative Fines.......................................... 1, 366. 45 1,150.39 1,316.80 1,185. 00 1, 387. 25 1, 426. 00 1, 689.86 2, 250. 36 1,933. 72 1, 848. 24 1,528.11 1,215.08 18, 297. 26
Internal Revenue Licenses............................... 54,666. 44 1, 999. 50 6,161. 25 56,069. 25 1, 999. 75 5, 382.90 58, 566.25 2, 532.10 5,952. 00 62,124. 50 2, 205. 00 5,877.00 263, 535. 94
Notarial Instruments................ ......................... 26, 632. 51 25, 065. 52 23,047. 77 21,583. 70 16, 429. 62 21, 326.40 19, 301.18 20, 733. 54 24, 372. 60 21, 220.80 24,656. 47 25, 364. 39 269,733. 50
Court Fees............................................................... 2, 848. 34 2,819. 69 3, 553.05 2,728. 33 2, 401.88 2.831.56 2, 648. 58 2, 484. 04 3, 034. 89 3, 112.40 4,116. 65 3,387. 85 35, 967. 26
Auto and Chauffeur licenses............................ 78, 062. 08 36,852.12 24,034.98 24,379.42 16,189. 67 23, 673. 30 21, 381.15 16, 396. 08 13, 092. 99 10, 213.85 10, 506. 61 477, 977. 69 752, 759. 94
Insurance..................................................................
Blank Books...........................................................
3,919. 20
340. 56
108. 91
175. 20
33. 62
141. 70
26. 33
119. 42
38. 75
137. 75
29. 29
173. 35
33.11
192. 90
43.00
151.87
336. 40
183. 80
34.25
156. 35
130. 35
144. 75
2, 581. 60
176. 60
7,314.81
2, 094. 25
Law Pamphlets...................................................... 10. 95 21.65 38. 30 17. 75 11.25 15. 30 22.39 30. 65 22. 21 14. 10 21. 85 26.40 252.80
Imported Cocks.....................................................
Miscellaneous.......................................................... 47. 75
20.00
30. 50 52.00
20. 00
44.00 42.00 66.22
50. 00
57. 50
47. 53
1, 588.14
30.00
112.17 101.00 70. 44 2, 234. 74
167. 53
4, 446. 46
Total Internal Revenue Collections............. $549,464. 25 $469, 229.06 $460, 031. 75 $529,555.92 $466, 703. 93 $428, 782. 54 $586, 371. 51 $578,590. 59 $623,099. 23 $746, 792. 26 $633, 431. 59 $1, 056, 378. 73 $7, 128,431.36
Spe cial Laws
Subscription funds...............................................
P. R. Coffee (Metal Seals).............................. $134.30 $27.00 $65.05 $51. 25 $130. 00 $140. 00 $415.80
$1, 684.99
131.75
$1,823. 06
339. 50
$2, 018. 47
85.00
$2,108. 61
91.25
$7,635.13
1,610. 90
Soil Amendment...................................................
Cattle Feed..............................................................
259. 20
1,162. 50
276. 20
13.00
$66.80
29. 20
2. 70
732. 20 25. 20
158. 80
47. 60 804. 90
3. 50
91. 20
6.00
7.00
5.50
734. 70
1.80
254. 40
97.30
15.40
877. 80
3,917.30
Fertilizer................................................................... 4, 245.00 3,172. 80 1, 076. 00 2, 351. 40 2, 122. 60 2, 142. 60 2,193. 40 1, 271.40 1, 708. 80 2, 037. 60 3, 291. 00 3,905.40 29, 518. 00
Gasoline.................................................................... 941.15 279, 074.39 280.174.10 650.65 178,846. 23 4,924.17 3,824.45 485, 299. 98 134, 681. 55 194,505. 56 125,732. 35 213,866.19 1,902, 520. 77
Gas and diesel oils...............................................
Public Shows......................................................... 2, 761.12
6,211.98
3, 003. 38 3,198.11 2, 785. 52
12, 743. 28
2, 906. 38 2, 881. 52 2,590. 36 2, 602. 64
1, 754. 36
4,025. 78 3, 281. 78
11,999. 94
3,117. 26 3, 617. 00
32, 709. 56
36, 770.85
Development, Market for P. R. Coffee... 14.37 550. 53 2, 724.04 4,494. 21 4, 062.33 6, 789. 47 5, 338. 21 2,997.41 2,461.14 29,431.71
Fisheries.................................................................... 15.00 35. 50 144. 70 53. 30 20.10 90. 60 23. 15 4. 75 12. 60 15. 30 4. 20 4.00 423. 20
Tobacco.....................................................................
Milk Stations......................................................... .......................... 211.23 272. 33 5, 614. 60 3,758.34 3,186.10
1, 481. 03
3, 710. 23
2,276.86
616. 26
2,462.97
1,397. 41
3, 428.16
4,226.89
2,887. 26
22, 993. 39
12, 536. 28
Salt.............................................................................. 29, 196.55 29,196. 55
Total Spe cia l Laws ....................................... $9,518. 27 $291,814. 25 $284, 688. 91 $6,866. 42 $197, 537. 90 $18, 713. 93 $17,828. 81 $498,418. 73 $156, 789. 39 $211,160.44 $154,327.40 $262,476.99 $2,110,141.44
Grand Total ..................................................... $558, 982. 52 $761,043.31 $744, 720.66 $536,422. 34 $664,241.83 $447,496. 47 $604, 200. 32 $1, 077, 009. 32 $779, 888. 62 $957,952. 70 $787, 758. 99 $1, 318,855. 72 $9, 238, 572. 80

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 85
Exhi bi t No . 21
COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF EXCISE STAMP SALES BY SOURCES
FISCAL YEARS 1932-33, 1933-34, 1934-35, 1935-36 AND 1936-37
Articles 1932-33 1933-34 1934-35 1935-36 1936-37
Cigars .......................................................................... $132,564. 92 $116,772 06 $105,354 42 $106, 337 66 $96 154 81
Cigarettes ....................................................................... 1, 744, 980. 72 1,947 761 01 1 950 410 64 2 216 903 77 2 561 941 15
Cut Tobacco................................................................. L 604.82 1 146 81 1 108 08 1 222 20 1’577 70
Playing Cards.............................................................. 4, 038 68 4’ 425 38 5’ 181 46 6 962 89 6 015 16
Arm? and Ammunition.......................................... 3,325 59 3973 71 3’503 66 6’279 40 5 585 82
113,033 98 74 898'88 93’ 129 98 113,607 26 99’ 257 03
Motor vehicles, tires, etc........................................ 179,859. 34 244, 772.48 232,429. 46 326, 667.10
Self-propelling vehicles, etc................................... 427,167.11
Pneumatic tires, inner tubes, etc....................... 110, 947. 05
Phonographs, organs, etc........................................ 32,602.71 24, 623.34 35,438.92 40, 253.45 49, 613.46
Pianolas and accessories........................................... 49. 29 58. 57
Pianos harmoniums, etc....................................... 562 29 703 32, 667 92 960 54 1 641 07
Cinematographic Films........................................... 24,292 54 26 091 11 28 473 97 32 356 04 42 535* 34
Photographic Cameras and Accessories........... 2, 067 61 2’ 673 91 2? 557 99 2 565 71 3’ 211 74
Billiard Tables and Accessories........................... 847 17 ’ 833 07 1’110 63 1’ 221 24 1089 97
Chewing Gum, Bonbons and Confectionery... 32, 708. 57 32,479. 29 29’, 190.35 38’ 492.83 48’ 290.84
Mats rarnets and linoleums................................ 6,800 23 7 833 9.5 8 329 89 10 048 95 15 581 38
2,974 31 2’ 632 24 5 395 03 io’ 060 10 10’ 743 35
Dynamite and Powder........................................ 1,347 06 2’ 456 60 6 723 84 1’358 35 4’ 813 68
Cash Registers, etc.................................................. 9,933 51 4’ 433 94 5’ 404 06 3’ 068 88 11 091 24
Aridincr and Calculating Machines................ 1, 502 30 5’ 863 39 3’221 18 5’ 530 90 8’ 165 71
127 32 ’ 234 11 ’195 46 ’ 506 05 911 62
26 984 88 34 905 12 49 632 00 61 281 96 95 729 85
8,’ 212 70 9* 515 25 9’ 193 38 14’ 436 78 15’ 639 00
Hydraulic Cement..................................................... 19, 398. 57 21’ 944. 87 27’ 402' 69 35’ 905. 64 42’ 997.69
9 120 00 13 440 00 15 142 60 17 989 60 12 320 00
18, 001 28 20’ 320 74 14’ 980 25 1 o’ 359 24 14’ 595 10
78, 541 16 99’730 50 105’ 726 09 93’818 34 63’837 73
Contracts........................................................................ 13,443 51 22’ 845 23 13 996 07 23’013 55 35 592 28
Sugar .................................................................. 639 509 63 905’ 487 08 646’ 112 06 723’ 836 39 793’ 104 84
Stone .......................................................................... 172, 2Q ’105 71 64 54 ’419 34 '2 589 32
Affidavits.................................................................... 18 935 IK 19 301 19 19 288 47 23 760 25 31’056 37
Section 16-A............................................................... 66’ 091 79 77’898 81 76’ 154 03 102’ 036 71 110’ 202 77
Administrative Fines............................................ 15 437 31 16 046 94 31’522 16 30 028 74 1 s’ 297 26
Talking Cinematographic Apparatuses... . 737 04 ’466 23 272 44 775 88 3’ 240 89
Cosmetics and Perfumery...................................... 40, 594 86 40 724 68 42 048 16 49 995 62 62 360 87
Electric and Fluid Gas Annaratuses............ 10 495 33 9’997 41 io’ 211 35 27’ 829 57 34’ 938 51
Kerosene............ 84 947 95 94’ 372 85 99 858 50 98 093 15 115’ 907 53
Luhrip.at.in? Oils 25 376 58 34’ 107 85 27 867 2Q 97 981 96 59’ 774 60
9’ 924 45 11 766 07 11 395 65 16 845 19 18 601 73
Beer Tax........... 28,714.42 16’ 788 96 93’ 619 95
Beverage Tax............................................................... 358, 687.87 970,405 65 1 167 036 95
Licenses Beverage Law.......................................... 26,269 29 119 891 12 97’ 912 34
Gas and Diesel Oils.................................................. 74, 501. 71 30,129.97 20’ 583 02 32,709. 56
Cocks.................. 167. 53
Notarial Instruments.......... 224,931.09 227,123.35 245,113.14 259,995. 79 269,733.50
Court Fees........................... 56 660 26 49 600 98 43 119 26 42 377 49 35 967 26
Auto licenses....................... 504’ 759 05 475’ 070 92 511 ’ 838 57 659 654 09 752 759 94
Miscellaneous Insurance.................................. 17’ 644 37 16’ 535 37 13 762 06 18’ 343 23 7’ 314 81
Receipts Blank Books........................ 1 207 66 1’ 680 81 1’952 63 1 631 11 2 094 25
Law Pamphlets................ ’ 231 65 108 85 92 00 87 85 ’ 252 80
Other Misc. Collections.... 267' 18 298' 88 1, 005r 64 334.91 4,446.46
Gasoline (Previous Years).. 8,496.84
Manufacturers........................ 34 062 50 12 233 75 11 807 50 12 247 50 13 331.25
Internal Wholesale Dealers... 30 797 50 43’146 50 35 993 00 32 738 50 34 495 00
Revenue Retail Dealers........................ 182* 027 75 177’ 695 70 177 165 25 173 758 50 202' 829.69
Licenses Billiard Tables, Slot machines,
etc..................... 41 250 00 12 135 00 13 050 00 11 775 00 12 880 00
Opium Licenses L 475.76 1,’458 00 1’ 673 32 1,’ 597 80
Sales Tax (2D.. 464, 739.01 493 869 74 544 462 36 678 047 01 755 037.30
Gasoline.. 1,103’ 755 06 1, 696’ 432 75
Tobacco Protection.............. 21, 037.64 31,479.93 34, 009. 44 21, 684. 00
Fertilizer.................................... 19,796. 40 20 738 20 16 446 60 21,427. 00 29, 518.00
Puerto Rico coffee—Metal
Seals........................................ 108 33 771 45 206.63 472 10 1, 610. 90
Gasoline..................................... 1,246, 015. 95 283,951.81 1, 589,946. 54 1, 902, 520.77
Slot machines.......................... 29'070.00 114,175 00
Soil Amendment................... 454 60 547 40 370 60 640 00 877.80
Cattle Feed.............................. 2,410. 60 2,487 80 2,450.00 2,985.80 3,917. 30
Special Laws... Cock fighting licenses......... 4, 821.00
Fisheries..................................... 1, 220. 00 423.20
Public Shows.......................... 36,770.85
Development, P. R. Coffee. 29,431.71
Salt.............................................. 29,196.55
Milk Stations.......................... 12^ 536. 28
Subscription Funds.............. 7, 635.13
Stripped Tobacco.................. 22,993. 39
__ Tota l Amou nt Coll ect ed ..................... $6, 299, 809.08 $7,487,607.03 $8, 283,692.11 $9,183,804. 60 $9,238,572.80
86 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 22
OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS DETAILED BY MUNICIPALITIES, JUNE 30, 1937
Municipality
Bond
Indebtedness
To Insular
Government
Other
Indebtedness Total
Adjuntas.................................................. $90,000.00 *$13, 344. 05 $103 344 05
Aguada......................................................... 61, 000.00 $2, 000. 00 63,000 00
Aguadilla..................................................... 140i 000. 00 10, 000. 00 150, 000 00
Aguas Buenas..............;........................... 29; 000. 00 29, 000 00
Aibonito....................................................... 59; 000. 00 4, 040. 00 63,040 00
Anasco.......................................................... 150; 500. 00 150, 500 00
Arecibo....................................................... 120; 000. 00 68, 000. 00 188, 000. 00
Arroyo.......................................................... 49; 000. 00 49,000 00
Barceloneta................................................. 209; 000. 00 209, 000 00
Barranquitas.............................................. 28', 500. 00 28, 500.00
Bayamon and Catano....................... 334; 000. 00 15, 000. 00 349,000 00
Cabo Rojo.................................................. 108; 000. 00 12; 277.76 120, 277. 76
Caguas........................................................ 160; 000. 00 75, 000. 00 235, 000. 00
Camuy.......................................................... 106, 000. 00 106, 000. 00
Carolina................................................... 256; 000. 00 256, 000 00
Cayey...................................................... 168, 000. 00 *17, 912. 00 8,400. 00 194, 312. 00
Ceiba........................................................... 57, 000. 00 57, 000. 00
Ciales............................................................ 3, 000. 00
Ciales.......................................................... 119, 000. 00 *26; 910. 00 148, 910. 00
Cidra............................................................. 72,000. 00 3, 000. 00 75, 000. 00
Coamo...................................................... 8?; 000. 00 87, 000.00
Comerio........................................................ 54, 000.00 54, 000. 00
Corozal...................................................... 37, 000.00 37; 000.00
Dorado...................................................... 37, 000.00 37, 000.00
Fajardo............................................. 300 000 00 *2, 550. 00 4, 600. 00 307' 150. 00
Guanica.................................................... 24, 000. 00 24, 000.00
Guayama................................................. 171; 000.00 59,000. 00 230; 000.00
Guayanilla.................................................. 67, 000. 00 6L 000. 00
Guaynabo................................................ 71, 500. 00 7i; 500. 00
Gurabo................................................. 69, 000. 00 10, 000. 00 79; 000.00
Hatillo...................................................... 96, 500. 00 96,500. 00
Humacao........................................... 192,000. 00 29, 000. 00 221,000.00
Isabela...................................................... 97,000. 00 97, 000. 00
2ayuya.......................................................... 56,000. 00 56; 000.00
Juana Diaz............................................. 129,000. 00 88, 216. 58 217; 216. 58
Lajas.......................................................... 88,000. 00 88; 000. 00
Lares................................................ 161 000 00 *7,721 30 168', 721.30
Las Marias..................................... 57,000 00 *870 00 57,870. 00
Las Piedras.......................................... 72, 000. 00 72, 000.00
Loiza.................................................... 86,000 00 *610 00 86; 610.60
Luquillo............................................... 72, 000. 00 72,000.00
Manati............................................ 141, 000. 00 2, 000. 00 143, 000.00
Maricao................................................... 5; 000. 00 5', 000. 00
Maunabo....................................... 43, 500. 00 43,500. 00
Mayaguez........................................ 995,000. 00 995, 000.00
Moca............................................... 57, 000. 00 57, 000.00
Morovis.................................................. 66,000 00 *2,400. 00 68,400.00
Naguabo.................................. 56, 000. 00 23,825. 00 79; 825.00
Naranjito..................................... 8, 000.00 *100. 00 8,100. 00
Orocovis................................... 2, 300. 00 2, 300.00
Patillas........................................... 62, 000.00 10; 229. 22 72; 229.22
Penuelas................................. 525 00 525. 00
Ponce.................................... 1 856 000 00 318, 000. 00 144, 075. 00 2, 318,075. 00
Quebradillas......................... 67; 000.00 67, 000. 00
Rincon.............................. 6,100. 00 6,100. 00
Rfo Grande.......................... 117,000. 00 117, 000.00
Rio Piedras.................... 10, 500. 00 10, 500.00
Sabana Grande................... 62 000 00 3, 500. 00 5; 150. 00 68, 650. 00
Salinas................................ 112,000.00 114; 405. 20 226,405. 20
San German....................... 105,000 00 20, 700. 00 125, 700. 00
San Juan............................... 5, 779, 000. 00 152; 172.47 5, 931,172. 47
San Lorenzo................... 70,000 00 70, 000. 00
San Sebastian...................... 113, 000. 00 *10,850.19 123,850.19
Santa Isabel........................... 70, 300. 00 70, 300.00
Toa Alta.............................. 72,000. 00 72, 000.00
Toa Baja........................... 140, 000. 00 3,400. 00 143,400. CO
Trujillo Alto.................. 61, 000. 00 61,000.00
Utuado............................. 43; 000. 00 43, 000.00
Vega Alta............................ 42, 000. 00 42,000. 00
Vega Baja............................... 140; 000.00 5, 350. 00 145, 350.00
Vieques................................. 92; 000.00 *600. 00 2, 000. 00 94,600. 00
Villalba................................... 28, 000. 00 28, 000. 00
Yabucoa................................... 184, 000. 00 4,000. 00 188, 000. 00
Y auco.............................................. 145; 000.00 28, 341. 94 173, 341.94
Totals............................................ $14, 996, 500. 00 $418,892. 54 $986,383.17 $16,401, 775. 71
*Advances made by the Insular Government to cover bond deficits.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 87
Exhi bi t No. 23
ISABELA IRRIGATION SERVICE
BALANCE SHEET, JUNE 30, 1937
ASSETS
Fixed Ass ets :
Inves tm ent s :
Irrigation System:
Guajataca Reservoir....................................................
Diversion Canal.............................................................
Distribution System....................................................
Hydroelectric System:
Power Plant....................................................................
Substations.......................................................................
Transmission Lines......................................................
Distribution Lines........................ $185,583.17
Less: Property of Municipality
of Aguadilla under 10 yr. lease. 10,358.83
64,192.64
$1,785, 627.74
1,008,887.36
708,942.49 $3,503, 457.59
$130, 321.86
12,824.64
106,250.65
175,224.34 424,621.49
General Administration
Less: Reserve for Depreciation...................................
Total Fixed Assets.......................................
General Equipment.........................................................
Less: Reserve for Depreciation..................................
Curre nt Ass ets :
Cash:
Treasurer of P. R. (Gen. Fund)..............................
Treasurer of P. R. (Cash in Transit)....................
Special Disbursing Officer............................................
Inventories:
Materials and Supplies..................................................
Purchases in Transit.......................................................
Accounts Receivable:
Tax Levies............................................................................
General Accounts..............................................................
Total Current Assets..................................
Deferre d Ass ets :
Deferred Tax Levies................... ....................................
Total Deferred Assets.................................
Deferred Charg es :
Discount on Bonds..........................................................
Prepaid Insurance............................................................
Other Prepaid Expenses................................................
Stream Gauging.................................................................
Construction of Power Plant No. 2........................
Total Deferred Charges.............................
Tota l Asse ts ........................................................................
$3,992,271.72
131,267.57
$3,861, @94.15
$41,982.61
7,087.91 34,894.70
$13,083.78
53.50
1,102.38 $14, 239.66
$28,159.54
1, 783.09 29,942.63
$59, 652.63
64, 259.92 123,912.55
.............................. 168,094.84
$314, 489.55
.............................. 314, 489.55
$6, 973.01
310.25
68.26
1, 572.73
1, 329.88
.............................. 10,254.13
$4, 388, 737.37
88 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 23—Continued
LIABILITIES
Eixe d Liabil iti es :
Bond Indebtedness:
Construction Period:
$975,000.00
675,000.00
$4,050,000.00
1,244, 506.48
Less Q amortizations..................................................................................
$300,000.00
600,000.00
750,000.00
525,000.00
Series “MM” to “SS”-1967-73............................................................... 475,000.00
Operation Period:
Series “A” to US”—1952—70........................................................................
$2, 650,000.00
$750,000.00
150,000.00
100,000.00
150,000.00
100,000.00
Series “S” to “T”-1970-71 ................................................
Series UT” to ^U”—1971—72.......................................................................
Series “IT” to “V” 1972-73.......................................................................
Series “V”—1973..............................................................................................
Refunding Bonds:
Series “A” 1935-1945-1974 ....................................................................
$1, 250, 000.00
$75,000.00
Series “B” 1936-1946-1975.......................................................................... 75,000.00
Notes Payable:
Banco de Ponce, $250,000 Loan (Balance)...........................................
$150, 000.00
$75,000.00
18,750.00
1,150, 756.48
Insular Treasury Loan-Laws of 1928 (Balance)..............................
Other Insular Treasury Loans................................................................
Total Fixed Liabilities...............................................................
Curbent Liabili ties :
Accounts Payable............................................................................................. $15, 570.88
1,783.09
161.95
43, 520.32
4,781.28
65, 817.52
Purchases in Transit.......................................................................................
Unpaid Labor.....................................................................................................
Accrued Expenses.............................................................................................
Accrued Interest................................................................................................
Total Current Liabilities..........................................................
$4,388,737.37
Def err ed Lia bi li ti es :
Insular Treasury Loan-Laws of 1928...............................................
Other Accounts..................................................................................................
$128, 000.00
3,916.60
Total Deferred Liabilities.................................................1..3..1..,.9. 16.60
Def err ed Credi ts :
Premium on Bonds.................................................................................. $117, 504.62
Total Deferred Credits ..................................1.1..7..,. .5...0..4....62
$5, 609, 745.22
1, 221,007.85
Total Liabi lit ies ...................... .............................................................
Less: Deficit.................... ...................................................
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 89
Exh ibit No 24
ISABELA IRRIGATION SERVICE
HYDROELECTRIC SYSTEM
ANNUAL OUTPUT, REVENUES AND
kwhrs . OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE EXPENSES
1.9 70,460
750,000---
2,5 00,000
2.88 0,000
t,000,000
1.75 0.000
(,500,000-
1,250,000-
’000,000-
500,000-
250,000
'2,75 0,000-
107,325.12
100,000.00
90,000.00
80,00000
70 00000
GOOOOOO
50000.00
40,00000
50000 00
20/000.00
• 10,00000
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE EXPENSES ISABELA IRRIGATION SERVICE ADM
1928-29 >929-30 1930-31 1951-32 1932-33 1933-34 1934-35 1935-36 1936-37
ANNUAL OUTPUT KWHRS. PERIOD OF MANAGEMENT OF UT|L IZATlON
OF THE WATER RESOURCES
REVENUES FROM OCT. 1-1931 TO DEC. 31-1934.
YEARS ANNUAL OUTPUT REVENUES OPER.AND MAINT. EXP
11928-29 1,222,590 8 38,426.40 8 19,769.10
1929-30 1,359,070 45,517.23 21,774.62
1930-31 1,410,570 46,662.79 19,415.24
1931-32 1,638,570 52,582.35 18,965.39
1932-33 1,567,600 55,807.35 31,508.71
1933-34 1,758,300 57, 788.11 20,269.37
11934-35 1,841,800 63,579.03 1 9,331.80
1935-36 2,389,250 80,751.68 22 ,386.05
1936-37 2,970,460 107,325.12 39,094.4 5
90 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 25
PUERTO RICO IRRIGATION SERVICE
Guayama , P. R.
BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 1937.
Accounts Totals
ASSETS
Fixe d Ass ets :
Irrigation System................................................................................................
Hydroelectric System........................................................................................
General Headquarters.......................................................................................
$5,501,178.49
1,901,740.84
197,915.26
Total............................................................................................................
Projects under Construction.........................................................................
$7,600, 834.59
113, 373.45
Total, Fixed Assets, Exhibit No. 1............................................... $7, 714, 208.04
Less: Depreciation:
Irrigation System........................................................................................
Hydroelectric System................................................................................
Transportation Equipment.................................................. ..................
$46, 213.77
1,051, 456.88
8,298.48 1,105,969.13
Net Amount, Fixed Assets............................................................................ $6, 608, 238.91
Cas h :
Treasurer Cash Account.................................................................................
Disbursing Officer, Advance.........................................................................
$41, 331.12
41,331.12
Cur re nt :
Irrigation Tax Levy:
Uncollected, Present Fiscal Year................................................
Uncollected, Previous Periods..............................................................
$2,495.53
163, 976.53
Total.............................................................................................................
Accounts Collectible..........................................................................................
Stores, (Materials and Supplies)................................................................
$166,472.06
286,161.86
6,713.63 459,347.55
Def er re d :
Amortization, Accrued Monthly Instalments:
Bonded Debt........................................................................................
10 years Loan Debt...................................................................................
Other Deferred Accounts........................................................................
$50, 000.00
80,000.00
77,358.09 207, 358.09
Total Asse ts .................................................................................... $7, 316, 275.67
LIABILITIES
Bonded Debt :
Bonds Issued........................................................................................................
Bonds Paid...........................................................................................................
$6,895,000.00
3,100, 000.00 $3, 795,000.00
Acc ounts Payab le :
Vouchers Payable................ ..............................................................................
Unpaid Labor.......................................................................................................
Accrued Expenses...............................................................................................
Accrued Interest on Bonds............................................................................
Accrued Interest on Notes Payable..........................................................
Debt from Purch. of Mun. Dist. Systems............................................
$78,291.48
37.24
622.98
5, 547.34 84, 499.04
Note s Payabl e :
Notes Payable Banco de Ponce.................................................................. 100,000.00
Deferre d Cre dit s :
Deferred Irrigation Revenue.........................................................................
Premium on Bonds........................................................................................... $3,804.00 3,804.00
Deferre d Liabili ties :
Deferred Accounts.....
Reserve for Amortization,
Reserve for Amortization,
Bonded Debt................................................
10 years Loan Debt...................................
$50,000.00
80,000.00 130, 000.00'
Surpl us :
Invested Surplus................
Other Surplus......................
Net Surplus, Exhibit No. 3..........................................................................
$3,100,000.00
102,972.63
3, 202, 972.63
Total Liabi li ti es .. ............................................................................. $7,316,275.67
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 91
Exhi bi t No . 26
UTILIZATION OF THE WATER RESOURCES
BALANCE SHEET
Compa rati ve Balance Sheet fo r the Years 1935-36 and 1936-37
Items
Fiscal Year
1936-1937
Fiscal Year
1935-1936 Increase Decrease
ASSETS
Fixed Ass ets :
Hydroelectric System.....................
Ponce Electric System......................
General Equipment...........................
Total Fixed Assets..................
Curre nt Asse ts :
Cash......................................................
Notes Receivable.................................
Accounts Receivable..........................
Materials and Supplies....................
Other Ass ets :
Sinking Fund, for Redemption of
Bonds....................................................
Def err ed Ass ets :
Hydrographic Investigations and
Surveys of the Island....................
Projects in Suspense..........................
Other Deferred Assets......................
Total s .......................................
LIABILITIES
Fixed Lia bi li ti es :
Bonded Debt.....................................
Curre nt Lia bi li ti es :
Accounts Payable............................
Other Lia bi li ti es :
Deferred Liabilities.........................
Other Deferred Liabilities...............
Deferred Credits..................................
Res er ve s :
Replacement Reserve....................
Bond Amortization Reserve (Covered
by Sinking Fund)..........
Surp lus :
Donated Surplus..............................
Paid-in-Surplus....................................
Current Surplus...................................
Totals .......................................
$4, 471, 925.50
999,603.88
121,156.67
$3,099, 799.43
76,719.14
$1, 372,126.07
999,603.88
44,437.53
..............................
$5, 592, 686.05
401,356.64
1,242.44
367,863.37
136,845.51
302,800.00
153, 554.05
71,272.76
27, 536.81
$3,176, 518.57
49,799.67
6, 636.72
289,520.81
114,759.49
200, 000.00
150,654.68
36,599.74
4,991.25
$2,416,167.48
351, 556.97
78, 342.56
22,086.02
102,800.00
2, 899.37
34,673.02
22,545.56
$5, 394.28
..............................
$3,031,070.98
Net Increase
$5,394.28
$7,055,157.63 $4, 029,480.93 $3,025, 676.70
$2,400,000.00
214,524.85
73,150.30
29,905.91
6,650.34
$1,000, 000.00
160,057.48
89, 752.70
10, 366.05
7,233.04
$1, 400,000.00
54,467.37
19, 539.86
$16, 602.40
542.70
$2,724,271.40
176,090.48
302,800.00
1, 307, 850.78
20,822.03
2,523, 322.94
$1,267,409.27
93, 266.41
200,000.00
2,468, 805.25
$1, 474,007.23
82,824.07
102,800.00
1,307,850.78
20,822.03
54, 517.69
$17,145.10
$3, 042,821.80
Net Increase
$17,145 10
$7,055,157.63 $4,029,480.93 $3,025, 676.70 ...............................
(1) See Consolidated Balance Sheet, Exhibit No. 26 (a )
92 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 26 (A)
UTILIZATION OF THE WATER RESOURCES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of Jone 30, 1937
Items
General
System
U. W. R.
Ponce
System
U. W. R.
Total
ASSETS
Fixe d Ass et s :
Hydroelectric System....................................................... $4, 471,925.50 $4,471, 925.50
999, 603.88
121,156.67
Ponce Electric System (Steam)................................... $999,603.88
General Equipment............................................................. 93, 278.63 27,878.04
Curr en t Asse ts :
Cash:
Special Fund for the Development and Use of
the Water Power.......................................................
Fund for the Acquisition and Improvements of
the Ponce Electric Plant.......................................
$4, 565,204.13
49, 610.13
$1,027,481.92 $5, 592,686.05
49, 610.13
316,060.70
35,496.68
189.13
1,242.44
37,989.62
27,288.22
Special Fund for Power Account..............................
Customers’ Deposits, Ponce District...................... 351, 746.51
1,242.44
367,863.37
136,845.51
300,000.00
2,800.00
Note s Receiv able :
Outstanding Notes...........................................................
Accounts Rec ei vabl e :
Outstanding Accounts.....................................................
Mate ri als and Sup pl ie s :
Inventories............................................................................
329, 873.75
109, 557.29
300,000.00
Othe r Asse ts :
Sinking Funds:
Hydroelectric Projects Bond Redemption Fund..
P. R. 4$ Electric Power Revenue Bonds, 1936,
Redemption Fund........................................................ 2,800.00
Def erred Ass et s :
Hydrographic Investigations and Surveys of the
Island................................................................................... 153, 554.05
41, 546.44
15, 562.82
14,163.50
17,933.86
Garzas Hydroelectric Project...........................................
Arecibo River Project at Dos Bocas...........................
Projects in Suspense............................................................
Other Deferred*Assets......................................................... 242,760.67
8,459.17
1,143.78
Improvements and Miscellaneous Jobs, Ponce
D istrict... . 8,459.17
Prepaid Insurance................................................................. 646.57 497.21
Totals ................................................................... $5,597,652.54 $1, 457,505.09 $7,055,157.63
LIABILITIES
Fixe d Liab il it ie s :
Bonded Debt....................................................................... $1,000,000.00
198, 724.94
$1,400, 000.00
15,610.78
189.13
$2, 400,000.00
214,335.72
189.13
Acc ounts Payable :
Accounts Payable.............................................................
Consumers’ Deposits...........................................................
Othe r Liabili ties :
Deferred:
Credits under collection of Puerto Rico Irrigation
Service.................................................................. 73,150.30
29,905.91
6,690.34
167, 254.58
300,000.00
1,307, 850.78
Other Deferred Liabilities.............................................
Deferred Credits........
103,056.21
6,690.34
176,090.48
302,800.00
1,307,850.78
20, 822.03
2, 523, 322.94
Res erves :
Replacement Reserve..........................................................
Appropriated Surplus:
Bond Amortization Reserve........................................
8, 835.90
2,800.00
Surp lus :
Donated Surplus............ ......................................................
Paid-in-Surplus..................................................................... 20, 822.03
Current Surplus..................................................................... 2,514,075.69 9,247.25
Tota ls ................................................................... $5,597,652.54 $1,457, 505.09 $7,055,157.63
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 93
Exhi bit No . 27
GOVERNMENT OF PUERTO RICO
DEPARTMENT of th e INTERIOR
UTILIZATION OF THE WATER RESOURCES
YEARLY PRODUCTION OF THE
INTERCONNECTED SYSTEM
94 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it
COST OF ROAD
Character of Work
Averag es
1928 1929 1930 1931 1932
Stone delivered.............................................................cost $ cu. m. 2.14 2. 49 2.16 2. 26 2.26
.Stone delivered............................................................. Cu. m./Km.. 92. 25 81. 52 45.45 82.18 79.01
Stone placed...................................................................Cu. m./Km.. 83.91 75. 60 59. 79 83.09 76.08
Placing stone................................................................. cost $/cu. m.. 0. 87 1.03 0.31 1.03 0.96
Salaries, travel expense, rent, light, etc........... cost $/km.... 71.08 58.05 75.14 71.98 56.23
Machinery and tods.......................... cost $/km.... 58. 27 58. 96 33. 83 29.51 50. 77
Bituminous sure treatment.................................... cost $/km.... 272. 08 246. 27 111.02 186. 28 46. 37
Caminero work & road cleaning......................... cost $/km.... 164. 12 216. 77 135. 64 89. 09 119.76
Constr. & repair of bridges ret. walls, etc.. .cost $/km.... 87. 94 99. 03 91.11 28. 38 62.67
Constr. relocation, changing grade and widening
of curves.................................................................... cost $/km.... 1, 318. 20
Repair of road houses............................................... cost $/km.... 2. 73 5. 99 0. 70 0. 33 4. 92
General expenses......................................................... cost $/km.... 20. 56 34. 36 38. 39 13.34 18. 55
Miscellaneous................................................................ cost $/km.... 1.09 6.48 3.62 8. 75 2. 07
Fiscal Year
Kilometers
Maintained
Total Cost
in $
Unit Cost
$/Km.
1911-1912.........................................................................................
1912-1913.........................................................................................
1913-1914.........................................................................................
1914-1915.........................................................................................
1915-1916.........................................................................................
1916-1917.........................................................................................
1917-1918.........................................................................................
1918-1919.........................................................................................
1919-1920.........................................................................................
1920-1921.........................................................................................
1921-1922.........................................................................................
1922-1923.........................................................................................
1923-1924.........................................................................................
991. 50
1,060. 00
1,067.70
1,107. 20
1,126.90
1,138.30
1,154.00
1, 202. 20
1, 239.45
1,265. 50
1, 375. 50
1,391. 30
1, 447. 50
301,870.00
332, 055.00
374, 725.00
289,989.00
297,721.00
516, 581. 00
608,886. 00
647, 575. 07
769,145.82
905,423. 91
1,162,648. 77
896, 705. 73
1,129,835. 58
304.42
313.26
331. 50
261.91
264.19
453. 81
527.63
338. 65
620. 59
715. 50
845.90
644. 50
849. 50
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 95
No. 28
MAINTENANCE
Percentage of Total Cost
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937
1 60 1. 56 1.61 1.86 1.94
33. 73 44.95 12. 84 8.14 40. 60 23. 20 22. 69 18.13 28. 72 24. 37 12. 19 8. 86 8.52 7.05 10. 79
23. 29
1. 08
54. 10
0. 69
19. 70
0. 67
34. 36
1. 20
21.31
1.08
9. 02 8. 73 8.17 13. 34 12. 77 5. 73 4. 71 5. 37 4.23 5. 76
63.57 51.25 8. 63 10.15 8.80 9. 00 6.45 12. 33 11.14 7.35 14. 37 16. 77 3.52 4.21 2. 35
15. 62 28. 75 14.42 9.38 18. 25 7. 20 6. 54 5.55 4.57 6.63 3. 53 9.39 5. 94 3. 74 4.87
50.96 45.09 38. 93 35. 60 59. 16 15. 00 15.31 10.44 20. 55 20.13 2.66 14. 75 16. 06 14. 26 15. 78
161. 07 80. 77 86. 90 103.12 98.16 21.52 24. 07 22.43 13. 82 16. 64 36.40 26. 42 35. 79 41.10 26. 29
24. 25
37.35
11.69
36.93
7. 61
30.42
14. 84
31.73
9.50
42. 91
29.44
11.94
0. 22
11. 00 15. 95 4.39 8.78 5.48
8. 44
12.08
2. 50
12. 52
6.11
12. 72
3. 80
10. 21
7.85
3. 15 1. 56 3. 75 4. 70 0. 34 0. 67 0.11 0. 05 0. 64 2. 64 1.03 0. 65 1.48 1.24
4.07 5.63 17. 39 48. 28 2. 36 3.82 6. 30 2. 06 2. 42 1.33 3. 23 5. 53 12.88
2.07 6. 60 5. 56 1. 11 7. 35 0.13
100.00
0. 72
100. 00
0. 39
100.00
1. 36
100.00
0. 27
100. 00
1.56
100. 00
2.16
100. 00
2. 29
100. 00
1.88
100. 00
1.88
100. 00
Fiscal Year
Kilometers
Maintained
Total Cost
in $
Unit Cost
$/Km.
1924-1925.......................................................................................... 1, 509. 90 1, 237,101. 48 819.32
1925-1926. ............................................................................. 1', 585.10 1, 051, 414. 76 663.31
1926-1927.......................................................................................... li 663. 04 C 319, 016. 49 793.15
1927-1928.......................................................................................... 1, 693. 30 1, 354,406. 55 799.85
1928-1929.......................................................................................... i; 770. 90 1, 593i 872. 52 900. 03
1929-1930......................................................................................... 1,822.70 1,110,967.24 610. 89
1930-1931......................................................................................... 1,828. 70 1,181, 319. 81 645. 99
1931-1932.......................................................................................... 1,872.90 1,433,348. 57 765. 26
1932-1933.......................................................................................... 1, 880. 498 ’ 832; 284. 74 442. 58
1933-1934. ........................................................................... 1, 945. 69 595,015.76 305.81
1934-1935......................................................................................... 2, 072.00 503,189. 46 242.85
1935-1936......................................................................................... 2,109. 60 509, 290. 35 241.42
1936-1937;....................................................................................... 2, 154.10 807; 504. 92 374.78
96 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
r o a o s coNiTT.uc-rto ........... ____ M0xt)3 4UflVEYC0
Exhibit No . 30

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 97
R E S U M E O F N E W P R O P E R T IE S , SA L E S, M O R T G A G E S A N D C A N C E L L A T IO N S , F IS C A L Y E A R 1936-1937
______ (1) N E W P R O P E R T IE S
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S
U R B A N
V A L U E
000'001$ J9AQ 1 :
000 ‘001$ oi
000‘ ‘93$ uioj j
1
000*93$ Ol
000‘01$ mojg
1 2
000‘01$ 01
000‘9$ moig 1”
000'9$ 01
000‘1$ raoij
l§
000‘1$ 0}
009$ ruojj
|a
009$ oi dg co
co
R U R A L
V A L U E
000'001$ io aq Ci
000 ‘001$ oi
000'93$ moig
co
000 ‘93$ 01
000‘01$ mod j s
000 ‘01$ oi
000‘9$ moig
000‘9$ 0}
000 T$ moi j §
000 T$ oi
009$ moig a
009$ oi dg
1657
A R E A (cuerdas)
OOOT -I9AO
OOO'I 01
009 moig r—1
009 oi
001 tnoij s
001 oi
09 mojj
CO
Ci
09 oi S3 moiq r—1
93 oi oi moig CO
co
01 oi s moig §
9 0} dfl co
Ci
U R B A N
V A L U E
S1U9Q 1 CO
D ollars
OO
Ci
c m”
OO
CO
SujdnoiQ Xq £
uo jw 39j 39S Xg
CM
OO
suojiduosui jbui Suo
CM
Ci
3ujdnoio
V A L U E
S^U9Q c?
D ollars
5,183, 310
A R E A
siied
IBU0J10B1J
o Cuerdas
co
OO
CM
co
UOJ1B39J39S X{[
snopclrjosni [uujgiiQ
(2) A L IE N A T IO N S
(AL) Onerous Title
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S
U R B A N
V A L U E
000'001$ -I9AO 1 ”
000'001$ oi
000'93$ moig
CO
1
000'93$ oi
000‘01$ moi j CO
000‘01$ oi
000'9$ moij
1 K
1
000‘9$ oi
000'1$ moiq
1141
000 ‘1$ oi
009$ moij
1 00
is
009$ oi djg
1590
R U R A L
V A L U E
000'001$ ioaq 1 S
000 ‘001$ oi
000'93$ moij s
000 ‘93$ 0}
000‘01$ moig 3
000‘01$ 0}
000‘9$ moij
1
000‘9$ oi
000 T$ moig
1 ”
000'1$ oi
009$ moij
I co Ci ; 1 0
009$ oi dn 188
A R E A (cuerdas)
OOOT 19AO 1
000T oi
009 moiq
'3
009 oi
001 moij
Ci
8
001 oi
09 moij
CM CO
09 0} S3 moi j 00
‘O
io
93 oi oi moij CKi
01 oi s moiq g
9 0} dn
H 9I
U R B A N
V A L U E
s;d-93 Ci
CM
D ollars
7,736,029
sajiiedoig jo icqmnsj
3985
R U R A L
V A L U E
siueo io
D ollars
11,080, 512
A R E A
sii^d
IBUOIIOBIJ 5
Cuerdas
318,846 |
saiiiedoig jo igqmnx
4424
T itle
laqmnjq
7123|
1B9A
98' THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
(2) A L IE N A T IO N S
(B ) Gratuitous title
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S
U R B A N
V A L U E
000'001$ -WA0
(3) M O R T G A G E S (4) C A N C E L L A T IO N S (6) C A N E -G R IN D IN G
C O N T R A C T S
A R E A
sjmd jBuoijaBjj to
s
000'001$ oj
000 ‘92$ uioj j
C uerdas
13, 279
000 ‘92$ oj
000 ‘01$ urora
CO
000'01$ oj
000'9$ ui ojj saijrado-ta jo J9qtnnj< §
000 ‘9$ oj
000'1$ uioj j
co
C ontracts
jaqurnft
OS
000'1$ oj
009$ UKMJ CO maA
009$ oj dn. o
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S
000'001$ -KAO CO
R U R A L
V A L U E
000'001$ joa o 000 ‘001$ oj 000 ‘92$ raojj O
000 ‘001$ oj
000 ‘92$ moi J
M 000 ‘92$ oj 000 ‘01$ mor j co
000'92$ oj
000 ‘01$ uiojq
00 000'01$ oj 000'9$ ui ojj
co
000 ‘01$ oj
ooo‘9$ uioja: S 000 ‘9$ OJ 000 ‘1$ UIOJJ
1125
000'9$ OJ
000'1$ UIOJJ s 000 ‘1$ oj 009$ mora
OO
g
000 T$ OJ
009$ ino-m 009$ oj da co
OS
009$ oj da
V A L U E
SJU9Q to
D ollars
12, 846, 841
A R E A (cuerdas)
000'1 WAO
000'1 OJ
009 mojj ’-I
uEqjjl
20911728
009 oj
001 UIOJJ
001 oj [Bjn'H
OS uiojj
D ocum
ents
jaquinjsL
OO
09 oj 92 oiojj <33 co
'T
max
SZ oj 0T mojj OO
C L A S S IF IC A T IO N S
000'001$ JOAO
01 oj 9 ui ojj
000'001$ oj 000'92$ mojj SI
9 oj da S
000'92$ OJ 000'01$ mojq :s
U R B A N
V A L U E
sjuao 1-
D ollars
1, 213, 294
000'01$ oj 000'9$ ruora
000'9$ oj 000'1$ ruora
1005
000'1$ oj 009$ urora 8
CO
saipoclojj jo joquinx
os
CO
co
009$ oj da o
Av e r a g e
!JSaJ0JUI JO
R U R A L
V A L U E
sjtrao 5
In stallm
ents
sqjuojv
D ollars
914, 538
SJU9X
V A L U E
sjuOQ CO
CO
D ollars
11, 501,184
A R E A
SJJBd
{■buoij obij OO
Cuerdas
17,049
UBqjQ
1723
saijiedoja jo jaquinx
OS
OO
co IBinH
1407
T itle
jgqninx OS
D ocum
ents
jaqurnja (M
CO
CN
max
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 99
jsajajur jo aj'Bjj
R E S U M E O F N E W P R O P E R T IE S , SA L E S, M O R T G A G E S A N D C A N C E L L A T IO N S , F IS C A L Y E A R 1936-1937
SJU80
sq;uo|AT
s juoq
SJJt’d
saijjgdojj jo jgquinjsi
jaqtntiN
SJJtid JBUOIJOBJJ
Ph o
Ph o
0
Eh 0
&
O
2
0
Q
W

£
LI
0
O

O
C uerdas
1,829
joquinx b-
M O R T G A G E S
V alue
SJU9Q s
D ollars
247,441
joqumjsj O>
00
U R B A N
V alue
squoo 5
D ollars
54,079
jaqumjq CM
r—(
R U R A L
V alue
squao O
D ollars
726, 586
A rea
uotqoBjj o
CO
CO
C uerdas 00
co
00
jaqum^ cx>
CO
CM
C O R P O R A T IO N S
L e a s e s
A rea
UOIIORJJ 2
CM
C uerdas
CM
CM
SOpjQdOJd
jo jaqumjsi 00
M o r t g a g e s
V alue
SJU9Q »o
CO
D ollars
55, 687
joquinj^ *o
CM
Sa l e o f R u r a l P r o pe r t y
V alue
squeo o
CO
D ollars
20,187
A rea
U0IJ9BJJ s
CM
C uerdas
CM
joqinn^f CM
A G R IC U L T U R A L P A R T N E R S H IP S
L e a s e s
A rea
UOTJOBJJ
co
C uerdas
2,393
soijjodojj
jo joquinj^
M o r t g a g e s
V alue
squao s
D ollars
53, 842
jaquinjq ■*
Sa l e o f R u r a l P r o pe r t y
V alue
SJU90 CM
D ollars
113, 313
A rea
uoij objj ; CO
00
CO
C uerdas
co
s
jaqmnjq IO
co
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 101
Exhibit No . 32
TOTAL OF PROPERTIES RECORDED IN THE REGISTRIES OF PROPERTY OF
PUERTO RICO AND THEIR NUMBER AND AMOUNT OF MORTGAGES,
AS OF JUNE 30, 1937
Municipalities
Number of Properties Properties Mortgaged Amount of Mortgages
Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural
Total . ... 41,652 82, 918 124, 570 12, 222 21,887 34,109 $20, 308, 908. 68 $120, 988, 009. 22
Adjuntas................. 307 1,931 2,238 43 509 552 $51,094. 53 Aguada.................... $698, 262. 29 115 738 853 39 38 77 32,481. 62 1, 263, 358. 25 Aguadilla................ 920 3, 000 3,920 226 443 669 359,704.45 ' 859j 874. 97
Aguas Buenas.... 135 493 628 34 101 135 32, 570.10 40oj 254.18
Aibonito.................. 211 836 1,047 45 291 336 5, 094. 22 757,039. 59 Anasco..................... 53 489 542 44 279 323 101, 843.97 767, 593.17 Arecibo.................... 1, 395 3,470 4, 865 575 1, 070 1, 645 524, 522. 33 3,840, 502. 03 Arroyo..................... 214 196 410 48 50 98 67, 697.07 2,368, 862.89 Barceloneta............ 173 909 1,082 54 223 277 82, 654.03 I 29L 253. 07 Barranquitas......... 100 818 918 17 114 131 29,907. 49 252, 816. 75 Bayamon................. 702 3,314 4,016 293 1, 599 1,892 747, 805. 53 3,56Q 061. 07 Cabo Rojo.............. 91 923 1,014
4,235
51 419 470 77, 390. 57 486^ 918. 03
Caguas..................... 2,165 2,070 815 639 1,454 932, 696. 84 12,137,804. 54 Camuy.................... 172 1, 220 1, 392
1,445
70 249 319 80,406. 68 786,149.12 Carolina.................. 358 1,087 132 514 646 445, 611. 21 1, 632; 342. 33
Catano..................... 223 28 251 23 12 35 141, 513. 62 109, 906. 60 Cayey...................... 873 1,486 2,359 136 325 461 552, 540. 94 15, 288; 040. 33 Ceiba........................ 61 290 351 14 77 91 22,194. 63 314,806. 04 Ciales....................... 269 1,956 2,225 61 584 645 104,130. 62 985, 779. 47 Cidra........................ 125 1,054 1,179 23 318 341 37,877. 78 1, 623, 250. 58 Coamo..................... 159 972 1,131 52 230 282 118, 794.33 534, 588. 99 Comerio.................. 225 1,144 1,369
1, 837
157
61 352 413 776, 979. 73 2, 264, 387. 24 Corozal.....................
Culebra...................
66
36
1,771
121
32 397
2
429
2
61, 717.14 689, 536.09
2, 054, 930. 02
FDaojraarddoo........................................ 86 431 517 4 152 156 48,495. 26 879,435. 83 635 647 1,282 168 95 263 192, 893. 80 538,110.69 Guanica.................. 22 97 119 10 33 43 6,463.28 1, 716. 77 Guayama................ 1,153 1,056 2,209 212 228 440 402, 538.11 1, 486, 733. 41 Guayanilla............. 120 835 955 13 233 246 28, 988. 59 ' 607; 492. 81
Guaynabo.............. 245 436 681 54 153 207 66,267. 78 80, 733. 72 Gurabo..................... 243 314 557 69 161 230 71, 072. 46 2, 965, 239. 97 Hatillo..................... 123 1,907 2,030 57 395 452 39, 791. 00 863, 610. 34 Hormigueros......... 11 179 190 6 93 99 40, 470. 50 732,333. 50 Humacao................. 1,003 1,065 2,068 172 185 357 281,539.15 4,388', 542. 47
Isabela..................... 160 2,046 2,206 16 383 399 79, 996. 99 576,102. 09 Jayuya..................... 145 493 638 41 232 273 31,235. 72 494, 908. 34 Juana Diaz............ 214 1, 927 2,141 54 292 346 73,861. 22 3, 013,823. 71 Juncos...................... 472 298 770 129 166 295 227,270.47 628,815. 03 Lajas........................ 38 496 534 18 143 161 14, 976.00 322, 578. 52 Lares........................ 150 2,481
660
2, 631 109 704 813 224, 504. 00 1, 640, 531. 37 Las Marfas............ 5 665 4 443 447 4,193. 48 1,249, 711.87 Las Piedras........... 105 771 876 15 112 127 13, 926. 45 2, 241, 958. 00 Loiza........................ 108 1,173 1, 281 30 146 176 220, 298. 34 619, 438. 42 Luquillo.................. 114 389 503 20 69 89 14, 095.00 468, 758. 06 Manati.................... 314 1,479 1, 793 150 253 403 244, 701.02 2,089,140.10 Maricao................... 25 474 499 14 284 298 8, 467.15 680, 990.42 Maunabo................ 121 271 392 7 59 66 12, 261.16 1, 964', 813. 73
Mayaguez.............. 1,419 1,146 2,565
1,388
961 752 1,713 2, 210,853.46 1, 755,568.24 Moca........................ 137 1,251 23 479 502 16,141. 33 777, 801. 58 Morovis.................. 198 1,167 1,365 69 362 431 59, 752.91 943,152. 50 Naguabo................. 253 746 999 48 132 180 86, 097. 57 2,845,675. 46 Naranjito................ 96 980 1,076 23 217 240 65, 519. 06 481,322. 02 Orocovis.................. 78 1,632 1,710 2 274 276 3, 421. 00 619,879. 75 Patillas..................... 139 881 1,020 22 192 214 14,886.00 235,423.87 Penuelas................. 99 1, 014
2, 536
1,113 25 234 259 12,900.00 1, 257, 702. 91 Ponce........................ 6, 253 8, 789 1,566 622 2,188 3, 216, 588. 35 2, 717, 816, 40
Quebradillas.......... 163 649 812 46 145 191 23, 970.90 223, 437'. 70
Rincon..................... 35 245 280 8 115 123 11, 420. 00 429,120.92
Rio Grande........... 151 1, 262 1,413 55 328 383 110, 743.18 476,028. 23
Rio Piedras........... 2,497 3,211 5, 708 728 372 1,100 2, 977, 712. 27 646, 265. 93
Sabana Grande... 55 259 314 12 129 141 12, 964. 43 331, 915. 95 Salinas...................... 239 488 727 141 120 261 50,496. 69 1, 287, 675.14
San German..........
San Juan.................
158
12,088
778 936
12,088
1,871
70
3, 512
418 488
3, 512
91,090. 77
221, 442. 46
237,846.04
725, 292.84
San Lorenzo.......... 270 1,601 90 346 '436 710, 524. 72
San Sebastian.... 257 2,674 2, 931 55 365 420 69, 646. 73 759, 569.12
Santa Isabel.......... 123 281 404 19 50 69 23, 242. 00 186, 067. 60
Toa Alta................. 135 940 1,075 13 234 247 90, 225.05 910, 016. 68
102 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 32—Continued
TOTAL OF PROPERTIES RECORDED IN THE REGISTRIES OF PROPERTY OF
PUERTO RICO AND THEIR NUMBER AND AMOUNT OF MORTGAGES,
AS OF JUNE 30, 1937
Municipalities
Number of Properties Properties Mortgaged Amount of Mortgages
Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural
Toa Baja................. 190 566 756 19 153 172 $233, 072.21 $2, 301, 644. 00
Trujillo Alto........ 81 985 1,066 33 279 312 848, 573.45 2, 204, 671. 73
Utuado..................... 544 3, 045 3, 589 94 518 612 142, 338. 88 2,183,185. 62
Vega Alta.............. 155 499 654 50 155 205 762, 730. 38 2, 216, 384. 61
Vega Baja.............. 354 1,163 1,517 116 244 360 720,872.88 3, 098, 980.08
Vieques................... 237 328 565 20 163 183 20,088. 00 3, 451, 781.68
Villalba................... 16 535 551 6 158 164 4, 716.25 343, 575.11
Yabucoa.................. 346 1,088 1,434 49 100 149 107, 398. 68 2,495,449. 98
Yauco...................... 126 727 853 87 382 469 126, 621. 39 859, 242.14
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 103
Exhib it No . 33
SUGAR PRODUCTION IN PUERTO RICO, 1828 TO 1937
1828
1829.
1830.
1831.
1832.
1833.
1834.
1835.
1836.
1837.
1838.
1839.
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843.
1844.
1845.
1846.
1847.
1848.
1849.
1850.
1851.
1852.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1868.
1869.
1870.
1871.
1872.
1873.
1874.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1878.
1879.
1880.
1881.
1882.
Crop Year
Production
(tons of 2, 000
lbs.)
Crop Year
9,391
13,857
17, 008
15,389
17,326
17,139
17, 940
21, 928
24,944
22, 827
34,569
34, 622
40,896
42, 278
45,953
35, 519
40, 580
46, 452
43,870
52, 089
50,649
50,371
56,064
59, 208
46,815
55,302
53, 935
50, 718
58,468
43,195
61, 771
44, 222
58,007
65, 517
64,401
58,122
46, 255
60,526
55,679
60,125
61,707
72,475
95, 824
103, 303
89, 059
95, 260
77,995
81,096
72,829
61, 578
83,416
170, 679
110, 847
63, 236
92,115
1883..................................................
1884..................................................
........................................................................ .................................... 1885. .
1886....................
1887............ .................................... 1888..............
1889............................
1890 ..................
1891..................................................
1892..................................................
1893..................................................
1894..................................................
1895.............................. ....................
1896..................................................
1897..................................................
1898..................................................
1899..................................................
1900..............................................
1901................................................
1902..............................................
1903..............................................
1904..............................................
1905..............................................
1906...................................................
1907..............................................
1908................................................
1909............................................
1910..............................................
1911..............................................
1912..............................................
1913............................................
1914..............................................
1915..............................................
1916..............................................
1917..........................................
1918............................................
1919..........................................
1920..........................................
1921..........................................
1922..............................................
1923..................................................
1924..................................................
1925...................................................
1926..........................................
1927..................................................
1928..........................................
1929..... A'.................
1930 . . .
1931................................................
1932..................................................
1933..................................................
1934..................................................
1935..................................................
1936..................................................
1937..................................................
Production
(tons of 2,000
lbs.)
87,895
109, 098
98,059
70,295
89,057
68, 328
70,117
64,144
53, 014
74,187
47,495
53, 361
66,073
61,472
63, 546
60, 285
39, 200
81, 526
103,152
100,576
139,096
151,088
214,480
206,864
230,095
277, 093
346, 786
349,840
371,070
398, 004
351,666
346; 490
345,490
483, 589
503, 081
453, 793
406, 002
485, 077
491,000
405,000
379,000
447,000
660,003
603,187
629,133
748, 677
586, 760
866,109
783,163
922, 335
816,337
1,103,822
773, 021
926,344
996,303
Source: Figures from 1828 to 1920—Sugar Producers’ Association.
Figures from 1921 to 1937—Department of Agriculture and Commerce.
104 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No. 34
STATISTICS OF SUGAR
Fiscal Year
Production
(tons of
2, 000 lbs.)
Exportation
(tons of
2, 000 lbs.)
(1)
Value of
Exportation
(Dollars)
(1)
Average
Value per
Exported
Ton
(Dollars)
(1)
Average
Value per
Exported lb.
(Cents)
(1)
1901.................................................... 103,152 68, 909 1902.................................................... 4,715, 611 68.432 3.42 100, 576 91,912 5,890, 302 64.086 3. 20 1903.................................................... 139,096 113,108 7,470,122 66. 044 3. 30 1904.................................................... 151,088 129,647 8,690,814 67. 034 3.35 1905.................... ............................... 214,480 135, 663 11,925,804 87.907 4.39 1906............................ ........................ 206,864 205, 277 14,184, 667 69.100 3.45 1907............................ ........................ 230, 095 204, 079 14, 770, 682 72. 377 3. 61 1908........................... 277,093 234, 607 18,690,504 79. 667 3. 98 1909.............................. ....... .. 346, 786 244, 257 18, 432, 446 75. 463 3. 77 1910........................................ .... .. .... 349,840 284, 522 23, 545,922 82. 756 4.13 371, 070 322, 919 24,479, 346 75. 806 3. 79 1912.................................................... 398,004 367,145 31,544, 063 85. 917 4. 29 1913.................................................... 351,666 382, 700 26,619,158 69. 556 3.47 1914.................................................... 346,490 320, 633 20, 240, 333 63.126 3.15 1915.................................................... 345,490 294,475 27,278, 754 92. 635 4. 63 1916................................ .................... 483, 589 424,955 45,809,445 107. 798 5. 38 1917.................................................... 503, 081 488,943 54, 015,903 110.474 5.52 1918.................................................... 453,793 336, 788 41, 362, 229 122.813 6.14 1919.................................................... 406, 002 351, 910 48,132,419 136. 774 6.83 1920........................................ 485,077 419, 388 98, 923, 750 235.876 11. 79 491, 000 409,407 72,440,924 176. 941 8.84 1922.................................................... 405,000 469, 889 40,820, 333 86. 872 4. 34 1923.................................................... 379, 000 355,423 46, 207,276 130. 006 6. 50 1924.................................................... 447,000 372,041 47, 838, 687 128. 584 6. 42
660,003 571, 559 53, 261,895 93.187 4. 65 1926.................................................... 603,187 578,811 48,223, 258 83. 314 4.16 1927.................................................... 629,133 574, 689 54, 756, 984 95. 281 4. 76 1928.................................................... 748, 677 605, 620 54, 579, 020 90.120 4. 50 1929............................ . ................. 586, 760 471, 269 35,224,056 74. 742 3.73 1930................................................... 866,109 721,217 53,670, 038 74.415 3. 72 783,163 806, 826 54, 367, 401 67.384 3.36 1932.................................................... 992, 335 912,169 55,118,211 60.425 3.02 1933.................................................... 816,337 822,925 50, 780, 587 61. 707 3.44 1934.................................................... 1,103, 822 818, 903 54, 267, 041 66. 268 3 31 773, 021 755,445 47,837,114 63.323 3.16 1936..................................................... 926, 344 832, 723 60,302, 741 72.416 3.62 1937.................................................... 996, 303 959, 510 71, 390, 088 74. 402 3.72
Figures for production from 1901 to 1920—Sugar Producers’ Association
Figures for production from 1921 to 1937-Department of Agriculture and Commerce
(1) Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States and annual reports,
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 105
Exhibi t No . 35
CANE SUGAR PRODUCTION OF PUERTO RICO AS COMPARED WITH THAT
OF THE WORLD AND CUBA
(Short Tons )
1903-1937
Crop Year
1903...................................................................................................
1904...........................................................................................
1905.................................................................................................
1906...............................................................................................
1907.............................................................................................
1908.................................................................................................’
1909.......................................................................................
1910...............................................................................
1911...........................................................................................
1912...............................................................................
1913...........................................................................
1914...................................................................................
1915...................................................................................
1916...........................................................................................
1917.......................................................................................
1918...............................................................................
1919............................................................................................
1920...................................................................................
1921...............................................................................
1922...............................................................................
1923...............................................................................
1924.......................................................................................
1925...............................................................................
1926...................................................................... . .
1927............................................................................... ..
1928................................................................................
1929...................................................................
1930................................................................................... ................
1931...................................................................
1932................................................................................
1933.....................................................................
1934...............................................................
1935.....................................................................
1936.................................................................................
1937..................................................................................
World’s
Production
Cuba’s
Production
Puerto Rico’s
Production
4, 663,614 1,118, 743 139, 096
4,742, 263 1,165,056 151, 088
5,146,156
7, 538, 905
1, 302,849 214,480
1,320,199 206,864
8, 208,835
7,747,139
1,598, 994 230, 095
1,077, 393 277,093
8, 552,139 1, 695, 212 346, 786
9,329, 627
9,433,141
2, 020,871 349,840
1, 661,465 371,070
10, 276,146 2,123, 502 398, 004
10,404,333
10,977,720
2, 719, 961 351,666
2,909,460 346,490
11, 399, 484
11,889, 781
2, 903, 787 345,490
3,368,865 483, 589
12,691, 838
13,851, 687
13, 347,662
3, 386, 566 503, 081
3,859, 613 453, 793
4,448,389 406, 002
13,696,620
13,384,062
4,177,686 485,077
4,408,365 491, 000
14,238,379
14, 738, 862
15,945,478
4,475,953 405, 000
4, 035, 259 379,000
4, 554,639 447,000
17,802, 776 5, 741, 086 660, 003
17,960,807 5,470, 817 603,187
18, 405, 294 5,045, 282 629,133
19,114,611
20, 307, 523
4,493,123 748,677
5,775,073 586, 760
20,416,992 5,231,811 866,109
19,208, 502
19,958,604
3,496,848 783,163
2, 915, 208 992,335
18,453,167
18,324,996
2, 234,488 816, 337
2, 593, 314 1,103, 822
18, 099,179
20, 752, 297
2,841,871 773,021
2,899, 002 926,344
22,266,926 3,337, 600 996,303
Source: World’s and Cuba’s production: 1903 to 1934, Report to the President on Sugar, U. S. Tariff
Commission, Report No. 73; 1935, Manual of Sugar Companies for 1935, Farr & Co. N. Y
1936 and 1937, Manual of Sugar Companies for 1937, Farr & Co. N. Y.

Exh ibi t No . 35 (A)
COMPARATIVE STATISTICAL REPORT OF SUGAR MANUFACTURED IN PUERTO RICO
Crop s of 1928, 1929, 1930, 1931, 1932, 1933, 1934, 1935, 1936 an d 1937, including quanti ty of cane gro un d in 1937.
Municipality Name of mill or
property
Name of owner
TOTAL CROP IN TONS (2,000 LBS.) Quantity of
cane ground
in 1937
192S 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1931 1935 1936 1937 (in tons)
Adjuntas................. Pellejas....................... Jorge Lucas P. Valdivieso................... 592.37 485.53 916.09 1,000.00 1,170.01 1,292.70 1,351.80 1,145.25 1,438.67 1,511.68 16,574.35
Aguada................... Coloso........................ Central Coloso, Inc.............................. 23,363.44 20,146.00 29,376.37 34,768.63 35,970.00 28,517.09 37,913.47 29,365.44 34,807.35 38,676.22 307,027.24
Arecibo................... Cambalache................ Central Cambalache, Inc..................... 30,263.00 23,577.00 29,251.00 30,280.00 40,809.50 33,663.37 44,209.25 31,048.00 36,893.00 42,389.88 385,319.00
Do................... Los Canos.................. Plazuela Sugar Co............................... 10,117.00 4,617.38 11,333.50 13,664.00 15,367.75 13,568.00 15,959.88 9,988.38 15,527.48 15,231.90 128,641.20
Arroyo.................... Lafayette.................... Suers. C. y J. Fantauzzi..................... 23,401.75 17,477.50 33,983.88 30,852.88 36,946.13 36,327.25 37,212.50 26,188.13 31,526.33 32,458.91 256,306.75
Barceloneta............. Plazuela...................... Plazuela Sugar Co., Inc...................... 18,624.00 13,278.25 18,079.00 17,820.75 27,993.88 19,959.88 27,428.13 16,640.25 20,922.59 25,234'25 236,123.47
Bayamon................ Juanita....................... Central Juanita, Inc............................ 9,333.63 9,381.13 3,293..5 11,278.72 14,525.75 7,698.50 15,331.00 10,340.00 14,798.00 18,412.50 162,297.00
Caguas.................... Santa Juana.............. Eastern Sugar Ass’n........................... 6,715.34 10,805.86 15,537.52 9,409.90 14,629.26 6,126.80 15,831.79 12,226.86 12,928.91 14,769.39 121,148.63
Do................. Defensa...................... Eastern Sugar Ass’n........................... 13,471.13 11,634.70 18,686.69 15,268.74 16,497.02 12,513.92 19,816.11 14,128.87 19,818.24 16,065.89 133,937.76
Camuy.................... Soller.......................... So’.ler Sugar Co., Inc.......................... 1,617.15 1,666.25 2,441.95 3,708.25 4,282.70 4,862.00 5,694.00 5,926.13 5,937.63 5,860.38 49,834.92
Carolina.................. Victoria...................... Central Victoria, Inc...........................
Eastern Sugar Ass’n...........................
11,606.26 10,850.13 14,707.00 14,248.50 20,801.75 10,957.00 19,339.99 13,820.40 16,917.43 17,241.77 144,893.19
Cayey..................... Cayey......................... 1,818.99 3,938.62 8,149.54 6,728.62 6,071.30 3,857.20 8,657.55 5,433.22 9,930.42 8,654.73 70,328.68
Fajardo................... Fajardo...................... Fajardo Sugar Co. of Porto Rico........ 48,679.00 38,918.64 57,531.00 54,334.00 74,521.90 39,716.00 82,942.00 54,229.41 67,944.97 63,997.48 521,547.39
Guanica.................. Guanica Centrale....... South Porto Rico Sugar Co., P. R... 111,338.75 101,307.00 118,109.00 95,290.09 128,621.75 138,411.60 150,040.07 96,669.70 107,900.06 131,039.00 1,006,830.00
Guayama................ Machete..................... Central Machete Co............................ 21,171.90 13,373.00 25,465.75 22,783.00 25,038.60 22,461.88 26,282.00 23,652.52 21,371.00 24,729.00 193,605.00
Do................... Guamani.................... Suers, de Jose Gonzalez & Co., S. en C. 9,489.62 7,607.05 13,482.25 15,247.87 15,689.25 8,760.82 12,450.88 14,726.87 116,415.33
Guayanilla.............. Rufina........................ Mario Mercado e Hijos....................... 17,852.00 16,276.00 19,632.67 18,743.75 24,251.14 26,091.38 36,264.16 24,224.50 31,847.48 34,696.46 295,131.17
Do................... San Francisco............ A. Lluberas y Sobrinos....................... 6,404.55 5,157.41 7,178.45 6,192.00 6,535.00 6,825.09 7,705.00 5,258.00 6,606.00 6,733.00 55,511.00
Hormigueros........... Eureka....................... Central Eureka, Inc............................ 7,817.00 7,696.00 9,317.00 10,844.10 11,978.37 11,127.00 14,571.63 9,784.50 11,946.50 13,890.00 105,194.71
Humacao................ Ejemplo...................... Compania Azucarera “El Ejemplo”.... 13,942.63 9,144.83 14,815.88 13,766.18 14,932.89 12,076.38 16,904.63 11,896.27 13,300.53 13,012.35 109,552.52
Do................... Paste Viejo................ Eastern Sugar Ass’n........................... 18,106.26 14,686.16 36,704.06 29,397.14 41,467.75 23,372.94 40,850.52 28,788.15 37,409.54 30,679.99 248,717.77
Jayuya.................... Santa Barbara........... Jayuya Development Co..................... 729.25 805.39 1,287.00 2,233.20 2,557.15 2,833.50 3,528.95 3,999.41 3,477.00 3,245.00 27,009.00
Juana Diaz............. Boca Chica................ Wirshing & Co., S. en C................... 13,850.00 10,145.25 14,696.38 15,223.38 17,945.88 18,525.50 19,028.06 14,994.63 18,228.92 20,568.00 172,087.00
Juncos..................... Juncos........................ Eastern Sugar Ass’n........................... 24,231.07 22,593.10 32,646.16 22,725.63 28,722.90 14,657.20 28,979.39 20,845.95 26,222.32 22,056.83 184,166.56
Loiza....................... Canovanas.................. Loiza Sugar Company......................... 28,550.00 18,621.86 27,717.97 23,249.00 35,968.80 18,189.56 44,573.52 27,201.35 36,286.18 34,830.76 281,791.70
Luquillo.................. San Miguel................. Corp. Central San Miguel................... 6,593.50 5,407.00 4,907.13 3,279.11
Manati.................... Monserrate................. Jaime y Federico Calaf Collazo.......... 9,080.63 6,689.13 11,031.25 10,157.75 11,871.63 9,100.00 15,151.50 7,433.63 14,777.28 12,338.12 110,017.91
Mayaguez............... Rochelaise.................. Mayaguez Sugar Co., Inc................... 7,775.00 7,716.00 8,600.00 9,327.00 11,223.87 11,346.00 13,863.00 8,656.00 9,598.37 11,369.47 93,634.40
Do................... Igualdad..................... Central Igualdad, Inc.......................... 7,412.00 7,477.00 8,050.00 7,888.24 10,094.56 11,370.62 15.332.00 10,375.00 14,308.82 18,702.17 148,857.50
Naguabo............. . Triunfo....................... Garzot & Fuerte.................................. 4,914.00 2,260.25 862.75
Ponce...................... Mercedita................... Sucn. de J. Serralles............................ 27,002.00 23,327.87 37,671.00 28,514.00 38,139.00 41,081.84 44,221.09 34,444.00 37,561.41 36,453.80 300,542.00
Do................... Constancia................. Corporacion Azucarera Sauri y Subira 6,630.75 5,308.76 7,871.25 9,135.25 9,023.38 9,080.75 9,689.13 8,133.50 10,333.77 8,949.73 77,126.25
Rio Piedras............ Vannina...................... Central Vannina, Inc........................... 10,188.00 9,731.12 14,554.60 11,570.00 15,298.48 10,737.12 19,521.47 12,258.75 12,578.43 16,489.48 135,515.52
Salinas.................... Aguirre....................... Central Aguirre Sugar Company........ 79,899.00 51,972.00 78,352.00 65,674.00 73,188.00 72,166.00 76,342.00 66,291.00 61,260.00 75,691.00 574,898.00
Do................... Central Caribe........... Godreau Godreau y Compania..........
4,043.75
6,784.60 6,382.75 7,630.25 8,023.88 6,026.00 6,375.60 7,678.27 61,045.25
San Sebastian........ Plata.......................... Plata Sugar Company, Inc................. 3,159.85 3,675.38 6,527.38 7,923.25 8,125.00 11,656.00 9,294.64 11,435.50 12,509.62 95,903.39
Santa Isabel........... Central Cortada........ Central Aguirre Sugar Co................... 21,030.00 11,510.00 20,235.50 15,750.25 24,672.00 25,187.50 23,088.00 21,506.00 20,768.35 24,190.84 191,710.00
Toa Baja................ Constancia................. Compania Azucarera del Toa.............. 16,155.00 14,210.00 22,562.00 18,351.09 24,416.09 17,520.00 21,212.50 17,807.00 19,896.00 26,160.38 230,864.27
Vega Alta............... Carmen Centrale....... Carmen Centrale, Inc......................... 12,729.50 9,138.00 16,423.00 15,794.09 18,629.09 13,482.00 17,444.80 12,767.34 15,430.00 18,227.65 151,998.48
Vega Baja.............. San Vicente............... Rubert Hermanos, Inc......................... 21,555.00 18,211.00 23,154.62 22,642.75 31,765.63 25,579.74 33,055.69 9,138.44 31,204.40 36,116.89 292,468.15
Vieques................... Playa Grande............ Benitez Sugar Co................................. 13,088.00 4,907.25 7,144.15 8,084.42 8,991.75 6,141.63 8,882.38 5,549.18 9,341.00 10,509.50 98,602.04
Villalba................... Central Herminia...... Herminia C. Vda. Semidey................. 1,767.00 1,410.31 1,439.00 1,337.50 1,627.90 1,278.25 2,039.30 2,354.50 1,934.65 2,347.74 20,393.98
Yabucoa................. Central Roig.............. The Yabucoa Sugar Co....................... 25,782.63 15,513.56 28,102.57 31,069.60 31,779.89 28,767.13 34,282.38 23,809.02 29,747.73 27,193.81 210,669.39
Total of sugar produced by factories which ground cane prior to 1929...................... 9,486.75
Totals.......... 747,845.08 585,047.62 855,351.80 783,205.27 986,107.52 827,481.35 1,100,909.59 762,400.14 923,018.74 995,640.71 8,144,287.90

OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 107
Exhi bi t No. 36
STATISTICS OF TOBACCO
Year Acreage
Production
(lbs.)
Yield
per acre
(lbs.)
Average
price
received by
farmers
per lb.
(1)
1921............................................................................. (1) 40,000 (1) 25,000 000 625 00 $ 2193
1922..................................................................... (1) 35,000 (1) 22 500 000 642 85 2476
1923............................................................................. (1) 41,500 (1) 26, 000, 000 626 50 2970
1924......................................................................... (1) 40,000 (1) 25 000 000 625 00 2050
1925............................................................................. (2) 34,023 (2) 23,000 000 676 01 3107
1926....................................................................... (2) 58,000 (2) 36 000 000 620 68 3915
1927......................................................................... (2) 81,900 (2) 50 000, 000 610 50 2200
1928..................................................................... (2) 40,345 (2) 27 000 000 669 22 2500
1929............................................................................. (2) 39,075 (2) 28,000, 000 716 57 2300
1930..................................................................... (2) 43,312 (2) 32 500 000 750 36 2800
1931......................................................................... (2) 50,000 (1) 37, 300, 000 746 00 2000
1932......................................................................... (2) 10,079 (1) 6 000 000 595 29 1500
1933............................................................................. (2) 25,300 (1) 16, 783, 000 663 35 1500
1934............................................................................. (1) 45, 500 (1) 25,000, 000 549. 45 . 1700
1935............................................................................. (2) 38, 000 (1) 22, 500, 000 592 10 2000
1936............................................................................. (2) 43,809 (2) 26,000, 000 593. 48 (2). 2000
1937............................................................................. (3) 27,000, 000
(1) Figures from the Commission for the Protection of P. R. Tobacco.
(2) Figures from the Department of Agriculture and Commerce.
(3) Estimate.
108 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 37
COFFEE PRODUCTION IN PUERTO RICO
Crop Year
1920-21...............................................................................................................................................................
1921-22...............................................................................................................................................................
1922-23...............................................................................................................................................................
1923-24................................................................................................................................................................
1924-25................................................................................................................................................................
1925-26................................................................................................................................................................
1926-27................................................................................................................................................................
1927-28................................................................................................................................................................
1928-29................................................................................................................................................................
1929-30...............................................................................................................................................................
1930-31................................................................................................................................................................
1931-32................................................................................................................................................................
1932-33................................................................................................................................................................
1933-34................................................................................................................................................................
1934-35................................................................................................................................................................
1935-36................................................................................................................................................................
1936-37................................................................................................................................................................
Production
(lbs.)
44,194, 219
38,367,875
25,271,306
28,908,342
34,177,196
36, 334,570
39,124,692
32,393, 259
18,446,602
5, 351,599
6,000,000
10,090,219
11, 381,096
9,000,000
(1) 8,000,000
(1) 20,000,000
18,000,000
(1) Revised figures.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 109
Exhibit No . 38
Distribution of Cultivated and Non-Cultivated Area of Puerto Rico,
Year 1936
tHausfiHva
OF
notes
Boa
B TlMBrU FtO 6«CSH
C
£ - JHi/t0lt..6AS.£.S.
OTHCK LM5
t oba cc o
ika f sh tanos
OOCOiuTS
OPPpOtS
P! ttf ftPPLtS
500
110 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bit No . 39
Value of Sugar, Tobacco, Fruit and Coifee Exports from Puerto Rico,
Fiscal Years 1901-1937
80
10
t,0
50
♦ 0
30
ZO
30
1
i
i
i
1
I
1
I
1
i
i
11
1
11
SUC4X
70BOCC0
FRUIT
CCFFCC
t
i
i
1 1
t
1
1
1 i
/■*"»
\ / • 1
\ t t f
/ • /
I1 '/ J
A
1 \
1
1
t
1
1
t1
1
/
/ V
V
/
/
/
**
* 5
Z
.........
'----
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 111
Exhibit No. 40
VALUE OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF MERCHANDISE INTO AND FROM
PUERTO RICO, FISCAL YEARS 1901 TO 1937
Fiscal Year
Imports Exports
From the
United States
(dollars)
From Foreign
Countries
(dollars)
Total
(dollars)
To the
United States
(dollars)
To Foreign
Countries
(dollars)
Total
(dollars)
1901...................... 6,955,408 1,952,728 8, 908,136 5, 581, 288 3,002, 679 8, 583, 967
1902...................... 10,882,653 2, 326,057 13, 208, 710 8, 377, 766 4, 056,190 12,433, 956
1903...................... 12, 245, 845 2, 203, 441 14, 449, 286 11,051,195 4, 037,884 15, 089, 079
1904...................... 11, 210, 060 1, 958,969 13,169, 029 11, 722, 826 4, 543, 077 16, 265, 903
1905.. 13, 974, 070 2, 562,189 16, 536, 259 15, 633,145 3, 076,420 18, 709, 565
1906...................... 19, 224,881 2, 602, 784 21,827, 665 19,142,461 4,115,069 23, 257, 530
1907...................... 25,686, 285 3, 580; 887 29,267,172 22,070,133 4, 926,167 26, 996,300
1908...................... 22,677,376 3,148, 289 25,825, 665 25, 891, 281 4, 753, 209 30, 644, 490
1909...................... 23,618, 545 2, 925, 781 26, 544, 326 26, 394, 312 3, 996, 913 30, 391, 225
1910...................... 27,097, 654 3, 537, 201 30, 634,855 32, 095, 645 5, 864, 575 37, 960, 220
1911...................... 34, 671,958 4,115,039 38, 786,997 34, 765,409 5,152,968 39, 918, 377
1912...................... 38,470, 963 4, 501,928 42,972,891 42,873,401 6, 832, 012 49, 705, 413
1913...................... 33,155, 005 3, 745,057 36,900, 062 40, 538, 623 8, 564, 942 49,103, 565
1914..................... 32, 568, 368 3,838, 419 36, 406, 787 34, 423,180 8, 679, 589 43,102, 769
1915...................... 30, 929, 831 2,954; 465 33,884, 296 42,311,920 7, 044, 987 49, 356, 907
1916...................... 35,892, 515 3, 058, 641 38,951,156 60,952, 768 5, 778, 805 66, 731, 573
1917....................... 49, 539, 249 4, 005, 975 53, 545, 224 73,115,224 7,855, 693 80, 970, 917
1918...................... 58; 945,758 4,443, 524 63,389, 282 65, 514, 989 8, 779, 033 74, 294, 022
1919...................... 57, 889,085 4, 502, 275 62, 391, 360 71,015, 351 8,480, 689 79, 496, 040
1920...................... 90, 724, 259 5, 664, 275 96, 388, 534 133, 207, 508 17, 603, 941 150,811, 449
1921...................... 97,074, 399 8, 405,304 105, 479, 703 103, 388, 227 8,890, 348 112, 278, 575
1922...................... 57,400,028 6, 775,121 64,175,149 66, 229, 771 5, 942, 800 72,172, 571
1923...................... 64, 743,462 7, 201, 043 71, 944, 505 77, 007, 257 5, 285, 793 82,293, 050
1924...................... 80, 590,021 8, 779, 603 89,369, 624 80, 754, 975 7, 525, 565 88, 280, 540
1925...................... 79, 349,618 11,154, 983 90, 504, 601 84,411,792 10, 407,152 94,818, 944
1926 ..................... 83, 046, 553 12,211,711 95, 258, 264 88,106, 570 10, 618, 281 98, 724,851
1927 ..................... 87,046, 319 11, 764,431 98,810, 750 100, 574, 001 7,493,433 108, 067,434
1928....................... 79; 743, 088 12,605,312 92, 348,400 96, 662,619 6,872,120 103, 531, 739
1929 .................... 85, 078, 596 12, 782,164 97, 860, 760 76,418, 210 5, 304, 660 81, 722,870
1930...................... 73; 078, 779 10, 844, 050 83, 922, 829 9b, 097, 640 4,468, 565 99, 566, 205
1931..................... 68, 018,167 8, 419, 243 76,437, 410 94, 876, 997 3, 523, 930 98, 400, 927
1932....................... 52, 826, 794 8,454, 307 61,281, 101 83, 645, 863 2,771, 075 86, 416, 938
1933....................... 48,886, 644 5,859, 067 54, 745, 711 73,388,298 2,018,157 75,406,455
1934....................... 57, 503, 315 6,421,568 63,924,883 83, 214, 473 2, 757, 501 85,971,974
1935....................... 63, 573; 573 6, 412; 365 69, 985,938 77,602,195 2,075,493 79, 677,688
1936....................... 77,176, 472 6,414, 882 83, 591,354 96, 991, 639 2,142, 285 99,133, 924
1937....................... 90, 304,030 8,571,461 98, 875,491 112,857,749 2, 096,078 114,953,827
Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States and annual reports, Customs
House.
112 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 41
POSITION OF PUERTO RICO IN THE TRADE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH
LATIN AMERICA
Calendar Year s 1933, 1934, 1935 AND 1936
IMPORTS INTO THE UNITED STATES
Countries 1933 1934 1935 1936
1. Cuba...................................................................... $58,497, 548 $78,928, 916 $104, 303,464 $127,487,283
2. PUERTO RICO............................................. 76i 21i; 940 81,184, 396 87; 726; 308 103, 951,645
3. Brazil..................................................................... 82, 628,106 91,484, 306 99, 685; 007 101,999 200
4. Argentine............................................................. 33; 841, 203 29,48L 327 65, 408, 352 65; 875; 286
5. Mexico ............................................................... 30, 716,021 36,495, 473 42,467, 092 48, 947, 732
6. Colombia.............................................................. 47,636; 597 4L 115; 152 50; 443; 195 43; 24L 430
7. Venezuela............................................................. 13, 450; 636 22,120,365 21, 428,443 26, 217,349
8. Chile...................................................................... 11,503,492 22; 909; 616 2L 100; 593 25,851,025
9. Uruguay............................................................... 3,772,861 4,711, 203 6,887, 268 12, 239 485
10. Peril ........................................................... 5,472,219 6; 190; 978 7', 46i; 630 9, 021,201
11. Guatemala........................................................... 3,483,802 4,542; 552 6,144,435 8,361,827
12. Honduras............................................................. 7,046,395 7,790,924 6,225, 652 6; 078; 298
13 Dominican Republic...................................... 3,279, 352 3, 784,939 4, 982; 872 5, 362,385
14. El Salvador......................................................... 2,107; 850 2, 538, 983 4; 934; 452 5,012,322
15. Panama................................................................. 3; 375', 574 4,186, 732 5,113; 741 4, 601, 922
16. Costa Rica........................................................... 3,943, 793 2,101,810 3,089,140 3; 347 410
17. Ecuador................................................................ 1,887; 905 3, 098, 648 3; 265; 832 3, 331', 968
18. Nicaragua............................................................. 2, 224,718 1,668,286 2, 782, 899 i; 893; 058
19. Haiti....................................................................... ' 803; 681 1,223,019 1,160, 788 1,817,903
20. Bolivia................................................................... 104; 575 151,999 370; 280 ’ 564; 270
21. Paraguay............................................................... 261, 931 403, 772 743; 381 539; 774
EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES
Countries 1933 1934 1935 1936
1. PUERTO RICO............................................. $51, 696,988 $59,477, 288 $70,052, 462 $86,351,952
2. Mexico.................................................................. 37, 520,833 55,061, 282 65; 573; 806 76,041,784
3. Cuba.................................................. .................... 25,092,862 45, 323, 374 60', 138', 935 67, 432,394
4. Argentine............................................................. 36,927,358 42, 687,763 49, 374; 421 56; 910; 088
5. Brazil.:.................................................................. 29, 727,826 40, 375; 070 43', 617', 614 48, 977,147
6. Colombia.............................................................. 14,754,118 21,942, 772 21, 636, 265 27; 927, 786
7. Venezuela............................................................. 13; HA 810 19; 28i; 247 18; 585', 060 24', 079; 037
8. Panama................................................................. 15,887,019 18,335, 512 20,815, 494 22; 724; 177
9. Chile....................................................................... 5; 32i; 490 12,030,334 14; 94L 753 15; 740; 613
10. Peru........................................................................ 4,985; 420 9; 891,498 12, 174,077 13; 439; 593
11. Uruguay............................................................... 3,614,194 6,140,456 6, 222,911 8; 530; 53ft
12. Honduras............................................................. 5,029, 785 5, 993, 332 5, 633, 026 4,906,411
13. Dominican Republic...................................... 5, 519, 561 5, 819, 915 4, 517, 553 4, 577', 872
14. Guatemala........................................................... 3; 097; 498 4,069, 756 3', 918; 293 4; 553; 076
15. Haiti....................................................................... 3, 595,006 3,435, 885 3, 249; 737 3; 941, 277
16. Bolivia................................................................... 2,628,664 5,118,274 2, 829; 214 3, 56i; 727
17. Ecuador................................................................ i; 572, 754 2; 342; 613 2, 842; 962 3, 326; 777
18. Costa Rica........................................................... 2,423, 913 3,125, 508 2, 318, 283 3; 028,020
19. El Salvador......................................................... 2,320,377 3,130, 111 2, 830, 881 2, 794; 440
20. Nicaragua............................................................. 2 095; 702 2, 52< 491 2, 434; 383 2,41i; 520
21. Paraguay.............................................................. ' 450,653 646, 531 699, 593 323; 744
Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States, December 1934,1935 and 1936-
Figures for 1933, 1934 and 1935 have been revised.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 113
Exhi bi t No . 42
PUERTO RICO’S PLACE IN THE EXTERIOR TRADE OF THE UNITED STATES
Calendar Year s 1933, 1934, 1935 and 1936
SHIPMENTS FROM THE UNITED STATES
Countries 1933 1934 1935 1936
1. United Kingdom.............................. $311,731, 763 $382 748 926 $433 300 930 $430 Q4Q ARA
2. Canada.......................................................... 210, 651,312 302 433? 260 323’ 193’ 949 QQQ 959 705
3. Japan..................................................................... 143, 434, 584 210, 480,173 203’ 282’ 955 204 312 093
4. France........................................................... 121, 710, 555 115 703 916 117 012^ 642 129 534 515
5. Germany.................................................... 140, 023, 797 108 738 464 91’ 980’ 719 100 584 789
6. PUERTO RICO............................................ 51,696,988 59’ 477^ 288 70 052 462 86 351 952
7. Hawaii......................................................... 57, 894, 488 63 472 395 78’ 924’ 776 85 743 998
8. Mexico.................................................................. 37, 520,833 55^ 061’ 282 65’ 573’ 806 76 041 784
9. Union of South Africa...................... 22,050, 312 45 350 316 52 860’ 468 70 075 318
10. Cuba...................................................................... 25, 092,862 45,’ 323,’ 374 60’ 138’ 935 67 432 394
11. Philippine Islands........................................... 44i 78R 832 47,128, 516 52; 640; 315 60, 350,888
12. Italy....................................................................... 61,239, 586 64, 577, 707 72 416 249 58 796 533
13. Belgium.............................................. 43, 267, 556 50 005 704 58’ 304’ 390 58 787 099
14. Australia............................................................... 26, 283,730 43’ 228’, 704 57’ 088’ 464 58 491 415
15. Argentine............................................................. 36; 927; 358 42, 687, 763 49; 37L 421 56; 910; 088
SHIPMENTS TO THE UNITED STATES
Countries 1933 1934 1935 1936
1. Canada..................................................................
2. United Kingdom..............................................
3. Japan.....................................................................
4. British Malaya.................................................
5. Cuba......................................................................
$185,408, 850
111,218,130
128, 417, 982
59, 912, 368
58, 497, 548
92, 276, 992
76, 211, 940
82, 628,106
93, 047, 796
78,184, 540
37,806, 758
43, 758, 759
33,076,118
33,841,203
49, 701, 854
$231, 695, 583
115, 357, 580
119, 251,106
105, 498,852
78,928, 916
94, 513, 699
81,184, 396
91, 484, 306
87,811, 089
68, 805, 488
43, 932, 503
55, 082, 367
42,426, 401
29,487, 327
61, 037, 255
$286, 444, 365
155, 282, 206
152, 902, 341
131, 607, 249
104, 303, 464
98, 695, 969
87, 726, 308
99, 685, 007
96, 998, 922
77, 792, 373
64, 200,127
61, 980, 761
50, 294, 670
65, 408, 352
58,106, 721
$375, 874, 551
200,397,857
171, 719,823
168,006, 651.
127, 487, 283
125, 537, 355 -
103, 951, 645
101, 999, 20a
98, 823, 021.
79, 589,914
74,339, 984
70, 322, 394.
69, 802, 516)
65,875, 286
65, 257, 906
6. Hawaii...................................................................
7. PUERTO RICO............................................
8. Brazil.....................................................................
9. Philippine Islands............................................
10. Germany................................................................
11. China......................................................................
12. British India........................................................
13. Netherland India..............................................
14. Argentine...............................................................
15. France.....................................................................
Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States, December 1934, 1935 and
1936.
Figures for 1933, 1934 and 1935 have been revised.
114 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No. 43
ANNUAL TRADE BALANCE OF PUERTO RICO AND SHARE OF THE
UNITED STATES IN THE COMMERCE OF THE ISLAND
Fis cal Year s 1901 to 1937
Fiscal Year Imports Exports
Balance
Share of
the United
States
(Percentage)
In favor
of
Puerto Rico
Against
Puerto Rico
1901 .......................... $8, 908,136 $8, 583, 967 $324,169 71.670
1902. 13i 208, 710 12, 433, 956 774, 754 75. no
1903 14,449, 286 15,089,079 $639, 793 79. 237
1904 13,169,029 16, 265,903 3,096,874 77.910
1905. 16^ 536,259 18, 709, 565 2,173, 306 84. 002
1906 2L 827,665 23, 257, 530 1, 429,865 85. 099
1907. 29^ 267,172 26, 996,300 2, 270, 872 84.879
1908 25,825, 665 30,644,490 4, 818,825 86. 007
1909 26, 544,326 30, 391, 225 3,846, 899 87.841
1910 30j 634,855 37,960, 220 7, 325, 365 86. 293
1911. 38, 786,997 39,918, 377 1,131,380 88. 224
1912. 42,972, 891 49, 705,413 6, 732, 522 87. 770
1913 36,900, 062 49,103, 565 12, 203, 503 85. 686
1914. 36,406, 787 43,102, 769 6,695, 982 84. 255
1915 33,884, 296 49, 356,907 15, 472,611 87. 987
1916. 38, 951,156 66, 731, 573 27, 780,417 91.637
1917. 53, 545, 224 80,970,917 27,425, 693 91.181
1918 63' 389, 282 74, 294, 022 10,904, 740 90. 396
1919. 62, 391, 360 79,496,040 17,104, 680 90.849
1920. 96, 388, 534 150,811,449 54,422, 915 90.587
1921. 105,479, 703 112, 278, 575 6, 798,872 92. 057
1922 64,175,149 72,172,571 7,997,422 90. 672
1923 7L 944, 505 82, 293, 050 10, 348, 545 91. 904
1924 89,369, 624 88, 280, 540 1, 089, 084 90.821
1925 90, 504, 601 94, 818, 944 4,314, 343 88. 369
1926 95, 258, 264 98, 724,851 3,466, 587 88.230
1927. 98,810, 750 108,067,434 9, 256, 684 90. 691
1928 92, 348,400 103, 534, 739 11,186, 339 90.056
1929. 97^ 860, 760 81,722,870 16,137,890 89.928
1930 83, 922,829 99, 566, 205 15, 643, 376 91.654
1931 76, 437, 410 98,400,927 21,963, 517 93.169
1932. 61, 281,101 86, 416,938 25,135,837 92.399
1933 54, 745,711 75,406,455 20, 660, 744 93.947
1934 63,924, 883 85,971,974 22, 047, 091 93.876
1935 69, 985,938 79, 677,688 9, 691, 750 94.328
1936. 83, 591, 354 99,133, 924 15, 542, 570 95.310
1937 98,875, 491 114, 953,827 16, 078, 336 95.011
.Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States and annual reports, Customs
House.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 115
Exhibit No . 44
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO THE UNITED STITES
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Tota l Valu e ...................................... . .
— -L- ------1--1-2-,-8--5-7--,-7--49
United Sta te s Products Returned ... .
55, 332
— 1, 087, 442
Fighting roosters.....................................
Hl, 714,975
No 48
248
1, 435, 716
34, 536
331
4,211
122
61, 462
62,195
41
557
22, 970
5, 013, 684
367, 289
549
50
123, 438
14, 295
5, 586
284
200
40
50
886
1,165
35
1,121
5,417
226,121
18,837
Cheese................................................................ Lb
Hide s and Skins :
Cattle...................................................... Lb
Goat............................................................. Lb
Leather gloves......................................... Doz. pr... .
Tallow, non-edible............................... Lb
Live horses.............................................. No
Live dogs...................................................... No
Other live animals................................ No
Animal bones.......................................... Lb................
Hoofs and horns............................ Lb
Cattle hair................................................ Lb
Tortoishell................................................. Lb
Beeswax..................................................... Lb
Vegetables :
Fresh................................................... Lb Other (canned, dried, etc.).......... Lb
Fruit s
Fresh:
Citrons...............................................
2, 448, 714
Lb 1, 437, 763
145, 516
2,615
523,140
13, 628
10, 281, 733
4, 547, 644
87, 541
16, 697
49, 700
315, 516
5,265
1, 213, 978
463
591,133
264, 267
7, 543
849
Grapefruit.........................................
Oranges..............................................
Pineapples.........................................
Other fresh fruits.................. Lb
Prepared or preserved:
Grapefruit................................. Lb
Pineapples......................................... Lb
Other prepared or preserved fruits Lb
Orange peel.......................................... Lb
Coconuts, green..............................
167
329, 518
1,595
12, 272
324
505, 686
300
629, 496
446
2,368
1, 000
Coconuts in the shell.......................... M 12, 786
4, 300
75, 338
2,048
2,962.224
600
5,173, 911
1, 763
56, 249
463
Nougat............................................... Lb
Cacao beans............................................ Lb
Chocolate.......................................... Lb
Coff ee :
For export
Raw......................................... Lb
Roasted.............................. Lb
For consumption
Raw......................................... Lb
Roasted.......................................... Lb
Ginger root, not prepared. . . Lb
Vanilla beans.......................... Lb
Suga r ................... 1 000 lb 1,919,020 71, 390, 084
Unrefined...................................... 1 000 lb 1, 667, 324 60, 218,104
Refined............................................................................................
Molasses............
1, 000 lb......... 251, 696 11,171, 980
Gal 25, 993, 691 1,149,891
384
68, 526
158
2, 028, 231
5,698
116
391, 570
525
192
20
Candy...
Honey. .. Lb 1,183,613
* 3,355
458, 389
1,125
24
697,856
562
2,985
110 1
Syrup.............. Lb Rum..........................................................
Cordials..............................................................
Wine....
Pf. gal..........
Pf. gal..........
Gal
truit juice....................................................
Beer... Gal................
Mavi bark... Gal Copra................................................................ Lb Lb................... 1
116 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 44—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO THE UNITED STATES ,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Veget able Oil s :
Bay oil................................................................................................... Lb.................. 21,457 24, 625
Other vegetable oils......................................................................... Lb.................. 2, 228 4,534
Annato seed............................................................................................. Lb.................. 3, 354 201
Seeds, except oilseeds.......................................................................... Lb.................. 28, 640 2, 431
Bulbs, roots, trees, plants, etc........................................................
Dried plant material...........................................................................
Lb.................. 211, 069 30, 950
Lb.................. 166 50
Tobacco and Manufactures .................................................... 10,113,104
U nmanuf actured:
Leaf, unstemmed........................................................................... Lb.................. 79,486 28, 503
Leaf, stemmed................................................................................ Lb.................. 18, 884, 570 8, 397,199
Stems, scrap, and trimmings................................................... Lb.................. 4, 616, 426 709, 314
Manufactures:
Cigars and cheroots..............................................■............ M.................... 50,339 951, 809
Cigarettes.......................................................................................... M.................... 5,002 23,867
Other tobacco manufactures.....................................................
Cotton and Manufac tur es :
Lb.................. 5, 693 2,412
Cotton, raw..................................................................................... Lb.................. 277,134 69,425
Manuf actures ................................................................................. 18, 736,887
Wearing apparel:
Women’s:
Dresses, skirts and waists..................................................... Doz................ 593, 251 4, 324,074
Underwear.................................................................................... Doz................ 104, 232 552,418
Children’s:
Dresses........................................................................................... Doz................ 973, 744 3,811,019
Underwear.................................................................................... Doz................ 2, / 3o 15,300
Men’s and boys’ clothing......................................................... Doz................ 119, 969 730, 320
Night gowns and pajamas........................................................ Doz................ 1,677, 771 7, 255,635
Handkerchiefs....................................................... '............................ Doz................ 1, 779,490 1, 286,832
Bridge sets............................................................................................ Doz................ 15, 727 65, 245
Luncheon cloths, table covers and scarfs.............................. Doz................ 21, 703 167,427
Towels.................................................................................................... Doz................ 15,177 57,993
Sheets and pillow cases.................................................................. Doz................ 74, 615 278,404
Hairnets, cotton................................................................................. Gross............. 33, 481 69,402
String rugs............................................................................................ Lb.................. 77 80
Other cotton manufactures........................................................... 122, / 38
Line n Manuf act ure s .................................................................. 868,132
Wearing apparel.................................................................................
Doz................ 721, 521
11,993
Handkerchiefs..................................................................................... 734, 222
Bridge sets............................................................................................ Doz................ 17, 824 94,360
Luncheon cloths, table covers and scarfs.............................. Doz................ 2,113 12,045
Other linen manufactures.............................................................. 15,512
Raffia.......................................................................................................... Lb.................. 597 20
Sil k Manufa ct ure s ...................................................................... 1, 222,910
Dresses................................................................................................. Doz................ 60,151 893,623
Underwear............................................................................................ Doz................ 31, 362 280,769
Other silk manufactures.................................................................——
48,518
Hats of straw or fiber......................................................................... Doz................ 55,470 337,900
Straw baskets.......................................................................................... 226
Other straw manufactures.................................................................
Lb.................. 4, 800
351
Coconut fiber.......................................................................................... 600
Wood and manufactures.................................................................... 1,351
Corks........................................................................................................... Lb.................. 635 85
Paper hats................................................................................................ Doz................ 409 1,926
Pottery.......................................................................................................
Earthenware............................................................................................ Lb.................. 130
Tiles............................................................................................................. M.................... 6
Stone chips............................................................................................... Lb.................. 40, 400 312
Sample rocks............................................................................. .............. Ton................ 4
105,575
97, 733
Manganese ore.................*.................................................................... Ton................ 3, 077
Scrap metals............................................................................................ Lb.................. 1, 553,805
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 117
Exhibit No . 44—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO THE UNITED STATES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Medicinal and pharmaceutical preparations............................
Alcohol (denatured)............................................................................
Fusel oil.....................................................................................................
Flavoring extracts.................................................................................
Toilet soap................................................... ............................................
Bay rum....................................................................................................
Perfumery, cosmetics, and toilet preparations........................
Maracas.....................................................................................................
Printed matter.......................................................................................
Paintings...................................................................................................
Buttons, pearl or shell........................................................................
Household and personal effects......................................................
All other articles....................................................................................
Gal.................
Gal.................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Gal.................
Gross.............
No..................
Gross............
1, 736, 825
9,300
110
39, 515
4, 834
2
2
170,624
19, 018
559, 491
4, 265
200
6, 030
5, 685
8,418
100
8,618
200
93, 580
22, 686
1,381
Gold and silver:
Gold bullion, refined.......................................................................
Gold coin..............................................................................................
Silver coin.............................................................................................
Oz. troy.... 2 75
50
9,500
118 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 45
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATESITO PUERTO RICO
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Total Value ................................................................................... 90, 304,030
Group 00.................................................................................................. 9, 322, 321
Anim als , Edibl e ............................................................................. 19, 797
Cattle...................................................................................................... No.................. 1, 643 16,195
Other live animals, edible............................................................. 3, 602
Meat Prod ucts ............................................................................... Lb.................. 30, 403, 584 3,976,999
Beef and veal:
Fresh or frozen............................................................................... Lb.................. 526, 480 109, 511
Pickled or cured............................................................................
Pork:
Lb.................. 28, 385 4, 499
Loins and other, fresh or frozen............................................ Lb.................. 324, 361 58, 735
Hams and shoulders, cured..................................................... Lb.................. 7, 271, 276 1, 251,025
Bacon.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 374, 032 58, 581
Other pork, pickled or salted................................................ Lb.................. 12,319, 785 1, 295,064
Mutton and lamb............................................................................ Lb.................. 47, 473
2, 600,820
10, 997
Sausage, not canned........................................................................ Lb.................. 521, 597
Canned meats:
Beef...................................................................................................... Lb.................. 87, 715 12,819
Pork.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 351, /85 75, 601
Sausage.............................................................................................. Lb.................. 1, 516, 093 269,941
Other canned meats.................................................................... Lb.................. ' 200, 216 31,459
Poultry and game, fresh................................................................ Lb.................. 138, 517 32, 546
Sausage ingredients, salted or otherwise cured................... Lb.................. 4, 508, 326 229,030
Other meats and sausage casings.............................................. Lb.................. 108, 320 15,594
Anim al Oils and Fats , Edibl e ............................................... Lb.................. 24,858, 711 3, 211,835
Lard........................................................................................................ Lb.................. 24, 301, 525 3,144,946
Oleomargarine of animal or vegetable fats............................ Lb.................. 501, 924 61, 453
Other animal oils and fats, edible............................................ Lb.................. 55, 262 5,436
Dairy Produ cts ............................................................................. Lb.................. 11,979,427 1, 686, 746
Milk and cream:
Condensed (sweetened).............................................................. Lb.................. 351,920 46, 206
Evaporated (unsweetened)...................................................... Lb.................. 8, 357, 621 707,119
Dried.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 499,106 160, 429
Butter.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 844,441 323,479
Cheese.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 1, 453, 557 290,169
Infants’ foods, malted milk, etc................................................ Lb.................. 472, 782 159, 344
Fis h ..................................................................................................... Lb.................. 4, 781,432 346,958
Salted, pickled, or dry-cured:
Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, and cusk............................ Lb.................. 736, 276 45,344
Other..................................................................................................
Fish, canned:
Lb.................. 193, 399 11,439
Salmon............................................................................................... Lb.................. 1, 287,479 101,374
166,399
388
6,322
Sardines ........................................................................................... Lb.................. 2,428, 778
Mackerel........................................................................................... Lb.................. 4, 251
Shellfish............................................................................................. Lb.................. 29,434
Other canned fish......................................................................... Lb.................. 37, 722
Other fish and fish products....................................................... Lb.................. 64,093 10,266
Eggs in the shell................................................................................... Doz................ 199,989 54, 800
Other animal products, edible........................................................ 25,186
Group 0.................................................................................................... 3, 789,917
Leat her ............................................................................................. 89,107
Upper leather:
13,168
17,063
Cattle side upper..........................................................................
Goat and kid (including glazed kid).................................. Sq. ft............ 112.710
Other upper leather..................................................................... Sq. ft............ 43, 970 5,379
Patent upper leather................................................................... Sq. ft............ 222, 245 37, 581
Other leather and tanned skins................................................. .......................... 15,916
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 119
Exhibit No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 0—Continued
Leat her Manuf actures ............................................................. 3,394,321
Boots and shoes:
Athletic and sporting.................................................................. Pair................ 29, 839 33,179
Men’s and boys’........................................................................... Pair................ 1,141,157
1, 359,188
1,485, 279
Women’s and misses’.................................................................. Pair................ 1, 329,163
Children’s and infants’.............................................................. Pair................ 370, 775 248, 787
Slippers and other footwear......................................................... Pair............ 74,926 40,152
Leather belting.................................................................................. Lb.................. 13, 614 20, 764
Harness and saddles........................................................................ 18, 092
Handbags, pocketbooks, purses, card cases and similar
articles................................................................................................ No.................. 174, 955 72, 381
Suitcases and traveling bags........................................................ No.................. 16, 722 22, 571
Leather wearing apparel............................................................... 56, 34*2
Other leather manufactures.......................................................... 67, 611
Fish oils.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 108, 339 12, 513
Other animal oils and greases, inedible..................................... Lb.................. 93, 237 10, 663
Horses......................................................................................................... No.................. 39 8,126
Glue of animal origin..........................................................................
Other animals and animal products, inedible........................
Lb.................. 75, 390 14,967
260, 220
■ ■ ------ ------
Group 1.................................................................................................... 18,138,967
Grains and Prep arations ......................................................... 11, 296, 511
Corn........................................................................................................ 56 lb. bu ... 24, 361 29, 571
Corn meal............................................................................................ 196 lb. bbl.. 43, 505 196, 209
Corn cereal foods, ready to eat.................................................. Lb.................. 131,130 17, 732
Oats......................................................................................................... 32 lb. bu.... 116,300 75,143
Oatmeal, groats, and rolled oats................................................ Lb.................. 1, 428, 832 149,149
Rice......................................................................................................... Lb.................. 225, 311, 540 7, 791,144
Rice screenings, broken rice, rice flour and meal.............. Lb.................. 249, 200
416, 745
7, 582
Wheat flour..........................................................................................
Biscuits and crackers:
196 lb. bbl.. 2, 240, 520
Not sweetened or flavored........................................................ Lb.................. 2,396,356 360, 301
Sweetened or flavored................................................................. Lb.................. 1, 691,125 245,072
Macaroni, spaghetti, and noodles.............................................. Lb.................. 2,307, 796 146,466
Wheat, cereal foods.......................................................................... Lb.................. 135,174 15,324
Cereal foods, n. e. s......................................................................... Lb.................. 56, 825 7, 839
Other grains and preparations.................................................... 14,459
Fodde rs and Fee ds ..................................................................... Ton................ 15,432 820, 581
Hay......................................................................................................... Ton................ 51 1,161
Oil cake and oil-cake meal.......................................................... Ton................ 5/3 25, 953
Mixed dairy feeds............................................................................ Ton............... 10, 564 585,437
Mixed poultry feeds........................................................................ Ton................ 1, 641 91, 834
Other prepared and mixed feeds............................................... Ton................ 731 35, 718
Other feeds, bran, middlings, etc.............................................. Ton............... 1,872 80, 478
Vegetabl es and Pre parat ions ............................................... .......................... 3, 584, 341
Beans, dried........................................................................................ Lb.................. 30, 809,999 1, 633, 475
Peas, dried...........................................................................................
Vegetables, fresh:
Lb.................. 6, 526,821 238,120
Beans.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 670, 344 49,169
Onions................................................................................................ Lb.................. 10,363,121 162, 648
Potatoes, white.............................................................................. Lb.................. 48,436, 852 648, 266
Other fresh vegetables................................................................ 63, 612
Vegetables, canned........................................................................... Lb.................. 3, 664, 240 275, 893
Asparagus......................................................................................... Lb.................. 119, 675 24, 425
Corn.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 138,024 9, 785
Peas..................................................................................................... Lb.................. 338, 675 25, 837
Soups.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 1, 226,472 92,139
Tomatoes.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 390, 490 19, 793
Other canned vegetables............................................................ Lb.................. 1,450, 904 103,914
Pickles.................................................................................................... Lb.................. 94, 545 11,459
Ketchup and tomato sauces........................................................ Lb.................. 3, 650, 677
897,138
231, 695
Other sauces and relishes.............................................................. Lb.................. 122 ,415
120 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 1—Continued
Veg et abl es and Prep arations —Continued
Vinegar................................................................................................... Gai................. 97, 471 33,941
Y east....................................................................................................... Lb.................. 728, 718 100,116
Other vegetable preparations...................................................... 13, 532
Fruit s . .....................................................................................
' -• • •=
496, 678
Fresh fruits:
——
Apples ............................................................................................... 81,371
Grapes................................................................................................ Lb.................. 675, 560 55,431
Pears. . .............................................................................■ Lb.................. 456i 097 29,827
Other fresh fruits.......................................................................... 21,179
Dried and evapprated fruits........................................................ Lb.................. 1,075, 774 73, 216
Dates.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 126,970 11,981
Raisins................................................................................................ Lb.................. 570, 996 29, 014
Prunes................................................................................................ Lb.................. 312', 901 22,916
Other...................................................................................................
Canned fruits......................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
64,907
2,126, 380
9, 305
211,261
Peaches .......................................................................................... Lb.................. 453,535 40, 726
Pears .. ................................................................................ Lb.................. 907,650 86, 742
Fruits for salad.............................................................................. Lb.................. 369; 475 46,511
Other canned fruits......................................................................
Preserved fruits, jellies, and jams.............................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
395; 720
96, 282
37; 282
13, 920
Other fruit preparations................................................................
Nuts ...................................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
65; 456
220,012
io; 473
41,936
Vege tab le Oil s and Fats , Edibl e ........................................
Coconut oil, edible...........................................................................
Lb..................
Lb ............
3,454,836
977, 504
339, 264
84,125
Cottonseed oil, refined.................................................................... Lb.................. 37; 164 5; 823
Soybean oil........................................................................................... Lb.................. 69L 490 69, 319
Corn oil ............................................................................................. Lb.................. 102, 879 12, 755
Cooking fats, other than lard..................................................... Lb.................. 1,426; 381 121, 266
Other edible vegetable oils and fats........................................
Cocoa powdered....................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
' 216', 418
123,145
45, 976
11,612
Chocolate, including sweetened...................................................... Lb.................. 414, 827 124, 405
Coffee.......................................................................................................... Lb.................. 17; 102 5; 302
Spices ........................................................................................... Lb.................. 415, 772 35; 980
Sugar and Rela ted Products :
Sugar, refined...................................................................................... Lb.................. 73, 206 4, 076
Molasses and sirups......................................................................... 18, 358
Confectionery:
Chocolate candy.......................................................................... Lb.................. 992, 815 178, 289
Other candy..................................................................................... Lb.................. 2,144,434 270', 778
Chewing gum...................................................................................... Lb.................. 214,427 73, 527
Bevera ges 7........................................................................................... 826, 669
Malt extract and malt sirup....................................................... Lb................ 218, 420 17,932
Malt liquors ....................................................................................... Gal................. 533', 172 34i; 982
Rum ............................................................................................... Pf. gal.......... 12,' 720 54', 115
Other distilled liquors..................................................................... 3', 556 12,403
Wines...................................................................................................... GaL.............. 322, 339 203', 500
Mineral waters, natural and artificial..................................... Gal............... 17, 930 14, 856
Fruit juices, sirups, and flavors for beverages.................... Gal................. 129', 316 155, 580
Other 'beverages .........................................................................
Other vegetable food products........................................................
Gal................. 32,' 205 26,301
10, 660
Group 2 ...................................................................................................
=====
5, 345,011
Rubber and Manu fa ctures .....................................................
—
1,098, 582
Rubberized automobile cloth, piece goods, and hospital
—
sheeting................................................................................,............ Sq. yd.......... 39, 588 14,963
Rubber footwear:
Boots and shoes............................................................................. 8,000 3,647
Canvas shoes with rubber soles............................................. Pair................ 153; 156 71,033
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 121
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 2—Continued
Rubber and Manuf actures —Continued
Rubber soles and heels.......................................................... 47,963 28,929
29,621
29, 554
142,918
548, 977
60, 255
12, 320
11, 306
11,100
22,464
37,024
17,804
56,667
Druggists’ rubber sundries.........................................................
Rubber balloons, toys, and balls............................................
Tires:
Truck and bus casings........................................................... No.. . 7,302
68, 505
48,984
8,643
831
Other automobile casings........................................................ No..............
Automobile inner tubes.................................................... No .
Other casings and tubes........................................................ No..............
Solid tires for automobiles and motor trucks..................
Tire sundries and repair materials...........................................
No..................
Rubber belts and belting........................................................ Lb .. 44, 878
116, 334
49, 808
Rubber hose....................... 7............................ Lb..............
Rubber packing........................................................................ Lb
Other rubber manufactures.......................................................
Naval stores, gums, and resins...................................................... 28, 042
7, 450
104,951
58,744
12, 336
9,286
Drugs, herbs, leaves, and roots, crude.......................................
Linseed oil............................................. ..............
Lb..................
Lb
36,036
943, 890
174,319
240,456
47,951
Other inedible oils and fats............................................................. Lb..................
Dyeing and tanning extracts........................................................... Lb..................
Seeds, field and garden, except oil-seeds...................................
Tobacco and Manufac tures ....................................................
Lb..................
3, 880,906
Leaf tobacco:
Bright flue-cured.......................................................................... Lb.................. 7, 252
185,039
333,920
133,116
1, 268,965
92, 202
117, 420
102
777, 519
54,303
. 4,546
1, 371
12, 585
20, 336
7,117
401,453
7,030
8,450
2, 763
3, 399,893
17,355
2,553
Burley................................................................................ Lb..................
Dark-fired Kentucky and Tennessee..................................
One sucker leaf tobacco.............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Cigar leaf........................................................................................ Lb................
Other leaf......................................................................................... Lb..................
Tobacco stems, trimmings, and scrap....................................
Cigars and cheroots..........................................................................
Lb..................
M...................
Cigarettes............................................................. M.................
Chewing tobacco, plug, and other...........................................
Other tobacco manufactures........................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Starch and corn flour.......................................................................... Lb................ 2,920, 854
5,459
107, 557
17,184
19,973
Brooms..............................................................................
Other inedible vegetable products................................................
Group 3.......................................................................................... 17, 389,905
Cotton Sem im anufactures
Cotton-mill waste........................................................................ Lb.................. 1,406, 386
286, 744
91,020
12,609
58,524
17,440
27,689
913
Cotton rags except paper stock.................................................
Cotton yarn........................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Other semimanufactures................................................................ Lb..................
Cott on Manuf actures ............................................................... 12,889,991
Cotton thread and cordage:
Sewing thread............................................................................ Lb.................. 451,021
2,697
488, 742
394,896
3,897
119,837
Crochet, darning, and embroidery cotton........................
Twin and cordage..................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Cotton duck........................................................................................ Sq. yd.......... 293,891 75, 389
Heavy filter, paper dryer, hose, and belting duck....
Unbleached (gray).......................................................................
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
41,078
126, 780
94,183
31,850
15, 041
28, 567
17, 805
13,976
Bleached...........................................................................................
Colored.............................................................................................
Cotton cloth...................................................................................... Sq. yd.......... 97, 541, 713 8, 796,152
Unbleached (gray)....................................................................... Sq. yd.......... 2,748, 672 174,970
Sheetings...................................................................................... Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
2, 657, 960
90, 712
167,191
Other unbleached..................................................................... 7, 779
Bleached ....................................................................................... Sq. yd.......... 57,873, 386 4, 691, 662
Drills, twills and sateens.....................................................
Pajama checks ..........................................................................
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
134, 201
117,909
39, 552,783
16, 620
9,413
Sheetings, 40 inches wide and under.............................. 3, 386,417
122 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 3—Continued
Cott on Manufactures —Continued
Cotton Cloth—Continued
Bleached—Continued
Sheetings, over 40 inches wide.......................................
Other bleached...........................................................................
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
11,040, 274
7, 028, 219
689, 319
589,893
Colored .................................................................................. Sq. yd.......... 36, 919, 655 3,929, 520
Voiles .................................................................................. Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
1, 410, 086
1, 271,192
7, 085, 241
162, 749
460, 745
219, 627
5, 111, 457
114,444
895, 035
4, 719, 759
4, 311, 484
7, 570, 426
1,914, 266
359, 525
1, 313, 619
142, 585
119,244
677, 998
17, 318
73,895
31,816
804,023
9,102
76,345
399, 396
411,498
691, 515
213, 791
50, 783
210, 211
Percales and prints, 32 inches and narrower...............
Percales and prints, over 32 inches wide......................
Flannels and flannelettes......................................................
Khaki and fustians..................................................................
Denims ......................................................................
Suitings (drills, etc.)...............................................................
Ginghams. ..............................................................
Chambrays..................................................................................
Other printed fabrics, 7% and more yards per pound..
Other printed fabrics, less than 7J^ yards per pound...
Other piece-dyed fabrics 5 and more yards per pound.
Other piece-dyed fabrics, less than 5 yards per pound.
Other yarn-dyed fabrics........................................................
Cotton and rayon mixtures (chief value cotton)....
Other cotton fabrics:
Blankets ............................................................ Lb.................. 359, 661
245, 442
57, 362
146,614
60,600
15,662
Cotton fabrics sold by the pound........................................
Other cotton fabrics.................... : ............................................
C otton wearing apparel ..............................................................
Lb..................
Sq. yd..........
2, 080,053
Hosiery:
Women’s....................................................................................... Doz. pr........
Doz. pr........
Doz. pr........
Doz................
82,001
66, 898
82, 329
166, 285
91,125
51, 727
86,412
261,424
32,824
94,150
68,471
379,014
150, 676
864, 230
Children’s.....................................................................................
Men’s socks.................................................................................
Underwear, knit ..................................
Sweaters shawls, and other knit outerwear................
Cotton overalls, breeches, and pants..................................
Underwear, not knit ..........................................................
Doz................
Doz................
9,962
28, 740
47,259
256,112
Shirts .................................................................................. Doz................
Dresses, skirts, and blouses .......................................... No..................
Other cotton clothing................................................................
Handkerchiefs................................................................................. Doz................ 632,044 180,263
88,933
385,860
173,069
115, 232
78,878
174, 656
Embroideries, laces, and lace window curtains....
Cotton bags..................................................................................... Lb..................
No..................
Doz................
Doz................
1, 568,065
212,303
26, 543
59, 925
Quilts, comforts, counterpanes, and bedspreads............
Bed sheets, pillow, bolster, and mattress cases..............
Towels, bath mats, and wash cloths..................................
Other cotton manufactures.... ......................................
Bags of jute............. .................................................... Lb.................. 1, 868, 514
579, 866
194, 735
Other jute m an nfactiires............................................................... Lb.................. 54, 348
Flax, hemp, and ramie manufactures... 183,483
46,027
71,578
28,156
Cordage, except of cotton or jute:
Manila cordage ................................................................ Lb.................. 416,192
Other cordage ............................................................................. Lb.................. 815, 767
Other vegetable fiber, straw, or grass manufactures........
Wool Manuf actures ........................................................... 671, 996
Fabrics............................................................................................... Lb.................. 87, 388
23, 201
171, 357
46, 642
442,871
11,126
Carpets and rugs of wool..........................................................
Wearing apparel............................................................................
Sq. yd..........
Other wool or mohair and manufactures
Sil k Manu fa ctures .................................................................. 594,372
Fabrics, broad silk....................................................................... Yd.................. 361,110 184,936
15,985
19,895
18, 780
314, 571
23, 207
16,998
Other silk fabrics ......................................................................
Wearing apparel:
Underwear ............................................................................ No.................. 22, 707
4,942
100, 758
Dresses, skirts, and blouses.................................................
Hosiery..........................................................................................
No..................
Doz. pr........
Other silk wearing apparel..................................................
Other silk manufactures............................................................
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 123
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 3—Continued
Rayon and othe r Synthet ic Text il es .............................. 1,856, 929
Yarn........................................................................................................ Lb.................. 113,392 91, 588
747,927
524,411
117,878
33, 768
96, 852
68, 335
16,331
159,839
Woven fabrics in the piece..........................................................
Dresses, skirts, and blouses......................................................... No.. 161, 703
78, 631
42,471
95,425
28, 511
8'10, 609
Hosiery:
Women’s...........................................................................................
Childien’s.........................................................................................
Men’s socks.....................................................................................
Knit underwear.......................................................................
Ribbon, braids, and trimmings.................................................
Other synthetic textile manufactures......................................
Yd..................
Mis cell aneou s Text il e Produc ts ........................................ 693, 724
Linoleum and felt base floor coverings............................ ..
0 ilcloth for shelf, table and wall..............................................
Pyroxilin and other coated or impregnated fabrics..........
Corsets, brassieres, and girdles...................................................
Pajamas, nightshirts, and gowns..............................................
Hat braids of straw or other fiber...........................................
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd..........
No..................
Doz................
Yd.................
246, 796
324,987
89,445
90, 050
5, 749
17, 918,935
71,075
40,054
29,946
31, 251
51,009
110, 224
Hats and caps................................................................................ No................ 354,835 131, 701
Hats of straw, palm leaf, etc..................................................
Fur-felt hats....................................................................................
No..................
No................
166, 701
9, 553
33, 528
145,053
61, 230
15,192
16, 320
38, 959
Wool-felt hats............................................................................. No................
Other hats, caps, and berets................................................... No..................
Hat trimmings, artificial flowers, etc...................................... 33, 309
29, 720
73,047
11 104
Mattresses, cotton, kapok, moss and hair............................
Absorbent cotton, gauze, and sterilized bandages............
Garters and arm bands..............................................................
No..................
Lb..................
2,452
167, 281
20,147
Other textiles and manufactures............................................... 81J284
Group 4............................................................................................ 5, 335, 254
Wood and Manuf act ure s ......................................................... 3, 397, 893
Railroad ties........................................................................................ No . 220,158
25,033
8,083
91, 734
14, 000
46, 766
4, 468
14,061
Piling................................................................................................
Telegraph, trolley, and electric-light poles...........................
Firewood and other unmanufactured wood.........................
No..................
Sawed timber .................................................................................... M. ft... 241
Boards, planks, and scantlings..................................................
Cypress..............................................................................................
M. ft............
M. ft ..
73,277
443
1, 756, 246
33,386
70, 445
322,169
368, 367
938, 277
12, 957
10, 645
Douglas fir:
Rough...................................................... M. ft 3,947
19, 203
16,125
33, 249
143
Dressed.......................................................................................... M. ft............
Southern pine:
Rough............................................................................................. M. ft....
Dressed.......................................................................................... M. ft...
Other softwood.............................................................................. M. ft..........
Hardwood..................................................... M. ft.. . 167
Staves, headings, cooperage shooks, etc................................. 49, 631
• 14,616
20, 399
47,875
123,943
34, 521
23, 700
26,061
197, 772
Box shooks:
Southern pine................................................................................. Bd. ft. .. 222,992
553, 864
1,063, 246
Gum.................................................................................................... Bd. ft
Other........................................................ Bd. ft
Veneer packages for fruits and vegetables.............................
Doors, sash, and blinds................................................................
Trimmings and moldings..............................................................
Other millwork and house fixtures..........................................
No..................
Lin. ft..........
6,008
2,261, 893
Furniture of wood:
Chairs................................................................................................. No.................. 51,993
Office furniture and store fixtures........................................ 9i 707
Other wood furniture.................................................................. 772, 397
Woodenware........................................................................................ 22; 617
Other wood manufactures............................................................ 127, 379
Cork manufactures............................................................................... — 32, 346
124 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHA NDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 4—Continued
Pape r and Manufac tur es ........................................................ 1,905,015
Newsprint paper................................................................................ Lb.................. 2, 477,030 58,016
Book paper, not coated.................................................................. Lb.................. 811, 879 51,877
Greaseproof and waterproof paper............................................ Lb.................. 365, 711 50,513
Wrapping paper................................................................................ Lb.................. 10,196, 267 416,886
Surface coated paper........................................................................ Lb.................. 719,372 46,310
Tissue and crepe paper.................................................................. Lb.................. 1/4, / / 3 20,123
Toilet paper......................................................................................... Lb.................. 479, 633 33, 881
Paper towels and napkins............................................................ Lb.................. 226,490 17. 895
Boxboard, bristois and bristol board....................................... Lb.................. 1, 657,496 57, 621
Other paper board........................................................................... Lb.................. 2, 092, 539 74,956
Filing folders, index cards, and other office forms............ Lb.................. 209,017
78,078
36, 503
Papeleries (fancy writing paper).............................................. Lb.................. 13,926
Other writing paper........................................................................ Lb.................. 1, 799, 694 119,846
Paper bags.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 7, 271, 415 439,185
Boxes and cartoons........................................................................... Lb.................. 1, 624, 525 104, 892
Envelopes............................................................................................. Lb.................. 328,493 43, 011
Other paper and paper products.............................................. .......................... 319, 574
Group 5.................................................................................................... 4, 684,923
Coal............................................................................................................. Ton................ 19, 451 94,730
Coke and briquettes............................................................................ Ton................ 4,175 30,451
Pet rol eum and Produ cts
Barrel—42 gallons.............................................................................. 2, 427, 096
Gasoline and other petroleum motor fuel............................. Bbl................ 345,092 863,004
Illuminating oil (kerosene)........................................................... Bbl................ 101, 405 390,683
Gas and fuel oil........ ........................................................................ Bbl................ 231,105 222,280
Lubricating oil....................................................................................
930, 238
264,007
Lubricating greases........................................................................... Lb.................. 49,543
Petroleum asphalt............................................................................ Ton................ 4, 5sl 71, 207
Other petroleum products.......................................... ............... 566, 372
Marble in blocks and other manufactures of stone..............
376 lb. bbl.. 246,057
47,866
Cement, hydraulic................................................................................ 369,901
Lime........................................................................................ ................... 200 lb. bbl.. 7, 293 9,461
Glas s and Glas s Products ....................................................... 972,864
Plate and other glass....................................................................... 106,832
Unfilled glass containers................................................................ 657,634
Table glassware................................................................................. 123,626
Lamp chimneys and lantern globes........................................ 12, 864
Globes and shades for lighting fixtures.................................. 12, 425
Other glassware.................................................................................. 59,483
Clay and Clay Products .......................................................... 564,484
Clays.......................................................................................................
China and porcelain:
Ton.-.............. 278 9,326
Table and kitchen articles........................................................ 88,198
Sanitary articles............................................................................
321,288
70,410
Electrical porcelain.......................................... ......... ................. Lb.................. 34,076
Other china and porcelain........................................................ 16, 770
Earthen and stone ware................................................................ 80, 063
Fire-clay brick................................................................................... M.................... 639 42,115
Other brick.......................................................................................... 18, 764
Floor and wall tiles......................................................................... Sq. ft............ 575,453 99,709
Other terracotta and ceramic manufactures........................ .......................... 105,053
Othe r Nonmetallic Mine rals ............................................... .............. 168,070
Abrasives..............................................................................................
Asbestos:
41, 509
Textiles, yarn and packing...................................................... Lb.................. 37,439 17, 768
Brake lining.................................................................................... 19,291
Other asbestos and manufactures, n. e. s......................... 7, 493
Asphalt and bitumen, natural.................................................... 12,127
Sulphur........................................................................................ ..
2, 059, 905
4, 284
Salt.......................................................................................................... Lb.................. 25,168
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 125
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 5—Continued
Other Nonmetallic Mine rals —Continued
Other nonmetallic mineral products, including precious
stones.............................................................................................. 40, 430
Group 6.................................................................................................... 6, 554, 364
Iron and Stee l Manufacture s ............................................. 5, 685, 350
Concrete reinforcement bars........................................................ Lb 9, 569, 697
15, 668, 248
3, 003, 738
20, 601,401
872, 077
1,184, 811
592, 516
4, 645
310, 606
252, on
285, 869
1,149
286,442
135,156
595, 209
144,831
212, 799
318, 340
62, 984
666, 786
34, 930
52, 306
33, 532
276, 354
9, 961
27, 853
14, 491
44,131
11,069
11,292
20, 863
7, 071
Other iron and steel bars.............................................................. Lb
Iron and steel plates............... -...................................................... Lb
Iron and steel sheets, galvanized.............................................. Lb
Iron and steel sheets, black......................................................... Lb
Tin plate and terneplate.............................................................. Lb
Structural iron and steel:
Tanks (storage)......................................................................... Lb
Structural shapes................................................. '......................
Plates, fabricated, punched, or shaped.............................. Lb
Sashes and frames of iron or steel.?.................................... Lb...
Metal lath and sheet piling............................................ Lb
Railway track material:"
Rails.......................................................................
Rail joints, splice bars, fishplates and tie plates.......... Lb
Switches, frogs, and crossings......................... *...................... Lb
Railroad spikes.............................................................................. Lb
Railroad bolts, nuts, washers, and nut locks.................. Lb
Tubular products and fittings.................................................... Lb ... 25, 478,118 818, 220
Boiler tubes.................................................................................... Lb 414, 209
219, 663
722, 736
536, 646
9,442, 248
6, 686, 793
2, 988, 251
373, 003
3, 763,852
287, 712
43,005
34, 438
6,880
72, 966
33,150
209,827
150,115
119, 225
23, 841
149, 660
15, 563
2,555
Casing and oil-line pipe............................................................ Lb
Malleable-iron screwed pipe fittings.................................... Lb
Cast-iron screwed pipe fittings...'...................................... Lb
Cast-iron pressure pipe and fittings.................................... Lb..
Cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.............................................. Lb
Welded black pipe:
Steel...................................................................... Lb
Wrought iron.............................................................................. Lb
Welded galvanized pipe:
Steel.......................................................................................... Lb
Wrought iron.............................................................................. Lb
Other tubular products and fittings.................................... Lb
Wire and manufactures.................................................................. Lb 4, 903,930 289,085
Iron or steel wire, uncoated.................................................... Lb 610, 807
728, 388
867, 319
797, 729
217, 709
297, 032
1, 384, 946
36, 632
24, 699
24,135
50,478
24, 595
33,422
95,124
Galvanized wire............................................................................ Lb
Barbed wire.................................................................................... Lb
Woven-wire fencing.................................................................... Lb
Woven-wire screen cloth.......................................................... Lb
Wire rope, wire strand.............................................................. Lb
Other wire manufactures.......................................................... Lb..................
Nails and bolts (except railroad):
Wire nails.................................................................................... Lb 5,450, 217
525, 917
1, 828, 240
230, 557
878, 790
296, 741
60, 361
3,482
300,824
20, 266
149,033
30, 298
132,099
23, 369
28, 496
18, 681
3, 874
4,459
66, 081
20,323
63, 629
124,194
257, 294
43,671
75, 368
220,557
22, 669
Other nails and staples.............................................................. Lb
Bolts, machine screws, nuts, rivets and washers.......... Lb..........
Castings and forgings:
Iron and steel castings................................................................ Lb
Car wheels, tires, and axles..................................................... Lb
Horseshoes and calks.................................................................. Lb
Iron and steel forgings, n. e. s............................................... Lb .
Cutlery:
Safety razors................................................................................... Doz................
Doz................
Doz................
Safety-razor blades......................................................................
Table and kitchen cutlery........................................................
Other cutlery and parts............................................................
Hollow ware:
Tin and galvanized hollow ware...........................................
Tin cans, finished or unfinished............................................
Enameled ware of iron or steel:
Bathtubs......................................................................................
Lb.................. 1,025,095
3, 333, 959
1,590
8,865
1, 451,214
3,958
Lb..................
No................
Lavatories, sinks, and other plumbing fixtures.............. No............
Enameled household ware........................................................ Lb..................
No..................
Metal furniture and fixtures:
Sheet-metal lockers and storage cabinets......................
126 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 6—Continued
Iron and Stee l Manuf actures —Continued
Metal furniture and fixtures:—Continued
Sheet-metal filing cases..............................................................
Other office furniture and fixtures........................................
Metal beds and bed springs....................................................
Other metal furniture.................................................................
Stoves and furnaces, except electric.....................................
Tools:
No..................
No..................
2,908
22,508
36, 541
61,034
129,196
71,180
91,158
Files and rasps.................................................................. ............
Shovels, spades, scoops, and drainage tools.....................
Mechanics’ and other hand tools...........................................
Hardware:
Padlocks of iron, steel, brass and bronze......................
Door locks, lock sets, cabinet and other locks of iron,
Doz................
Doz................
Doz................
62, 726
2, 666
24,219
57,416
18,442
152,956
32,990
steel, brass, and bronze..........................................................
Hinges and butts, iron or steel..............................................
Doz................
Doz. pr........
16,924
32,810
41, 228
27, 611
Other builders’ hardware..........................................................
Other hardware..............................................................................
Chains:
Sprocket and other power transmission............................. Lb.................. 153,883
91,004
102, 648
32,995
Other chains....................................................................................
Automatic scales (except coin-operated).................................
Other scales and balances............................................................
Metal drums and containers, for gas, oil, and other
Lb..................
No..................
No..................
311,955
3,263
3,789
31,117
21,127
38,890
liquids................................................................................................
Other iron and steel manufactures............................................ ..........................
158,620
292,435
Aluminum and manufactures......................................................... 51, 620
Cop per ................................................................................................
Pipes and tubes................................................................................
Plates and sheets..............................................................................
Wire (bare)..........................................................................................
Insulated copper wire and cable:
Rubber-covered wire..............................................................
Weatherproof wire........................................................................
Other insulated copper wire.....................................................
Other copper manufactures..........................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
384,972
111, 879
269, 443
736,035
294, 640
343,109
435,172
70,139
25,052
50,441
143, 561
54, 979
68, 711
22,289
Brass and Bron ze ............... ........................................................ 221,957
Pipes and tubes................................................................................
Pipe fittings and valves................................................................
Plumbers’ brass goods....................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
65,341
95,915
142, 587
11, 526
51,005
65,984
Hardware of brass or bronze (excluding locks)..................
Other brass and bronze manufactures....................................
.......................... 28, 239
65,203
Lead and manufactures.....................................................................
Other metal and metal composition manufactures...............
Platinum, gold and silver manufactures, n. e. s...................
..........................
65, 796
72,409
22,060
Group 7.................................................................................................... 9, 326,390
Electri cal Machin ery and Appa ra tus .............................. .......................... 2, 351,041
Generators and parts......................................................................
Batteries................................................................................................
Transforming or converting apparatus...................................
Power switches, and circuit breakers over 10 amperes.......
No..................
No..................
7,861
732
187,448
54,007
184, 599
71,068
Watt-hour and other measuring meters................................
Other transmission and distribution apparatus..................
Motors....................................................................................................
Starting and controlling equipment portable tools, acces-
68,856
99,778
70, 628
sories, and parts for motors.....................................................
Electric refrigerators and parts:
No..................
No..................
No..................
No..................
3,943
378
507,969
17,167
54,039
Household........................................................................................
Commercial up to 1-ton............................................................
Parts for electric refrigerators..................................................
Electric incandescent light bulbs..............................................
Electric flatirons................................................................................
Electric cooking ranges, and other heating and cooking
369,629
54,162
36,067
50,446
28,288
devices...............................................................................................
Therapeutic X-ray apparatus....................................................
Radio apparatus:
Transmitting sets, tubes, and parts.................................
Receiving sets.................................................................................
No..................
No..................
5,897
11,057
81, 279
65,705
12,667
339,680
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 127
Exhibit No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Gr Lup 7—Continued
Elec tric al Machiner y and Apparat us —Continued
Radio apparatus—Continued
Receiving tubes............................................................................. No.................. 17, 406 7,852
Receiving-set components........................................................ 28, 296
Other radio apparatus................................................................ 3, 676
Telephone apparatus...................................................................... 56, 431
Metal conduit, outlet, and switch boxes...............................
737, 952
88,128
Sockets, outlets, fuse blocks, and lighting switches......... No.................. 69, 726
Electric interior lighting fixtures............................................... 71, 699
Other wiring supplies and line material................................. 46, 276
Other electrical apparatus............................................................ 150, 611
Indu st rial Mach iner y ................................................................ 2, 492, 815
Steam engines.................................................................................... No.................. 2 2,080
Locomotive parts and accessories..............................................
Sq. ft............ 8, 693
43, 569
Steam boilers, tube..........................................................................
Other steam engines and parts, condensers, heaters, and
20, 677
accessories.........................................................................................
Steam specialties...............................................................................
25, 602
42, 897
Internal-combustion engines........................................................ No.................. 91 66, 423
Engine accessories and parts....................................................... 24, 111
Concrete mixers................................................................................ No.................. 119 34, 585
Road-making equipment and parts........................................ 8, 753
Other construction and conveying machinery.................... 274, 446
Mining, quarrying, well, and refining machinery............
Pumping equipment:
133, 788
Centrifugal pumps....................................................................... No.................. 176 58, 588
Rotary pumps................................................................................ No.................. 176 13,094
Reciprocating steam and power pumps............................. No.................. 124 19, 893
Other pumps and parts............................................................. 52, 666
Metal-working machinery............................................................ 54, 320
Sewing machines:
For domestic use.......................................................................... No.................. 3, 245 113, 028
For factory or industrial use................................................... No.................. 1, 166 84, 615
Sewing machine parts.................................................................... 64,190
Cigarette, cigar making, and other tobacco machinery.. 8, 213
Sugar-mill machinery..................................................................... 715, 851
Ice-making and refrigerating equipment................................ 33, 645
Air compressors................................................................................. No.................. 42 20, 248
Laundry machinery........................................................................ 16, 467
Water meters and parts................................................................ 62, 483
Iron and steel body valves for steam, water, oil, and gas..
Other industrial machinery and parts....................................
85,094
.......................... 413, 489
Off ice Appliances ......................................................................... 219, 612
Listing adding machines............................................................... No.................. 359 27, 967
Calculating machines...................................................................... No.................. 66 13,911
Other accounting and calculating machines and parts....
No..................
19, 027
Cash registers..................................................................................... 296 38, 938
Typewriters........................................................................................ No.................. 1, 568 83, 246
Other office appliances................................................................... 36, 523
Pri nti ng and Book bin di ng Machi nery .............................. .......................... 109, 420
Agric ultural Machi ner y and Impl ement s ...................... .......................... 499, 077
Horse and power plows................................................................. No.................. 1, 517 50,945
Other cultivating implements and parts...............................
138
46, 466
Wheel and tracklaying tractors.................................................. No.................. 293, 043
Parts and accessories for tractors.............................................. 53, 367
Other agricultural machinery, implements, and parts.... .......................... 55, 256
Automob il es and Other Vehi cl es ........................................ .......................... 3, 654,425
Motor trucks, busses, and chassis............ ................................ No.................. 1, 337 978, 839
Passenger cars and chassis............................................................ No.................. 2,929 2, 025, 460
Automobile parts, except battery boxes tires, inner tubes,
and engines...................................................................................... 378, 652
Automobile accessories....................................................................
134
10, 283
Pumps for gasoline and oil.......................................................... No.................. 12, 356
Automobile service appliances.................................................... 38, 244
51, 231
13,703
Cycles and parts..............................................................................
Internal-combustion marine engines........................................ No.................. 31
128 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO>
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 7—Continued
Autom obi les and othe r Vehicles —Continued
Railway cars. ............................................................... No.................. 21 3,169
22, 778
12,802
21,191
85, 717
Railway air-brake equipment and parts, except axles and
wheels ..............................................................
Wheelbarrows...................................................................................... No.................. 3, 723
Wheels, except automobile and car..........................................
Other vehicles and parts ......................................
No.................. 3,098
_____________ _____________
Group 8 .............................................................................. 7,135, 234
Coal tar products. .......................................................... _____________ ___ ___________ 13, 469
Medtct nal and Pharmace uti cal Pre parat ions ............... 1, 213, 314
Castor and white mineral oils....................................................
Biologies:
Serums a.nd antitoxins for human use..........................
Gal................. 17, 611 20,151
34, 717
35,045
42, 702
123, 264
144, 679
80,694
18, 656
53,335
44, 313
7, 532
258,444
106,114
52, 355
17, 523
173, 790
Vaccines for human use .. ..........................................
Other biologies. . ...........................................................
Elixirs, tinctures, extracts, ampoules and similar liquid
solutions. ......................................................................
Tablets, pills, capsules, powders, ointments, and similar
manufactures..... ..............................................................
Household pharmaceuticals in small packages....................
Mouth washes, gargles, and personal antiseptics..............
Salves and ointments ..................................................................
Cold, cough, and bronchial preparations..............................
Malaria, chill, and fever remedies..........................................
Tonies blood purifiers, emulsions, and appetizers...........
"Laxatives, purgatives, and cathartics......................................
Milk of magnesia . ..........................................................
Headache, neuralgia, and pain remedies...............................
Other proprietary medicinal preparations.............................
Indus tr ial Che mi cal s , Inclu di ng Speci alti es .................. 682, 302
Agricultural insecticides, fungicides, and similar preparations
and materials ............................................................ 57, 658
27, 969
15,055
13,016
7,494
45,133
8,914
147, 703
34. 801
57,548
53,470
32, 546
38, 731
28, 301
113,963
Household and industrial insecticides and exterminators..
Household and industrial disinfectants, deodorants, germicides,
repellents, and similar preparations..............
Baking powder.. ............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
138, 429
168, 681
119, 591
30, 290
273, 692
2,596
Water softeners, purifiers, boiler and feed-water compounds.
.......................................... Lb..................
Polishes ........................................................ Lb..................
Flavoring extracts............................................................................. Gal.................
Other chemical specialty compounds......................................
Acids and anhydrides .............................................. Lb.................. 1, 639,635
Alcohols..................... ..................................................................
Other organic chemicals . ................................................ Lb.................. 467, 830
1,333, 878
1, 572, 219
263,639
Hydroxide .. .............................................. Lb..................
Other sodium compounds............................................................. Lb..................
Gases, compressed,* liquefied, and solidified.........................
Other industrial chemicals. ...................................................
Lb..................
Pigm en ts , Paints , and Varnishes .......................................... 736, 638
Mineral earth and chemical pigments’....................................
Bituminous paints, liquid and plastic...................................
Lb.................. 620,428 49,960
12,580
63,563
58,806
31,499
15, 553
477, 213
27,464
Paste and semi-paste paint colors in oil, putty, and
paste wood filler ....................................................... Lb.................. 593, 664
947,635
14, 970
20, 786
340, 219
19,124
Kalsomine or cold-water paints, dry.......................................
Nitrocellulose (pyroxylin) lacquers...........................................
Thinners for nitrocellulose lacquers..........................................
Ready-mixed paints, stains, and enamels.............................
Varnishes (oil or spirit, and liquid dryers)..........................
Lb..................
Gal.................
Gal................
Gal.................
Gal................
Fer ti li ze r and Fer ti li ze r Mate ri als ................................ Ton................ 120,865 2, 717,452
Ammonium sulphate....................................................................... Ton................ 69,192
1,428
37,608
10, 328
1,423
886
1,889,895
37,564
394,286
343, 223
31, 438
21,046
Other nitrogenous chemical materials.....................................
Phosphatic fertilizer materials.....................................................
Potassic fertilizer materials...........................................................
Prepared fertilizer mixtures..........................................................
Other fertilizers..................................................................................
Ton................
Ton................
Ton................
Ton................
Ton...............
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 329
Exhibit No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 8—Continued
Exp lo s ive s , Fuse s , Etc .... 38,907
Dynamite.................. T/b 186, 548 27,902
11,005
1, 733,152
Other explosives and fuses....
Soap and Toil et Pre parat ion s . ...
Soap:
Medicated................ Lb 21, 579
1,135, 292
22,023,128
1,173,458
1, 309, 283
45,358
122,902
8,665
174, 961
897, 353
54,221
60,909
11, 718
107,168
28,570
132, 650
13, 596
20,500
29,825
33, 369
114, 745
44, 902
Toilet or fancy................. Lb
Laundry.................. Lb
Powdered or flaked.......... Lb
Scouring bricks, pastes, powders, soaps and washing
powders............................................................ Lb................
Dental creams.... Lb................
Lb
Toilet powders:
Talcum powder....
Face and compact powder....
Cold creams.......... Lb Other creams, lotions, and balms... 22, 684
Rouges and other cosmetics............................................
Perfumeiy and toiiet waters................................................
Group 9
Phot ogr ap hi c and Proj ecti on Goods .... —— . =
3, 281, 744
185, 897
Motion-picture sound equipment (including records)
Motion-picture films... Lin. ft..........
No..............
Lb
3, 044, 340
179, 763
31, 309
23, 222
64,067
44,225
19, 439
34, 944
other sensitized films, not exposed (rolls or packs) .
Photographic paper................
other photographic apparatus and supplies........................
Surveying and engineering instruments.... —
29, 426
162, 779
Other scientific and professional instruments, apparatus,
and supplies..........................
Musi cal Inst rum en ts . .. ——------------------
59,437
Pianos....................................................
Phonographs.............. No................
No
123 21,317
1,969
14, 234
21, 917
Phonograph records.........................................................
Other musical instruments, parts and accessories............
Pencils and pens..................................................... ---------- -----------
69, 997
28,951
16,004
54,066
30, 807
27, 643
56, 931
130, 009
25, 250
22, 891
31, 436
131, 133
35, 441
31, 695
104, 519
152, 682
25, 950
42, 958
29,414
145,170
27, 255
63, 670
26, 005
211, 349
13,023
xim uiuLtuiiif, pi hi Ling ana iitnograpiiic.................
Carbon paper................................................... Lb.................. 36, 237
Toys:
Dolls and parts........................
ChHdien s wheel goods and parts......................
Mechanical toys
Toys, n. e. s........
Athletic and sporting goods........
Firearms ana ordinance Nn 1, 491 Ammunition (including fireworks)......................
Books and pamphlets:
Bound educational textbooks................................
Other bound books........
Catalogues and pamphlets.........................................................
Lithographically printed matter, except maps. ..
Uprints*1 lnma^er> including photographs and blue
Clocks and parts............
Watches and parts.................................
Bottle and container closures
451,367
26. 389
193, 259
Composition roofing, asphalt, asbestos, etc..................
Buttons and parts.. Square..........
Matcheand 11 umina^ng devices, except electric......................
Manuiactures of cellulose compounds, n. e. s............................
130 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 45—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM THE UNITED STATES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 9—Continued
"Brushes .......................................................... Doz................
No..................
No..................
76,928
617,996
104,286
2,043, 324
91,012
29, 241
84, 061
131, 693
345, 892
30,372
11,925
1,901
174, 626
409, 233
Coombs ................................................................................
XJmbrelJas and parasols ......................................
dandles ....................................................................................... Lb..................
Notions cheap novelties and specialties ................................
Refrigerators except electric ................................ No 623
Shoe findings (except leather and rubber') ................
Coin operated machines .................................... No.................. 26
Honsehold and personal effects ..............................
All other articles....................................................................................
=======
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 131
Exhib it No . 46
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Tota l Value .................................................................................
Dome sti c ..........................................................................................
2,096, 078
2, 051, 819
Fore ig n (Re-exports)...................................................................... 44,259
Group 00. Anima ls and Anim al Products , Edi ble ... 39, 895
Anima ls , Edible :
Cattle for breeding.........................................................................
Hogs (swine)....................................................................................
Poultry, live......................................................................................
No................
No................
Lb................
6
8
611
1,150
421
270
Mea t Products :
Beef and veal, pickled or cured..............................................
Pork:
Lb................ 200 18
Hams and shoulders, cured...................................................
Bacon (all cured sides and backs, except pickled).........
Lb................
Lb............
80
65
20
Other pickled or salted............................................................ 18
Sausage, not canned.......................................................................
Beef, canned......................................................................................
Lb................
Lb..................
Lb..........
1,000
40
63
124
5
Sausage, canned............................................................................... 15
Other canned meats......................................................................
Laid.......................................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb................
Lb..................
13, 939
4, 272
138,860
1,881
589
17, 942
Dairy Products :
Evaporated milk.............................................................................
Infants’ foods, malted milk, etc................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
181
686
14
179
Fis h :
Shrimp, dried.....................................................................................
Cod, haddock, hake, pollock, cusk..........................................
Fish, canned:
Lb..................
Lb..................
4,000
290
861
20
Salmon...................................•„.........................................................
Sardines.............................................................................................
Mackerel...........................................................................................
Shellfish.............................................................................................
Other canned fish, except shellfish......................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
60,114
101, 098
675
201
662
8, 601
7,191
42
37
257
Othe r Edible Anim al Products :
Eggs, in the shell............................................................................. Doz................ 600 240
Grou p 0. Ani mal s and Anim al Products , Inedibl e ... .......................... 9,065
Hid es and Skins , Raw , exce pt Furs :
Cattle hides..................................................................................... 1,216
Leat her :
Upper leather.....................................................................................
Other leather......................................................................................
Sq. ft............ 340 34
147
Leat her Manuf actures :
Footwear with leather uppers.................................................
Footwear with other than leather uppers............................
Pair...............
Pair...............
127
3
672
9
Gloves and mittens.........................................................................
Handbags, pocketbooks, purses and similar articles........
Leather belts.......................................................................................
Doz. pairs..
No..................
2
262
50
184
314
Other leather manufactures......................................................... 266
Anima l Oils and Grea se s , Inedibl e :
Fish oils................................................................................................
Tallow....................................................................................................
Other animal greases and fats.....................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
26,110
28,874
78
1,799
1,966
25
Othe r Inedibl e Anim als and Anim al Products :
Animals:
Horses for breeding......................................................................
Other live animals.......................................................................
Feathers, dressed, and manufactures of.................................
Other animal products...................................................................
No.................. 4 2,300
10
48
25
132 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 1. Veget able Food Products and Beve rage s 203,107
Grai ns and Prep arations :
Bbl................ 4, 024 20,8461
L>O1I1 ILLCdl \,mU1. auv a mo ./............................................................................................
Onm normal Vy Orn UCIvdl f1nUnUdUQO , rlueeaduvj tVoM veuaut . .*.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 10
Lb.................. 106, 955 9,094
12
uatmeai, dUM. ivuun voiu m .......................
IMLTiliilelnud rriicnea, imnrclilulduiinijPg' huriOvwWjUu . ... ....... ..• ..• ..• ..• ......• ..• ..• ..• ..• ....• ............. Lb.................. 300
Wheat flour, wholly of U. S. wheat (bbl. 196 lbs.).........
Biscuits and crackers:
nt zv -p avxTQatfsnpd nr flavored ..............................................
Bbl................ 2,477
27, 054
13, 992
5, 000
700
IN ol bweeteiicvi ui uawi^u............... .................................... Lb..................
Sweetened or flavored (include cookies)............................ Lb.................. 4,016
Macaroni spaguetti and noodles (include canned).......... Lb.................. 329 22
Lb.................. 1,687 379
Other grains and preparations.................................................... 231
Fodders and Feeds :
lniaoyn itnn 9 940 l..b..s.. ..'I. ...................................................................................................... Ton................ 2 110
15
8
Vege tab le s and Prepa rati ons :
Room: fl vied . . ............................................................ Lb.................. 4,000 120
Peas dried ......................................................................................... Lb.............. 8,250 360
195
Vegetables, canned:
Lb.................. 8,900 1,513
TX>S«a-Kir/evQd hUnuadTHiQ& j aanllUd npvoiriAk acanaadm. n.. .e...a...n....s... ....................................................................................................... Lb.................. 819 44 Lb.................. 622 51
Lb.................. 13, 668 1,134
Lb.................. 3, 273 185
Lb.................. 35,141 3, 542
Lb.................. 116,867 12, 553
TnTEotn inip.e ............................................................. Lb.................. 510 36
Lb.................. 14, 272 848
Lb.................. 459 38
TTnfn'hiirt anH nfltPr tOTTlfltO SailCeS........................................ Lb.................. 49,465 8, 465
822
iVeLUIiLip dLlLl VVAACl LVHJUiu . .....................................................
vmuinieoir coqaii iipcoeqo ruiniidu r..e..l.i.s..h...e..s.. ............ .............................................................................................. Lb.................. 4, 219
Gal................. 24 17
Yeast....................................................................................................... Lb.................. 6,813 1,194
Fruit s and Nuts :
Subtropical fruits: Box................ 22 64
Box................ 777 784
2
Dried and evaporated fruits:
TVi’inrl fruits fnr Qftlfld ................................................... Lb.................. 240 28
Lb.................. 550 72
Lb.................. 79,619 5,084
Lb.................. 1,005 126
Lb.................. 1, 731 289
Lb.................. 1,126
83, 872
130
Lb.................. 5,323
Other ...................................................................... Lb.................. 6, 650 723
Canned fruits:
Crrenefriiif. ........................ .. ....................... . . ...................... Lb.................. 40 3
Lb.................. 2,184 299
Lb.................. 664 77
Cherries .............................................................. Lb.................. 214 29
T^PQPhPQ ......................................................................... Lb.................. 16, 310 1,540
Pears ................................................................ Lb.................. 16,198 1,499
Pineapple'' .......................................................... Lb.................. 20, 715 2,085
Fruits fr-r sai^-d ........................................................ Lb.................. 5,322 703
0 ther................................................................................................ Lb.................. 3, 713 351
Procarved fruits tallies and iams .................................. Lb.................. 513 107
Other fruit preparations .................................. Lb................ 80,000 4,050
Peanuts .................................................................... Lb................ 538 21
Other nuts......................................................................................... Lb................ 1, 521 50
Vege tab le Oil s and Fats , Edible :
Cooking fats other than lard................................................ Lb................ 1, 957 177
Other.................................................................................................... Lb................ 150 66
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 133
Exhibit No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 1—Continued
Coco a and Coff ee :
Cocoa, powdered............................................................................... Lb............ 48 10
Coffee, green........................................................................................ Lb.................. 201, 616 33,756
Spices :
Spices...................................................................................................... Lb.............. 3, 684 1,288
Sugar and Related Products :
Sugar, refined..................................................................................... Lb.................. 75 4
Molasses................................................................................................ Gal... . 1,145,139
40
60, 701
Confectionery:
Chocolate.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 8
Other.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 214 38
Chewing gum..................................................................................... Lb . 80 10
Beverag es :
Malt extract and malt sirup....................................................... Lb 21 3
Malt liquors (beer, ale, etc.)...................................................... Gal.......... 41 17
Rum........................................................................................................ Pf. gal..........
Gal..............
93 400
Wines..................................................................................................... 1,376
239
642
Fruit juices.......................................................................................... Gal................ 214
Other...................................................................................................... Gal............ 1,889 807
Group 2. Vege tabl e Products , Inedib le , exce pt
Fib res and Wood ................................................................. 34, 746
Rubbe r and Manufac tures :
Rubber heels.................................................................................. Doz. pr........ 54 30
Rubber gloves and mittens......................................................... 2 50
Gum rubber and rubberized clothing.................................... 8 142
Tires:
Automobile casings:
Truck and bus casings...................................................... No.................. 56 1,816
7,661
940
Other.............................................................................................. No.................. 452
Automobile inner tubes............................................................. No.................. 400
Other casings and tubes............................................................ No.................. 11 40
Tire sundries and repair materials........................................... 147
Rubber and friction tape.............................................................. Lb.................. 28 6
Rubber hose........................................................................................ Lb.................. 461 161
Rubber packing................................................................................ Lb.................. 40 66
Other rubber manufactures......................................................... 1,138
Naval Stor es , Gums and Res ins :
Naval stores:
Gum rosin (bbl. 500 lbs.)........................................................
Wood rosin (bbl. 500 lbs.).......................................................
Bbl................
Bbl................
514
296
10, 764
4,408
Gums spirits of turpentine...................................................... Gal................ 25 22
Wood turpentine.......................................................................... Gal................ 1, 570 672
Tar and pitch of wood.............................................................. Lb.................. 3,200
65, 220
101
Other gums and resins.............................................................. Lb.................. 2,716
Drugs , Herbs , Leave s , and Roots , Crude :
Crude vegetable drugs .......................................................... Lb.................. 984 24
Oils eeds :
Oilseeds.. . .......................................................................... Lb.................. 730 50
Vege tabl e Oils :
Expressed oils and fats, inedible:
Coconut oil, inedible............................................................... Lb.................. 24,915
400
1,113
Linseed oil .................................................................................... Lb.................. 63
Essential or distilled oils............................................................... Lb.................. 80 100
Seeds , exce pt Oils eeds :
Vegetable and flower seeds...................................................... Lb.................. 7,425 340
Nurs ery and Greenh ous e Sto ck :
Fruit tree stocks, cuttings, or seedlings............................ No.................. 24 24
Other nursery and greenhouse stock.... 230
Toba cc o and Manuf actures :
Leaf tobacco.................................................................................... Lb.................. 152 13
Cigars and cheroots .............................................................. M................... 70 1, 866
■ ■ —
134 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 2—Continued
Mis cell aneous Vegetable Products :
Starch .............................................................................. Lb.................. 140 6
Other inedible vegetable products............................................ 37
Group 3 Textile Fib ers and Manufactures ............... 356,172
Cotton , Unm anu fa ctured :
T?aw cotton, upland, except linters........................................ Lb.................. 47, 896 7,267
Cott on Sem im anuf actures :
Cotton mill waste .. .............................................................. Lb.................. 55 18
Cotton rags, except paper stock................................................ Lb.................. 450 25
Cott on Manufactures :
Twine and cordage . .......................................................... Lb.................. 585 195
Cotton cloth, duck and tire fabric:
Cotton duck ...................................................................... Sq. yd.......... 64, 272
3, 651
737, 306
100
10,894
Cotton cloth, bleached ........................................................... Sq. yd.......... 708
Cotton cloth, colored ............................................. Sq. yd.......... 118,363
Other cotton fabrics . .......................................................... Lb ................ 40
Cotton wearing apparel:
Knit goods:
Gloves .................................................................................. Doz. pr........ 9 29
Hosiery:
Children’s............................................................................ Doz. pr........ 229 169
Men’s socks. ............................................................ Doz. pr........ 95 81
Other wearing apparel:
Overalls, breeches, and pants..................................... 20,710
Underwear, not knit............................................................... Doz................ 73 72
Shirts .............................................................. Doz................ 1,059
132
7,969
Dresses, skirts and blouses................................................... No.................. 193
Other cotton wearing apparel............................................. 20, 858
235
Other cotton manufactures:
Woven belting for Machinery............................................ Lb.................. 548
Cotton bags ................................................................................ Lb.................. 6,685
684
3,780
Quilts comforts, counterpanes and bedspreads.............. No.................. 615
Ped sheets pillow, bolster, and mattress cases............ Doz................ 5 22
Other cotton manufactures...................................................... 2,834
Vegetable Fiber Manufacture s :
Jute yarn, cordage and twine................................................. Lb.................. 132 20
Bags of jute ........................................................... Lb.................. 130,435
4, 000
8,136
Other jute manufactures................................................................ Lb.................. 250
Flax, hemp and ramie manufactures...................................... 90, 484
Cordage, except of cotton or jute:
Manila cordage.. ...................................................... Lb.................. 3, 586 300
Other cordage .............................................................................. Lb.................. 1,813 347
Oakum ...................................................................... Lb.................. 4,045 446
Other vegetable fiber manufactures.......................................... 650
Wool Sem im anufactures :
Wool noils and waste................................................................. Lb.................. 2 1
Wool Manufac tures :
Carpets and rugs.......................................................................... Sq. yd.......... 76 90
Men’s and boys’ overcoats, suits and pants........................ No.................. 3,387 23, 649
Other wool or mohair manufactures .................................... 52
Hai r and Manuf actures :
Hair felt and manufactures.......................................................... Lb.................. 1,008 433
Silk Manufac tures :
Broad silks........................................................................................... Yd.................. 47 9
Wearing apparel:
Dresses, skirts and blouses,.................................................. No.................. 13 310
Hosiery:
Women’s and children’s seamless..................................... Doz. pr........ 112 244
Women’s full fashioned.......................................................... Doz. pr........ 12 52
Other silk wearing apparel...................................................... 43
Other silk manufactures.. . ................................................ 58
—-----------'
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 135
Exhibi t No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 3—Continued
Rayon and Othe r Synthet ic Texti les :
Dresses, skirts and blouses..........................................................
Hosiery:
Women’s...........................................................................................
No................
Doz. pr.. .
195
1
241
6
Men’s socks....................................................................................
Knit underwear.................................................................................
Doz. pr........
Doz............
460
4
528
30
Braids, fringes and trimmings....................................................
Other synthetic textile manufactures......................................
Yd................. 60 45
1,634
Mis cellaneous Textile Prod ucts :
Felt-base floor coverings........................................................... Sq. yd..........
Sq. yd....
70 27
Oilcloth for shelf, table and wall.............................................. 172 23
Corsets, bra sieres and girdles.................................................... No..'.............. 12 3T
Pajamas, nightshirts, and nightgowns.................................... 5 48
Hats of straw, palm leaf, etc...................................................... No................ 12, 799
132
11, 281
Wool-felt hats.................................................................................... No............ 95
Other hats, caps and berets........................................................
Artificial flowers, fruits, etc.........................................................
No.......... 16,121 12, 436
60
Mattresses, cotton, kapok, moss and hair............................
Absorbent cotton, gauze and bandages..................................
No..................
Lb................
1,352
40
7,356
33
Garters and arm bands................................................................. Doz. pr........ 41 39
Other textile manufactures........ ................................................. 1,557
Group 4. Wood and Pap er .................................................... 101,687
Wood , Unman uf actured :
Logs and hewn timber:
Softwoods:
Southern pine............................................................................. M. ft. . . . 29 1,184
Douglas fir................................................................................... M. ft........ 26 894
Piling. ~ ............................................................................................ Lin. ft.......... 56 30
Other unmanufactured wood...................................................... 101
Wood Semi manu fact ures —Sawmi ll Prod ucts :
Sawed timber:
Softwoods:
Southern pine........................................................................ M. ft. . . 207 9,132
Douglas fir............................................................................... M. ft............ 9 500
Other softwoods.................................................................... M. ft.......... 11 635
Boards, planks, and scantlings:
Softwoods:
Douglas fir:
Rough........................................................................................ M. ft............ 38 1,116
Dressed . .............................................. M. ft............ 57 2,749
Southern pine:
Rough.................................................................................... 6,093
7,173
1,557
8,408
47
Dressed. .......................................................................... M. ft............ 192
White, ponderosa, and sugar pine....................................
Redwood......................................................................................
M. ft............
M. ft............
48
178
Spruce. . . .. ...................................................... M. ft............
Hardwoods:
Small hardwood dimension stock .................................. 12
Other hardwoods...................................................................... 786
Wood Manuf acture s :
Tight emptv barrels, casks, and hogsheads......................... No.. . 1,300
1,847
3,004
Box shooks.......................................................................................... Bd. ft........... 197
Plywood (not Douglas fir) ......................................................... Sq. ft..........
No................
6, 500 270
Doors .......................................................................................... 38 784
Trimmings and mouldings........................................................... Lin. ft.......... 10,596 49
Other millwork and house fixtures.......................................... 56
Furniture of wood:
Chairs... .................................................................... No.............. 291 1,102
Office furniture and store fixtures .................................... 41
Other wood furniture................................................................ 13,974
Handles for striking tools............................................................. Doz................ 139 178
Other wood manufactures . ...................................... 716
Cork Manufactures :
Cork manufactures........................................................................... Lb................ 48 20
Pape r and Manuf actures :
Printing paper:
Newsprint paper .................................................................... Lb................ 257, 338 6,439
Book paper, not coated............................................................. Lb................ 11,431 696
136 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 4—Continued
Pape r and Manufactures —Continued
Grease proof, and waterproof paper......................................... Lb.................. 62 44
Wrapping paper, except Kraft................................................... Lb.................. 131,330 5,951
Tissue and crepe paper.................................................................. Lb.................. 9, 624 665
Toilet paper........................................................................................ Lb.................. 25,926 1,845
Paper towels and napkins............................................................ Lb.................. 339 46
Box board (paper board and strawboard)........................... Lb.................. 43, 344 1,187
Fiber insulating board or bat (Celotex Masonite, etc.) Sq. ft............ 2, 398 850
Filing folders, index cards, and other office forms............ Lb.................. 80 12
Writing paper..................................................................................... Lb.................. 393, 545 16, 807
Paper bags........................................................................................... Lb.................. 83,010 4, 878
Boxes and cartons............................................................................ Lb.................. 22,870 1, 219
Envelopes............................................................................................. Lb.................. 1,534 142
Other paper and paper products............................................... 98
Group 5—Nonmetallic Mine rals ......................................... .......................... 218,837
Coal and Related Fuels :
Coal, bituminous.............................................................................. Ton................ 5 52
Coke........................................................................................................ Ton................ 5 50
Pet rol eum and Prod ucts (Barrel—42 gallons)
Refined oils:
Gasoline and other petroleum motor fuel:
In bulk.......................................................................................... Bbl................ 21, 459 59, 051
In containers...............................................................................
Gal.................
44, 536
Mineral spirits................................................................................ 110 39
Illuminating oil (kerosene):
In bulk.......................................................................................... Bbl................ 882 1,841
In containers............................................................................... Bbl................ 12,380 35, 392
Gas oil and distillate fuel oil.................................................. Bbl................ 12, 343 20,993
Lubricating oil:
Red and pale.............................................................................. Bbl................ 2,084 26,169
Black.............................................................................................. Bbl................ 54 560
Cylinder........................................................................................ Bbl................ 182 2,303
Light in small packages........................................................ 2, 746
Other lubricating oils..............................................................
100,471
2, 417
Lubricating greases.......................................................................... Lb.................. 5, 555
Petroleum asphalt............................................................................ Ton................ 110 964
Ston e , Sand , Cement and Lim e :
Concrete products.............................................................................
Bbl................
200
Cement, hydraulic (barrel 376 Lbs.)....................................... 58 106
Lime (barrel 200 Lbs.).................................................................. Bbl................ 1, 950 3, 608
Glas s and Glas s Products :
Plate glass:
Standard............................................................................................ Sq. ft............ 209 367
Tempered.......................................................................................... Sq. ft............ 20 50
Laminated glass and manufactures.......................................... 935
Other glass...........................................................................................
Gross............ 1,176
50
Unfilled glass containers................................................................ 2, 540
Table glassware, plain....................................................................
Globes and shades for lighting fixtures..................................
466
10
Other glassware.................................................................................. 46
Clay and Clay Products :
Fire clay................................................................................................
Pottery:
Ton................ 5 58
China and porcelain:
Table and kitchen articles and utensils..................... :
Sanitary articles:
Doz................ 63 80
Closet bowls and water closet sets.............................. Piece............. 639 2,838
Lavatories, sinks, etc.......................................................... Piece............. 46 730
Other china and porcelain.................................................... 374
Earthenware and stoneware:
Table and kitchen articles........................................................ Doz................ 60 78
Sanitary fixtures, fittings and parts....................................
Fire brick: .......................... 120
Chrome brick and shapes......................................................... Lb.................. 10, 500 150
Magnesite brick and shapes.................................................... Lb.................. 4, 700 225
Fire-clay brick...............................................................................
8,144
137
Other fire brick.............................................................................. Lb.................. 150
Earthen, floor and wall tiles....................................................... Sq. ft............ 175 65
High-temperature or refractory cement................................. Lb.................. 200 20
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 137
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37—---------------------- ----------
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
•Group 5—Continued
'Other Nonme talli c Mine ral s , Including Pre cious :
Abrasives:
Grindstones (include pulpstones)..........................................
Abrasive paper and cloth.........................................................
Other artificial abrasives, hones, etc....................................
.Asbestos:
Lb..................
Ream............
Lb..................
60
30
27
12
114
2
Pipe covering and cement........................................................ Lb.................. .textiles, yarn, and ..................................................... 1,000 14
Asphalt and bitumen, manufactures of.................................
'Carbon or graphite products..................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
80
3, 940
158
165
Magnesia and manufactures................ 100
Salt......................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
140
102, 799
11
1, 647
Other nonmetallic mineral products........................................ 543
•Group 6.
Metals and Manuf actures , Excep t Machin ery
and Vehicl es ........................................................... 678, 068 ---------------- ——_—
Iron and Stee l Sem im anuf actures :
Pig iron.................................................................................................
Iron and steel scrap........................................................................
Iron and steel bars and rods:
Ton...............
Ton...............
30
3, 599
521
19, 897
Iron bars................................................... Lb.................. 2,172 82 Other iron and steel bars and rods......................................
Iron and steel plates, sheets, skelp, and strips:
Lb.................. 13,041 547
Broiler plate.................................................................. Lb.................. 320 32 Other plates.......................................................... Lb.................. 7,979 306 .Skelp iron or steel........................................................................
Iron and steel sheets, galvanized:
Lb.................. 30,090 628
Iron sheets....................................................................................
Steel sheets..........................
Lb..................
Lb..................
250
439, 975
8
Steel sheets, black (ungalvanized)........................................ 17,836
Tin plate and taggers’ tin............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
1,506
575, 527
60
27, 372
:Steel Mill Manufactures :
Structural iron and steel:
Water, oil, gas and other storage tanks complete, and
knocked-down material.........................................................
Structural shapes:
Lb.................. 1,871 225
Not fabricated.................................................... Ton............... 12 1,421
Fabricated....................................................................................
Plates, fabricated, punched, or shaped..............................
Sashes and frames of iron or steel..........................................
Railway-track material:
Ton...............
Lb..................
Lb..................
8
31, 787
785
2,160
2,534
63
Rails........................................ Ton................ 15 450
Railroad bolts, nuts, washers and nut locks...................
'Tubular products and fittings:
Lb.................. 339 44
Boiler tubes, seamless................................................................
Casing and oil-line pipe, seamless.............
Lb..................
Lb..................
85,432
1,176,173
4,861
202, 723
Seamless black pipe, other than casing and oil-line........ Lb.................. 84, 727 6, 789
Malleable-iron screwed pipe fittings.................................... Lb.................. 150 30
Cast-iron screwed pipe fittings.............................................. Lb.................. 279 64
■Cast-iron pressure pipe and fittings.................................... Lb.................. 14, 640 805
•Cast-iron soil pipe and fittings..............................................
Welded black pipe:
Lb.................. 196,171 4,742
Steel................................................................................................ Lb.................. 49, 600 2,973
Wrought iron..............................................................................
Welded galvanized pipe:
Lb.................. 76, 280 1, 944
Steel................................................................................................ Lb.................. 365, 225 14, 210
Wrought iron..............................................................................
Wire and manufactures:
Lb.................. 1,200 88
Iron or steel wire, uncoated.................................................... Lb.................. 7,963 552
Barbed wire.................................................................................... Lb.................. 764, 400 20, 977
Woven-wire fencing..................................................................... Lb.................. 12, 200 407
Woven-wire screen cloth........................................................... Lb.................. 19 23
Insulated iron or steel wire and cable................................ Lb.................. 2,675 518
Other wire and manufactures.................................................
•Nails and bolts (except railroad):
Lb.................. 28, 270 3, 421
Wire nails.........................................................................................
Bolts, machine screws, nuts, rivets, and washers.........
Other nails and bolts..................................................................
Steel castings.......................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
800
3,498
53
553
Lb.................. 51,046 1,829
Lb.................. 220 10
138 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,.
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 6—Continued
Iron and Stee l Advance d Manuf acture s :
Cutlery:
Safety—razor blades....................................................................... Doz................ 91 35
Table cutlery including forks.................................................. Doz................ 5 16
Butchers’ and kitchen knives, forks, etc.......................... Doz................ 2 10
Hollow ware:
Tin and galvanized hollow ware........................................... Lb.................. 965 235
Tin cans finished or unfinished............................................ Lb.................. 63 11
Enameled ware of iron or steel:
Bath tubes ................................................................................ No.................. 48 1,632
Lavatorys, sinks and other plumbing fixtures................
Household, kitchen and hospital utensils........................
Metal furniture and fixtures:
Sheet metel shelving and wall bins ..............................
No..................
Lb..................
166
18
1,479
3
23
Office furniture and fixtures . .................................. 697
Metal beds and bed springs.................................................... No.................. 24 46
Other metal furniture ...................................... 108
Heating stoves and warm—air furnaces.................................. No.................. 1 15
Tools:
Hank saw blades ...................................................... 115
102
Files and rasps .......................................................... 21
Hammers and hatchets ............................................................ Doz................ 6 12'
Shovels spades snoops and drainage tools...................... 1 18
V ises .......................................................................... No.................. 1 8
18
Other wrenches .................................................. 26
"Drills and reamers .................................................... 230
Other tools .............................................................. 213
Hardware:
Cabinet and other locks of iron, steel, brass and bronze. 2
Other builders’ hardware .......................................... 145
Other hardware ...................................................... 158
Chains ...................................................................... Lb.................. 256 96
Automatic scales. .............................................................. No.................. 1 14
Other scales and balances .................................................. No.................. 1 14
Wood screws of iron or steel only.......................................... Gross............ 300 30
Metal drums and containers for oil, gas, and other liquids
Other iron and steel manufactures .........................................
306,313
16,438
Nonfe rrous Met al s , Excep t Precio us :
Aluminum:
Table, kitchen and hospital utensils.................................
Other aluminum manufactures ..............................
Lb.................. 1,946 225
128
Copper:
Pipes and tubes ............................................................ Lb.................. 304 125
Wire (bare). .................................................................. Lb.................. 7,117 873
Insulated copper wire and cable:
Rubber-covered wire ........................................................ Lb.................. 9,135 1,048
Other insulated wire. . ............................................ Lb.................. 5,505 1,867
Other popper manufactures ............................................ 27
Brass and bronze:
Bars and rods .............................................................. Lb.................. 65 18
Plates and sheets .................................................... Lb.................. 231 175
Pipes and tubes .................................................. Lb.................. 150 60
Pipe fittings and valves............................................................ Lb.................. 276 256
Plumbers’ brass goods .............................................................. Lb.................. 213 205
Wire of brass or bronze ............................................ Lb.................. 35 18
Other hardware of brass and bronze (excluding locks)
Other brass and bronze manufactures..
171
269
Lead:
Pigs bars etc . ................................................ Lb.................. 511 26
Solder. ...................................................................... Lb.................. 450 75
Other manufactures .............................................. 262
Zinc rolled in sheets, strips or other forms........................ Lb.................. 1, 380 47
Other metals and alloys in primary shapes . . 20
dther metal and metal composition manufactures.......... 326
Prec ious Metals and Plat ed Ware , Excep t Jewel ry
and Gold and Sil ver in Ore , Bull ion and Coi n :
Platinum and allied metals:
Ingots, sheets, wire, alloys, and scrap................................ Oz. troy.... 13 1,750
Gold manufactures (plated and solid).................................... 56
——-- —------- -------
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO J 39
Exhibit No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 7. Machi nery and Vehi cles .................................... 288, 498
Ele ctri cal Machi nery and Apparat us :
Generators, direct current.................................................... No.. 2 115
140
571
46
5
4
174
18
241
81
Arc welding sets.................................................................... No 1
Batteries:
6 and 12 volt storage batteries...............................................
No. 6 dry-cell batteries..........................................
No..................
No
107
33
Flash-light batteries....................................................................
Other dry and wet cell primary batteries........................
Transforming or converting apparatus:
Transformers.........................
Cell................
No..................
No
50
3
12
Complete battery charges, nonrotating..............................
Double-current and motor generators, dynamotors, etc.
Transmission and distribution apparatus:
Power switches and circuit breakers over 10 amperes.
Fuses..................................................................................
No..................
No..................
No .
1
1
1, 080
165
23
Watt-hour and other measuring meters............................
Motors, starters and controllers:
Motors, V3 horsepower and under........................................
Motors over ’/’ horsepower and under 1 horsepower.
Stationary motors 1 to 200 horsepower..............................
Starting and controlling equipment for industrial motors
Accessories and parts for motors...........................................
No..................
No..................
No..................
No..................
1,105
11
100
410
75
181
428
62
Electric refrigerators and parts:
Household.................................................................................... No.............. 5
Parts for electric refrigerators................................................
Electrical appliances:
Electric fans........................................................................ No.............. 30 158
88
Electric incandescent light bulbs:
Metal-filament bulbs........................................ .................. No.............. 880
Other electric lamp bulbs..................................................... No.................. 1,006
3
14
215
13
1,065
34
105
45
Searchlights and airport beacons..........................................
Electric cooking ranges..............................................
No..................
No................
Domestic electr c heaters and ovens....................................
Other domestic electric utensils.............................................
Other electrical appliances........................................................
No..................
No..................
23
Signal and communication devices:
Radio apparatus
Transmitting sets, tubes and parts.............................. 1,011
3,132
69
Receiving sets................................................................ No................ 52
Radio receiving tubes............................................................. 110
Receiving-set components.................................................... 211
Other receiving-set accessories............................................ 1, 496
Telephone equipment.................................................................. 1
Other electrical apparatus:
Starting, lighting, and ignition equipment.................. 102
Insulating material................................................................ Lb.............. 894 112
Metal conduit, outlet and switch boxes........................... 61
Sockets, outlets, fuse blocks, and lighting switches.........
Electric interior lighting fixtures...........................................
No.................. 7,934 589
53
Electric exterior lighting fixtures......................................... 80
Other wiring supplies and line material............................ 45
Other electrical apparatus...................................................... 412
Indu st ri al Machin ery
Power-generating machinery, except electric and automotive:
Steam specialties (Include injectors, gauges, etc.)........
Internal-combustion engines:
Stationery and portable engines, not over 10 horsepower......................................................................................
No.................. 1
143
48
Engine accessories and parts........................................... 245
Construction and conveying machinery:
Dredging machinery................................................................ 14,149
Concrete mixers... No.................. 1 120
Road rollers.................................................................................... No.................. 2 1,800
Other road-making equipment and parts......................... 1,359
3,150
8, 540
Mining, well and pumping machinery:
Mining and quarrying machinery....................................
Well and refining machinery:
Petroleum and gas well-drilling apparatus..............
Other petroleum well and refining machinery............ 19, 711
Other well-drilling apparatus............................................. ........................ 12,882
140 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 7—Continued
Indust rial Machin ery —Continued
Mining, well and pumping machinery—Continued
Pumping equipment:
Centrifugal pumps................................................................ No.................. 3 333
Deep well turbine pumps.................................................... No.................. 2 810
Hand and windmill pumps................................................. No.................. 2 20
Other pumps and parts......................................................... 14,106
512
Power-driven metal-working machinery:
Sheet and plate metal-working machines.....................
Forging machinery....................................................................... 40
Rolling-mill machinery.............................................................. 1,600
Foundry and molding equipment........................................ 37
Other metal-working machinery:
Pneumatic portable tools...................................................... No.................. 14 704
Other portable and hand or foot operated metal-working
machines and parts .................................................. 583
Milling cutters and machine-operated metal cutting tools
Textile, sewing, and shoe machinery:
Sewing machines:
For domestic use......................................................................
No.................. 3 21
No.................. 14 213
For factory or industrial use............................................... No................ 13 1, 268
Sewing machine parts................................................................ 291
Shoe machinery, except sewing............................................. 45
Other industrial machinery:
Sugar-mill machinery............................................................. 46, 677
Woodworking machinery and parts.................................... 2
Air-conditioning equipment, including portable........... 435
Paint—spraying equipment ............................................ 64
Water meters and parts ..................................................... 10
Iron or steel body valves and parts for steam, water, oil
and gas.. . ...................................................................... 1,435
Other industrial machinery and parts................................ 1,061
Of f ic e Applianc es :
Accounting and calculating machines:
Listing adding machines....................................................... No.................. 1 81
Calculating machines .............................................................. No.................. 1 63
Parts for accounting and calculating machines.............. 266
Duplicating machines, parts, and supplies for.................... 47
Cash registers:
Cash registers. .................................................. No.................. 3 450
Parts... .................................................................. 56
Typewriters:
Standard, new . .................................................. No.................. 4 395
Used and rebuilt........................................................................... No.................. 2 35
Parts.................................................................................................... 25
Other office appliances................................................................... 376
Print ing and Bookbinding Mach iner y :
M^phinery and accessories....................................................... 15
Agri cul tu ral Machi nery and Imp le me nts :
Dairy equipment and parts.................................................... 150
Incubators and brooders................................................................ No.................. 3 72
Other poultry equipment............................................................. 102
Sprayers, small for garden and household use.................... No ... 684 233
Implements of cultivation:
Horse and power plows......................................................... No.................. 36 2,493
Harrows............................................................................................. No.................. 6 600
Planters, horse and power........................................................ No.................. 8 121
Other cultivating implements and parts........................... 1, 344
19
Harvesting machinery:
Lawn mowers, hand and power........................................ No.................. 2
Other harvesting implements and parts............................ 55
Corn shellers................................................................................... No.................. 6 75
Tractors and parts:
Tracklaying tractors, carburetor type, under 35 drawlar
power.......................................................................................... No.................. 2 4, 560
Parts and accessories.................................................................. 2,202
Other agricultural machinery, implements and parts... 166
Automob ile s and Othe r Vehi cle s :
Automobiles, parts and accessories:
Motor trucks, purses and chassis (new):
One ton, and not over l'/z tons.................................... No.................. 13 11,886
Over U/2, not over 2V2 tons................................................. No.................. 1 1,873
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 141
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 7—Continued
Automobiles and othe r Vehicles —Continued
Automobiles, parts and accessories—Continued
Passenger cars and chassis:
Not over $850 (new)............................................................ No . 4 2,336
3,150
2,333
46
Second hand............................................................................... No.............. 3
Parts, except tires and engines..............................................
Automobile service appliances....................................................
Aircraft:
Seaplanes and amphibians........................................................ 100,000
7,142
20
207
Parts for aircraft. ..................................................................
Small watercraft (except motor boats)..................................
Railway cars, parts, except axles and wheels of................
No.................. i
Group 8 Che mi cal s and Rel ate d Products ................. 78, 726
Coal Tar Products :
Crude and refined coal tar...................................................... Gal... 1,152 113
Med ici nal and Pharma ceut ica l Pre parat ions :
Castor-oil.......................................................................................... Gal............... 233 65
Biologies:
For animal and veterinary use.............................................. 748
Serums and antitoxins for human use................................ 106
Vaccines for human use............................................................ 92
Druggists’ nonproprietary preparations:
Elixirs, tinctures, extracts, ampoules and similar liquid
solutions.................................................................................... 83
Tablets, pills, capsules, powders, ointments and similar
manufactures.......................................................................... 24
Proprietary medicinal preparations:
Mouth washes, gargles, and personal antiseptics..........
Corn and foot remedies.............................................................
.......................... 76
6
Liniments......................................................................................... 43
Salves and ointments:
For burns, cuts, skin diseases, etc............................... 2,295
655
663
For coughs, colds, and bronchial infection...................
Cold cough and bronchial preparations, other..............
Asthma, catarrh, and hay-fever preparations, including
120
Malaria chill, and fever remedies........................................ 7
Tonics, blood purifiers, emulsions and appetizers.........
Laxative, purgatives and cathartics....................................
.......................... 1,128
H
Milk of magnesia.......................................................................... 101
Other proprietary medicinal preparations......................... 746
Che mica l Spe cia lties :
Nicotine sulphate (40? basis)..................................................
Other agricultural insecticides, fungicides and similar pre-
Lb..................
Lb..................
5
3,004
6,480
15
746
2,190
48
52
1,140
500
367
448
7
8
690
1, 321
Household and industrial insecticides and exterminators:
Liquid .......................................................................................... Lb..................
Paste, powder, or solid form..................................................
Household and industrial disinfectants, deodorants, etc...
Petroleum jelly ................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
12
117
154
Metal-working compounds..........................................................
Cellulose acetate sheets, rods, or tubes..................................
Cementing preparations for repairing, sealing and adhesive
use ............................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
3
35
130
Specialty cleaning and washing compounds........................
Polishes:
Shoe polishes and shoe cleaners.............................................
Floor wax, wood and furniture polishes............................
Flavoring extracts (vanilla, lemon, ginger, etc.)..................
Other chemical specialties............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Gal................
12
46
25
61
1,506
Indus tr ial Che mi cal s :
Lb.................. 500 25
Hydrogen peroxide (or dioxide).......................................... ..
Sodium compounds:
Lb..................
Lb..................
15
5
3
1
Soda ash............................................................................................ Lb.................. 8,000
850
84
Sal soda ........................................................................................ Lb.................. 66
Hydroxide (caustic soda).......................................................... Lb.................. 192 16
142 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 8—Continued
Indu st ri al Chemi cals —Continued
Gases, compressed, liquefied and solidified:
Ammonia, anhydrous.................................................................. Lb.................. 200 27
Other gaseous refrigerants.........................................................
Other gases......................................................................................
Other industrial chemicals............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
100
17,204
20
6, 512
1,119
Pigm ent s , Pai nt s , and Varnishes :
Mineral-earth pigments (dry):
Ocher, umber, sienna and other forms of iron oxide for
paints.......................................................................................... Lb................ 48
Other mineral-earth pigments.................................................
Chemical pigments..........................................................................
Lb..................
Lb................
900
1,960
14
48
Bituminous paints, liquid and plastic.................................... 139
Paste and semi-paste paint colors in oil, putty and paste
wood filler..................................................................................... Lb................ 10, 368
10, 837
200
861
Kalsomine or cold-water paints, dry......................................
Nitrocellulose (pyroxylin) lacquers:
Pigmented....................................................................................
Lb..................
Gal.................
841
44
Thinners for nitrocellulose lacquers......................................
Ready-mixed paints, stains and enamels..............................
Varnishes (oil or spirit, and liquid dryers)..........................
Gal.................
Gal................
Gal.................
54
1,684
260
86
3,140
273
Fert il iz ers and Fer ti li ze r Mate ri als :
Ammonium sulphate.. .......................................................... Ton................ 67 2,208
2, 061
1, 642
17, 574
Superphosphate* (include acidulated phosphate)................
Potassic fertilizer materials..........................................................
Ton................ 44
40
Prepared fertilizer mixtures.......................................................... Ton............... 524
Soap and Toi le t Pre para tio ns :
Soap:
Medicated..................................................................................... Lb .......... 248 174
Toilet or fancy............................................................................... Lb.................. 43, 229
83,116
90
5,363
3,197
29
Laundry............................................................................................ Lb ............
Shaving creams.............................................................................. Lb..................
Scouring bricks, pastes, powders, soaps and household
washing powders................................................................... Lb................ 2, 200
12
45
Other soap........................................................................................ Lb.................. 2
Dental creams.................................................................................... Lb.................. 1,503 393
Toilet powders:
Talcum powder, in packages............................................... 128
Face and compact powder........................................................ 601
Creams, rouges and other cosmetics:
Cold creams................................................................................. Lb.................. 230 88
Other creams, lotions and balms.......................................... 249
Rouges................................................................................................ 13
Lip sticks.......................................................................................... 141
Other cosmetics.............................................................................. 26
Manicuring preparations................................................................ 7
Perfumery and toilet waters........................................................ 15,854
Other toilet preparations............................................................... 4,405
Group 9. Misc el laneous ......................................................... 43, 018
Photograp hic and Proj ecti on Goods :
Cameras:
Aerial.................................................................................................. No.................. 1 650
Amateur, folding...........................................................................
Motion picture sound equipment, reproducing..................
No.................. 1 25
14
Stereopticons, magic lanterns and other projection apparatus........................................................................................
21
Motion-picture films:
Sensitized, not exposed, positive film..............................
Exposed motion-picture films:
Negative (exposed or exposed and developed):
Newsreels (silent and sound)......................................
Positive:
Newsreels (silent and sound)..............:.....................
Other..........................................................................................
Lin. ft..........
Lin. ft..........
Lin. ft..........
Lin. ft.........
15, 000
8,617
30,840
3, 704,078
12
1,000
100
333
11,991
Other sensitized films, not exposed, packs of sheets, X-ray
Other photographic apparatus and supplies........................
No.................. 11
156
■ - ' - — - =======
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 143
Exhib it No . 46—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM PUERTO RICO TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 9—Continued
Sci entif ic and Prof es s io nal Ins trum ents , Apparat us ,
and Supp li es :
Spectacles, eyeglasses, goggles, lenses, and frames..............
Sterilizers...............................................................................................
Other scientific laboratory, and professional instruments
No.................. i
85
3
and apparatus................................................................................. 2, 160
Mus ica l Instrum ents :
—
Phonograph records..........................................................................
String instruments............................................................................
Musical instrument parts and accessories..............................
No.................. i
206
60
112
Mis cellaneous Of f ic e Sup pli es :
Pencils and pens...............................................................................
Pen points, metallic (except of gold)...................................... Gross............ 2
1,223
153
Printing and lithographic ink......................................................
Paste and mucilage..........................................................................
Typewriter ribbons..........................................................................
Other office supplies........................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Doz................
218
25
24
38
5
53
404
Toys , Athletic and Sport ing Good s :
Toys:
Dolls:
Of cellulose compounds..........................................................
Of other material......................................................................
Children’s wheel goods and parts........................................
Mechanical toys............................................................................
Other toys........ ................................................................................
No..................
No..................
100
1
80
7
12
30
114
Book s , Maps , Pictur es and Othe r Pri nte d Matt er :-
Books and pamphlets:
Bound educational textbooks..............................................
Other bound books......................................................................
Catalogues and pamphlets........................................................
Music in books and sheets..........................................................
Lithographically printed matter................................................
Other printed matter, including photographs and blue
1,544
760
245
12
175
prints.................................................................................................. 1, 893
Clocks and Watche s :
Time recording devices and parts............................................. .......................... 150
Art Work s :
Painting and statuary.................................................................... 125
Jewe lr y :
Jewelry................................................ ................................................. 45
Mis cel laneous :
Bottle and container closures (all kinds except cork, glass
Gross.............
Square..........
Gross............
Doz................
Doz................
Doz................
Doz................
No..................
1,123
91
5
1
16
81
154
and rubber stoppers)..................................................................
Asphalt roofing..................................................................................
Buttons, button parts, etc............................................................
Gasoline pressure lamps, lanterns and parts.......................
Fire-fighting equipment, except automotive fire engines..
Toothbrushes:
Having handles or backs of cellulose compounds.............
Having handles or backs of other materials....................
Paint brushes except industrial..................................................
Dther brushes.....................................................................................
Notions, cheap novelties, and specialties..............................
Trunks...................................................................................................
Household and personal effects..................................................
516
120
84
81
3
20
46
12
302
485
14,055
All other articles................................................................................
144 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No. 47
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,.
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Total Valu e ................................................................................... ______8_,_ 5__7_1_,4_6_1
Group 00. Anim als and Anim al Products ...................... ______________ ______1__,8_3_1_,_8_9_6
Anima ls , Edib le , Exce pt fo r Bree ding :
Poultry, live:
Turkeys................................................................................................. Lb................ 6, 427 759
Chickens, ducks, geese and guineas........................................ Lb.................. 295, 593 38,431
Meat Products :
Fresh, chilled or frozen:
Beef..........................................................................................................
Prepared or preserved:
Lb.................. 38, 505 2,828
Birds, including poultry, prepared, or preserved.............. Lb.................. 658 527
Canned beef, including corned beef......................................... Lb.................. 521, 449 52,423
Beef and veal, pickled or cured................................................
Pork:
Lb.................. 1, 558,122 107,817
Hams, shoulders and bacon..................................................... Lb.................. 11,357 2,484
Pickled, salted and other.......................................................... Lb.................. 16, 240 5,444
Other canned meats including liver paste............................ Lb.................. 495 144
Anim al Oils and Fats , Edibl e :
Lard............................................................................................................ Lb.................. 44 14
Lard compounds and lard substitutes........................................ Lb.................. 1,081, 393 89,579'
Oleomargarine and other butter substitutes............................ Lb . 1,811, 270 180, 715
Dairy Products :
Milk and cream:
Cream.................................................................................................... Gal................ 373 800'
Whole milk, dried............................................................................ Lb.................. 1, 568 1,178
Malted milk and compounds, or mixtures of or substitutes
for milk or cream.............................................................. Lb .. 10,451
70, 740
4,689
Butter........................................................................................................ Lb.................. 31, 616
Cheese:
Cheddar in original loaves............................................................ Lb................ 1,102 136
Blue-mold cheese in original loaves......................................... Lb.................. ' 650 95
Edam and Gouda cheese.............................................................. Lb.................. 1, 562,977
9,915
147,162
Other...................................................................................................... Lb.................. L 558
Fis h and Fis h Products , Excep t Shel lf is h :
Fish:
Fresh or frozen:
Sea herring frozen......................................................................... Lb.................. 22, 400 1, 213
In oil or in oil and other substances:
Sardines............................................................................................. Lb.................. 80, 510
1,115
2,184
57
10, 550'
Anchovies.......................................................................................... Lb.................. ' 424
Tuna fish.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 607
Antipasto.......................................................................................... Lb.................. 27
Other.................................................................................................. Lb.................. 8, 450 913
Not in oil or in oil and other substances:
In airtight containers.................................................................. Lb.................. 95 39'
Pickled or salted:
Cod, haddock, hake, pollock and cusk.............................. Lb.................. 29, 563,074
734,900
1, 250
1,090,823
12,494
101
Herring.............................................................................................. Lb..................
Mackerel............................................................................................ Lb..............
Smoked or kippered:
Herring.............................................................................................. Lb.................. 1, 513, 664
50
41, 561
Fish paste and fish sauce.................................................................. Lb.................. 40'
Shell fi sh and Products :
Clams (except razor clams) and clams in combination with
other substances (except clam chowder).................................. Lb.................. 62 25
Other shellfish .................................................................................. Lb.................. 20, 467 3,417
Other Edibl e Animal Prod ucts :
Eggs of poultry:
Whole, in the shell.......................................................................... 3,718 461
Egg yolks.............................................................................................. Lb.................. 32, 480 802
Group 0 Anim als and Anim al Products , Inedibl e ... 53,647'
Leat her :
Leather made from hides or skins of cattle of the bovine
species:
22,490
918-
Sole leather (excluding offal).................................................. Lb.................. 132,041
Sole and belting leather offal.................................................. Lb.................. 5,937
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 145
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 0—Continued
Leat her —Continued
Goat and kid (including glazed)................................................
Lea th er , Rawhide , and Parchme nt Manu fa ctures :
Leather footwear:
Boots and shoes (all leather):
Men’s..............................
Sq. ft.......... 1,500 135
282
54
1,640
1,166
3
2,658
204
44
1,200
709
3
1,831
15
154
222
462
101
168
Youths’ and boys’..............................
Women’s and misses’................
Children’s.............................
Slippers (for housewear)........
Footwear, fabric uppers..................
Luggage (include suitcases, valises, etc.)............
Cases, boxes, baskets, caskets, chests, and rolls
Pocketbooks, purses, pouchettes, billfolds and wallets........
Harness and saddles.................................... ........................
Wearing apparel (coats, jackets, etc.)......................
Other leather manufactures..................
Ani mal and Fish Oils , Fats , and Greas es , Inedi ble :
Beef and mutton tallow, inedible..................................................
Othe r Inedible Ani mals and Anima l Products :
Horses..........................................
Lb.................. 280, 808 15, 818
No 31
1, 102
58,087
1,323
2,111
29
146
6, 275
612-
Bristles, sorted, bunched, or prepared........................................
Glue, glue size and fish glue.......................................
Lb..................
Lb
Shells, mother-of-pearl................................... Lb
Fish sounds.................................................. Lb
Group 1. Vege tab le Food Prod ucts and Bev er age s :.
Grai ns and Prep ar atio ns :
Corn (bu. 56 lbs.)....................................................
.......................... 1, 766, 732!
Bu 412, 484 311, 653-
8,248
93
158
168.
20, 368
6, 375
7, 047
16,288-
4
Biscuits....................................................
Wafers, puddings, cakes and other baked articles................
Macaroni, vermicelli, noodles and similar pastes..................
Bread, yeast-leavened.................................................
Lb..................
Lb
1, 475
594
842, 387
20,376
9, 925
936, 342
22
Barley malt................................................................ Lb
Barley, flour and patent..................... ■......................................... Lb
Cracked corn (bu. of 56 lbs.)..........................................................
Corn meal, flour, grits and similar products..........................
Semolina, crushed, cracked and other wheat products....
Fodders and Fee ds :
Hay (ton 2,000 lbs.)......................................................................
Bu..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
342
290
95
5,191
6,236
4,604
Bran, shorts and other wheat by product feeds (ton, 2,000 lbs.)
Other feeds (ton, 2,000 lbs.).......................................... ..............
Ton................
Vegeta ble s and Pre parat ions :
Beans, dried................................................................ Lb 5,389, 404
109,000
5,163, 500
22
13, 779
3, 504, 938
1, 278
461, 349
165
242
44,800
288
121
31, 839
10,935
474
70
177, 735
2,8791
207,026.
36
401
140,293
17'
3, 638
40
60
7,978
65
22
2, 832.
228
153
21
11,156
Peas, dried........................................................... Lb
Chickpeas or garbanzos.................................................................... Lb
Truffles.................... Lb
Potatoes, white or Irish.......................................... Lb
Garlic................ Lb
Onions.............. Lb
Vegetables, fresh...................................................................... Lb
Tapioca flour and tapioca prepared.............................................
Vegetables, pickled or packed in salt or brine.......................
Vegetables, canned or otherwise prepared:
Peas..........................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb
Mushrooms.......................................................... Lb..................
Beans................................................................ Lb
Pimientos, in brine or oil or prepared....................................
Potato flour........................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Pf gal
Other canned vegetables................................................................
Vinegar..................
Other vegetables and preparations...............................................
Frui ts and Prep arations :
Plantains......................................................................................... 80,096
112
13, 749
38
107.
Bananas.................................. 270
60,025
30
39
Olives in brine:
Green .. Gal
Ripe................................................................................................ Gal
Pitted or stuffed................................................................................ Gal................
146 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 1—Continued
Frui ts and Prepa rati ons —Continued
•Other olives ........................................................................... Lb.................. 57
610
482
817,384
2,102
3,402
9
70
82
37,062
317
1, 634
568
Dates fresh or dried ..................................................................... Lb..................
Jellies7 j a rnmarmalades and fruit butter................................ Lb..................
Mango paste arid pulp and guava paste and pulp............. Lb..................
Guavas prepared or preserved ............................................... Lb..................
Candied crystallized or glacA fruits ......................................... Lb..................
Other fruit paste or preparations.................................................
Nuts :
Lb.................. 7,458
19,073
2,616
33
1,906
1,714
237
25
Filberts not shelled ....................................................................... Lb..................
‘Other nuts ................................................................................. Lb..................
Chestnuts including marrons, prepared.................................... Lb..................
Vege tab le Oils and Fats , Edibl e :
Lb.................. 771,012 137,716
'Cocoa , Coff ee and Tea :
Lb.................. 98,964
1,300
109
99,965
2,400
7,163
14
6, 650
4,039
420
22,093
17, 725
230
32,127
12,282
2,813
4,127
55, 507
7,186
5
336
54, 540
74,487
132
8,362
582
62
9,385
1,459
921
2
286
114
66
6,879
61, 689
492
157, 111
62,132
12,099
22,061
86, 737
6,587
9
483
52,136
60,529
94
Cocoa:
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Spice s :
Paprika ground .........................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Mustard ground or prepared ..................................................... Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Sugar and Rela ted Products :
Molasses and sugar sirup .......................................................... Gal.................
Sugar candy and confectionery .................................................... Lb..................
Bev er age s :
Distilled spirits:
Brandy (cognac and other grape brandy)............................
Pf. gal..........
Pf. gal..........
"Whisky .............................................................................. Pf. gal..........
Cordials liqueurs kirschwasser and ratafia......................... Pf. gal..........
Wines:
Champagne and all other sparkling ........................................ Gal.................
Gal.................
Mineral waters natural or artificial............................................ Gal................
Gal.................
Gal.................
Lemonade, soda water and other beverages containing no
alcohol or less than per cent............................................. Gal.................
Gal.................
Other beverages..................................................................................... Gal.................
Group 2. Veget able Products , Inedib le , Exce pt
386, 696
Rubber and Alli ed Gums and Manuf actures :
Rubber and gutta-percha manufactures:
Tires and inner tubes:
Automobile, motorcycle, truck and bus (casings and
No.................. 1, 648
3,301
266
2,049
4,808
54
5,772
9,927
2,098
357
686
2,907
12
288
74
132
Bicycle casings and single tube tires.................................. No..................
Inner tubes for automobiles, motorcycles, trucks and
busses ................................................................................... No..................
Rubber footwear:
Rubber shoes arid overshoes........................................................ Pair................
Rubber soled fontwear with fabric uppers............................
Rubber balls and toys:
Lawn-tennis balls ................................................................... No..................
Other rubber balls athletic and sporting............................. No................
Rubber hose and tubing...................................................................
Other rubber manufactures.............................................................. Lb................ 1,400
Gums , Res ins , and Balsam s :
Chicle, crude........................................................................................... Lb................ 5,358 2,278
—------------ ---------
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 147
Exhibit No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO.
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 2—Continued
Drugs , Herbs , Leave s , Roots , Etc .:
Licorice extract in paste, rolls or any other form............... Lb................ 2,542 424
Manna................................................................................................... .. Lb................ 149 179
Oil See ds :
Sesame seed........................................................................................... Lb................ 238, 664 8,299
Vege tabl e Oil s and Vege tabl e Waxes :
Expressed or extracted oils and fats:
Coconut oil..........................................................................................
Palm oil................................................................................................
Linseed oil............................................................................................
Almond oil, sweet............................................................................
Castor oil..............................................................................................
Essential or distilled oils:
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
11,236
122,127
1,007
132
126
618
11,150
109
118
161
Not containing alcohol:
Almond, bitter...............................................................................
Anise..................................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
27
39
65
49
Dyei ng and Tann ing Mate rials :
Annatto and all extracts of.............................................................
Divi-divi..................................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
465, 752
39,600
16, 795
864
Seeds , Exce pt Oil Seeds :
Seeds for the Department of Agriculture..................................
Garden and field seeds:
3,608
Onion......................................... ,.........................................................
Other......................................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
1, 278
700
1,138
14
Nurs ery and Greenh ous e Stock :
Orchid plants..........................................................................................
Grafted or budded plants cuttings and seedlings of ornamental
trees, shrubs and vines..............................................
No..................
No..................
199
50
120
90
Tobacco and Manuf actures :
Tobacco, unmanufactured:
Leaf for cigar wrappers, unstemmed.......................................
Cigar leaf (filler):
Lb.................. 773 1,617
Unstemmed......................................................................................
Stemmed..........................................................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
591, 922
576
312, 689
503
Mis cellaneous Vege tabl e Products :
Hops............................................................................................................
Starch, potato.........................................................................................
Broom corn (ton 2,000 lbs.)............................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Ton................
18, 320
90,104
5
7,157
1,900
270
Group 3. Text il e Fib ers and Manu fa ctures .............. .......................... 1, 061, 783
Cott on Manu f act ure s :
Cotton sewing thread.-.......................................................................
Cotton cloth:
Yd.................. 31,932, 000 6, 337
Bleached...............................................................................................
Printed, dyed or colored...............................................................
Tapestries and upholstery................................................................
Household articles:
Table and bureau covers, scarfs, napkins and doilies..........
Quilts or bedspreads, Jacquard-figured..................................
Towels, Jacquard-figured, not terry-woven........................
Knit fabrics in the piece, of cotton or other vegetable fiber.
Wearing apparel:
Knit or crocheted goods:
Lb..................
Lb..................
54, 579
81,026
12,939
24,496
213
88
No..................
No..................
Lb..................
2, 880
7,200
3,458
1,470
822
780
Hosiery..............................................................................................
Underwear, not embroidered..................................................
Polo Shirts......................................................................................
Other outerwear and articles not embroidered..............
Not knit or crocheted wearing apparel.................................
Handkerchiefs and woven mufflers:
Wholly of cotton, not hemmed:
Doz. pr........
Lb..................
Doz................
500
6,893
5,100
136
2,912
4,763
3,886
684
Bleached...........................................................................................
Printed, colored, or dyed.........................................................
Miscellaneous articles of cotton, or cotton and rubber;
. Articles and manufactures of imitation leather..................
Other articles and manufactures of cotton...........................
Doz................
Doz................
439
200
289
244
........................ 275
2,314
148 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 3—Continued
Jute and Manufactures :
Jute manufactures:
Burlaps .................................................................................... Lb................ 100,098 5, 797
Bags or sacks ............................................................................. Lb.................. 16, 555,092 566,084
Other jute manufactures................................................................ 72
Flax , Hemp and Rami e and Manufac tur es :
Fabrics: . ,
Woven fabrics, 30 to 100 threads to the square meh, 4
to 12 ounces to the square yard, 12 to 36 inches wide....
Plain woven fabrics, less than 4 ounces per square yard...
Lb.................. 355 291
Lb.................. 81,804
301, 551
133, 778
174, 683
Handkerchiefs:
No.................. 383,923 28,373
Hemmed nr hem st itched .............................. No.................. 6, 720 785
35
Other flax hemp and. ramie manufactures 225
Othe r Vege tabl e Fib ers and Manufacture s :
—
7,497
Manufactures:
Cordage of manila, sisal, henequen or other hard fiber...
Cords and twine, wholly or in chief value of manila,
Lb.................. 244, 288
8,189
22, 748
Lb................ 693
397
Other manufactures of chip......................................................... 11
Silk Manufact ure s :
Silk wearing apparel, not knit or crocheted:
145
Embroidered or‘ornamented with beads, bugles or
148
Veils and veiling, machine made.................................................. Lb.................. 9 110
Manufa ctures of Rayon or Othe r Synthet ic Text il e :
Fabrics: ,
Wmrzm faBrinQ in thp nip.cA not Ta.cn n ar d nfflircci. Lb.................. 880 586
Lb.................. 146 78
298
25,918
Fabrics with fast edges, not over 12 inches wide, and
articles made therefrom............................................................ Lb.................. 5,881 3,283
Hats and Hat Mate ria ls of Stra w or Other Fibe rs :
Braids plaits laces of straw bleached or colored Yd.................. 1, 490, 874 4,745
Hats of straw, paper, grass, palm leaf or other fiber:
Paper imitation panama hats:
No.................. 39, 646 6,918
No.................. 74, 577 11,719
No.................. 1,440 294
Palm leaf (Panamas):
No.................. 896 991
No.................. 240 160
Hemp:
No.................. 2,400 445
No.................. 1, 200 222
Other-
Not bleached or stained .................................... No................ 3,600 733
No.................. 1,200 238
282
Coated, filled or waterproof fabrics:
Sq yd........ 612 213
Waterproof cloth of cotton or other vegetable fiber, containing
or coated with rubber.......................................... Sq. yd........ 230 140
Group 4 Wood and Pape r ................................ 192,875
Wood , Unm anu f act ure d :
Logs and round or hewn timber:
Cabinet woods, in the log:
NT ah ogan y .................................................................... M. ft.......... 9 419
Other cabinet woods ............................................ 121
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 149
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles
j Unit
Quantity Dollars
Group 4—Continued
Wood , Unmanuf actur ed —Continued
Other wood, unmanufactured:
Railroad ties:
Sawed............................................................................... No 18, 962
32,509
16
71,657
34
5,416
9, 210
64
4,080
38
184
___ 603
412
40,924
4,281
Hewn.............................................................. No
Poles, telegraph, telephone, trolley and electric light...
Posts.........................................................................
No..............
No
Firewood.............................................................
Blocks, or sticks, heading and stave bolts, etc..........
Christmas trees........................................................ No 818
8
586
Sawmi ll Products :
Cabinet woods, not further manufactured than sawed:
Mahogany.......... ...................................... M. ft............
M ft
Cabinet woods, sawed, not further manufactured than
planed and tongued and grooved:
Mahogany........................................................
Other................................
Wood Manu f act ure s :
Barrels, casks, and hogsheads, empty................................
------------ —____ --- -- -----------
No . 200
2,605
1,978
1,000
124
94
158
17
76
275
6, 795
769
Baskets and bags:
Straw.................................................................. No
Other................................ No
Cane or reed, cane webbing, etc........................................
Rattan,, bamboo, osier or willow manufactures (except
furniture).......................................................
Furniture and parts:
Chairs of wood (except bentwood).................... 1
Bentwood furniture, and parts of ...;........
Other wood furniture and parts....................................
Other wood or bark manufactures....................................
Cork and Manu f act ure s :
Cork stoppers............................................................. 1,822
107,034
21
973
88
2,412
1,298
416
25
120
3,606
Pape r and Manuf actures :
Standard newsprint paper........................................ Lb 7, 768, 372
109
3, 620
132
8,801
3,177
556
10
578
Wrapping paper.................................................................. Lb
Writing, drawing, and similar papers........................................ Lb .
Tissue and similar papers.................................... Lb
Cigarette paper (except cork paper)........................................... Lb...
Boxes of paper, or wood covered with surface-coated paper,
etc.......................................................................... Lb
Bags and articles of surface-coated, parchment or similar
papers.......................................................... Lb
Blotting paper............................................................ Lb
Envelopes, filled or unfilled...................................................... Lb
Other paper and manufactures......................................................
Group 5. Nonme tal li c Mineral s ........................................ 1,279, 458
Coa l and Rel ate d Fuel :
Charcoal, wood.......................................................... Lb........ 182,072 1,025
Pet rol eum and Products (bbl. 42 gal.):
Refined products:
Fuel oil, including topped crude........................................... Bbl........ 1, 298, 385
9, 871
4, 857
182
5,205
2
949,966
12,815
6,314
749
25,688
98
Gas oil, including Diesel oil...................................................... Bbl...
Unfinished distillates and liquid derivates of petroleum..
Gasoline and other motor fuel...........................
Bbl................
Bbl................
Lubricating oils, including paraffin oil................................... Bbl............
Asphaltum and bitumen.....’........................................................ Ton...............
Ston e , Lim e , Cem ent , Gyps um and Gyp s um Produ cts :
Marble, onyx and breccia manufactures.................................... 139
63
255,877
1, 320
220
Granite, sandstone and freestone, unmanufactured..............
Cement:
Roman, portland and other hydraulic....................................
Ton................ 5
135, 518, 278
177,404
Lb..................
White nonstaining portland cement........................................ Lb..................
Statues, statuettes and bas-reliefs of gypsum or plaster rock
Glass and Glass Products :
Cylinder, crown and sheet glass.................................................... Lb..................
Sq. ft............
31,908
220
691
40
205
Plate glass................................ ~..................................................
Bottles, vials, jars, etc........................................................................
150 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 6—Continued
Glas s and Glas s Products :—Continued
1,662
104
Clay and Clay Products :
Clays and earths:
Un wrought and unmanufactured ...................................... Ton................ 24 191
Wrought nr manufactured ................................................ Ton................ 2 52
China and porcelain manufactures:
Table, and kitchen articles, decorated, colored, etc.........
All other articles and wares, decorated, colored, etc.......
Earthenware and stoneware and manufactures:
79, 408
3, 641
12, 248
698
898 471
621
Sq. ft............ 420 121
Fire bricks................................................................................................ M................... 7 350
Othe r Nonme tal li c Min erals and Manufactures of
(Excep t Preci ous Stone s and Imi tations ):
Asphaltum and bitumen ........................................ Ton................ 14 712
Abrasives and manufactures of:
Grindstones natural .................................................. Ton................ 42 1, 487
Paper and cloth coated with natural or artificial abrasives
Wheels, files and other manufactures of emery or corun-
5 34
100 14
Asbestos:
TTp manufactured .................................................. Ton................ 27 483
Lb.................. 116 17
Salt, in bulk............................................................................................ Lb.................. 5,137, 713 4,244
Prec ious Stone s and Imi tat io ns :
Diamonds................................................................................................. Carat............ 7 739
Group 6. Metals , and Manu fa ctu res , Exce pt
Machiner y and Vehi cl es .................................................. 266,456
Iron and Stee l Semi man ufa ctur es :
Sbe.e.t iron ^nd steel scrap .................................................. Ton................ 133 1,350
Steel bars:
Concrete reinforcement ........................................ Lb.................. 5, 589, 371 69, 748
Bar*5 solid or hollow ................................................ Lb.................. 482,881 6,186
Die blocks shafting stamped shapes, not advanced, steel
Lb.................. 7,056 312
Sheet iron and steel............................................................................. Lb.................. 1,074 31
Stee l Mill Prod ucts —Manufact ure s :
Lb.................. 90, 471 2,075
Lb.................. 336,163 4,137
Rail braces arid bars for railways ............................................ Lb.................. 6, 061 388
Lb.................. 35,030 3, 556
Pipes and tubes:
Oast iron pipp ...................................................... Lb.................. 4,422 98
Lb.................. 1,062
61, 161
161
Tubes nf iron or steel ..................................................... Lb.................. 1,615
Wire and manufactures:
Barbed wirp. ...................................................... Lb.................. 2,126,431 53,308
AV ire ropp. ................................................................ Lb.................. 48, 534 3,724
Lb.................. 843 24
Galvanized wire fencing ................................................. Lb.................. 1,165 25
AV ire fencing and netting, after weaving ............................ Sq. ft............ 36,300 280
Nails:
Horseshoe nails and nails .................................................. Lb.................. 16, 600 1,109
AVire nails spites tacts etc ......................................... Lb.................. 296,900 6, 366
Castings and forgings:
Sadirons, tailors and hatters’ irons, not electric, stove
plates etc ...................................................................... Lb.................. 35, 361 1,698
AV heels for railways and tires or parts of.......................... Lb.................. 79, 686 4, 739
Axles parts of and forgings for ....................................... Lb.................. 5,158 261
Other malleable iron—castings...................................................... Lb.................. 3,294
1,785
2,959
135
Forgings, not machined or advanced......................................
Tanks or vessels for gas, liquids, etc..........................................
Lb.................. 75
No.................. 7,000
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 151
Exhibit No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 6—Continued
Iron and Stee l Adva nced Manufactures :
Cutlery:
Razors and parts.............................................................................. No.............. 255
50
188
38
184, 849
18
10
210
34
108
7
10, 677
57
3
61
429
2,268
212
323
53, 957
231
426
18
26
20
359
2, 633
42
676
349
799
22
66
13, 215
4, 779
Scissors, shears, and blades for.................................................. No..............
Pen, pocket, clasp, pruning, budding, eraser, manicure,
and other knives with folding blades.............................. No..................
Hunting, curriers’, farriers’ and similar knives.................. No..................
Household and hospital enameled or glazed ware................ Lb..................
Tools:
Saws....................................................................................................... No..................
Files, file blanks, rasps and floats............................................
Hand tools...........................................................................................
Mechanics’ tools................................................................................
Shovels, spades and scoops.......................................................... 597
Scythes, sickles, grass hooks and corn knives.................... 167
Parts of scythes, sickles, grass hooks and corn knives........
Forks, hoes and rakes (agricultural)....................................... Doz................ 10, 692
Forks, hoes and rakes (not agricultural) and parts........
Needles:
Hand sewing or darning............................................................... M............... 1,103
1
1
Crochet needles or hooks.............................................................. M...................
Knitting-machine, latch................................................................ M.................
Tape, knitting and other..............................................................
Other advanced manufactures:
Horse, mule or ox shoes, common........................................ Lb.............. 9,000
Bolts, nuts and rivets.................................................................... Lb.............. 47, 779
Hinges and hinge blanks..............................................................
Cabinet locks, not of pin tumbler or cylinder construction..................................................................................................
Doz................ 223
Other builders’ hardware..............................................................
Wood screws of iron or steel....................................................... 6, 350
Chains and parts.............................................................................. Lb.................. 240
Heating and cooking stoves and parts...................................
Hollow or flat ware..........................................................................
All other iron and steel manufactures....................................
Nonf errous Met al s , Excep t Pre cious :
Aluminum:
Foil ........................................................................................................ Lb................ 4,625
70
1,314
44
77
71
32
12
871
169
4
1, 576
334
1,511
Bronze powder of aluminum and powdered foil............... Lb..................
Manufactures of aluminum..........................................................
Copper household and hospital utensils....................................
Brass manufactures..............................................................................
Nickel manufactures...........................................................................
Other manufactures of metals:
Bottle caps, collapsible tubes, and sprinkler tops (except
screw caps and patented closures).................................... Gross............ 2,749
Saddlery or riding bridle hardware of metal......................
Pins, with solid heads, of base metal, etc............................
Household and hospital utensils, antimony and base
metal...............................................................................................
Tin manufactures..............................................................................
All other metal manufactures, not plated with platinum,
gold, or silver..............................................................................
Preci ous Metal s , Jewe lr y , and Pla te d Ware
(Excep t Gold and Sil ver ):
Cigar and cigarette lighters.............................................................. Doz................ 21 33
180, 791
716
6
379
17, 715
658
Group 7 Machi nery and Vehic les ....................................
Ele ctrical Machi nery and Apparatus :
Electric lamps, incandescent:
Metal filament................................................................................ No.................. 17,988
Other.. .......................................................................................... No.................. 1
Radio and wireless apparatus and parts...................................
Telephone apparatus ......................................................................
Other electrical goods and parts ..................................................
Engi ne s , Turbi nes , and Part s of :
Steam engines, parts of...................................................................... 935
Internal-combustion engines, parts of........................................ 2,265
--- — . ■ - ...... —
152 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 47—-Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO ,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 7—Continued
Othe r Machine ry , Excep t Agri cultur al :
Textile machinery and parts.......................................................... 1,734
Balls and rollers: ball and roller bearings and parts............... Lb.................. 306 539
Other centrifugal machines and parts........................................
No..................
860
Typewriters............................................................................................. 1 89
Printing presses..................................................................................... No.................. 3 421
Other machinery and parts, except agricultural.................... .......................... 4,428
Agri cul tur al Machi nery and Imp le ment s :
Blows and cultivators......................................................................... No.................. 32 35, 053
Tractors..................................................................................................... No.................. 3 1, 099
Sugar machinery and parts..............................................................
Parts of:
48, 338
Tractors................................................................................................. 26
Plows, cultivators, etc.................................................................... 15,937
Other agricultural machinery and parts.................................... 47, 659
Vehi cle s , Excep t Agricul tural :
Automobiles, used................................................................................ No.................. 2 1,100
Automobile parts, except tires and glass.................................. 35
Bicycles and parts, except tires..................................................... 368
Motor cycles............................................................................................ No.................. 4 385
Motor cycle parts, except tires and glass.................................. .......................... 46
Group 8. Chemi cals and Relat ed Products ................. .......................... 1,188,356
Coal -Tar Products :
Crude coal-tar products.................................................................... Lb.................. 744 26
Coal-tar medicinals............................................................................. Lb.................. 43 607
Med ici nal and Pharmaceuti cal Prep ar atio ns :
Quinine sulphate.......................................................................... .. Oz.................. 948 670
Mineral oil, medicinal, derived from petroleum................... Gal................. 1,657 1,184
Preparations in capsules, pills, ampoules, etc........................
Other preparations, not containing alcohol..............................
Lb.................. 13, 213
55,361
16,968
Preparations containing alcohol..................................................... 11, 624
Indust rial Chemi cals :
Acids and anhydrides:
Boric....................................................................................................... Lb.................. 1, 211 188
Citric...................................................................................................... Lb.................. 140 43
Nitrate compounds.............................................................................. Lb.................. 154 19
Glycerin, crude...................................................................................... Lb.................. 88 25
Oxide or calcined magnesia.............................................................. Lb.................. 9, 589 3,824
Bicarbonate or baking soda............................................................. Lb.................. 8, 398 246
Paris green and London purple.................................................... Lb.................. 4, 500 506
Aluminum compounds....................................................................... Lb.................. 9,000 230
Blackings, powders, liquids, etc., not containing alcohol.... 24
Ethyl chloride........................................................................................ Lb.................. 28 140
Flavoring extracts, fruit flavors, etc............................................ Lb.................. 167 307
Saccharides: adonite, arabinose, etc............................................. Lb.................. 1,266 1,409
Other chemical elements, compounds and mixtures............ .......................... 1,361
Pigm ent s , Paints and Varni sh es :
Chemical pigments:
Zinc oxide and leaded zinc oxides:
Dry powder..................................................................................... Lb.................. 2,000 201
Ground in or mixed with oil or water.............................. Lb.................. 244, 767 21, 750
Black pigments dry or ground, lampblack.......................... Lb.................. 500 31
Ultramarine, wash blue and other blues.............................. Lb.................. 4,050 389
Lead pigments, red..........................................................................
Paints, stains and enamels:
Lb.................. 1,200 57
Paint sets..............................................................................................
32, 564
10
Other...................................................................................................... Lb.................. 2, 372
Fer til ize rs and Ferti li zer Mate ri als :
Nitrogenous fertilizer materials:
Ammonium sulphate....................................................................... Ton................ 22, 564 448,019
Ammonium nitrate mixtures...................................................... Ton................ 483 14, 561
Ammonium phosphates.................................................................. Ton................ 92 7,325
Other nitrogenous material..........................................................
Potash fertilizer materials:
Ton................ 123 3, 745
Chloride, crude................................................................................... Ton................ 8,297 218, 314
Potassium sulphate, crude............................................................ Ton................ 5, 371 170, 595
Potassium sulphate, magnesia.................................................... Ton............... 295 6, 674
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 153
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO,
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 8—Continued
Ferti li zers and Ferti li zer Mate ria ls —Continued
Fertilizers, compounded or chemically combined............... Ton............... 18 1,319
Other fertilizer substances........................................................... Ton............... 5, 639 163,166
Explos ives , Fire works and Ammuni ti on :
Fireworks................................................................................................. Lb.................. 27,947 3,245
Soap and Toil et Prep arations :
Soap:
Castile...................................................................................................
Toilet.....................................................................................................
Medicated............................................................................................
Other......................................................................................................
Perfumery and toilet waters:
Floral and flower waters, not containing alcohol...
Lb..,............
Lb..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Gal................
445
23,176
10
54,161
1,015
51
14,100
15
1,072
1,412
Perfumery, including cologne, containing alcohol.............
To let waters containing alcohol...............................................
Other toilet preparations containing alcohol.........................
Lb..................
Lb..................
232
207
6,046
244
4, 337
Other toilet preparations containing no alcohol.................... .......................... 4, 544
Group 9. Mis cellaneous ......................................................... 362, 771
Photograp hic Good s :
Cameras and parts:
Photographic cameras.....................................................................
Parts of motion-picture and other cameras.......................
No.................. 25 258
20
Lenses, photographic imported separately............................ No.................. 1 19
Motion picture film positives, prints or duplicates............. Lin. ft.......... 214, 783 6,781
Sci ent if ic and Profe ss ional Inst rument s , Apparatus ,
and Sup pl ie s :
Optical measuring or testing instruments, frames, mountings
and parts.............................................................. 371
Dental and surgical instruments...................................................
Other scientific, professional and laboratory instruments .......................... 54
671
Musical Inst ruments :
Violins, violas, violoncellos and double basses, made after
the year 1880......................................................................................
Accordions and concertinas..............................................................
Other stringed instruments..............................................................
Other musical instruments..............................................................
Parts and accessories..........................................................................
No..................
No..................
No..................
15
519
100
34
856
115
130
Dol ls and Toys , Athle tic and Sport ing Good s :
Dolls, toys, and parts:
Dolls of cellulose compounds...................................................... No.................. 506 53
Dolls and parts of china, porcelain, etc................................
Other dolls and parts (include rubber dolls)......................
No..................
No..................
32, 568
3, 760
473
201
Mechanical toys and parts..........................................................
Toy musical instruments..............................................................
Other cellulose toys and parts...................................................
Other toys and parts......................................................................
Athletic and sporting goods:
Dice, dominoes, balls, chips, etc...............................................
Fishhooks.............................................................................................
Tennis rackets....................................................................................
All other equipment for exercise, play or sport.................
No..................
No..................
No..................
No..................
5,088
11, 776
25
120
185
219
1, 405
236
140
173
5
Book s , Maps , Pict ures , and Othe r Pri nted Matter :
Books and other printed matter:
Books other than in English......................................................
Bibles.....................................................................................................
Educational or religious books, maps, etc., not for sale....
No.................. 4,104
23,973
2, 033
1, 124
Maps, charts, blank books, engravings, photographs, etc..
Playing cards.....................................................................................
Other books and printed matter...............................................
Lithographic prints, labels, flaps and bands.......................
Pack..............
Lb..................
2,880
188
1,042
765
3,830
190
Greeting cards, without wording..............................................
Post cards............................................................................................
All other lithographic prints........................................................
Lb..................
Lb..................
752
3, 474
149
942
1,475
Clocks , Watches , Clo ckwork Mech ani sms , and Parts :
Clocks and clock movements......................................................... No.................. 7 109
154 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 47—Continued
SHIPMENTS OF MERCHANDISE FROM FOREIGN COUNTRIES TO PUERTO RICO >
BY ARTICLES, FISCAL YEAR 1936-37
Articles Unit Quantity Dollars
Group 9—Continued
Art Works and Anti ques :
Original sculptures or statuary......................................................
Paintings in oil, mineral, water, etc............................................
Sculptures, statuary, and copies, replicas or reproductions..
.......................... 1,133
89
266
Mis cellaneous Arti cles :
Beads and fabrics and articles of beads.....................................
Brushes:
Toilet brushes.....................................................................................
Other.......................................................................................................
Cellulose toilet articles........................................................................
Combs, except of metal or rubber................................................
Matches:
Having stained or colored stems...........................................
Wax and wind, and in books or folders................................
Tapers, night lights, fusses and time-burning chemical
signals.............................................................................................
Pencils:
Of lead or other material not metal....................................
Mechanical pencils:
Of metal............................................................................................
Of other material..........................................................................
Copy or indelible leads, colored or crayon leads..............
Pens and penholders:
Pens, metallic.....................................................................................
Fountain pens and holders..........................................................
Cigar and cigarette holders..............................................................
Umbrellas and parasols......................................................................
Hand fans, except undecorated palm leaf fans.......................
Incense.......................................................................................................
Ink and ink powders..........................................................................
Repairs on vessels................................................................................
Thermostatic bottles, carafes, jars and other containers....
Wax manufactures................................................................................
All other manufactured dutiable articles...................................
Articles, the growth, produce or manufacture of the United
States returned:
Containers or coverings..........................................................
Quicksilver flasks or bottles and drums of metal for
chemicals...................................................................................
All other articles............................................................................
Household and personal effects, not merchandise.................
Joss stick or joss light.........................................................................
Articles entered free on informal entries....................................
No..................
No..................
No..................
Lb..................
Lb..................
Gross.............
Gross.............
Gross............
Gross.............
Gross.............
No..................
No..................
Doz................
Lb..................
Lb..................
No..................
11,808
216
77,076
14,000
12,000
4
181
8
216
75
15
431
674
7,680
8
117
25
4
818
1,916
650
69
20
8
91
5
4
116
10
9
1,814
76
338
558
775
11
3,921
239,173
41,002
15, 318
5, 684
264
228
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 155
Exhib it No. 48
SUGAR EXPORTS, FISCAL YEARS 1901 TO 1937
Fiscal Year
Exportation
(tons of
2,000 lbs.)
Value of
exportation
(dollars)
Average Value
per exported
ton (dollars)
1901.................................................................................................. 68, 909 4,715, 611 68.432
1902.................................................................................................. 91,912 5, 890', 302 64.086
1903.................................................................................................. 113' 108 7,470,122 66.044
1904.................................................................................................. 129, 647 8; 690; 814 67.034
1905.................................................................................................. 135, 663 Hi 925; 804 87.907
1906.................................................................................................. 205,277 14; 184; 667 69.100
1907.................................................................................................. 20< 079 IL 770; 682 72.377
1908.......................................................................... ....................... 234, 607 18; 690', 504 79.667
1909.................................................................................................. 244, 257 18; 432; 446 75.463
1910.................................................................................................. 284, 522 23; 545; 922 82.756
1911.................................................................................................. 322j 919 24; 479; 346 75.806
1912.................................................................................................. 367j 145 3i; 544; 063 85.917
1913.................................................................................................. 382', 700 26', 619; 158 69.556
1914.................................................................................................. 32()j 633 20; 240', 333 63.126
1915.................................................................................................. 294i 475 27; 278; 754 92.635
1916.................................................................................................. 424,955 45,809, 445 107.798
1917.................................................................................................. 488; 943 54; 015; 903 110.474
1918.................................................................................................. 336, 788 4i; 362, 229 122.813
1919.................................................................................................. 351,910 48; 132, 419 136.774
1920.................................................................................................. 419; 388 98; 923', 750 235.876
1921.................................................................................................. 409,407 72', 440, 924 176.941
1922.................................................................................................. 469,889 40; 820; 333 86.872
1923.................................................................................................. 355; 423 46; 207; 276 130.006
1924.................................................................................................. 372', 041 47; 838; 687 128.584
1925.................................................................................................. 571,559 53,26i; 895 93.187
1926.................................................................................................. 578; 811 48; 223; 258 83.314
1927.................................................................................................. 574; 689 54; 756; 984 95.281
1928.................................................................................................. 605; 620 54', 579; 020 90.120
1929.................................................................................................. 47i; 269 35; 224; 056 74.742
1930.................................................................................................. 721, 217 53; 670; 038 74.415
1931.................................................................................................. 806; 826 54; 367', 401 67.384
1932.................................................................................................. 912; 169 55; 118; 211 60.425
1933.................................................................................................. 822; 925 50; 780; 587 61.707
1934.................................................................................................. 818; 903 54; 26L 041 66.268
1935.................................................................................................. 755', 445 47; 83L 114 63.323
1936.................................................................................................. 832; 723 60', 302', 741 72.416
1937.................................................................................................. 959; 510 7i; 390; 088 74.402
Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States and annual reports, customs
house.
156 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 49
COFFEE EXPORTS, FISCAL YEARS 1901 TO 1937 *
Fiscal Year Exportation
(lbs.)
Dollars
Average
Value per
exported
pound
(dollars)
1901 .............................................................................................. 12,157,240 1, 678, 765 0.1380
1902 .......................................................................................... 26,906,399 3,195, 662 .1187
1903 .............................................................................................. 35; 207,139 3, 970, 574 .1127
1904 .............................................................................................. 34,329,972 3, 903, 257 .1136
1905 .............................................................................................. 16i 949, 739 2,141, 019 .1263
1906 .............................................................................................. 28i 290, 322 3, 481,102 .1230
1907 ................................................................................................ 38, 756, 750 4, 693,004 .1210
1908 ...................................................................................... 35, 256,489 4, 304,609 .1220
1909.................................................................................................. 28^ 489', 236 3; 725, 744 .1307
1910 .............................................................................................. 45, 209, 792 5, 669, 602 .1254
1911.................................................................................................. 35,937,021 4,992, 779 .1389
1912.................................................................................................. 40,146', 365 6, 754,915 .1682
1913 ................................................................................................ 49, 774,197 8, 511, 316 .1709
1914 ............................................................................................ 50j 311,946 8,193, 544 .1628
1915.................................................................................................. 51,125i 620 7,082; 791 .1385
1916.................................................................................................. 32,144, 283 5,049, 283 .1570
1917.................................................................................................. 39; 615,146 5; 892; 081 .1487
1918.................................................................................................. 37, 618, 613 5, 505, 316 .1463
1919 .......................................................................................... 27,897, 771 6,065,573 .2174
K)20 .............................................................................. 32, 776^ 754 9,034,028 .2756
1921.................................................................................................. 26^ 731i 648 5,' 352; 924 .2002
1922 .............................................................................................. 23,402,127 4, 316, 859 .1844
1923 .............................................................................................. 16i 821,939 3; 188,002 .1895
1924 ................................................................................................ 21,859, 215 4, 595, 811 .2102
1925.................................................................................................. 23i 782, 996 6, 575, 635 .2764
1926.................................................................................................. 26, 332, 766 7,071,407 .2685
1927 ............................................................................................ 19, 356, 904 5, 748,877 .2969
1928 ............................................................................................ 7, 837i 800 2; 596,872 .3313
1929 ................................................................................................ 1, 278', 666 ' 458, 924 .3589
1930 ........................................................................................ 433,901 151, 550 .3492
1931.................................................................................................. 1,978; 359 546, 299 .2761
1932 .............................................................................................. 589, 602 154,903 .2627
1933 .............................................................................................. 549, 839 124, 558 .2265
1934 .............................................................................................. 2, 969,859 671, 874 .2262
1935.................................................................................................. 799, 950 207,739 .2594
1936.................................................................................................. 2,465; 133 496; 404 .2013
1937.................................................................................................. 8; 613; 926 1,169, 684 .1358
* Includes raw or green and roasted or prepared coffee.
Source: Monthly Summaries of Foreign Commerce of the United States and annual reports, Customs
House.
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 157
Exhibit No . 50
COFFEE REPORT, FISCAL YEAR 1936—1937
Quantity
(Pounds)
Dollars
Duties
Collected
Sec. 319
Tariff
Act 1930
Imports:
From the United States............................................................
From foreign countries...............................................................
Total.......................................................................................
Exports:
To the United States:
For consumption...................................................................
For export................................................................................
To foreign countries:
Green..........................................................................................
Total...................................................................................
17,102
17,102
5,175,674
2,962,824
201, 616
8, 340,114
5, 302
5, 302
$3,078.36
$3, 078.36
629,942 ..........................
505,986 ..........................
33,756 ..........................
1,169,684 ..........................
DESTINATION OF COFFEE SHIPPED TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES DIRECT
Country Pounds Dollars
Germany................................................................................................................................
France......................................................................................................................................
Cuba........................................................................................................................................
French West Indies..........................................................................................................
Spain........................................................................................................................................
Netherland West Indies..................................................................................................
132,324
41, 892
16, 800
5, 500
5,000
100
22, 575
6, 680
2, 656
850
975
20
Total.................................................................................................................... 201, 616 33, 756
158 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
E X P E N D IT U R E S O F T H E IN S U L A R D E P A R T M E N T O F H E A L T H D U R IN G T H E F IS C A L Y E A R S 1931-32, 1932-33, 1933-34, 1934-35,
1935-36, 1936-37, S H O W IN G P E R C A P IT A C O S T O F IM P O R T A N T A C T IV IT IE S
1936-37
s's §
-
-S3
I
2§3
I
s-.a
§2
I
283
a
882 §88
a
388
a
1935-36
22 -
f I I
882 888
2
28$
§§
1934-35
$1, 284, 700.02
306,281.25
54
1,335, 414
I I
§88
S
888
3^
a
888
59
$17,791.00
301.00
§88
1933-34
$1,074,110.00
228, 377.58
38
1,072,996
388
ss
s
&
539
$146,891.00
272.00
I
888
M
288
§8
a
888
O
B
888
BS
U
1932-33
2882
u
888
s
544
$171, 567.00
315.00
§88
92
888
M
888
§8
B*
888 388
2
1931-32
S8$$
22 a"
2
388
Is
1
ps
§
639
$173,062.00
270.00
$88
B
$88 $88
g§'
888
2
T otal, In su lar A ppropriation for H e a lth .......................................................
A ppropriation for H ealth U n its.........................................................................
M unicipalities Covered b y H ealth U n its......................................................
P opulation C overed b y H ealth U n its............................................................
N u m b er of In m a te s...........................................
E x p en d itu res......................................................... P er C ap ita C o st..................................................
N u m b er of P a tie n ts..........................................
E x p en d itu res.........................................................
P er C ap ita C o st................................................. .
N u m b er of In m a te s...........................................
E x p en d itu res.........................................................
P er C apita C o st...................................................
N u m b er of P a tie n ts...........................................
E x p en d itu res.........................................................
P er C ap ita C o st..................................................
N u m b er of In m a te s........................................... E x p en d itu res.........................................................
P er C ap ita C o st..................................................
N u m b er of In m a te s........................................... E x p en d itu res.........................................................
P er C ap ita C o st..................................................
A verage N u m b er of P atien ts D a ily ...........
E x p en d itu res.........................................................
£ Insane H
o
sp ital................
T uberculosis H o sp ital...
C h arity Schools___ ____
I
B lind A sy lu m ...................
In stitu te for
B lind C h ild ren..........
Q uarantine H o sp ita l....
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 359
Exhibit No . 52
LIST OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH UNITS IN OPERATION ON JUNE 30, 1937, WITH
THE POPULATION SERVED BY EACH
Adjuntas.........................................................................................
Estimated
Population
of Individual
Municipalities
1937
Population
of Area
Covered
by Unit
18,134
39,055
12, 223
Utuado.............................................................................................................. 69, 412
Jayuya.....................................................................................................
Aguadilla...................................................................................................................... 31,165
Isabela...................................................................................................................... 25, 374 56, 539
Aguada.......................................................................................................................... 15,866
18, 009
8,178
14, 587
56, 640
Moca..........................................................................................................................
Rincon.................................................................................................
Anasco...............................................................................................
Arecibo............................................................................................................................ 63, 558
Camuy................................................................................................................ 17, 501 81,059
Bayamon........................................................................................................................ 33,833
9,349
15,420
Catano..................................................................................................................... 58, 602
Guaynabo..................................................................................................................
Cabo Rojo.................................................................................................. 24, 774
12,836
10,438
Lajas............................................................................................................................. 48,048
Guanica................................................................................................................
Caguas........................................................................................................................... 56,080
Aguas Buenas...................................................................................................... 14, 399 70, 479
Cayey........................................................................................................................ 32, 441
18,549
23,106
Aibonito.......................................................................................................... 74,096
Cidra..........................................................................................................................
Ciales.................................................................................................................. 20,492
Morovis.................................................................................................................. 19, 228 39,720
Fajardo............................................................................................................................ 17, 750
8, 894
8, 213
Luquillo.................................................................................................................. 34, 857
Ceiba..............................................................................................................
Guayama................................................................................................................ 26, 752
8, 999
14,178
Arroyo............................................................................................................... 49,929
Patillas........................................................................................................................
Humacao........................................................................................................................ 29,172
19,918
14, 523
Naguabo................................................................................................................... 63, 613
Las Piedras...............................................................................................................
Juana Diaz.................................................................................................................. 20,209
11,847
18, 397
Villalba.................................................................................................................... 50, 453
Coamo.........................................................................................................................
Juncos.............................................................................................................................. 20, 519
16, 662
27,253
Gurabo........................................................................................................................ 64,434
San Lorenzo..............................................................................................................
Lares................................................................................................................................ 28, 872
8,881
28, 262
Las Marlas................................................................................................................ 66,015
San Sebastian...........................................................................................................
Manati............................................................................................................................ 28,185
Barceloneta................................................................................................................ 17, 379 45, 564
Mayaguez...................................................................................................................... 70,050
6,463
5,074
Maricao....................................................................................................................... 81, 587
Hormigueros.............................................................................................................
Ponce............................................................................................................................... 99,041 99,041
Rio Grande................................................................................................................... 14, 764
21,006
20,855
Carolina...................................................................................................................... 56, 625
Loiza..........................................................................................................................
Rio Piedras................................................................................................................... 53,450
Trujillo Alto............................................................................................................. 11, 063 64, 513
160 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhi bi t No . 52—Continued
LIST OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH UNITS IN OPERATION ON JUNE 30, 1937, WITH
THE POPULATION SERVED BY EACH
Salinas..............................................................................................................................
Estimated
Population
of Individual
Municipalities
1937
Population
of Area
Covered
by Unit
17,194
Santa Isabel.............................................................................................................. 10, 040 27, 234
San German.................................................................................................................. 23, 768
Sabana Grande........................................................................................................ 11, 881 35, 649
San Juan........................................................................................................................ 30, 222 30, 222
Santurce.......................................................................................................................... 115,106 115,106
Toa Baja........................................................................................................................ 11,811
12, 535
17, 922
12, 446
54, 714
Toa Alta.....................................................................................................................
Corozal.........................................................................................................................
Naranjito....................................................................................................................
Vega Baja....................................................................................................................... 23, 701
14, 005
8,805
Vega Alta................................................................................................................... 46, 511
Dorado.........................................................................................................................
Vieques............................................................................................................................ 10, 582 10, 582
Yabucoa.......................................................................................................................... 23, 543
Maunabo.................................................................................................................... 9,863 33, 406
Yauco............................................................................................................................... 29,155
13, 851
13,278
Guayanilla................................................................................................................. 56,284
Penuelas......................................................................................................................
1, 640, 934 1, 640,934
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 161
Exhibit No . 53
TABLES SHOWING SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF PUBLIC HEALTH UNITS
_______________ IN THE FISCAL YEARS 1934-35, 1935-36, AND 1936-37
Publi c Health Educat ion :
Health Talks.........................
1934-35 1935-36 1936-37
23, 938
457,063
62,987
15,652
12, 599
11, 355
24,967
7,135
23,741
555, 422
12, 945
19, 470
26,060
12,146
41, 693
7,658
21,679
509,879
8,273
16,760
43,828
14,616
25,779
7,396
Attendance.....................................
Home Vis it s Made by Nurses :
To cases of transmissible diseases......................................................
To patients of tuberculosis clinics....................................................
To tuberculosis contacts................................
To patients of prenatal clinics............................................................
To patients of infant hygiene clinics.............................................
To patients of preschool clinics..........................................................
Total nurses’ visits...................................................................
Per sons Recei ving Speci fic Immu ni za ti on of Treatme nt :
Vaccination against smallpox......................................................
Immunization against typhoid fever.......................................
Immunization against diphtheria (toxin-antitoxin and
toxoid)
Treatment for uncinariasis (total)............................................
In Schools..........................
134, 695
15,985
7,120
3,186
143,862
93,776
50, 086
37,268
54,948
22,015
27,808
125, 758
6,696
4,768
3,137
3,226
23,338
15, 652
12, 599
8,684
27,469
4, 904
11,355
7,932
30,528
24,967
3,982
13,519
7,135
111, 663
31,432
54,194
5,384
4,862
119,972
27,939
38, 392
3,787
167,367
117,376
49, 991
31,320
58,561
20, 731
27,090
124,330
8,922
7,316
4,516
4,317
38, 611
19,470
26,060
12,193
44,237
6,936
12,146
10, 471
46,934
41, 693
4,522
15, 707
7,658
118, 230
26, 333
67, 724
3,617
5,110
116, 652
16,247
74,936
4,652
184,559
129,812
54,747
36,351
' 61,594
16,452
31,046
194, 659
8; 367
7,016
5,417
4,085
25> 351
16.760
43,828
12,140
42,556
8,489
14,616
9,819
44,(121
25,779
5,574
18,921
7,396
102,783
19,782
53,919
3, 758
3,838
Others..........................................
Spe cime ns f or Laboratory Diagnosi s Examined or
Forwarde d to th e Biologi cal Laborat ory :
Cultures for diphtheria..............
Blood for Wasserman reaction....................................
Sputum for tubercle bacilli....................................................
Blood for malaria..........................
Specimens for intestinal parasites.....................................................
Cli ni c Acti vi ti es :
Tuberculosis Clinics:
New cases examined during the year............................................
Number of new contacts examined..................................
Number of positive cases remaining under care of the
clinics at the end of the year.........................................................
New cases found positive.......................................................
Total number of consultations...........................
Number of home visits of nurses:
To cases.............................
To contacts............................
Prenatal Clinics:
New cases examined.........................
Total consultations......................
Deliveries of patients under clinic care....................................
Home visits of nurses.....................
Infant Hygiene Clinics:
New cases examined..................
Total consultations....................................
Home visits of nurses...................................
Preschool Clinics:
New cases examined...................
Total consultations....................
Home visits of nurses...........................
Examination of School Children
Number of children examined...,................................................
Children found with intestinal parasites.......................................
Children found with dental caries...................................................
Children found with skin affections................................................
Children found with visual defects..................................................
162 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
S
E x h ib it N o . 54
C A SE S A N D R A T E S P E R 100,000 P O P U L A T IO N F R O M R E P O R T A B L E D IS E A S E S IN P U E R T O R IC O , B Y M O N T H S , Y E A R 1936
3
Q
%
3
3
3
§
s
s
a :•
Kw,°
s§
S3
3
§
3S3
£5SrH52S'1,’-,
STS :g‘'2§
«o >o k |3?:
§ ”
f2 ®.
§ ”
i ”
§ 3 ” o
igs10 § S
S2S CO QO ’-<
OOO^ £^g-<
R ate per 1,000 live births. R ate per 100,000 fem ale po
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 163
Exhibit No . 55
BIRTHS AND BIRTH RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION IN PUERTO RICO DURING
THE YEARS 1936, 1935 AND 1934
Municipalities
Births Rates
1936 1935 1934 1936 1935 1934
PUERTO RICO.... 68,962 67, 585 65, 595 40.6 40.4 39.8
Adjuntas.................................... 847 876 803 46.7 Aguada....................................... 763 48 3 44.3 758
1 106
747
1, 078
48.6
35.9
48.8
Aguadilla.................................. 1, 104 36 4 48.6
Aguas Buenas......................... 658 652 598 36.0
635
46.4
36.7
46^6
Aibonito.................................... 670 657 36 6 43.4
Anasco........................................ 708 678 656 48.7 46 8 36.0 Arecibo...................................... 2,392 2,421 45.4
2,306 38.2 39 3 38.0 Arroyo........................................ 373 336 352
791
647
1,264
1, 096
1, 978
42.0
45.4
37.7
40.8
47.8
38.4
Barceloneta.............................. 779 38.3 821
604
40.6
Barranquitas........................... 638 48.5
36.4
40.2
45.2
47.4
Bayamon.................................. 1, 357 1,311
1 107
39.7
Cabo Rojo................................ 1,179 39.4
Caguas..................................... 2,112 L 864 45.0
Camuy....................................... 742 664 730 32.6
775
42.8
42.8
38.8
Carolina.................................... 886 812 39 8 43.1
Catano....................................... 257 278 27.8 30 5 38.6 Cayey......................................... 1,212 1 101 1,057 37.9 35 0 26.6 Ceiba.......................................... 288 275
874
242
901
35.6
44.0
34.6
42 7
Ciales.......................................... 902 30.9
Cidra........................................... 783 704 687 34.6 31 8 Coamo........................................ 765
769
802
654
739
768
41.7
42.9
43.8
Comerio..................................... 36 8 40.4
Corozal....................................... 741 43.8
31
740
37
693
33
41.8
36.4
42.2
Culebra...................................... 43 5 40.0
Dorado....................................... 316 310 38.8
266 36.6 36 6 Fajardo...................................... 787 729 32.0
468
711
487
44.3
47.8
42.0
Guanica..................................... 498 45 1 41.4
Guayama.................................. 1, 053
617
1, 058 47.0
535
982
574
519
759
40.2
38.9
35.4
38.4
40.7
45.2
35.2
36 0
Guayanilla................................ 38.6
Guaynabo................................. 537 524
585
42.4
Gurabo....................................... 632 35.5
Hatillo........................................ 724 693 703 41.3 40 1 47.4 Hormigueros............................ 252 259
1,136
232
1,214
49.9
41.6
51.6
Humacao................................... 1,193 40 3 46.5
Isabela........................................ 909 951 1,016 36.3 38 4 Jayuya........................................ 690 41.6
Juana Diaz.............................. 672 560 56.4 55 0 45 8 777 780 784 38.6 39 0 39 4 Juncos......................................... 809 728 706 40.2 37.0 36.7 Lajas........................................... 577 574 525 45.1 45 1 Lares........................................... 1, 256 1,325
353
1, 237
332
43.8
45.0
46.6
39 7
43.8
Las Marias........................... 400 37.4
Las Piedras.............................. 685 647 576 47.9 46.0 Loiza........................................... 827 878 865 40.2 43 3 43 3 Luquillo..................................... 350 354 339 40.0 41 2 40'2
Manati....................................... 1,187
359
1,161
367
482
2,495
1, 111
286
456
2,556
42.8
55.5
49.3
39.0
42.6
56.8
50.0
37 3
Maricao..................................... 41.4
Maunabo.................................. 481
2,669
44.2
Mayaguez................................. 47.8
Moca........................................... 698
733
830
705 664
692
822
522
823
39.0
38.6
42.2
40.5
48.0
39.7
40.3
38.1
43.3
50.5
37.7
37.5
42.8
43.1
50 6
Morovis..................................... 754
740
530
Naguabo....................................
Naranjito................................ 500
Orocovis.................................... 785 824
Patillas................... 754 727
582
713 53.2
43.9
51.3
43.8
50.3
Penuelas.................................... 583 41 8
Ponce.......................................... 3, 559
476
3,269
464
3,419
505
36.5
44.6
54.5
43.4
32.7
35.7
47.7
51.0
45.9
30 3
34.7
44.1
50.9
37.1
30 3
Quebradillas.............................
Rincon........................................ 446 417
Rio Grande.............................. 634 666
Rio Piedras.................. 1,692 1, 517 1, 463
Sabana Grande...................... 611 669 51.4
42.8
44.3
56.3
43.6
42.4
51.2
43.5
38 2
Salinas.................................... 725 729
1,008
716
San German............................ 907
San Juan...................................
1,054
5,023
1,050
1,204
462
4,835
1,030
4, 469
950
35.6
39.3
43.1
46.8
42.5
38.9
37.4
39.7
35.3
39.3
42.2
50.6
40.3
44.1
47.8
43.1
33.7
37.0
44.0
46.2
41.4
46.5
42.3
40.3
San Lorenzo............................
San Sebastian......................... 1,163 1,198
442
504
Santa Isabel..................... 492
Toa Alta................................... 528 496
Toa Baja................................... 449 497 512
Trujillo Alto............................ 506 510 442
Utuado....................................... 1, 542 1, 663 1, 548
164 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhib it No . 55—Continued
BIRTHS AND BIRTH RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION IN PUERTO RICO DURING
THE YEARS 1936, 1935 AND 1934
Municipalities
Births Rates
1936 1935 1934 1936 1935 1934
Vega Alta................................. 608 597 594 44.1 44.1 44.6
Vega Baja................................. 959 931 965 41.2 40.8 43.2
Vieques...................................... 449 418 453 42.4 39.5 42.8
Villalba...................................... 580 596 606 49.0 50.3 51.2
Yabucoa.................................... 1,032 1,042 948 44.2 45.1 41.4
Yauco.......................................... 1,126 1,250 1,182 38.9 43.4 41.3
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 165
Exhibit No . 56
DEATHS AND DEATH RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION IN PUERTO RICO DURING
THE YEARS 1936, 1935 AND 1934
Municipalities
Deaths Rates
1936 1935 1934 1936 1935 1934
PUERTO RICO.... 34,788 30, 753 31, 703 20.5 18.4 19.2
Adjuntas.................................... 336 307 Aguada....................................... 18.5 16 6 17 0 401 331 321 25.5 21 3 20 Q
Aguadilla................................... 753 676 24.5 20 7 22.5 Aguas Buenas......................... 187
198
225
249
191
259
15.8
13.6
13.4
Aibonito.................................... 11.0 13.9
Anasco...................................... 338 14 7 326 23.2 24 5 22 5 Arecibo....................................... 1, 461 1,405 1,418 23.3 22.8 23 4 Arroyo........................................ 177 154 175
352
19.9
22.9
17.5
23 1
Barceloneta.............................. 393 20.2
Barranquitas............................ 214 177
580
513
1,057
12.6
19.8
19.6
20.9
12.4
16.1
18.8
17.4
10^9
Bayamon................................... 657 525 18.1
462
938
Cabo Rojo................................ 484
Caguas........................................ 1,149 21.0
Camuy....................................... 325
299
342 334
275
18.8
14.4
20.0
11 8
Carolina..................................... 19.7
Catano........................................ 137 134 13.7
132 14.8 14.7 Cayey......................................... 686 550 606 21.5 17.5 19 6 Ceiba.......................................... 107 85 107 13.2 10 7 13.7 Ciales.......................................... 317 272 294 15.5 13.3 Cidra........................................... 239 255 10.6 10 4 11 8 Coamo........................................ 340
283
291
227
319
289
18.5
15.8
15.9
12.8
Comerio..................................... 17.4
Corozal....................................... 254
9
16.5
12.6
8.2
15 4
231 218
7
128
14.3
10.5
15.7
13.2
15.3
10.6
Culebra......................................
Dorado....................................... 136
Fajardo...................................... 396 387
194
654
248
180
368
184
632
232
186
22.6
23.2
27.5
20.2
12.8
22.3
18.7
25.3
18.2
12 1
21.4
17.8
24.8
17.1
12 7
Guanica...................................... 242
Guayama.................................. 724
278
194
Guayanilla................................
Guaynabo.................................
Gurabo....................................... 330 249 229 20.1 15.3 14 3 Hatillo........................................ 271 285 302 15.5 16 5 17 7 Hormigueros............................ 125
706
120
616
111
655
24.8
24.6
23.9
21.9
22.2
Humacao................................... 23 7
Isabela........................................ 548 457 446 21.9 18.5 18 3 Jayuya........................................ 260 207 236 21.3 16 9 19 3 Juana Diaz............................... 429 406 21.3 20.5 20 4 Juncos........................................ 432 388 434 21.5 19.7 22 5 Lajas........................................... 250 214 221 19.6 16.8 17 4 Lares........................................... 689 664 584 24.0 23 3 20 7 Las Marfas.............................. 131 108
217
111
227
14.8
19.4
12.2
15.4
12.5
Las Piedras.............................. 278 16 4
Loiza........................................... 360 285
135
451
310
144
485
17.5
22.6
21.6
14.1
15.7
16 5
15.5
17.0
18 1
Luquillo.................................... 198
Manati....................................... 600
Maricao..................................... 119
227
1,728
147
167
1, 534
125
196
1, 550
18.4
23.3
25.2
22.7
17.3
23.0
Maunabo.................................. 19.3
Mayaguez................................. 20.5
Moca?........................................ 271 23 8
270
309
275
15.2
14.2
15.1
12 6
17.5
Morovis..................................... 235 14 9
Naguabo.................................... 329 342
130
197
277
216
427
168
233
324
201
16.7
10.8
15.0
22.7
19.1
17.6
10.6
12.1
19.5
16.3
22.2
13.9
14.3
22.8
Naranjito................................... 133
Orocovis.................................... 246
Patillas....................................... 322
Penuelas.................................... 254
Ponce.......................................... 15.1
23.9
20.6
23.5
14.1
24.2
25.0
2,548
248
188
2,239
234
128
205
1,407
297
2,253
217
192
203
1,167
297
26.1
23.2
23.0
18.4
29.3
27.6
20.7
20.7
19.1
16.6
21.3
30.9
13.8
15.6
11.1
20.6
23.3
22.1
15.7
14.1
28.2
25.0
19.6
19.5
17.3
14.7
18.6
25.1
13.7
13.2
11.1
18.3
Quebradillas............................
Rincon.......................................
Rio Grande.............................. 268
Rio Piedras.............................. 1, 515
Sabana Grande...................... 328
Salinas........................................ 351 327
464
2,362
386
513
244
168
149
118
706
San German............................ 492 23.7
21.1
18.1
17.6
18.6
25.3
13.3
15.7
12.8
18.2
San Juan................................... 2, 697
444
2,396
San Lorenzo............................ 451
San Sebastian......................... 594
Santa Isabel............................. 305 242
162
173
134
698
Toa Alta................................... 171
Toa Baja................................... 180
Trujillo Alto............................ 121
Utuado....................................... 801
166 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
Exhibit No . 56—Continued
DEATHS AND DEATH RATES PER 1,000 POPULATION IN PUERTO RICO DURING
THE YEARS 1936, 1935 AND 1934
Municipalities
Deaths Rates
1936 1935 1934 1936 1935 1934
Vega Alta................................. 213 196 163 15.5 14.5 12.2
Vega Baja................................. 405 385 476 17.4 16.9 21.3
Vieques...................................... 170 140 142 16.1 13.2 13.4
Villalba...................................... 262 195 217 22.1 16.5 18.3
Y abucoa.................................... 420 422 528 18.0 18.3 23.1
Yauco......................................... 758 695 567 26.2 24.1 19.8
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 167
Exhib it No. 57
AGE DISTRIBUTION OF THE POPULATION OF PUERTO RICO BY SEX AND COLOR
AS OF JULY 1, 1936
Age Total
White Colored
Male Female Male Female
All ages............................................... 1, 694,820 636, 776 631, 898 211 826 214 320
Under one year............................................... 45,099 16, 866 16, 401 5 918 5 914
1 year.................................................................. 47, 229 17, 653 17, 356 017 0 203
2 years........................................ 50, 695 18, 963 18 309 6 700 6 723
3 years................................................................. 5L 991 19, 447 19,183 6’ 641 6 720
4 years........................................ 47,978 17^ 836 17, 431 6 300 0 411
Under five years............................................ 242, 992 90, 765 88, 680 31’ 576 31 971
5—9 years........................................................... 241, 622 89,822 87, 768 32 465 31 567
10—14 years....................................................... 218,411 83, 537 80,275 27, 394 27 205
15—19 years....................................................... 223, 675 78' 981 88, 318 26 829 20’ 547
20—24 years................................ 162' 015 60, 670 59 875 21 ’ 315 20 155
25—29 years............................................... 102, 387 37, 271 39,976 12’ 310 12 830
30—34 years............................ 105' 088 39,924 40 443 12’ 390 1331
35—44 years........................................... 180,968 69, 560 67 194 21’ 930 22 264
45—54 years..................................................... 110,023 43, 996 39, 337 13’ 070 13?620
55—64 years......................................... 62, 786 25,830 22 324 7 506 7 126
65—74 years..................................................... 29, 309 11, 264 11 415 3’ 257 3’ 373
75 years and over........................................... 15^ 322 5,093 6’ 228 1’ 727 2 274
Unknown........................................................... '222 63 65 37 57
168 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
E x h ib it 58
T A B L E S H O W IN G G E N E R A L A V E R A G E S O F W E E K L Y W A G E S A N D W O R K IN G H O U R S A N D O F E A R N IN G S P E R H O U R O F W O R K E R S IN
1411 E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V A R IO U S IN D U S T R IE S IN T H E IS L A N D O F P U E R T O R IC O , D U R IN G T H E F IS C A L Y E A R
1936-37, B U T W IT H O U T R E G A R D T O O C C U P A T IO N S , T O G E T H E R W IT H A S T A T E M E N T O F T H E T O T A L N U M B E R O F
E M P L O Y E E S A N D O F E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V E S T IG A T E D IN E A C H IN D U S T R Y

170 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
T A B L E S H O W IN G G E X E R A L A V E R A G E S O F W E E K L Y W A G E S A N D W O R K IN G H O U R S A N D O F E A R N IN G S P E R H O U R O F W O R K E R S IN
1411 E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V A R IO U S IN D U S T R IE S IN T H E IS L A N D O F P U E R T O R IC O , D U R IN G T H E F IS C A L Y E A R
1936-37, B U T W IT H O U T R E G A R D T O O C C U P A T IO N S , T O G E T H E R W IT H A S T A T E M E N T O F T H E T O T A L N U M B E R O F
E M P L O Y E E S A N D O F E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V E S T IG A T E D IN E A C H IN D U S T R Y
A verage
A ctual
earnings
per w eek
4.74
4.20
4.68
5.08
1.55
2.35
2.60
2.11
2.51
7.48
4.20
7.08
5.26
F u ll tim e
earnings
per week
5.04
4.44
4.97
6.29
4.13
4.99
3.45
3.21
3.41
7.73
4.27
7.25
5.31
E arnings
per hour
.142
.125
.140
.131
.086
.104
.072
.067
.071
.161
.089
.151
.097
Percentage
of full
tim e
actually
w orked
in one
w eek
94.2
94.1
94.3
81.0
37.4
47.3
74.9
65.3
73.1
96.4
98.3
97.5
98.3
A verage
H ours
actually
w orked
per w eek
33.5
33.5
33.5
38.9
17.9
22.7
36.0
31.3
35.1
46.3
47.2
46.8
53.9
F u ll T im e
hours
per w eek
35.5
35.5
35.5
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
54.8
S tarts
per week
6.6
6.6
6.6
4.9
2.5
3.0
4.9
4.3
4.8
5.8
5.9
5.8
6.8
N um ber
of
em ployees
283
36
319
83
283
366
1,170
278
1, 448
87
10
132
524
N um ber
of
eatablishm
ents
and farm s
under
consideration
62
28
62
6
5
11
106
36
106
10
2
3
58
IN D U S T R IE S
Cin e m a s a n d T h e a t r e s : M ales..........................................................................................
F em ales......................................................................................
Al l .............................................................................
Co f f e e Cr u s h in g M il l s : M a le s..........................................................................................
F em ales......................................................................................
Al l .............................................................................
Co f f e e Gr o w in g : M ales..........................................................................................
F em ales......................................................................................
Al l .............................................................................
Co f f e e R o a s t in g : M ales.............................................. i .........................................
Co r n M il l s : M ales..........................................................................................
Cr a c k e r F a c t o r ie s : M ales..........................................................................................
D a ir ie s : M ales.................................... ......................................................
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 171
172 THIRTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
E x h ib it 58—C ontinued
’ E M P L O Y E E S A N D O F E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V E S T IG A T E D IN E A C H IN D U S T R Y ________________
A verage
A ctual
earnings
per week
10.23
5.35
7.50
3.81
7.18
8.47
4.84
4.18
3.00
4.43
6.85
6.15
5.72
6.05
5.34
F u ll tim e
earnings
per week
10.47
6.12
8.17
4.56
7.18
8.74
5.15
4.66
3.00
4.85
8.57
7.63
6.53
7.34
5.95
E arnings
per hour
.219
.128
.171
.095
.1496
.158
.107
.097
.0625
.101
.153
.15
.135
.146
.124
Percentage
of full
tim e
actually
w orked
in one
w eek
97.4
87.3
91.8
83.3
100.0
97.0
93.7
89.5
100.0
91.1
80.1
80.4
87.5
CM c’
OO 00
A verage
H ours
actually
w orked
per w eek
46.6
41.7
43.9
40.0
48.0
53.7
45.1
42.9
48.0
43.8
44.8
41.0
42.4
41.3
43.0
F u ll tim e
hours
per w eek
47.8
47.8
47.8
48.0
48.0
55.3
48.1
48.0
48.0
48.0
56.0
50.9
48.4
50.3
48.0
S tarts
per week
00 CO
5.5
5.0
6.0
6.7
5.8
5.4
6.0
CO O CO CO
CO IO IQ
5.4
4.7
N u m b er
of
em ployees
181
230
411
4
11
255
154
254
1
409
40
415
134
549
166
• 1
a-oSg'S'oS.s
5 -Sg'Osgle
£ 3 § §
r—i r-i tCHM HOH CO r—< 00 CM
IQ r-4 r-< r0—0< r-<
IN D U S T R IE S
H a t F a c t o r ie s :
A /Tnlnc . . ................................................................................
F em ales.....................................................................................
<
H a t R e pa ir in g Sh o p s :
A/To Ioq ..............................................................
H o r s e H a r n e s s e s a n d o t h e r Le a t h e r D e v ic e s M a n u f a c t u r in g Sh o ps :
IVToIaq ..............................................................
Ice F a c t o r ie s :
AAqIa q ..................................................................
La u n d r ie s :
IMTciIoq ..................................................................
2
p:
Lim e P l a n t s :
TVTqIaq ............................................................
Liq u o r M a n u f a c t u r in g a B o t t l in g E s t a b l is h m e n t s :
A/Tq Iaq . .......................................................
F em ales......................................................................................
c
f
I “
*
vxnn urn' ......................
OF THE GOVERNOR OF PUERTO RICO 173
9.56
6.43
4.14
4.84
6.75
7.77
5.29
3.33
1.00
3.45
2.59
3.74
3.26
3.36
6.68
4.07
4.43
5.90
4.80
5.16
6.37
3.60
Ci
CO
9.56
6.81
6.13
6.40
6.75
9.34
. 7.07
4.88
1.00
5.01
3.26
5.16
4.29
4.49
7.31
4.98
5.31
6.86
6.67
6.77
7.98
4.50
4.74 1
.1992
.143
.128
.134
.1205
.200
.154
.104
.021
.107
.068
.111
.093
.097
.160
.111
.118
.143
.139
.141
.172
.104
.109 I
100.0
94.3
67.4
75.6
100.0
82.9
74.7
68.0
100.0
68.4
79.0
72.2
75.8
75.0
91.4
81.5
82.9
85.8
71.8
76.4
79.8
79.4
79.5 |
48.0
44.9
32.3
36.2
56.0
38.8
34.3
31.9
48.0
32.0
37.9
33.6
35.0
34.7
41.7
36.6
37.3
41.2
34.5
36.7
37.0
34.4
34.6 1
48.0
47.6
47.9
47.8
56.0
48.7
45.9
46.9
48.0
46.8
48.0
46.5
46.2
46.3
45.7
44.9
45.0
48.0
48.0
48.0
48.4
43.3
43.5 I
6.0
5.6
4.2
4.6
7.0
5.1
4.6
4.2
6.0
CM O CO »Q 00 Ci CM co r-
•*
OO O05i
143
8
58
110
1740
1
1851
46
526
1953
2479
69
433
502
208
430
638
50
677
727 1
cm r- r- r-i GO CM r-H
rH CM CM CM CO O
CM rt<
CD CO CD CO CD CO CO CO CO
E x h ib it 58—C ontinued
T A B L E S H O W IN G G E N E R A L A V E R A G E S O F W E E K L Y W A G E S A N D W O R K IN G H O U R S A N D O F E A R N IN G S P E R H O U R O F W O R K E R S I N
1411 E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V A R IO U S IN D U S T R IE S IN T H E IS L A N D O F P U E R T O R IC O , D U R IN G T H E F IS C A L Y E A R
1936-37, B U T W IT H O U T R E G A R D T O O C C U P A T IO N S , T O G E T H E R W IT H A S T A T E M E N T O F T H E T O T A L N U M B E R O F
E M P L O Y E E S A N D O F E S T A B L IS H M E N T S A N D F A R M S IN V E S T IG A T E D IN E A C H IN D U S T R Y
A verage
A ctual M
earnings y
per w eek
co
td
f